New Holland t7030 t7040 t7050 t7060 Tractor PDF Service Manual

SERVICE MANUAL
T7030 / T7040 / T7050 / T7060

Tractor
Part number 87628084BNA

English
December 2010
Printed in U.S.A. Replaces part number 87628084
Copyright © 2010 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved. New Holland is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC.
Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.
SERVICE MANUAL
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

Contents
INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS............................................................. A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve . . . . A.10.B
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
POWER PRODUCTION ................................................................. B

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A
EXHAUST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.60.A
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A
POWER TRAIN .............................................................................C

TRANSMISSION Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.E
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.D

REAR PTO Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.B
REAR PTO Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.C
FRONT PTO Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.42.C
TRAVELLING................................................................................D
87628084B 12/06/2009

FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C
STEERING AutoPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.E

SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.B
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.E

PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B
PARKING BRAKE Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C
SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C
BODY AND STRUCTURE .............................................................. E

FRAME Primary frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.10.B
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D
WORKING ARM ............................................................................H

HITCH Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.B
HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C
HITCH Electronic draft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.D
HITCH Electronic draft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.D
87628084B 12/06/2009

87628084B 12/06/2009

INTRODUCTION
87628084B 12/06/2009
1

Contents
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
2

INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
IMPORTANT NOTICE
All maintenance and repair operations described in this manual should be carried out exclusively by authorised work-
shops. All instructions should be carefully observed and special equipment where indicated should be used.
Anyone who carries out service operations described without carefully observing these instructions will be directly
responsible for any damage caused.
NOTES FOR EQUIPMENT

Equipment shown in this manual is:
• designed expressly for use on these tractors;
• necessary to make a reliable repair;
• accurately built and strictly tested to offer efficient and long-lasting working life.
NOTICES
The words “front”, “rear”, “right hand”, and “left hand” refer to the different parts as seen from the operator’s seat
oriented to the normal direction of movement of the tractor.
SAFETY RULES
PAY ATTENTION TO THIS SYMBOL

This warning symbol points out important messages involving personal
safety. Carefully read the safety rules contained herein and follow advised
precautions to avoid potential hazards and safeguard your safety.
In this manual you will find this symbol together with the following
key-words:
WARNING -it gives warning about improper repair operations and potential
consequences affecting the service technician’s personal safety.
DANGER - it gives specific warning about potential dangers for personal
safety of the operator or other persons directly or indirectly involved in
the operation.
TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS
Most accidents and personal injuries taking place in workshops are due from non-observance of some essential rules
and safety precautions.
The possibility that an accident might occur with any type of machines should not be disregarded, no matter how well
the machine in question was designed and built.
A wise and careful service technician is the best precautions against accidents.
Careful observance of this basic precaution would be enough to avoid many severe accidents.
DANGER
Never carry out any cleaning, lubrication or maintenance operations when the engine is running.
B013
SAFETY RULES
Generalities
• Carefully follow specified repair and maintenance procedures.
87628084B 12/06/2009
3

INTRODUCTION
• Do not wear rings, wristwatches, jewels, unbuttoned or flapping clothing such as ties, torn clothes, scarves, open
jackets or shirts with open zips which could get caught on moving parts. Use approved safety clothing such as
anti-slipping footwear, gloves, safety goggles, helmets, etc.
• Wear safety glasses with side guards when cleaning parts using compressed air.
• Damaged or frayed wires and chains are unreliable. Do not use them for lifting or towing.
• Wear suitable protection such as approved eye protection, helmets, special clothing, gloves and footwear when-
ever welding. All persons standing in the vicinity of the welding process should wear approved eye protection.
NEVER LOOK AT THE WELDING ARC IF YOUR EYES ARE NOT SUITABLY PROTECTED.
• Never carry out any repair on the machine if someone is sitting on the operator’s seat, except if they are qualified
operators assisting in the operation to be carried out.
• Never operate the machine or use attachments from a place other than sitting at the operator’s seat or at the side
of the machine when operating the fender switches.
• Never carry out any operation on the machine when the engine is running, except when specifically indicated. Stop
the engine and ensure that all pressure is relieved from hydraulic circuits before removing caps, covers, valves,
etc.
• All repair and maintenance operations should be carried out with the greatest care and attention.
• Disconnect the batteries and label all controls to warn that the tractor is being serviced. Block the machine and all
equipment which should be raised.
• Never check or fill fuel tanks or batteries, nor use starting liquid if you are smoking or near open flames as such
fluids are flammable.
• The fuel filling gun should always remain in contact with the filler neck. Maintain this contact until the fuel stops
flowing into the tank to avoid possible sparks due to static electricity build-up.
• To transfer a failed tractor, use a trailer or a low loading platform trolley if available.
• To load and unload the machine from the transportation means, select a flat area providing a firm support to the
trailer or truck wheels. Firmly tie the machine to the truck or trailer platform and block wheels as required by the
transporter.
• Always use lifting equipment of appropriate capacity to lift or move heavy components.
• Chains should always be safely fastened. Ensure that fastening device is strong enough to hold the load foreseen.
No persons should stand near the fastening point.
• The working area should be always kept CLEAN and DRY. Immediately clean any spillage of water or oil.
• Never use gasoline, diesel oil or other flammable liquids as cleaning agents. Use non-flammable non-toxic pro-
prietary solvents.
• Do not pile up grease or oil soaked rags, as they constitute a great fire hazard. Always place them into a metal
container.
START UP
• Never run the engine in confined spaces which are not equipped with adequate ventilation for exhaust gas extrac-
tion.
• Never bring your head, body, arms, legs, feet, hands, fingers near fans or rotating belts.
ENGINE
• Always loosen the radiator cap very slowly before removing it to allow pressure in the system to dissipate. Coolant
should be topped up only when the engine is stopped.
• Do not fill up fuel tank when the engine is running.
• Never adjust the fuel injection pump when the tractor is moving.
• Never lubricate the tractor when the engine is running.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
• If it is necessary to use auxiliary batteries, cables must be connected at both sides as follows: (+) to (+) and (-) to
(-). Avoid short-circuiting the terminals. GAS RELEASED FROM BATTERIES IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. During
87628084B 12/06/2009
4

INTRODUCTION
charging, leave the battery compartment uncovered to improve ventilation. Avoid sparks or flames near the battery
area. Do no smoke.
• Do not charge batteries in confined spaces.
• Always disconnect the batteries before performing any type of service on the electrical system.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
• Some fluid coming out from a very small port can be almost invisible and be strong enough to penetrate the skin.
For this reason, NEVER USE YOUR HANDS TO CHECK FOR LEAKS, but use a piece of cardboard or a piece
of wood for this purpose. If any fluid is injected into the skin, seek medical aid immediately. Lack of immediate
medical attention may result in serious infections or dermatitis.
• Always take system pressure readings using the appropriate gauges.
WHEELS AND TYRES

• Check that the tyres are correctly inflated at the pressure specified by the manufacturer. Periodically check for
possible damage to the rims and tyres.
• Stay at the tyre side when inflating.
• Check the pressure only when the tractor is unloaded and tyres are cold to avoid wrong readings due to over-
pressure.
• Never cut, nor weld a rim with the inflated tyre assembled.
• To remove the wheels, block both front and rear tractor wheels. Raise the tractor and install safe and stable
supports under the tractor in accordance with regulations in force.
• Deflate the tyre before removing any object caught into the tyre tread.
• Never inflate tyres using flammable gases as they may generate explosions and cause injuries to bystanders.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

• Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of adequate capacity. Ensure that parts are supported
by appropriate slings and hooks. Use lifting eyes provided to this purpose. Take care of the persons near the loads
to be lifted.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
CONTENT
Section Description Page
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ACIDS AND ALKALIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ADHESIVES AND SEALERS - see Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ANTIFREEZE - see Fire, Solvents e.g. Isopropanol, Ethylene Glycol, Methanol. . . . . . 5
ARC WELDING - see Welding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BATTERY ACIDS - see Acids and Alkalis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDS (Polyalkylene Glycols) - see Fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
BRAZING - see Welding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CHEMICAL MATERIALS - GENERAL - see Legal Aspects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DO’S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DO NOTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
CORROSION PROTECTION MATERIALS - see Solvents, Fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
DUSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ELECTRIC SHOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
EXHAUST FUMES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FIBRE INSULATION - see Dusts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FIRE - see Welding, Foams, Legal Aspects.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FIRST AID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FOAMS - Polyurethane - see Fire.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
5

INTRODUCTION
FUELS - see Fire, Legal Aspects, Chemicals - General, Solvents.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

GAS CYLINDERS - see Fire.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
GENERAL WORKSHOP TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
LEGAL ASPECTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
LUBRICANTS AND GREASES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PAINTS - see Solvents and Chemical Materials - General.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SOLDER - see Welding.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SOLVENTS - see Chemical Materials - General Fuels (Kerosene), Fire.. . . . . . . . . .. 10
SUSPENDED LOADS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
WELDING - see Fire, Electric Shock, Gas Cylinders.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Many of the procedures associated with vehicle maintenance and repair involve physical hazards or other risks to
health. This section lists, alphabetically, some of these hazardous operations and the materials and equipment asso-
ciated with them. The precautions necessary to avoid these hazards are identified.
The list is not exhaustive and all operations and procedures and the handling of materials, should be carried out with
health and safety in mind.
ACIDS AND ALKALIS

see Battery acids, e.g. caustic soda, sulphuric acid.
Used in batteries and cleaning materials.
Irritant and corrosive to the skin, eyes, nose and throat. Causes burns.
Avoid splashes to the skin, eyes and clothing. Wear suitable protective gloves and goggles. Can destroy ordinary
protective clothing. Do not breathe mists.
Ensure access to water and soap is readily available for splashing accidents.
ADHESIVES AND SEALERS

see Fire
Highly Flammable, Flammable, combustible.
Generally should be stored in “No Smoking” areas; cleanliness and tidiness in use should be observed, e.g. dispos-
able paper covering benches; should be dispensed from applicators where possible; containers, including secondary
containers, should be labelled.
Solvent based Adhesives/Sealers

See Solvents.
Follow manufacturers instructions.
Water based Adhesives/Sealers

Those based on polymer emulsions and rubber lattices may contain small amounts of volatile toxic and harmful chem-
icals. Skin and eye contact should be avoided and adequate ventilation provided during use.
Resin based Adhesives/Sealers

e.g. epoxide and formaldehyde resin based.
Mixing should only be carried out in well ventilated areas as harmful or toxic volatile chemicals may be released.
Skin contact with uncured resins and hardeners can result in irritation; dermatitis and absorption of toxic or harmful
chemicals through the skin. Splashes can damage the eyes.
Provide adequate ventilation and avoid skin and eye contact. Follow manufacturers instructions.
Anaerobic, Cyanoacrylate and other Acrylic Adhesives

Many are irritant, sensitizing or harmful to the skin. Some are eye irritants.
87628084B 12/06/2009
6
INTRODUCTION
Skin and eye contact should be avoided and the manufacturers instructions followed.
Cyanoacrylate adhesives (super-glues) must not contact the skin or eyes. If skin or eye tissue is bonded cover with a
clean moist pad and get medical attention. do not attempt to pull tissue apart. Use in well ventilated areas as vapours
can cause irritation of the nose and eyes.
For two-pack systems see Resin based adhesives/sealers.
Isocyanate (Polyurethane) Adhesives/ Sealers

see Resin based Adhesives.
Individuals suffering from asthma or respiratory allergies should not work with or near these materials as sensitivity
reactions can occur.
Any spraying should preferably be carried out in exhaust ventilated booths removing vapours and spray droplets from
the breathing zone. Individuals working with spray applications should wear supplied air respirators.
ANTIFREEZE
see Fire, Solvents e.g. Isopropanol, Ethylene Glycol, Methanol.
Highly Flammable, Flammable, Combustible.
Used in vehicle coolant systems, brake air pressure systems, screenwash solutions.
Vapours given off from coolant antifreeze (glycol) arise only when heated.
Antifreeze may be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities. Antifreeze if swallowed is fatal and medical
attention must be found immediately.
ARC WELDING
see Welding.
BATTERY ACIDS
see Acids and Alkalis.
Gases released during charging are explosive.
Never use naked flames or allow sparks near charging or recently charged batteries.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDS (Polyalkylene Glycols)

see Fire.
Combustible.
Splashes to the skin and eyes are slightly irritating.
Avoid skin and eye contact as far as possible.
Inhalation of vapour hazards do not arise at ambient temperatures because of the very low vapour pressure.
BRAZING
see Welding.
CHEMICAL MATERIALS - GENERAL

see Legal Aspects.
Chemical materials such as solvents, sealers, adhesives, paints, resin foams, battery acids, antifreeze, brake fluids,
oils and grease should always be used with caution and stored and handled with care. They may be toxic, harmful,
corrosive, irritant or highly inflammable and give rise to hazardous fumes and dusts.
The effects of excessive exposure to chemicals may be immediate or delayed; briefly experienced or permanent;
cumulative; superficial; life threatening; or may reduce life-expectancy.
DO’S
Do remove chemical materials from the skin and clothing as soon as practicable after soiling. Change heavily soiled
clothing and have it cleaned.
Do carefully read and observe hazard and precaution warnings given on material containers (labels) and in any
accompanying leaflets, poster or other instructions. Material health and safety data sheets can be obtained from
Manufacturers.
87628084B 12/06/2009
7
INTRODUCTION
Do organise work practices and protective clothing to avoid soiling of the skin and eyes; breathing vapours/aerosols/
dusts/fumes; inadequate container labelling; fire and explosion hazards.
Do wash before job breaks; before eating, smoking, drinking or using toilet facilities when handling chemical materials.
Do keep work areas clean, uncluttered and free of spills.
Do store according to national and local regulations.
Do keep chemical materials out of reach of children.
DO NOTS
Do Not mix chemical materials except under the manufacturers instructions; some chemicals can form other toxic or
harmful chemicals; give off toxic or harmful fumes; be explosive when mixed together.
Do Not spray chemical materials, particularly those based on solvents, in confined spaces e.g. when people are
inside a vehicle.
Do Not apply heat or flame to chemical materials except under the manufacturers’ instructions. Some are highly
inflammable and some may release toxic or harmful fumes.
Do Not leave containers open. Fumes given off can build up to toxic, harmful or explosive concentrations. Some
fumes are heavier than air and will accumulate in confined areas, pits etc.
Do Not transfer chemical materials to unlabeled containers.
Do Not clean hands or clothing with chemical materials. Chemicals, particularly solvents and fuels will dry the skin
and may cause irritation with dermatitis. Some can be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities.
Do Not use emptied containers for other materials, except when they have been cleaned under supervised conditions.
Do Not sniff or smell chemical materials. Brief exposure to high concentrations of fumes can be toxic or harmful.
Clutch Fluids
see Brake and Clutch Fluids.
Clutch Linings and Pads

see Brake and Clutch Linings and Pads.
CORROSION PROTECTION MATERIALS

see Solvents, Fire.
Highly flammable, flammable.
These materials are varied and the manufacturers instructions should be followed. They may contain solvents, resins,
petroleum products etc. Skin and eye contact should be avoided. They should only be sprayed in conditions of
adequate ventilation and not in confined spaces.
Cutting
see Welding.
De-Waxing
see Solvents and Fuels (Kerosene).
DUSTS
Powder, dusts or clouds may be irritant, harmful or toxic. Avoid breathing dusts from powdery chemical materials or
those arising from dry abrasion operations. Wear respiratory protection if ventilation is inadequate.
ELECTRIC SHOCK
Electric shocks can result from the use of faulty electrical equipment or from the misuse of equipment even in good
condition.
Ensure that electrical equipment is maintained in good condition and frequently tested.
Ensure that flexes, cables, plugs and sockets are not frayed, kinked, cut, cracked or otherwise damaged.
Ensure that electric equipment is protected by the correct rated fuse.
Never misuse electrical equipment and never use equipment which is in any way faulty. The results could be fatal.
Use reduced voltage equipment ( 110 volt) for inspection and working lights where possible.
87628084B 12/06/2009
8
INTRODUCTION
Ensure that the cables of mobile electrical equipment cannot get trapped and damaged, such as in a vehicle hoist.
Use air operated mobile equipment where possible in preference to electrical equipment.
In cases of electrocution:-
• switch off electricity before approaching victim
• if this is not possible, push or drag victim from source of electricity using dry non-conductive material
• commence resuscitation if trained to do so
• SUMMON MEDICAL ASSISTANCE
EXHAUST FUMES
These contain asphyxiating, harmful and toxic chemicals and particles such as carbon oxides, nitrogen oxides, alde-
hydes, lead and aromatic hydrocarbons. Engines should only be run under conditions of adequate extraction or
general ventilation and not in confined spaces.
Gasolene (Petrol) Engine

There may not be adequate warning properties of odour or irritation before immediate and delayed toxic or harmful
effects arise.
Diesel Engine
Soot, discomfort and irritation usually give adequate warning of hazardous fume concentrations.
FIBRE INSULATION
see Dusts.
Used in noise and sound insulation.
The fibrous nature of surfaces and cut edges can cause skin irritation. This is usually a physical and not a chemical
effect.
Precautions should be taken to avoid excessive skin contact through careful organisation of work practices and the
use of gloves.
FIRE
see Welding, Foams, Legal Aspects.
Many of the materials found on or associated with the repair of vehicles are highly flammable. Some give off toxic or
harmful fumes if burnt.
Observe strict fire safety when storing and handling flammable materials or solvents, particularly near electrical equip-
ment or welding processes.
Ensure before using electrical or welding equipment but that there is no fire hazard present.
Have a suitable fire extinguisher available when using welding or heating equipment.
FIRST AID
Apart from meeting any legal requirements it is desirable for someone in the workshop to be trained in first aid proce-
dures.
Splashes in the eye should be flushed with clean water for at least ten minutes.
Soiled skin should be washed with soap and water.
Inhalation affected individuals should be removed to fresh air immediately.
If swallowed or if effects persist consult a doctor with information (label) on material used.
Do not induce vomiting (unless indicated by manufacturer).
FOAMS - Polyurethane
see Fire.
Used in sound and noise insulation. Cured foams used in seat and trim cushioning.
Unreacted components are irritating and may be harmful to the skin and eyes. Wear gloves and goggles.
87628084B 12/06/2009
9
INTRODUCTION
Individuals with chronic respiratory diseases, asthma, bronchial medical problems or histories of allergic diseases
should not work with or near uncured materials.
The components, vapours, spray mists can cause direct irritation, sensitivity reactions and may be toxic or harmful.
Vapours and spray mists must not be breathed. These materials must be applied with adequate ventilation and res-
piratory protection. Do not remove respirator immediately after spraying, wait until vapour/ mists have cleared.
Burning of the uncured components and the cured foams can generate toxic and harmful fumes.
Smoking, open flames or the use of electrical equipment during foaming operations and until vapours/mists have
cleared should not be allowed.
Any heat cutting of cured foams or partially cured foams should be conducted with extraction ventilation (see Body
Section 44 Legal and Safety Aspects).
FUELS
see Fire, Legal Aspects, Chemicals - General, Solvents.
Used as fuels and cleaning agents.
Gasolene (Petrol).
Highly flammable.
Swallowing can result in mouth and throat irritation and absorption from the stomach can result in drowsiness and
unconsciousness. Small amounts can be fatal to children. Aspiration of liquid into the lungs, e.g. through vomiting,
is a very serious hazard.
Gasolene dries the skin and can cause irritation and dermatitis on prolonged or repeated contact. Liquid in the eye
causes severe smarting.
Motor gasolene may contain appreciable quantities of benzene, which is toxic upon inhalation and the concentrations
of gasolene vapours must be kept very low. High concentrations will cause eye, nose and throat irritation, nausea,
headache, depression and symptoms of drunkenness. Very high concentrations will result in rapid loss of conscious-
ness.
Ensure there is adequate ventilation when handling and using gasolene. Great care must be taken to avoid the serious
consequences of inhalation in the event of vapour build up arising from spillages in confined spaces.
Special precautions apply to cleaning and maintenance operations on gasolene storage tanks.
Gasolene should not be used as a cleaning agent. It must not be siphoned by mouth.
Kerosene (Paraffin)
Used also as heating fuel, solvent and cleaning agent.
Flammable.
Irritation of the mouth and throat may result from swallowing. The main hazard from swallowing arises if liquid aspi-
ration into the lungs occurs. Liquid contact dries the skin and can cause irritation or dermatitis. Splashes in the eye
may be slightly irritating.
In normal circumstances the low volatility does not give rise to harmful vapours. Exposure to mists and vapours from
kerosene at elevated temperatures should be avoided (mists may arise in de-waxing).
Avoid skin and eye contact and ensure there is adequate ventilation.
Gas-Oil (Diesel Fuel)

see Fuels (Kerosene).
Combustible.
Gross or prolonged skin contact with high boiling gas oils may also cause serious skin disorders including skin cancer.
GAS CYLINDERS
see Fire.
Gases such as oxygen, acetylene, carbon dioxide, argon and propane are normally stored in cylinders at pressures of
up to 140 bar( 2000 lb/in2) and great care should be taken in handling these cylinders to avoid mechanical damage to
them or to the valve gear attached. The contents of each cylinder should be clearly identified by appropriate markings.
Cylinders should be stored in well ventilated enclosures, and protected from ice and snow, or direct sunlight. Fuel
gases (e.g. acetylene and propane) should not be stored in close proximity to oxygen cylinders.
Care should be exercised to prevent leaks from gas cylinders and lines, and to avoid sources of ignition.
Only trained personnel should undertake work involving gas cylinders.
87628084B 12/06/2009
10
INTRODUCTION
Gases
see Gas Cylinders.
Gas Shielded Welding

see Welding.
Gas Welding
see Welding.
GENERAL WORKSHOP TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

It is essential that all tools and equipment are maintained in good condition and the correct safety equipment used
where required.
Never use tools or equipment for any purpose other than that for which they were designed.
Never overload equipment such as hoists, jacks, axle and chassis stands or lifting slings. Damage caused by over-
loading is not always immediately apparent and may result in a fatal failure the next time that the equipment is used.
Do not use damaged or defective tools or equipment, particularly high speed equipment such as grinding wheels. A
damaged grinding wheel can disintegrate without warning and cause serious injury.
Wear suitable eye protection when using grinding, chiselling or sand blasting equipment.
Wear a suitable breathing mask when using sand blasting equipment, working with asbestos based materials or using
spraying equipment.
Glues
see Adhesives and Sealers.
High Pressure Air, Lubrication and Oil Test Equipment accordance with local regulations
see Lubricants and Greases.
Always keep high pressure equipment in good condition and regularly maintained, particularly at joints and unions.
Never direct a high pressure nozzle at the skin as the fluid may penetrate to the underlying tissue etc. and cause
serious injury.
LEGAL ASPECTS
Many laws and regulations make requirements relating to health and safety in the use of materials and equipment in
workshops. Always conform to the laws and regulations applicable to the country in which you are working.
Workshops should be familiar, in detail, with the associated laws and regulations. Consult the local factory inspec-
torate or appropriate authority if in any doubt.
LUBRICANTS AND GREASES

Avoid all prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oils, especially used oils. Used oils contaminated during service
(e.g. routine service change sump oils) are more irritating and more likely to cause serious effects including skin
cancer in the event of gross and prolonged skin contact.
Wash skin thoroughly after work involving oil. Proprietary hand cleaners may be of value provided they can be re-
moved from the skin with water. Do not use petrol, paraffin or other solvents to remove oil from the skin.
Lubricants and greases may be slightly irritating to the eyes.
Repeated or prolonged skin contact should be avoided by wearing protective clothing if necessary. Particular care
should be taken with used oils and greases containing lead. Do not allow work clothing to be contaminated with oil.
Dry clean or launder such clothing at regular intervals. Discard oil soaked shoes.
Do not employ used engine oils as lubricants or for any application where appreciable skin contact is likely to occur.
Used oils may only be disposed of in accordance with local regulations.
Noise Insulation Materials

see Foams, Fibre Insulation.
87628084B 12/06/2009
11
INTRODUCTION
PAINTS
see Solvents and Chemical Materials - General.
Highly Flammable, Flammable.
One Pack. Can contain harmful or toxic pigments, driers and other components as well as solvents. Spraying should
only be carried out with adequate ventilation.
Two Pack. Can also contain harmful and toxic unreacted resins and resin hardening agents. The manufacturers
instructions should be followed and the section of page 5 on resin based adhesives, isocyanate containing Adhesives
and Foams should be consulted.
Spraying should preferably be carried out in exhausted ventilated booths removing vapour and spray mists from the
breathing zone. Individuals working in booths should wear respiratory protection. Those doing small scale repair work
in the open shop should wear supplied air respirators.
Paint Thinners
see Solvents.
Petrol
see Fuels (Gasolene).
Pressurised Equipment
see High Pressure Air, Lubrication and Oil Test Equipment.
Resistance Welding
see Welding.
Sealers
see Adhesives and Sealers.
SOLDER
see Welding.
Solders are mixtures of metals such that the melting point of the mixture is below that of the constituent metals (nor-
mally lead and tin). Solder application does not normally give rise to toxic lead fumes, provided a gas/air flame is
used. Oxy-acetylene flames should not be used, as they are much hotter and will cause lead fumes to be evolved.
Some fumes may be produced by the application of any flame to surfaces coated with grease etc. and inhalation of
these should be avoided.
Removal of excess solder should be undertaken with care, to ensure that fine lead dust is not produced, which can
give toxic effects if inhaled. Respiratory protection may be necessary.
Solder spillage and filing should be collected and removed promptly to prevent general air contamination by lead.
High standards of personal hygiene are necessary in order to avoid indigestion of lead or inhalation of solder dust
from clothing.
SOLVENTS
see Chemical Materials - General Fuels (Kerosene), Fire.
e.g. Acetone, white spirit, toluene, xylene, trichlorethane.
Used in cleaning materials, de-waxing, paints, plastics, resins, thinners etc.
Highly Inflammable, Flammable.
Skin contact will degrease the skin and may result in irritation and dermatitis following repeated or prolonged contact.
Some can be absorbed through the skin in toxic or harmful quantities.
Splashes in the eye may cause severe irritation and could lead to loss of vision.
Brief exposure to high concentrations of vapours or mists will cause eye and throat irritation, drowsiness, dizziness,
headaches and in the worst circumstances, unconsciousness.
Repeated or prolonged exposures to excessive but lower concentrations of vapours or mists, for which there might
not be adequate warning indications, can cause more serious toxic or harmful effects.
Aspiration into the lungs (e.g. through vomiting) is the most serious consequence of swallowing.
87628084B 12/06/2009
12
INTRODUCTION
Avoid splashes to the skin, eyes and clothing. Wear protective gloves, goggles and clothing if necessary.
Ensure good ventilation when in use, avoid breathing fumes, vapours and spray mists and keep containers tightly
sealed. Do not use in confined spaces.
When the spraying material contains solvents, e.g. paints, adhesives, coatings, use extraction ventilation or personal
respiratory protection in the absence of adequate general ventilation.
Do not apply heat or flame except under specific and detailed manufacturers instructions.
Sound Insulation
see Fibre Insulation, Foams.
Spot Welding
see Welding.
SUSPENDED LOADS
There is always a danger when loads are lifted or suspended. Never work under an unsupported suspended or raised
load, e.g. jacked up vehicle, suspended engine, etc.
Always ensure that lifting equipment such as jacks, hoists, axle stands, slings, etc. are adequate and suitable for the
job, in good condition and regularly maintained.
Never improvise lifting tackle.
Underseal
see Corrosion Protection.
WELDING
see Fire, Electric Shock, Gas Cylinders.
Welding processes include Resistance Welding (Spot Welding), Arc Welding and Gas Welding.
Resistance Welding
This process may cause particles of molten metal to be emitted at high velocity and the eyes and skin must be pro-
tected.
Arc Welding
This process emits a high level of ultraviolet radiation which may cause eye and skin burns to the welder and to other
persons nearby. Gas-shielded welding processes are particularly hazardous in this respect. Personal protection must
be worn, and screens used to shield other people.
Metal spatter will also occur and appropriate eye and skin protection is necessary.
The heat of the welding arc will produce fumes and gases from the metals being welded and from any applied coatings
or contamination on the surfaces being worked on. These gases and fumes may be toxic and inhalation should
always be avoided. The use of extraction ventilation to remove the fumes from the working area may be necessary,
particularly in cases where the general ventilation is poor, or where considerable welding work is anticipated. In
extreme cases where adequate ventilation cannot be provided, supplied air respirators may be necessary.
Gas Welding
Oxy-acetylene torches may be used for welding and cutting and special care must be taken to prevent leakage of
these gases, with consequent risk of fire and explosion.
The process will produce metal spatter and eye and skin protection is necessary.
The flame is bright and eye protection should be used, but the ultra-violet emission is much less than that from arc
welding, and lighter filters may be used.
The process itself produces few toxic fumes, but such fumes and gases may be produced from coatings on the work,
particularly during cutting away of damaged body parts and inhalation of the fumes should be avoided.
In brazing, toxic fumes may be evolved from the metals in the brazing rod, and a severe hazard may arise if brazing
rods containing cadmium are used. In this event particular care must be taken to avoid inhalation of fumes and expert
advice may be required.
87628084B 12/06/2009
13
INTRODUCTION
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN BEFORE ANY WELDING OR CUTTING TAKES PLACE ON VESSELS
WHICH HAVE CONTAINED COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS, E.G. BOILING OR STEAMING OUT OF FUEL TANKS.
White Spirit
see Solvents.
ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT

Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:

• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti freeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these
substances. Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
1. Avoid filling tanks using unsuitable containers or inappropriate pressurised fuel delivery systems which may cause
considerable spillage.
2. In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which can
be harmful to your health.
3. Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and/or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
4. Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids,
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in a
proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
5. Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should
not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of safely.
6. Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the atmos-
phere. Your dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to recharge
the system anyway.
7. Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
8. Do not increase the pressure in a pressurised circuit as this may lead to the components exploding.
9. Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.
87628084B 12/06/2009
14
SERVICE MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A
Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve . . . . . . A.10.B
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Power beyond
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hydraulic pump
Variable displacement pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Variable displacement pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Charge pump
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power beyond
Hydraulic pump
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Charge pump
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Compensator
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SERVICE
Signal valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Power beyond
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Hydraulic pump
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Variable displacement pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Variable displacement pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 2
Variable displacement pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Variable displacement pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Charge pump
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Compensator
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Filter
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
DIAGNOSTIC
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 3
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
Tee adaptor 11/16 ORFS female x 11/16 ORFS male x 297600*
7/16 UNF female
Tee adaptor 7/16 JIC female x 7/16 JIC male x 7/16 UNF 297601*
female
Adaptor M10 banjo x 7/16 UNF female 297602*
Tee adaptor 9/16 ORFS female x 9/16 ORFS male x 297603*
7/16 UNF female
Blanking Cap 9/16 ORFS 297604*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x 1/2 BSP male 297606*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x M12 x 1.5p male 297607*
Adaptor 7/16 UNF female x M14 x 1.5p male 297608*
Adaptor M14 banjo x M14 x 1.5p female 297609*
Tee adaptor 7/16 UNF female x 1/4 BSP hose tail x 1/2 297610*
hose
7/16 UNF male Quick release adaptor 297240*
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 UNF female 297404*
Tee adaptor 1” ORFS female x 1” ORFS male x 7/16 380000517
UNF female
Pressure Gauge 0–10 bar 293241#
Pressure Gauge 0–40 bar (5 off) 293242#
Pressure Gauge 0–250 bar 293244#
Remote valve coupling 5101741
or 293449#
Quick release adaptor 291924
Pressure gauge hose 292246#
1/8 NPT fitting to attach hose 292246 to gauge 291927#
Adaptor M10 x 1.0p x 7/16 JIC male (enables use of 297417
gauges with 7/16 JIC hoses if used)
diagnostic switch 295041
Bypass connector 295044
Trailer brake fitting 293190#
Flow Meter 120 ltr/min minimum (procure locally)
* Part of hydraulic adaptor kit 297611
# Part of hydraulic pressure test kit 292870
Remote Valve check valve removal tool 380002720
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 4
Power beyond - Torque
BAIL06CCM056ASA 1
Power Beyond Torque Sequence
BAIL06CCM180ASA 2
Power Beyond Coupler Torques
Refer to : Power beyond - Install (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 5
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - General specification

Load Sensed Variable Displacement Piston Pump ( 120/150 Ltr/Min)
Type Variable Flow Piston Pump
(Swash Plate Controlled)
Rotation Clockwise
Pump Speed@ 2200 erpm 2662 rpm
Output @ 2200 erpm Standard Flow 120 Ltr/min
26.4 Imp Galls/min
31.7 US Galls/min
Output @ 2200 erpm Hi- Flow 150 Ltr/min
32.9 Imp Galls/min
39.6 US Galls/min
Standby Pressure (Low Pressure 26±1 bar ( 377±15 lbf.in2)
Standby)
Maximum System Pressure (High 210±5 bar ( 3046±73 lbf/in2)
Pressure Standby)
Charge Pressure Filter Relief Valve 6 bar
Charge System Pressure 3 bar
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 6
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Torque
BAIL06CCM041GSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 7
Charge pump - General specification

Charge Pump ( 106 Ltr/Min )
Type Gear Type Pump
Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve Crack open @ 6.9 bar ( 100 lbf/in2)
Fully Open @ 12.4 bar ( 180 lbf/in2)
Charge Pressure Minimum 1.6 - 3.4 bar ( 23 - 50
lbf/in2)
@ 2100 rev/min and variable flow
piston pump ‘On Load’
Charge Pressure Switch Close @ 0.55 - 0.82 bar ( 8 - 12
lbf/in2)
Making charge pressure warning light
flash
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 8
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description

The hydraulic system comprises the following oil circuits:-
High pressure circuit

Hydraulic rear powerlift
Remote valves
Trailer brake system (where fitted)
Front axle suspension (where fitted)
Oil circuit of the steering hydraulics

Steering pump and steering cylinder
Control valve of the Fast Steer (where fitted)
Low pressure circuit

Engine PTO
Differential lock
All wheel drive
Actuation of transmission couplings and synchroniser units
Front axle servobrake
Engagement of the crawler gear
Servo-actuated main brake cylinder
Front PTO (where fitted)
Layout of the lubrication system

PTO coupling
Transmission coupling
Transmission shaft pressure lubrication
Bearing of the pump drive pinion
Lifting shaft of the hydraulic powerlift
The high pressure circuit is a closed Load Sensing system and is configured differently according to the variants in
equipment for each tractor model.
Steering circuit, low pressure and lubrication circuits are an open system, in models with SuperSteer front axle the
steering circuit is however configured as dynamic Load Sensing hydraulics.
VARIATIONS IN EQUIPMENT IN THE TRACTOR HYDRAULICS

Transmission High pressure Hydraulic pump Hydraulic powerlift Remote valves
hydraulic system
Power Command Closed system 120 L/min CCLS Electronic powerlift Closed system
transmission variable displacement control
pump
150 L/min "Hi Flow"
axial piston variable
displacement pump
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 9
CCLS axial piston variable displacement pump (1).

Figure 1 2
BAIL06CCM104ASA 1
BAIL08CVT085ASA 2
The high-pressure hydraulic pumps in the Load Sensing version with closed circuit can be differentiated by the serial
numbers on the plate above the pump:-
Figure 3 shows the rating plate of the 150 l/min (39.6 US gpm) pump.
BAIL06CCM082ASA 3
Figure 4 shows the rating plate of the 120 l/min (31.7 US gpm) pump.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 10
BAIL06CCM083ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 11
Closed Centre remote valves and electronic powerlift control (1).
BAIL06CCM057ASA 5
Operating the electronic powerlift control
In tractors that are equipped with an electronic hydraulic powerlift control, all controls for the hydraulics are gathered
together on one operating panel.
(1). Rotary control for draft control response sensitivity
(2). Lowering speed rotary control
(3). Rotary control for height limit control
(4). Rotary control for wheel slip control
BAIL09CCM089AVA 7
The control for the powerlift position control, the rapid control switch in the cab, and the controls for traction control
make operation of the EPC simple.
BAIL06CCM152ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 12
BRL6333B 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 13
The Raise and Lower functions of the powerlift with EPC can be actuated via the transmission lever..
BAIL06CCM154ASA 10
BAIL09CCM066AVA 11
The tractors can also be fitted with electrohydraulic remote valves (1).
BAIL06CCM085ASA 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 14
Another optional version is mechanically-operated remote valves with adjustable locking (2) and flow rate regulators
(1).
BAIL06CCM086ASA 14
For implements that require a continual oil flow from the tractor's hydraulic system, the connection of a Power-beyond
valve segment on the control unit block is provided with oil couplings (1), (2) and (3).
BAIL06CCM054ASA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 15
HIGH PRESSURE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IN LOAD SENSING VERSION WITH CLOSED CIR-
CUIT
BAIL06CCM010GSA 16
1 Electrohydraulic remote valves 2 EPC control valve

3 Return pipe to the oil reservoir 4 Low pressure oil supply
5 To the lifting cylinders 6 Pump flow to electrohydr. remote valve and EPC
7 Flow control valve 8 Variable displacement pump
9 Trailer brake valve 10 Pressure-reducer priority valve
11 To the lifting cylinders 12 Load Sensing line from EPC control valve and
electrohydr. remote valves
The basic principle of the Closed Centre high-pressure hydraulic system in the Load Sensing version with variable
displacement pump is the availability of a needs-based oil flow. This makes possible simultaneous actuation of trailer
brake system, hydraulic powerlift, remote valves and - where fitted - the front axle suspension. The Load Sensing
variable displacement pump offers important advantages with regard to the reduction of engine power loss compared
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 16
to open-circuit systems, in which a higher oil volume flow, which is often clearly above the required amount, is contin-
ually pumped around the hydraulic system.
BAIL06CCM011GSA 17
1 EPC control valve 2 Low pressure oil supply

3 Return pipe to the oil reservoir 4 Flow control valve
5 Oil pressure of the steering hydraulics oil pump 6 Variable displacement pump
7 Load Sensing line to the pressure reducer priority valve 8 Pressure-reducer priority valve
9 Trailer brake valve 10 Pump flow to electrohydr. remote valve and EPC
11 To the oil coupling of the trailer brake 12 Oil pressure to the lifting cylinders
13Load Sensing line from EPC control valve and
electrohydr. remote valves
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 17
The high-pressure circuit illustrated in PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A) com-
prises the following components:
Hydraulic pump unit

The Load Sensing valve with pressure and oil flow control valves, oil pump and priority valve for the steering hydraulics,
intake filter and main oil filter as well as various electrical switches are integrated in the high-pressure variable dis-
placement pump.
Figure 18 shows the main pump unit.
NOTE: The oil pump for the steering hydraulics is shown separately to the main pump unit.
BSD2182A_559 18
The Load Sensing valve block consists of a high-pressure control valve (1) and an oil flow control valve. The Load Sensing
valve receives hydraulic control signals from the driven components and transmits these to the oil pump, which then matches
the supply volume to the system's requirement for oil.
The Load Sensing valve block is illustrated in Figure 19.
BSD2167A_561 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 18
Priority valve
The priority valve (1) on the top of the main oil pump channels high-pressure oil to the control block and to the trailer
brake valve (where fitted). It also supplies the low-pressure control valve with low-pressure oil. If a front axle suspen-
sion is installed, a levelling valve (2) is mounted on the priority valve, which delivers an oil flow to the control valve for
the suspension (Figure 28) and to the cylinder.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 20
Steering hydraulics oil pump

Figure 21 shows the oil pump for the steering hydraulics.
The oil pump for the steering hydraulics is configured as a separate unit, but it is also driven by the same geared
wheel as the main oil pump.
1. Oil pump for the steering hydraulics
2. Connection to the control pump
3. Line to the oil cooler
BAIL06CCM084ASA 21
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 19
Control valve of the Fast Steer (where fitted)

The Fast Steer , which is available as an optional extra, supplies increased responsiveness from the steering, when
needed, e. g. during front loader operations.
From the straight ahead position, Fast Steer, will provide full right or left-hand steering lock with a 8 ° movement of
the steering wheel.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 22
Trailer brake valve

The trailer brake valve is under the cab and is mounted on the priority valve at the top of the main pump unit. The
trailer brake valve allows pressure oil to flow to the trailer brake system, when both of the tractor's brake pedals are
depressed.
Figure 23 shows the trailer brake valve.
BAIL06CCM087ASA 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 20
The EPC control valve (1) is constructed as a subplate valve and is to be found together with the remote valves at the
rear under the driver's cab; the safety valve of the lift cylinder is integrated into it.
The lifting cylinder safety valve protects the lifting cylinder from peaks in pressure and limits the pressure in the cylinder
to 230 bar (3335.0 psi).
The EPC control valve is a microcomputer-controlled magnetic control valve, which controls the lifting and lowering
of the hydraulic powerlift.
BAIL06CCM057ASA 24
CCLS remote valves
The remote valves for the closed hydraulic system are available in two versions. In the standard version, mechanical
control units (1), Fig. 25) are mounted, which are actuated from the cab via a Bowden cable. As an optional extra,
electrohydraulic control units ( (1), Fig. 26) are available for all models, which are operated via electrical switches and
are fitted with an electronic control module for flow volume regulation via a solenoid valve.
Up to four mechanically actuated remote valves can be installed, or in the electronic version, as an option, an addi-
tional fifth control valve as well.
BAIL06CCM086ASA 25
BAIL06CCM085ASA 26
Lifting cylinder for the hydraulic powerlift
Two external lifting cylinders, one per lift arm, are mounted on the mounting points in the cast body of the rear axle
mid housing, see Figure 27. These are available in the three sizes / lifting force classes 80 mm, 90 mm and 100 mm.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 21
BSD2169A 27
Control valve for the front axle suspension
This is on the left-hand side of the tractor and is fastened to the suspension cylinder. The suspension control valve
receives high-pressure oil via the pressure reducer priority valve and the levelling valve. With the help of electronically
controlled PWM solenoid valves (1), it controls the oil flow to a working cylinder, which is mounted between the front
axle and front axle bearing block. This is how the front axle suspension is hydraulically controlled.
BAIL06CCM039ASA 28
Hydraulic oil filter
There are two different versions of the hydraulic filters, which are used on all tractor models.
(1)Oil filter for the feed pump
(2)Main flow oil filter
BSD2182B 29
(1)Oil filter for the feed pump
(3)Main flow oil filter
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 22
BAIL06CCM090ASA 30
Side-mounted remote valves
As an optional extra, other remote valves can be mounted under the driver's cab. They are installed via T-shaped
threaded connections in the high-pressure oil line from the CCLS behind the trailer brake valve and are actuated via
a crossgate lever control in the driver's cab.
BAIL06CCM088ASA 31
BSD2181A 32
High-pressure hydraulic system - Electrical switches
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 23
1. Vacuum switch of the inlet filter

2. Oil temperature switch
3. Pressure switch of the feed pressure telltale
Control pump
Depending on whether the tractor is fitted with the SuperSteer front axle or not, two different control pumps are in-
stalled. The models without SuperSteer front axle have a control pump with a fixed displacement volume. In the
models with SuperSteer front axle, a Load Sensing control pump is installed, whose displacement volume changes
with the turning speed of the steering wheel.
BSD2178A 33
Steering cylinder
The steering cylinders are directly supplied via the control pump with high-pressure oil.
BSD2172A 34
Load Sensing reversing valves
This valve is used in all remote valves, in the EPC control valve and between the trailer brake valve, the control valve of
the front axle suspension and, if necessary, the side-mounted remote valves. It ensures that the unit with the highest
demand for oil pressure applies pilot oil pressure to the Load Sensing valve of the CCLS variable displacement pump.
BAIL06CCM089ASA 35
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 24
The Closed Centre high-pressure oil circuit works in the following way:-
The components of the high pressure oil circuit are connected via Load Sensing lines with the hydraulic Load Sensing
valve, which controls the capacity of the hydraulic pump.
If the trailer brake system, the remote valves, the hydraulic powerlift or the front axle suspension (where fitted) are
operated, the Load Sensing valve of the variable displacement pump compares the pressure in the Load Sensing line
of the components with the delivery pressure of the hydraulic pump.
If the pump pressure is less than the sum of the pressures of Load Sensing line and spring pressure on the oil flow
regulator, the pump capacity is increased. As soon as the demand of the oil circuit is fulfilled, the pump pressure
exceeds the sum of the pressures from Load Sensing line and spring pressure of the oil flow control valves. This
pushes the control pin in the oil flow control valve to the right, whereby the pilot oil is fed to the control cylinder of
the variable displacement pump swash plate, which reduces the pump stroke and thus adjusts the capacity to the
demand of the oil circuit.
A detailed description of the Load Sensing working principle of the axial piston variable displacement pump can be
found in Hydraulic pump - Static description (A.10.A).
High-pressure hydraulic system in Load Sensing version with closed circuit

See PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 25
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description

Pressure test kit 297611 has been developed for pressure testing and contains adaptors specifically designed for
access to test ports.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Pressure test (A.10.A) which describes the procedure for per-
forming the following pressure tests using this kit and other standard fittings already available through CNH Logistics.
High Pressure System
High Pressure Standby
Sensing Line Pressure
Low Pressure Standby
Pump Charge Pressure
Steering
Lift Ram Pressure
Low Pressure System
Lubrication
Brake Boost Valve
Trailer Brake Valve
Before commencing hydraulic pressure testing perform the fault finding checks in PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM - Troubleshooting (A.10.A) followed by the fault finding procedure for the type of concern identified. Fol-
lowing these checks may identify an obvious cause for the concern and prevent unnecessary component disassembly.
The hydraulic pump is the heart of the hydraulic system and the chapter describes in detail the tests necessary to
confirm that pump output is to specification. Once specified pump output has been confirmed attention can be focused
on the appropriate pressure testing of individual components in the hydraulic circuit.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 27
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema

With Italian Trailer Brakes
1.Steering Motor (For Fast Steer Schematic refer to : 2.Front Lift Cylinders
Fast steer system - Hydraulic schema (D.20.C)
3.Oil Cooler 4.Front Lift Valve
5.Accumulator 6.Transmission Control Valve Assembly
7.Mid Mount Remote Valves 8.Variable Displacement Pump
9.Pressure Reducing Priority Valve 10.Steering Pump
11.Low pressure Distribution Valve 12.Italian Trailer Brake Valve
13.Load Levelling Valve 14.Italian Trailer Brake Valve Solenoid Block
15.Electro Hydraulic Remote Valves (For Mechanical 16.Hydraulic Lift Cylinders
Remote Valves with Power Beyond refer to : PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center
mechanical remote valve - Hydraulic schema (A.10.B)
17.Diverter Valve for Hydraulically Adjustable Top and 18.Electronic Draft Control Valve
Right hand Links
19.PTO Clutch and Brake 20.Four Wheel Drive Clutch
21.19th Gear Clutch 22.Dump Valve
23.Parking Brake 24.Creeper Assembly
25.Right Hand Brake 26.Left Hand Brake
27.Steering Cylinders 28.Suspension Cylinder
29.Brake Booster Accumulator 30.Suspension Control Valve
31.Front PTO
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 28
BAIL07CCM269JSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 29
With Universal Trailer Brakes

1.Steering Motor (For Fast Steer Schematic refer to : Fast 2.Front Lift Cylinders
steer system - Hydraulic schema (D.20.C)
3.Oil Cooler 4.Front Lift Valve
5.Accumulator 6.Transmission Control Valve Assembly
7.Mid Mount Remote Valves 8.Variable Displacement Pump
9.Pressure Reducing Priority Valve 10.Steering Pump
11.Low pressure Distribution Valve 12.Trailer Brake Valve
13.Load Levelling Valve 14.Electro Hydraulic Remote Valves (For Mechanical Remote
Valves with Power Beyond refer to : PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
- Hydraulic schema (A.10.B)
15.Hydraulic Lift Cylinders 16.Diverter Valve for Hydraulically Adjustable Top and Right
hand Links
17.Electronic Draft Control Valve 18.PTO Clutch and Brake
19.Four Wheel Drive Clutch 20.19th Gear Clutch
21.Dump Valve 22.Parking Brake
23.Creeper Assembly 24.Right Hand Brake
25.Left Hand Brake 26.Steering Cylinders
27.Suspension Cylinder 28.Brake Booster Accumulator
29.Suspension Control Valve 30.Front PTO
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 30
BAIL07CCM299JSA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 31
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 32
Power beyond - Static description
BAIL06CCM050FSA 1
Power Beyond Component Layout
1. Power Beyond Slice 2. Load Sensing Line

3. Pressure Feed Hose 4. Priority Valve
For implements or attachments requiring a continuous oil flow from the tractor hydraulic system, provision is made to
connect directly into the main hydraulic circuit at the rear of the tractor.
High pressure oil is fed from the main pump via hose (3) (Figure 1) to the remote valve central manifold and through
the pressure gallery to the power beyond slice (1). Pressure is fed through the slice to the coupler and then to the
implement or attachment, and is returned to the return coupler. The return oil is fed through the remote valve stack
and back to tank.
The power beyond slice incorporates a load sensing port or coupler which allows the pressure compensating valve
on the pump to detect the load pressure from the implement and adjust the pump output accordingly.
BAIL06CCM054ASA 2
1.Return Coupler 2.Pressure Coupler

3.Load Sensing Coupler
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 33
Hydraulic pump - Static description

The variable flow closed centre load sensing hydraulic pump assembly is mounted on the right hand side of the rear
axle centre housing and contains within its body two hydraulic pumps.
• A charge pump of the gear type to supply oil at a charge pressure of 3 bar ( 44 lbf/in2) to a variable flow closed
centre load sensing hydraulic piston pump.
• A variable flow closed centre load sensing piston type hydraulic pump supplying oil to the high pressure circuits
for operation of:-
Trailer Brake
Hydraulic Lift Assembly
Remote Control Valves
Front Axle Suspension
Front Lift
Mid Mount remote valves
Principal of Operation
Both pumping elements are driven by a ‘live’ drive gear train directly connected to the PTO clutch input drive shaft
and driven by the engine flywheel.
The operating principal of the fixed displacement gear pump is to provide a constant oil flow directly related to the
rotation speed of the pump.
The operating principal of a variable flow piston pump is to provide oil flow on demand and minimises the engine
power absorbed in driving the hydraulic pump when the hydraulic circuits do not require maximum pump flow.
The variable flow piston pump in hydraulic systems therefore has distinct power loss advantages over fixed displace-
ment gear type pumps, which continually provide oil flow and absorb engine power even when the hydraulic circuits
do not require the total pump output.
Variable Displacement Piston Pump

The major components of the variable flow piston pump with closed centre load sensing are:-
• A nine element pumping head.

• A plate mechanism (swash plate) to adjust piston stroke and corresponding pump output.
• A load sensing valve which monitors the requirements of the hydraulic circuits and signals the pump to increase
or decrease hydraulic oil flow accordingly.
The nine element pumping head is cylindrical in shape and has nine barrels, into each of which, is installed a piston.
On the end of each piston is pressed a slipper which always remains in contact with the face of the swash plate located
at the front of the pumping head.
The drive shaft, which is driven by the pump drive gear, rotates the pumping head. As the pumping head rotates, the
pistons move in and out of their barrels, following the contour of the swash plate. For every revolution of the drive
shaft each piston completes one pumping cycle.
The swash plate, which does not rotate but pivots about the front of the pumping head, is the control mechanism that
limits the stroke of each piston and works in conjunction with the pressure and flow compensating valves in the load
sensing line.
As the pumping head rotates each barrel passes over the inlet and then the outlet ports of the pump. During the inlet
cycle for each piston and barrel, oil is pumped into the barrel pushing the piston forward so that it always remains in
contact with the swash plate. The stroke of each piston and volume of oil charged into its barrel is therefore dependent
on the angle of the swash plate.
After a piston and barrel has completed the inlet stroke, further rotation of the head aligns the barrel with the outlet
port. Oil within the barrel is then forcibly ejected by the piston through the exhaust port to the hydraulic circuits.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 34
BAIL06CCM193FSA 1
Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump Installation
1 Trailer Brake Valve Assembly 2 Pressure Reducing Priority Valve

3 Load Levelling Valve (Where fitted) 4 Variable Displacement Pump
5 Filter Restriction Switch 6 Load Sensing Valve
7 Steering / Lube Priority Valve 8 Steering / lube Supply Pump
9 Supplementary Lube Valve 10 Main Intake Filter
11 Low Oil Temperature Switch 12 Charge Pressure Filter
13 Charge Pump
The location of the principal components in the hydraulic pump assembly are identified above. These items are shown
on the hydraulic circuit diagrams which describe the operating modes of the pump. The principal function of the valves
and switches is as follows:-
Intake Filter and Restriction Switch
Oil for both the charge and steering pump is drawn from the rear axle centre housing via the intake filter. The filter
incorporates a by-pass valve, which is an integral part of the replaceable filter and it is therefore essential that the
correct filter is installed at every filter change.
When the filter is blocked the oil filter restriction vacuum switch is activated and illuminates the oil filter restriction
warning light on the instrument panel.
Because oil is more viscous (thicker) when cold and can falsely indicate that the filter requires servicing a low temper-
ature oil switch is also used in the filter restriction circuit. This switch ensures that the warning light will not operate
if the oil temperature is less than 40 °C.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 35
BSE3587A 2
Charge Pump Components
1 EndPlate 2 Seal
3 Coupling 4 Shaft
5 Rotor Housing 6 Charge Pump Housing
7 Seal 8 Pin
9 Hub 10 Screw Plug
11 System Relief Valve ( 245 Bar) 12 Check Valve Plug
13 Seal 14 Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve Spool
15 Main Charge Filter 16 Pump Rotor
17 Key 18 Screws
Low Charge Pressure Switch
The low charge pressure switch will cause a light to ‘Flash’ on the instrument cluster whenever the charge pressure
is less than 0.75 bar ( 11 lbf/in2)
Charge Pressure Filter Dump Valve
The charge pressure filter dump valve is a safety relief valve for relieving excess pressure on the charge pump should
the filter be restricted. This valve will start to operate if the charge pressure exceeds 6 bar ( 87 lbf/in2).
Charge Pressure Valve
The charge pressure valve diverts excess oil supplied by the charge pump and not required by the variable flow piston
pump to the inlet port of the steering and lubrication circuit pump.
This valve starts to operate at a pressure of 1 bar ( 14.5 lbf/in2) and when fully open limits the charge pressure circuit
oil to 3 bar ( 44 lbf/in2) .
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 36
BSE3586A 3
Flow and Pressure Compensating Valves
1 Plug 2 Seal
3 Disc 4 Spring
5 Spring 6 Seat
7 Housing 8 Screw
9 Spool 10 Snap-ring
11 Plug 12 Plug
13 Seal 14 Seal
15 Damper Screw 16 Nozzle
17 Seat 18 Spring
19 Spring 20 Disc
21 Seal 22 Plug
23 Nut 24 Screw
25 Locknut
Output from the variable flow piston pump is determined by adjusting the angle of the swash plate in the pump. The
flow compensating valve senses the circuit operating pressure and adjusts the swash plate angle to control pump
output.
If pump output and circuit pressure rises to 205 bar ( 2973 lbf/in2) the pressure compensating valve overrides the
flow compensating valve and adjusts the swash plate angle to limit maximum system pressure.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 37
Hydraulic pump - Overview
BAIL06CCM042HSA 1
Hydraulic Pump Assembly With Variable Displacement Closed Centre Load Sensing
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 38
1 Load Sensing Valve assembly 2 Steering Pump

3 Supplementary Lube valve 4 Main Intake Filter restriction (vacuum) Switch
5 Main Filter 6 Low Oil Temperature Switch
7 Variable Displacement Pump and Charge Pump 8 Charge Pump Filter
9 Low Charge Pressure Warning Switch 10 Main System Relief Valve ( 245 bar)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 39
Charge pump - Exploded view
BSE3587A_457 1
Charge Pump Components
1 End Plate 2 Seal

3 Coupling 4 Shaft
5 Rotor Housing 6 Charge Pump Housing
7 Seal 8 Pin
9 Hub 10 Screw Plug
11 System Relief Valve ( 245 bar (3552.5 psi)) 12 Check Valve Plug
13 Seal 14 Check Valve Spool
15 Main Charge Filter 16 Pump Rotor
17 Key 18 Screws
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 40
Compensator - Exploded view
BSD2030A_184 1
1 Housing 2 Seat
3 Adjuster and ‘O‘ Ring seal 4 Locknut
5 Spring 6 Spring
7 Locknut 8 Adjuster and ‘O‘ Ring seal
9 Seat 10 Spring
11 Seat 12 Pressure Compensator Spool
13 Plug and ‘O’ Ring 14 Plug and ‘O’ Ring
15 Flow Compensating Spool 16 Seat
17 Spring 18 ‘O‘ Ring Seal
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 41
Signal valve - Pressure test

IMPORTANT: Before a pressure test or volume flow measurement, drive the tractor until the transmission oil in the
rear axle is warmed up to operating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F).
1. This test shows how you test whether the control
lines for the displacement volume regulation of the
hydraulic pump are working. With the test device in-
stalled in the picture, the Load Sensing oil circuit of
the hydraulic remote valves is tested. To test other
Load Sensing oil circuits, the test device must be in-
stalled in the Load Sensing line of the oil circuit to be
tested.
2. Install the T piece (1) 380000573 and the fast cou-
pling sleeve 380000492 (2) into the load sensing line.
BAIS06CCM103AVA 1
3. Connect the pressure gauge with display range 0 -

250 bar ( 0 - 3600 lbf/in2) (3) 293244 with hose (2)
292246 and fast coupler (1) 291924 .
BAIS06CCM104AVA 3
4. Set the engine speed to 1500 rev/min.

Operate all control units one after the other. When
each of the control units is operated, the pressure
must rise from 0 bar ( 0 lbf/in2) to a maximum value
of 210±5 bar ( 3046±73 lbf/in2). Changes in pres-
sure indicate that the Load Sensing line of the rele-
vant control unit is working.
BVE0159C 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 42
BAIL09CCM090AVB 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 43
Power beyond - Remove

1. Undo the three retaining nuts (1) .
BAIL06CCM051ASA 1
2. Undo the load sensing connection (1), and remove

power beyond slice (2).
BAIL06CCM242ASA 2
Next operation:
Power beyond - Install (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 44
Power beyond - Install

Prior operation:
Power beyond - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Locate the power beyond slice (2) onto the three tie
rods protruding from the remote valve and connect
the load sensing hose (1).
BAIL06CCM242ASA 1
2. Replace the retaining nuts (1) and torque in the

sequence as specified. Refer to Power beyond -
Torque (A.10.A)
BAIL06CCM051ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 45
Power beyond - Assemble
BAIL06CCM170FSA 1
Power Beyond Slice Components
1. Load Sensing Coupler 2. Power Beyond Manifold

3. Load Sensing Shuttle Valve 4. Spring
5. Support Ring 6. ’O’ Ring
7. Return Coupler 8. Pressure Coupler
1. Screw the couplers onto the power beyond slice and
tighten to the required torque. Refer to Power be-
yond - Torque (A.10.A)
2. Insert load sensing shuttle valve along with the ’O’
ring and support ring as shown.
NOTE: Clearance X should be approximately 0.5 mm
from the flange face of the valve segment to the top edge
of the inserted shuttle valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 2
3. Insert new ’O’ rings into the rest of the ports.
Next operation:
Power beyond - Install (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 46
Hydraulic pump - Pressure test

IMPORTANT: Before a pressure test or volume flow measurement, drive the tractor until the transmission oil in the
rear axle is warmed up to operating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F).
Low pressure standby

1. The following tests constitute a function test of the
hydraulic pump and the connected high pressure oil
circuits. Unscrew the Load-Sensing line (1) of the
remote control units and screw on the screw plug (2)
297604 .
BAIS06CCM078AVA 1
2. Connect a pressure gauge with display range 0 - 40

bar ( 0 - 600 lbf/in2) 293242 to the remote connec-
tion of the control unit. Use the oil coupling 5101741
or 293449 , adapter 297606 , fast coupling sleeve
297240 , fast coupling 291924 and hose 292246 to
do this.
Set the engine speed to 1500 rev/min.
BAIS06CCM079AVA 3
3. Pull the relevant control unit control lever and hold in

the Raise position.
A pressure of 26±1 bar ( 377±15 lbf.in2) must be
displayed. This is the 'Low pressure standby'.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate the tractor brake, while the

control unit lever is in the Work position, because this
increases the system pressure to the maximum pressure
of 120 - 140 bar ( 1740 - 2031 lbf.in2) and damages the
pressure gauge.
BVE0159C 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 47
4. If the display value deviates slightly from the desired

value, adjust the flow control valve.
If the display value is too high, check whether the
control pin of the flow control valve is sticking.
NOTE: A full turn changes the pressure by about 16 bar (
232 lbf.in2).
BAIS06CCM101AVA 6
5. Remove the connection (2) 297604 . Connect the

Load Sensing line (1) again.
BAIS06CCM078AVA 7
High pressure standby

6. Connect a pressure gauge with display range 0 - 255
bar ( 0 - 3600 lbf/in2) 293244 to the remote connec-
tion of the control unit. Use the oil coupling 5101741,
fitting 297606 , fast coupling sleeve 297240 , fast
coupling plug 291924 and hose 292246 .
BAIS06CCM079AVA 9
7. Pull the relevant control unit control lever and hold in

the Raise position.
The displayed pressure value must rise to 210±5
bar ( 3046±73 lbf.in2). This is the 'high pressure
standby'.
BVE0159C 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 48
8. If the display value does not match the desired value,

adjust the flow control valve.
NOTE: A full turn changes the pressure by about 50 bar (
725 lbf.in2).
BAIS06CCM101AVC 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 49
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove

1. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases.
NOTE: If required, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BTB0281A 1
2. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right-

hand wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right-hand
wheel.
WARNING
Tractor wheels are very heavy. Handle with care and
ensure, when stored, that they cannot fall and cause
injury. Never operate the tractor with a loose wheel
rim or disc. Always tighten nuts to the specified torque
and at the recommended intervals.
B105
BTB0282A 2
3. Remove the hydraulic oil pump vent cap.

NOTE: Leave for one minute to allow oil in the filters to
drain into the sump.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 50
4. Remove the return filter element (1) and the pressure

filter cartridge (2).
BAIS06CCM055AVA 4
5. Disconnect the transmission control cover return

hose (1), steering pump return hose (2) and the mid
mount valves return hose (3).
BAIS06CCM056AVA 5
6. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM057AVA 6
7. Detach the retaining clips (1) and disconnect the re-

turn pipe (2). Detach the return pipe clips (3).
BAIS06CCM057AVB 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 51
8. Remove the transmission/hydraulic return filter hous-

ing.
BAIS06CCM058AVA 8
9. Disconnect the load sensing line (1), trailer brake

valve supply pipe (2) and the left and right trailer
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 9
10. Disconnect the mid mount valves load sensing line

(1) and supply hose (2) (If equipped). Disconnect
the main supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 10
11. Disconnect the remote valve pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 52
12. Remove the variable displacement hydraulic pump.
WARNING
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get
assistance to lift the component. Failure to comply
could result in serious injury or death.
M944
BAIS06CCM061AVA 12
13. Make a note of pump spacer position for correct re-

assembly.
BSD2161A 13
Steering Pump
14. Disconnect the steering pump return pipe (1) and de-
tach the steering pump supply pipe housing (2).
BAIS06CCM062AVA 14
15. Disconnect the steering motor supply pipe (1), and

the electrical connectors (2). Remove the steering
pump (3).
BAIS06CCM063AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 53
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul (A.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 54
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul

This procedure describes the overhaul of the Load Sensed Variable Displacement pump assembly when removed
from the tractor. Refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A) The following items
however can be serviced with the pump installed on the tractor.
1. Blocked Filter Dump Valve

2. Pressure and Flow Compensating Valves
3. Steering Pump Assembly
4. Steering Flow Control Valve (Priority Valve)
5. Remove hydraulic pump assembly from tractor as
described in . Hydraulic pump Variable displace-
ment pump - Remove (A.10.A)
BAIS06CCM061AVA 1
6. Remove pressure and flow compensating valves as-

sembly.
BSD2023A 2
7. Undo the 4 retaining bolts and remove circlip from

opposite end of pump.Gently remove charge Pump
from main pump assembly.
BSD2051A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 55
8. When replacing the input shaft seal, make sure the

pump housings mounting flange is clean. Use circlip
pliers to remove the input shaft seal retaining ring.
1b0o2004061061 4
9. With the retaining ring removed, use a punch or sim-

ilar tool, and carefully pierce the top of the lip seal.
Using the punch, pry the seal from its bore.
70-421-485 5
10. Examine valve plate (1). Check to see if it is scored,

nicked, warped or damaged by cavitation. Look for
score marks or damage around the bearing surface
area. Check the inlet and discharge port area for
signs of contamination. This contamination may
show as grooves starting in the feathering notch,
BSD2025A 6
11. Remove bearing cone (1) and splined connector.
70-421-491 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 56
12. Remove preload spacer from driveshaft. Remove

pumping head and piston from housing. Using a suit-
able marker identify each piston and slipper to their
corresponding barrel in the pumping head.
TIA35167 8
13. Separate pumping head and slipper assembly and

inspect for damage. Where damage is identified the
pumping element must be replaced.
Pumping Head and Slipper Assembly
1. Pistons and Slippers
2. Cone
3. Washer
4. Pumping Head
5. Pins (3 off)
TIA35168 9
14. If necessary disassemble pumping head spring as-

sembly by compressing the collar against the spring.
Pumping Head Spring Assembly
1. Pumping Head
2. Washer
3. Spring
4. Collar
5. Retaining Ring
IMPORTANT: Due to high spring pressure take care when
removing retaining ring.
TIA35169 10
15. Remove swash plate (1) assembly.

Inspect components for wear and replace if dam-
aged.
70-421-461 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 57
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Assemble (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 58
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Assemble

Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
Pump Reassembly
1. Before reassembling the load sensed variable dis-
placement pump, replace all worn and damaged
parts and assemblies and all seals and O rings.
Lubricate the seals and O rings with petroleum jelly
to retain them during reassembly and provide lubri-
cation to the dust and shaft seals. Also lubricate all
part surfaces freely with clean hydraulic fluid.
Install a new input shaft bearing cup, (1) , and swash
plate bearings (2).
70-421-973 1
2. Install input shaft into housing.
70-421-456 2
3. Install swash plate control spring and swash plate

bearings.
70-421-462 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 59
4. Reassemble the swash plate, 1, into the housing by

tilting the swash plate with the push rod socket up
slightly and installing.
NOTE: Caution must be used when installing the complete
swash plate so as not to dislodge the swash plate spring
or the saddle bearings.
70-421-461_460 4
5. Insert the push rod, 1, through the stroke piston bore

and reengage the end of the tube into the swash
plate socket.
70-421-476 5
6. Tilt the swash plate up and insert the push rod, 1,

down and into the socket. Make sure the push rod is
engaged in the socket correctly.
1b0o2004061062 6
7. Install the stroke control piston, 2, in the bore. Screw

the plug, 1, back on.
70-421-473 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 60
8. Pumping Head and Piston Assembly

Install the guide pins, (1), in the block splines.
70-421-972 8
9. Lubricate and install the bearing, (1), spider and pis-

ton assemblies, (2), on the pivot and into the block
assembly.
70-421-468 9
10. Check bearing preload before installing the rotating

group. Install bearing, 1, and spacer, 2, on the shaft.
70-421-492 10
11. Protect the inner lip of the new shaft seal, 1, lubricate
and install the seal over the input shaft, 2, and into
the pump housing.
70-421-528 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 61
12. Tap the shaft seal into the pump housing until it is just
slightly below flush of the counterbore face. DO NOT
SEAT THE SEAL AT THIS TIME.
70-421-482 12
13. Use a seal driver, 1, such as a 1-1/4 in ID 1-1/2 in OD

x 2-1/2 in long pipe as shown here, to press both the
retaining ring and shaft seal into the pump housing.
NOTE: Press the retaining ring in just far enough that
it snaps into the retaining ring groove machined into
the pump housing.
70-421-482_456 13
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Install (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 62
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Install

Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A), Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump
- Overhaul (A.10.A).
1. When installing the pump make sure the spacer is

mounted correctly in the housing.
BSD2161A 1
2. Install the variable displacement hydraulic pump.

Tighten to 135 Nm 99.5 lb ft.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM061AVA 2
3. Connect the remote valve pipes (2) and (1).
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 63
4. Connect the main supply pipe (3), the mid mount

valves load sensing line (1) and supply hose (2) (If
equipped).
BAIS06CCM060AVB 4
5. Connect the load sensing line (1), the trailer brake

brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 5
6. Install the transmission/hydraulic return filter hous-

ing.
BAIS06CCM058AVA 6
7. Install the return pipe (1) and retaining clips (2). In-
stall the return pipe clips (3).
BAIS06CCM057AVC 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 64
8. Connect the electrical connectors (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM057AVA 8
9. Connect the transmission control cover return hose

(1), steering pump return hose (2) and the mid mount
valves return hose (3).
BAIS06CCM056AVA 9
10. Install a new return filter element (1) and a new pres-
sure filter cartridge (2).
BAIS06CCM055AVA 10
11. Install the hydraulic oil pump vent cap.
BAIS06CCM055AVB 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 65
Steering Pump
12. Install the steering pump (3). Connect the steering
motor supply pipe (1), and the electrical connectors
(2).
BAIS06CCM063AVA 12
13. Connect the steering pump return pipe (1) and the
steering pump supply pipe housing (2).
BAIS06CCM062AVA 13
14. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right

hand wheel to a hoist and install the rear right-hand
wheel. For correct torque refer to Rear wheel -
Torque (D.50.C).
WARNING
B105
BTB0282A 14
15. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands (1).
NOTE: If required, attach the lift rods to the lower links.
BTB0281A 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 66
Charge pump - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Remove pump from pump housing.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure
that units or parts are supported by suitable slings
or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of
the load to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury or death.
B012
BAIS06CCM061AVA 1
2. Remove 4 bolts securing charge pump housing. Re-

fer to Charge pump - Exploded view (A.10.A) Care-
fully separate charge pump housing from main pump
body.Use circlip pliers to remove the input shaft seal
retaining ring (1).
70-421-484 2
3. Remove pump rotor, housing and rotor shaft. Inspect

for wear or damage.
NOTE: Ensure when reassembling the pump that the
punched dot markings on the rotor and rotor housing face
to the outside of the pump housing, as illustrated.
BSD2049A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 67
4. Inspect seal in end cover and replace if required.

Tighten housing retaining bolts to a torque of 50 - 62
Nm (36.9 - 45.7 lbft).
BSD2051A 4
Next operation:
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 68
Compensator - Overhaul
1. Disconnect load sense line connection and remove
pressure and flow compensating valve assembly.
Remove the tamper proof caps, carefully unscrew
each adjuster and remove the component parts.
Refer to Compensator - Exploded view (A.10.A)
To ensure correct reassembly keep the component
parts for each valve separate.
IMPORTANT: Due to extreme spring pressure within
valves DO NOT remove rear plugs until the adjusters
have been removed.
BSD2023A 1
2. Reassembly of the valves follows the removal proce-

dure in reverse. On reassembly observe the follow-
ing :-
Wash all components in a suitable solvent.
Examine all components for wear or damage. If the
spools are damaged it is necessary to replace the
complete valve assembly.
Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic oil.
To aid reassembly of pressure and flow compensat-
ing valves, the spools should be inserted into the rear
of the housing.
Tighten all plugs and locknuts to the correct torque
as detailed in Specifications.
TIA35166 2
3. When installing valve on pump ensure all ’O’ ring

seals are correctly installed.
Pressure test the pump and adjust the pressure and
flow compensating valves to the correct specifica-
tion as detailed Hydraulic pump - Pressure test
(A.10.A).
TIA35007 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 69
NOTE: If the damper screw (1) is removed for any

reason it should be reinstalled in alignment with the three
ports and should be fixed into position using a suitable
threadlock and seal.product. Failure to adjust this screw
correctly could reduce the efficiency of the system.
BSF4760A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 70
Filter - Replace
NOTE: There are two types of filter assembly fitted to these models as shown in figures 1 and 2.
1. There are two filters , the main filter (2) which has a
replaceable cartridge, and the charge filter (1), which
has a disposable type.
ATTENTION: Before changing the disposable charge
filter clean the area around the mounting plate and filter .
BSD2182B 1
2. Unscrew the charge filter (1) and discard in an ap-

propriate container.
3. Clean the inlet channel and the face of the filter
mounting. Smear clean oil around the rubber seal
of the new filter and install into the filter housing.
Screw up until the faces just meet, then tighten a
further 3/4 of a turn. Do not overtighten.
4. To remove the main filter undo the three retaining
nuts and remove filter cover.
5. Remove old filter cartridge and install a replacement,
ensuring the cover is clean prior to fitting.
6. Lightly oil the sealing ring before reassembling to the
pump housing. Do not overtighten the retaining nuts.
7. Before changing the main filter cartridge in housing
(3) Figure 2 , release the air bleed valve (2) by un-
screwing fully. This will allow air into the filter so that
most of the oil can drain back to the reservoir. Wait
a few moments and then remove the 19 mm plug (5)
from the filter casing and allow the oil to drain out into
a suitable container.
BAIL06CCM090ASA 2
8. Using as 41 mm socket or ring spanner, remove the

filter support plate by turning approximately 45 ° to
the left. Remove filter and plate.
9. Ensure support plate is clean before installing the
new cartridge. Lightly oil the sealing ring and refit
the assembly to the filter housing, making sure that
plate locks into place and the lug (4) aligns correctly
with the arrow on the filter casing.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 71
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause Correction
Initial Fault Finding Error code identified by microprocessor Refer to Error code fault finding ELEC-
Checks To be Performed Component malfunction TRONIC SYSTEM - Static description
Before Proceeding to (A.50.A)
General Diagnostic
Procedure
Rear Axle oil level incorrect Add oil to rear axle
Oil level not checked and adjusted at ap-
propriate service interval
Oil contaminated with dirt, water, or an- Replace all filters on pump. Refer to Filter
tifreeze - Replace (A.10.A)
Filters not replaced at correct service inter-
val
Warning light displayed on instrument clus- Identify function not operating correctly and
ter refer to the appropriate fault finding chart
Component not functioning correctly
Transmission Low High pressure system components do not Perform tests for high pressure pump. Re-
Pressure Warning Light operate, i.e., hydraulic lift, remote valves fer to Hydraulic pump - Pressure test
‘ON’. and trailer brakes (A.10.A).
High pressure pump malfunction
Low pressure systems components do not Pressure test the low pressure circuit. If the
operate, i.e., transmission, PTO, FWD and pressure is not 23±1 bar (333.5±15 psi) ,
Diff Locks inspect the low pressure regulating valve or
Low pressure regulating valve sticking, relief valve.
broken components or relief valve may be If this does not clear the fault check for a
stuck open large leak in one of the low pressure system
component circuits.
Low pressure systems components do not Check for an electrical fault which may af-
operate, i.e., transmission, PTO, FWD and fect the operation of all low pressure com-
Diff Locks ponents, i.e., disconnected harness to low
If the pressure is 23±1 bar (333.5±15 psi) pressure block
there may be an electrical fault
Low pressure systems components do op- If the warning lamp does not remain on in-
erate, spect the switch. It should be open , re-
Oil pressure switch not functioning cor- place if faulty.
rectly or faulty wiring If the lamp remains on repair wiring fault be-
tween C036 and C081 Pin 12 of the instru-
ment cluster
Charge Pressure Light Rear axle oil level incorrect Add oil to rear axle
Flashing Oil level not checked and adjusted at ap-
If charge pressure is correct 1.6 - 3.4 bar Locate and repair short circuit
(23.20 - 49.30 psi) disconnect wiring to low
charge pressure switch. If the light is not
extinguished
Short circuit to chassis in R/N/B colour wire
from instrument console connector and
charge pressure switch C173
As above, but light is extinguished Replace charge pump and inlet filters Refer
Blocked/contaminated filters to Filter - Replace (A.10.A)
If filters have been replaced and pressure Replace low charge pressure switch
is correct
Faulty low charge pressure switch
Filters changed but still pressure is incor- Replace valves
rect
Charge pressure filter dump valve and
charge pressure valves sticking open
Filters changed but still pressure is incor- Replace pump. Refer to Charge pump -
rect Overhaul (A.10.A)
Worn charge pump
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 72

Intake Filter Restriction Rear axle oil level incorrect Add oil to rear axle
Warning Light On Oil level not checked and adjusted at ap-
Inlet and charge pressure filters not func- Replace filters. Refer to Filter - Replace
tioning (A.10.A)
Filters contaminated
If wiring to filter restriction switch is discon- Locate and repair short circuit
nected and light is not extinguished
Short circuit to chassis in B/N colour wire
from instrument console connector Pin 16
and intake filter restriction switch C175
If wiring to filter restriction switch is discon- Replace intake filter restriction switch
nected and light is extinguished
Intake filter restriction switch faulty
Power Steering Not Steering pressure warning light is illumi- Pressure test the steering system as de-
Working or Working nated scribed in STEERING Hydraulic - Pres-
Incorrectly Incorrect pressure in the steering system sure test (D.20.C) .
Steering pressure warning light is illumi- Remove steering pump and examine the
nated drive to the pump, if O.K. repair or replace
Steering pump faulty the steering pump assembly (refer to Hy-
draulic pump - Remove (A.12.A))
Pressure is correct up to the steering cylin- If pump output is good but pressure to
ders the cylinders is low or zero, suspect a
Mechanical fault in the steering compo- faulty steering motor. See Control valve
nents - Remove (D.20.C) and Control valve -
Overhaul (D.20.C)for steering motor re-
moval and overhaul.
Trailer Brakes Not Trailer brakes not working correctly Bleed the trailer brakes
Working Air in system
Trailer brakes not working correctly Pressure test the Trailer brakes
Pressure incorrect in system
Pressure test confirms fault Test maximum system pressure at remote
Hydraulic lift not working satisfactorily valve coupler. Pressure 2900 - 3000 lbf/
in2 ( 200 - 207 bar)
Pressure test confirms fault Adjust flow/pressure compensating valve.
If pressure not correct If this does not clear the fault examine flow/
compensating valve for sticking component
Check the variable flow pump swash plate
to ensure it is not sticking Refer to Hy-
draulic pump Variable displacement
pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
If pressure test confirms correct pressure Operate and hold remote valve to gener-
Trailer brake valve faulty ate maximum system pressure and at the
same time operate the trailer brakes. If the
trailer brake valve does not function cor-
rectly overhaul trailer brake valve
Hydraulic Lift Not Working In cab fast raise /work switch not in correct Move switch to work position
Correctly position
Is hitch enabled symbol illuminated Capture hitch
Check position of controls on control panel
Charge pressure light flashing refer to charge pressure light flashing fault
Charge pump system problem finding chart Charge pump - Incorrect
work (A.10.A)
Electronic draft control error code identified Refer to Electronic draft control fault codes
in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static de-
scription (A.50.A)
Trailer brakes (if fitted) not working cor- Pressure test the pump to determine the
rectly. (Install a pressure gauge in the fault Refer to Hydraulic pump - Pressure
trailer brake coupler) test (A.10.A)
Fault in the variable displacement pump
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 73

Remote valves not operating correctly. (In- Inspect the low pressure regulating valve
stall a pressure gauge in the remote valve assembly for sticking spool. dirt contami-
coupler) nation or broken components. Rectify as
Contaminated components in low pressure required Refer to Priority valve - Disas-
regulating valve assembly semble (A.14.A)
Hydraulic lift working erratically Perform pump leak test to determine if fault
Circuit leak relates to either internal leak or hydraulic
circuit leak
Lift arms locked in either fully raised or low- Check EDC valve raise or lower solenoid
ered position for sticking plungers and rectify accord-
Sticking plunger in EDC valve raise or lower ingly. Refer to Control valve - Disassem-
solenoid ble (H.10.D)
Perform standby pressure test . If pressure Adjust/examine flow compensating valve
is not 300 - 350 lbf/in2 ( 21 - 24 bar) . Refer to Compensator - Overhaul
Flow compensating valve requires exami- (A.10.A)
nation or adjustment
Perform standby pressure test . If pressure Disassemble variable displacement and
is not 300 - 350 lbf/in2 ( 21 - 24 bar) check swash plate piston for sticking.
Variable displacement pump swash plate Refer to Hydraulic pump Variable dis-
sticking placement pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
Standby pressure is correct and whilst op- Investigate and rectify fault in load sensing
erating remotes at high pressure standby line
hydraulic lift operates correctly
Fault in load sensing line from EDC valve
If the hydraulic lift does not operate cor- Examine EDC valve for sticking spool and
rectly rectify or if lift cylinder safety valve is leak-
Sticking spools in EDC valve or leaking lift ing replace.
cylinder safety valve
If the hydraulic lift does not operate cor- Overhaul lift cylinder
rectly
Lift arms leak down under pressure if heavy
weight is placed on them
Remote Control If hydraulic lift is not working Refer to fault finding chart for hydraulic lift
Valves Not Working - Various causes not working HITCH Electronic draft con-
Mechanically Operated trol - Not function (H.10.D)
Type
If hydraulic lift is working Test maximum system pressure at each re-
Remote control valve fault mote valve coupler. If they reach correct
pressure ( 2900 - 3000 lbf/in2 - 200 - 207
bar) examine flow/pressure compensating
valve for sticking
One of the remote valves does not reach Operate all remote valve levers simultane-
the correct pressure ously. If the defective remote valve does
not reach correct pressure, overhaul as re-
quired
Defective remote valve does reach the re- Examine load sensing valve between re-
quired pressure mote valve sections
Faulty Load sensing valve
Remote Control When the key start is switched on the EHR Replace fuses if faulty. (Refer to Fuse
Valves Not Working - control lever solenoids cannot be heard to and relay box - General specification
Electro-Hydraulic (EHR) activate (A.30.A)
Type Faulty fuses (39 or 41)
The EHR control lever solenoids can be Activate switch to the operating position
heard to activate
Hydraulic stop button not in the operating
position
Hydraulic stop button is in operating posi- Refer to ‘Hydraulic lift not working’ HITCH
tion Electronic draft control - Not function
Hydraulic lift not working (H.10.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 74

Hydraulic stop button is in operating posi- Replace the relay
tion
EHR enable relay faulty
Hydraulic stop button is in operating posi- Refer to the fault code chapter in the elec-
tion trical section ELECTRONIC SYSTEM -
EHR fault codes may be stored in the con- Static description (A.50.A)
troller memory
Hydraulic stop button is in operating posi- Low pressure supply to remotes not avail-
tion able. Fault find the low-pressure system
Components in low pressure system may as described in ‘Transmission warning light
not be operating correctly ON ’ SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM - Constant on (A.12.A)
Hydraulic lift and remote valve are operated Identify and remedy fault
simultaneously and pressure is registered
from the remote coupler
Fault in the load sense circuit or the com-
pensating valve in the variable displace-
ment pump
Hydraulic lift and remote valve are operated Perform the EHR valve renumbering pro-
simultaneously and pressure is NOT regis- cedure Control module - Configure
tered from the remote coupler (A.50.A). If the valves are still inoperative
Fault in the electrical system check the CANBUS wiring between the
remotes and the central controller. If the
fault still persists re-load the software into
the central controller and if still inoperative
replace the processor
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 75
Index

Charge pump - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Charge pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Charge pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Compensator - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Compensator - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Filter - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Hydraulic pump - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Hydraulic pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Hydraulic pump - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Power beyond - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power beyond - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power beyond - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Power beyond - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Power beyond - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Signal valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.A / 76
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical

remote valve - 10.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 1
Contents
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote

valve - 10.B
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Exploded view With Power Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Command
Configurable detent - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Configurable detent - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Stack valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
DIAGNOSTIC
Remote control valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve

remote valve - Dynamic description
OIL FLOW IN NEUTRAL
When the remote valves are in neutral the control valve spool is held in the central position by the centering spring.
Oil flow from the parallel gallery (A) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the main control spool.
Gallery (C) and load sensing gallery (D) are vented to reservoir through galley (G).
The galleries to the raise and lower ports are blocked by the lands on the main control spool.
The pin on the lock valve is positioned in the waisted section of the spool allowing the valve to be spring loaded into
the closed position preventing an extended cylinder retracting under load should there be a slight leakage in the main
spool.
See Figure 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 3
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Neutral
1. Flow Control Adjuster 2. Metering Land

3. Flow Control Spool 4. Load Hold Check Valve
5. Main Control Spool 6. Pin
7. Lock Valve 8. Raise (Cylinder Extend) Port
9. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port 10. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
11. Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction
Pump Pressure Return to Reservoir
Trapped Oil
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 4
BAIL06CCM012GSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 5
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND)
When the remote valve lever is moved to the raise position the control spool moves to the left and the spring loaded
detent balls engage with the left hand groove in the detent mechanism (10). See Figure 2
Moving the spool to the raise position causes the pin (6) on the lock valve to ride up the ramp of the spool and hold
the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (F).
The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load hold check valve (4) until pressure in the gallery is sufficient to lift the
ball of its seat against the back pressure in the lift port gallery (E).
Oil can flow from:-
Gallery (C) past the load hold check valve into Gallery (E).
Across the flat on the main control spool to Gallery (F).
Through the lock valve (7).
Out through the raise port (8) of the remote valve.
Exhaust oil from the extending cylinder returns through the lowering port and gallery (H), around the land on the main
control spool and back to reservoir via the common gallery (G).
If the load hold check valve (4) was not installed the situation could occur where pump pressure is insufficient to
support the load in the raise port when the remote valve is moved from neutral to raise condition. Under this situation
the load would momentarily drop until pump pressure was sufficient to support the load.
The rate of flow through the remote control valve is adjusted by the manual flow control knob (1), which manually
changes the size of restriction (11).
To maintain set flow through the remotes under all conditions with varying pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A) the
flow control spool senses the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow control restriction (11) between
galleries (A) and (B).
The differential pressure sensed on each end of the spool causes the spool to move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow across the spool metering lands (2) to maintain a constant flow through the manual flow
control restriction (11) irrespective of pressure in other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted down the load sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensating valve of
the variable flow piston pump where pump output is regulated according to circuit demand.
Figure 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 7
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Raising (Cylinder Extend)

Remote Valve Operating

Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 8
BAIL06CCM014GSA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 9
OIL FLOW IN LOWERING (CYLINDER RETRACT)
When the remote valve lever is moved to the lower position the control spool moves to the right and the spring loaded
detent balls engage with the middle groove in the detent mechanism. See Figure 3
In a similar manner as for the raise cycle of the remote valve the position of the spool causes the pin on the lock valve
to hold the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (H).
Oil from the parallel gallery (A) flows past the flow control valve spool and restrictor (2) into gallery (C) and the load
sensing gallery (D).
The load hold check valve (4) remains closed until pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the back pressure
in gallery (E). When the load hold check valve lifts off the seat, oil flows into gallery (H), round the control valve spool
to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port of the remote valve coupling.
Exhaust oil from the Retracting cylinder returns to reservoir gallery (G) though the raising port and lock valve (7).
Pump output and system pressure will continually react to the maximum demand of the tractor high pressure hydraulic
circuits as sensed through the load sensing lines.
Flow through the remotes is controlled in exactly the same manner as described in the ‘Oil Flow In Raising’ section
by sensing differential pressure across manually flow control restriction (11).
Figure 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 11
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Lowering (Cylinder Retract)

Remote Valve Operating

Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 12
BAIL06CCM013GSA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 13
OIL FLOW IN FLOAT
The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the raise and lower ports of the remote valve permitting the
cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is particularly useful to allow equipment such as scraper blades to
‘float’ or follow the ground contour. See Figure 4
When the remote valve lever is pushed fully forward to the float position the spool is moved fully to the right and the
spring loaded detent balls (10) engage with the right hand groove in the detent mechanism.
Oil flow from the gallery (B) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the spool.
The position of the spool causes the pin (7) on the lock valve to hold the valve in the open position.
The raise and lower ports of the remote valve are open to reservoir gallery (G) allowing a free flow of oil from one port
of the cylinder to the other.
Should a void occur in the circuit oil will be drawn by suction from one side of the cylinder to the other.
Figure 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 15
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Float

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 16
BAIL06CCM015GSA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 17
OPERATION OF DETENT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
Under normal operating conditions excessive pressures in the remote circuits are protected by the detent pressure
regulating valve which returns the control valve spool to neutral when the operating pressure of the cylinder exceeds
the factory preset value. See Figure 5
If the remote valve control lever is physically held by the operator to prevent the spool returning to neutral the maximum
operating pressure is restricted to a maximum of 160 bar by the pressure compensating valve in the closed centre
load sensing (CCLS) hydraulic pump.
Operation of the detent regulating valve is as follows:-
When the control valve spool is moved to the raise or lower position the detent balls of the spool centering and detent
mechanism (1) are held in detents by the tapered face of the spring loaded plunger .
In the raise or lower condition the operating pressure of the remote valve circuit is also sensed in the centre drilling
of the spool through the small radial drillings (2). As pressure increases a force is applied to the small ball (4) in the
end of the spool (3) which pushes the detent regulating valve piston (5) and spring loaded plunger (6) to the left. The
detent balls in the centering mechanism are no longer held in the detent by the tapered face of the spring loaded
plunger and the centering spring moves the spool to neutral.
Figure 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 19
Operation of Detent Pressure Regulating Valve
1. Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism 2. Radial Drillings

3. Main Control Spool 4. Ball
5. Detent Piston 6. Spring Loaded Plunger
7. Detent Balls
Remote Valve Pressure @ Return to Reservoir

160 bar
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 20
BAIL06CCM016GSA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 21
OPERATION OF TWO OR MORE CONTROL VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY
Because the stack type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency.
This is achieved by the flow control spools which regulate flow through each remote valve irrespective of pump system
pressure.
If these valves were not fitted and two remotes were operating simultaneously at different pressures all oil would
attempt to flow to the light load circuit.
The following details the process of operating a single remote valve and then operating an additional remote valve at
the same time.
When a single service is operated the pressure in the parallel gallery is at pump pressure. See 6
The pressure in the load sense line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the working remote
valve.
Required flow through the remote valve is set by turning the manual flow control knob. This action adjusts the size of
restriction (3).
The pressure differential across the restriction (3) is sensed on each end of the flow control valve spool and causes
the spool to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow across the spool metering lands (4).
The adjustment of flow across the metering land (4) produces a constant flow across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) and through the remote valve.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 23
Single Remote Valve Operating
1 Parallel Gallery (Interconnecting Remote Valves 2 Load Sense Line (Interconnecting Remote Valves
Sections) Sections)
3 Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction 4 Spool Metering Lands
5 Flow Control Spool 6 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Remote Valve Operating Trapped Oil

Pressure
A Remote Valve in Operation B Remote Valves in Neutral
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 24
BAIL06CCM017GSA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 25
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 26
Two Remote Valves Operating

It is essential that the flow of oil through two or more remote valves operating simultaneously at different pressure is
individually controlled otherwise oil will always flow to the circuit operating at the lowest pressure.
When operating two or more hydraulic services the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure of the hydraulic system as sensed through the load sense line.
Check valves in the load sense line between each valve section ensure only the highest pressure is directed to the
pump flow pressure compensating valve.
In the same manner as for single remote valve operation the differential pressure across the manually adjusted flow
control restriction (3) is sensed by the flow compensating spool.
Because each remote valve is operating at a different pressures the flow control valve spools will move to different
positions to achieve a state of equilibrium.
The flow across the metering land (4) of the lower pressure operating remote valve will be different to the flow across
the metering land of the higher operating pressure remote valve.
The metering land on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the manually adjusted
flow control restriction in each remote valve irrespective of the higher pump system pressure required to operate other
hydraulic circuits.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 27
Sections) Sections)
3 Manually Adjusted Flow Control Restriction 4 Spool Metering Lands
5 Flow Control Spool 6 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Pump Pressure Lower Pressure Remote

Valve Operation
High Pressure Remote Return To Reservoir
Valve Operation
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 28
BAIL06CCM018GSA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 29
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 30

remote valve - Static description
Closed centre remote control valves (1) are installed on all tractors with a closed centre load sensing variable dis-
placement hydraulic pump.
NOTE: On closed centre remote installations the upper port of the valve is the cylinder retract port and the lower
port is the cylinder extend port.
Up to four remote control valves may be installed and each operating lever is colour coded for identification:
BRB0213B 1
Lever Colour Valve Position/No.

Green Right–hand outer – I
Blue Right–hand inner – II
Ginger Left–hand inner – III
Black Left–hand outer – IIII
Each remote valve has four operating positions.

Raise (R) - Pull a lever toward you to extend the cylinder to which it is connected.
Neutral (N) - Push the lever forward to select neutral and de-activate the connected cylinder.
Lower (L) - Push the lever forward, past neutral, to retract the cylinder.
Float (F) - Push the lever fully forward, beyond the ‘lower’ position, to select ‘float’. This will permit the cylinder to
extend or retract freely, allowing equipment such as scraper blades to ‘float’ or follow the ground contour.
BAIL06CCM166ASA 2
The remote valves (1) are a stack type design with configurable detents (where fitted) (2) clamped together with the
hydraulic lift electronic draft control valve .
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 31
BAIL06CCM086ASA 3
BAIL06CCM248FSA 4
Electronic Draft Control and Mechanical Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Stack
1 Remote Control Valve No I 2 Remote Control Valve No II

3 Electronic Draft Control Valve 4 Remote Control Valve No III
5 Remote Control Valve No IIII 6 Inlet Port
7 To Hydraulic Lift 8 Load Sensing Line Connection
9 End Cover
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 32
BAIL06CCM192FSA 5
Remote Control Valve and EDC Control Valve Interconnecting Galleries
Pump Pressure Return To Reservoir
Load Sensing
1 Parallel Supply Gallery 2 Load sensing Gallery

3 Return to Reservoir
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to demand.
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
’O’ ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control output of the hydraulic pump.
BSB0388A 6
The principal hydraulic components within each remote control valve section are:-
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 33
Flow Control Adjuster
The flow control adjuster is manually operated and adjusts oil flow through the remote valve. Turning the adjuster
changes the size of the restriction in the path of oil flowing through the flow control spool.
Flow Control Spool
The flow control valve spool senses pressure differential across the restriction set by the flow control adjuster and reg-
ulates flow through the remote valve. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure differential in
the remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve
The check valve prevents a backflow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the control spool is operated and
pump system pressure is less than the back pressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:-
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the control valve spool is moved from the neutral to raise position,
the pump system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote valve circuit. When this occurs the
back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop before pump system
pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents this situation from
occurring.
Lock Valve
The lock valve is located in the raise port of the remote valve and is closed whenever the remote valve is in neutral.
The lock valve prevents leakdown of an implement should there be any leakage across the lands of the spool when
in the neutral position. The lock valve is automatically opened whenever the control spool is moved from the neutral
position.
Control Valve Spool
The control valve spool is spring centred to a neutral position and when moved directs oil flow to the raise or lower
ports of the control valve.
Spool Centering and Detent Mechanism
The spool centering mechanism spring loads the control valve spool to the neutral position. When the spool is moved
to the Raise, Lower or Float positions the mechanism holds the spool in position using ball bearings which engage in
grooves within a detent cage.
A factory set detent regulating valve in the mechanism automatically releases the balls and returns the spool to neutral
whenever operating pressure exceeds the preset value.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 34
BAIL06CCM165FSA 7
Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool

3 Check Valve 4 Control Valve Spool
5 Load Holding Check Valve 6 Spool Centering Mechanism
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 35

remote valve - Hydraulic schema
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A) for main hydraulic schematic.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 37
Hydraulic Schematic for Mechanical Remote Valves With Power Beyond
1.Remote Valve Slices 2.Manifold Block

3.Electronic Draft Control Valve 4.Power Beyond Slice
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 38
BAIL06CCM214CSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 39

remote valve - Exploded view With Power Beyond
BAIL06CCM239GSA 1
Closed Centre Mechanical Remote Valves with Power Beyond
1. Retaining Nuts 2. Power Beyond Slice

3. Couplers 4. End Slice
5. Remote Valve 6. Manifold
7. Electronic Draft Control Valve 8. Remote Valve
9. Tie Rod 10. Remote Valve
11. Return Coupler 12. Pressure Coupler
13. Load Sensing Coupler
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 40

remote valve - Disassemble
BAIL06CCM165FSA 1
Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Components
1 Flow Control Adjuster 2 Flow Control Spool

3 Check Valve 4 Control Valve Spool
5 Load Holding Check Valve 6 Spool Centring Mechanism
1. Disassemble using following instructions and illustra-
tions.
Remove ‘O’ ring (1) and load sense check valve (2).
Remove flow control adjuster knob and unscrew flow
control adjuster from valve body
BSB0388A_191 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 41
BSB0395A 3
Remote Valve and Coupler Housing
1 Valve Section 2 ‘O’ Ring

3 Coupler 4 Coupler Housing
5 Seat 6 ‘O’ Ring
2. The couplers are serviced as an assembly and
should not be disassembled.
Remove spool.
NOTE: Prior to removing spool ensure flats (1) on end of
spool are in vertical position as shown. If it is necessary to
rotate spool Do not use force otherwise damage to spool
and load check valve pin will occur.
BSB0394A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 42
3. Remove load holding valve from raise port as fol-

lows:-
Using small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on
keeper (2) and turn keeper through 90 deg.
Remove spring seat (3) from housing
Remove load check valve and plunger
BSB0385A 5
BSB0386A 6
Load Check Valve
1 Plunger 2 Load Holding Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
7 Spring Seat 8 Keeper
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 43
4. Carefully remove flow control valve plug.
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take ex-
treme care when removing plugs.
B041
BSB0393A 7
BAIL06CCM211FSA 8
Flow Control Spool and Check Valve
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Retainer

3 Spring 4 Spring Guide
5 Plug and ’O’ Ring 6 Plastic Cap
7 Retainer 8 Plug
9 Back-up Ring 10 ’O’ Ring
11 Spring 12 Check Valve Cone
Lift Check Valve Removal

5. Remove the plastic cap (6) and the snap ring (7) Fig-
ure 8 , taking care not to scratch the bore.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 44
6. Locate and clamp the extractor tool 380002720 onto

the retainer (1) by tightening the nut on the tool (2).
BAIL06CCM222ASA 9
7. Pull out the tool and retainer.

8. Remove the check valve and spring.
BSB0498A 10
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 ‘O’ Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 ‘O’ Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 45
9. Remove control valve spool by unscrewing the spool

centring mechanism. It is not recommended that the
mechanism is disassembled.
Housed within the centre of the spool is the detent
release orifice. This is factory preset and servic-
ing should be restricted to washing in an approved
degreasing agent without removing the orifice from
within the spool.
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble (A.10.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 46

remote valve - Remove
1. Lower hydraulic links and thoroughly clean remote
valve stack.
Disconnect control cables at rear of remotes.
BAIL06CCM258ASA 1
2. To aid reassembly draw a diagonal line across the

valve stack.
BAIL06CCM259ASA 2
3. Undo and remove tie rod nuts. Remove end plate

and valve assemblies from the tie rods.
BSB0387A 3
4. Remote valves 3 and 4 Removal

Undo tie rod nuts and remove end plate and valve
assemblies .
NOTE: Small shims (1) are positioned between the
manifold (2) and remote valve number (3). Take care not
to damage the shims.
BSB0390A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 47
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Disassemble (A.10.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 48

remote valve - Assemble
BSB0498A 1
Control Valve Spool
1 End Cap 2 ‘O’ Ring

3 Shims 4 Spool Centring Mechanism
5 Spool 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 ‘O’ Ring 8 Spacer
9 Back-Up Ring 10 Detent Release Orifice
11 Ball 12 Plunger
13 Spring 14 Spring Seat
1. Prior to inserting control valve spool in housing en-
sure flats (1) on end of spool are in vertical position as
shown, then install the load holding check valve, as
described below.. Do Not rotate spool after installing
load holding valve otherwise damage to spool and
load holding valve plunger will occur.
WARNING
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
B004
BSB0508A 2
2. Install Control Valve spool. Retain by screwing on

the spool centreing mechanism.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 49
BSB0386A 3
Load Check Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
3. Load check valve installation
Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter ( 4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position

there must be a gap (X) 0.2 - 0.3 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 50
Calculating Gap (X)

4. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in)) in position with the control valve in neutral.
BAIL06CCM195ASA 5
5. Measure dimension ‘Z‘ from the top of the plunger to

the top face of the remote valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm
(1.43 in) ).
6. Remove the plunger.
7. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated
8. Measure dimension ‘Y‘ from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in))
BAIL06CCM196ASA 6
Load Check Valve Installation

9. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
10. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pli-
ers.
11. Install the lock valve , pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 3)
12. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (fig-
ure 6) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 51
13. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the
lugs and turn the assembly anti clockwise 90 ° to
secure in the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 7
Flow Control Valve Installation

14. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring (2) , guide (3) and retaining plug (4) .
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm (49.42
lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 8
Flow Control Regulator Installation

15. Assemble the flow control regulator (1) with ‘O‘ rings
(7), (8), and (9).
BAIL06CCM199ASA 9
16. Screw the flow control regulator into the valve body.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 52
17. Using a screwdriver, turn the restrictor clockwise as

far as it will go, and then turn back 60 °(minimum flow
position).
BAIL06CCM200ASA 10
18. Install the clamp, rotary knob (2) , washer and the nut
to the restrictor stem. Ensure that the rotary knob lug
is located to the left of the stop pin (1) .
19. Tighten the nut to a torque of 3 Nm (2.213 lbft) with-
out rotating the restrictor.
20. Install the cap with the groove facing the knob lug.
21. Check the minimum and maximum flow available
from the remote valve using a flow meter.
If the rotary knob has been installed as described
above the minimum flow should be approximately 10
l/min (2.64 US gpm) and the maximum flow should
be approximately 80 l/min (21.13 US gpm).
Lift Check Valve Installation

22. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary
23. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 11
24. Fit the back up ring (6) and the ’O’ ring (7) in the
groove in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2)
onto the inner spigot of the retainer.
25. Locate the snap ring (4) , retainer and spring assem-
bly onto the installation tool 380002720 (5) .Install the
assembly into the remote valve bore and push until
the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
26. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring .
Install a new plastic cap.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 53
Load Sense Check Valve Installation

27. Install new ’O’ Ring seal and back up ring
NOTE: Clearance ’X’ should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 54

remote valve - Install
Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble (A.10.B)
1. Installation
Apply petroleum jelly to the shims (1) and position on
each tie rod.
Ensure load sense check valve (2), spring (3) and ’O’
rings (4) are located in manifold block.
BSB0389A 1
2. Install remote valves and end cap
BSB0503A 2
3. To prevent shims from moving out of position use

hand pressure to clamp valve stack together while
tightening the tie rod nuts.
BSB0391A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 55
4. Tighten tie rod nuts to 30 Nm (22.1 lbft) in sequence

(1), (2) , and (3).
BSB0505A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 56
Command Configurable detent - Remove

1. Before removing the detent housing ensure the re-
mote spool is in the neutral position and the detent
configuration knob (1) is in position III.
BAIL06CCM175ASA 1
2. Unscrew the two hexagon headed screws (1) which

retain the cap to the valve slice.
BAIL06CCM176ASA 2
3. Carefully remove the cap. Do not push or pull the

spool whilst removing the cap. Ensure that the ’O’
ring (1) is not damaged during the removal process.
NOTE: Inside the cap there are shims between the spring
seat and the cap. These shims are unique to the detent
unit and should be removed from the cap and kept safe
for installation.
BAIL06CCM177ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 57
Command Configurable detent - Install

Prior operation:
Command Configurable detent - Remove (A.10.B)
1. Ensure the detent configuration knob is in position III

on the cap. Place the shims inside the cap making
sure they are correctly positioned.
2. Fit the cap over the detent section making sure rotary
shaft (1) of the adjustable detent fits onto the config-
uration knob.
BAIL06CCM178ASA 1
3. Place the hexagon headed screws (1) into cap and

tighten both screws evenly to a torque of 5.5 Nm
(4.06 lbft) .
BAIL06CCM176ASA 2
4. Move the spool from neutral to lower, raise, and back

to neutral to ensure smooth operation.
5. To assemble the plastic knob to the alloy knob (1)
use the screws that are supplied with the new knob
. These screws are coated with micro encapsulated
adhesive and can only be used once . Torque to 1.5
Nm (1.11 lbft) .
BAIL06CCM179ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 58
Stack valve - Remove

1. Removal - Complete Valve Stack
Steam clean remote control valve assembly prior to
removal.
Lower hydraulic links.
Remove covers on remote valve couplers.
BSB0504A 1
2. Remove trailer socket (Where fitted)

Disconnect electrical connections to each electronic
draft control solenoid (1) .
Disconnect hydraulic pipes (2) and (3) .
BAIL06CCM260ASA 2
3. Disconnect remote valve control linkage.
BTB0051B_189 3
4. Remove load sense line (1)
BAIL06CCM249ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 59
5. Using suitable lifting equipment support remote valve

assembly, remove base securing bolts and lift valve
stack from tractor.
Retrieve ’O’ ring (1)
WARNING
B012
BTB0072B 5
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Remove (A.10.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 60
Stack valve - Install

Prior operation:
Stack valve - Remove (A.10.B)
1. Install ’O’ ring (1) . Using suitable lifting equipment

support remote valve assembly and locate on rear
axle. Secure with retaining bolts .
Tighten retaining bolts to torque of 43 Nm (31.7 lbft).
WARNING
B012
BTB0072B 1
2. Reconnect the load sense hose (1) .
BAIL06CCM249ASA 2
3. Reconnect the remote valve control linkage
BTB0051B_189 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 61
4. Reconnect electronic draft control electrical connec-

tions (1) and connect the hydraulic pipes. (2) and (3)
.
Refit trailer socket (Where fitted).
BAIL06CCM260ASA 4
5. Install the remote valve coupler covers (1) and (2) .
BAIL06CCM162ASA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 62
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting

No spool movement Valve spool sticking Check that the spool moves into both end
detent positions
Operating cable incorrectly adjusted or Readjust cable or replace if worn or faulty
worn
Oil leakage from detent or mechanical If oil is present disassemble the detent cap
seizure and replace the ’O’ rings and if necessary
any damaged parts.
Lift check valve spring faulty or broken Remove and replace lift check valve as-
sembly. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Closed center me-
chanical remote valve - Assemble
(A.10.B)
Load holding check valve plunger worn, Replace load holding check valve and
broken, or incorrectly adjusted plunger. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
(A.10.B)
Remote Valve Slice faulty Replace complete valve section. Refer
to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
TEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve - Remove (A.10.B)
No oil flow Valve slices may be faulty Check oil flow of valve slices. Refer to PRI-
MARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM -
Pressure test (A.10.A)
Control valve sticking Check that the control valve moves into
both end detent positions.
Flow regulator not adjusted correctly Adjust flow regulator. Refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed
center mechanical remote valve - As-
semble (A.10.B)
Flow control valve spool sticking Remove flow control valve spool and re-
place
Valve slice faulty Replace complete valve slice. Refer to
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
TEM Closed center mechanical remote
valve - Remove (A.10.B)
Oil leakage Lift check valve bore plug leaking Remove lift check valve and install new
valve assembly. Refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed cen-
ter mechanical remote valve - Assemble
(A.10.B)
’O’ ring failure between valve slices Replace ’O’ rings. Refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed cen-
ter mechanical remote valve - Remove
(A.10.B)
Oil ingress through detent cap Disassemble detent cap and replace ’O’
rings. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
(A.10.B)
Oil flow regulator leaking Remove and replace flow control regulator.
Oil leakage between coupler manifold and Separate the coupler manifold from the
remote valve slice. valve slice and replace the ’O’ rings.
Couplers seals worn or damaged Replace seals. Refer to Coupler - Over-
haul (A.10.C)
Remote valve slice faulty Replace complete valve slice and torque
retaining nuts in correct sequence. Torque
30 Nm (22.13 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 63

High oil operating Flow control regulator incorrectly adjusted Adjust the flow control regulator for the
temperature required flow at operational engine r.p.m.
NOTE : DO NOT USE AN EXTERNAL RE-
STRICTOR FOR OIL FLOW CONTROL.
Implement creeps down Feed hose incorrectly connected to cou- Connect feed hose to ’raise coupler.
with the remote valve in pler.
the ’neutral’ position
Load check valve faulty or incorrectly ad- Replace valve or ensure correct adjust-
justed ment. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
(A.10.B)
Implement dips initially Lift check valve worn or damaged Remove and replace lift check valve. Refer
when the operating to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
linkage is in the ’Raise’ TEM Closed center mechanical remote
position valve - Assemble (A.10.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 64
Index
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote

valve - 10.B
Command Configurable detent - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Command Configurable detent - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . 41
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . 3
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Exploded view With Power
Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . 36
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Closed center mechanical remote valve - Static description . . . . . . 31
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Stack valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Stack valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 65
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.B / 66
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote

valve - 10.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 1
Contents
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -

10.C
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mid-mount remote control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T7030 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7040 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7050 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7060
with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-
FUNCTIONAL DATA
T7030 without Sidewinder, T7040 without Sidewinder, T7050 without Sidewinder, T7060 without Sidewinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
SERVICE
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
T7030, T7040 without Sidewinder, T7050 without Sidewinder, T7060 without Sidewinder
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Coupler
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 2
DIAGNOSTIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 3
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve

valve - Torque
BAIL06CCM032FSA 1
Remote Valve Assembly Torques
IMPORTANT: Apply torque to retaining nuts in the correct sequence as shown in figure 2
BAIL06CCM159FSA 2

valve - Special tools
380002720 Check valve removing and refitting tool
Procure Locally Flowmeter 0 - 200 l/min (0.0 - 52.8 US gpm)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 4
Mid-mount remote control valve - Torque

T7030 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7040 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7050 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7060 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-
BAIL06CCM141ASA 1
Mid Mount Valve Assembly Torques showing tightening sequence
Refer to Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 5

valve - Dynamic description
When the remote valves are in neutral the control valve spool is held in the central position by the centering spring
(5) See .Figure 1
Oil flow from the parallel gallery (A) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the lands of the main control spool (4).
Gallery (C) and load sensing gallery (D)’ are vented to reservoir through galley (G).
The galleries to the raise and lower ports are blocked by the lands on the main control spool.
The pin on the lock valve is positioned in the waisted section of the spool allowing the valve to be spring loaded into
the closed position preventing an extended cylinder retracting under load should there be a slight leakage in the main
spool.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 7
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Neutral
1. Flow Control Spool 2. Metering Land

3. Load Hold Check Valve 4. Main Control Spool
5. Spool Centering Spring 6. Control Spool Operating Piston
7. Position Sensor 8. Micro Processor
9. Solenoid Valve 10. Pin
13. Lower (Cylinder Retract) Port
Trapped Oil Pilot Line Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 8
BAIL06CCM019GSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 9
OIL FLOW IN RAISING (CYLINDER EXTEND)
When the remote valve operator control switch is moved to the raise position the control spool is moved to the left via
pilot line oil from the solenoid control unit, supplied from Gallery (I). See Figure 2
Moving the spool to the raise position causes the pin (6) on the lock valve to ride up the ramp of the spool and hold
the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (F).
The flow from gallery (C) is blocked by the load hold check valve (3) until pressure in the gallery is sufficient to lift the
valve off its seat against the back pressure in the lift port gallery (E).
Oil can flow from:-
Gallery (C) past the load hold check valve into Gallery (E).
Across the flat on the main control spool to Gallery (F).
Through the lock valve (7).
Out through the raise port (8) of the remote valve.
Exhaust oil from the extending cylinder returns through the lowering port and gallery (H), around the land on the main
control spool and back to reservoir via the common gallery (G).
If the load hold check valve (3) was not installed the situation could occur where pump pressure is insufficient to
support the load in the raise port when the remote valve is moved from neutral to raise condition. Under this situation
the load would momentarily drop until pump pressure was sufficient to support the load.
The rate of flow through the remote control valve is controlled electronically by the control unit solenoid, again based
on the setting of the flow potentiometer within the cab.
To maintain set flow through the remotes under all conditions with varying pump inlet pressure in parallel gallery (A)
the flow control spool senses the pressure and the spool adjusts to provide the required flow at each operating remote.
The differential pressure sensed on each end of the spool causes the spool to move to a new state of equilibrium and
continually regulates the flow across the spool metering lands (2) to maintain a constant flow through the flow control
restriction irrespective of pressure in other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure in gallery (C) is also transmitted down the load sensing gallery (D) to the flow compensating valve of
the variable flow piston pump where pump output is regulated according to circuit demand.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 11
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Raising (Cylinder Extend)

Remote Valve Operating Pilot Line Pressure

Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 12
BAIL06CCM020GSA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 13
OIL FLOW IN LOWERING (CYLINDER RETRACT)
When the remote valve operator control switch is moved to the lower position the control spool is moved to the right
via pilot line oil from the solenoid control unit, supplied from gallery (I).See Figure 3
In a similar manner as for the raise cycle of the remote valve the position of the spool causes the pin on the lock valve
to hold the valve in the open position.
Gallery (B) is now open to gallery (C) and gallery (E) is open to gallery (H).
Oil from the parallel gallery (A) flows past the flow control valve spool and restrictor (2) into gallery (C) and the load
sensing gallery (D).
The load hold check valve (3) remains closed until pump system pressure is sufficient to overcome the back pressure
in gallery (E). When the load hold check valve lifts of the seat oil flows into gallery (H), round the control valve spool
to gallery (G) and out through the lowering port of the remote valve coupling.
Exhaust oil from the Retracting cylinder returns to reservoir gallery (G) though the raising port and lock valve (7).
Pump output and system pressure will continually react to the maximum demand of the tractor high pressure hydraulic
circuits as sensed through the load sensing lines.
Flow through the remotes is controlled in exactly the same manner as described in the ‘Oil Flow In Raising’ section
by sensing differential pressure across the flow control spool.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 15
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Lowering (Cylinder Retract)

Remote Valve Operating Pilot Line Pressure

Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 16
BAIL06CCM021GSA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 17
OIL FLOW IN FLOAT
The float position allows the free flow of oil from both the raise and lower ports of the remote valve permitting the
cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature is particularly useful to allow equipment such as scraper blades to
‘float’ or follow the ground contour. See Figure 4
When the remote valve operator control switch is moved to the float position the control spool is moved fully to the
right via pilot line oil from the solenoid control unit, supplied from gallery (I).
Oil flow from the gallery (B) to the raise and lower ports is blocked by the land of the spool end.
The position of the spool causes the pin (7) on the lock valve to hold the valve in the open position.
The raise and lower ports of the remote valve are open to reservoir gallery (G) allowing a free flow of oil from one port
of the cylinder to the other.
Should a void occur in the circuit oil will be drawn by suction from one side of the cylinder to the other.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 19
Single Remote Control Valve Operation-Float

Pilot Line Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 20
BAIL06CCM022GSA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 21
OPERATION OF TWO OR MORE CONTROL VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY
Because the stack type remote valves have a common parallel input gallery and individual flow control valves it is
possible to operate two or more remotes simultaneously without loss of efficiency. See Figure 5
This is achieved by the flow control spools which regulate flow through each remote valve irrespective of pump system
pressure.
If these valves were not fitted and two remotes were operating simultaneously at different pressures all oil would
attempt to flow to the light load circuit.
The following details the process of operating a single remote valve and then operating an additional remote valve at
the same time.
When a single service is operated the pressure in the parallel gallery is at pump pressure.
The pressure in the load sense line to the hydraulic pump is equal to the operating pressure of the working remote
valve.
Required flow through the electro-hydraulic remote valve is set by turning the operator controlled potentiometer in the
cab. The flow is then determined by the control valve spool which is electrically controlled by the control unit solenoid.
The pressure differential in combination with the spring acting on the ends of the flow control spool causes the spool
to move to a position of equilibrium which adjusts the flow across the spool metering lands (3).
The adjustment of flow across the metering land (3) produces a constant flow through the remote valve.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 23
Single Remote Valve Operating
A Remote Valve in Operation B Remote Valves in Neutral

Sections) Sections)
3 Spool Metering Lands 4 Flow Control Spool
5 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Remote Valve Operating Trapped Oil

Pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 24
BAIL06CCM023GSA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 25
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 26
It is essential that the flow of oil through two or more remote valves operating simultaneously at different pressures is
individually controlled otherwise oil will always flow to the circuit operating at the lowest pressure. See Figure 6
When operating two or more hydraulic services the operating pressure in the parallel gallery is at the highest operating
pressure of the hydraulic system as sensed through the load sense line.
Check valves in the load sense line between each valve section ensure only the highest pressure is directed to the
pump flow pressure compensating valve.
In the same manner as for single remote valve operation the differential pressure across the flow control spool is
sensed and flow adjusted accordingly.
Because each remote valve is operating at a different pressure the flow control valve spools will move to different
positions to achieve a state of equilibrium.
The flow across the metering land (3) of the lower pressure operating remote valve will be different to the flow across
the metering land of the higher operating pressure remote valve.
The metering land on each flow control spool now maintains the required constant flow through the flow control re-
striction in each remote valve irrespective of the higher pump system pressure required to operate other hydraulic
circuits.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 27
A Remote Valve operating at high pressure B Remote Valve operating at lower pressure
Sections) Sections)
3 Spool Metering Lands 4 Flow Control Spool
5 Load Sense Line Check Valve
Pump Pressure Lower Pressure Remote

Valve Operation
High Pressure Remote Return To Reservoir
Valve Operation
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 28
BAIL06CCM025GSA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 29
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 30

valve - Static description
Electro-Hydraulic type remote valves are optional on all models.

Each remote valve has its own built in microprocessor which controls the oil flow through a solenoid activated valve,
based on inputs received from the operator controlled switches.
Each remote valve is connected into the electrical CAN BUS system to the XCM processor, located under the Elec-
tronic Draft Control panel in the right hand console. Each remote valve can also detect system faults and send a
message to the XCM processor which in turn sends a signal to allow a fault code to be displayed on the instrument
cluster.
. The fault finding flow charts can be found in Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
Control Levers
Remotes valves I to IV are operated by control levers in the right-hand console. Each control lever is coloured to
correspond to the colour on the remote valve. A maximum of five electro-hydraulic remote valves may be fitted. The
fifth valve is operated by a rocker switch situated to the right of the levers.
BRE1713 1
1. Control lever I Green

2. Control lever II Blue
3. Control lever III Brown

4. Control lever IIII Black
The remote valve control levers have four positions: neutral, extend, retract, and float.
The remote valve control levers have four positions: neutral, extend, retract, and float.
Pull the lever back from the neutral position, to the “extend" (raise) position. From neutral, push forward to the “retract"
(lower) position. Push the lever fully forward to the float position. Float will permit the cylinder to extend or retract
allowing equipment such as scraper blades to “float" or follow the ground contour.
BAIL06CCM155ASA 2
The “float" position is also used for retracting a single-acting cylinder and for the OFF position for hydraulic motors.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 31
The extend, (1), neutral, (2), retract, (3), and float, (4), positions are identified by symbols on the decal behind each
control lever.
BRF1858B 3
Isolator Switch
The remote valves will not operate unless the system is energised using the isolator switch which is located on the
‘C‘ pillar. (1). Press and release the switch to activate the system, press again to de-activate. Once energised, the
remote valves will operate whenever the tractor engine is running.
IMPORTANT: The isolator switch may be used to immediately stop operation of the rear remote hydraulics by
quickly depressing the switch. The isolator switch only controls the remote valves and has no effect on three
point linkage operation.
BAIL06CCM156ASA 4
Manual and Programmable Lever Operation

The Enhanced keypad is used to select and programme the timed functions for each of the electro-hydraulic remote
valves. As each remote valve is selected using the remote valve key (1), a visual display of the valve functions will
appear in the Dot Matrix screen.
Depress the key once to activate the remote valve display in the DMD. Repeated operation of the key will cycle through
each valve display individually.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 32
BRE1566B 5
Manual Operation
When used in manual mode, without the timer function, the electronic remote valves will operate in a similar way to
the mechanical valves previously described.
IMPORTANT: Care must be taken when operating in the manual mode that the remote valve lever is not left in the
detented extend or retract positions when using remote cylinders. When the cylinder has reached the end of its
stroke the control lever must be returned to the neutral position manually. Failure to observe this procedure will
overheat the oil and may lead to failure of hydraulic or driveline components.
IMPORTANT: Never use the neutral position from the extend or retract position to stop a hydraulic motor. Sudden
hydraulic lock up of the system may cause extensive damage to the motor.
In manual mode, oil flow through each valve is adjusted using the flow rate setting as previously described.
Timed Programme Operation

Timed programme operation is provided primarily for operation of hydraulic cylinders. This feature allows the operator
to programme a time delay between when the control levers are activated and when the oil flow to the implement is
stopped.
To operate the electronic remote valves in programmed mode, depress the appropriate side of timer control switch (1)
as shown. When the switch is depressed, the green light adjacent to the switch will start to flash. The system is now
in standby mode ready to accept a programme sequence. The light will continue to flash for twenty seconds allowing
the operator sufficient time to begin the programming sequence. If a programme is not started within this period, the
system will automatically de-activate, depress the timer control switch again to restart the sequence.
BRE1702B 6
Programming a Double Acting Service

To programme the remote valves, first ensure the cylinder hydraulic hoses are properly connected to the appropriate
rear remote valve. Start the tractor engine and set at the normal operating speed in which the cylinder is to be oper-
ated. This is important as the programming of the control levers is based on a time interval corresponding to the time
it takes the cylinder rod to extend and retract. Any change in engine rpm will have an effect on hydraulic flow and
therefore the time taken for the cylinder to extend and retract.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 33
The timed period for control lever operation remains the same regardless of oil flow, therefore consistent operation is
required for the system to function correctly. Using the corresponding timer switch (1) depress the switch so the light
begins to flash. While the light is flashing move control lever (2) to extend the cylinder. At this point the light ceases
to flash and will remain on.
Hold the lever until the cylinder is extended to the desired position and then return the lever to the neutral position.
When the lever is returned to the neutral position the programming light will begin to flash again indicating the retract
phase of the cycle should now be programmed.
BRE1711B 7
Operate the control lever (2) to retract the cylinder (L) and the programming light will cease to flash and remain on.
Hold the lever until the cylinder has completed the retract cycle and then return to the neutral position. After the
second phase has been programmed the light will remain on.
Timed programme operation of the remote valve is now completed for both extend and retract movements of the
cylinder.
Repeat the above sequence to programme the remaining control levers.
BRE1711C 8
Programming of the control lever can be performed in either sequence, extend/retract, retract/extend or for one move-
ment only, extend or retract. The maximum allowable time span for any timed operation is 30 seconds.
NOTE: Turning the keystart switch OFF will erase the programme.
Programming a Single Acting Service

To programme a single acting service carry out the same setup procedure as previously described for a double acting
service.
With the programme light flashing, move the remote valve lever from neutral to the extend position (R). When the
cylinder has extended to the desired position, manually return the lever to the neutral position. The programme light
will continue to flash but this should be ignored and the lever left in the neutral position. After 10 seconds the light
will cease to flash and will remain on, thus indicating the single acting programme has been memorised.
The single acting service can be programmed in both the extend and retract modes.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 34
NOTE: When using a timed sequence for a single acting service i.e. programmed in extend mode only, the retract
mode will not function until the programme sequence has been deleted.
If the control lever is moved to the float position no timed programme is possible and the control lever must be returned
to neutral manually.
BRE1711B_487 9
Replaying a Timed Programme

The timed sequence begins as soon as the lever is placed in the extend or retract detent position. On reaching the
end of the timed period, oil flowing through the remote valve will be halted, the remote valve lever should now be
returned to the neutral position ready for the next operation. Throughout the replay sequence, the green warning light
will remain illuminated.
Deleting Programmes
To delete a programme, depress the programme switch to de-activate timer operation. The light will extinguish and
the memorised sequence will be cleared from the programme in the memory.
Relieving System Pressure

To ease removal and installation of the couplers, relieve the pressure in the system. Securely support the implement.
Make sure no one will be injured by moving equipment when relieving pressure in the system. Move the control lever
to the float position with the engine running. This will relieve the pressure. Turn the engine off with the control lever
still in float. After the engine is shut down return the control lever to the neutral position. The couplers can now be
connected or disconnected with minimal pressure and effort.
WARNING
Before connecting or disconnecting hydraulic hoses at the remote cylinders, relieve the pressure in the circuit
by first starting the engine and then move the control levers fully forward to the “float" position. Then stop
the engine. Make sure no one will be injured by moving equipment when relieving pressure in the system.
Before disconnecting cylinders or equipment, make sure the equipment or implement is supported securely.
Never work under equipment supported by a hydraulic device because it may drop if the control is actuated
(even with the engine stopped) or in the event of hose failure, etc. always use a secure support for equipment
which must be serviced while in the raised position. Make sure that oil contained within the remote cylinders
is clean and is of the correct grade.
B064
QUICK COUPLERS
Each remote control valve has a pair of 1/2 in. quick-disconnect, female couplers (1) and (2). The couplers are of a
self–sealing/locking design but will allow remote cylinder hoses to pull free if the implement should become discon-
nected from the tractor. The lower coupler (2) of each pair is for the feed hose, the upper coupler (1) is for the return
hose. The couplers referred to in this picture are for remote control valve No. I.
The covers are color coded grey, brown, blue, green to correspond to the control levers in the cab console.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 35
BAIL06CCM162ASA 10
Hinged, spring-loaded dust caps are provided on each coupler. To connect a remote cylinder, lift the dust cap (1) and
insert the feed and/or return hose into the coupler, ensuring that it is correctly seated. Ensure that there is sufficient
slack in the hoses to allow the tractor/implement to turn in either direction.
Actuate the remote valve to supply hydraulic pressure which will complete the hydraulic coupling of the tractor and
implement.
To disconnect, grip the hose a short distance from the coupler, push the hose forward, into the coupler, then quickly
pull on the hose to ‘pop’ the coupler free
The couplers will accept standard 1/2 in SAE or ISO connectors. The couplers can be connected or disconnected
under pressure. Disconnect pressure is proportional to system pressure. Increased system pressure will require
increased force to disconnect the couplers.
BAIL06CCM163ASA 11
NOTE: The oil flow through remote valve number one will always take priority over the other valves. For equipment
using more than one valve, the hydraulic service requiring the highest flow should be connected to valve number one.
Relieving System Pressure
To ease removal and installation of the couplers, relieve the pressure in the system. Securely support the implement.
Make sure no one will be injured by moving equipment when relieving pressure in the system. Move the control lever
to the float position with the engine running. This will relieve the pressure. Turn the engine off with the control lever
still in float. After the engine is shut down return the control lever to the neutral position. The couplers can now be
connected or disconnected with minimal pressure and effort.
NOTE: Before connecting or disconnecting hydraulic hoses at the remote cylinders, relieve the pressure in the circuit
by first starting the engine and then move the control levers fully forward to the “float" position. Then stop the engine.
Make sure no one will be injured by moving equipment when relieving pressure in the system. Before disconnecting
cylinders or equipment, make sure the equipment or implement is supported securely. Never work under equipment
supported by a hydraulic device because it may drop if the control is actuated (even with the engine stopped) or in
the event of hose failure, etc. always use a secure support for equipment which must be serviced while in the raised
position. Make sure that oil contained within the remote cylinders is clean and is of the correct grade.
CONNECTING SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

Connect the hose from a single-acting cylinder to the left lower coupler on the remote control valve, as previously
described
.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 36
To extend a single-acting cylinder, pull the control lever back to the “extend" position (2).
Manually return the lever to the neutral position to stop the cylinder before it is fully extended or allow the valve to
return to neutral automatically when the cylinder reaches the end of its stroke and timed operation.
To retract a single-acting cylinder, move the lever fully forward to the “float" position (F).
NOTE: In single acting timer mode the remote lever will lock in the extend position and will not automatically
return to the neutral position.
IMPORTANT: Always use the “float" position to lower a single-acting cylinder. The “retract" position is for
double-acting cylinders only.
BRE1710B_488 12
CONNECTING DOUBLE-ACTING CYLINDERS
Connect the feed hose from a double-acting cylinder to the lower coupler on the remote control valve and the return
hose to the upper coupler, as previously described. To extend a double-acting cylinder, pull the control lever back to
the “extend" position (2).
To retract a double-acting cylinder, push the control lever forward past neutral to the “retract" position (3). Further
forward movement of the lever will select “float" (4) which will allow the cylinder to extend or retract freely. This feature
is very helpful when carrying out work with equipment such as scraper blades and loaders.
OPERATING CONTINUOUS FLOW HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT

Continuous flow hydraulic equipment (e.g., hydraulic motors) should be connected to the 1st remote control valve
couplers with the pressure hose connected to the right retract coupler and the return hose connected to the low pres-
sure return circuit.
BRE1710B_488 13
The flow control should be adjusted to regulate the motor speed. If the flow control is open too far, the 3-point hitch
and other remote valves will slow down or stop. Using the flow control this way will ensure that the hydraulic system
will only supply the oil required by the motor.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 37
With the remote control valve lever fully forward in the “float" (4) position, the motor will be stationary. The hydraulic
motor will operate if the lever is pulled back to the “retract" (3) position. To stop the motor, move the lever from the
retract position to the float position. In the float position the motor will be able to stop slowly, which will not damage
the motor.
IMPORTANT: When operating continuous flow equipment, the remote control valve lever must not be moved
rearward to the neutral or raise positions as damage to the equipment may result.
Observe the following to further protect the tractor and equipment.
- Do not open any bypass valve in the equipment or motor. Use the flow control to regulate the rate of flow or speed
of the motor.
- Do not hold the remote control valve lever to operate the equipment.
- To ensure optimum hydraulic oil cooling, operate continuous flow equipment at the highest flow setting (by use of
the flow control) and lowest engine speed that will give the required machine performance and speed.
OPERATING SEVERAL REMOTE VALVES SIMULTANEOUSLY OR REMOTE VALVES AND

HYDRAULIC LIFT SIMULTANEOUSLY
If operating two or more remote control valves simultaneously or remote valves and the hydraulic lift, all the flow
control valves (1), should be adjusted using the enhanced keypad to provide a partial flow, as previously described.
If not so adjusted, all the available flow may be directed to the full flow circuit when the pressure in that circuit is less
than that of the other circuits in use.
NOTE: The oil flow through remote valve number one will always take priority over the other valves. For equipment
using of more than one remote valve, the hydraulic service with the highest flow requirement should be connected to
valve number one.
BRE1570B_489 14
BLEEDING REMOTE CYLINDERS

When connecting a cylinder with trapped air, i.e., a new cylinder, one that has been out of service or one that has had
the hoses disconnected, it will be necessary to bleed the cylinder to remove the air.
With the hoses connected to the remote control valve couplers at the rear of the tractor, position the cylinder with the
hose end uppermost and extend and retract the cylinder seven or eight times using the remote control valve operating
lever.
Check the rear axle oil level before and after operating a remote cylinder.
DESCRIPTION
The remote valves (1) are a stack type design clamped together with the hydraulic lift electronic draft control valve .
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 38
BAIL06CCM085ASA 15
BAIL06CCM031FSA 16
1. Remote Control Valve 2. Electronic Draft Control Valve

3. Manifold Block 4. Remote Control Valve
5. Remote Control Valve 6. Pilot Line Pressure
7. Return To Tank 8. Pressure Feed
9. To Hydraulic Lift Cylinders 10. Load Sensing Line connection
11. Remote Couplers 12. End Plate
13. Remote Control Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 39
BAIL06CCM040GSA 17
Remote Control Valve and EDC Control Valve Interconnecting Galleries
Load Sensing Control Valve Pilot Oil
1 Parallel Supply Gallery 2 Load sensing Gallery

3 Control valve pilot line oil 4 Control valve pilot line return oil
5 Return to Reservoir
All valve sections have a common parallel inlet and return to reservoir gallery. The electro-hydraulic remote valve
sections also have common galleries for the control valve pilot pressure and return oil.
The load sensing gallery passes through the centre of the valve stack and signals the pump to increase or decrease
output according to demand.
The parallel gallery and load sensing system enables two or more valves to be operated simultaneously without loss
of efficiency.
‘O’ ring seals (1) and load sense check valves (2) between each valve section ensure the highest circuit load sense
pressure is transmitted to control output of the hydraulic pump.
BSD0388A 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 40
The principal hydraulic components within each Electro-Hydraulic remote control valve section are:-
Solenoid Control Unit (Figure 20)
A signal to operate a solenoid activated valve is received from the operator control switches into the micro-processor
of the control unit. The spool within the solenoid valve moves according to the forces of the solenoid which allows pilot
oil pressure, regulated to 21 - 24 bar, to act on the control valve spool. The control unit is also able to accurately sense
the position of the spool and can detect errors in the system, which, via the CAN BUS electrics, can be displayed as
fault codes which have a ’R’ prefix.
Flow Control Spool (2) Figure 19
Ensures that if more than one remote valve is operated that the available oil flow is proportionally distributed amongst
the valves being operated depending on demand. The flow control valve spool senses the differential pressure within
the valve and regulates the flow accordingly. Because each flow control spool individually senses the pressure in the
remote valve being operated, two or more circuits working at different pressures can be controlled simultaneously.
Load Hold Check Valve (3)
The check valve prevents a backflow of pressure from the remote valve circuit when the control spool is operated and
pump system pressure is less than the backpressure in the circuit.
This is explained by the following example:-
When a cylinder is holding a heavy load and the control valve spool is moved from the neutral to raise position,
the pump system pressure may be less than the back pressure in the remote valve circuit. When this occurs the
back pressure would cause oil in the circuit to flow backwards and the load to momentarily drop before pump system
pressure has risen to hold and then raise the load further. The load hold check valve prevents this situation from
occurring.
Lock Valve (5)
The lock valve is located in the raise port of the remote valve and is closed whenever the remote valve is in neutral.
The lock valve prevents leakdown of an implement should there be any leakage across the lands of the spool when
in the neutral position. The lock valve is automatically opened whenever the control spool is moved from the neutral
position.
Control Valve Spool (4)
The control valve spool is spring centred to a neutral position and when moved by the regulated pilot pressure, via
the solenoid control unit, directs oil flow to the raise or lower ports of the control valve.
Spool Centering Spring (6)
The spool centering mechanism spring loads the control valve spool to the neutral position.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 41
BAIL06CCM171FSA 19
Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Component
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Check Valve

3 Control Valve Spool 4 Spool Centering Spring
5 Load Holding Check Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 42
BSD2037A 20
Control Unit Assembly
1 Solenoid Valve 2 Control Valve Spool

3 Centering Spring 4 Control Piston and Seal
5 Position Sensor 6 Control Micro Processor
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 43

valve - Sectional view
BAIL06CCM034FSA 1
1 Micro processor Unit 2 Solenoid valve

3 Load Holding Check Valve 4 Control Valve Spool
5 Flow Control Spool 6 Lift check Valve
7 Centering Spring Guide
Refer to : PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 44
Mid-mount remote control valve - Static description
BAIL06CCM065FSA 1
Hydraulic connections of the mid-mounted valve block
1. Pilot oil return pipe 2. Pressure connection for front loader hose
3. Return hose 4. Return connection for front loader hose
5. Load Sensing hose 6. Pressure oil hose of the control line
7. Pressure oil hose supply hose
On tractors with optional front loader control block, the joystick control on the driver's seat, the mid-mounted valve
block, the line system and the attachment bracket are provided for the attachment of the front loader link.
The mid-mounted valve block is located on the right-hand side under the cab. In the basic version the valve block
consists of two control units to raise and lower the link and to tip and tilt the bucket, if used with a front loader.
BAIL06CCM088ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 45
The control units are actuated via a crossgate lever, which is installed on the right-hand side next to the driver's seat.
BAIL06CCM052ASA 3
In tractors, which are fitted with side and rear-mounted control units, optionally both valves blocks can be actuated
using the crossgate lever. Once the starter switch is switched on, the telltales for the crossgate lever do not light
up and the crossgate lever is deactivated. To activate the crossgate lever, press the (1) button. The telltale for the
mid-mounted control units (3) confirm the activation by lighting up. Using a selection switch on the cab's C-pillar, the
driver can switch the crossgate lever actuation between the valve blocks for the rear control units (2) and mid-mounted
control units (1).
BAIL06CCM053ASA 4
All tractors equipped for front loader operation in Europe are fitted with a "Multi-Quick" multi-coupling. This allows all
oil couplings to be connected and disconnected in a flash with minimal oil loss.
BRE1536B 5
1. Retaining pin 2. Cover

3. Centring holes 4. Clamp lever
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 46
The mid-mounted valve block is supplied with oil via a hose from the valve block of the priority control units (1) on the
right-hand side of the rear axle housing.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 6
The high pressure oil flows through the hose (3) on the connection plate and through hose (2) back to the oil filter
housing. The pilot oil flowing back from the electronically actuated solenoid valves flows in hose (1).
BAIL06CCM061ASA 7
The oil flows back from the return connection of the mid-mounted valve block through hose (3) and a pipe bend to
the filter housing of the hydraulic pump. The Load Sensing connection is a T-shaped threaded connection (2), which
is connected to the pressure control valve of the hydraulic pump. The high pressure hose is connected via another
T-shaped threaded connection (1) to the pressure and flow control valve.
BAIL06CCM118ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 47
The pressure oil of the control line for actuation of the electrohydraulic solenoid valves flows from the low pressure
circuit via hose (1) in the connection plate. The Load Sensing hose (2) is also connected to the connection plate. The
return flow is connected to a fitting on the priority valve block.
BAIL06CCM062ASA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 48
Mid-mount remote control valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM125FSA 1
Mid Mount Valve Components
1. Spool Control Unit 2. Valve slice

3. Plug 4. Spool Valve
5. Load Sensing Valve 6. Check Valve
7. End Cap 8. Connection port
9. ’O’ Ring 10. Nut
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 49

valve - Disassemble
Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove (A.10.C)
1. Disassemble with reference to following.
BSD1903A 1
1 Load Sense Check Valve 2 Back up Ring

3 ‘O’ Ring 4 ‘O’ Ring
5 Back up Ring 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 ‘O’ Ring 8 ‘O’ Ring
9 Remote Valve Housing
BSD1912A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 50
1 Spool Control Unit 2 Remote Valve Body

3 Cap 4 ‘O’ Ring
5 Coupler Housing 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 Seat
2. The couplers are serviced as an assembly and
should not be disassembled.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Sectional view
(A.10.C)
NOTE: DO NOT attempt to remove the spool until the
load holding valve (3) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Sectional
view (A.10.C)has been removed, otherwise damage to
the spool will occur.
3. Remove load holding valve from raise port as fol-
lows:-
Using small screwdriver, open the two slots (1) on
keeper (2).
Turn spring seat (3) through 90 ° and remove from
housing.
Remove load check valve components.
BSB0385A 3
BSB0386A 4
Load Check Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 51

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
4. Carefully remove flow control valve plug.
WARNING
B041
BSB0393A 5
BAIL06CCM033FSA 6
Flow Control Spool and Check Valve
1 Flow Control Spool 2 Spring

3 Spring Guide 4 Plug and ‘O’ Ring
5 Plastic Cap 6 Retainer
7 Plug 8 Back-up Ring
9 ‘O’ Ring 10 Spring
11 Check Valve Cone
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 52
Load Check Valve Removal

5. Remove the plastic cap (5) and the snap ring (6) Fig-
ure , taking care not to scratch the bore.
6. Locate and clamp the extractor tool 380002720 onto
the retainer by tightening the nut on the tool.
7. Pull out the tool and retainer.
8. Remove the check valve and spring.
9. Withdraw control valve spool from housing.
The spring centring mechanism is factory set. DO
NOT disassemble the spool.
BSD1905A 7
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Assemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 53

valve - Remove
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
NOTE: Individual remote valve assemblies can be removed from the tractor without the need to remove the
complete valve stack.
1. Lower hydraulic links and thoroughly clean remote
valve stack.
To aid reassembly draw a diagonal line across the
valve stack.
BSD1908B 1
2. Identify and disconnect the connectors to each re-

mote valve solenoid.
Disconnect hydraulic pipework.
BSD1901A_192 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 54
BAIL06CCM031FSA 3
Electronic Draft Control and Closed Centre Remote Control Valve Stack
1. Remote Control Valve 2. Electronic Draft Control Valve

3. Manifold Block 4. Remote Control Valve
5. Remote Control Valve 6. Pilot Line Pressure
7. Return To Tank 8. Pressure Feed
9. To Hydraulic Lift Cylinders 10. Load Sensing Line connection
11. Remote Couplers 12. End Plate
13. Remote Control Valve
3. Remove dust caps (1) and (2) and oil drain collector
bottles.
BAIL06CCM162ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 55
4. Remove load sensing hose connection. (1) .
BAIL06CCM249ASA 5
5. Undo and remove the tie rod nuts (1), (2), and (3).
BAIL06CCM159FSA 6
6. Remove end cap.
BAIL06CCM209ASA 7
7. Remove remote valves 1 and 2.
BAIL06CCM210ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 56
8. Identify and disconnect the connectors to electronic

draft control valve solenoids (2). Disconnect Lift
cylinder supply pipe (3) and remove valve from tie
rods.
BAIL06CCM215ASA 9
9. Repeat procedure to remote valves on opposite side

of manifold. Note that a spacer (1) is fitted between
remote valves 4 and 5.
BSD1947A 10
10. When removing remote valve No 3 be careful not to

lose the spring (2) which sits in the load sense check
valve (1) located in the manifold. The check valve is
held in position by ‘O’ ring (3).
BSD1946A 11
Next operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 57

valve - Assemble
Prior operation:
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
1. Prior to inserting control valve spool in housing en-

sure flats (1) on end of spool are in vertical position as
shown, then install the load holding check valve, as
described below. Do Not rotate spool after installing
load holding valve otherwise damage to spool and
load holding valve plunger will occur.
WARNING
Do not rotate the main control spool or use force once
inserted into the bore, otherwise damage to the main
control spool and the lock valve pin will occur.
B004
BSB0508A 1
BSB0386A 2
Load Check Valve

3 Ball 4 Spring
5 Washer 6 Spring
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 58
Load Holding Check Valve installation

2. Dimensions:
L = Plunger Length
Z = Depth to the Plunger
Y = Depth to the Pilot Ball
B = Pilot Ball diameter ( 4 mm (0.16 in)
X = Gap between the Plunger and the Pilot Ball
NOTE: When the control valve is in the neutral position

there must be a gap (X) 0.2 - 0.3 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in)
between the plunger and the pilot ball.
BAIL06CCM194ASA 3
Calculating Gap (X)

3. Install the shortest plunger (No rings , 15.07 mm
(0.59 in)) in position with the control valve in neutral.
BAIL06CCM195ASA 4
4. Measure dimension ‘Z‘ from the top of the plunger to

the top face of the remote valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm
(1.43 in) ).
5. Remove the plunger.
6. Install the load check valve and the pilot ball. Ensure
that both are fully seated
7. Measure dimension ‘Y‘ from the top of the ball to the
top face of the valve body (e.g. 36.43 mm (1.43 in))
BAIL06CCM196ASA 5
Load Check Valve Installation

8. Ensure that the control spool is in neutral.
9. Install the determined plunger using long nosed pli-
ers.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 59
10. Install the lock valve , pilot ball, pilot spring, washer
and the spring (Refer to Figure 2)
11. Use a screwdriver to bend both retainer lugs (1) (fig-
ure 5) upwards, and locate the retainer to the bore.
12. Fit the spring seat into the retainer, straighten the
lugs and turn the assembly anti clockwise 90 ° to
secure in the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM197ASA 6
Flow Control Valve Installation

13. Install the flow control spool valve (1), together with
the spring (2) , guide (3) and retaining plug (4) .
Tighten the retaining plug to a torque of 67 Nm (49.42
lbft)
BAIL06CCM198ASA 7
Lift Check Valve Installation

14. Check the bore for any rough edges and smooth if
necessary
15. Install the check valve (1) into the remote valve body.
BAIL06CCM201ASA 8
16. Fit the back up ring (6) and the ’O’ ring (7) in the
groove in the retainer (3) and locate the spring (2)
onto the inner spigot of the retainer.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 60
17. Locate the snap ring (4) , retainer and spring assem-
bly onto the installation tool 380002720 (5) .Install the
assembly into the remote valve bore and push until
the tool handle contacts the remote valve body.
18. The snap ring must be located in the groove. Ensure
that the retainer is located up against the snap ring .
Install a new plastic cap.
Load Sense Check Valve Installation

19. Install new ’O’ Ring seal and back up ring
NOTE: Clearance ’X’ should be approximately 0.5 mm
(0.020 in) from the flange face of the valve segment to the
top edge of the inserted check valve.
BAIL06CCM139ASA 9
20. Assemble Spool control unit , coupler housing and

spool cap to the assembled valve slice . Refer to
. 10 . Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Torque
(A.10.C)
BSD1912A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 61
1 Spool Control Unit 2 Remote Valve Body

3 Cap 4 ‘O’ Ring
5 Coupler Housing 6 ‘O’ Ring
7 Seat
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 62

valve - Install
1. Installation follows removal procedure in reverse.

Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
TEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove
(A.10.C)
Install end caps and tighten bolts to specified torque
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-
hydraulic remote valve - Torque (A.10.C) in se-
quence 1,2,3.
BAIL06CCM159FSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 63

valve - Calibrate
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system. To prevent inadvertent
movement of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the
wheels, front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
1. Install the diagnostic connector 380000843 into the
diagnostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.

3. Make sure all EHR program switches are in the OFF
position.
4. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" keys on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and
the rear EHR symbol on the RC controller.
The lower central display will show "CAL".
BAIL06CCM516FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 64
5. Depress the program switch for lever No.1 three

times.
BAIL06CCM627AVA 3
6. The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for

EHR 1 will be illuminated and the lower central dis-
play will show "1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and
stored, the program lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show "2".
BAIL06CCM628AVA 4
7. While 2 is displayed move the lever to the raise po-

sition, the program light will illuminate.
When movement is detected the program lamp for
EHR 1 is turned off. After the raise position is estab-
lished the lower central display will change to 3, the
program light will switch off.
BAIL06CCM629AVA 5
8. While 3 is displayed move the lever to the full flow

lower position, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the full flow lower position of
the lever is seen it is recorded with the minimum flow
rate value, the lower central display will change to 4,
the program light will switch off.
BAIL06CCM630AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 65
9. While 4 is displayed move the lever to the float posi-

tion, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the float position of the lever
is seen and recorded the lower central display will
change to "CAL" to indicate the calibration procedure
is complete.
BAIL06CCM631AVA 7
10. To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat

the steps 5 to 9.
11. Key OFF to store the calibration values.
NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated the program lamp is
switched on regardless of the program switch state.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 66
Coupler - Overhaul
1. Remove the ’O’ ring and back up ring using a suitable
hooked tool.
Ensure the groove is clean
BAIL06CCM206ASA 1
2. Install the new back up ring ensuring that it is fully

seated in the groove.
BAIL06CCM207ASA 2
3. Lubricate the new ’O’ ring with clean transmission oil

and insert into the groove.
BAIL06CCM208ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 67
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the bat-
tery and insulate. Refer to Battery - Disconnect
(A.30.A)
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
2. Disconnect the mid mount valve pilot return hose (1),

return hose (2)and supply hose (3) .
BAIL06CCM061ASA 2
3. Disconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and the

load sensing hose (2)
NOTE: Drain all hoses into a suitable receptacle
BAIL06CCM062ASA 3
4. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) .
BAIL06CCM063ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 68
5. Undo the mid mount valve stack retaining bolts. (1) .

Remove valve stack from support.
WARNING
The remote valve assembly is heavy and must be re-
moved under the complete control of the technician to
prevent bodily injury.
M484
BAIL06CCM064ASA 5
Next operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 69
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install

Prior operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C) Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
1. Place the remote valve assembly onto the support.
WARNING
The valve stack is very heavy DO NOT attempt to install
without the use of lifting equipment.
B037
2. Tighten retaining bolts (1) to 24 Nm 18 Foot pounds.
BAIL06CCM064ASA 1
3. Connect the harness connectors (1) to the remote

valve solenoids.
BAIL06CCM063ASA 2
4. Reconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and load

sensing hose (2) .
BAIL06CCM062ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 70
5. Reconnect pilot return hose (1) , main return hose

(2), and pressure hose (3).
BAIL06CCM061ASA 4
6. If a new valve slice has been replaced or added it will

be necessary to reprogram the number of the valve
within the valve assembly. Refer to Control module
- Configure (A.50.A). Control module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 71
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C)
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1. Inlet Manifold 2. Electronic Remote Valves

3. Tie Rod Nuts 4. End Plate
5. Tie Rod
1. Loosen and remove the tie rod nuts (3) from the end
plate (4) .
2. Remove the end plate .
3. Remove the remote valve slices (2) taking care not to
dislodge the load sensing valves and ’O’ rings seated
in the valve face.
4. Unscrew the tie rod bolts from inlet manifold
5. Refer to Mid-mount remote control valve - Ex-
ploded view (A.10.C) to view valve components
and Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble
(A.10.C) for reassembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 72
Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1.Inlet Manifold 2.Electronic Remote Valves

3.Tie Rod Nuts 4.End Plate
5.Tie Rod
1. Insert the tie rods into the inlet manifold and screw in
by hand as far as they will go.
BAIL06CCM128ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 73
2. Push a shim onto the tie rods if any adhesive shims

have been used previously.
BAIL06CCM129ASA 3

ring and support ring as shown in Figure 4 in port ’Y’.
Figure 5
BAIL06CCM139ASA 4
4. Insert new ’O’ Rings (3) into the pressure and return
ports and also the load sense ’O Ring and support
ring (4).
BAIL06CCM131ASA 5
5. Insert new ’O’ Rings (5) into pilot line oil holes
BAIL06CCM132ASA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 74
6. Place the first valve slice onto the tie rods and insert
new ’O’ rings (6) into the relevant ports.
BAILCCM133ASA 7
7. If the flange face has corrugations that have been

smoothed with a dressing stone, one spacer (7) must
be threaded onto each tie rod. Insert the load sense
valve (8) and support ring as shown.

BAIL06CCM134ASA 8
8. Insert the ’O’ rings (9) into the control oil holes.
BAIL06CCM135ASA 9
9. Push the last slice (10) onto the tie rods and insert
the ’O’ rings.
BAIL06CCM136ASA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 75
10. Fit the end plate (12).
BAIL06CCM138ASA 11
11. Push the end plate onto the tie rods and screw on
the nuts (13) by hand
BAIL06CCM140ASA 12
12. Place the now assembled valve stack onto a level

surface to correctly align the sections.
13. Tighten the nuts in the specified order and to the
correct torque. See figure 13
BAIL06CCM141ASA 13
Next operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 76

valve - Troubleshooting
All of the EHR valves are Isolator switch not activated Press the switch to activate
inoperative
Faulty switch Check operation of the switch using a suit-
able multi-meter and if faulty replace the
switch
EHR relay not operating Replace the relay (Refer to Fuse and relay
box - General specification (A.30.A)
EHR CAN BUS wiring faulty Disconnect one of the EHR‘s and using a
suitable multi-meter check the resistance of
the CAN wiring between terminals 2 and 3
(green and yellow). If the resistance is NOT
approximately 120 Ω Trace the fault in the
wiring and repair
If the resistance is approximately 120 Ω
reload the software into the XCM proces-
sor - RC Module
If the EHR‘s are still inoperative replace the
processor with one of known performance
One or more EHR valves Error code 4*** displayed on instrument Refer to Control module - Fault code in-
do not operate cluster dex (A.50.A)
If hydraulic lift is not working this may indi- Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control -
cate a high pressure system fault Not function (H.10.D)
If hydraulic lift is working flow compensat- Operate and hold control lever to test max-
ing valve could be faulty imum system pressure at each remote
valve coupler. If pressure at each valve
coupler is below 195 - 205 bar ( 2828 -
2973 lbf/in2) examine flow/pressure com-
pensating valve for sticking
Repair or replace the flow compensating
valve
Load Sensing valve between valve sec- Operate all remote valve levers simulta-
tions requires check neously and check if the pressure at the
defective remote valve is 195-205 bar (
2828-2973 lbf/in2)
Faulty remote valve Operate all remote valve levers simulta-
neously and check if the pressure at the
defective remote valve is NOT 195 - 205
bar ( 2828 - 2973 lbf/in2) overhaul remote
valve which failed the pressure test - Refer
TEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -
Disassemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 77
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting


No spool movement Valve spool sticking Remove the end cap and operate the
valve and observe the spool. If the spool
operates correctly refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hy-
draulic remote valve - Troubleshooting
(A.10.C) for diagnosis.
Lift check valve spring faulty or broken Remove and replace lift check valve as-
sembly. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic re-
mote valve - Assemble (A.10.C)
Load holding check valve plunger worn, Replace load holding check valve and
broken, or incorrectly adjusted plunger. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
Remote Valve Slice faulty Replace complete valve section. Refer
Remove (A.10.C)
No oil flow Valve slices may be faulty Check oil flow of valve slices. Refer to PRI-
MARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM -
Pressure test (A.10.A)
Control valve sticking Check that the control valve moves into
both end detent positions.
Valve slice faulty Replace complete valve slice. Refer to
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
Remove (A.10.C)
Oil leakage Lift check valve bore plug leaking Remove lift check valve and install new
valve assembly. Refer to PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Elec-
tro-hydraulic remote valve - Assemble
(A.10.C)
’O’ ring failure between valve slices Replace ’O’ rings. Refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hy-
draulic remote valve - Remove (A.10.C)
Oil leakage between coupler manifold and Separate the coupler manifold from the
remote valve slice. valve slice and replace the ’O’ rings.
Couplers seals worn or damaged Replace seals. Refer to Coupler - Over-
haul (A.10.C)
Remote valve slice faulty Replace complete valve slice and torque
retaining nuts in correct sequence. Torque
30 Nm (22.13 lbft)
Implement creeps down Feed hose incorrectly connected to cou- Connect feed hose to ’raise’ coupler.
with the remote valve in pler.
the ’neutral’ position
Load check valve faulty or incorrectly ad- Replace valve or ensure correct adjust-
justed ment. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
Implement dips initially Lift check valve worn or damaged Remove and replace lift check valve. Refer
when the operating to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYS-
linkage is in the ’Raise’ TEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -
position Assemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 78
Index

10.C
Coupler - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Mid-mount remote control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Mid-mount remote control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Mid-mount remote control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T7030 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7040 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7050 with Sidewinder Z9BG40001-, T7060 with
Sidewinder Z9BG40001-
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Remote control valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 79
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 80

valve - 10.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 1
Contents

10.C
TECHNICAL DATA
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SERVICE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 2
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Coupler
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Stack valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 3

valve - Torque
BAIL08CVT001ASA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 4
Remote control valve - Torque

BAIL08CVT143FSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 5
Mid-mount remote control valve - Torque

BAIL06CCM141ASA 1
Mid Mount Valve Assembly Torques showing tightening sequence
Refer to Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 6

valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL08CVT142FSA 1
1. Solenoid 2. Main spool

3. Pressure compensating spool 4. Check valve
5. Check valve 6. Solenoid
A Extend port B Retract port

T Return to tank PP Pilot pressure line
PT Pilot tank line P Pressure line
LS Load sense line
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 7

valve - Sectional view
BAIL08CVT004FSA 1
1.Solenoid valve assembly 2.Plug

3.Valve body 4.Spring
5.Plug 6.Load sense check assembly
7.Pressure compensating spool 8.Plug
9.Pilot block assembly 10.Seal
11.Seal 12.Spring
13.Check lock poppet 14.Main spool
15.Check lock poppet 16.Spring
17.Seal 18.Seal
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 8

valve - Exploded view
BAIL08CVT125FSA 1
1. Solenoid control unit 2. Solenoid valve manifold

3. Spring 4. Check lock poppet
5. Main spool 6. Check lock poppet
7. Spring 8. Centreing spring
9. Pilot block assembly 10. Plug
11. Pressure compensating spool 12. Spring
13. Plug 14. Load sense check valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 9

valve - Dynamic description
RCIL08CCH022GAE 1
1. Main valve spool 4. Extend/retract solenoid valve assembly

2. Flow control spool 5. Signal check
3. Lock check poppet 6. Spool position sensor
The main valve spool (1) in a remote section is spring centered in neutral position. The main valve spool position
determines the flow rate and the flow path of the supply flow.
Each valve section contains a pressure compensated flow control spool (2) which maintains a constant pressure drop
across the main valve spool. This constant pressure drop results in a constant flow rate across the main valve spool.
Both remote section work ports are equipped with a lock check poppet (3) The lock checks are installed to prevent the
settling of a load (in neutral) because of main spool leakage and to prevent a partially raised cylinder from dropping
when the remote valve is operated. .
The signal check (5) isolates each remote valve’s operating pressure from the other valves in the system. When more
then one remote valve section is in operation, the valve operating at the higher pressure signals the compensator on
the pressure and flow compensating (PFC) pump.
Each remote section contains an extend/retract valve solenoid assembly (4) that control the position of the main spool.
Each valve solenoid assembly is equipped with a spool position sensor (6).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 10
Neutral position
All remote valve sections function in the same way. In neutral position, the main valve spool is spring centered. Pump
supply is available to the main valve spool of each valve section.
Pump pressure from the inlet is available to the left end of the pressure compensated flow control spool by way of
an orifice in the center of the spool. Flow through the orifice forces the spool against the spring. Spring force tries to
open supply flow to the main valve spool, and intermediate pressure on the left hand side of the spool tries to close
flow. Once intermediate pressure is high enough to overcome the spring force, the flow control spool meters down
the flow path to the main valve spool. In neutral, intermediate pressure is blocked from the work ports by the main
valve spool.
A lock check is installed into both the extend and retract ports, which prevents the settling of a load (in neutral) due to
main valve spool leakage and prevents a partially raised cylinder from dropping when the remote valve is operated.
A signal check valve is installed in the signal port, which isolates the highest pressure signal from each remote valve’s
operating pressure.
RCIL08CCH004FAE 2
Pump pressure Return to tank pressure
Remote valve operating pressure Trapped oil
Pilot pressure
1. Main valve spool 8. Pump supply
3. Lock check 10. Pilot drain
4. Extend solenoid 11. Pilot supply (regulated)
5. Retract solenoid 12.Return to tank
6. Spool position sensor 13. Retract port
7. Signal to compensator 14. Extend port
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 11
RCIL08CCH018GAE 3
Pilot pressure
3. Lock check 6. Spool position sensor
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 12
Extend position
When the remote control lever is moved to the extend position, the main valve spool shifts to the left a fixed distance
by supply pressure from the extend solenoid valve. The main spool position is based on input from controller which
monitors main spool transducer position and flow control settings from the armrest. The position of the main valve
spool determines the flow rate to the extend port.
As pump supply oil flows past the pressure compensated flow control spool, pressure drops to an intermediate pres-
sure. Intermediate pressure is always equal to the pressure required by the load plus 689 kPa (100 psi). The 689
kPa (100 psi) is needed to balance the spring force on the right hand side of the flow control spool.
The main valve spool can now direct flow from the intermediate pressure area to the work pressure area and on to
the remote valve coupler. As oil flows across the main valve spool there is always a 689 kPa (100 psi) pressure drop.
This constant pressure drop results in a constant flow across the main spool out to the remote coupler. The constant
pressure drop is maintained through a balance of intermediate pressure on the left hand side of the flow control spool
and work pressure and spring force on the right hand side of the spool.
At the same time the main valve spool first shifts, work pressure is also directed to the signal check. The work port
pressure can open the signal check valve and signal the pump compensator to increase pump flow.
Also as the main spool begins to shift, any pressure trapped on the spring end of both lock checks is drained to tank.
The flow exiting the extend port is now in a free flow condition shifting the lock check and out the extend port: Return
oil from the retract coupler is directed into the retract port, shifting lock check to left, continuing past the spool and
returning to tank.
RCIL08CCH007FAE 4
Pilot pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 13

5. Retract solenoid 12. Return to tank
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 14
RCIL08CCH019GAE 5
Pilot pressure
Retract position
When the remote control lever is moved to the retract position, the main valve spool shifts to the right a fixed distance
by supply pressure from the retract solenoid valve. The main spool position is based on input from controller which
monitors main spool transducer position and flow control settings from the armrest. The position of the main valve
spool determines the flow rate to the retract port.
At the same time, work pressure is communicated to the signal check through the center drilled passage in the main
valve spool. The signal check is forced off the seat and signal pressure is directed to the pump compensator to
increase pump flow.
Also as the main spool begins to shift, any pressure trapped on the spring end of both lock checks is drained to tank.
The flow exiting the retract port is now in a free flow condition shifting the lock check and out the retract port: Return
oil from the extend coupler is directed into the extend port, shifting lock check to right, continuing past the spool and
returning to tank.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 15
RCIL08CCH005FAE 6
Pilot pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 16
RCIL08CCH020GAE 7
Pilot pressure
Float position
When the remote hydraulic control lever is moved to the float position, the main valve spool is moved to the far right
position.
The main valve spool blocks flow to the extend and retract ports. At the same time, the main valve spool opens the
work ports to the return to tank. With the main spool in the float position, any pressure trapped on the spring end of
either lock check is drained to tank.
When the extend and retract work ports are connected to the return to tank, an attached implement can float and
follow the contour of the ground. The valve will float a double acting or single acting cylinder.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 17
RCIL08CCH006FAE 8
Pilot pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 18
RCIL08CCH021GAE 9
Pilot pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 19
Mid-mount remote control valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM125FSA 1
Mid Mount Valve Components
1. Spool Control Unit 2. Valve slice

3. Plug 4. Spool Valve
5. Load Sensing Valve 6. Check Valve
7. End Cap 8. Connection port
9. ’O’ Ring 10. Nut
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 20
Mid-mount remote control valve - Static description

BAIL06CCM065FSA 1
Hydraulic connections of the mid-mounted valve block
1. Pilot oil return pipe 2. Pressure connection for front loader hose
3. Return hose 4. Return connection for front loader hose
5. Load Sensing hose 6. Pressure oil hose of the control line
7. Pressure oil hose supply hose
On tractors with optional front loader control block, the joystick control on the driver's seat, the mid-mounted valve
block, the line system and the attachment bracket are provided for the attachment of the front loader link.
The mid-mounted valve block is located on the right-hand side under the cab. In the basic version the valve block
consists of two control units to raise and lower the link and to tip and tilt the bucket, if used with a front loader.
BAIL06CCM088ASA 2
The control units are actuated via a crossgate lever, which is installed in the armrest.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 21
BRL6119C 3
In tractors, which are fitted with side and rear-mounted control units, optionally both valves blocks can be actuated
using the crossgate lever. The joystick is activated when the engine is running and the operator is in the driver’s seat.
Using the selection switch on the cab's control panel, the driver can switch the crossgate lever actuation between the
valve blocks for the rear control units and mid-mounted control units.
BRL6106B 4
All tractors equipped for front loader operation in Europe are fitted with a "Multi-Quick" multi-coupling. This allows all
oil couplings to be connected and disconnected in a easily with minimal oil loss.
BRE1536B 5
1. Retaining pin 2. Cover

3. Centring holes 4. Clamp lever
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 22
The mid-mounted valve block is supplied with oil via a hose from the valve block of the priority control units (1) on the
right-hand side of the rear axle housing.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 6
The high pressure oil flows through the hose (3) on the connection plate and through hose (2) back to the oil filter
housing. The pilot oil flowing back from the electronically actuated solenoid valves flows in hose (1).
BAIL06CCM061ASA 7
The oil flows back from the return connection of the mid-mounted valve block through hose (3) and a pipe bend to
the filter housing of the hydraulic pump. The Load Sensing connection is a T-shaped threaded connection (2), which
is connected to the pressure control valve of the hydraulic pump. The high pressure hose is connected via another
T-shaped threaded connection (1) to the pressure and flow control valve.
BAIL06CCM118ASA 8
The pressure oil of the control line for actuation of the electrohydraulic solenoid valves flows from the low pressure
circuit via hose (1) in the connection plate. The Load Sensing hose (2) is also connected to the connection plate. The
return flow is connected to a fitting on the priority valve block.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 23
BAIL06CCM062ASA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 24

valve - Remove
Prior operation:
Removing valves 1 and 2

1. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
BAIL08CVT055ASA 1
2. Remove pneumatic trailer brake bracket bolt from the

top of the valve assembly (1). Loosen and remove
the top two retaining nuts on the side of the remote
valve (2). These also retain the trailer brake valve
bracket (Where fitted). Undo and remove the remain-
ing retaining nut at the lower part of the valve slice
(3).
3. Remove the oil collection bottles.
BAIL08CVT054ASA 2
4. Remove the end valve slice (1) from the tie rods.
NOTE: There are O-rings situated between the valve
slices. Take care when removing the valves not to
dislodge the O-rings.
BAIL08CVT056ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 25
Removing valves 3, 4, and 5.(Where fitted)

5. If the machine is fitted with five valves it may be nec-
essary to undo the return pipe from the central man-
ifold in order to remove the fifth valve.
BAIL08CVT061ASA 4
6. Undo and remove the valve slice retaining nuts (1).
BAIL08CVT060ASA 5
7. Remove valve slice (1) from tie rods
BAIL08CVT062ASA 6
8. Remove spacer (where fitted)

9. Remove remaining valve slices
BAIL08CVT064ASA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 26

valve - Disassemble
NOTE: If a valve bore shows heavy wear or damage, the valve section must be replaced. Discontinue disassembly
and replace the valve section.
NOTE: Always replace parts which show heavy wear or damage. if the parts are not serviced separately, the entire
valve or valve section must be replaced.
1. Thoroughly clean the valve section. Use a clean
work surface to service the valve.
2. Remove the solenoid manifold from the valve body.
See PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Exploded view
(A.10.C) and PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Sec-
tional view (A.10.C)
3. Remove the solenoid control unit and spring from the
end of the solenoid manifold. Inspect the manifold
and spring for damage.
4. Remove the main valve spool and spring. Mark
which end of the spool is toward the solenoid for
reference on reassembly. Inspect the spool and
bore for heavy wear or damage. The spool must
move freely within the bore.
5. Remove the pressure compensating spool and
spring. Inspect the spool and bore for heavy wear or
damage: the spool must move freely in the bore.
6. Remove the load sense check valve assembly. .
7. Remove the two signal check valves.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 27

valve - Install
Valves 3, 4, and 5 (Where fitted)

1. Mount the valve (1) on the tie rods ensuring the
O-rings are correctly installed.
BAIL08CVT062ASA 1
2. Install the spacer (1) (if required)
BAIL08CVT064ASA 2
3. Install the end valve slice ensuring all O-rings are in

place. Tighten the retaining nuts to 45 Nm (33.2 lb
ft).
BAIL08CVT060ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 28
4. Connect return pipe (1).
BAIL08CVT061ASA 4
5. Reconnect electrical connectors (1) to the remote

valve control modules.
BAIL08CVT063ASA 5
Valves 1 and 2
6. Mount valve 2 and then the end slice (1) onto the tie
rods.
BAIL08CVT056ASA 6
7. Install the pneumatic valve bracket to the valve as-

sembly and tighten the top retaining bolt (1) to 85 Nm
(62.7 lb ft) and nuts (2) and (3) to 45 Nm (33.2 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT054ASA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 29
8. Reconnect the electrical connectors (1) to the remote

valve control modules.
BAIL08CVT055ASA 8
Next operation:
Refer to Control module - Configure (A.50.A)Calibration and valve renumbering.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 30

valve - Calibrate
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Disconnect all implements from the rear remotes.

3. Make sure all EHR program switches are in the OFF
position.
4. Use the "h", "m" and "dimming" buttons on the instru-
ment cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 and the
rear EHR symbol on the RM controller.
BAIL09CVT751AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 31
5. Press and hold the program switch (1), for lever No.1
for at least 2 seconds until the display changes.
BAIL09CCM073AVA 3
6. The calibration will proceed, the program lamp for

EHR 1 will be illuminated and the lower central dis-
play will show "1".
When the neutral position has been acquired and
stored, the program lamp is turned off and the lower
central display will show "2".
BAIL06CCM628AVA 4
7. While "2" is displayed, move the lever to the raise

position, the program light will illuminate.
When movement is detected the program lamp for
EHR 1 is turned off. After the raise position is estab-
lished the lower central display will change to "3", the
program light will switch off.
BAIL09CCM074AVA 5
8. While "3" is displayed, move the lever to the full flow

lower position, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the full flow lower position
of the lever is seen it is recorded with the minimum
flow rate value, the lower central display will change
to "4", the program light will switch off.
BAIL09CCM075AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 32
9. While "4" is displayed move the lever to the float po-

sition, the program light will illuminate.
When a stable value for the float position of the lever
is seen and recorded the lower central display will
change to "CAL" to indicate the calibration procedure
is complete.
BAIL09CCM076AVA 7
10. To calibrate the remaining EHR levers (2 to 4), repeat

the steps 5 to 9.
NOTE: If a lever is not calibrated the program lamp is
switched on regardless of the program switch state.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 33
Coupler - Overhaul
1. Remove the ’O’ ring and back up ring using a suitable
hooked tool.
Ensure the groove is clean
BAIL06CCM206ASA 1
2. Install the new back up ring ensuring that it is fully

seated in the groove.
BAIL06CCM207ASA 2
3. Lubricate the new ’O’ ring with clean transmission oil

and insert into the groove.
BAIL06CCM208ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 34
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the negative cable (1) from the bat-
tery and insulate. Refer to Battery - Disconnect
(A.30.A)
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
2. Disconnect the mid mount valve pilot return hose (1),

return hose (2)and supply hose (3) .
BAIL06CCM061ASA 2
3. Disconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and the

load sensing hose (2)
NOTE: Drain all hoses into a suitable receptacle
BAIL06CCM062ASA 3
4. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) .
BAIL06CCM063ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 35
5. Undo the mid mount valve stack retaining bolts. (1) .

Remove valve stack from support.
WARNING
The remote valve assembly is heavy and must be re-
moved under the complete control of the technician to
prevent bodily injury.
M484
BAIL06CCM064ASA 5
Next operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 36
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install

Prior operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C) Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble (A.10.C)
1. Place the remote valve assembly onto the support.
WARNING
The valve stack is very heavy DO NOT attempt to install
without the use of lifting equipment.
B037
2. Tighten retaining bolts (1) to 24 Nm 18 Foot pounds.
BAIL06CCM064ASA 1
3. Connect the harness connectors (1) to the remote

valve solenoids.
BAIL06CCM063ASA 2
4. Reconnect the pilot line pressure hose (1) and load

sensing hose (2) .
BAIL06CCM062ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 37
5. Reconnect pilot return hose (1) , main return hose

(2), and pressure hose (3).
BAIL06CCM061ASA 4
6. If a new valve slice has been replaced or added it will

be necessary to reprogram the number of the valve
within the valve assembly. Refer to Control module
- Configure (A.50.A). Control module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 38
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove (A.10.C)
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1. Inlet Manifold 2. Electronic Remote Valves

3. Tie Rod Nuts 4. End Plate
5. Tie Rod
1. Loosen and remove the tie rod nuts (3) from the end
plate (4) .
2. Remove the end plate .
3. Remove the remote valve slices (2) taking care not to
dislodge the load sensing valves and ’O’ rings seated
in the valve face.
4. Unscrew the tie rod bolts from inlet manifold
5. Refer to Mid-mount remote control valve - Ex-
ploded view (A.10.C) to view valve components
and Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble
(A.10.C) for reassembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 39
Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble
BAIL06CCM092FSA 1
1.Inlet Manifold 2.Electronic Remote Valves

3.Tie Rod Nuts 4.End Plate
5.Tie Rod
1. Insert the tie rods into the inlet manifold and screw in
by hand as far as they will go.
BAIL06CCM128ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 40
2. Push a shim onto the tie rods if any adhesive shims

have been used previously.
BAIL06CCM129ASA 3

ring and support ring as shown in Figure 4 in port ’Y’.
Figure 5
BAIL06CCM139ASA 4
4. Insert new ’O’ Rings (3) into the pressure and return
ports and also the load sense ’O Ring and support
ring (4).
BAIL06CCM131ASA 5
5. Insert new ’O’ Rings (5) into pilot line oil holes
BAIL06CCM132ASA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 41
6. Place the first valve slice onto the tie rods and insert
new ’O’ rings (6) into the relevant ports.
BAILCCM133ASA 7
7. If the flange face has corrugations that have been

smoothed with a dressing stone, one spacer (7) must
be threaded onto each tie rod. Insert the load sense
valve (8) and support ring as shown.

BAIL06CCM134ASA 8
8. Insert the ’O’ rings (9) into the control oil holes.
BAIL06CCM135ASA 9
9. Push the last slice (10) onto the tie rods and insert
the ’O’ rings.
BAIL06CCM136ASA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 42
10. Fit the end plate (12).
BAIL06CCM138ASA 11
11. Push the end plate onto the tie rods and screw on
the nuts (13) by hand
BAIL06CCM140ASA 12
12. Place the now assembled valve stack onto a level

surface to correctly align the sections.
13. Tighten the nuts in the specified order and to the
correct torque. See figure 13
BAIL06CCM141ASA 13
Next operation:
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 43
Stack valve - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Remove the pneumatic trailer brake valve bracket

assembly
NOTE: The top right hand side retaining nuts are also the
remote valve slice retaining nuts . Ensure these nuts are
relocated on the valve assembly and retightened.
BAIL08CVT054ASA 1
2. Undo the return to tank pipe (1) from the top of the
valve assembly and the load sensing hose (2) and
main pressure feed hose (3) from the rear of the
stack.
BAIL08CVT076ASA 2
3. Remove the pilot supply pipe (1) and the hydraulic lift
pipe from (2) the EDC valve slice.
BAIL08CVT078ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 44
4. Remove connectors (1) from EDC solenoids.
BAIL08CVT077ASA 4
5. Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the re-

mote valve solenoids.
BAIL08CVT079ASA 5
6. Undo and remove the rear retaining nuts (1) at the

base of the remote valve manifold.
BAIL08CVT080ASA 6
7. Undo and remove the retaining bolts (1) at the front

of the manifold. There is a slot where the right hand
bolt is mounted to allow easier removal of the bolt
due to the proximity of the EDC valve pipe.
BAIL08CVT081ASA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 45
8. Using a suitable hoist and supports, lift the remote

valve stack (1) clear of the rear axle housing. Place
on a suitable support.
BAIL08CVT082ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 46
Stack valve - Install

1. Using a suitable hoist locate the valve stack assem-

bly (1) on to the rear axle housing.
BAIL08CVT082ASA 1
2. Insert and tighten the retaining bolts (1) at the front

of the manifold to 43 Nm (31.7 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT081ASA 2
3. Locate the retaining nuts at the rear of the manifold

and tighten to 43 Nm (31.7 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT080ASA 3
4. Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the remote

valve solenoids.
BAIL08CVT079ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 47
5. Connect the wiring harness connectors (1) to the

EDC solenoids.
BAIL08CVT077ASA 5
6. Install the pilot supply pipe (1) and the EDC hydraulic
lift pipe (2).
BAIL08CVT078ASA 6
7. Install the return to tank pipe connector (1) (if re-

moved). Install the load sensing hose (2) and the
main pressure feed hose (3).
BAIL08CVT076ASA 7
8. Connect the return pipe (1).
BAIL08CVT061ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 48
9. Install the pneumatic valve bracket to the valve as-

sembly and tighten the top retaining bolt (1) to 85 Nm
(62.7 lb ft) and nuts (2) and (3) to 45 Nm (33.2 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT054ASA 9
Next operation:
Refer to Control module - Configure (A.50.A) Calibration and valve renumbering.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 49
Index

10.C
Coupler - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Mid-mount remote control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Mid-mount remote control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mid-mount remote control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mid-mount remote control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Mid-mount remote control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Mid-mount remote control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mid-mount remote control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remote control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Stack valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Stack valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.10.C / 50
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Hydraulic pump
SERVICE
Regulator and lubrication valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Priority valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Hydraulic pump
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remove Steering Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
Hydraulic pump - General specification

Steering/Low Pressure Circuit Pump
Type Gear Type Pump

Minimum Output @ 2200 erpm 61.5 Ltr/min
13 Imp Galls/min
16 US Galls/min
Flow to Steering Motor 22 - 28 ltr/min
4.8 - 6.2 Imp Galls/min
5.8 - 7.4 US Galls/min
Steering Pressure 190 bar ( 2750 lbf/in2) max
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 3
Regulator and lubrication valve - Pressure test

IMPORTANT: Before performing any pressure or flow testing operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at
normal operating temperature 65 °C ( 145 °F).
1. The following test checks the operation of the cooler
by–pass valve and lubrication valve and should be
performed if insufficient lubrication pressure is sus-
pected.
Install special tool 380200006 into the lubrication
tube on the oil cooler.
BAIS06CCM568AVA 1
2. Install 27 bar ( 300 lbf.in2) gauge, 297167 using

hose 292246 .
BAIS06CCM598AVA 2
3. The following pressures should be observed at the

different engine rev/min.
3.0 bar @ 1000 rev/min
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 4
Priority valve - Pressure test

normal operating temperature. 65 °C ( 145 °F).
Low Pressure System Test

1. The low pressure circuit can be checked by remov-
ing the low pressure warning switch, located in the
top cover of the transmission, and inserting fitting
297607 with a quick release fitting 297240 .
Attach a 40 bar ( 600 lbf.in2 ) gauge 293242 us-
ing quick release coupler 291924 and hose 292246 .
Start and run the engine at 1500 rev/min. The gauge
should read 23±1 bar ( 334±15 lbf.in2) .
NOTE: A pressure reading of approximately 28 bar ( 406
lbf.in2) would indicate the priority valve may be sticking.
BAIS06CCM109AVA 1
Low Pressure Component Tests

2. The components of the low pressure system, i.e., the
PTO, PTO brake, Four Wheel Drive and Differential
lock which are supplied from a common manifold can
be tested from ports located in the manifold body.
1. PTO Brake
2. Four Wheel Drive
3. PTO Clutch (Quick release adapter installed)
4. Differential Lock
5. PTO Lubrication
BAIS06CCM165AVA 2
3. Remove the test port plug and install adaptor,

297404 and quick release fitting 297240 .
NOTE: On tractors with cab suspension the panhard
rod may obstruct the installation of the pressure test
equipment in the PTO brake and PTO lubrication test
ports. The use of additional adapter 297602 may be
required.
4. Attach a 40 bar ( 600 lbf.in2) gauge (1) 293242 us-
ing quick release coupler (3) 291924 and hose (2)
292246 .
Start and run the engine at 1500 rev/min. Operate
the component to be tested, the gauge should read
23±1 bar ( 334±15 lbf.in2).
NOTE: The PTO lubrication test port will give a different
pressure than quoted and is covered in another test. For
additional information, refer to PTO clutch - Pressure
test (C.40.C).
BAIS06CCM166AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 5
5. If there is no change in pressure when the compo-

nent is operated, but low pressure system oil has al-
ready been established, then the fault could be either
with the solenoid or wiring. Check for voltage at the
respective connector. If +12 v is available suspect
the solenoid, if no voltage is seen suspect the wiring.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 6
Priority valve - Overhaul

1. Inspect spool and components for wear or damage.
If spool is damaged it is necessary to replace both
spool and housing.
2. Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic oil prior to re-
assembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 7
Hydraulic pump - Pressure test

Steering Pump Test

1. There is no relief valve in the steering pump. The
following practical test will determine if steering pump
output is sufficient to allow satisfactory operation of
the steering system.
2. Set engine speed to 1100 rev/min.
Turn steering quickly from lock to lock.
If steering is operating correctly the reaction should
be immediate with no time delay between turning the
steering wheel and movement of the wheels.
3. At full lock the relief valve in the steering motor
should be heard to blow and the engine speed drop
to approximately 1050 rev/min.
NOTE: The hydraulic pump can get very hot during this
test which is another indication the steering pump is faulty,
this may occur after approximately 30 - 60 seconds of
being held on full lock.
BVE0400A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 8
Hydraulic pump - Remove Steering Pump

1. Remove the steering pump return pipe (1) and undo
Jubilee Clip from hose and remove suction tube
housing (2) from steering pump.
.
BAIS06CCM062AVA 1
2. Disconnect the steering motor supply pipe (1)and the

electrical connectors (2) .Undo retaining bolts (3) and
remove steering pump.
Refer to :
Hydraulic pump - Exploded view (A.12.A)
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul (A.12.A)
Priority valve - Overhaul (A.12.A)
BAIS06CCM063AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 9
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul

IMPORTANT: When servicing the pump gears, particular attention must be paid to the following points:
1. • The width of each gear set must be within 0.0002
in. ( 0.005 mm) of each other to ensure satisfactory
pump efficiency.
• Journals must be within 0.0005 in. ( 0.013 mm) of
each other.
• Gear faces must be flat. This feature may be
checked by blueing a bearing face and rotating
against the gear. This check will also reveal any
sharp edges on the teeth.
Install new seals and ‘O’ rings. When installing seals
in the bearing block ensure that the plastic back-up
seal (1) is correctly positioned in the rubber seal (2).
TIA35012 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 10
Index

Hydraulic pump - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic pump - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Hydraulic pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hydraulic pump - Remove Steering Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Priority valve - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Priority valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Regulator and lubrication valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.12.A / 12
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - 14.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Priority/Regulator valve
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
Priority/Regulator valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Priority valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - Static description

The low pressure hydraulic circuit for tractors with Power Command transmissions is shown on PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
The function of the principal components in the circuit are described as follows:
High pressure oil from the CCLS variable displacement pump, via the trailer brake valve if fitted, is supplied to a flow
dividing and low pressure regulating valve, (1) located directly on top of the variable displacement pump.
The oil is divided in the valve, depending on system demands and the oil destined for the low pressure system is
regulated to 23 bar, this oil is also the pilot line supply for the electronic remote valves, excess oil is returned to sump.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 1
The brake booster supply valve and accumulator assembly is located under the hood on the left hand side. The
assembly is supplied with oil directly from the low pressure regulating valve outlet.
BAIL06CCM107ASA 2
The valve allows low pressure oil to supply the brake pedal booster units (1) when the tractor is producing sufficient
oil pressure. If the oil pressure is lost the valve will close the brake system off from the low pressure system and the
accumulator will provide sufficient pressure for several brake applications.
BAIL06CCM106ASA 3
The low pressure distributor valve block is located under the cab to the rear of the rear axle centre housing. The block
is fed oil directly from the low pressure regulating valve outlet. Located in the valve block are the solenoid valves for
the 4WD, differential lock, P.T.O and P.T.O. brake.
NOTE: The four wheel drive is spring applied and the solenoid is energised whenever disengagement of the
drive is required.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 3
C034 Four Wheel Drive

C033 PTO Brake
C042 PTO Engagement
C041 Differential Lock
BSD2177A 4
The transmission top cover contains all the transmission control solenoids. The range solenoids for engagement of
the transmission range clutches and clutch engagement solenoids A, B, C, D and E. The low pressure oil is again
supplied direct from the regulating valve outlet and is distributed by galleries within the top cover.
Solenoid Function
C040 Reverse Clutch
C039 High Range Clutch
C032 Low Range Clutch
C031 Medium Range Clutch
C268 19th Gear Solenoid ( 50 km/h (31.1 mph) Models)
BSD2150B 5
C024 A Clutch
C025 B Clutch
C026 C Clutch
C027 D Clutch
C028 E Clutch
NOTE: The ’C’ number prefix before each solenoid description is the electrical connector reference.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 4
BSD2150C 6
Transmission Creeper
The creeper actuating solenoid valve is located on the left hand side of the the rear axle centre housing. The solenoid
is supplied with low pressure oil from the distributor block.
BRI4100B 7
Lubrication Oil
Lubrication oil can be supplied from three sources. The steering priority valve (1) located on the end of the steering
pump supplies oil to the lube circuit when the unit does not require oil for steering purposes. Lubrication oil is also
supplied from the return side of the steering motor and from the charge pressure circuit via a supplementary lube
valve.
A. Steering Pump
B. Connection to steering motor
C. Connection to oil cooler
BAIL06CCM084ASA 8
The supplementary lube valve is located in a three way elbow in the inlet tube to the steering pump. The valve is
rated at 0.8 bar (11.60 psi) and will only operate when there is a drop in the lube pressure circuit below the combined
pressure of the charge pressure circuit and the 0.8 barof the valve.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 5
BSD2290A 9
The steering pump / steering return oil is directed through the oil cooler at the front of the tractor and is limited to
a maximum pressure of 5 bar ( 73 lbf/in2) by the lubrication relief valve (2) located in the transmission top cover.
Components lubricated by this oil are transmission shafts and clutches, hydraulic pump drive gear and PTO clutch.
BSD21452A 10
When the oil is cold and pressure differential across the oil cooler is higher than 6 bar ( 87 lbf/in2) the cooler by-pass
valve (1) located in the transmission top cover will operate to ensure that adequate flow to the lubrication circuit is
maintained. This feature of diverting oil from the cooler assists in aiding a rapid warm up of oil in cold weather con-
ditions.
BSD21452A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 6
BRI4152B 12
Transmission Top Cover
1. From steering pump flow divider (lube oil) 2. Return from steering motor
3. To oil cooler 4. Return from oil cooler
5. Supplementary lube oil from charge circuit 6. To lube circuit
7. Low pressure feed for transmission 8. Feed to 19th gear dump solenoid
9. Low pressure supply to brake booster circuit 10. Low pressure oil - low pressure warning switch
11. Transmission oil temperature sensor 12. Pressure sensors
B. Transmission Clutch B solenoid A. Transmission Clutch A solenoid
D. Transmission Clutch D solenoid C. Transmission Clutch C solenoid
M Medium Range clutch solenoid E. Transmission Clutch E solenoid
S Low range clutch solenoid F High range clutch solenoid
19 19th gear clutch solenoid R Reverse range clutch solenoid
Low Pressure Hydraulic Circuit

Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 7
Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM224FSA 1
Priority Valve Components
1. Spring 2. Cup
3. Spool 4. Plug
5. Plug 6. Priority Valve Manifold
7. Relief Valve Spool 8. Spring
9. Plug 10. Cap
Refer to : Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 8
Priority/Regulator valve - Static description

The pressure reducing priority valve (1) is bolted directly on to the top of the variable displacement pump . Internal
galleries supply oil to the trailer brake valve (where fitted), and load levelling valve (2) , if front suspension is fitted.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 1
High pressure oil is fed out of the hydraulic pump and into the priority valve manifold. The oil is divided in the valve
depending on the system demands. Within the manifold the oil is regulated to 23 bar (333.50 psi) ± 1.5 bar (21.75
psi) by the valve spool. This low pressure oil is directed through a port on top of the valve and then flows via a
T-connector rearwards to the low pressure distribution valve block and forwards to the transmission top cover The oil
which flows to the low pressure distribution valve block is also used as pilot pressure for the electro-hydraulic remote
valves (Where fitted), see Figure 13 PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Static description (A.10.A) . To
prevent any damage occurring due to excessive pressures in the low pressure circuit, the low pressure relief valve
will operate whenever the pressure increases to 28 bar (406.00 psi) ± 2.5 bar (36.25 psi)
Because high pressure pump output is directed through the trailer brake valve (Where fitted) the system ensures that
the trailer brakes have priority over other circuits.
Further high pressure oil is directed through a pressure compensator valve and out to the high pressure components.
Load sensing oil galleries allow the load sensing circuit to access the trailer brake valve (Where fitted) and the Electro-
hydraulic remote valves and mid mount valves (Where fitted).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 9
Priority/Regulator valve - Dynamic description
BAIL07CCM317FSA 1
Pressure Reducing Priority Valve
The regulated flow of oil discharged from the variable displacement piston pump is directed to the low and high pres-
sure hydraulic circuits via the trailer brake valve (where fitted) and the pressure regulating valve.
Because pump output is initially directed through the trailer brake valve (where fitted), the system ensures that the
trailer brakes have priority over other hydraulic circuits.
The pressure regulating valve is located on the top of the variable displacement pump and controls the maximum
pressure of oil in the low pressure hydraulic circuit while at the same time directing high pressure system oil to the
hydraulic power lift and remote control valves.
The low pressure hydraulic circuit, which is regulated at a pressure of 23 bar (333.50 psi)) operates the electronic
remote valve spools (where fitted), P.T.O., differential lock, four wheel drive engagement system and transmission
control circuits.
When the pressure in the system is below 23 bar (333.50 psi)the low-Pressure regulating valve (3) is held to the left
by the spring allowing system pressure oil (Gallery (D)) from the variable displacement piston pump to flow to the low
pressure hydraulic circuits through gallery (A) to give flow priority to the low-pressure circuit..
The resulting pressure in gallery (A) is sensed in the pressure sensing gallery (B) drilled through the centre of the
spool. As the pressure in gallery (A) increases, the spool moves against the spring restricting the flow of oil into gallery
(A) to maintain the pressure of oil in the low pressure hydraulic circuit at 23 bar (333.50 psi)), while at the same time
allowing system pressure oil to flow into gallery (C) .
It can now be seen that the spool moves back and forth to maintain the low pressure circuit oil at 23 bar (333.50 psi)),
while at the same time allowing system pressure oil to be directed to the high pressure hydraulic circuit for operation
of the hydraulic lift and remote control valves.
When the high pressure hydraulic circuits are not in operation the priority valve (1) ensures an adequate supply is fed
to the trailer brake valve (where fitted), and low pressure circuits to maintain circuit pressure of 23 bar (333.50 psi)),
To prevent any damage occurring due to excessive pressures in the low pressure hydraulic circuit, the low pressure
circuit safety valve (2) will operate whenever the pressure increases to 28 bar (406.00 psi). Should this occur the
safety valve poppet will lift off its seat and vent the circuit to reservoir through gallery (E).
Refer to Priority/Regulator valve - Hydraulic schema (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 10
Priority/Regulator valve - Hydraulic schema
BAIL07CCM308FSA 1
Pressure Reducing Priority Valve Manifold
1. Return from Trailer Brake Valve 2. High Pressure to Trailer Brake Valve
3. Trailer Brake Valve Load Sensing 4. Priority Valve
5. Load Sensing to Pump 6. Regulated Pressure for Transmission supply
7. To High Pressure Circuits (Remote Valves) 8. Pressure Reducing Valve Spool
9. High Pressure input from Variable displacement pump 10. Low Pressure Relief Valve
11. Return to Tank 12. Load Sensing from Remote Valve or Mid Mount
Remote Valve (where fitted) (LSR)
For complete Hydraulic Schematic Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schema (A.10.A)
For description refer to Priority/Regulator valve - Dynamic description (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 11
Priority/Regulator valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the load sensing line (1) , trailer brake
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 1

(1) and supply hose (2) (Where fitted). Disconnect
BAIS06CCM060AVB 2
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
4. Remove load levelling control valve (2) (Where fit-

ted). Refer to Control valve - Remove (D.40.C)
BAIL06CCM091ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 12
5. Undo and remove the four hexagon socket headed

bolts (1) from the top of the priority valve. Lift priority
valve away from the hydraulic pump assembly.
BAIL06CCM169ASA 5
Next operation:
Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 13
Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Priority/Regulator valve - Remove (A.14.A)
1. Remove the hexagon socket headed plug (1) .
BAIL06CCM160ASA 1
2. Remove spool spring retaining cap (1) from housing.

The cap is under spring pressure so take care when
releasing the cap.
WARNING
B041
BAIL06CCM218ASA 2
3. Remove the spring (1) from the housing.
BAIL06CCM219ASA 3
4. Remove the spring retaining cup (1) and pull out the
spool valve (2) .
BAIL06CCM220ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 14
5. Inspect spool for wear or damage. If damaged it is

necessary to replace both spool and housing.
Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic oil prior to re-as-
sembly.
6. Undo relief valve plug (1) and remove plug and
spring..
BAIL06CCM221ASA 5
7. Remove spring (1) .
BAIL06CCM240ASA 6
8. Remove relief valve spool. (1) .
BAIL06CCM223ASA 7
9. Undo high pressure feed pipe elbow (1) by loosening

the retaining nut and unscrewing the elbow.
BAIL06CCM216ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 15
10. Using a hexagon socket key undo the plug (1) .
BAIL06CCM217ASA 9
Next operation:
Priority/Regulator valve - Overhaul (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 16
Priority/Regulator valve - Overhaul

Prior operation:
1. Inspect spool and components for wear or damage.

If spool is damaged it is necessary to replace both
spool and housing.
2. Lubricate spool with clean hydraulic oil prior to re-
assembly.
Next operation:
Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 17
Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
1. Install the high pressure feed pipe elbow (1) by

screwing into the valve housing,. Then tighten the
retaining nut to 50 - 55 Nm (36.9 - 40.6 lbft)
BAIL06CCM254ASA 1
2. Install the relief valve spool (1) into the housing.
BAIL06CCM223ASA 2
3. Insert spring (1)
BAIL06CCM240ASA 3
4. Insert relief valve plug and tighten to 25 Nm (18.4

lbft)
BAIL06CCM221ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 18
5. Insert the spool (2) and spring retaining cup (1) .
BAIL06CCM220ASA 5
6. Insert the spring (1)into the housing
BAIL06CCM219ASA 6
7. Refit the spring retaining cap
BAIL06CCM218ASA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 19
Priority valve - Remove

1. Disconnect the load sensing line (1), trailer brake
brake lines (3).
BAIS06CCM059AVA 1

(1) and supply hose (2) (Where fitted). Disconnect
BAIS06CCM060AVB 2
BAIS06CCM090AVA 3
4. Remove load levelling control valve (2) (Where fit-

ted). Refer to Control valve - Remove (D.40.C)
BAIL06CCM091ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 20
5. Undo and remove the four allen headed bolts from

the top of the priority valve. Lift priority valve away
from the hydraulic pump assembly.
BAIL06CCM169ASA 5
Next operation:
Priority valve - Disassemble (A.14.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 21
Index

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Priority valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Priority/Regulator valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Priority/Regulator valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Priority/Regulator valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Priority/Regulator valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Priority/Regulator valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Priority/Regulator valve - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Priority/Regulator valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Priority/Regulator valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.14.A / 22
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM - 20.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Relief valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Air reservoir
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Air compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Relief valve - Remove
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
safety goggles, gloves and shoes.
B026
1. Release the trailer brake system pressure from the

trailer brake air tanks.
BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the pressure feed tube from the com-

pressor and the outlet hose to the air tank.
BAIS06CCM565AVA 2
3. Remove the relief valve bracket retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM566AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 3
4. Remove the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 4
Relief valve - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 1
2. Install the relief valve bracket retaining bolts.

Tighten to 300 Nm ( 221 lb ft)
BAIS06CCM566AVA 2
3. Connect the compressor feed tube and the air outlet

hose to the relief valve.
BAIS06CCM565AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 5
Air reservoir - Remove
WARNING
B026
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.
B012
1. Ensure that the tractor is parked on a level surface.

2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheels stops.
BTB0281A 1
4. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the rear wheel to a

hoist and remove the rear wheel.
NOTE: Repeat for the left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 6
Both air tanks

BAIS06CCM607AVA 3
Left-hand air tank

6. Disconnect the air tank supply pipes.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 4
Right-hand air tank

7. Disconnect the electrical connector and the supply
pipe.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 7
Both air tanks

8. Disconnect the balance pipe from the air tanks (1)
loosen the air tank retaining nuts (2) and remove air
tanks.
BAIS06CCM648AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 8
Air reservoir - Install

Both Air Tanks
1. Install the air tanks and tighten the retaining nuts (2).
Connect the balance pipe to the air tanks (1).
BAIS06CCM648AVA 1
Right-hand air tank

2. Connect the electrical connector and the supply pipe.
BAIS06CCM650AVA 2
Left-hand air tank

3. Connect the supply pipes to the air tank.
BAIS06CCM649AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 9

hoist and install the rear wheel.
For correct torques, refer to Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C)
NOTE: Repeat for the left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 10
Air compressor - Remove
WARNING
B026

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Remove the engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 2
3. Rotate the tensioner clockwise and remove the ac-

cessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM562AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 11
4. Disconnect the air cleaner to compressor supply pipe

and the compressor outlet pipe.
BAIS06CCM600AVA 4
5. Disconnect the oil supply pipe (1) and the oil outlet
pipe (2) from the compressor.
BAIS06CCM563AVA 5
6. Remove the compressor.
BAIS06CCM564AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 12
Air compressor - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the compressor.

Tighten to 20-25 Nm ( 15-18 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM564AVA 1
2. Connect the oil supply pipe (1) and the oil outlet pipe
(2).
Tighten (1) to 13-17 Nm ( 10-13 lb ft).
Tighten (2) to 42-62 Nm ( 31-46 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM563AVA 2
3. Connect the air cleaner to compressor supply pipe

and the compressor outlet pipe.
Tighten compressor outlet pipe to 42-62 Nm ( 31-46
lb ft).
BAIS06CCM600AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 13
4. Rotate the accessory drive belt tensioner clockwise

and install the accessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM562AVA 4
5. Install the engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 14
Index

Air compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Air compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Air reservoir - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Air reservoir - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Relief valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Relief valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.20.A / 16
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Fuse and relay box
Alternator
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fuse and relay box
Alternator
Battery
Wiring harness
Electrical symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62



87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 2
Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission Systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70



Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Electrical schematic frame 12 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro-Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84


Electrical schematic frame 16 Electro_Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88


Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive and Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off Systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Electrical schematic frame 21 Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Electrical schematic frame 23 Cab Accessories (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102



Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and Indicators (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108



Electrical schematic frame 29 Work Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Electrical schematic frame 32 Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 3
Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Electrical schematic frame 35 SWCD / VT Screen (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Electrical schematic frame 36 SWCD / VT Screen (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Electrical schematic frame 37 Processors (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Electrical schematic frame 38 Processors (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2) - Automatic Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Electrical schematic frame 41 Air Conditioning (3) - Manual Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Component Diagram 00 Plug connections 00-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Component diagram 01 Plug connections 10-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145









Component diagram 10 Plug connections 100-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Component diagram 11 Plug connections 110-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229







87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 4


























87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 5











SERVICE
Alternator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Battery
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Wiring harness
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 6
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification

Description All Models
Alternator 12 volt, 150 amp
Battery Minimum maintenance 12 volt 176 Ah (1300 cca)
Starting motor Positive engagement, solenoid operated

4.2 kw - geared reduction
Cold starting aid Optional Inlet manifold grid heater (80A) and fuel heater
Bulb rating and type

- headlights 60/55W - H4
- parking lights (front) 5W - R5W
- parking lights (rear) 5W - P21/5W
- work lights (hi-mount rear and intermediate front) 50/55/60W - GE866/H3
- work lights (auxiliary) 50/55/60W - GE866/H3/HB3
- turn indicators (front) 21W - PY21W
- turn indicators (rear) 21W - P21W or PY21W
- stop lights 21W - P21/5W
- licence plate lights 5W - R5W
- rotating beacon 55W - H1
- SMV (slow moving vehicle) lights (N. America only) 21W-P21W
and extremity lights
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 7
Fuse and relay box - General specification

Description of the relays
Relay Function
R1 / R2 Front windscreen wiper switching module and rear
screen wiper switching module
R3 Ignition relay
R4 Side marker lights and lighting
R5 Starter motor ON
R6 Blower motor
R7 Dipped beam headlight
R8 Brake lights
R9 Main beam
R10 Power supply for the hydr. trailer brake
R11 Power supply for the pneum. trailer brake
R12 Power supply for air brake system
R13 Power supply engine electronics
R14 (Not applicable)
BRI4190C 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 8
Relays 15 to 21 Function
R15 Work lamp (bonnet)
R16 Work lamp (C-pillar)
R17 Power supply Potential 15 (ECUs)
R18 Electronic battery isolator
R19 Air conditioning compressor coupling
R20 Power supply for the electrohydraulic remote valves
NOTE: The following relays are located outside the safety box!
R21 Relay for the heated mirror
R22 Fuel pre-heating
R23 Heater grid
R24 ISO BUS 1
R25 ISO BUS 2
R26 Step light
R50 Battery isolator, electrical
R51 Time relay - battery isolator, electrical
BRI4191C 2
Main fuses
No. Amps Circuit
1 10 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
2 25 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
3 10 Coupling of the A/C compressor
4 10 Screw terminal red (Potential 30)
5 30 Blower motor
6 10 Station memory and work lamp control unit
7 20 Switch - Main headlights and Hazard light switch
8 20 Starter switch
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 9
9 25 Front loader
10 30 Rear power socket (Potential 15)
11 10 Front windscreen wiper
12 10 Rear windscreen wiper / switch,
Windscreen washing system, front/rear
13 15 Relay, brake lights
14 15 Headlight switch and flasher
15 20 Brake light switch and pedal lock
16 15 Trailer brake
17 25 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
18 15 Fan motor relay and driver's seat
19 15 Heated mirrors
20 10 Radar sensor, Instrument cluster - enhanced keypad,
Normal signal socket
21 15 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
22 15 Side marker lights, right
23 15 Side marker lights, left, licence plate lights
24 10 Lighting
25 15 Dipped beam headlights / Relay, steps lighting
26 15 Main headlights
27 15 Front work lamp (bonnet)
28 15 Work lamp control unit
29 30 Work lamp control unit
30 15 Work lamp (C-pillar)
31 15 Rotating beacon (via work lamp control unit)
32 30 Flasher
33 25 Diagnostics plug
34 10 Instrument cluster and handbrake switch
35 10 Potential 30 for electronics
36 10 ADIC (Potential 15)
37 15 Transmission functions via starter switch
38 10 Rear PTO switch/light, powerlift, main control unit,
ground drive PTO, gear displays, engine speed sensor,
intermediate shaft sensor, vehicle speed sensor, upper
link switch; lift link switch, PTO speed sensor,
39 10 Powerlift, armrest, Fast Steer, EPC; control lever for the
electrohydr. remote valve main control unit and options
control unit (Potential 15), pressure switch air conditioning
40 10 Radio
41 15 Front PTO, relay control lever for the electrohydr. remote
valve
42 10 Potentiometer Front powerlift
43 10 Engine electronics (Potential 15)
44 25 Front-mounted equipment socket (B+)
45 25 Power supply - 8A socket (Potential 15)
46 15 Engine controller
47 10 Engine controller
48 Not used
49 15 Fan electronics, relay heater grid, relay fuel filter heater
50 Not used
51 Not used
52 Not used
53 Not used
54 Not used
55 Not used
56 Not used
57 Not used
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 10
58 Not used
59 Not used
60 10 Relay battery isolator
BRI4191C 3
Maxifuse fuses
No. Amps Fused components
MF1 80 Engine, ignition relay
MF2 30 Station memory and work lamp
control unit, main headlights switch
and hazard light switch, starter switch
MF3 80 B + buffer memory analogue/digital
instrument cluster,relay engine
control unit, main and options control
unit, diagnostics plug, work lamp
control unit, relay work lamp (C-pillar),
relay starter motor ON, Fast Steer,
ISO BUS terminal,
MF4 80 Rear power socket (Potential 30),
relay work lamp and side marker
lights left/right(bonnet), work lamp
control unit
MF5 80 Lighting, flasher, relay main and
dipped headlight, work lamp control
unit
MF6 80 Power socket cab, relay air
conditioning compressor, relay
blower motor, screwed terminal red
(Potential 30)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 11
BRI4191C 4
All models
Fuses for the electrical supply

Fuse no. Amps Fuse-protected power supply
PF1 250 Main power supply B+
PF2 30 Power supply E, electronics
PF3 10 Power supply ECUs B+, battery
isolator
BRI4193B 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 12
Main current fuses for the ISO BUS power supply (if installed)
Fuse no. Amps Fuse-protected power supply
PF4 30 ISO BUS relay 1
PF5 30 ISO BUS relay 2
BRI4192B 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 13
Alternator - Torque
lbf.ft Nm
Pulley Retaining Nut 59 80
Terminal Nut - B+ 8 12
Terminal Nut - D+ 2.5 3.5
Mounting Bolts 18 25
Alternator - General specification
Polarity Negative Ground

Nominal Voltage 14.0 v
Maximum Rev/Min. - Permanent/Intermittent 15,000/18,000
Nominal Output 150 Amps
Regulator Controlled Voltage 14.1 V +/- 0.15
Rotor Field Winding Resistance 2.7 Ohm +/- 0.27 @ 23 °C +/- 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 14
Battery - General specification

Temperature Efficiency of a Fully Charged Battery
25.0 °C ( 77.0 °F) 100 %.
-4.5 °C ( 23.9 °F) 82 %
-24.0 °C ( -11.2 °F) 64 %
-27.5 °C ( -17.5 °F) 58 %
-31.0 °C ( -23.8 °F) 50 %
-34.5 °C ( -30.1 °F) 40 %
-37.5 °C ( -35.5 °F) 33 %
176 Ah ( 1300 cca)

Slow Charge Programs 46 hrs at 5 A
23 hrs at 10 A
Fast charge Program (emergencies only) 13 hrs at 18 A.
Use the following table to determine the state of charge

State of Charge Corrected Specific Gravity Corrected Specific Gravity Average Battery Voltage
@ 15 °C @ 25 °C
100 % 1.295 1.287 12.76
75 % 1.253 1.246 12.52
50 % 1.217 1.210 12.30
25 % 1.177 1.170 12.06
Discharged 1.137 1.130 11.84
Specific Gravity Fast charge up to :

1.150 SG or less 60 minutes
1.151 - 1.175 SG 45 minutes
1.176 - 1.200 SG 30 minutes
1.201 - 1.225 SG 15 minutes
(Slow charge only)
Description Battery Specification

Capacity (Ampere hour at 20 hour rate) 176
Cold Cranking Ampere Rating 1300
Voltage 12
Cells 6
Ground Terminal Negative
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 15
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Static description PROTECTING

THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING
Precautions
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 volts nominal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the batteries or using a slave battery to jump start the engine.
Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual when jump starting the tractor. Connect positive to positive and
negative to negative.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batteries before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or on any
implement attached to the tractor.
6. Position the welder earth cable clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
7. If welding is to be carried out in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from
the tractor. It is recommended that this procedure be carried out by an authorised dealer.
8. Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
9. Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries when charging the batteries in the tractor with a battery
charger.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid. In case of contact with skin, flush the affected area with water for five min-
utes. Seek medical attention immediately. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Wear eye protection
when working near batteries.
B040
IMPORTANT: Failure to disconnect the two earth cable connections at the battery prior to charging the batteries or
welding on the tractor or attached implement will result in damage to the electronic and electrical systems.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 16
Fuse and relay box - Static description

Fuses and Relays
IMPORTANT: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a different rating.
The fuse box is located behind a panel on the top of the right hand control console.
To check or change fuses, remove the two screws securing the panel to the console.
In addition to the main fuses there are additional ’Maxi’ fuses which are provided to protect the main fuses and elec-
trical circuit.
BSE2778A 1
There is provision for 60 fuses although they may not all be fitted, depending on the specification of the tractor. The
fuses are numbered and colour coded
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (A.30.A) for fuse positions and descriptions.
More relays are located behind the front of the right hand control console.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (A.30.A) for relay functions.
BRI4212A 2
The flasher relay unit (1), is located behind the right hand trim under the transmission control levers, along with the
’See-U-Home’ (2) and ’Heated Mirrors’ (3), relays.
BAIS06CCM618AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 17
Grid Heater relay, (1), located to the rear of the left hand side of the engine.
BSE3115A 4
Grid Heater Fuse ( 250 Amp), (1), located on the right hand side of the engine near the starter motor.
BRI4561B 5
In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are also extra fuses located on the battery tray. A 250 Amp
’MEGA’ fuse (1) which protects the main electrical system and three 30 Amp fuses (2) which protect the front lift
electrical system, supply to the electronics system and implement ISO BUS circuit (where fitted).
BRI3784E 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 18
Alternator - Static description

ISKRA 150 Amp alternators are fitted to all models. They incorporate internal cooling fans and integral regulators.
The alternator is mounted at the front on the left hand side of the engine and is driven from a crankshaft pulley via a
‘poly vee’ drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 1
Alternator Operation
Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)for charging circuit schematic.
When the key start switch is turned on a small current flows from the battery through the rotor field wiring. The circuit
is made via the charge indicator warning lamp, alternator terminal ‘D+’ the rotor field winding, the alternator regulator
and ground.
At this stage the warning light is illuminated and the rotor partially magnetised.
When the engine is started and the partially magnetised rotor revolves within the stator windings a 3-phase alternating
current is generated. A constant portion of the generated current is converted to direct current by the three field diodes
incorporated in the rectifier pack.
This direct current is fed back to supplement the current flowing through the rotor field winding.
This action results in an ever increasing magnetic influence of the rotor along with an associated rapid rise in gener-
ated output current and voltage.
During the rise in generated output voltage (reflected at the ‘D+’ terminal) the brilliance of the warning lamp is re-
duced and when the voltage at the ‘D+’ terminal equates to that at the battery side of the warning light the lamp is
extinguished.
The voltage continues to rise until the predetermined regulated voltage level is reached.
In the event of drive belt breakage the voltage will not build up within the alternator and so the charge indicator light
will remain on to indicate failure.
BAIS06CCM691AVA 2
Alternator
1 Output Connection (B+ Terminal) 2 Warning Lamp (D+ terminal)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 19
Battery - Static description

All models use a single “low maintenance - hybrid" battery with negative ground of six cell construction and is located
on the right hand side of the tractor behind the cab steps.
NOTE: "Low maintenance" means that under normal charging conditions the battery may lose a small amount of
water from the electrolyte. Conditions that may cause water loss include prolonged charging above 14.4 volts where
gassing occurs as it approaches full charge. This can be caused by a faulty charging system or boost/recovery
charging equipment.
The battery has four major functions:
• To provide a source of current for starting, lighting and instrumentation.

• To help control the voltage in the electrical system.
• To furnish current when the electrical demands exceed the alternator output.
• To support quiescent loads from radio and micro processor memory.
The battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell contains positive and negative plates placed alternatively
next to each other. Each positive plate is separated from a negative plate by a non-conducting porous envelope
separator. If any of the positive plates should make contact with negative plates within a cell, the cell will short circuit
and suffer irreparable damage. All of the positive plates are welded to a bus-bar, forming a positive terminal and all
of the negative plates are welded to a similar bus-bar forming a negative terminal.
Each positive plate is composed of a lead grid with lead peroxide pasted into the grid openings. The negative plates
are composed of a lead grid with spongy lead pasted into the grid openings.
The plates are submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution of diluted sulphuric acid.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 20
Wiring harness - Static description

The wiring diagrams have been drawn in a linear style. This means that the complete wiring diagram has been drawn
over a number of pages but if joined together would make a complete diagram.
There are a number of guides to help assist in reading and understanding the wiring diagrams.
1. The wiring diagrams (1) are designed to be read in a landscape format. The titles and diagram keys (2) are located
on the opposite pages along with the wire colour code table, (3) which is located below the key.
The title and key details the frame number and frame decription. The key then details all the components used
within that particular page.
BSE3937A 1
2. Every component and connector has its own unique reference number.
3. Every wire has a code assigned to it, this code refers to its function, the code is also physically marked on the
actual wire. A key of all wire codes can be found at the rear of this section. Letters after the number indicate the
wire colour. For example, ’57 B’ has a wire reference of 57, which is an earth wire and the letter B indicates its a
solid black wire.
4. Each component and connector pin appears only once in the electrical drawings and has its own location point on
the page.
5. The wiring diagrams are drawn in sections. However where a single component is used in a number of circuits
such as a processor or multi function switch, it is drawn either on its own or on the circuit which it influences the
most.
6. The wiring is drawn between three lines, two across the top of the page and one at the bottom of the page.
The upper line is the constant live line, a direct +12 Volt feed from the battery. Below the +12 Volt line is the IGN
line which is the ignition key on live line. The lowest line is the ground/earth line. On the lower part of the page
a line is marked with numbers increasing by ten (10-20-30, etc.). This is the line used to reference wires and
components.
Example
Figures 2 and 3 show a basic circuit drawn over two pages.
Power comes in from the ignition on live line +15 (IGN) through fuse A, which is located at point 230.
BSA0052A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 21
Power comes to switch S10. If the switch is operated, power continues up and stops with an arrow (1) and a number.
The arrow indicates the wire continuing to another page. The Number 780 refers to the line reference where it appears
on a new page. Note the line reference directly below the wire being traced ie. 260. Following the line reference until
780 is found. Using either the index or following the page reference line. When 780 is located on the reference line
the number 260 will be observed at the top of the page. Note the arrow points back to the previous part of the circuit.
From this point follow the wire down to solenoid EV6. The diagram now indicates that power goes to ground.
BSA0053A 3
Where a circuit originates or terminates at a processor, ie, Transmission processor, EDC processor, Electronic Man-
agement Unit or Instrument cluster, the wire in the diagram is ended with a small circle and a connector reference
number. A white circle (1) indicates a processor, a black circle (2) indicates an instrument cluster.
The diagrams have been constructed to ensure the minimum number of pin-outs, detailed above, are used. Due to
this, many diagrams have been spread across 2 sheets and it will be necessary to follow from one page across to the
next to complete a circuit.
BSA0054A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 22
Wiring harness - Electrical symbol

Symbols
Fuse Horn
Relay Diode
Motor Switch
Earth/ground point Resistor
Sensor Electro-Valve/solenoid
Potentiometer Temperature Switch
Lamp Pressure Switch
Speaker Processor
Connector pin
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 23
Wiring harness - Component identification

Frame line Frame Title Line Compo- Connec- Description

Range Number nent tor
1 0-300 STARTING / 10 PF1 - 250A POWER FUSE -
CHARGING ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
1 0-300 STARTING / 20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 30 PF2 - 30A POWER FUSE - MAIN
CHARGING SUPPLY
CHARGING IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
1 0-300 STARTING / 50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 60 F60 - 10A FUSE - BATTERY
CHARGING ISOLATOR RELAY
1 0-300 STARTING / 80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
CHARGING RELAY SWITCH
1 0-300 STARTING / 100 K18 RELAY - BATTERY
CHARGING ISOLATOR
1 0-300 STARTING / 120 MF1 - 80A MAXI FUSE - ENGINE
CHARGING IGNITION RELAY
1 0-300 STARTING / 130 D1 C504 DIODE
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 140 K3 RELAY - IGNITION
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 190 K5 RELAY - STARTER
CHARGING CRANK
1 0-300 STARTING / 230 F8 - 20A FUSE - STARTER
CHARGING SWITCH
1 0-300 STARTING / 230 MF2 - 30A MAXI FUSE -
CHARGING LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
1 0-300 STARTING / 260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
CHARGING
CHARGING SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
1 0-300 STARTING / 290 K14 RELAY - FUEL SHUT
CHARGING OFF
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 320 K13 RELAY - COLD
ADVANCE
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 380 S4 C376 FOOT THROTTLE -
ELECTRONIC
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 430 S5 C401 CONSTANT ENGINE
SPEED PROG
SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 450 S6 C309 CERPM CRUISE
AUTO SWITCH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 24
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 550 S7 C301 ENGINE INC/DEC

SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 580 S8 C009 VACUUM SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 600 S9 C353 DE-GAS BOTTLE
3 610-900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610-900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY - FUEL
HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY - GRID
HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1020 F46 - 15A FUSE - ECU
BATTERY +
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 - 15A FUSE - ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
BATTERY +
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 - 25A FUSE - LOADER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1110 X2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2 -
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1120 Y2 C442 LOADER VALVE 2
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR - EDC
7
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR - EDC
7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
- EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1390 Y5 C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 -
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 25

EDC 7
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER -
NOT USED
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR - DOG
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL -
COMMAND ARM
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2820 A2 C120 EDC CONTROL
PANEL 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 26

PANEL 2
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE -
COMMAND ARM
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S21 C176 HYDRAULIC TEMP
SWITCH
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S22 C175 HYDRAULIC
BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3040 S23 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3110 B18 C113 FRONT HITCH POT
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3160 F42 - 10A FUSE - FRONT
SUSPENSION
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3300 X4 C510 HI-FLOW PUMP
CONNECTOR -
CIRCUIT 5830
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3320 S24 C146 LIFT-O-MATIC
SWITCH
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3345 S25 C134 HPL EXTERNAL
RIGHT HAND
SWITCH
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3365 S26 C135 HPL EXTERNAL LEFT
HAND SWITCH
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3390 F39 - 10A FUSE - HPL, SEAT,
ARMREST, EDC, EHR
LEVERS
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3490 X5 C549 FRINT HITCH
DETECT
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3510 A19 C631 JOYSTICK CAN
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3530 H37 JOYSTICK
INDICATOR LAMP
- FRONT
INDICATOR LAMP
- REAR
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP - LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
14 3910-4200 EHR/HYDRAULICS 1 3930 Y30 C283 EHR VALVE
CONNECTOR 5
CONNECTOR 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 27

CONNECTOR 3
CONNECTOR 2
CONNECTOR 1
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4330 Y35 C571 EHR 7
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4530 S30 C548 EHR SELECT
SWITCH
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4570 K20 RELAY - EHR POWER
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4600 S31 C313 HYDRALIC STOP
(EHR STOP SWITCH)
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4720 H1 C391 LAMP 1
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4780 H5 C399 MASTER LAMP
17 4810-5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
17 4810-5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4920 S33 C395 EHR 3/4 TIME/FLOW
SWITCH
17 4810-5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4970 S34 C400 EHR 3-4 LEVER ASSY
SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5220 K12 RELAY - STOPLAMPS
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 - 20A FUSE - STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 - 15A FUSE - STOPLAMPS
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 28
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE

LAMP
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5750 Y41 C033 PTO BRAKE
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5780 Y42 C041 PTO SOLENOID
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5810 B23 C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5840 S46 C422 PTO MGT SWITCH
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5930 X7 C254 FRONT HITCH/PTO
EXTENSION
CONNECTOR
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6020 B24 C611 ACCELEROMETER
SUSPENSION
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6060 B25 C253 FRONT
SUSPENSION SUSPENSION POT
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6130 Y43 C250 SUSPENSION
SUSPENSION LOWER LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6170 S47 C247 FRONT
SUSPENSION SUSPENSION
SWITCH
SUSPENSION LOWER SOLENOID
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6250 Y45 C251 SUSPENSION RAISE
SUSPENSION SOLENOID
SUSPENSION RAISE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER - LVDT
SYSTEM COILS
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SYSTEM SOLENOID VALVE
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
SYSTEM STEERING WHEEL
SENSOR
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
SWITCH
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6610 B28 C385 SPEAKER - REAR LH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6620 F6 - 10A FUSE - RADIO KAM &
1 WORKLAMP ECU
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6630 B29 C110 RIGHT HAND
1 SPEAKER
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6645 A4 C106/C107 RADIO A + RADIO B
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6660 B30 C386 SPEAKER - REAR RH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6670 F40 - 10A FUSE - RADIO
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6680 B31 C111 LEFT HAND
1 SPEAKER
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6700 H8 C387 CONSOLE LAMP RH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6710 S49 C090 LEFT HAND DOOR
1 SWITCH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 29
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6725 H9 C388 PUDDLE LAMP LH

1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6730 S50 C091 RIGHT HAND DOOR
1 SWITCH
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6755 H10 C389 PUDDLE LAMP RH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6760 H11 C099 INTERIOR LAMP
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6790 F1 - 10A FUSE - INTERIOR,
1 PUDDLE LIGHTS,
HANDBRAKE,
HEATED MIRRORS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6800 F4 - 10A FUSE - ACCESSORY
1 SOCKETS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6800 X8 C417 8 AMP RING
1 TERMINALS - 2 OFF
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6820 F2 - 25A FUSE - CIGAR
1 LIGHTER, POWER
STUDS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6830 X9 C416 20 AMP SOCKET - 3
1 PIN
1 SOCKETS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6870 R5 C193 CIGAR LIGHTER
1
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6915 M2 C607 ELEC MIRROR LH
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6950 S51 C609 MIRROR CONTROL
2 SWITCH
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6985 M3 C608 ELEC MIRROR RH
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6990 F19 - 15A FUSE - ELECTRIC
2 MIRRORS
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7010 S52 C551 HEATED MIRROR
2 SWITCH
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7015 K21 RELAY - HEATED
2 MIRRORS
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7050 MF4 - 80A MAXI FUSE -
2 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
REAR
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7050 X10 C143 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7060 F10 - 30A FUSE - REAR
2 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7070 F45 - 25A FUSE - FRONT
2 IGNITION, 8 AMP
SOCKET
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7070 X11 C365 8 AMP SOCKET
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7130 K24 C587 RELAY - ISO 1
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7140 PF4 - 30A POWER FUSE - ISO
2 RELAY 1
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7155 X12 C591 BREAKAWAY
2
2
2 RELAY 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 30
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7210 B32 C057 HORN

3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7270 F20 - 10A FUSE - RADAR,
3 DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
3 CLUSTER KEYPAD
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
3 (MOTOR)
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
3 (SWITCH)
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7420 D2 C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
3
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
3
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
INDICATORS 1 REAR FLASHER
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7570 H14 C131 LICENCE PLATE
INDICATORS 1 LAMP
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7590 F22 - 15A FUSE - SIDELAMPS
INDICATORS 1 RH
INDICATORS 1 LAMP
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7600 F24 - 10A FUSE -
INDICATORS 1 ILLUMINATION
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
INDICATORS 1 LH
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
INDICATORS 1
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7680 H17 C095 LEFT HAND
INDICATORS 1 REAR LICENCE
WORKLAMP
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7700 H18 C096 RIGHT HAND
WORKLAMP
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
INDICATORS 1 PTO SWITCH
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
INDICATORS 1 FENDER PTO
SWITCH
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
INDICATORS 1 HAND FENDER
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7810 K7 RELAY - DIP BEAM
INDICATORS 2 HEADLAMPS
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7820 F25 - 15A FUSE - DIP BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7830 K26 C632 RELAY - SEE U HOME
INDICATORS 2 ....
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 31

INDICATORS 2 HEADLAMP
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7950 F26 - 15A FUSE - MAIN BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7950 K9 RELAY - MAIN BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7990 K4 RELAY - LIGHTS
INDICATORS 2 (SIDE AND
ILLUMINATION)
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8030 F7 - 20A FUSE - MAIN LIGHTS
INDICATORS 2 AND HAZARD
SWITCH
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8040 S56 C190 MAIN LAMPS
INDICATORS 2 SWITCH
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8070 F14 - 15A FUSE - MAIN LIGHT
INDICATORS 2 SWITCH AND
FLASHER UNIT
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8090 S57 C425 AUX HEADLAMP
INDICATORS 2 SWITCH
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8130 S58 C083 HAZARD SWITCH
INDICATORS 3
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8150 H23 C066 RIGHT HAND SIDE
INDICATORS 3 LAMP
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8170 F32 - 30A FUSE - FLASHER
INDICATORS 3 UNIT
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8180 H24 C067 LEFT HAND SIDE
INDICATORS 3 LAMP
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8230 A6 C260 INDICATOR
INDICATORS 3 FLASHER UNIT
CONNECTOR
INDICATORS 3 EXTREMITY
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8415 H27 C084 LEFT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8430 H28 C085 RIGHT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8450 F29 - 30A FUSE - ECU
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8450 H29 C383 WORKLAMP - REAR
LH
RH
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8470 H31 C064 RIGHT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8480 H32 C065 LEFT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8490 A7 C105 WORKLAMP
MODULE
CONNECTOR
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8505 E3 C097 LEFT HAND BEACON
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8510 MF5 - 80A MAXI FUSE -
LIGHTING
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 32
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8525 E4 C098 RIGHT HAND

BEACON
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8545 K15 RELAY - WORKLAMP
LOWER FRONT
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8550 F27 - 15A FUSE - FRONT
WORKLAMPS
(FRONT HOOD)
LOWER REAR
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8580 F30 - 15A FUSE - REAR/LOWER
WORKLAMPS
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8615 H33 C613 CORNER LAMP LH
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8630 H34 C058 LEFT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8650 H35 C061 RIGHT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8665 H36 C614 CORNER LAMP RH
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8710 K10 RELAY - TRAILER
BRAKE SUPPLY -
PNEUMATIC
BRAKE SUPPLY -
HYDRAULIC
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8750 S59 C136 HANDBRAKE
SWITCH
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8800 X15 C050 TRAILER BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8815 Y48 C408 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE - SOLENOIDS
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8830 S60 C409 ITALIAN TRAILER
BRAKE - PUMP
PRESSURE SWITCH
BRAKE - LINE
PRESSURE SWITCH
BRAKE - SOLENOIDS
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8890 S62 C407 AIR BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8920 X16 C055 TRAILER SOCKET
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8940 X17 C144 AIR BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8945 Y50 C406 AIR BRAKE
SOLENOID
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8970 Y51 C576 BRAKE DE-ICER
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8990 Y52 C577 PARK BRAKE
SOLENOID
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 - 15A FUSE - GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 33
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET

HARNESS
CONNECTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9340 M5 C088 FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9400 S65 C073 WINDSHIELD WIPER
SWITCH
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9410 F11 - 10A FUSE - FRONT +
REAR WINDSHIELD
WIPER
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9450 M6 C140 REAR WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9480 M7 C139 FRONT WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9510 K1/K2 RELAY - FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER
MODULE
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9540 F12 - 10A FUSE - WIPER
SWITCH + REAR
WIPER PARK
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9590 M8 C109 REAR WIPER MOTOR
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9620 X19 C375 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9660 F33 - 25A FUSE - DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR +
ENGINE ECU
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9680 X20 C445 SELECT CAN DIAG
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9700 X21 C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9770 X22 C553 ISO BUS CAN
EXTENSION
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9810 X23 C620 SPARE 1
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9870 X25 C556 TECU CAN SPARE
34 9910-10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910-10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
35 10210- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10220 X28 C594 REAR VIEW CAMERA
10500
35 10210- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10340 A8 C595 SWCD / VT UNIT
10500
35 10210- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10475 X29 C600 BREAK AWAY 2
10500 1
36 10510- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10535 X30 C552 NON TECU POWER 2
10800 2
10800 2
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10845 A10 C100 TCM CON 1
11100
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10845 A9 C324 XCM CN1A
11100 (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10890 MF3 - 80A MAXI FUSE - B+ KAM
11100 ADIC, ENGINE ECU,
TRANSMISSION ECU
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10920 F35 - 10A FUSE - DC MEM +
11100 BCM + OCM
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10975 K17 RELAY -
11100 ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 34
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11025 F41 - 15A FUSE - FRONT

11100 SUSPENSION / PTO
(+ EHR LEVERS)
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11035 F37 - 15A FUSE -
11100 TRANSMISSION
IGNITION
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11045 F38 - 10A FUSE - REAR PTO
11100 SWITCH/LAMP, HPL,
BCM, GROUND
SPEED PTO, DOG
CONN.
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11055 F36 - 10A FUSE - INSTRUMENT
11100 CLUSTER IGNITION
11100 CLUSTER
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11095 A11 C079 INST PANEL A
11100
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11120 A12 C554 TECU -CN1
11400
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11120 A16 C081 INST PANEL C
11400
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11160 A13 C560 AIR CON EARTH
11400
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11260 A14 C593 ENCODER AND
11400 SWITCHES
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11390 A15 C239 FPS 3RD
11400 PROCESSOR
CONNECTOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
11700 COMPRESSOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY -
11700 COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11460 F3 - 10A FUSE - A/C CLUTCH
11700
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11480 F5 - 30A FUSE - BLOWER
11700 MOTOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 - 80A MAXI FUSE -
11700 ACCESSORIES CAB
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11500 F44 - 25A FUSE - FRONT B+
11700
11700 MOTOR + SEAT
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY - BLOWER
11700 MOTOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
11700 SWITCH
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11760 B36 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
12000 CONNECTOR
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
12000 CONTROL
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11830 B38 C630 HVAC UNIT
12000
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 35

12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
12000 SWITCH
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
12000
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11780 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S70 C627 LOW PRESSURE
12000 SWITCH
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S71 C627 LOW TEMPERATURE
12000 (FREEZE) SAFETY
SWITCH
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
12000 SWITCH
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
12000
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 36
Wiring harness - Overview

Wire Colour Codes

B Black R Red LG Light K Pink
Green
N Brown O Orange U Blue W White
LN Light Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Brown
S Slate G Green P Purple
Wire Code References

CIRC COLOUR DESCRIPTION
1 R BATTERY SUPPLY
10 G STOPLAMP SWITCH FEED
11 G IGNITION SUPPLY (2ND)
12 U MAIN BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
13 U DIP BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
15 U LIGHTING SWITCH SUPPLY
28 Y WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
29 G MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
31 Y ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER SIGNAL
39 G TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
44 L FLASHER UNIT (49A)
49 G RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
50 G LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
56 W WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
57 B EARTH (ALL)
58 R WIPER MOTOR-LOW
60 B SENSOR GROUND
61 B CASE GROUND
63 U WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
65 W DUAL POWER/4 WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH FEED
71 W IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
84 G WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH FEED
90 G DUAL POWER / FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
97 L WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
137 W RADIO FEED
138 P RADIO KAM
150 N BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
155 G BATTERY FEED (FUSED)
160 U BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
170 K/ BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
171 W BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
172 W BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
181 G BLOWER MOTOR FEED
182 P THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
249 LG SMV LAMPS RH
250 LG SMV LAMPS LH
252 N ALTERNATOR FIELD
349 LN TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
350 LN TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
365 G LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY ON)
366 O LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY SWITCH)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 37
376 P HORN FEED

587 LG W1NDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
649 O COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
650 TQ COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
666 P DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
787 G AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
810 G STOPLAMPS
820 R STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
830 U STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
840 G R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
976 W LICENCE PLATE LAMP / WORKLAMP DIODE
978 W LICENCE PLATE LAMP
979 S BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (4th)
980 N THERMOSTAT SWITCH SUPPLY
981 G A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
984 P TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. INPUT
986 P TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. OUTPUT
989 P BLOWER MOTOR MEDIUM SPEED (2nd)
996 P BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (3RD)
997 G WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
998 G WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
999 G BLOWER MOTOR LOW SPEED (1st)
1000 W SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
1001 W STARTER SOLENOID FEED
1002 P IMPLEMENT LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY
1003 G SUPPLY TO GAUGES
1004 G SUPPLY TO HORN AND HEADLAMP FLASH
1005 S AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
1006 N ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
1007 W ETHER START BUTTON SUPPLY
1008 N ETHER START SOLENOID SUPPLY
1010 G IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
1011 Y SUPPLY TO FUSES
1012 R ILLUMINATION
1013 R RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1014 R LEFT HAND LAMPS
1015 P DOME LAMP SWITCH FEED
1016 P HORN FEED
1017 LG AIR CON. THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
1018 LG AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
1019 G WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
1020 G HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
1021 P HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
1022 N THERMOSTART
1023 N LIGHT SWITCH FEED
1024 R RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
1025 G HZD SWITCH IGN FEED
1026 U HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
1027 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
1028 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM FUSE
1029 U HEADLAMP DIP BEAM FUSE
1030 U HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
1031 R INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
1032 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C)
1033 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 38

1035 W ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1036 N IGNITION SWITCH (BATTERY)
1037 LG FLASHER UNIT (TERM 49A)
1038 LN WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
1040 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-RHS CUT OUT
1041 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-LHS CUT OUT
1042 U RELAY FEED ELECTRONICS
1043 U RELAY FEED TO FUSES
1044 W GRID HEATER FEEDBACK
1050 G ACCESSORY FEED
1051 Y SIDE LIGHTS RELAY COIL FEED
1052 Y GET YOU HOME LIGHTS RELAY
1070 R FRONT WORKLAMP SWITCH FEED
1071 P WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
1072 P WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
1090 R REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1091 R FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
1092 R FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1093 R FENDER WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1096 R WORKLAMP FENDER MOUNTED
1097 R FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
1098 W FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
1099 R FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
1119 G RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
1120 G RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
1121 G RR WINDSHIELD WASH
1130 N ENGINE HEATER CONTROL TO IGN SWITCH
1135 G THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
1140 K THERMOSTART INITIATE SIGNAL TO RELAY
1141 N GRID HEATER +
1142 N GRID HEATER FUSE TO PWR. RELAY
1143 N POWER RELAY TO GRID HEATER
1150 N CAL/SEL SWITCH
1160 R REVERSE ALARM
2001 N BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2002 N BATTERY TEMP SENSOR (ALT OUTPUT)
2005 O AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
2006 U DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
2007 Y AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
2008 N LIFT PUMP SUPPLY
2009 G FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
2010 LG AIRCON PLUG TO DE-ICING SWITCH
2011 P HORN RETURN
2012 Y TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2013 Y PTO OVERSPEED WARNING LAMP
2014 G ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
2015 W TACHOMETER SENSOR-SIGNAL
2016 Y REAR AXLE SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL
2017 P BULB TEST (EIC)
2018 R RADAR PRESENT
2019 K ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2020 Y ENGINE SHUT DOWN (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2021 Y AXLE GROUND SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2022 Y PTO 540/1000 RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 39
2023 S TPM TO EIC (AXLE SPEED DRIVE)

2024 S RADAR SIGNAL DRIVE
2025 S AUDIO ALARM CONTROL
2026 S IMPLEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
2027 R RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
2028 G RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
2029 P INSTRUMENT MEMORY SUPPLY
2030 N ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL
2031 Y RADAR PRESENT
2040 LG WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2041 P FUEL SHUT OFF
2042 O PTO SOLENOID-REAR
2043 O PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
2044 O PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
2045 O PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
2046 O PTO SWITCH (VCC)
2047 O PTO SWITCH (VCCO)
2048 O PTO SWITCH (VCCS)
2049 OP PTO SWITCH 1000RPM WARNING LAMP
2050 G PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2051 O PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2052 W PTO LUBE SOL
2053 P PTO LUBE SOL RETURN
2055 W PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
2056 W PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
2057 W PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
2059 W FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
2060 O PTO 540/1000 SWITCH
2062 W PTO TWIST SENSOR
2065 N PTO ENGAGED
2068 N PTO SOFT START
2069 U PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2070 O ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY +12V
2080 O ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY
2087 O EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
2090 W STARTER RELAY TO START INHIBIT SWITCH
2095 G INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2100 G A/C CONDENSER MOTOR FEED
2120 LN PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2130 N PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
2140 O PTO SPEED SENSOR
2150 P PTO EXT. SWITCH OFF
2200 G SERVICE MODE INITIATE
2245 K PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
2248 K PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
2250 K PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
2260 O PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
2270 O PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
2300 P THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
2310 P IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
2320 P TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2330 P PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
2500 N FRONT HITCH SOLENOID
2510 N FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
2520 N FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
2530 N FRONT HITCH V REF
2540 N FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 40
2550 N FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH

2556 N FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
2560 N FRONT HITCH 0v REF
2570 R FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
2571 S FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID RETURN(-)
2580 R FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID
2581 S FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2582 LG STEYR - EXT SWITCHES
2583 LN STEYR - EXT SWITCHES.
2584 W OILMOTOR MODE
2585 LN EFH RAISE SWITCH
2586 LN EFH WORK SWITCH
2587 N EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH +
2588 P EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2589 R EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
2590 LN EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
2591 LN EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
2592 N EFH VALVE DOWN +
2593 N EFH VALVE DOWN -
2594 O EFH POSITION SENSOR +
2595 P EFH POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
2596 R EFH POSITION SENSOR -
2597 LN EFH PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2598 S EFH ACCUMULATOR 14 BAR
2599 N EFH ACCUMULATOR 40 BAR
2600 Y REAR AXLE SPEED MONITOR
3000 G FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3001 G LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3002 G RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3003 W RADIO FEED
3004 G RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3005 G LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3006 G AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SENDER
3007 G FUEL GAUGE FEED
3008 U WORKLAMP WARNING LIGHT
3009 G FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
3010 R FOGLAMP FEED
3011 R FOGLAMP FEED
3012 G HANDBRAKE WARNING FEED
3013 LG AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SIGNAL
3014 R HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
3015 P ACCESSORY SOCKET (POWER)
3016 S NOT KNOWN
3018 G FLASHER UNIT BUZZER FEED
3020 Y DUAL POWER SOLENOID SUPPLY
3022 Y DUAL POWER (HIGH) WARNING LAMP
3024 Y NOT KNOWN
3025 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
3026 Y NOT KNOWN
3027 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
3028 Y BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH LEFT
3030 W ACCESSORY RELAY SIGNAL
3045 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
3050 P AUXILIARY FEED CONNECTOR SUPPLY
3051 P CIGAR LIGHTER SUPPLY
3052 P DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
3053 S SPEAKER RIGHT HAND
3054 S SPEAKER NEGATIVE RH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 41
3055 S SPEAKER LEFT HAND

3056 N SPEAKER NEGATIVE LH
3060 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
3061 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET
3062 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
3070 P ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
3075 O TRAILER SOCKET (ACCESSORY FEED)
3076 O ACCESSORY SWITCH FEED
3077 Y RADIO +12VB
3078 O RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
3079 R RADIO +12V IGNITION
3080 P CONSOLE LAMP
3090 Y SEAT PUMP SUPPLY
3091 P SPEAKER RR-RHS +
3092 P SPEAKER RR-RHS -
3093 S SPEAKER FRT-RHS +
3094 S SPEAKER FRT-RHS -
3095 W SPEAKER FRT-LHS +
3096 S SPEAKER FRT-LHS -
3097 G SPEAKER RR-LHS +
3098 G SPEAKER RR-LHS -
3100 G STEERING SENSOR +5v
3120 K STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
3140 LG STEERING SENSOR GROUND
3150 W HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
3155 W HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
3160 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
3161 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
3163 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
3164 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
3165 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
3166 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERINGSOLENOID VLV L RETURN
3167 O AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR +5V REF
3168 O AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
3169 O AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
3170 O FAST STEER SYSTEM (FSS)- ENABLE
3171 O FSS - LAMP
3172 L FSS - STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
3173 R FSS - HYD. VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
3174 G FSS - HYD. VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
3175 W FSS - POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3176 B FSS - POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
3177 U FSS - POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
3178 G FSS - POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
3179 N FSS - POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
3180 B FSS - SAFETY SWITCH
3181 S AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
3185 N AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
3187 N AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
3200 O SUSPENSION SWITCH FEED
3210 U SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
3215 U SUSPENSION LAMP
3220 O AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
3230 U AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3235 O ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
3240 O RAISE SOLENOID PWR
3250 O RAISE SOLENOID RET
3260 O LOWER SOLENOID PWR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 42
3270 O LOWER SOLENOID RET

3271 U LOADER RELAY FEED
3272 O LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
3273 O LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3274 R LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
3275 R LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
3276 G LOADER VALVE
3277 U LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
3278 U LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
3280 O SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
3281 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
3285 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
3286 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
3290 O SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
3295 LN FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
3300 O SENSE LINE CONTROL SOLENOID
3310 U RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
3500 W POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
4001 R TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP (TEMP)
4002 R TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP SWITCH
4010 N RETURN TO DIG
4011 P ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
4012 P ROTATING BEACON FEED
4013 U TRANS CONTROL FEED
4014 U FORWARD CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4015 U REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4016 U TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP RELAY FEED
4017 U TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP LAMP
4018 S TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP SOLENOID FEED
4019 S HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS SWITCH FEED
4020 S HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS LAMP
4021 S BACK-UP ALARM RELAY FEED
4022 S BACK-UP ALARM FEED
4025 Y 4 IN 1 BUCKET FEED
4040 G LINK LEVEL SWITCH SUPPLY
4050 W LINK LEVEL RAISE
4051 W LINK LEVEL LOWER
4052 W LINK LEVEL EXTEND SIDE
4053 W LINK LEVEL RETRACT SIDE
4054 W LINK LEVEL SAFETY VALVE (DUMP)
4055 W LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
4056 W LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
4057 W LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
4058 W LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
4060 W HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
4061 W HYDARAULIC SELECT REAR
4100 TQ TRANS RANGE ENABLE SWITCH SUPPLY
4101 TQ TRANS RANGE ENABLE
4120 P BEACON RELAY COIL
5000 P EDC MEMORY POWER
5005 N EDC KEY SWITCH FEED
5010 B/W EDC EARTH
5011 B EDC EARTH CASE RFI
5015 R EDC CONTROLS BACKLIGHTING
5020 LN EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
5021 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT (+5V) ROCKSHAFT
5022 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V QUADRANT
5023 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V HEIGHT LIMIT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 43
5025 LN EDC LOWER SIGNAL

5030 LN EDC RAISE SIGNAL
5035 LN EDC RETURN REF. VOLTAGE EARTH
5040 LN EDC DRAFT POSITION
5045 LN EDC DROP RATE
5050 LN EDC QUADRANT
5055 LN EDC CLOCK LINE TO DISPLAY
5060 LN SERIAL DATA TO CLUSTER
5065 LN EDC RIGHT PIN
5070 LN EDC LEFT PIN
5075 K EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
5080 K EDC ROCKSHAFT
5085 K EDC VALVE UP
5087 K EDC VALVE UP RETURN
5090 K EDC VALVE DOWN
5095 K EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
5097 K EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
5100 K EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
5105 S EDC IMPLEMENT STATUS SWITCH
5110 K EDC LAMP SIGNAL
5115 K EDC SLIP SIGNAL
5120 K EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
5125 TQ EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5130 TQ EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5132 TQ EDC FLOAT
5133 TQ EDC STOP
5135 TQ EDC +WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5140 TQ EDC -WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5145 TQ EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
5150 G EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH SUPPLY
5155 U EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
5160 TQ EDC HEIGHT LIMIT POT FEED
5170 LN SERIAL DATA FROM CLUSTER
5175 R ADIC KEY PAD DISABLE
5180 TQ EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
5190 R HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
5200 N EDC VALVE SUPPLY
5210 N EDC VALVE ENABLE
5220 Y EDC RAISE LAMP
5230 Y EDC LOWER LAMP
5240 O EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5250 O EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5260 LN HYDRAULIC MASTER SW #1
5300 K ECU FLASH PROGRAM SIGNAL
5400 Y CAN H
5420 G CAN L
5500 Y EHR CAN HIGH
5510 G EHR CAN LOW
5515 S EHR +12V IGN.
5520 LG EHR 5V Ref
5521 LG EHR Motor #1
5531 LG EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #1
5532 G EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #2
5533 K EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 44

5535 LG EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
5536 LN EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
5537 N EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
5538 O EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
5541 O EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
5542 P EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
5543 S EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
5544 TQ EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
5551 O EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
5552 U EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#2
5553 W EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5561 O EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #1
5564 P EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
5591 P EHR WARNING LAMP#1
5595 S EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
5596 S EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
5597 S EHR MASTER ENABLE
5600 R HTS LIVE SIGNAL
5610 R HTS PROGRAM
5620 R HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
5625 R LIFT-O-MATIC SWITCH
5630 R HTS MANUAL SWITCH
5640 R HTS AUTO SWITCH
5700 W EHR J-STICK X+
5710 W EHR J-STICK X ACTIVE SWITCH
5720 W EHR J-STICK X FULL FLOW SWITCH
5730 W EHR J-STICK X FLOAT SWITCH
5740 W EHR J-STICK Y+
5750 W EHR J-STICK Y ACTIVE SWITCH
5760 W EHR J-STICK Y FULL FLOW SWITCH
5770 W EHR J-STICK Y FLOAT SWITCH
5820 S EDC ROCKSHAFT POT
5830 S HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5835 S HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5900 G ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5910 Y ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5915 B ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
5920 R ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5955 B/LN RS232 INPUT T.E.C.U.
5960 W/LN RS232 OUTPUT T.E.C.U.
5970 O ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
5980 U ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
6000 K ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
6001 B ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #1
6002 W ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #2
6003 R ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #3
6004 G ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #4
6057 Y ENGINE STARTER RELAY GROUND
6010 TQ THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
6100 U ENGINE COLD ADVANCE CONTROL
6200 R MANIFOLD (GRID) HEATER SUPPLY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 45
6300 N FAN SPEED

6310 N FAN SOLENOID
6320 N FAN 5V REF.
6355 N +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6400 LN ECU BATTERY SUPPLY
6401 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT.+5V
6402 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
6403 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT.-
6404 G THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
6405 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT. SWITCH
6407 O ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
6408 G FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
6414 G FUSED IGN.+ TO ECU
6415 G ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(HI)
6416 G ECU TO J1939 TERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(LO)
6417 NOT REQD. SCREEN BRAID FOR 6415 & 6416
6418 K ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
6419 K ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO L
6420 K ECU SINK DRIVER#6 TO DIAGNOSTIC LAMP
6422 K ENGINE MOUNTED B- TO ECU (1)
6427 K ECU TO MULTIPLE STATE SWITCH (PASS.INPUT#06)
6431 K ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH (DIG 15)
6432 K ECU SWITCHED BATT OUTPUT TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH
6440 S HAND THROTTLE POSITION 1
6460 S HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
6500 N CONSTANT ERPM ON/OFF
6510 N CONSTANT ERPM SET 1
6530 N CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
6540 N CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6550 N CONSTANT ERPM SET LAMP
6560 U ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER
6570 G ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
6580 K/ ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#1
6585 O ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#2
6586 P ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
6590 LG ECU DIGITAL GROUND
6610 N ECU IGNITION SUPPLY
6620 O ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
6630 O ECU COOLANT TEMP. GROUND
6640 O ECU AC PRESSURE NOT HIGH SWITCH
6650 O ECU BOOST GROUND
6660 O ECU BOOST TEMP.
6670 O ECU 5V BOOST
6680 O ECU BOOST PRESSURE
6690 O ECU SOLENOID VALVE SHUT OFF
6700 O ECU CRANK SHAFT OUTPUT SHAFT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 46
6710 O ECU ENGINE SPEED

7000 U TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7001 U TRANS DISPLAY ILLUMINATION
7002 U TRANS MAIN CLUTCH SOL (C3/C4)
7003 U TRANS DUMP SOL
7004 UB TRANS FRONT CLUTCH SOL (C1/C2)
7005 U TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
7007 R TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
7008 R TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
7009 W TRANS RANGE DISABLE SWITCH
7010 U TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH (GR 1-4)
7025 R TRANS DISPLAY ENABLE
7030 U TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH COMMON
7035 N TRANS DUMP SOLEN0ID FEED
7040 N TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7050 R TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - RUN
7060 R TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - START
7068 U TRANS CVT POWER SUPPLY (CVT)
7070 R TRANS FEED (IGN +)
7071 N FEED HYD FILTER RESTRICTION IND LAMP
7080 LG DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
7090 LG DIFF-LOCK SWITCH TO BRAKE SWITCH
7100 N DIFF-LOCK RELAY TO BRAKE SWITCH
7110 R PTO INHIBITOR SWITCH TO TRANS
7120 Y DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MAUAL)
7125 LG DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
7126 LG DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
7130 N HYD FILTER WNG LP
7140 OB DIFF-LOCK OFF SOLENOID
7150 S LOW OIL PRESSURE WRN FEED
7160 R HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
7170 W DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7175 Y DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
7180 U CREEPER SWITCH MOM SIGNAL
7190 K TRANS SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY
7195 K TRANS SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
7196 Y TRANS FR/REV LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7197 Y TRANS RANGE LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7198 U TRANS HYROSTATIC LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT
7200 S TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
7210 S TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
7220 S TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
7225 W TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
7230 S TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
7235 Y TRANS LOW RANGE SOL - RET
7240 S TRANSMISSION DISPLAY SWITCH
7245 LN DEADMAN
7250 S TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
7260 S TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
7265 K TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH TO PROCESSOR (GR.SW 1)
7267 LG TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH 2 TO PROCESSOR
7270 R TCM SERIAL DATA IN-DISPLY DATA OUT
7275 W TCM SERIAL DATA OUT-DISPLY DATA IN
7280 W LIMP HOME SWITCH 18x18 TRANS.
7290 W DIRECTIONAL INTERRUPT RELAY TO SOLENOID
7300 W SOLENOID 1 18x9 TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 47
7301 Y SOLENOID 1 18x9 RETURN

7321 P SOLENOID 2 18x9 RETURN
7340 W SOLENOID F1 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7341 Y SOLENOID F1 18x9 RETURN
7351 S SOLENOID F2 18x9 RETURN
7355 S SOLENOID R 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7356 U SOLENOID R 18x9 RETURN
7360 W SOLENOID A 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7361 P SOLENOID A 18x9 RETURN
7370 Y SOLENOID B 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7371 P SOLENOID B 18x9 RETURN
7380 Y SOLENOID C 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7381 P SOLENOID C 18x9 RETURN
7390 Y SOLENOID PMW (F1) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7391 P SOLENIOD PWM (F1) 18x9 RETURN
7392 O SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7393 O SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 RETURN
7395 P SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7396 P SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 RETURN
7400 Y TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
7401 P TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
7402 Y TRANS WHLSP FORWARD (CVT)
7403 Y TRANS WHLSP REVERSE (CVT)
7404 Y TRANS HYDROSTAT FORWARD (CVT)
7405 Y TRANS HYDROSTAT REVERSE (CVT)
7406 LG TRANS BI-DI SPEED SENSOR RET (CVT)
7410 Y TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM OUTPUT
7411 Y TRANS HYDROSTATINPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
7420 Y TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
7430 Y CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
7431 TQ CLUTCH ’A’ SUPPY
7440 Y TCM TO TRACTOR EIC-AXLE OUTPUT
7450 W TRANS CREEPER INTERLOCK SUPPLY
7460 W TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH ENGAGED
7470 S TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH DISENGAGED
7475 R TRANS AUTO OFF
7476 R TRANS AUTO ON
7480 G TRANS AUTO FUNCTION 1
7482 G TRANS AUTO ON/INCREASE
7485 K TRANS AUTO FUNCTION LAMP 1
7492 G TRANS AUTO OFF/DECREASE
7500 G TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
7520 G TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 8v
7560 G TRANS WARNING LAMP
7570 B/W SIGNAL GROUND
7580 U CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
7581 O CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
7582 U CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
7586 U PARKLOCK SOLENOID
7590 O TRANS CREEPER GEAR STATUS LAMP
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 48
7600 N TRANS FEATHERING SOLENOID

7620 N TRANS FEATHERING SOL. MONITOR
7630 N TRANS MAIN CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
7640 LN DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
7650 W DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
7655 Y RS232 GROUND
7660 R TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
7670 R TRANS FRONT SYNCHRO POSITION
7700 LN TRANS SHUTTLE DUMP SWITCH
7710 LN TRANS OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
7735 LN TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL +
7740 LN TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL -
7750 R TCM TO DOG 30/40 KPH SELECT
7755 P DOG ENABLE
7760 W TORQUE SENSOR
7770 U TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
7790 TQ TRANS RANGE INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7800 TQ TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7810 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1
7815 K TRANS PWM SOLENOID C1 RETURN
7846 TQ TRANS BRAKE SOLENOID (CVT)
7847 TQ TRANS HYROSTATIC - POSITIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7848 TQ TRANS HYROSTATIC - NEGATIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7850 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM VOLTAGE
7855 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC EA
7860 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RCV
7865 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC XMT
7870 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RTS
7875 K TRANS DIAGNOSTIC CTS
7880 B/W T C M SIGNAL GROUND
7890 TQ TRANS L-LINE DIAGNOSTIC (CVT)
7900 TQ CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
7910 TQ CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL
7915 P TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
7920 TQ CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL
7925 P TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7930 TQ CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL
7935 P TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
7940 TQ CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL
7945 P TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
7950 TQ CLUTCH SUPPLY
7960 P TRANS SLOW/FAST
7965 P HI/LO SYNCHRO SIGNAL
7970 P TRANS MED/REV
7980 K TRANS MED RANGE
7982 W TRANS MED RANGE RET
7985 G TRANS REVERSE RANGE
7990 K TRANS BRAKE
7995 K BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
7996 R BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
8000 N TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 49
8010 LN TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE

8030 LG TRANS FWD SOLENIOD
8035 P TRANS FWD SOL RET
8040 LG TRANS REV SOLENIOD
8045 P TRANS REV SOL RET
8050 R TRANS REV PRESSURE
8060 U TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
8070 P TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
9000 LN DIVERTER VALVE
9010 LN DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
9020 LN HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SOL
9025 LN HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SWITCH
9026 W NOT USED
9027 W NOT USED
9028 W NOT USED
9029 W NOT USED
9030 W NOT USED
9031 P NOT USED
9032 Y IGN.+ TO POWER SKT.
9033 LN 50KPH SOLENOID+
9034 LN 50KPH SOLENOID-
9035 LN 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
9036 LN 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
Index to Wiring Harnesses

Transmission Harness
CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTOR NAME CONNECTOR LOCATION
C019 EXTENSION HARNESS
CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)
CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)
C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
C023 TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C024 CLUTCH E SOLENOID
C025 CLUTCH D SOLENOID
C026 CLUTCH C SOLENOID
C027 CLUTCH B SOLENOID
C028 CLUTCH A SOLENOID
C031 MEDIUM RANGE SOLENOID
C032 LOW RANGE SOLENOID
C033 PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
C034 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
C035 4WD SWITCH 1
C036 PRESSURE SWITCH 1 & 2
TRANSMISSION OIL
C037 MIS SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT
SPEED P.U.
C039 HIGH RANGE SOLENOID
C040 REVERSE RANGE SOLENOID
C041 PTO SOLENOID
C042 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
C043 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OP SWITCH
C047 LEFT HAND DRAFT PIN
C048 RIGHT HAND DRAFT PIN
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 50
C050 TRAILER BRAKE CONNECTOR

C052 ROCKSHAFT POTENTIOMETER
C054 PRO SPEED SENSOR
C055 TRAILER SOCKET
C144 AIR BRAKE CONNECTOR
C173 LOW CHARGE PRESSURE
SWITCH S2
C174 PAS PRESSURE SWITCH
C175 HYDRAULIC BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
C176 TRANSMISSION OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER
C217 EDC RAISE SOLENOID
C218 EDC DOWN SOLENOID
C243 HIGH RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
C244 MEDIUM RANGE PRESSURE
SWITCH
C245 LOW RANGE PRESSURE SWITCH
C246 REVERSELOW RANGE PRESSURE
SWITCH
C248 FRONT SUSPENSION
CONNECTOR
C255 ENGINE SPEED / P.U.TORQUE
SENSOR
C279 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 1
C284 LINK LEVEL (EXTERNAL
CONNECTION)
C286 CREEPER
C288 PTO TWIST SENSOR
C289 19TH GEAR DUMP SOLENOID
C510 HIGH FLOW PUMP
C539 FAST STEER - HARNESS
CONNECTOR
C602 PARK LOCK SOLENOID
Cab Harness
C001 MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR E1
(ENGINE TO CAB)
CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)
CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)
C062 RIGHT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
C063 LEFT HAND STOP LAMP SWITCH
C072 KEY START SWITCH
C073 WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH
C075 SHUTTLED LEVER SWITCH
C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
C077 CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER
C079 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’A’
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 51
C080 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’B’

C081 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ’C’
C100 TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (CN1a)
MODULE (CN1b)
C103 GEAR SHIFT CONNECTOR
C104 GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR - DOG
CONNECTOR
C113 FRONT HITCH IN CAB CONTROL
POTENTIOMETER
C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGED LAMP
C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
C117 REAR PTO LAMP
C118 REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH
C119 HEATER / AIR CONDITIONING
CONNECTOR
MODULE (CN3a)
MODULE (CN3b)
C136 HANDBRAKE
C138 SEAT AIR PUMP
C139 FRONT WASHER MOTOR
C140 RIGHT REAR WASHER MOTOR
C143 REAR IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR
C146 LIFT-O-MATIC
C184 RADAR
C190 MAIN LAMPS SWITCH
C193 CIGAR LIGHTER
C235 30 AP POWER SCOKER AND
STUDS
MODULE (CN2)
C260 INDICATOR FLASHER UNIT
C269 CAB TO ENGINE MAIN
CONNECTOR E2
C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
C293 RIGHT HAND FENDER 1
C295 LEFT HAND FENDER 1
C297 RIGHT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
C298 LEFT HAND EXTREMITY LAMP
C314 HAND THROTTLE
C324 XCM CN1A (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C325 XCM CN1B (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C326 XCM CN2 (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C327 XCM CN3A (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C328 XCM CN3B (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
C329 XCM CN4 (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 52
C350 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 1

C362 HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
C365 8 AMP POWER SOCKET
C366 RADAR SOCKET HARNESS
CONNECTOR
C367 GRID HEATER
C368 DIODE CONNECTOR
C369 JOYSTICK
C370 COMMAND ARM
C373 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER KEYPAD
C374 HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS
CONNECTOR
C375 ADIC DIAGNOSITIC CONNECTOR
C376 FOOT THROTTLE ELECTRONIC
C378 RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH
GROUP CONNECTOR
C392 EHR TO MAIN REAR CONNECTOR
1
C424 LOADER POWER
C425 AUXILLARY HEADLAMP SWITCH
C441 LOADER VALVE 1
C442 LOADER VALVE 2
C443 EHR SELECT CAN
C444 TRANS CAN
C445 SELECT CAN DIAGNOSTIC
C500 BATTERY ISOLATOR 1
C504 BATTERY ISOLATOR DIODE
C532 ROOF TO CAB HARNESS - ROOF
C544 VT CONNECTOR 1
C545 VT CONNECTOR 2
C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
C548 EHR SELECT SWITCH
C549 FRONT HITCH DETECT
C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
C552 NON TECU POWER 2
C553 ISO BUS CAN EXTENSION
C554 TECU PROCESSOR
C555 NON TECU POWER 1
C556 TECU CAN SPARE
C557 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL
C559 AIR CONDITIONING POWER
Fender Harness
C093 STOP/TAIL LIGHT LEFT HAND
C094 STOP/TAIL LIGHT RIGHT HAND
C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
C130 WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 53
C131 LICENCE PLATE LAMP

C134 HPL SWITCH RIGHT HAND
C135 HPL SWITCH LEFT HAND
C257 PTO SWITCH LEFT HAND
C258 PTO SWITCH RIGHT HAND
Switch Panel Harness

C182 4WD SWITCH
C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
C192 CREEPER GEAR SWITCH
C247 SUSPENSION LOCK SWITCH
C262 AUTO TRANS SWITCH & CAL SEL
C301 ENGINE INC/DEC SWITCH
C302 HTS SWITCH
C309 CERPM CRUISE AUTO SWITCH
C378 RIGHT HAND CONSOLE SWITCH
GROUP CONNECTOR
C401 CONSTANT ENGINE SPEED PROG
SWITCH (SET ERPM)
C422 PTO MANAGEMENT SWITCH
Engine Harness - Electrical

Connectors
C315 ECU-A
C427 OIL PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (EDC 7)
C428 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
C429 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC 7)
C430 COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
C431 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C432 CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
C433 CAM SPEED SENSOR - EDC 7
C434 CYL INJECTOR 1 (EDC 7)
C436 CYL INJECTOR3 (EDC 7)
C440 FUEL METERING UNIT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 54
Engine Harness - 6 Cylinder

Connectors
C001 MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR E1
(ENGINE TO CAB)
C006 START SOLENOID
C007 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
C009 AIR CLEANER VACUUM SWITCH
C010 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRES-
SOR CONNECTOR
C011 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE
SWITCH
C013 ALTERNATOR CONNECTOR
C014 STEERING SENSOR
C017 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
C056 ENGINE TO LIGHTING HARNESS
SOCKET
C068 RADAR GUN
C242 MAIN PROCESSOR CONNECTOR
C253 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR
C254 FRONT HITCH / FRONT PTO
CONNECTOR
C269 CAB TO ENGINE MAIN
CONNECTOR E2
C276 VISTRONIC FAN
C353 DE-GAS BOTTLE
C413 LOADER VALVE 1
C414 LOADER VALVE 2
C501 BATTERY ISOLATOR 2
C605 SUSPENSION ACCELOROMETER
Electronic Remotes Harness

C313 HYDRAULIC STOP (EHR STOP
SWITCH)
C390 EHR - 1-2 LEVER ASSEMBLY
C391 LAMP 1
C392 EHR TO MAIN REAR CONNECTOR
1
C394 EHR - SWITCH 1/2 TIME/FLOW
C395 EHR - SWITCH 3/4 TIME/FLOW
C396 LAMP 2
C397 LAMP 3
C398 LAMP 4
C399 MASTER LAMP
C400 3-4 LEVER ASSEMBLY
Roof Harness
C064 GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND
C065 GRAB RAIL WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 55
C066 GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP RIGHT

HAND
C067 GRAB RAIL SIDELAMP LEFT HAND
C084 UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP LEFT
HAND
C085 UPPER FRONT WORKLAMP RIGHT
HAND
C088 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
C090 DOOR SWITCH LEFT HAND
C091 DOOR SWITCH RIGHT HAND
C092 CONSOLE LAMP LEFT HAND
C095 REAR LICENCE PLATE
WORKLAMP LEFT HAND
C096 REAR LICENCE PLATE
WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND
C097 BEACON LEFT HAND
C098 BEACON RIGHT HAND
C099 INTERIOR LAMP
C105 WORKLAMP ECU
C106 RADIO CONNECTOR 1
C107 RADIO CONNECTOR 2
C109 REAR WIPER MOTOR
C110 FRONT RIGHT HAND SPEAKER
C111 FRONT LEFT HAND SPEAKER
C377 DIODE
C379 SMV LAMP LEFT FRONT
C380 SMV LAMP LEFT REAR
C381 SMV LAMP RIGHT FRONT
C382 SMV LAMP RIGHT REAR
C383 WORKLAMP LEFT REAR
C384 WORKLAMP RIGHT REAR
C385 SPEAKER - REAR LEFT HAND
C386 SPEAKER - REAR RIGHT HAND
C387 CONSOLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
C388 PUDDLE LAMP LEFT HAND
C389 PUDDLE LAMP RIGHT HAND
C532 ROOF TO CAB HARNESS - ROOF
C551 HEATED MIRROR SWITCH
C608 ELECTRIC MIRROR RIGHT HAND
C609 MIRROR CONTROL
Hood Harness
C057 HORN
C058 LEFT HAND WORKLAMP
C059 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
C060 LEFT HAND HEADLAMP
C061 RIGHT HAND WORKLAMP
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 56
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and

Charging System

CHARGING ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
1 0-300 STARTING / 20 Y1 C579 BATTERY SW SOL
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 30 PF2 - 30A POWER FUSE - MAIN
CHARGING SUPPLY
CHARGING IMPLEMENT SOCKET
FRONT
1 0-300 STARTING / 50 S1 C550 DIVERTER SWITCH
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 60 F60 - 10A FUSE - BATTERY
CHARGING ISOLATOR RELAY
1 0-300 STARTING / 80 S2 C503 ISO CONTROL
CHARGING RELAY SWITCH
1 0-300 STARTING / 100 K18 RELAY - BATTERY
CHARGING ISOLATOR
1 0-300 STARTING / 120 MF1 - 80A MAXI FUSE - ENGINE
CHARGING IGNITION RELAY
1 0-300 STARTING / 130 D1 C504 DIODE
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 130 M1 C006 START SOLENOID
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 140 K3 RELAY - IGNITION
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 170 G1 C013 ALTERNATOR
CHARGING
1 0-300 STARTING / 190 K5 RELAY - STARTER
CHARGING CRANK
CHARGING SWITCH
1 0-300 STARTING / 230 MF2 - 30A MAXI FUSE -
CHARGING LIGHTING, IGN SW,
RADIO, WORKLAMP
ECU
1 0-300 STARTING / 260 S3 C072 STARTER SWITCH
CHARGING
CHARGING SWITCH (RUN
POSITION)
1 0-300 STARTING / 290 K14 RELAY - FUEL SHUT
CHARGING OFF
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C242, C269, C325, C351, C500, C580.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 57
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 58
FRAME 1A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 59
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1)


2 310-600 ENGINE 1 320 K13 ENGINE RELAY
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 380 S4 C376 FOOT THROTTLE -
ELECTRONIC
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 430 S5 C401 CONSTANT ENGINE
SPEED PROG
SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 450 S6 C309 CERPM CRUISE
AUTO SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 550 S7 C301 ENGINE INC/DEC
SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 580 S8 C009 VACUUM SWITCH
2 310-600 ENGINE 1 600 S9 C353 DE-GAS BOTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C079, C101, C127, C128, C239, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 60
CCMLWBT3_FR2 - 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 61
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2)


3 610-900 ENGINE 2 635 B1 C255 ENGINE SPEED
SENSOR
3 610-900 ENGINE 2 770 B2 C314 HAND THROTTLE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C019, C020 C079, C100 C101, C127, C128, .
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 62
FRAME 3A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 63


4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 930 B3 C017 H2O WATER IN FUEL
SENSOR
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 960 K22 C625 RELAY - FUEL
HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 970 R1 C626 FUEL HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 980 K23 C354 RELAY - GRID
HEATER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 990 R2 C367 GRID HEATER
BATTERY +
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1030 F49 - 15A FUSE - ENGINE
SENSOR SUPPLY
BATTERY +
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1080 E1 C276 VISTRONIC FAN
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1100 F9 - 25A FUSE - LOADER
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1100 X1 C424 LOADER POWER
CONNECTOR
MAIN HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1150 B4 C427 BOOST PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR - EDC
7
4 910-1200 ENGINE 3 1190 Y4 C440 FUEL METERING
UNIT - EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C242, C269, C275, C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 64
FRAME 4A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 65


5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1220 B5 C428 OIL PRESSURE/
TEMP SENSOR - EDC
7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1260 B6 C429 RAIL PRESSURE
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1290 B7 C430 COOLANT TEMP
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1310 B8 C431 FUEL TEMP SENDER
- EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1330 B9 C432 CRANK SPEED
SENSOR - EDC 7
5 1210-1500 ENGINE 4 1360 B10 C433 CAM SPEED
SENSOR - EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
EDC 7
NOTE: Additional Connectors C315.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 66
FRAME 5A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 67
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission

Systems (1)

6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1520 B11 C077 CLUTCH POT
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1570 S10 C075 SHUTTLE SWITCH
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1620 S11 C076 CLUTCH SWITCH
6 1510-1800 TRANSMISSION 1 1670 (NO CODE) C103 GEARSHIFT LEVER -
NOT USED
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C100, C101, C127, C128, C329.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 68
FRAME 6A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 69
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission

Systems (2)

7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1830 B12 C046 AXLE SPEED
SENSOR
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1870 S12 C036 TRANS OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1910 S13 C243 FPS HI RANGE
PRESS SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1930 S14 C244 FPS MED PRESS
SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1950 S15 C245 FPS LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1960 S16 C246 FPS REV PRESSURE
SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 1990 S17 C262 TRANS AUTO
FUNCTION SWITCH
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2030 B13 C347 CREEPER POT
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2070 Y11 C268 FPS 19TH GEAR
SOLENOID
7 1810-2100 TRANSMISSION 2 2090 Y12 C024 CLUTCH E
SOLENOID
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C081, C100, C101, C127, C128, C239, C286, C329, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 70
FRAME 7A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 71

Systems (3)

8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2120 Y13 C028 CLUTCH A
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2150 Y14 C040 REVERSE RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2180 Y15 C031 MED RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2210 Y16 C026 CLUTCH C
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2240 Y17 C025 CLUTCH D
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2270 Y18 C222 CREEPER
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2300 Y19 C289 19TH GEAR DUMP
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2330 Y20 C032 LOW RANGE
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2360 Y21 C027 CLUTCH B
SOLENOID
8 2110-2400 TRANSMISSION 3 2390 Y22 C039 HIGH RANGE
SOLENOID
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 72
FRAME 8A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 73

Systems (4)

9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2430 A1 C104 GEARSHIFT
INDICATOR - DOG
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2485 S18 C192 CREEPER GEAR
SWITCH
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2660 B14 C037 INTERMEDIATE
SPEED PICK UP
9 2410-2700 TRANSMISSION 4 2690 B15 C023 TRANS OIL TEMP
SENDER
NOTE: Additional Connectors C019, C101, C127 C128, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 74
FRAME 9A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 75
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm


10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2730 S19 C624 TRANS CONTROL -
COMMAND ARM
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2790 S20 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
PANEL 1
PANEL 2
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2930 B16 C240 EDC MOUSE
CONNECTOR
10 2710-3000 COMMAND ARM 2990 B17 C623 HAND THROTTLE -
COMMAND ARM
NOTE: Additional Connectors C101, C127, C239, C370.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 76
FRAME 10A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 77
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft

Control / Hydraulic Systems (1)

11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S21 C176 HYDRAULIC TEMP
SWITCH
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3020 S22 C175 HYDRAULIC
BLOCKED FILTER
SWITCH
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3040 S23 C302 HTS RECORD
SWITCH
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3110 B18 C113 FRONT HITCH POT
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3160 F42 - 10A FUSE - FRONT
SUSPENSION
11 3010-3300 EDC/HYDRAULICS 1 3300 X4 C510 HI-FLOW PUMP
CONNECTOR -
CIRCUIT 5830
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 78
FRAME 11A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 79

Control / Hydraulic systems (2)

12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3320 S24 C146 LIFT-O-MATIC
SWITCH
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3345 S25 C134 HPL EXTERNAL
RIGHT HAND
SWITCH
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3365 S26 C135 HPL EXTERNAL LEFT
HAND SWITCH
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3390 F39 - 10A FUSE - HPL, SEAT,
ARMREST, EDC, EHR
LEVERS
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3490 X5 C549 FRINT HITCH
DETECT
12 3310-3600 EDC/HYDRAULICS 2 3510 A19 C631 JOYSTICK CAN
INDICATOR LAMP
- FRONT
INDICATOR LAMP
- REAR
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 80
FRAME 12A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 81

Control / Hydraulic systems (3)

13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3620 Y23 C334 EXTEND TOP A
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3635 Y24 C335 RETRACT TOP B
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3650 Y25 C336 EXTEND SIDE C
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3665 Y26 C337 RETRACT SIDE D
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3680 Y27 C338 SAFETY VALVE
DUMP - LIFT LINK
CIRCUIT
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3710 B19 C047 LH DRAFT PIN
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3730 B20 C048 RH DRAFT PIN
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3770 B21 C052 ROCKSHAFT
POTENTIOMETER
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3820 S27 C173 LOW CHARGE
PRESSURE SWITCH
S2
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3840 Y28 C216 TEMPERATURE
SWITCH
13 3610-3900 EDC/HYDRAULICS 3 3860 Y29 C217 EDC UP SOLENOID
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 82
FRAME 13A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 83
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro-Hydraulic

Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1)

CONNECTOR 5
CONNECTOR 4
CONNECTOR 3
CONNECTOR 2
CONNECTOR 1
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 84
FRAME 14A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 85


15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4220 S28 C547 TOP LINK SWITCH
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4260 S29 C546 SIDE LINK SWITCH
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4360 R3 C604 BUS TERNINATION
RESISTOR
15 4210-4500 EHR/HYDRAULICS 2 4390 R4 C344 TERMINATING
RESISTOR 1A FPS
SWB
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 86
FRAME 15A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 87
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 Electro_Hydraulic


16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4530 S30 C548 EHR SELECT
SWITCH
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4570 K20 RELAY - EHR POWER
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4600 S31 C313 HYDRALIC STOP
(EHR STOP SWITCH)
16 4510-4800 EHR/HYDRAULICS 3 4780 H5 C399 MASTER LAMP
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 88
FRAME 16A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 89


17 4810-5100 EHR/HYDRAULICS 4 4860 S32 C569 5TH REMOTE
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 90
FRAME 17A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 91
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive

and Differential Lock

18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5110 Y39 C042 DIFF LOCK
SOLENOID
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5120 Y40 C034 FWD SOLENOID
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5130 S37 C035 FWD SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5140 S38 C043 DIFF LOCK OP
SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5190 S39 C183 DIFF LOCK SWITCH
SWITCH, AIR
BRAKES
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5260 F15 - 20A FUSE - STOPLAMP
SWITCH AND PEDAL
LATCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S40 C062 RIGHT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5280 S41 C063 LEFT HAND
STOPLAMP SWITCH
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5330 F13 - 15A FUSE - STOPLAMPS
18 5110-5400 FWD & DIFF LOCK 5380 S42 C182 4WD SWITCH
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 92
FRAME 18A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 93
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off

Systems (1)

19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 H6 C117 REAR PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5510 S43 C118 REAR PTO BRAKE
SWITCH AND LAMP
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5540 H7 C114 FRONT PTO ENGAGE
LAMP
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5605 S44 C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5645 S45 C116 REAR PTO SWITCH
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5650 B22 C288 PTO SHAFT TWIST
SENSOR
19 5410-5700 POWER TAKE OFF 1 5690 X6 C558 FRONT BREAK AWAY
(OPTION)
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 94
FRAME 19A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 95
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off

Systems (2)

20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5750 Y41 C033 PTO BRAKE
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5780 Y42 C041 PTO SOLENOID
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5810 B23 C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5840 S46 C422 PTO MGT SWITCH
20 5710-6000 POWER TAKE OFF 2 5930 X7 C254 FRONT HITCH/PTO
EXTENSION
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C002, C019, C128, C239, C269, C324, C325, C326, C327, C328, C378.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 96
FRAME 20A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 97
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 Front Suspension


21 6010-6300 FRONT 6020 B24 C611 ACCELEROMETER
SUSPENSION
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6060 B25 C253 FRONT
SUSPENSION SUSPENSION POT
SUSPENSION LOWER LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6170 S47 C247 FRONT
SUSPENSION SUSPENSION
SWITCH
SUSPENSION LOWER SOLENOID
21 6010-6300 FRONT 6250 Y45 C251 SUSPENSION RAISE
SUSPENSION SOLENOID
SUSPENSION RAISE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 98
FRAME 21A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 99
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System


22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6330 B26 C511 FAST STEER - LVDT
SYSTEM COILS
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6360 Y47 C512 FAST STEER
SYSTEM SOLENOID VALVE
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6380 B27 C513 FAST STEER
SENSOR
22 6310-6600 FAST STEER 6430 S48 C514 FAST STEER
SWITCH
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 100
FRAME 22A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 101
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 Cab Accessories (1)


23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6610 B28 C385 SPEAKER - REAR LH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6620 F6 - 10A FUSE - RADIO KAM &
1 WORKLAMP ECU
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6630 B29 C110 RIGHT HAND
1 SPEAKER
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6645 A4 C106 / C107 RADIO A + RADIO B
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6660 B30 C386 SPEAKER - REAR RH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6670 F40 - 10A FUSE - RADIO
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6680 B31 C111 LEFT HAND
1 SPEAKER
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6700 H8 C387 CONSOLE LAMP RH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6710 S49 C090 LEFT HAND DOOR
1 SWITCH
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6725 H9 C388 PUDDLE LAMP LH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6730 S50 C091 RIGHT HAND DOOR
1 SWITCH
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6755 H10 C389 PUDDLE LAMP RH
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6760 H11 C099 INTERIOR LAMP
1
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6790 F1 - 10A FUSE - INTERIOR,
1 PUDDLE LIGHTS,
HANDBRAKE,
HEATED MIRRORS
1 SOCKETS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6800 X8 C417 8 AMP RING
1 TERMINALS - 2 OFF
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6820 F2 - 25A FUSE - CIGAR
1 LIGHTER, POWER
STUDS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6830 X9 C416 20 AMP SOCKET - 3
1 PIN
1 SOCKETS
23 6610-6900 CAB ACCESSORIES 6870 R5 C193 CIGAR LIGHTER
1
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 102
FRAME 23A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 103


24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6915 M2 C607 ELEC MIRROR LH
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6950 S51 C609 MIRROR CONTROL
2 SWITCH
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6985 M3 C608 ELEC MIRROR RH
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 6990 F19 - 15A FUSE - ELECTRIC
2 MIRRORS
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7010 S52 C551 HEATED MIRROR
2 SWITCH
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7015 K21 RELAY - HEATED
2 MIRRORS
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7050 MF4 - 80A MAXI FUSE -
2 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
REAR
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7050 X10 C143 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
2
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7060 F10 - 30A FUSE - REAR
2 IMPLEMENT SOCKET
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7070 F45 - 25A FUSE - FRONT
2 IGNITION, 8 AMP
SOCKET
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7070 X11 C365 8 AMP SOCKET
2
2
2 RELAY 1
24 6910-7200 CAB ACCESSORIES 7155 X12 C591 BREAKAWAY
2
2
2 RELAY 2
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C532, C601.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 104
FRAME 24A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 105


25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7210 B32 C057 HORN
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7230 H12 C092 CONSOLE LAMP
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7270 F20 - 10A FUSE - RADAR,
3 DIAGS SOCKETS,
ADIC KEYPAD,
BACKUP ALARM
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7300 A5 C373 INSTRUMENT
3 CLUSTER KEYPAD
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7360 M4 C138 SEAT PUMP
3 (MOTOR)
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7380 S53 C138 SEAT PUMP
3 (SWITCH)
3
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7475 E2 C265 BUZZER UNIT
3
25 7210-7500 CAB ACCESSORIES 7500 X14 C321 DIA HEADLAMP
3
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 106
FRAME 25A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 107
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and

Indicators (1)

26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7525 H13 C094 RIGHT HAND NASO
INDICATORS 1 LAMP
INDICATORS 1 RH
INDICATORS 1 LAMP
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7600 F24 - 10A FUSE -
INDICATORS 1 ILLUMINATION
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7610 H16 C093 LEFT HAND NASO
INDICATORS 1 LH
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7660 D4 C377 DIODE CONNECTOR
INDICATORS 1
WORKLAMP
WORKLAMP
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7710 S54 C257 LEFT HAND FENDER
INDICATORS 1 PTO SWITCH
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7750 S55 C258 RIGHT HAND
INDICATORS 1 FENDER PTO
SWITCH
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7780 H19 C129 WORKLAMP RIGHT
26 7510-7800 MAIN LAMPS/ 7800 H20 C130 WORKLAMP LEFT
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 108
FRAME 26A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 109

Indicators (2)

27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7810 K7 RELAY - DIP BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7820 F25 - 15A FUSE - DIP BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7830 K26 C632 RELAY - SEE U HOME
INDICATORS 2 ....
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7950 F26 - 15A FUSE - MAIN BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7950 K9 RELAY - MAIN BEAM
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 7990 K4 RELAY - LIGHTS
INDICATORS 2 (SIDE AND
ILLUMINATION)
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8030 F7 - 20A FUSE - MAIN LIGHTS
INDICATORS 2 AND HAZARD
SWITCH
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8040 S56 C190 MAIN LAMPS
INDICATORS 2 SWITCH
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8070 F14 - 15A FUSE - MAIN LIGHT
INDICATORS 2 SWITCH AND
FLASHER UNIT
27 7810-8100 MAIN LAMPS/ 8090 S57 C425 AUX HEADLAMP
INDICATORS 2 SWITCH
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 110
FRAME 27A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 111

Indicators (3)

28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8130 S58 C083 HAZARD SWITCH
INDICATORS 3
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8150 H23 C066 RIGHT HAND SIDE
INDICATORS 3 LAMP
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8170 F32 - 30A FUSE - FLASHER
INDICATORS 3 UNIT
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8180 H24 C067 LEFT HAND SIDE
INDICATORS 3 LAMP
28 8110-8400 MAIN LAMPS/ 8230 A6 C260 INDICATOR
INDICATORS 3 FLASHER UNIT
CONNECTOR
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 112
FRAME 28A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 113
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 Work Lamps


29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8415 H27 C084 LEFT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8430 H28 C085 RIGHT HAND UPPER
FRONT WORKLAMP
WORKLAMP
LH
RH
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8470 H31 C064 RIGHT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8480 H32 C065 LEFT HAND FRONT
LOWER WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8490 A7 C105 WORKLAMP
MODULE
CONNECTOR
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8505 E3 C097 LEFT HAND BEACON
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8510 MF5 - 80A MAXI FUSE -
LIGHTING
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8525 E4 C098 RIGHT HAND
BEACON
LOWER FRONT
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8550 F27 - 15A FUSE - FRONT
WORKLAMPS
(FRONT HOOD)
LOWER REAR
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8580 F30 - 15A FUSE - REAR/LOWER
WORKLAMPS
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8615 H33 C613 CORNER LAMP LH
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8630 H34 C058 LEFT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8650 H35 C061 RIGHT HAND
WORKLAMP
29 8410-8700 WORK LAMPS 8665 H36 C614 CORNER LAMP RH
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 114
FRAME 29A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 115
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes


BRAKE SUPPLY -
PNEUMATIC
BRAKE SUPPLY -
HYDRAULIC
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8750 S59 C136 HANDBRAKE
SWITCH
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8800 X15 C050 TRAILER BRAKE
CONNECTOR
BRAKE - SOLENOIDS
BRAKE - PUMP
PRESSURE SWITCH
BRAKE - LINE
PRESSURE SWITCH
BRAKE - SOLENOIDS
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8890 S62 C407 AIR BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8920 X16 C055 TRAILER SOCKET
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8940 X17 C144 AIR BRAKE
CONNECTOR
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8945 Y50 C406 AIR BRAKE
SOLENOID
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8970 Y51 C576 BRAKE DE-ICER
30 8710-9000 TRAILER BRAKES 8990 Y52 C577 PARK BRAKE
SOLENOID
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 116
FRAME 30A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 117
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors


31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9020 B33 C022 FUEL TANK SENDER
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9060 F21 - 15A FUSE - GRID
HEATER, WIF
SENSOR, BRAKE
FLUID LEVEL SW
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9060 S63 C007 BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR SWITCH
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9110 B34 C068 RADAR
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9150 S64 C174 PAS PRESSURE
SWITCH
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9175 B35 C014 STEERING SENSOR
31 9010-9300 SENSORS 9250 X18 C366 RADAR SOCKET
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C020, C079, C080, C101, C184, C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 118
FRAME 31A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 119
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 Wipers


32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9340 M5 C088 FRONT WIPER
MOTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9400 S65 C073 WINDSHIELD WIPER
SWITCH
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9410 F11 - 10A FUSE - FRONT +
REAR WINDSHIELD
WIPER
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9450 M6 C140 REAR WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9480 M7 C139 FRONT WASHER
MOTOR
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9510 K1/K2 RELAY - FRONT
WINDSHIELD WIPER
MODULE
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9540 F12 - 10A FUSE - WIPER
SWITCH + REAR
WIPER PARK
32 9310-9600 WIPERS 9590 M8 C109 REAR WIPER MOTOR
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 120
FRAME 32A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 121
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1)


33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9620 X19 C375 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9660 F33 - 25A FUSE - DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR +
ENGINE ECU
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9680 X20 C445 SELECT CAN DIAG
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9700 X21 C278 ECM DIAGNOSTIC
CONNECTOR
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9770 X22 C553 ISO BUS CAN
EXTENSION
33 9610-9900 DIAGNOSTICS 1 9870 X25 C556 TECU CAN SPARE
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001 C079, C081, C242, C554.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 122
FRAME 33A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 123
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2)


34 9910-10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10040 X26 C443 EHR CAN
34 9910-10200 DIAGNOSTICS 2 10130 X27 C444 TRANS CAN
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 124
FRAME 34A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 125
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 SWCD / VT Screen

(1)

35 10210- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10220 X28 C594 REAR VIEW CAMERA
10500
35 10210- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10340 A8 C595 SWCD / VT UNIT
10500
35 10210- SWCD / VT SCREEN 10475 X29 C600 BREAK AWAY 2
10500 1
NOTE: Additional Connectors C020, C544, C545, C593, C596, C598, C599.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 126
FRAME 35A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 127
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 SWCD / VT Screen

(2)

10800 2
10800 2
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 128
FRAME 36A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 129
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 Processors (1)


37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10845 A10 C100 TCM CON 1
11100
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10845 A9 C324 XCM CN1A
11100 (CENTRAL
CONTROLLER)
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10890 MF3 - 80A MAXI FUSE - B+ KAM
11100 ADIC, ENGINE ECU,
TRANSMISSION ECU
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10920 F35 - 10A FUSE - DC MEM +
11100 BCM + OCM
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 10975 K17 RELAY -
11100 ELECTRONICS
SUPPLY
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11025 F41 - 15A FUSE - FRONT
11100 SUSPENSION / PTO
(+ EHR LEVERS)
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11035 F37 - 15A FUSE -
11100 TRANSMISSION
IGNITION
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11045 F38 - 10A FUSE - REAR PTO
11100 SWITCH/LAMP, HPL,
BCM, GROUND
SPEED PTO, DOG
CONN.
11100 CLUSTER IGNITION
11100 CLUSTER
37 10810- PROCESSORS 1 11095 A11 C079 INST PANEL A
11100
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 130
FRAME 37A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 131
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 Processors (2)


38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11120 A12 C554 TECU -CN1
11400
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11120 A16 C081 INST PANEL C
11400
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11160 A13 C560 AIR CON EARTH
11400
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11260 A14 C593 ENCODER AND
11400 SWITCHES
38 11110- PROCESSORS 2 11390 A15 C239 FPS 3RD
11400 PROCESSOR
CONNECTOR
NOTE: Additional Connectors C001, C532.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 132
FRAME 38A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 133
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1)


39 11410- AIR CON 1 11420 E5 C010 AIR CON
11700 COMPRESSOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11425 K19 RELAY -
11700 COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH FEED
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11460 F3 - 10A FUSE - A/C CLUTCH
11700
11700 MOTOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11480 MF6 - 80A MAXI FUSE -
11700 ACCESSORIES CAB
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11500 F44 - 25A FUSE - FRONT B+
11700
11700 MOTOR + SEAT
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11520 K6 RELAY - BLOWER
11700 MOTOR
39 11410- AIR CON 1 11630 S66 C011 AIR CON PRESSURE
11700 SWITCH
NOTE: Additional Connectors C127 C269.
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 134
FRAME 39A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 135

- Automatic Temperature Control

40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11720 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11740 A17 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
12000 CONNECTOR
12000 CONNECTOR
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11820 A18 C628 AUTO TEMP
12000 CONTROL
12000
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11880 S67 C630 HVAC UNIT
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11900 Y53 C630 HVAC UNIT
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11970 B40 C627 TEMP CTRL
12000
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
12000 SWITCH
40 11710- AIR CON 2 - AUTO 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
12000
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 136
FRAME 40A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 137

- Manual Temperature Control

41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11780 M9 C119 HEATER / AIRCON
12000 CONNECTOR
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S70 C627 LOW PRESSURE
12000 SWITCH
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S71 C627 LOW TEMPERATURE
12000 (FREEZE) SAFETY
SWITCH
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S68 C362 HEATER BLOWER
12000 SWITCH
41 11710- AIR CON 3 - MANUAL 11970 S69 C629 AIR CON SWITCH
12000
WIRE COLOUR CODES

Green
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 138
FRAME 41A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 139
Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00 Plug connections 00-09

C001 PLUG CONNECTION FOR THE MAIN WIRING HARNESS - E1 - ENGINE TO CAB
PLUG CONNECTION C001

PLUG CONNECTION FOR THE MAIN WIRING HARNESS - E1 - ENGINE TO CAB
LOCATION CABLE CIRCUIT WIRING DIAGRAM
NUMBER
1 5400D (Y) CAN H
2 5420D (G) FRONT POWER LIFT COMMON RAIL
10 2556 (N) FRONT POWER LIFT COMMON RAIL
13 6407 (O) SIGNAL FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN
(EDC16)
14 6408D (O) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
/6408D (G) CONTROL UNIT (1)
15 6408A (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
16 6408B (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
17 6408C (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
18 1135 (G) WARNING LIGHT AUXILIARY START
SYSTEM
19 650 (TQ) COOLANT GAUGE SENSOR
20 6418 (K) CONTROL UNIT TO J1941(ISO)
INTERFACE 2 PLUG CONNECTION ISO K
21 6414 (G) FUSE-PROTECTED POWER SUPPLY VIA
STARTER SWITCH+ TO CONTROL UNIT
22 2040 (LTG) WATER SENSOR FOR THE WATER
SEPARATOR
23 6310 (N) FAN SOLENOID VALVE
24 3016 (S) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
25 10J (G) / VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
10H (G) STARTER SWITCH
26 1030B (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
27 1030A (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
29 1073A (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP
30 376 (L) POWER SUPPLY HORN
31 57AH (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
32 57AJ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
33 57AK (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
34 39B (G) SIGNAL TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
35 57AM (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
36 1027B (U) MAIN BEAM
37 1027A (U) MAIN BEAM
38 2095A (G) / EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS
2095 (G)
39 31 (Y) SIGNAL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
SENSOR
40 2014 (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (+5
VOLT)
41 1006A (N) / WARNING LIGHT 3-PHASE ALTERNATOR
1006 (N)
42 1035 (W) WARNING LIGHT ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
43 71C (W) POWER SUPPLIES WHEN STARTER
SWITCH SWITCHED ON (NOT
PROTECTED BY FUSE)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 140
44 1005 (S) WARNING LIGHT AIR FILTER

45 1001S (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
46 1001T (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
47 2050AF (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW
48 6300 (N) FAN SPEED
49 5020H (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
VOLTAGE LOWERING SPEED
50 2019 (K) ENGINE SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO
PERFORMANCE MONITOR)
NOTE: The colour coding of the cables is described in Wiring harness - Overview (A.30.A).
BRI4400B-01 1
BRI4400B 2
RIGHT-HAND FRONT - CAB FLOOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 141
C006 ENGAGING MAGNET

ENGAGING MAGNET
NUMBER
0 150B (B) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(ALL) frame 01 (A.30.A)
1 1001 (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
BRI4401B 3
C006-BRI4401A 4
RIGHT-HAND SIDE REAR - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 142
C007 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
NUMBER
1 3016 (S) / BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL / VOLTAGE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
10H (G) SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA STARTER frame 31 (A.30.A)
SWITCH
BRI4445B-03 5
C007-BRI4402A-1 6
LEFT-HAND SIDE TOP - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 143
C009 AIR FILTER LOW PRESSURE SWITCH

AIR FILTER LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
NUMBER
1 1005 (S) / AIR FILTER WARNING LIGHT / VEHICLE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
57JB (B) EARTH (ALL) frame 02 (A.30.A)
BRI4445B-03 7
C009-BRI4523A 8
RIGHT-HAND SIDE TOP - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 144
Wiring harness - Component diagram 01 Plug connections 10-19

C010 AIR CON COMPRESSOR PLUG CONNECTION

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 1018 (LTG) AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
COUPLING frame 39 (A.30.A)
2 57JC (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 1
C010-BRJ4643A 2
RIGHT-HAND - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 145
C011 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SWITCH

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SWITCH
NUMBER
1 2006A (U) DEICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2006B (U) DEICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING frame 39 (A.30.A)
3 2007 (Y) AIR CONDITIONING LOW PRESSURE
4 5200AA (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
BRI4434B 3
C011-BRI4524A 4
RIGHT-HAND SIDE FRONT TOP - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 146
C013 GENERATOR PLUG CONNECTION

GENERATOR PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
0 1006 (N) / GENERATOR WARNING LIGHT / Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
150 (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE) frame 01 (A.30.A)
(ALL)
BRI4430B 5
C013-BRI4528A 6
LEFT-HAND SIDE FRONT - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 147
C014 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
NUMBER
1 2530B (N) V REF FRONT POWER LIFT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3120 (K) SIGNAL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR frame 31 (A.30.A)
3 2095 (G) EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS
BRI4406B-01 7
C014-BRI4526A 8
RIGHT-HAND FRONT BOTTOM - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 148
C017 WATER SENSOR OF WATER SEPARATOR

WATER SENSOR FOR THE WATER SEPARATOR
NUMBER
1 2040 (LTG) WATER SENSOR FOR THE WATER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SEPARATOR frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408K (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
3 57JE (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4443B 9
C017-BRI4443A 10
LEFT BACK BOTTOM - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 149
C019 WIRING HARNESS EXTENSION PLUG CONNECTION 1 (ELECTRONICS)

WIRING HARNESS EXTENSION PLUG CONNECTION 1 (ELECTRONICS)
NUMBER
1 3024 (Y) / SOLENOID VALVE REAR WHEEL DRIVE
3025 (Y) / SOLENOID VALVE FOR ALL WHEEL
DRIVE (MANUAL)
2 7005 (U) MV CRAWLER GEAR TRANSMISSION
3 7080 (LTG) POWER SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
4 2130 (N) SOLENOID VALVE PTO BRAKE
5 2051 (O) PTO - MV RETURN SIGNAL (-)
6 2042 (O) REAR PTO SOLENOID VALVE
7 2140 (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR
8 2062 (W) PTO SPEED SENSOR
9 7910 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING B
10 7935 (L) TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER
COUPLUNG D RETURN CIRCUIT
11 7401 (L) TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR
12 7400 (Y) TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR TO
TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER INPUT
13 8050 (R) TRANSMISSION RETURN PRESSURE
14 7930 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING D
15 7940 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING E
16 7960 (W) TRANSMISSION GROUP L/H
17 7431 (TQ) POWER SUPPLY
COUPLUNG B RETURN CIRCUIT
19 7000P (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
COUPLUNG E RETURN CIRCUIT
21 9036 (TN) 50 KM/H RELIEF SOLENOID VALVE
RETURN SIGNAL
22 7225 (W) TRANSMISSION MV GROUP H - RETURN
CIRCUIT
23 8045 (L) TRANSMISSION SOLENOID VALVE REV
RETURN CIRCUIT
24 7985 (G) TRANSMISSION REVERSE GEARS
25 3295 (O) SIGNAL PRESSURE SWITCH FOR
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION
26 7235 (Y) TRANSMISSION MV GROUP L - RETURN
CIRCUIT
27 7581 (O) CRAWLER DRIVE SETTING SIGNAL
28 7760 (W) TORQUE SENSOR
30 7586 (U) PARK LOCK SOLENOID VALVE
31 7500 (G) TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
32 5097 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE LOWER RETURN
CIRCUIT
33 5090 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE LOWER
34 5087 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE RAISE RETURN
CIRCUIT
35 5085 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE RAISE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 150
36 5070 (TN) EPC LEFT FORCE MEASURING PIN

37 5075 (K) EPC VOLTAGE ON FORCE MEASURING
PIN
38 5065 (TN) EPC RIGHT FORCE MEASURING PIN
39 9033 (TN) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE+
40 9034 (TN) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE-
41 7580 (U) OVERRIDE SOLENOID VALVE CRAWLER
GROUP
42 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION GROUP H
43 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION GROUP L
44 7900 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING A
45 7770 (U) TRANSMISSION FORWARDS PRESSURE
SWITCH
46 5080 (K) EPC LIFTING SHAFT
47 5020A (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
48 7920 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING C
49 2050L (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW
50 7126 (LTG) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE
SWITCH
BRI4400B-02 11
C019-BRI4405A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 151

C020 WIRING HARNESS EXTENSION PLUG CONNECTION 2 (CAB)

WIRING HARNESS EXTENSION PLUG CONNECTION 2 (CAB)
NUMBER
1 29 (G) SIGNAL FUEL GAUGE MAIN FUEL TANK
2 1013D (N) / LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
1013D (R)
3 1014E (B) / LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE
1014E (R)
4 810A (R) / BRAKE LIGHTS
810A (G)
5 349 (TN) / TRAILER INDICATORS RIGHT
349 (G)
6 350 (TN) / TRAILER INDICATORS LEFT
350 (Y)
COUPLUNG C RETURN CIRCUIT
8 3286 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE
BOTTOM RETURN SIGNAL (-)
9 7160 (R) WARNING LOW FEED PRESSURE FOR
HYDRAULICS
TOP RETURN SIGNAL (-)
11 2055A (W) GROUND DRIVE PTO SWITCHED ON
12 2095B (G) EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS
13 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
SIGNAL
14 3250 (O) RAISE SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
SIGNAL
15 7980 (K) TRANSMISSION MIDDLE GEAR GROUP
16 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID VALVE POWER
SUPPLY
17 3045 (Y) WARNING LIGHT ALL WHEEL DRIVE
18 3260 (O) LOWER SOLENOID VALVE POWER
SUPPLY
19 7982 (W) TRANSMISSION GROUP M
20 8010A (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE
21 8000A (N) SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE
22 8000X (N) SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE
23 3280 (O) SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE
TOP
24 8010 (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE
25 60A (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
27 8060D (U) POWER SUPPLY FOR TRAILER BRAKE
28 2012 (Y) WARNING LIGHT TRANSMISSION OIL
PRESSURE
BOTTOM
30 5515 (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V
SWITCHED
31 5500L (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
/5500A (R) HIGH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 152
32 5510L (U) / ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN

5510A (U) LOW
33 4055 (W) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE
34 4056 (W) HYDR. SHORTEN TOP LINK SOLENOID
VALVE
35 4057 (W) HYDR. RIGHT LIFT LINK RAISE
SOLENOID VALVE
36 4058 (W) HYDR. RIGHT LIFT LINK LOWER
SOLENOID VALVE
37 9000 (TN) OIL FLOW DIVIDER
38 4054 (W) HYDR. TOP LINK/LIFT LINK RELIEF
SOLENOID VALVE
39 5830 (U) / CONNECTION HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP
5830 (R)
40 5900B (Y) / ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5900 (Y)
41 5910B (G) / ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5910 (G)
42 5915B (B) / ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH
5915(B)
43 5920B (R) / ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE
5920 (R)
44 5970A (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
45 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
46 7411 (Y) TRANSMISSION HYDROSTAT INPUT
SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
47 7970 (L) TRANSMISSION GEAR GROUP
M/REVERSE GEARS
48 7130 (N) WARNING LIGHT HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER
49 8070 (L) TRAILER MV PARKING BRAKE
50 2250N (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY
BRI4400B-03 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 153
C020-BRI4413A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 154
C022 FUEL GAUGE SENSOR

FUEL GAUGE SENSOR
NUMBER
1 29 (G) SIGNAL FUEL GAUGE MAIN FUEL TANK Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2095D (G) EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS frame 31 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 3
C022-BRI4598A 4
LEFT-HAND SIDE BEHIND STEPS OF DRIVER'S CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 155
C023 TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NUMBER
A 7500 (G) TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP. Sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 60AT (B/W) EARTH SENSOR frame 09 (A.30.A)
BRI4444B 5
C023-BRI4597A 6
RIGHT-HAND SIDE SLIDE VALVE HOUSING OF THE TRANSMISSION CONTROLS
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 156
C024 SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING E

SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING E
NUMBER
1 7940 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING E Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7945 (L) TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER frame 07 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 7
C024-BRI4600A 8
SLIDE VALVE HOUSING OF THE TRANSMISSION CONTROLS
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 157
C025 SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING D

SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING D
NUMBER
1 7930 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING D Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
BRI4489B 9
C025-BRI4601A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 158
C026 SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING C

SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING C
NUMBER
1 7920 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING C Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
BRI4489B 11
C026-BRI4602A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 159
C027 SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING B

SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING B
NUMBER
1 7910 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
BRI4489B 13
C027-BRI4603A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 160
C028 SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING A

SOLENOID VALVE COUPLING A
NUMBER
1 7431 (TQ) POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7900 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING A frame 08 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 15
C028-BRI4604A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 161

C031 SOLENOID VALVE GEAR GROUP M

SOLENOID VALVE GEAR GROUP M
NUMBER
1 7980 (K) TRANSMISSION GROUP M Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7982 (W) TRANSMISSION GROUP L/H frame 08 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 1
C031-BRI4620A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 162
C032 SOLENOID VALVE GEAR GROUP L

SOLENOID VALVE GEAR GROUP L
NUMBER
1 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION GROUP L Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7235 (Y) TRANSMISSION FIELD GEARS MV - frame 08 (A.30.A)
RETURN CIRCUIT
BRI4489B 3
C032-BRI4618A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 163
C033 SOLENOID VALVE OF THE PTO BRAKE

SOLENOID VALVE PTO BRAKE
NUMBER
1 2130 (N) SOLENOID VALVE PTO BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57ET (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 20 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 5
C033-BRI4606A 6
RIGHT-HAND BACK - TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 164
C034 SOLENOID VALVE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

SOLENOID VALVE FOR ALL WHEEL DRIVE
NUMBER
1 3024 (Y) SOLENOID VALVE REAR WHEEL DRIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57EX (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 18 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 7
C034-BRI4607A 8
RIGHT-HAND BACK - TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 165
C035 ALL WHEEL SWITCH 1

MFD CONTROL SWITCH 1
NUMBER
1 3045 (Y) WARNING LIGHT ALL WHEEL DRIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 18 (A.30.A)
BRI4490B 9
C035-BRJ4638A 10
RIGHT SIDE OF TRANSMISSION, IN FRONT OF REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 166
C036 TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCHES 1 AND 2

TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCHES 1 AND 2
NUMBER
1 2012A (Y) / TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
57EM (B) WARNIGN LIGHT / EARTH (ALL) frame 07 (A.30.A)
BRI4490B 11
C036-BRI4596A 12
RIGHT-HAND SIDE SLIDE VALVE HOUSING OF THE TRANSMISSION CONTROLS - TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 167
C037 GROUP TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED

GROUP TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED
NUMBER
1 2050AR POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(G) frame 09 (A.30.A)
3 60BE EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
BRI4443B 13
C037-BRI4611A 14
TRANSMISSION TOP
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 168
C039 SOLENOID VALVE GEAR GROUP H

SOLENOID VALVE GEAR GROUP H
NUMBER
1 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION GROUP H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7225 (W) TRANSMISSION ROAD GEARS MV - frame 08 (A.30.A)
RETURN CIRCUIT
BRI4489B 15
C039-BRI4619A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 169

C040 SOLENOID VALVE REV GEAR GROUP

SOLENOID VALVE REV GEAR GROUP
NUMBER
1 7985 (G) TRANSMISSION REVERSE GEARS Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 8045 (L) TRANSMISSION SOLENOID VALVE REV frame 08 (A.30.A)
RETURN CIRCUIT
BRI4489B 1
C040-BRI4617A 2
TRANSMISSION - SLIDE VALVE HOUSING
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 170
C041 PTO SOLENOID VALVE

PTO SOLENOID VALVE
NUMBER
1 2042 (O) REAR PTO SOLENOID VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2051 (O) PTO - MV RETURN SIGNAL (-) frame 20 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 3
C041-BRJ4646A 4
TOP BACK - GEARBOX
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 171
C042 SOLENOID VALVE D. DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

SOLENOID VALVE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
NUMBER
1 7080 (LTG) POWER SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 57ES (B) EARTH - ALL
BRI4489B 5
C042-BRJ4645A 6
TOP BACK - GEARBOX
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 172
C043 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ON/OFF SWITCH

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ON/OFF SWITCH
NUMBER
1 7126 (LTG) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SWITCH frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 57 (B) EARTH - ALL
BRI4490B-02 7
C043-BRJ4647A 8
TOP - TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 173
C046 AXLE SPEED SENSOR

AXLE SPEED SENSOR
NUMBER
1 2050AH POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(G) frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 60BC EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
BRI4443B-01 9
C046-BRI4599A 10
FUEL TANK
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 174
C047 FORCE MEASURING PIN LEFT-HAND SIDE

FORCE MEASURING PIN LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 60BA EARTH SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(B/W) frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 5075B (K) EPC VOLTAGE ON FORCE MEASURING
PIN
BRI4443B-01 11
C047-BRI4609A 12
RIGHT-HAND BACK - GEARBOX
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 175
C048 FORCE MEASURING PIN RIGHT-HAND SIDE

FORCE MEASURING PIN RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 60H (B/W) EARTH SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5065 (TN) EPC RIGHT FORCE MEASURING PIN frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 5075A (K) EPC VOLTAGE ON FORCE MEASURING
PIN
BRI4443B-01 13
C048-BRI4610A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 176

C050 PLUG CONNECTION OF TRAILER BRAKE

PLUG CONNECTION FOR THE TRAILER BRAKE
NUMBER
1 8000A (N) SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 8010A (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE frame 30 (A.30.A)
3 8020A (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE
4 57FA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
5 8060E (U) POWER SUPPLY FOR TRAILER BRAKE
BRI4408B-04 1
C050-BRJ4648A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 177
C052 LIFTING SHAFT POTENTIOMETER

LIFTING SHAFT POTENTIOMETER
NUMBER
1 60L (B/W) EARTH SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5080 (K) EPC LIFTING SHAFT frame 13 (A.30.A)
3 5020V (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
BRI4425B-02 3
C052-BRI4605A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 178
C054 PTO SPEED SENSOR

PTO SPEED SENSOR
NUMBER
1 2140 (O) PTO SPEED SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 60AS EARTH SENSOR frame 20 (A.30.A)
(B/W)
BRI4491B 5
C054-BRI4606A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 179
C055 TRAILER SOCKET

TRAILER SOCKET
NUMBER
1 1013D (N) / LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE / EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
57EG (B) frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 810A (R) BRAKE LIGHTS
3 1014E (B) LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE
4 349 (G) TRAILER INDICATORS RIGHT
6 350 (Y) TRAILER INDICATORS LEFT
BRI4480B 7
C055-BRJ4641A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 180
C056 - SOCKET WIRING HARNESS ENGINE TO LIGHTING

SOCKET WIRING HARNESS ENGINE TO LIGHTING
NUMBER
1 57A (B) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
57JF (B)
4 1027B (U) MAIN BEAM
5 1073 (L) / POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP
1073A (L)
6 57B (B) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
57JG (B)
8 1027A (U) MAIN BEAM
BRI4429B 9
C056-BRJ4642A 10
TOP REAR - ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 181
C057 HORN

HORN
NUMBER
1 57E (B) / EARTH (ALL) / HORN POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
376 (L) frame 25 (A.30.A)
BRI4445B 11
C057-BRJ4644A 12
BONNET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 182
C058 WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE

WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1073D (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4458B-01 13
C058-BRI4447A 14
BONNET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 183
C059 RIGHT-HAND HEADLIGHT

HEADLIGHT RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 57D (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 1027C (U) MAIN BEAM frame 27 (A.30.A)
4 1030C (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
BRI4479B-01 15
C059-BRI4448A 16
BONNET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 184

C060 HEADLIGHT LEFT-HAND SIDE

HEADLIGHT LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 57C (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 1027D (U) MAIN BEAM frame 27 (A.30.A)
4 1030D (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
BRI4479B-01 1
C060-BRI4451A 2
FRONT OF THE BONNENT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 185
C061 WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE

WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1073C (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4458B-01 3
C061-BRI4450A 4
FRONT OF THE BONNENT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 186
C062 SWITCH RIGHT-HAND BRAKE LIGHT

SWITCH RIGHT-HAND BRAKE LIGHT
NUMBER
1 10C (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
STARTER SWITCH frame 18 (A.30.A)
2 10D (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
3 840 (G) BRAKE LIGHT SIGNAL RIGHT / LEFT
4 830 (R) BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH RIGHT
BRI4407B 5
C062-BRI4407 6
BEHIND THE STEERING COLUMN CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 187
C063 SWITCH LEFT-HAND BRAKE LIGHT

SWITCH LEFT-HAND BRAKE LIGHT
NUMBER
1 10B (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 10A (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
3 840A (G) BRAKE LIGHT SIGNAL RIGHT / LEFT
4 820 (R) BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH LEFT
BRI4407B 7
C063-BRI4408 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 188
C064 GRAB RAIL WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE

GRAB RAIL WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
2 1097B (R) POWER SUPPLY OUTER FRONT WORK Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
LAMP frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57L (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4441B 9
C064-BRI4456A 10
CAB ROOF RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 189
C065 GRAB RAIL WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE

GRAB RAIL WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
2 1097A (R) POWER SUPPLY OUTER FRONT WORK Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
LAMP frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57V (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4441B 11
C065-BRI4405A 12
CAB ROOF LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 190
C066 GRAB RAIL SIDE LIGHT RIGHT

GRAB RAIL SIDE LIGHT RIGHT
NUMBER
1 249 (LTG) SMV LIGHTS RIGHT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1013C (R) LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE frame 28 (A.30.A)
4 57C (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4441B 13
C066-BRI4457A 14
CAB ROOF RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 191
C067 GRAB RAIL SIDE LIGHT LEFT

GRAB RAIL SIDE LIGHT LEFT
NUMBER
1 250 (LTG) SMV LIGHTS LEFT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1014C (R) LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE frame 28 (A.30.A)
4 57E (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4441B 15
C067-BRI4450A 16
CAB ROOF LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 192
C068 RADAR SENSOR

RADAR SENSOR
NUMBER
1 57JD (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2028B (G) SIGNAL RADAR SENSOR frame 31 (A.30.A)
3 2031 (Y) RADAR PRESENT
4 2027 (R) POWER SUPPLY RADAR SENSOR
BRI4406B 17
C068-BRI4406A 18
BACK OF ENGINE RIGHT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 193

C072 STARTER SWITCH

STARTER SWITCH
NUMBER
1 150A (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 137 (W) POWER SUPPLY RADIO
3 71 (W) POWER SUPPLIES WHEN STARTER
PROTECTED BY FUSE)
4 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (MAGNETIC COIL)
6 1000 (W) POWER SUPPLY SAFETY SWITCH
BRI4409B 1
C072-BRI4409A-1 2
STEERING COLUMN CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 194
C073 SWITCH FOR FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER

SWITCH FOR FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER
NUMBER
1 1038A (TN) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN
WIPER - REAR
3 587 (LTG) INTERMITTENT WIPER WINDSCREEN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR - LOW frame 32 (A.30.A)
6 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR - HIGH
7 1121 (G) REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER
8 1119 (G) REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER
9 97 (LTG) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN
WASHER
10 63 (U) WIPER MOTOR - POWER SUPPLY
INITIAL POSITION
BRI4410B 3
C073-BRI4410A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 195
C075 SWITCH FOR SHUTTLE LEVER

SWITCH FOR SHUTTLE LEVER
NUMBER
1 7525C (G) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
SENSOR 5 V
2 7250 (S) TRANSMISSION SIGNAL FORWARD
3 7260 (S) TRANSMISSION SIGNAL REVERSE
4 7730 (TN) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 7000B (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION frame 06 (A.30.A)
CONTROLS
6 1001X (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
7 7420A (Y) TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER TO
SWITCH FOR COUPLING SETTING
8 57SS (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4411B 5
C075-BRI4411A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 196
C076 CLUTCH SWITCH

CLUTCH SWITCH
NUMBER
1 7420B (Y) TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER TO
2 7420C (Y) TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER TO Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SWITCH FOR COUPLING SETTING frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 7660 (R) TRANSMISSION COUPLING
DISENGAGEMENT
4 1000 (W) POWER SUPPLY SAFETY SWITCH
BRI4407B 7
C076-BRI4415A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 197
C077 CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER

CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER
NUMBER
1 7525A (G) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SENSOR 5 V frame 06 (A.30.A)
2 7430 (Y) SIGNAL COUPLING SETTING
3 60B (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
BRI4414B 9
C077-BRI4414A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 198
C079 ADIC

ADIC
NUMBER
3 2019 (K) ENGINE SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO
PERFORMANCE MONITOR)
5 3005 (G) TELLTALE INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE
6 3004 (G) TELLTALE INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
7 9027 (W) CAL/SEL INPUT ANALOGUE-DIGITAL
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
8 7640Z (TN) DIAGNOSTICS PLUG RS232 IN
9 7650Z (W) DIAGNOSTICS PLUG RS232 OUT
10 1135 (G) WARNING LIGHT AUXILIARY START
SYSTEM
11 1005 (S) WARNING LIGHT AIR FILTER
12 7130 (N) WARNING LIGHT HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
13 2040 (LTG) WATER SENSOR FOR THE WATER frame 37 (A.30.A)
SEPARATOR
14 1052 (Y) OUTSIDE LIGHTING RELAY
15 1012E (R) LIGHTING
16 1001P (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
17 650 (TQ) COOLANT GAUGE SENSOR
19 2014 (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (+5
VOLT)
21 2020 (Y) ENGINE SHUTDOWN (TACHO MODULE
TO PERFORMANCE MONITOR)
22 2095 (G) EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS
23 57BE (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
24 160R (Y) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FOR
ELECTRONICS
25 1006A (N) WARNING LIGHT 3-PHASE ALTERNATOR
26 9031A (L) ANALOGUE-DIGITAL INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER MEMORY B+
BRI4416B-01 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 199
C079-BRI4416A 12
BEHIND THE ADIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 200

C080 ADIC

ADIC
NUMBER
11 3062 (L) SWITCH IMPLEMENT SOCKET Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
14 2330 (L) PTO SPEED ISO 11876 SOCKET PIN 3 frame 31 (A.30.A)
15 2320 (L) ACTUAL ROAD SPEED ISO 11786
SOCKET PIN 1
16 2300 (L) THEOR. ROAD SPEED ISO 11786
SOCKET PIN 2
17 2310 (L) LOWER/RAISE - POWER LIFT- MODE ISO
11786 SOCKET PIN 4
BRI4416B-01 1
C080-BRI4417A 2
BEHIND THE ADIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 201
C081 ADIC

ADIC
NUMBER
1 5190 (R) POWER LIFT LOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
2 7160 (R) WARNING LOW FEED PRESSURE FOR
HYDRAULICS
5 1035 (W) WARNING LIGHT ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
7 3014A (R) SIGNAL WARNING LIGHT HAND BRAKE
8 1056 (O) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
10 1055 (U) frame 38 (A.30.A)
11 3052 (L) INTERIOR LIGHT TO DOOR CONTACT
SWITCH
12 2012 (Y) WARNING LIGHT TRANSMISSION OIL
PRESSURE
13 1034 TURN SIGNAL TELLTALE (TERMINAL C3)
(LTG)
14 29 (G) SIGNAL FUEL GAUGE MAIN FUEL TANK
16 1033 TURN SIGNAL TELLTALE (TERMINAL C2)
(LTG)
18 1026 (U) TELLTALE MAIN BEAM
19 2200Z (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATION
20 39B (G) SIGNAL TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
22 3120 (K) SIGNAL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
23 31 (Y) SIGNAL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
SENSOR
25 5420G (G) CAN L
26 5400G (Y) CAN H
BRI4416B-01 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 202
C081-BRI4418A 4
BEHIND THE ADIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 203
C083 HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH

HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH
NUMBER
2 1021 (P) POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SWITCH (STARTER BATTERY) frame 28 (A.30.A)
3 1020A POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT
(G/W) SWITCH
7 57BF (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
8 1020 (G/S) POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT
SWITCH
SS07E264 5
C083-BRJ4649A 6
BEHIND THE STEERING WHEEL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 204
C084 TOP FRONT WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE

UPPER FRONT WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
A 1098A (W) EARTH RELAY FRONT WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 57AB (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4458B 7
C084-BRI4458A 8
FRONT LEFT - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 205
C085 TOP FRONT WORK LAMP LIGHT-HAND SIDE

UPPER FRONT WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
A 1098B (W) EARTH RELAY FRONT WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 57AA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) / VEHICLE EARTH frame 29 (A.30.A)
(ALL)
BRI4458B 9
C085-BRI4457A 10
FRONT RIGHT - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 206
C088 WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR

WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
NUMBER
1 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (RETURN TO INITIAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
POSITION) frame 32 (A.30.A)
2 57M (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
3 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR - LOW
4 1019 (G) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN
WIPER
6 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR - HIGH
BRI4408B 11
C088-BRI4446A 12
FRONT - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 207

C090 DOOR CONTACT SWITCH LEFT-HAND SIDE

DOOR CONTACT SWITCH LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 3052B (L) INTERIOR LIGHT TO DOOR CONTACT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
BRI4437B 1
C090-BRI4444A 2
REAR TOP LEFT - CAB DOOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 208
C091 DOOR CONTACT SWITCH RIGHT-HAND SIDE

DOOR CONTACT SWITCH RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 3052A (L) INTERIOR LIGHT TO DOOR CONTACT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
BRI4437B 3
C091-BRI4445A 4
REAR TOP RIGHT - CAB DOOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 209
C092 CONSOLE LIGHTING LEFT-HAND SIDE

CONSOLE LIGHTING LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 57W (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1014D (R) / LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE frame 25 (A.30.A)
1014 (R)
BRI4459B-01 5
C092-BRI4561A 6
LEFT-HAND SIDE - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 210
C093 BRAKE LIGHT/REAR LIGHT LEFT-HAND SIDE

BRAKE LIGHT/REAR LIGHT LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 57AX (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3004 (G/W) TELLTALE INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 1013A (R) LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
4 810 (G/L) BRAKE LIGHTS
BRI4479B 7
C093-BRI4479A 8
LEFT-HAND SIDE - REAR FENDER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 211
C094 BRAKE LIGHT/REAR LIGHT RIGHT-HAND SIDE

BRAKE LIGHT/REAR LIGHT RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 57AX (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3004 (G/W) TELLTALE INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 1013A (R) LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
4 810 (G/L) BRAKE LIGHTS
BRI4479B 9
C094-BRI4478A 10
RIGHT-HAND SIDE - REAR FENDER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 212
C095 REAR LICENCE PLATE LIGHT LEFT

REAR LICENCE PLATE LIGHT LEFT
NUMBER
1 1014B (R) LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 978B (W) LICENCE PLATE LIGHT frame 26 (A.30.A)
BRI4488B 11
C095-BRI4566A 12
REAR LEFT - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 213
C096 REAR LICENCE PLATE / WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE

REAR LICENCE PLATE / WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1014A (R) LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 978A (W) LICENCE PLATE LIGHT frame 26 (A.30.A)
BRI4488B 13
C096-BRI4567A 14
REAR RIGHT - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 214
C097 ROTATING BEACON LEFT-HAND SIDE

ROTATING BEACON LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 4012A (L) POWER SUPPLY ROTATING BEACON Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57Z (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B-01 15
C097-BRI4571A 16
LEFT-HAND SIDE - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 215
C098 ROTATING BEACON RIGHT-HAND SIDE

ROTATING BEACON RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 4012B (L) POWER SUPPLY ROTATING BEACON Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57Y (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B-01 17
C098-BRI4562A 18
RIGHT-HAND - CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 216
C099 INTERIOR LIGHT

INTERIOR LIGHT
NUMBER
1 666A (L) / POWER SUPPLY SWITCH INTERIOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3052A (L) LIGHT / INTERIOR LIGHT TO DOOR frame 23 (A.30.A)
/ 3052B (L) CONTACT SWITCH /
/ 3057 (L)/
3057A (L)
2 57R (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4460B 19
C099-BRI4460A 20
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 217

C100 TCM - ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN1a)

TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN1a)
NUMBER
1 7000C (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
2 7000D (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
3 7000E (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
4 7431 (TQ) POWER SUPPLY
6 7920 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING C
7 7930 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING D
8 7660 (R) TRANSMISSION COUPLING
DISENGAGEMENT
9 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION GROUP H
10 9033 (TN) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE+
11 7910 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
12 5090 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE LOWER frame 37 (A.30.A)
13 7980 (K) TRANSMISSION GROUP M
14 5000A (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY
15 5400T (Y) CAN H
16 5420T (G) CAN L
19 61 (O) EARTH HOUSING
20 5200A (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
21 5500H (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
22 5510H (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
23 60 (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
25 57Y (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
26 57Z (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4416B-01 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 218
C100-BRI4419A 2
CAB BACK BEHIND THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 219
C101 TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN1b)

TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN1b)
NUMBER
1 6402 (G) CONTROL UNIT TO ACCELERATOR
PEDAL- POTENTIOMETER
2 5080 (K) EPC LIFTING SHAFT
3 5050 (TN) EPC CONTROL
4 5045 (TN) EPC LOWERING SPEED
5 5120 (K) / EPC SIGNAL LIFT HEIGHT LIMIT / EPC
5085 (K) CONTROL VALVE RAISE
6 5040 (TN) EPC TRACTION / POSITION CONTROL
7 5145 (TQ) EPC POTENTIOMETER SETPOINT SLIP
CONTROL
8 5155 (U) EPC POTENTIOMETER WORKING
DEPTH CONTROL
9 5065 (TN) EPC RIGHT FORCE MEASURING PIN
11 2050K (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW
12 7250 (S) TRANSMISSION SIGNAL FORWARD
13 7260 (S) TRANSMISSION SIGNAL REVERSE
14 7500 (G) TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP. SENSOR
16 5020 (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
17 7525 (G) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
SENSOR 5 V
18 5130 (TQ) EPC LOWER SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH
20 5125 (TQ) EPC RAISE SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH
21 1001 (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
22 820B (R) BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH LEFT
23 830B (R) BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH RIGHT
25 5075 (K) EPC VOLTAGE TO FORCE MEASURING
PIN
26 3045 (Y) WARNING LIGHT ALL WHEEL DRIVE
27 7420D (Y) TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER TO
29 5100 (K) EPC REMOTE RAISE SWITCH
30 5095 (K) EPC REMOTE LOWER SWITCH
33 2028B (G) SIGNAL RADAR (GUN)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 220
BRI4420B 3
C101-BRI4420A 4
CAB BACK BEHIND THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 221
C103 GEAR SHIFT - PLUG CONNECTION

GEAR SHIFT - PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 7525D (G) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
SENSOR 5 V
2 7210A (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
3 7200A (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 7525E (G) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION frame 06 (A.30.A)
SENSOR 5 V
5 4101A (TQ) GEAR RANGE ACTIVATED
BRI4478B 5
C103-BRJ4688A 6
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 222
C104 GEAR DISPLAY - PLUG CONNECTION

GEAR DISPLAY - PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
A1 2050D (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
A2 1013 (R) LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE frame 09 (A.30.A)
C1 57AB (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
C3 5400F (Y) CAN H
C4 5420F (G) CAN L
BRI4428B 7
C104-BRI4428A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 223
C105 WORK LAMP CONTROL UNIT

WORK LAMP CONTROL UNIT
NUMBER
B1 4011 (L) POWER SUPPLY SWITCH ROTATING
BEACON
B2 138B (L STATION MEMORY RADIO
B3 57X (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
B4 1098A (W) EARTH RELAY FRONT WORK LAMP
B5 1098B (W EARTH RELAY FRONT WORK LAMP
B6 1090 (R) SIGNAL RELAY REAR WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Component diagram 29
B7 1097A (R) POWER SUPPLY OUTER FRONT WORK (A.30.A)
LAMP
B8 1097B (R) POWER SUPPLY OUTER FRONT WORK
LAMP
C1 997 (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR
(OUTER)
C2 4012 (L) POWER SUPPLY ROTATING BEACON
C3 998A (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR
(INNER)
C4 998B (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR
(INNER)
C5 1013AH LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
(R)
C6 1092 (R) SIGNAL RELAY FRONT WORK LAMP
C7 1071A (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP
C8 1071B (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP
BRI4453B 9
C105-BRI4453A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 224
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 225
C106 RADIO PLUG 1

RADIO PLUG 1
NUMBER
4 3077 (Y) RADIO +12VB Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 3078 (O) RADIO +12V LIGHTING frame 23 (A.30.A)
7 3079 (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
8 57 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4454B 11
C106-BRI4454A 12
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 226
C107 RADIO PLUG 2

RADIO PLUG 2
NUMBER
1 3091 (L) SPEAKER REAR - RIGHT +
2 3092 (L) SPEAKER REAR - RIGHT - Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 3093 (S) SPEAKER FRONT - RIGHT + frame 23 (A.30.A)
4 3094 (S) SPEAKER FRONT - RIGHT / SPEAKER
FRONT - RIGHT -
5 3095 (W) SPEAKER FRONT - LEFT +
6 3096 (W) SPEAKER FRONT - LEFT -
7 3097 (G) SPEAKER REAR - LEFT +
8 3098 (G) SPEAKER REAR - LEFT -
BRI4454B 13
C107-BRI4455A 14
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 227
C109 REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR

REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTOR
NUMBER
1 1120 (G) REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER RETURN TO Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
INITIAL POSITION / REAR WINDSCREEN frame 32 (A.30.A)
WIPER RETURN TO INITIAL POSITION
2 57D (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
3 1038 (TN) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN
WIPER - REAR
BRI4485B 15
C109-BRI4456A 16
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 228

C110 SPEAKER FRONT RIGHT

SPEAKER FRONT RIGHT
NUMBER
1 3093 (S) SPEAKER FRONT - RIGHT + Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3094 (S) SPEAKER FRONT - RIGHT - frame 23 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B-01 1
C110-BRI4458A 2
CAB ROOF - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 229
C111 SPEAKER FRONT LEFT

SPEAKER FRONT LEFT
NUMBER
1 3095 (W) SPEAKER FRONT - LEFT + Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3096 (W) SPEAKER FRONT - LEFT - - frame 23 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B-01 3
C111-BRI4451A 4
CAB ROOF - LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 230
C113 FRONT POWER LIFT CONTROL KNOB IN THE CAB

FRONT POWER LIFT CONTROL KNOB IN THE CAB
NUMBER
1 60AB EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
2 2520 (N) FRONT POWER LIFT POSITION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SETPOINT SIGNAL frame 11 (A.30.A)
3 2530A (N) FRONT POWER LIFT REF. VOLTAGE
4 2540E (N) FRONT POWER LIFT +12 V STARTER
SWITCH
5 2550 (N) OVERRIDE SWITCH FRONT POWER LIFT
BRI4408B 5
C113-BRJ4649A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 231
C114 FRONT PTO TELLTALE

FRONT PTO TELLTALE
NUMBER
1 2250E (K) / FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY / FRONT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2270 (O) PTO - WARNING LIGHT frame 19 (A.30.A)
BRI4445B-01 7
C114-BRI4429A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 232
C115 FRONT PTO SWITCH

FRONT PTO SWITCH
NUMBER
1 2250D (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2248 (K) FRONT PTO - SWITCH (VCCS) frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 2245 (K) FRONT PTO - SWITCH TO MODULE
(PUSH BUTTON)
BRI4425B 9
C115-BRI4424A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 233
C116 REAR PTO SWITCH

REAR PTO SWITCH
NUMBER
1 2050H (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO THE MODULE frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 2046 (O) PTO SWITCH (VCC)
BRI4425B 11
C116-BRI4425A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 234
C117 REAR PTO TELLTALE

REAR PTO TELLTALE
NUMBER
1 2065A (N) / PTO SWITCHED ON / POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2050G (G) PTO / POWER SUPPLY GEAR DISPLAY frame 19 (A.30.A)
BRI4445B 13
C117-BRI4430A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 235
C118 SWITCH FOR THE REAR PTO BRAKE

SWITCH FOR REAR PTO BRAKE
NUMBER
1 2120 (TN) SIGNAL PTO BRAKE
2 2050J (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 2069 (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON frame 19 (A.30.A)
SS07E264 15
C118-BRI4475A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 236
C119 HEATING/AIR CON PLUG CONNECTION

HEATING/AIR CON PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
3 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 (U/R) SIGNAL AIR CONDITIONING frame 40 (A.30.A)
ELECTRONICS
6 (O/B) SIGNAL OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
7 (R/B) SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
8 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4467B 17
SS07E288 18
CAB REAR LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 237

C120 EPC CONTROL PANEL 1

EPC CONTROL PANEL 1
NUMBER
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
C120-BRJ4672A 1
OPERATOR CONTROL ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 238
C121 EPC CONTROL PANEL 2

EPC CONTROL PANEL 2
NUMBER
frame 10 (A.30.A)
C121-BRJ4673A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 239
C127 TCM - ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN3a)

TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN3a)
NUMBER
1 6440 (S) HAND THROTTLE SETTING 1
3 2059 (W) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER INPUT SIGNAL
4 6530 (N) INCREASE CONSTANT SPEED
5 6540 (N) REDUCE CONSTANT SPEED
6 5133 (TQ) EPC STOP
7 5240 (O) EPC RAISE SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH 2
8 7040 (N) CRAWLER GROUP SWITCH
9 7581 (O) CRAWLER DRIVE SETTING SIGNAL
10 7210 (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
11 7200 (S) TRANSMISSION DOWN SHIFT
12 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO THE MODULE
15 1039 (LTG) NASO LIGHTING
16 5595 (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE MAIN
SWITCH
17 6460A (S) HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NO IDLE)
18 2056 (W) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER ON
19 7126 (LTG) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE
SWITCH
21 5610 (R) PROGRAMMING SWITCH FOR
HEADLAND MANAGEMENT
22 5630 (R) MANUAL MODE SWITCH FOR HEADLAND
MANAGEMENT
23 5620 (R) HEADLAND MANAGEMENT ON/OFF
SWITCH
24 3027 (Y) ALL WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID VALVE
(AUTO)
25 3025 (Y) / ALL WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID VALVE
7000J (U) (MANUAL) / POWER SUPPLY FOR THE
TRANSMISSION CONTROLS
26 5250 (O) EPC LOWER SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH 2
BRI4416B-03 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 240
C127-BRI4422A 4
BEHIND THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 241
C128 TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN3b)

TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN3b)
NUMBER
2 7580 (U) OVERRIDE SOLENOID VALVE CRAWLER
GROUP
3 7235 (Y) TRANSMISSION MV GROUP L - RETURN
CIRCUIT
4 8045 (L) TRANSMISSION SOLENOID VALVE REV
RETURN CIRCUIT
7 7985 (G) TRANSMISSION REVERSE GEARS
8 2130 (N) SOLENOID VALVE PTO BRAKE
9 7080 (LTG) POWER SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
RETURN SIGNAL
11 6510 (N) CONSTANT SPEED SETPOINT 1
13 7940 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING E
15 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION GROUP L
17 3025 (Y) ALL WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID VALVE
(MANUAL)
18 2051 (O) PTO - MV RETURN SIGNAL (-)
19 7411 (Y) TRANSMISSION HYDROSTAT INPUT
SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
23 2069 (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
24 2120 (TN) SIGNAL PTO BRAKE
27 2065A (N) PTO SWITCHED ON
28 7120 (Y) DIFF. LOCK WARNING LIGHT (MANUAL)
29 7125 (LTG) DIFF. LOCK WARNING LIGHT (AUTO)
30 7175 (Y) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL
ON)
31 7170 (W) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE
SWITCH (AUTO ON)
32 6404 (G) ACCELERATOR POT. TO THE SWITCH
REDUCED IDLING SPEED
33 2055A (W) GROUND DRIVE PTO SWITCHED ON
34 7000K (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 242
BRI4420B 5
C128-BRI4423A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 243
C129 WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE

WORK LAMP RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
2 998 POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(G/TN/B) (INSIDE) frame 26 (A.30.A)
4 57AP (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4422B 7
C129-BRI4548A 8
REAR FENDER RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 244

C130 WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE

WORK LAMP LEFT-HAND SIDE
POSITION CABLE CIRCUIT WIRING DIAGRAM
NUMBER
2 998 POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(G/TN/B) (INNER) frame 26 (A.30.A)
BRI4422B 1
C130-BRI4547A 2
LEFT-HAND REAR FENDER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 245
C131 LICENCE PLATE LIGHT

LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
NUMBER
1 1013B (R) / LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE / EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
57AW (B) frame 26 (A.30.A)
BRI4449B 3
C131-BRI4549A 4
REAR FENDER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 246
C134 POWER LIFT SWITCH RIGHT-HAND SIDE

POWER LIFT SWITCH RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 5100 (K/W) EPC REMOTE RAISE SWITCH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5200 POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE frame 12 (A.30.A)
(N/R/B)
3 5095 (K/G) EPC REMOTE LOWER SWITCH
BRI4425B 5
C134-BRI4438A 6
RIGHT-HAND REAR FENDER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 247
C135 POWER LIFT SWITCH LEFT-HAND SIDE

POWER LIFT SWITCH LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 5100 (K/W) EPC REMOTE RAISE SWITCH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5200 POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE frame 12 (A.30.A)
(N/R/B)
3 5095 (K/G) EPC REMOTE LOWER SWITCH
BRI4425B 7
C135-BRI4439A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 248
C136 HAND BRAKE

HAND BRAKE
NUMBER
2 3014B (R) SIGNAL WARNING LIGHT HAND BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 9031B (L) ANALOGUE-DIGITAL INSTRUMENT frame 30 (A.30.A)
CLUSTER MEMORY B+
4 3150 (W) HAND BRAKE SWITCH (BREAK
CONTACT) SIGNAL OFF
BRI4469B 9
C136-BRI4469A 10
IN THE CAB - LEFT-HAND SIDE NEXT TO THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 249
C138 DRIVER'S SEAT AIR PUMP

DRIVER'S SEAT AIR PUMP
NUMBER
1 6355A (R) +5V LOW-SIGNAL REFERENCE VOLTAGE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2069 (O) PTO MANAGEMENT ON frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 181K (G) POWER SUPPLY BLOWER MOTOR
4 57CN (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4426B 11
C138-BRJ4667A 12
IN THE CAB - RIGHT-HAND SIDE NEXT TO THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 250
C139 WINDSCREEN WASHER PUMP MOTOR

WINDSCREEN WASHER PUMP MOTOR
NUMBER
1 97 (LTG) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
WASHER frame 32 (A.30.A)
2 57F (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4481B 13
C139-BRI4481A 14
TRACTOR REAR UNDER THE CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 251

C140 RIGHT-HAND REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER PUMP MOTOR

RIGHT-HAND REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER PUMP MOTOR
NUMBER
1 1121A (G) REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57G (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 32 (A.30.A)
BRI4481B 1
C140-BRI4482A 2
TRACTOR REAR UNDER THE CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 252
C143 REAR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT PLUG CONNECTION

REAR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
A 150Y (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE)
(ALL)
B 57CR (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
D 3070D (L) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE frame 24 (A.30.A)
B-PILLAR
BRI4452B 3
C143-BRJ4660B 4
OUTSIDE ON BACK OF CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 253
C144 AIR BRAKE PLUG CONNECTION

AIR BRAKE PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 2095D (G) / EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS
2095C (G)
2 8000X (N) SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE
3 8010 (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 8020B (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE frame 30 (A.30.A)
5 57EH (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
6 8070 (L) TRAILER MV PARKING BRAKE
8 8060F (U) POWER SUPPLY D. TRAILER BRAKE
BRI4439B 5
TRANSMISSION - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 254
C146 LIFT-O-MATIC

LIFT-O-MATIC
NUMBER
1 2050N (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5190 (R) POWER LIFT LOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC frame 12 (A.30.A)
BRI4487B 6
C146-BRI4487A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 255

C173 CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH S2

CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH S2
NUMBER
1 7160 (R) WARNING LOW FEED PRESSURE FOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
HYDRAULICS frame 13 (A.30.A)
BRI4465B 1
TOP TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 256
C174 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
NUMBER
1 3500 (Y) / POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL / Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
57NZ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 31 (A.30.A)
BRI4490B-03 2
C174-BRJ4814A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 257
C175 MAINTENANCE SWITCH FOR THE HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER

MAINTENANCE SWITCH FOR THE HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER
NUMBER
1 7130A (N) WARNING LIGHT HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57EV (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 11 (A.30.A)
BRI4488B-01 4
C175-BRJ4639A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 258
C176 TRANSMISION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NUMBER
1 7130 (N) WARNING LIGHT HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7130A (N) WARNING LIGHT HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER frame 11 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 6
C176-BRJ4640A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 259

C182 ALL WHEEL SWITCH

FWD CONTROL SWITCH
NUMBER
1 3025 (Y) / SOLENOID VALVE FOR ALL WHEEL
57EN (B) DRIVE (MANUAL) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
2 2050B (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 3027 (Y) ALL WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID VALVE frame 18 (A.30.A)
(AUTO)
7 57A (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
9 57B (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
SS07E264 1
C182-BRI4584A 2
KEY PAD RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 260
C183 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH
NUMBER
1 7175 (Y) / DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL
7126 (LTG) ON) / DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE
/ 57FH (B) SWITCH / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
2 7000A (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
6 7170 (W) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SWITCH (AUTO ON) frame 18 (A.30.A)
7 7125 (G) DIFF. LOCK WARNING LIGHT (AUTO)
8 7000M (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
9 7120 (Y) DIFF. LOCK WARNING LIGHT (MANUAL)
10 7000L (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
SS07E264 3
C183-BRI4585A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 261
C184 RADAR SENSOR

RADAR SENSOR
NUMBER
1 2320 ACTUAL VALUE ROAD SPEED ISO 11786
(P/K/Y) SOCKET PIN 1
2 2300 THEOR. ROAD SPEED ISO 11786
(P/B/Y) SOCKET PIN 2
3 2330 PTO SPEED ISO 11876 SOCKET PIN 3 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(P/LG/Y) frame 31 (A.30.A)
4 2310 LOWER/RAISE - POWER LIFT- MODE ISO
(P/G/Y) 11786 SOCKET PIN 4
5 1050 (G/W) POWER SUPPLY ACCESSORY DEVICES
6 61 (B) EARTH HOUSING
7 5190B POWER LIFT LOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
(R/W/B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 262

C190 HEADLIGHT SWITCH

HEADLIGHT SWITCH
NUMBER
1 150AA (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE)
(ALL)
2 1024A (R) POWER SUPPLY RIGHT-HAND AND
LEFT-HAND SIDE MARKER LIGHT
3 1027D (U) MAIN BEAM
4 1030C (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 3000 (G) POWER SUPPLY FLASHER (TERMINAL frame 27 (A.30.A)
49)
7 3001 (G) CIRCUIT INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE
8 3002 (G) CIRCUIT INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
BRI4439B 1
C190-BRI4483A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 263
C192 CRAWLER GEARS SWITCH

CRAWLER DRIVE SWITCH
NUMBER
2 2050A (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY
3 7040 (N) CRAWLER GROUP SWITCH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
7 57H (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 09 (A.30.A)
SS07E264 3
C192-BRI4586A 4
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONSOLE - KEY PAD
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 264
C193 CIGAR LIGHTER

CIGAR LIGHTER
NUMBER
1 1012G (R) LIGHTING / POWER SOCKET ON Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 3070B (L) B-COLUMN frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 57CV (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4417B 5
C193-BRJ4650A 6
LEFT-HAND SIDE C-PILLAR REAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 265

C216 TEMPERATURE SWITCH

TEMPERATURE SWITCH
NUMBER
frame 13 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 266
C217 EPC RAISE SOLENOID VALVE

EPC RAISE SOLENOID VALVE
NUMBER
1 5085 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE RAISE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
CIRCUIT
BRI4491B-01 1
C217-BRI4699A 2
TRACTOR REAR - EPC CONTROL VALVE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 267
C218 EPC LOWER SOLENOID VALVE

EPC LOWER SOLENOID VALVE
NUMBER
1 5090 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE LOWER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5097 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE LOWER RETURN frame 13 (A.30.A)
CIRCUIT
BRI4491B-01 3
C218-BRI4698A 4
TRACTOR REAR - EPC CONTROL VALVE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 268

C222 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE FOR THE CRAWLER GROUP

SOLENOID VALVE CRAWLER GROUP
NUMBER
1 7005 MV CRAWLER GEAR TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(U/L/B) frame 08 (A.30.A)
2 7580 OVERRIDE SOLENOID VALVE CRAWLER
(U/K/B) GROUP
C222-BRJ4815A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 269

C235 30A SOCKET AND TERMINAL STUD

30A SOCKET AND TERMINAL STUD
NUMBER
1 3070 (P/W) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE
/ 3070A (L) B-PILLAR
2 9032 (Y/G) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
/ 57CX (B)
3 57C (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 3070C (P) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE frame 23 (A.30.A)
B-PILLAR
A 3070C (L) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE
B-PILLAR
B 57CY (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
C 9032A (Y) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE+ / VEHICLE
EARTH (ALL)
BRI4455B 1
C235-BRJ4676A 2
CAB - RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 270
C239 TCM ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN2)

TCM - ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION CONTROLLER (CN2)
NUMBER
2 7225 (W) TRANSMISSION MV GEAR GROUP H -
RETURN CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
5 5097 (K) EPC CONTROL VALVE LOWER RETURN
CIRCUIT
7 7982 (W) TRANSMISSION GROUP M
8 7900 (TQ) SIGNAL COUPLING A
11 5220 (Y) EPC RAISE TELLTALE
13 9034 (TN) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE- Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
14 2062 (W) PTO SPEED SENSOR frame 38 (A.30.A)
16 3168 (O) POWER SUPPLY RELIEF SOLENOID
VALVE AUTOMAT. VERSION (HSD)
19 5180 (TQ) EPC WHEEL SLIP WARNING LIGHT
21 57W (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
SWITCH TELLTALE
23 6355 (R) +5V LOW-SIGNAL REFERENZSPANNUNG
24 5110 (K) EPC SIGNAL TELLTALE
25 5230 (Y) EPC LOWER TELLTALE
26 57X (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4416B-01 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 271
C239-BRI4421A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 272

C240 PLUG CONNECTION EPC CONTROL

PLUG CONNECTION EPC CONTROL
NUMBER
frame 10 (A.30.A)
C240-BRJ4671A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 273
C242 PLUG CONNECTION MAIN ELECTRONICS BOX

PLUG CONNECTION MAIN ELECTRONICS BOX
NUMBER
1 6408A (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
2 57FC (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
4 57FE (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
5 6408F (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
6 57FD (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
24 6320 (N) VENTILATOR 5V REF.
25 6418 (K) CONTROL UNIT TO J1941(ISO)
28 71C (W) POWER SUPPLIES WHEN STARTER
PROTECTED BY FUSE)
53 6305 (O)
61 5420D (G) CAN L
62 5400D (Y) CAN H
68 6570 (G) CONTROL UNIT TO FUEL FILTER
HEATING RETURN SIGNAL
72 6407 (O) SIGNAL FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN
(EDC16)
79 2040 (LTG) WATER SENSOR FOR THE WATER
SEPARATOR
91 6586 (L) CONTROL UNIT TO HEATER GRID RELAY
RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4472B 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 274
C242-BRI4530A 3
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 275
C243 PRESSURE SWITCH GEAR GROUP H

PRESSURE SWITCH GEAR GROUP H
NUMBER
1 7770A (U) TRANSMISSION FORWARDS PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7000BE (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
BRI4405B 4
C243-BRI4622A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 276
C244 PRESSURE SWITCH GEAR GROUP M

PRESSURE SWITCH GEAR GROUP M
NUMBER
1 7770B (U) TRANSMISSION FORWARDS PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7000BF (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
BRI4405B 6
C244-BRI4621A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 277
C245 PRESSURE SWITCH GEAR GROUP L

PRESSURE SWITCH GEAR GROUP L
NUMBER
1 7770C (U) TRANSMISSION FORWARDS PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7000BD POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
(U) CONTROLS
BRI4405B 8
C245-BRI4623A 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 278
C246 PRESSURE SWITCH FOR REVERSE GEARS

PRESSURE SWITCH FOR REVERSE GEARS
NUMBER
1 8050 (R) TRANSMISSION REVERSE PRESSURE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7000BC POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION frame 07 (A.30.A)
(U) CONTROLS
BRI4405B 10
C246-BRI4624A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 279
C247 LOCKING SWITCH FOR THE SUSPENSION

LOCKING SWITCH FOR SUSPENSION
NUMBER
2 7000F (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
3 3210 (U) ON/OFF SWITCH FOR SUSPENSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
RETURN SIGNAL frame 21 (A.30.A)
7 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCK LIGHT (OR
MAGNETVENTIL RETURN SIGNAL)
8 7000G (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
SS07E264 12
C247-BRI4589A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 280
C248 PLUG CONNECTION FOR FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION

PLUG CONNECTION FOR FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION
NUMBER
1 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID VALVE POWER
/3240 SUPPLY/
(O/B/S/)
/3250 SIGNAL
(O/G/S/)
/ 3260 SUPPLY
(O/N/S)
4 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID VALVE RETURN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 3270 SIGNAL frame 21 (A.30.A)
(O/P/S)
/ 3280 TOP
(O/U/S)
/3290 TOP RETURN SIGNAL (-) / TELLTALE
(O/Y/S) SUSPENSION LOCK (OR MV RETURN
SIGNAL)
7 3285 (TN) / SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE /
3300 (O) SCANNER LINE SOLENOID VALVE
8 3286 (TN) / SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID
/ 3310 (O) VALVE BOTTOM RETURN SIGNAL (-) /
SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE
RAISE
13 57FX (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4411B-03 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 281
C248-BRI4614A 15
TOP OF THE TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 282
C249 LOWER SOLENOID VALVE FOR SUSPENSION

LOWER SOLENOID VALVE FOR SUSPENSION
NUMBER
1 3260 LOWER SOLENOID VALVE POWER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(O/N/S) / SUPPLY / RAISE SOLENOID VALVE frame 21 (A.30.A)
3240 (O) POWER SUPPLY
2 3270 LOWER SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
(O/P/S) / SIGNAL / RAISE SOLENOID VALVE
3250 (O) RETURN SIGNAL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 283

C250 SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE BOTTOM

SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE BOTTOM
NUMBER
1 3300 (O) / SCANNER LINE SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3285 (TN) / SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE frame 21 (A.30.A)
BOTTOM
2 3310 (O) / SOLENOID VALVE LOCK TOP /
3286 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE
BRI4489B-1 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 284
C251 RAISE SOLENOID VALVE FOR SUSPENSION

RAISE SOLENOID VALVE FOR SUSPENSION
NUMBER
1 3240 RAISE SOLENOID VALVE POWER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(O/B/S) / SUPPLY / LOWER SOLENOID VALVE frame 21 (A.30.A)
3260 (O) POWER SUPPLY
2 3250 RAISE SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
(O/G/S) / SIGNAL / LOWER SOLENOID VALVE
3270 (O) RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4489B-1 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 285
C252 SOLENOID VALVE UPPER LOCK FOR THE SUSPENSION

SOLENOID VALVE UPPER LOCK FOR THE SUSPENSION
NUMBER
1 3280 SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(O/U/S) / TOP / SUSPENSION LOCK SOLENOID frame 21 (A.30.A)
3280 (O) VALVE TOP
2 3290 SUSPENSION LOCK TELLTALE (OR MV
(O/Y/S) / RETURN SIGNAL) / SUSPENSION LOCK
3281 (TN) SOLENOID VALVE TOP RETURN SIGNAL
(-)
BRI4489B-1 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 286
C253 AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR

AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR
NUMBER
1 5520C ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(LTG) frame 21 (A.30.A)
2 3230 (U) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3 60AF (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
BRI4425B-01 4
C253-BRI4527A 5
FRONT OF ENGINE - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 287
C254 PLUG CONNECTION FRONT POWER LIFT / FRONT PTO

PLUG CONNECTION FRONT POWER LIFT / FRONT PTO
NUMBER
1 2044 (O) FRONT SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
SIGNAL (-)
2 2043 (O) FRONT PTO SOLENOID VALVE
3 2260 (O) FRONT PTO - SPEED SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 60AE EARTH SENSOR frame 20 (A.30.A)
(B/W)
5 2570 (R) FRONT POWER LIFT RAISE SOLENOID
VALVE
7 2510 (N) SIGNAL ACTUAL POSITION FRONT
POWER LIFT
8 57JT (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
9 2250 (K) FRONT PTO - STROMVERSORGUNG
11 2590 (TN) REAR CONTROL SWITCH FRONT
POWER LIFT RAISE
POWER LIFT LOWER
BRI4411B-02 6
C254-BRI4532A 7
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 288
C255 ENGINE SPEED / ENGINE BLOCK TORQUE SENSOR

ENGINE SPEED / ENGINE BLOCK - TORQUE SENSOR
NUMBER
1 2050AB POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(G) frame 03 (A.30.A)
3 60AV (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
BRI4443B-02 8
C255-BRJ4816A 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 289
C257 PTO SWITCH LEFT-HAND SIDE

PTO SWITCH LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 2050 (G/R) POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2059 (W/U) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER INPUT SIGNAL frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 2056 (W/R/ PTO SWITCH ON FENDER ON
Y/)
BRI4425B 10
C257-BRI4441A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 290
C258 PTO SWITCH RIGHT-HAND SIDE

PTO SWITCH RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 2050 (G/R) POWER SUPPLY PTO / GEAR DISPLAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 2059 (W/U) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER INPUT SIGNAL frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 2056 (W/R/ PTO SWITCH ON FENDER ON
Y/)
BRI4425B 12
C258-BRI4440A 13
REAR FENDER RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 291

C260 FLASHER

FLASHER
NUMBER
A1 3009A (G) FLASHER VOLTAGE B+
A2 249 (LTG) SMV LIGHTS RIGHT
A3 349 (TN) TRAILER INDICATORS RIGHT
A4 250 (LTG) SMV LIGHTS LEFT
A5 350 (TN) TRAILER INDICATORS LEFT
A6 1020G POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT
SWITCH
A7 1034 (LTG) TURN SIGNAL TELLTALE (TERMINAL C3)
A8 3000B (G) POWER SUPPLY FLASHER (TERMINAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
49) frame 28 (A.30.A)
B1 3009B (G) FLASHER VOLTAGE B+
B2 3002 (G) CIRCUIT INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
B3 3001 (G) CIRCUIT INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE
B4 1020A (G) POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT
SWITCH
B5 1033 (LTG) TURN SIGNAL TELLTALE (TERMINAL C2)
B6 50 (G) SIGNAL INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE
B7 49 (G) SIGNAL INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
B8 57BG (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
C1 49A (G) SIGNAL INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
C2 50A (G) SIGNAL INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE
C3 1039 (LTG)
BRI4486B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 292
C260-BRJ4665A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 293
C262 SWITCH FOR THE AUTO SHIFT AND CAL SEL

SWITCH FOR THE AUTO SHIFT AND CAL SEL
NUMBER
2 57L (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
3 9027 (W) CAL/SEL INPUT ANALOGUE-DIGITAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER frame 07 (A.30.A)
4 7476 (R) TRANSMISSION AUTO ON
5 7000K (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
SS07E264 3
C262-BRI4581A-1 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 294
C265 WARNING BUZZER

BUZZER
NUMBER
1 1055 (U) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE+ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1056 (O) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE- frame 25 (A.30.A)
BRI4405B 5
BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 295
C268 FULL POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION MV 19TH GEAR

FULL POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION MV 19TH GEAR
NUMBER
C1 9033 (TN) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE+ Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C2 9034 (TN) 50 KM/H SOLENOID VALVE- frame 07 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 6
C268-BRI4616A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 296
C269 PLUG CONNECTION MAIN WIRING HARNESS CAB TO ENGINE E2

PLUG CONNECTION MAIN WIRING HARNESS CAB TO ENGINE E2
NUMBER
1 3272 (O) FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 1
OUTPUT
RETURN SIGNAL
3 3235 (O) SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER
POWER LIFT RAISE
POWER LIFT LOWER
12 2027 (R) POWER SUPPLY RADAR SENSOR
13 3120 (K) SIGNAL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
14 2044 (O) FRONT PTO SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
SIGNAL (-)
19 2570 (R) FRONT POWER LIFT RAISE SOLENOID
VALVE
20 60AC EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
POWER LIFT
22 2530B (N) V REF FRONT POWER LIFT
23 2031 (Y) RADAR SENSOR PRESENT
24 2028B (G) SIGNAL RADAR SENSOR
26 5520A ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
(LTG)
32 2260 (O) FRONT PTO - SPEED SIGNAL
33 57JY (R) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
34 1010C (G) IGNITION RELAY (MAGNETIC COIL)
35 3274 (R) FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 2
OUTPUT
RETURN SIGNAL
37 57JZ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
38 1018 (LTG) AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR
COUPLING
39 2006B (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING
40 2006A (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING
42 5200AA (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
46 2250L (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY
48 9032B (Y) STARTER SWITCH+ TO SOCKET
47 3070D (L) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE
B-PILLAR
49 172 (W) / RELAY COIL FOR THE BATTERY
172A (W) ISOLATOR SWITCH (OFF)
50 171B (W) RELAY COIL BATTERY ISOLATOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 297
BRI4400B-04 8
C269-BRI4403A 9
CAB FLOOR - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 298

C275 VISTRONIC FAN TO THE WIRING HARNESS

VISTRONIC FAN TO THE WIRING HARNESS
NUMBER
1 6300 (N) FAN SPEED Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57U (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 04 (A.30.A)
3 57V (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
4 6330 (N) / FAN SOLENOID VALVE
6310 (N)
5 6320 (N) VENTILATOR 5V REF
BRI4408B-03 1
C275-BRI4531A 2
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 299
C276 VISTRONIC FAN

VISTRONIC FAN
NUMBER
1 6300 (N/U/ FAN SPEED
S/) /6300
(N)
2 57U (B) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) / Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6305 (O) frame 04 (A.30.A)
3 57V (B) / EARTH (ALL) / PROTECTED BY FUSE B+
6408G (G) TO CONTROL UNIT (1)
4 6330 / FAN SOLENOID VALVE
(N/W/S)
/6310 (N)
5 6320 VENTILATOR 5V REF
(N/Y/S) /
6320 (N)
BRI4473B 3
C276-BRJ4668A 4
FRONT OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 300
C278 DIAGNOSTICS PLUG FOR THE ENGINE CONTROLLER

DIAGNOSTICS PLUG FOR THE ENGINE CONTROLLER
NUMBER
A 57AL (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
B 6408 (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
C 5400L (Y) CAN H
D 5420L (G) CAN L Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
E 6418 (K) CONTROL UNIT TO J1941(ISO) frame 33 (A.30.A)
G 2200Z (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATION
H 5910B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
J 5900B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
BRI4484B 5
C278-BRI4484A 6
C-PILLAR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 301
C279 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE PLUG CONNECTION 1

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE PLUG CONNECTION 1
NUMBER
1 5515A (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SWITCHED frame 14 (A.30.A)
2 5510K (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500K (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
4 57FD (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 7
C279-BRI4591A 8
TRACTOR REAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 302


NUMBER
1 5515B (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510H (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500H (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
4 57FE (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 1
C280-BRI4595A 2
TRACTOR REAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 303

NUMBER
1 5515C (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510F (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500F (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
4 57FF (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 3
C281-BRI4594A 4
TRACTOR REAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 304

NUMBER
1 5515D (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510D (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500D (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
4 57FG (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 5
C282-BRI4593A 6
TRACTOR REAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 305
C283 ELEKTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE PLUG CONNECTION 5

NUMBER
1 5515E (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V
STARTER SWITCH
2 5510B (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
LOW frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 5500B (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
4 57FK (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 7
C283-BRI4592A 8
TRACTOR REAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 306
C284 HYDR. TOP LINK/LIFT LINK (EXTERNAL CONNECTION)

HYDR. TOP LINK/LIFT LINK (EXTERNAL CONNECTION)
NUMBER
1 57EY (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
2 4055 (W) HYDR. EXTEND TOP LINK SOLENOID Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
VALVE frame 19 (A.30.A)
VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
BRI4408B-04 9
C284-BRI4608A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 307
C286 CRAWLER DRIVE

CRAWLER DRIVE
NUMBER
/ 7005
(U/L/B)
2 7580 (U) OVERRIDE SOLENOID VALVE CRAWLER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 7580 GROUP frame 07 (A.30.A)
(U/K/B)
3 5020J (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
/ 5020A VOLTAGE LOWERING SPEED
(TN)
4 7581 (O) CRAWLER DRIVE POSITION ACTUAL
/ 7581 VALUE SIGNAL
(O/L/B)
5 60BB VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
(B/W) /
7570G (B)
BRI4478B-1 11
C286-BRI4590A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 308
C288 PTO SPEED SENSOR

PTO SPEED SENSOR
NUMBER
1 2050AN POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(G) frame 19 (A.30.A)
2 2062 (W) PTO SPEED SENSOR
3 60N (B/W) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4443B-03 13
C288-BRI4612A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 309
C289 RELIEF SOLENOID VALVE 19TH GEAR

RELIEF SOLENOID VALVE 19TH GEAR
NUMBER
1 9035 (TN) 50 KM/H RELIEF SOLENOID VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 9036 (TN) 50 KM/H RELIEF SOLENOID VALVE frame 08 (A.30.A)
RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4489B 15
C289-BRI4613A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 310

C293 RIGHT-HAND FENDER 1

RIGHT-HAND FENDER 1
NUMBER
1 1013C (R) / LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
1013 (R)
2 810C (R) / BRAKE LIGHTS Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
810C (G/L) frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 3004B (G) / TELLTALE INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
3004 (G/W)
4 57AV (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
5 998B (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR
/ 998B (INNER)
(G/TN/B)
BRI4436B 1
C293-BRI4435A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 311
C294 RIGHT-HAND FENDER 2

RIGHT-HAND FENDER 2
NUMBER
1 5100B (K) / EPC REMOTE RAISE SWITCH
5100 (K/W)
2 5200B (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 5200 frame 12 (A.30.A)
(N/R/B)
3 5095A (K) / EPC REMOTE LOWER SWITCH
5095 (K/G)
4 2057 (W) / PTO REAR CONTROL SWITCH
2050 (G/R) CONNECTION LEFT - RIGHT / POWER
SUPPLY PTO / POWER SUPPLY GEAR
DISPLAY
5 2050E (G) / POWER SUPPLY PTO / POWER SUPPLY
2059 (W/U) GEAR DISPLAY / PTO SWITCH ON
FENDER INPUT SIGNAL
6 2056A (W) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER ON
/ 2056
(W/R/Y/)
BRI4436B 3
C294-BRI4434A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 312
C295 LEFT-HAND FENDER 1

LEFT-HAND FENDER 1
NUMBER
1 1014C (R) / LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE / LIGHTS
1013 (R) RIGHT-HAND SIDE
2 810B (G) / BRAKE LIGHTS Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
810 (G/L) frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 3005B (G) / TELLTALE INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE /
3004 (G/W) TELLTALE INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
4 57AW (B) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
57AV (B)
5 998A (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR
/ 998 (INNER)
(G/TN/B))
6 57AN (B) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
57AP (B)
BRI4436B 5
C295-BRI4436A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 313
C296 LEFT-HAND FENDER 2

LEFT-HAND FENDER 2
NUMBER
1 5100A (K) / EPC REMOTE RAISE SWITCH
5100 (K/w)
2 5200C (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 5200 frame 12 (A.30.A)
(N/R/B)
3 5095B (K) / EPC REMOTE LOWER SWITCH
5095 (K/G)
4 2059 (W) / PTO SWITCH ON FENDER INPUT SIGNAL
2050 (G/R) / POWER SUPPLY PTO - MV RETURN
SIGNAL (-) GEAR DISPLAY
5 2059 (W/U) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER INPUT
/ 2057 (W) SIGNAL / PTO SWITCH ON FENDER
CONNECTION LEFT - RIGHT
6 2056B (W) PTO SWITCH ON FENDER ON
/ 2056
(W/R/Y)
BRI4436B 7
C296-BRI4437A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 314
C297 MARKER LIGHT RIGHT-HAND SIDE

MARKER LIGHT RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 49A (G) SIGNAL INDICATOR RIGHT-HAND SIDE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57CX (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 28 (A.30.A)
BRI4415B 9
C297-BRJ4678A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 315
C298 MARKER LIGHT LEFT-HAND SIDE

MARKER LIGHT LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 50A (G) SIGNAL INDICATOR LEFT-HAND SIDE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57CY (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 28 (A.30.A)
BRI4415B 11
C298-BRJ4679A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 316

C301 INCREASE/REDUCE ENGINE SPEED SWITCH

INCREASE/DECREASE ENGINE SPEED SWITCH
NUMBER
1 6540 (N) REDUCE CONSTANT SPEED
2 7000D (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
CONTROLS frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 6530 (N) INCREASE CONSTANT SPEED
SS07E264 1
C301-BRI4587A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 317
C302 SWITCH FOR HEADLAND MANAGEMENT

SWITCH FOR HEADLAND MANAGEMENT
NUMBER
1 5610 (R) PROGRAMMING SWITCH FOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
HEADLAND MANAGEMENT frame 10 (A.30.A)
2 7000H (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SS07E264 3
C302-BRI4583A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 318
C309 CONSTANT SPEED CRUISE-AUTO-SWITCH

CONSTANT SPEED CRUISE-AUTO-SWITCH
NUMBER
1 5640 (R) AUTO SWITCH FOR HEADLAND
MANAGEMENT
2 7000AJ (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 5630 (R) MANUAL MODE SWITCH FOR HEADLAND
MANAGEMENT
SS07E264 5
C309-BRI4582A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 319

C313 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN FOR HYDRAULICS (ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE OFF SWITCH)

SHUTDOWN FOR HYDRAULICS (MAIN SWITCH FOR ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE)
NUMBER
SWITCH RELEASE
2 7000M (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
5 5200J (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 16 (A.30.A)
SWITCH
9 5835 (S) CONNECTION HYDRAULICS MAIN
SWITCH HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP
SS07E264 1
C313-BRI4577A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 320
C314 HAND THROTTLE

HAND THROTTLE LEVER
NUMBER
1 5200F (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
2 6440A (S) HAND THROTTLE LEVER SETTING 1
4 6460A (S) HAND THROTTLE LEVER SWITCH (NO Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
IDLE) frame 03 (A.30.A)
5 5020D (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
6 60J (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
BRI4427B 3
C314-BRJ4675A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 321
C315 ECU-A

ECU-A
NUMBER
1
BRI4470B 5
C315-BRI4529A 6
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 322

C321 HEADLIGHT INSTALLED BY DEALER

HEADLIGHT INSTALLED BY DEALER
NUMBER
1 57H (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (MAGNETIC COIL) frame 25 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 1
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 323
C324 XCM CN1A (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

XCM CN1A (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
NUMBER
1 2540S (N) FRONT POWER LIFT +12 V STARTER
SWITCH
2 2540T (N) FRONT POWER LIFT +12 V STARTER
SWITCH
3 2540W (N) FRONT POWER LIFT +12 V STARTER
SWITCH
TOP
BOTTOM
8 2250K (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY
SUPPLY
11 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID VALVE POWER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SUPPLY frame 37 (A.30.A)
12 2570 (R) FRONT POWER LIFT SOLENOID VALVE
13 2043 (O) FRONT PTO SOLENOID VALVE
14 5000B (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY
15 5400S (Y) CAN H
16 5420S (G) CAN L
19 61G (B) EARTH HOUSING
20 5200M (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
21 5500G (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
22 5510G (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
23 60AA EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
25 57BR (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
26 57BS (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4416B-05 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 324
C324-BRI4462A 3
BACK OF CAB - BEHIND THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 325
C325 XCM CN1B (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

XCM CN1B (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
NUMBER
POWER LIFT
3 2520 (N) SIGNAL SETPOINT POSITION FRONT
POWER LIFT
5 3235 (O) SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER
11 2248 (K) FRONT PTO - SWITCH (VCCS)
12 2245 (K) FRONT PTO - SWITCH TO MODULE
(MOM)
16 2530 (N) V REF FRONT POWER LIFT
17 5520 (LTG) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
18 2550 (N) OVERRIDE SWITCH FRONT POWER LIFT
POWER LIFT LOWER
21 1001Z (W) POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
POWER LIFT RAISE
29 3210 (U) ON/OFF SWITCH FOR SUSPENSION
RETURN SIGNAL
30 5561 (O) SWITCH TIME-CONTROLLED OIL FLOW
ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 1
BRI4420B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 326
C325-BRI4461A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 327
C326 XCM CN2 (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

XCM CN2 (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
NUMBER
1 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
SIGNAL
SIGNAL
TOP RETURN SIGNAL (-)
7 2044 (O) FRONT PTO SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
SIGNAL (-)
18 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCK LIGHT (OR
SOLENOID VALVE RETURN SIGNAL)
19 2270 (O) FRONT PTO - WARNING LIGHT
21 57BN (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
26 57BP (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4416B-07 6
C326-BRI4463A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 328
C327 XCM CN3A (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

XCM CN3A (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
NUMBER
1 5551 (O) CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
HYDR. REMOTE VALVE 1
3 5552 (U) CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
5 5553 (W) CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
8 2067 (R)
14 5572 (L)
15 5564 (L) SWITCH TIME-CONTROLLED OIL FLOW
16 5521 (LTG) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE
ENGINE 1
ENGINE 2
ENGINE 3
ENGINE 4
20 5570 (L)
22 4051 (W) SWITCH HYDR. TOP LINK/LIFT LINK -
LOWER
24 4052 (W) SWITCH HYDR. LENGTHEN LIFT LINK
25 4053 (W) SWITCH HYDR. SHORTEN LIFT LINK
BRI4416B-08 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 329
C327-BRI4465A 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 330
C328 XCM CN3B (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

XCM CN3B (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
NUMBER
SOLENOID VALVE
VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
11 4060 (W) SELECT HYDRAULICS FRONT
14 4055 (W) HYDR. EXTEND TOP LINK SOLENOID
VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE
22 2260 (O) FRONT PTO - SPEED SIGNAL
25 2250C (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY
26 5591 (L) WARNING LIGHT ELECTROHYDR.
REMOTE VALVE 1
REMOTE VALVE 2
REMOTE VALVE 2
REMOTE VALVE 3
31 4061 (W) SELECT HYDRAULICS REAR
RAISE
34 2250B (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY
BRI4420B 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 331
C328-BRI4466A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 332
C329 XCM CN4 (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)

XCM CN4 (MAIN CONTROL UNIT)
NUMBER
1 4101 (TQ) GEAR RANGE ACTIVATED
2 5580 (U) SIGNAL LED JOYSTICK REAR
3 5585 (Y) SIGNAL LED JOYSTICK FRONT
5 5640 (R) AUTO SWITCH FOR HEADLAND
MANAGEMENT
6 3169 (O) AUTOM. VERSION RELIEF SOLENOID
VALVE RETURN SIGNAL
8 7970 (L) TRANSMISSION GEAR GROUP
M/REVERSE GEARS
9 2069 (O) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
10 3014C (R) SIGNAL WARNING LIGHT HAND BRAKE
11 7770 (U) TRANSMISSION FORWARDS PRESSURE
SWITCH
12 6620 (N) CONTROL UNIT COOLANT TEMP.
SIGNAL
14 7960 (W) TRANSMISSION GEAR GROUP L / H
16 7730 (TN) SIGNAL SHUTTLE SWITCH NEUTRAL
17 8050 (R) TRANSMISSION REVERSE PRESSURE
20 7430 (Y) SIGNAL COUPLING SETTING
21 5830 (R) CONNECTION HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP
23 7476 (R) TRANSMISSION AUTO ON
24 5835 (S) CONNECTION HYDRAULICS MAIN
SWITCH HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP
25 5840 (W) FRONT POWER LIFT SWITCH PRESENT
MECH.
BRI4416B-10 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 333
C329-BRI4464A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 334

C334 POWER LIFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1

POWER LIFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1
NUMBER
1 4054 (W) HYDR. TOP LINK/LIFT LINK RELIEF Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SOLENOID VALVE frame 13 (A.30.A)
2 57MJ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 1
C334-BRJ4818A 2
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 335

NUMBER
1 4055 (W) HYDR. EXTEND TOP LINK SOLENOID Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57MK (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 3
C335-BRJ4819A 4
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 336

NUMBER
1 4056 (W) HYDR. SHORTEN TOP LINK SOLENOID Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57ML (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 5
C336-BRJ4820A 6
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 337

NUMBER
1 4057 (W) HYDR. RIGHT LIFT LINK RAISE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57MM (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 7
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 338

NUMBER
1 4058 (W) HYDR. RIGHT LIFT LINK LOWER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57MN (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 8
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 339

C344 TERMINAL RESISTOR 1A FULL POWERSHIFT SWITCH B

Terminal resistor 1A FULL POWERSHIFT SWITCH B
NUMBER
frame 15 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 340
C346 CONNECTOR GROUND DRIVE PTO

CONNECTOR GROUND DRIVE PTO
NUMBER
1 45 (W)
2 45 (W)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 341
C347 CRAWLER DRIVE POTENTIOMETER

CRAWLER DRIVE POTENTIOMETER
NUMBER
1 5020A (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
VOLTAGE LOWERING SPEED frame 07 (A.30.A)
2 7581 CRAWLER DRIVE SETTING SIGNAL
(O/L/B)
3 7570G (B) SIGNAL EARTH
C347-BRJ4817A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 342

C350 MAIN CURRENT (FUSE) 1 MAIN CURRENT B+

MAIN CURRENT (FUSE) 1 MAIN CURRENT B +
NUMBER
1 1 (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
BRI4431B 1
C350-BRI4431A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 343
C351 MAIN CURRENT (FUSE) 2 MAIN CURRENT E

MAIN CURRENT (FUSE) 2 MAIN CURRENT E
NUMBER
1 160 (U) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
ELECTRONICS frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 1C(R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BRI4432B 3
C351-BRI4432A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 344
C352 MAIN CURRENT (FUSE) 3 MAIN CURRENT B -

MAIN CURRENT (FUSE) 3 MAIN CURRENT B -
NUMBER
1 57 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
BRI4431B 5
C352-BRI4433A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 345
C353 EQUALIZING RESERVOIR

EQUALIZING RESERVOIR
NUMBER
1 650 (TQ) COOLANT GAUGE SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57JA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 02 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 7
C353-BRI4489A 8
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 346
C354 FUEL PRE-HEATER

FUEL PRE-HEATER
NUMBER
1 6570 (G) CONTROL UNIT TO FUEL FILTER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
HEATING RETURN SIGNAL frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408J (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
BRI4402B 9
C354-BRJ4656A 10
BACK OF ENGINE - LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 347

C362 HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
PLUG CONNECTION C362 (WITH MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL)

HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
NUMBER
A (G/Y) BLOWER LEVEL 1
B (K) BLOWER LEVEL 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C (K/O) BLOWER LEVEL 3 frame 41 (A.30.A)
D (G/S) BLOWER LEVEL 4
E (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
F (G) FROM AIR CON SWITCH
PLUG CONNECTION C362 (WITH AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL)

HEATER BLOWER SWITCH
NUMBER
A (G/S) SIGNAL BLOWER SPEED AUTO
B (G/Y) SIGNAL BLOWER SPEED 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C (K/G) SIGNAL BLOWER SPEED 2 frame 40 (A.30.A)
D (K/O) SIGNAL BLOWER SPEED 3
E (B/W) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
SS07F066 1
C362-BRJ4661A 2
CAB - C-PILLAR LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 348
C365 8A SOCKET

8A SOCKET
NUMBER
1 9032C (Y) STARTER SWITCH+ TO SOCKET Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57CT (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 24 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B 3
C365-BRJ4651A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 349
C366 CONNECTOR RADAR SENSOR SOCKET

CONNECTOR RADAR SENSOR SOCKET
NUMBER
1 2320 ACTUAL VALUE ROAD SPEED ISO 11786
(P/K/Y) / SOCKET PIN 1
2320 (L)
2 2300 THEOR. ROAD SPEED ISO 11786
(P/B/Y) / SOCKET PIN 2
2300 (L)
3 2330 PTO SPEED ISO 11876 SOCKET PIN 3
(P/LG/Y) /
2330 (L)
4 2310 LOWER/RAISE - POWER LIFT MODE ISO Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(P/G/Y) / 11786 SOCKET PIN 4 frame 31 (A.30.A)
2310 (L)
5 3062 (L) / SWITCH IMPLEMENT SOCKET / POWER
1050 (G/W) SUPPLY ACCESSORY DEVICES
6 1050A (G) / POWER SUPPLY ACCESSORY DEVICES
61 (B) / HOUSING EARTH
7 61B (B/O) HOUSING EARTH / POWER LIFT LOCK
/ 5190B / LIFT-O-MATIC
(R/W/B)
BRI4422B 5
C366-BRJ4683A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 350
C367 HEATER GRID

HEATER GRID
NUMBER
1 6586 (L) CONTROL UNIT TO HEATER GRID RELAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
RETURN SIGNAL frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408H (G) FUSE-PROTECTED VOLTAGE B+ TO
CONTROL UNIT (1)
BRI4489B 7
C367-BRI4477A 8
ENGINE - LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 351
C368 DIODE PLUG CONNECTION

DIODE PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 830A (R) / BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH RIGHT / BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
820A (R) LIGHT SWITCH LEFT frame 25 (A.30.A)
2 825B (Y) /
825A (Y)
BRI4402B-1 9
C368-BRI4474A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 352
C369 CROSSGATE LEVER

CROSSGATE LEVER
NUMBER
1 5200H (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
2 5500C (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
3 5510C (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
5 5580 (U)
6 5585 (Y)
BRI4451B 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 353

C370 OPERATOR CONTROL ARMREST

NUMBER
A1 6440B (S) HAND THROTTLE LEVER SETTING 1
A2 5125 (TQ) EPC RAISE SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH
A3 5130 (TQ) EPC LOWER SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH
A4 5200E (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
A5 5020C (TN) EPC CONTOLLER +5V REFERENCE
A6 5050 (TN) EPC CONTROL
A7 5155 (U) EPC POTENTIOMETER WORKING
DEPTH CONTROL
A8 7200B (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
B1 7210B (S) TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
B2 5120 (K) EPC SIGNAL LIFT HEIGHT LIMIT
B3 5145 (TQ) EPC POTENTIOMETER SETPOINT SLIP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
CONTROL frame 10 (A.30.A)
B4 5045 (TN) EPC LOWERING SPEED
B5 5040 (TN) EPC TRACTION / POSITION CONTROL
B6 60D (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
B7 4101B (TQ) GEAR RANGE ACTIVATED
B8 7525F (G) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
SENSOR 5 V
C1 5240 (O) EPC RAISE SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH 2
C2 5220 (Y) EPC RAISE TELLTALE
C3 5230 (Y) EPC LOWER TELLTALE
C4 5110 (K) EPC SIGNAL TELLTALE
C5 5180 (TQ) EPC WHEEL SLIP WARNING LIGHT
C6 5620 (R) HEADLAND MANAGEMENT ON/OFF
SWITCH
C7 5133 (TQ) EPC STOP
C8 5250 (O) EPC LOWER SIGNAL - RAPID CONTROL
SWITCH 2
BRI4453B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 354
C370-BRJ4666A 2
CAB FLOOR ON RIGHT NEAR THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 355
C373 INSTRUMENT PANEL KEY PAD

INSTRUMENT PANEL KEY PAD
NUMBER
1 1050F (G) POWER SUPPLY ACCESSORY DEVICES
2 5420H (G) CAN L Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 5400H (Y) CAN H frame 25 (A.30.A)
4 61H (B/O) EARTH HOUSING
BRI4471B 3
C373-BRI4471A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 356
C374 WIRING HARNESS PLUG CONNECTION HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH

WIRING HARNESS PLUG CONNECTION HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH
NUMBER
1 1021 (P) / POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
1021 (L) SWITCH (STARTER BATTERY) frame 28 (A.30.A)
2 1020A POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT
(G/W) / SWITCH
1020A (G)
3 57BF (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
4 1020 (G/S) POWER SUPPLY HAZARD LIGHT
/ 1020 (G) SWITCH
BRI4412B-01 5
C374-BRI4412A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 357
C375 DIAGNOSTICS LINK ANALOGUE-DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DIAGNOSTICS LINK ANALOGUE-DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NUMBER
1 7650Z (W) DIAGNOSTICS PLUG RS232 OUT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 7640Z (TN) DIAGNOSTICS PLUG RS232 IN frame 33 (A.30.A)
3 57BT (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4485B 7
C375-BRI4485A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 358
C376 ELECTRONIC ACCELERATOR PEDAL

ELECTRONIC ACCELERATOR PEDAL
NUMBER
2 6402 (G) CONTROL UNIT TO ACCELERATOR
PEDAL POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOME-
TER
3 7000L (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 6355B (R) +5V LOW-SIGNAL REFERENCE VOLTAGE
6 6404 (G) ACCELERATOR POT. TO SWITCH
REDUCED IDLING SPEED
7 60BL (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
8 60BM EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
C376-BRI4472A 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 359
C377 DIODE

DIODE
NUMBER
1 978 (W) / LICENCE PLATE LIGHT / VOLTAGE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
10P (G) SUPPLY VIA STARTER SWITCH frame 26 (A.30.A)
2 170A ACTUATING SWITCH FOR BATTERY
(K/N/B) / ISOLATOR SWITCH / WORK LAMP -
997C (G) POWER SUPPLY REAR (OUTER)
BRI4402B 10
C377-BRI4568A 11
CAB ROOF REAR - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 360
C378 PLUG CONNECTION SWITCH MODULE RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE

PLUG CONNECTION SWITCH MODULE RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE
NUMBER
A1 7000 (U) / POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
7000A (U) CONTROLS
A2 5640 (R) AUTO SWITCH FOR HEADLAND
MANAGEMENT
A3 7476 (R) TRANSMISSION AUTO ON
A4 3025 (Y) ALL WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID VALVE
(MANUAL)
A5 3027 (Y) ALL WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID VALVE
(AUTO)
A6 7120 (Y) DIFF. LOCK WARNING LIGHT (MANUAL)
A7 7125 (LTG) DIFF. LOCK WARNING LIGHT (AUTO)
/ 7125 (G)
A8 7170 (W) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH (AUTO
ON)
B1 7175 (Y) DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL
ON)
B2 5630 (R) MANUAL MODE SWITCH FOR HEADLAND
MANAGEMENT
B3 6620 (N) CONTROL UNIT COOLANT TEMP.
SIGNAL
B4 6530 (N) INCREASE CONSTANT SPEED
B5 6540 (N) REDUCE CONSTANT SPEED
B6 7040 (N) CRAWLER GROUP SWITCH
B7 2067 (R) / / PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2069 (U)
B8 57AD (B) / VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
57 (B)
C1 2050A (G) / POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW
2050 (G)
C2 3210 (U) ON/OFF SWITCH FOR SUSPENSION
RETURN SIGNAL
C3 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCK LIGHT (OR
SOLENOID VALVE RETURN SIGNAL)
C5 5610 (R) PROGRAMMING SWITCH FOR
HEADLAND MANAGEMENT
C7 6510 (N) CONSTANT SPEED SETPOINT 1
C8 9027 (W) CAL/SEL INPUT ANALOGUE-DIGITAL
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 361
BRI4468B 12
C378-BRI4468A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 362
C379 SMV LIGHT FRONT LEFT

SMV LIGHT FRONT LEFT
NUMBER
1 250A (LTG) SMV LIGHTS LEFT
2 57T (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B 14
C379-BRI4452A 15
CAB ROOF FRONT - LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 363

C380 SMV LIGHT LEFT REAR

SMV LIGHT LEFT REAR
NUMBER
1 250B (LTG) SMV LIGHTS LEFT
2 57Q (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B-01 1
C380-BRI4572A 2
CAB ROOF REAR - LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 364
C381 SMV LIGHT RIGHT FRONT

SMV LIGHT RIGHT FRONT
NUMBER
1 249A (LTG) SMV LIGHTS RIGHT
2 57K (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B-01 3
C381-BRI4459A 4
CAB ROOF FRONT - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 365
C382 SMV LIGHT RIGHT REAR

SMV LIGHT RIGHT REAR
NUMBER
1 249B (LTG) SMV LIGHTS RIGHT
2 57G (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4489B-01 5
C382-BRI4563A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 366
C383 WORK LAMP LEFT REAR

WORK LAMP LEFT REAR
NUMBER
2 997A (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(OUTER) frame 29 (A.30.A)
4 57P (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4441B 7
C383-BRI4565A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 367
C384 WORK LAMP RIGHT REAR

WORK LAMP RIGHT REAR
NUMBER
2 997B (G) POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(OUTER) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4441B 9
C384-BRI4569A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 368
C385 SPEAKER - REAR LEFT

SPEAKER - REAR LEFT
NUMBER
1 3091 (L) SPEAKER REAR - RIGHT + Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3092 (L) SPEAKER REAR - RIGHT - frame 23 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B 11
C385-BRI4570A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 369
C386 SPEAKER - REAR RIGHT

SPEAKER - REAR RIGHT
NUMBER
1 3097 (G) SPEAKER REAR - LEFT + Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3098 (G) SPEAKER REAR - LEFT - frame 23 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B 13
C386-BRI4564A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 370
C387 CONSOLE LIGHTING RIGHT-HAND SIDE

CONSOLE LIGHTING RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 57H (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1013B (R) LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE frame 23 (A.30.A)
BRI4459B 15
C387-BRI4459A 16
INSIDE OF THE CAB ROOF - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 371
C388 STEPS LIGHTING LEFT-HAND SIDE

STEPS LIGHTING LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 3057A (L) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 666C (L) POWER SUPPLY SWITCH INTERIOR frame 23 (A.30.A)
LIGHT
BRI4488B 17
C388-BRI4453A 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 372
C389 STEPS LIGHTING RIGHT-HAND SIDE

STEPS LIGHTING RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 3057 (L) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 666B (L) POWER SUPPLY SWITCH INTERIOR frame 23 (A.30.A)
LIGHT
BRI4488B 19
C389-BRI4455A 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 373

C390 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - LEVER 1-2

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - LEVER 1-2
NUMBER
ENGINE 1
2 5520A (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
3 5520B (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
5 60A (B/W) EARTH SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 5522 (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE
ENGINE 2
8 5520G (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
9 5520H (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
11 60C (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
BRI4411B-01 1
C390-BRI4495A 2
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONSOLE - CONTROL PANEL ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 374
C391 LIGHT 1

LIGHT 1
NUMBER
1 5591 (LTG) WARNING LIGHT ELECTROHYDR. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 5200A (N) REMOTE VALVE 1 / POWER SUPPLY EPC frame 16 (A.30.A)
CONTROL VALVE
BRI4445B-02 3
C391-BRI4497A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 375
C392 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE TO MAIN WIRING HARNESS REAR PLUG CONNECTION 1

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE TO MAIN WIRING HARNESS REAR PLUG CONNECTION 1
NUMBER
A1 5520 (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
A2 5521 (LTG) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE
ENGINE 1
A3 5522 (G) / ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE
5522 (LTG) ENGINE 2
ENGINE 3
ENGINE 4
A6 5591 (LTG) WARNING LIGHT ELECTROHYDR.
/ 5591 (L) REMOTE VALVE 1
A7 5551 (O) CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
A8 5552 (U) CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
B1 5553 (O) / CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
5553 (W) HYDR. REMOTE VALVE 3
B2 5554 (O) / CONTROL KNOB SIGNAL ELECTRO-
5554 (U) HYDR. REMOTE VALVE 4
B3 5570 (L)
B4 5572 (L)
B5 5592 (L) WARNING LIGHT ELECTROHYDR.
REMOTE VALVE 2
REMOTE VALVE 3
REMOTE VALVE 4
B8 5200 (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
C1 5561 (O) SWITCH TIME-CONTROLLED OIL FLOW
C4 5564 (L) SWITCH TIME-CONTROLLED OIL FLOW
C5 5596 (L) / ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE MAIN
5596 (S) SWITCH TELLTALE
C6 60 (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 376
BRI4468B 5
C392-BRI4494A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 377
C394 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - SWITCH 1/2 TIME/OIL FLOW

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - SWITCH 1/2 TIME/OIL FLOW
NUMBER
5 5520C (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
BRI4438A 7
C394-BRI4498A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 378
C395 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - SWITCH 3/4 TIME/OIL FLOW

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - SWITCH 3/4 TIME/OIL FLOW
NUMBER
5 5520D (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 5564 (L) SWITCH TIME-CONTROLLED OIL FLOW
BRI4438A 9
C395-BRI4520A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 379
C396 LAMP 2

LIGHT 2
NUMBER
1 5200B (N) / POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5592 (L) / WARNING LIGHT ELECTROHYDR. frame 16 (A.30.A)
REMOTE VALVE 2
BRI4445B-02 11
C396-BRI4496A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 380
C397 LAMP 3

LIGHT 3
NUMBER
1 5200C (N) / POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
REMOTE VALVE 3
BRI4445B-02 13
C397-BRI4521A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 381
C398 LAMP 4

LIGHT 4
NUMBER
1 5200D (N) / POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
REMOTE VALVE 4
BRI4445B-02 15
C398-BRI4522A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 382
C399 MAIN TELLTALE

MAIN TELLTALE
NUMBER
1 5200E (N) / POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5596 (L) / ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE MAIN frame 16 (A.30.A)
SWITCH TELLTALE
BRI4445B-02 17
C399-BRI4492A 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 383

C400 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE - LEVER 3-4

CONTROL SWITCH 3-4
NUMBER
ENGINE 3
2 5520E (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
3 5520F (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
5 60B (B/W) EARTH SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
ENGINE 4
8 5520J (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
9 5520K (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
11 60D (B/W) EARTH SENSOR
BRI4411B-01 1
C400-BRI4490A 2
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONSOLE - CONTROL UNIT LEVER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 384
C401 PROGRAMMING SWITCH FOR CONSTANT SPEED (ENGINE SPEED SETTING)

PROGRAMMING SWITCH FOR CONSTANT SPEED (ENGINE SPEED SETTING).
NUMBER
1 6620 (N) CONTROL UNIT COOLANT TEMP.
SIGNAL
2 7000E (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
5 7000AE (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 6510 (N) CONSTANT SPEED SETPOINT 1
9 57G (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
SS07E264 3
C401-BRI4588A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 385
C406 SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE

SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE
NUMBER
1 8000X (N) SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57EK (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 30 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 386
C407 PRESSURE SWITCH FOR AIR BRAKE SYSTEM

PRESSURE SWITCH FOR AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
NUMBER
1 8010 (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 8020B (TN) PRESSURE TRAILER BRAKE frame 30 (A.30.A)
3 2095D (G) EARTH SIGNAL INSTRUMENTS
C407-BRJ4821A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 387
C408 SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE 1

SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE 1
NUMBER
1 8000B (N) / SOLENOID VALVE TRAILER BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
8000C (N) frame 30 (A.30.A)
C409 PUMP PRESSURE SWITCH TRAILER BRAKE ITALY VERSION

PUMP PRESSURE SWITCH TRAILER BRAKE ITALY VERSION
NUMBER
1 8010A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE / POWER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 8060E (U) SUPPLY FOR TRAILER BRAKE frame 30 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 388

C410 PRESSURE SWITCH TRAILER BRAKEPIPE ITALY VERSION

PRESSURE SWITCH TRAILER BRAKEPIPE ITALY VERSION
NUMBER
1 8020A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE / VEHICLE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ 57FA (B) EARTH (ALL) frame 30 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 389
C413 FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 1

FRONT LOADER SOLENOID VALVE 1
NUMBER
OUTPUT
RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4489B 1
C413-BRI4579A 2
BEHIND STEPS - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 390

FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 2
NUMBER
OUTPUT
RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4489B 3
C414-BRI4580A 4
BEHIND STEPS - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 391
C415 8A TERMINAL STUD / 439 8A TERMINAL STUD

8A TERMINAL STUD / 439 8A TERMINAL STUD
NUMBER
1 57D (B) / EARTH (ALL) / POWER SUPPLY SOCKET Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3070 (P/W) ON B-PILLAR frame 23 (A.30.A)
2 57 (B) / EARTH (ALL) / POWER SUPPLY SOCKET
3070 (P/W) ON B-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 392
C416 20 AMP MULTI B+

20 AMP MULTI B+
NUMBER
2 3070C (P) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B-PILLAR frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 9032 (Y/G) STARTER SWITCH+ TO SOCKET
C417 8A RING TERMINALS (2 OFF)

8A RING TERMINALS (2 OFF)
NUMBER
1 57 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 3070 (P/W) POWER SUPPLY SOCKET ON THE frame 23 (A.30.A)
B-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 393

C422 PTO MANAGEMENT

PTO MANAGEMENT
NUMBER
2 2050C (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 2069 (U) PTO MANAGEMENT ON
BRI4438A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 394
C424 POWER SUPPLY FRONT LOADER

POWER SUPPLY FRONT LOADER
NUMBER
1 3271A (O) FRONT LOADER RELAY POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57FP (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 04 (A.30.A)
BRI4487B 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 395
C425 AUXILIARY HEADLIGHT SWITCH

AUXILIARY HEADLIGHT SWITCH
NUMBER
1 1030A (U) / HEADLAMP DIP BEAM / MAIN BEAM Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
1027A (U) HEADLIGHT frame 27 (A.30.A)
BRI4445B 3
C425-BRI4480A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 396
C427 CHARGING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 16)

CHARGING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 16)
NUMBER
1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 frame 04 (A.30.A)
3
4
BRI4446B 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 397
C428 OIL PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 16)

OIL PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC 16)
NUMBER
2 frame 05 (A.30.A)
3
4
BRI4446B 6
C428-BRI4536A 7
ENGINE - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 398
C429 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC 16)

RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC 16)
NUMBER
2 frame 05 (A.30.A)
3
BRI4447B 8
C429-BRI4540A 9
BONNET - LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 399

C430 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NUMBER
1 P/B SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 W/Y EARTH frame 05 (A.30.A)
BRI4448B 1
ENGINE - FRONT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 400
C431 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
NUMBER
1 W/U SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 O/B EARTH frame 05 (A.30.A)
BRI4448B 2
C431-BRI4538A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 401
C432 CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR

CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
NUMBER
1 W NEGATIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 R POSITIVE frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 R LUBRICATION FOR SENSOR
BRI4447B 4
C432-BRI4615A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 402
C433 CAMSHAFT SPEED SENSOR (EDC 16)

CAMSHAFT SPEED SENSOR (EDC 16)
NUMBER
1 W SENSOR EARTH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 R SENSOR SIGNAL frame 05 (A.30.A)
3 G SENSOR SUPPLY
BRI4447B 6
C433-BRI4535B 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 403
C434 INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 (EDC 16)

INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 (EDC 16)
NUMBER
3 1100 (N/W) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 1100 (S/Y)
BRI4440B 8
C434-BRI4542A 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 404

NUMBER
1 1100 (N/B) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 1100 (S/R)
BRI4440B 10
C435-BRI4541A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 405

NUMBER
3 910 (S/B) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 910 (N/G)
BRI4440B 12
C436-BRI4543A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 406

NUMBER
1 910 (G/W) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 910 (O/B)
BRI4440B 14
C437-BRI4544A 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 407

NUMBER
3 880 (O/U) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
4 880 (G/Y)
BRI4440B 16
C438-BRI4545A 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 408

NUMBER
1 880 (G/B) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
2 880 (O/W)
BRI4440B 18
C439-BRI4546A 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 409

C440 FUEL FLOW METER (EDC 16)

FUEL FLOW METER
NUMBER
1 G PWM HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP FUEL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
POSITIVE frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 O PWM HIGH-PRESSURE PUMP FUEL
NEGATIVE
BRI4448B 1
C440-BRI4539A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 410

FRONT LOADER SOLENOID VALVE 1
NUMBER
1 3272 (O) FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
OUTPUT frame 04 (A.30.A)
RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4489B 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 411

FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 2
NUMBER
1 3274 (R) FRONT LOADER CONTROL VALVE 2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
OUTPUT frame 04 (A.30.A)
RETURN SIGNAL
BRI4489B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 412
C443 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE SELECT CAN-BUS

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE SELECT CAN-BUS
NUMBER
1 5500E (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
HIGH frame 34 (A.30.A)
2 5510E (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
BRI4487B 5
C443-BRJ4680A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 413
C444 CAN-BUS TRANSMISSION

CAN-BUS TRANSMISSION
NUMBER
1 5400E (Y) CAN H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5420E (G) CAN L frame 34 (A.30.A)
BRI4487B 7
C444-BRJ4681A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 414
C445 SELECT CAN-BUS DIAGNOSTICS

SELECT CAN-BUS DIAGNOSTICS
NUMBER
1 5400L (Y) CAN H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5420L (G) CAN L frame 33 (A.30.A)
BRI4418B 9
C445-BRJ4682A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 415

C460 BATTERY POSITIVE POLE A

BATTERY POSITIVE POLE A
NUMBER
1 150AM (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE)
(ALL)
BRI4437B 1
C460-BRJ4690A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 416
C461 BATTERY POSITIVE POLE B

BATTERY POSITIVE POLE B
NUMBER
1 1 (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BRI4437B 3
C461-BRI4688A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 417

C500 BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH 1

BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH 1
NUMBER
1 1H (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 10P (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA frame 01 (A.30.A)
STARTER SWITCH
3 171 (W) RELAY COIL BATTERY ISOLATOR
4 10W (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
5 172 (W) RELAY COIL FOR THE BATTERY
ISOLATOR SWITCH (OFF)
BRI4408B-02 1
C500-BRI4560A-1 2
RIGHT-HAND SIDE C-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 418
C501 BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH 2

BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH 2
NUMBER
1 1H (R) / BATTERY POWER SUPPLY / RELAY COIL
172A (W) FOR BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH (OFF)
2 10P (G) / VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
57HA (B) STARTER SWITCH / VEHICLE EARTH
(ALL)
3 171A RELAY COIL FOR THE BATTERY
(W/TQ/B) ISOLATOR SWITCH / VEHICLE EARTH
/ 57HA (B) (ALL)
4 170B ACTUATING SWITCH FOR BATTERY
(K/N/B) / ISOLATOR SWITCH / RELAY COIL FOR
171B (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH
BRI4433B 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 419
C503 ROCKER SWITCH (RELAY SWITCH)

ROCKER SWITCH (RELAY SWITCH)
NUMBER
2 1H (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 170 (K/N/B) ACTUATING SWITCH BATTERY frame 01 (A.30.A)
ISOLATOR
4 171A RELAY COIL BATTERY ISOLATOR
(W/TQ/B)
BRI4438A-1 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 420
C504 DIODE FOR BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH

DIODE FOR THE BATTERY ISOLATOR
NUMBER
1 1001AD POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(W) frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 171A (W) RELAY COIL BATTERY ISOLATOR
BRI4402B 5
C504-BRI4693A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 421

C510 HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP

HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP
NUMBER
1 5830 (U) CONNECTION HIGH-FLOW HYDROPUMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
BRI4437B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 422
C511 FAST-STEER STEERING SYSTEM - LVDT MAGNETIC COILS

FAST STEER STEERING SYSTEM - LVDT MAGNETIC COILS
NUMBER
1 3179 (N) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SECONDARY NEGATIVE frame 22 (A.30.A)
2 3175 (W) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
PRIMARY POSITIVE
3 3177 (U) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
SECONDARY COMMON
4 3176 (B) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
PRIMARY NEGATIVE
5 3178 (G/Y) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
SECONDARY POSITIVE
C511-BRJ4685A 2
BACK OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 423
C512 SOLENOID VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE
NUMBER
1 3173 (R/G) FAST STEER - HYDRAULIC VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
DELIVERY SIDE DRIVING STAGE frame 22 (A.30.A)
2 3174 (G/B) FAST STEER - HYDRAULIC VALVE INLET
SIDE DRIVING STAGE
BRI4491B 3
C512-BRJ4684A 4
BACK OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 424
C513 PROXIMITY SWITCH

PROXIMITY SWITCH
NUMBER
2 3172 (L) FAST STEER - STEERING PROXIMITY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
SWITCH SETTING frame 22 (A.30.A)
3 10C (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 425
C514 CONTROL

CONTROL SWITCH
NUMBER
2 10B (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
3 3170 (O) FAST STEER - ON/OFF Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 3180 (B) FAST STEER - SAFETY SWITCH frame 22 (A.30.A)
7 3171 (O/R) FAST STEER - LAMP
8 10E (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
SS07E264 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 426
C515 CONTROL MODULE

CONTROL MODULE
NUMBER
A1 3170 (O) FAST STEER - ON/OFF
A2 3173 (R/G) FAST STEER - HYDRAULIC VALVE
DELIVERY SIDE DRIVING STAGE
A4 5400 (Y) CAN H
A5 5420 (G) CAN L
A6 3174 (G/B) FAST STEER - HYDRAULIC VALVE INLET
SIDE DRIVING STAGE
A7 57C (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
A8 57B (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B1 3171 (O/R) FAST STEER - LAMP frame 22 (A.30.A)
B4 3172 (L) FAST STEER - STEERING PROXIMITY
SWITCH SETTING
B5 3178 (G/Y) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
SECONDARY POSITIVE
B6 3179 (N) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
SECONDARY NEGATIVE
B8 160 (U) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FOR
ELECTRONICS
C1 3175 (W) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
PRIMARY POSITIVE
C2 3176 (B) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
PRIMARY NEGATIVE
C3 3177 (U) FAST STEER - POSITION SENSOR
SECONDARY COMMON
C4 3180 (B) FAST STEER - SAFETY SWITCH
C8 10D (G) VOLTAGE SUPPLY SWITCHED VIA
STARTER SWITCH
BRI4486B 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 427
C515-BRI4486A 7
CAB FLOOR FRONT - RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 428

C532 CAB ROOF TO THE CAB WIRING HARNESS - CAB ROOF

CAB ROOF TO THE CAB WIRING HARNESS - CAB ROOF
NUMBER
A1 998 (G) / POWER SUPPLY WORK LAMP - REAR
998D (G) (INNER)
A2 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (RETURN TO INITIAL
POSITION)
A3 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR - HIGH
A4 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR - LOW
A5 1019 (G) / POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN
1019A (G) WIPER
A6 1038B (TN) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WINDSCREEN
/ 1038 (TN) WIPER - REAR
A7 1120 (G) REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER RETURN TO
INITIAL POSITION
A8 4011 (L) POWER SUPPLY SWITCH ROTATING
BEACON
B1 1013 (R) / LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
1013B (R)
B2 249 (LTG) SMV LIGHTS RIGHT
B3 666 (L) / POWER SUPPLY SWITCH INTERIOR
666A (L) LIGHT
B4 1090 (R) SIGNAL RELAY REAR WORK LAMP
B5 1092 (R) SIGNAL RELAY FRONT WORK LAMP
B6 1925C (R) / POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL +15
1925 (R)
B7 1071B (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP
B8 1071A (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP
C1 1014 (R) / LIGHTS LEFT-HAND SIDE
1014D (R)
C2 250 (LTG) SMV LIGHTS LEFT
C3 138 (L) / STATION MEMORY RADIO
138A (L)
C4 3079 (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
C5 1927 (R) / SIGNAL MIRROR HEATING
1927A (R)
C6 3052 (L) INTERIOR LIGHT TO DOOR CONTACT
SWITCH
C7 1013AH LIGHTS RIGHT-HAND SIDE
(R)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 429
BRI4442B 1
C532-BRI4476A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 430
C539 FAST STEER - PLUG OF THE CONNECTING CABLE

FAST STEER - PLUG OF THE CONNECTING CABLE
NUMBER
1 5000D (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY
2 5200AB (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
3 57CZ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
4 5400V (Y) CAN H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 5420V (G) CAN L frame 22 (A.30.A)
6 1001AC POWER SUPPLY ENGAGING MAGNET
(W)
12 3169 (O) AUTOM. VERSION RELIEF SOLENOID
VALVE RETURN SIGNAL
13 3168 (O) POWER SUPPLY RELIEF SOLENOID
VALVE AUTOMAT. VERSION (HSD)
BRI4411B 3
C539-BRI4691A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 431

C544 VIRTUAL TERMINAL PLUG CONNECTION 1

VIRTUAL TERMINAL PLUG CONNECTION 1
NUMBER
1 5910 (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
2 5900 (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
3 5915 (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH
4 5920 (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 5500A (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN frame 35 (A.30.A)
HIGH
7 5510A (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
8 5000D (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY
11 7000R (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
13 57SW (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4419B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 432
C545 VIRTUAL TERMINAL PLUG CONNECTION 2

VIRTUAL TERMINAL PLUG CONNECTION 2
NUMBER
1 5900A (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
2 5910A (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 5915A (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH frame 35 (A.30.A)
4 5920A (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500B (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
7 5510B (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
BRI4421B 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 433
C546 LIFT LINK SWITCH

LIFT LINK SWITCH
NUMBER
1 4053 (W) SWITCH HYDR. SHORTEN LIFT LINK
2 2050B (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 4052 (W) SWITCH HYDR. LENGTHEN LIFT LINK frame 15 (A.30.A)
SS07E264 3
C546-BRI4576A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 434
C547 UPPER LINK SWITCH

TOP LINK SWITCH
NUMBER
RAISE
2 2050C (G) POWER SUPPLY PTO / SHIFTING CLAW Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 4051 (W) SWITCH HYDR. TOP LINK/LIFT LINK - frame 15 (A.30.A)
LOWER
SS07E264 5
C547-BRI4575A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 435
C548 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE SELECTION SWITCH

ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE SELECTION SWITCH
NUMBER
1 4060 (W) SELECT HYDRAULICS FRONT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5200N (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE frame 16 (A.30.A)
3 4061 (W) SELECT HYDRAULICS REAR
SS07E264 7
C548-BRI4578A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 436
C549 FRONT POWER LIFT RECORDED

FRONT POWER LIFT RECORDED
NUMBER
1 5200L (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5840 (W) FRONT POWER LIFT SWITCH PRESENT frame 12 (A.30.A)
MECH.
BRI4489B 9
C549-BRI4694A 10
CAB FLOOR - RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 437

C550 OIL FLOW DIVIDER SWITCH

OIL FLOW DIVIDER SWITCH
NUMBER
1 5200K (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 9000 (TN) OIL FLOW DIVIDER frame 01 (A.30.A)
BRI4402B-01 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 438
C551 MIRROR HEATING SWITCH

MIRROR HEATING SWITCH
NUMBER
2 1925A (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
3 1928 (R) CONTROL CURRENT TO TIME RELAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
7 57MS (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 24 (A.30.A)
8 1927B (R) POWER SUPPLY SWITCH ON (LED)
SS07E264 2
C551-BRI4574A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 439
C552 NON TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY 2

NON TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY 2
NUMBER
1 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5970 (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL frame 36 (A.30.A)
3 7000AR POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
(U) CONTROLS
BRI4423B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 440
C553 ISO BUS CAN EXPANSION

ISO BUS CAN EXPANSION
NUMBER
1 5920E (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5900E (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW frame 33 (A.30.A)
3 5915E (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH
4 5910E (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
BRI4413B 5
C553-BRI4470A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 441
C554 TRACTORCONTROL UNIT (TECU)

TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT (TECU)
NUMBER
1 5910D (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
2 5900D (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
4 5400P (Y) CAN H
5 5420P (G) CAN L Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
10 5000C (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY frame 38 (A.30.A)
11 57TA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
15 5970 (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
(U) CONTROLS
21 61T (B/O) EARTH HOUSING
BRI4416B-10 7
C554-BRI4473A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 442
C555 NON TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY 1

TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY 1
NUMBER
1 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5970 (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL frame 36 (A.30.A)
(U) CONTROLS
BRI4450B 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 443
C556 TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT CAN-BUS REPLACEMENT

TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT CAN-BUS REPLACEMENT
NUMBER
1 5920D (R) / ISO CAN-BUS POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5915D (B) / ISO CAN-BUS POWER SUPPLY EARTH frame 33 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 444
C557 CLIMATE CONTROLLER

CLIMATE CONTROLLER
NUMBER
1 5420M (G) CAN L
2 5400M (Y) CAN H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 2006A (U) / DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING frame 41 (A.30.A)
(W)
5 2006B (U) / DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING
(W/U)
6 2005 (O) / CLUTCH RELAY AIR CONDITIONING
(P/R) SYSTEM

CLIMATE CONTROLLER
NUMBER
1 5420M (G) CAN L
2 5400M (Y) CAN H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
4 2006A (U) / DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING frame 40 (A.30.A)
(P)
5 2006B (U) / DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONING
(W)
6 2005 (O) / CLUTCH RELAY AIR CONDITIONING
(W) SYSTEM
SS07F063 10
SS07F062 11
BACK OF TRACTOR - LEFT-HAND SIDE BEHIND THE DRIVER'S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 445
C558 FRONT SOCKET (OPTION)

FRONT SOCKET (OPTION)
NUMBER
1 5980B (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5970C (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 2250P (K) FRONT PTO - POWER SUPPLY
BRI4485B 12
C558-BRI4692A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 446
C559 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY
NUMBER
1 982B (G) POWER SUPPLY BLOWER MOTOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 982C (G) POWER SUPPLY BLOWER MOTOR frame 40 (A.30.A)
3 57NZ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
4 57PA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
SS07F064 14
C559-BRI4467A 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 447

C560 EARTH AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

EARTH AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
NUMBER
4 57CF (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 38 (A.30.A)
C563 RELAY 8130 - BLOWER MOTOR

RELAY 8130 - BLOWER MOTOR
NUMBER
B1 2005 (O) CLUTCH RELAY AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM
B2 57CK (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
B3 981 (G) POWER SUPPLY RELAY AIR
CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR
COUPLING
B5 1018 (LTG) AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR
COUPLING
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 448
C564 PLUG CONNECTION 2

PLUG CONNECTION 2
NUMBER
1 57 (B) / 57A VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
(B)

PLUG CONNECTION 1
NUMBER
58L 3060A (L) RELAY IMPLEMENT SOCKET
58R 3060B (L) RELAY IMPLEMENT SOCKET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 449

PLUG CONNECTION 3
NUMBER
1 3060 (L) RELAY IMPLEMENT SOCKET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 450
C569 SWITCH FOR THE 5TH REMOTE VALVE

SWITCH 5TH REMOTE VALVE
NUMBER
3 5570 (L)
4 5572 (L) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
5 5200F (N) POWER SUPPLY EPC CONTROL VALVE
BRI4438A 1
C569-BRI4499A1 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 451

C570 MAIN EXTENSION

MAIN EXTENSION
NUMBER
1 5515G (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V
STARTER SWITCH
2 5510M (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500M (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
5 57MA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 452
C571 ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 7

NUMBER
1 5515J (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510N (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500N (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
5 57MC (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 1
C571-BRJ4652A 2
CAB STEPS - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 453

NUMBER
1 5515K (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510Q (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500Q (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
5 57MD (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 3
C572-BRJ4653A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 454

NUMBER
1 5515L (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510S (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500S (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
5 57ME (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 5
C573-BRJ4654A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 455

NUMBER
1 5515M (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5510U (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500U (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
5 57MF (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4434B 7
C574-BRJ4655A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 456
C575 TERMINAL RESISTOR

TERMINAL RESISTOR
NUMBER
2 5510V (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500V (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
C576 ANTI-FREEZE PROTECTION FOR BRAKE SYSTEM

ANTI-FREEZE PROTECTION FOR BRAKE SYSTEM
NUMBER
1 8060F (U) POWER SUPPLY FOR THE TRAILER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
BRAKE frame 30 (A.30.A)
2 57FN (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 457
C577 SOLENOID VALVE PARKING BRAKE

SOLENOID VALVE PARKING BRAKE
NUMBER
1 8070 (L) TRAILER MV PARKING BRAKE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57EL (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 30 (A.30.A)
C578 30 SOLENOID VALVE

30 SOLENOID VALVE
NUMBER
1 1AA (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 458
C579 466 MV BATTERY SWITCH

466 MV BATTERY SWITCH
NUMBER
1 171B RELAY COIL BATTERY ISOLATOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(W/TQ/B) frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 57NN (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
3 57NP (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
(W/TQ/Y) ISOLATOR SWITCH (OFF)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 459

C580 238 TO THE ENGINE WIRING HARNESS

238 TO THE ENGINE WIRING HARNESS
NUMBER
1 171B RELAY COIL BATTERY ISOLATOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(W/TQ/B) frame 01 (A.30.A)
2 57HA (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
(W/TQ/Y) ISOLATOR SWITCH (OFF)
C581 BATTERY +VE (Ring)

BATTERY +VE (Ring)
NUMBER
1 1B (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 460
C582 BLUE PLUG CONNECTION

BLUE PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 1C (R) / BATTERY POWER SUPPLY / BATTERY
160 (U) POWER SUPPLY FOR ELECTRONICS
C583 BLACK PLUG CONNECTION

BLACK CONNECTOR
NUMBER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 461
C584 M3 BATTERY -VE -(PREVIOUSLY +VE)

M3 BATTERY -VE -(PREVIOUSLY +VE)
NUMBER
C585 INPUT SIGNAL PLUG CONNECTION

INPUT SIGNAL PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 (R)
2 (B)
3 (R)
4 (Y)
5 (G)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 462
C586 606 FUSE 30A

606 FUSE 30A
NUMBER
1 150AW (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE)
/ 150AT (N) (ALL)
150AX (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE)
/ 150AV (N) (ALL)
C587 RELAY - ISO RELAY 1

RELAY - ISO RELAY 1
NUMBER
30 150AW (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
85 5080 (U) EPC LIFTING SHAFT
86 57MX (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
87 5985 (U)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 463
C588 RELAY - ISO RELAY 2

RELAY - ISO RELAY 2
NUMBER
30 150AX (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
85 5070A (O) EPC LEFT FORCE MEASURING PIN
86 57MY (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
87 5975 (O)
C589 658 PLUG CONNECTION

658 PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 5070A (O) EPC LEFT FORCE MEASURING PIN
2 5080 (U) EPC LIFTING SHAFT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 464

C590 SOCKET 3

SOCKET 3
NUMBER
1 5985 (U)
2 57NN (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
C591 SOCKET

SOCKET
NUMBER
1 57MT (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57MV (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 5975 (O)
4 5985 (U)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 465
C592 6MM RING TERMINAL

6-MM RING TERMINAL
NUMBER
57MZ (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
150AS (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE)
(ALL)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 466
C593 ROTARY ENCODER AND SWITCH

ROTARY ENCODER AND SWITCH
NUMBER
1 5520A ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
(LTG)
2 5935 (Y)
3 5940 (Y)
4 5945 (Y)
5 5950 (Y) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 5990 (Y) frame 38 (A.30.A)
7 57C (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
8 57D (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4419B 1
C593-BRJ4686A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 467
C594 REVERSE VIEW CAMERA

REVERSE VIEW CAMERA
NUMBER
1 5520B ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref. Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
(LTG) frame 35 (A.30.A)
2 57B (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
3 5960A (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TRACTOR -
CONTROLLER
BRI4423B 3
C594-BRJ4687A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 468
C595 SMALL COLOUR DISPLAY / VIRTUAL TERMINAL

SMALL COLOUR DISPLAY / VIRTUAL TERMINAL
NUMBER
1 5500J (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
2 5510J (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5945 (Y)
4 5950 (Y)
5 5910F (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
6 5900F (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
9 5960 (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TRACTOR -
CONTROLLER
10 5955 (Y) RS232 INPUT TRACTOR - CONTROLLER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
13 5000 (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY frame 35 (A.30.A)
15 7000 (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
17 5935 (Y)
18 5940 (Y)
19 5990 (Y)
20 5520 (LTG) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
21 5964 (R)
22 5962 (G)
23 5966 (Y)
24 5968 (B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 469
C596 SMALL COLOUR DISPLAY INPUT SIGNAL

SMALL COLOUR DISPLAY INPUT
NUMBER
1 5900C (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
2 5910C (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915C (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH
4 5920C (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500A (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
LOW
8 5000 (L) POWER SUPPLY EPC MEMORY
9 5955 (Y) RS232 INPUT TRACTOR - CONTROLLER
10 5960B (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TRACTOR -
CONTROLLER
11 7000 (U) POWER SUPPLY TRANSMISSION
CONTROLS
BRI4462B 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 470
C597 SMALL COLOUR DISPLAY OUTPUT

SMALL COLOUR DISPLAY OUTPUT
NUMBER
1 5900G (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
2 5910G (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915G (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH
4 5920G (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE
6 5500K (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
7 5510K (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
BRI4462B 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 471
C598 TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT SQUARE

TRACTOR CONTROL UNIT REPLACEMENT SQUARE
NUMBER
1 5915F (B) / ISO CAN-BUS POWER SUPPLY EARTH / Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5920F (R) ISO CAN-BUS POWER SUPPLY EARTH frame 35 (A.30.A)
POSITIVE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 472
C599 USB PLUG CONNECTION

USB PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 5962 (G) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5966 (Y) frame 35 (A.30.A)
3 5964 (R)
4 5968 (B)
C599-BRJ4657A 7
C-PILLAR TOP RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 473

C600 SOCKET 2

SOCKET 2
NUMBER
1 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5910B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH frame 35 (A.30.A)
3 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH
4 5900B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
BRI4413B-01 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 474
C601 ISO IMPLEMENT SOCKET

ISO IMPLEMENT SOCKET
NUMBER
1 5970A (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL frame 24 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 475
C602 PARK LOCK SOLENOID VALVE

PARK LOCK SOLENOID VALVE
NUMBER
2 57EE (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4491B-02 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 476
C603 BUS TERMINAL RESISTOR

BUS TERMINAL RESISTOR
NUMBER
1 5515F (S) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE +12V Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
LOW
3 5500A (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
4 57FM (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 477

NUMBER
2 5510 (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
LOW frame 15 (A.30.A)
3 5500 (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 478
C605 ACCELEROMETER FOR SUSPENSION

ACCELEROMETER FOR SUSPENSION
NUMBER
1 3235 (TN) SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 60AG EARTH SENSOR frame 21 (A.30.A)
(B/W)
3 5520D ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
(LTG)
BRI4423B-01 4
C605-BRI4525A 5
FRONT OF ENGINE - RIGHT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 479

NUMBER
2 5510 (U) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
LOW
3 5500 (R) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE CAN
HIGH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 480
C607 ELECTRICAL MIRROR LEFT-HAND SIDE

ELECTRICAL MIRROR LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1922A (G)
3 1921 (Y) frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 1927A (R)
5 57AC (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4469B 6
C607-BRI4454A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 481
C608 ELECTRICAL MIRROR RIGHT-HAND SIDE

ELECTRICAL MIRROR RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1922B (G) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1923 (O) frame 24 (A.30.A)
4 1927B (R)
5 57AD (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
BRI4469B 8
C608-BRI4460A 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 482
C609 MIRROR CONTROL SWITCH

MIRROR CONTROL SWITCH
NUMBER
1 1920 (O)
4 57AE B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 24 (A.30.A)
5 1924 (Y)
6 1921 (Y)
7 1922 (G)
8 1925 (R)
BRI4457B 10
C609-BRI4572A 11
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 483

C610 MAIN WIRING HARNESS FRONT

MAIN WIRING HARNESS FRONT
NUMBER
1 3235 (TN) SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER
2 60AG EARTH SENSOR
(B/W)
3 5520D (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 484
C611 ACCELEROMETER

ACCELEROMETER
NUMBER
1 3235 (TN) SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 60AG EARTH SENSOR frame 21 (A.30.A)
(B/W)
3 5520D (G) ELECTROHYDR. REMOTE VALVE 5V Ref.
C611-BRJ4659B 1
ENGINE - FRONT, BEHIND THE RADIATOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 485
C612 SUSPENSION DEPRESSURISED

SUSPENSION DEPRESSURISED
NUMBER
1 3295 (O) / SIGNAL PRESSURE SWITCH FOR
57FX (B) FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION / EARTH
(ALL)\
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 486
C613 WORK LAMP INSTALLED BY DEALER ON LEFT-HAND SIDE

WORK LAMP INSTALLED BY DEALER ON LEFT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1073A (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57F (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4458B-01 2
C613-BRI4452A 3
BONNET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 487
C614 WORK LAMP INSTALLED BY DEALER ON RIGHT-HAND SIDE

WORK LAMP INSTALLED BY DEALER ON RIGHT-HAND SIDE
NUMBER
1 1073B (L) POWER SUPPLY FRONT WORK LAMP Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 57G (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 29 (A.30.A)
BRI4458B-01 4
C614-BRI4449A 5
BONNET
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 488
C616 RED PLUG CONNECTION

RED PLUG CONNECTION
NUMBER
1 1 (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
C617 M8 - RING TERMINAL

M8 - RING TERMINAL
NUMBER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 489
C619 MEMORY +

MEMORY +
NUMBER
1 150AG (N) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (NO FUSE) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C619-BRJ4689A 6
CAB FLOOR - RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 490

C620 REPLACEMENT 1

REPLACEMENT 1
NUMBER
1 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY POSITIVE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
C621 REPLACEMENT 2

REPLACEMENT 2
NUMBER
1 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN POWER SUPPLY EARTH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 491
C623 THROTTLE - OPERATOR CONTROL ARMREST

HAND THROTTLE - CONTROL ARMREST
NUMBER
frame 10 (A.30.A)
C623-BRJ4670A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 492
C624 TRANSMISSION SWITCH - OPERATOR CONTROL ARMREST

NUMBER
frame 10 (A.30.A)
C624-BRJ4669A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 493
C625 RELAY - FUEL PRE-HEATER

RELAY - FUEL PRE-HEATER
NUMBER
1 6570 (G) EARTH SWITCHED FROM ENGINE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
ELECTRONICS (ECU) frame 04 (A.30.A)
2 6408 (G) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
3 TO THE FUEL PRE-HEATER
5 POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 30
C626 FUEL PRE-HEATER

FUEL PRE-HEATER
NUMBER
frame 04 (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 494
C627 TEMPERATURE CONTROL

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NUMBER
1 (U) LOW PRESSURE SWITCH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 (P) THERMOSTAT SWITCH frame 41 (A.30.A)

TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NUMBER
1 (LG/R) SETTING VALUE INPUT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 40 (A.30.A)
BRI4489B 3
C627-BRJ4663A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 495
C628 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
NUMBER
1 (G) CAN L
2 (Y) CAN H
3 (Y/R) TEMPERATURE SIGNAL OUTPUT
4 (W/R) POWER SUPPLY HEATING CONTROL
5 (R) BLOWER SPEED OUTPUT
6 (U/R) BLOWER SPEED +
15 (P/R) COMPRESSOR COUPLING RELAY
16 (O/R) DEHUMIDIFIED OUTPUT
17 (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
21 (R/B) CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
22 (Y/B) OUTPUT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
23 (P/B) EVAP TEMPERATURE SENSOR frame 40 (A.30.A)
24 (O/B) OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
25 (N/R) MAXIMUM BLOWER SPEED MODE
26 (S/R) HEATING MODE
27 (G/S) BLOWER SPEED AUTO
28 (G/Y) BLOWER SPEED 1
29 (LG/R) SETTING VALUE INPUT
30 (K/G) BLOWER SPEED 2
31 (K/O) BLOWER SPEED 3
33 (W) HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT +
34 (W/U) HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT -
35 (U) LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT +
36 (U/W) LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT -
SS07F067 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 496
SS07F068 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 497
C629 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SWITCH

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SWITCH
NUMBER
2 (G) BLOWER SWITCH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 (U) AIR CONDITIONING frame 41 (A.30.A)

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM SWITCH
NUMBER
1 (N/R) MAXIMUM SPEED MODE Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15 frame 40 (A.30.A)
3 (S/R) HEATING MODE
SS07E264 7
C629-BRJ4662A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 498

C630 AIR CONDITIONING AND HEATING UNIT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
NUMBER
A YB SIGNAL OUTPUT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
B B/P SIGNAL EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
C U SIGNAL LOW PRESSURE SWITCH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
D B VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) frame 40 (A.30.A)
E R POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
F Y/R HEATING VALVE SLIDE VALVE
G U/W HEATING VALVE SLIDE VALVE
SS07E285 1
SS07E286 2
CAB LEFT-HAND SIDE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 499
C631 JOYSTICK CAN-BUS

JOYSTICK CAN-BUS
NUMBER
frame 12 (A.30.A)
C631-BRJ4664A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 500
C632 RELAY - ORIENTATION LIGHTING

RELAY - ORIENTATION LIGHTING
NUMBER
2 1024 (R) POWER SUPPLY RIGHT-HAND AND
LEFT-HAND SIDE MARKER LIGHT
4 1052 (Y) OUTSIDE LIGHTING RELAY Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 1030AC HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM frame 27 (A.30.A)
(N)
8 1030AB (N) HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM
BRI4464B 4
C632-BRJ4673A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 501
C633 RELAY - HEATED MIRROR

RELAY - HEATED MIRROR
NUMBER
2 1927 (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15
4 57HM (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 1925B (R) POWER SUPPLY POTENTIAL 15 frame 27 (A.30.A)
6 1928 (R) VON SCHALTER BEHEIZTE SPIEGEL
8 666C (L) POWER SUPPLY SWITCH INTERIOR
LIGHT
BRI4463B 6
C633-BRJ4674A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 502

C666 TIME RELAY ELECTRICAL BATTERY ISOLATOR

TIME RELAY ELECTRICAL BATTERY ISOLATOR
NUMBER
15 172 (Y) RELAY COIL FOR THE BATTERY
30 1K (R) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
87 172A (Y) RELAY COIL FOR THE BATTERY
SS07E263 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 503
C667 SUPPLY LIGHT ISOBUS

SUPPLY LIGHT ISOBUS
NUMBER
1 1012L (R) LIGHTING
2 57PW (B) VEHICLE EARTH (ALL)
SS07F088 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 504
C668 INTERFACE FOR ADDITIONAL CAN BUS CONTROL

INTERFACE FOR ADDITIONAL CAN BUS CONTROL
NUMBER
1 5400K (Y) / CAN H
5400K (Y)
2 5420K (G) / CAN L
5420K (G)
3 5400W (Y) CAN H
/ 5400W
(Y)
4 5420W (G) CAN L
/ 5420W
(G)
SS07F089 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 505
Alternator - Remove
Prior operation:
Ensure the battery is disconnected prior to removing the alternator, refer to, Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
1. With reference to Figure 1
Disconnect the two cables from the rear of the alter-

nator.
Remove the alternator drive belt in the following man-

ner. Place a bar with a 15mm socket attachment,
onto the tensioner arm pulley retaining bolt and gen-
tly rotate the tensioner, refer to Alternator - Static
description (A.30.A). Remove the fan belt from the
pulley, and allow the tensioner to return to its unten-
sioned position once the belt has been removed.
BAIS06CCM690AVA 1
2. Remove the alternator upper and lower mounting

bolts, and remove the alternator from the engine
bracket .
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 506
Alternator - Install
NOTE: Ensure the battery ground (negative) cable is disconnected from the battery when installing the alternator.
1. Install the alternator to the engine mounting bracket
and tighten the bolts to the specified torque of, 25
Nm (18.4 lbft).
BAIS06CCM690AVA 1
2. Rotate the tensioner arm and install the drive belt

over the pulley, release the tensioner arm to allow
the correct tension to be applied to the belt, refer to,
Alternator - Preliminary test (A.30.A).
3. Reconnect the two electrical cables to the alternator.
BAIS06CCM690AVA 2
Next operation:
Reconnect the battery, refer to, Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 507
Alternator - Preliminary test

CAUTION - Service Precautions
1. To avoid damage to the components of the alterna-
tor charging system, service precautions must be ob-
served as follows:
- NEVER make or break any of the charging circuit
connections, including the battery, when the engine
is running.
- NEVER short any of the charging components to
ground.
- ALWAYS disconnect the battery ground cable (neg-
ative) when charging the battery on the tractor using
a battery charger.
- ALWAYS observe correct polarity when installing
the battery or using a slave battery to start the en-
gine.
CONNECT POSITIVE TO POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE TO NEGATIVE
Preliminary Checks
2. Prior to electrical testing thoroughly inspect the
charging and electrical system.
Check all leads and connections for continuity and
tightness.
1. Check the battery

Using a hydrometer check the individual battery
cells. The battery should be at least 70 %charged
and in good condition.
2. Check the drive belt

Inspect the alternator drive belt and pulley, ensuring
that both are clean, free from oil and grease and in
good condition.
The alternator drive belt is automatically tensioned
by a spring tensioner mounted at the front of the
engine, refer to Alternator - Static description
(A.30.A). If the belt tension is suspect, check the
tensioner assembly as follows:
Fan Belt Tensioner Removal

The fan belt should be removed in the following man-
ner. Place a bar with a 15 mm socket attachment
onto the bolt of the tensioner arm and rotate the lever
clockwise. Remove the fan belt from the pulley and
allow the tensioner to return to its untensioned posi-
tion once the belt has been removed.
Remove the tensioner from the pump by loosening
and removing the centre attaching bolt.
.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 508
Inspection and Repair

3. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front of the engine. To check the spring
load, place a “breakback" torque bar preset to, 52 -
63 lbf.ft ( 70 - 85 Nm) ( 7.1 - 8.7 kgf.m), onto the pul-
ley arm 15 mm socket. Raise the lever up through
an arc of 20 ° maximum. If the torque bar does not
“break" within the range a new tensioner assembly is
required.
Ensure the tensioner pulley rotates freely by hand. If
not replace with new parts.
4. Re-Assembly
Fit a new pulley to the assembly, if required, and
torque the attaching bolt, refer to, Fan and drive Belt
tensioner - Torque (B.50.A).
To reassemble the arm assembly, position the ten-
sioner on to the front of the engine, fit the mounting
bolt through the assembly, and torque the bolt, refer
to, Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Torque (B.50.A).
Refitment of the fan belt is the reverse of the removal
procedure, but ensure the “Poly V” belt, is positioned
correctly onto all of the pulleys.
Check the Warning Lamp

5. Turn on the key start switch and check that the warn-
ing lamp is fully illuminated.
If the warning lamp is not fully illuminated check the
bulb. If the bulb is not the cause of the fault carry
out the Alternator wiring connections test as detailed
under ‘initial tests’ in this section.
If the warning lamp is illuminated start the engine and
run above idling speed. The lamp should go out.
If the lamp does not go out, stop the engine and re-
move the wire from the D+ terminal. If the lamp now
goes out a faulty alternator component is indicated.
If the warning lamp remains illuminated, check for a
short circuit to earth (ground) between the ‘D+’ cable
end and the warning lamp.
INITIAL TESTS
6. The initial tests may be performed without removing
any of the charging circuit components from the trac-
tor and enable the following items to be checked:
- Alternator wire connections
- Alternator charging current and controlled voltage
- Alternator charging circuit volt drops
- Alternator maximum output performance
Test equipment required:

7. - Voltmeter ( 0 - 30 volts moving coil type
- Millivoltmeter ( 0 - 1 volt)
- Ammeter ( 0 - 200 Amperes moving coil type)
- 1.5 Ohm 200 Amperes variable load resistor
NOTE: Most commercial test equipment incorporates
several testing devices within a single unit . Use
such equipment in accordance with the manufacturers
instructions.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 509
8. Refer to Alternator - Electrical test (A.30.A) for

testing procedures.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 510
Alternator - Electrical test

Alternator Wiring Connections Test
1. With reference to 1
1. Disconnect the battery

2. Disconnect the D+ (2) and B+ (3) terminals from
the alternator.
3. Reconnect the battery and turn the key start on
but do not start the engine. Connect a voltmeter (4)
between each terminal and earth (ground), (1). Bat-
tery voltage should be registered.
If battery voltage is not registered a continuity fault in

the external cable circuitry must be traced and reme-
died, refer to the circuit diagram (refer to Wiring har-
ness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A)). BAIS06CCM694AVA 1
4. Connect the D+ terminal, warning lamp (thin

brown) wire, to earth (ground). The warning lamp
should illuminate.
5. Disconnect the battery and reconnect the re-
moved alternator cable connections to the alternator.
NOTE: If the warning lamp fails to illuminate when the
cable is reconnected to the alternator, a fault is indicated
in the alternator regulator or rotor circuits. Ensure that the
D+ terminal is clean.
Charging Current And Controlled Voltage Tests

The following test should be performed at 20 °C, a
lower temperature will create a higher voltage and a
higher temperature will create a lower voltage.
1. Ensure all tractor electrical components are
switched off and the key start switch is in the ‘off’
position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal and dis-
connect the B+ terminal (4) of the alternator.
3. Connect an ammeter (1), between the removed
(thick brown) cable (3) and the B+ alternator terminal.
4. Connect a voltmeter (2) between the alternator B+
terminal and earth (ground)
5. Reconnect the battery. Start and run the engine BAIS06CCM695AVA 2
at 2000 rev/min. and observe the ammeter and volt-
meter readings.
The voltmeter should register in excess of battery

voltage and when the ammeter reading falls to 5 Am-
peres the voltmeter reading should stabilise at 14.1
V +/- 0.15.
If the voltmeter reading exceeds the above value the

alternator regulator is faulty.
If the voltmeter reading is below the specified value a
faulty alternator component or a high resistance fault
in the external connections of the charging system is
indicated.
If the ammeter registers zero amperes a faulty alter-

nator component is indicated.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 511
Charging Circuit Volt Drop Tests

(a) Insulated-Side Volt Drop Tests
Ensure the key start switch is in the ‘off’ position.

1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and discon-
nect the B+ cable (1) from the alternator
2. Connect a millivoltmeter (4) between the battery
positive terminal and the B+ cable (5). (Positive side
to cable).
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the B+
terminal of the alternator and the B+ cable (negative
side to cable)
4. Reconnect the battery negative cable and connect
a variable load resistor (3), with the slider in the min-
imum current draw position (maximum resistance), BAIS06CCM696AVA 3
across the battery terminals.
5. Start the engine and increase the speed to 2000
rev/min.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resis-
tor (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 Amperes.
7. Observe the millivoltmeter reading which should
not exceed 400 millivolts.
If the reading is in excess of 400 millivolts, a high

resistance fault is indicated in the external circuitry.
If the required alternator output cannot be achieved

and the millivoltmeter reading is less than 400 milli-
volts, then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
.
8. Stop the engine.
(b) Ground-Side Volt Drop Test

1. Ensure the key start switch is in the ‘off’ position.

2. The circuit is the same as that used in the pre-
vious test except for the millivoltmeter (4) which is
now connected between the battery negative termi-
nal and the alternator frame (negative side to frame).
rev/min.
4. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter (2) registers
150 Amperes
5. Observe the voltmeter reading which should not
exceed 200 millivolts. BAIS06CCM697AVA 4
If the reading is in excess of 200 millivolts a high


volts then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
.
6. Stop the engine.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 512
NOTE: Ensure the variable load resistor (3) is in the

minimum current draw position (maximum resistance).
Alternator Maximum Output Performance Test

5. With reference to 5.

nect the B+ cable (5) from the alternator.
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the
B+ terminal (1) of the alternator and the B+ cable
(negative side to cable).
terminal and earth (ground).
5. Reconnect the battery, start and increase the en-
gine speed to 2000 rev/min.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor BAIS06CCM698AVA 5
(3) (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 Amperes.
fall below 13 volts.
If the reading falls below 13 volts a faulty alternator

component is indicated..
Regulator and rotor field circuit test

6. Test equipment required:
- 12 volt battery
- Multimeter
- 2.2 Watt Test Lamp
IMPORTANT: Prior to removal of the alternator cables
from the alternator ensure that the key start switch is
in the ‘off’ position and the battery negative cable is
disconnected.
1. Disconnect all of the alternator cables.

2. Connect a 12 volt battery and a 2.2 Watt test lamp
(2) in series between the D+ (1) and the alternator
frame (negative side to frame).
3. The test lamp should illuminate.
If the test lamp is not illuminated a fault is indicated

in the rotor circuit. Check brushes, slip rings and
continuity of rotor field windings.
If examination indicates these parts to be satisfactory

the regulator may be suspect. BAIS06CCM699AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 513
Battery - Remove
Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the Negative lead from the battery ter-

minal (Refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)) and
secure out of the way.
Disconnect the positive lead from the battery terminal

and secure out of the way.
Loosen the top bolts securing both battery clamps

and remove clamps .
2. Using the flexible handles at each end of the battery,
lift the battery from the tractor.
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 514
Battery - Install
1. Installation of the battery is the removal procedure in
reverse, ( Battery - Remove (A.30.A))observing the
following points:
Ensure that the battery is clean and dry and that the
vent caps are fully installed. Smear the terminals
with petroleum jelly, do not use conventional lubricat-
ing greases as these can promote electrolytic corro-
sion.
Ensure the battery tray and clamps are clean and

free from stones or small objects which may puncture
the battery casing.
Ensure that the battery terminal polarity is correct BSE3634A_598 1

and that the terminal connections are sufficiently
tight, but not overtightened.
2. The radio, if fitted, will lose its stored information and
will require reprogramming. It should be noted that
on models with electronic instrument panel and mi-
croprocessors, that these components will not lose
their memories, i.e, electronic draft control and trans-
mission calibrations will not be affected.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 515
Battery - Electrical test

Specific Gravity
1. The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte indi-
cates the state of charge. Fully charged the specific
gravity of the electrolyte is 1.280 minimum at 25 °C.
Alternatively the approximate state of charge can be

measured by using an accurate digital volt meter (+/-
0.01V) as follows:-
Less than 10.5 V Battery un-serviceable*
Less than 11.8 V Battery discharged
Less than 12.3 V Battery 1/2 charged
Better than 12.6 V Battery fully charged
* See note under tests for possible recovery of a
mildly sulphated battery.
Battery voltage to be taken with the battery unloaded

and:-
A. After the battery has rested unloaded for at least
4 hours.
B. If the vehicle has recently run or battery has re-
cently been charged, switch on headlamps for 2 min-
utes.
When a battery discharges, sulphuric acid in the

electrolyte combines chemically with the plates and
this action lowers the specific gravity of the solution.
A battery hydrometer will determine the specific grav-

ity of the electrolyte in a cell and the amount of un-
used sulphuric acid in the solution is a measure of
the degree of charge of that cell.
The lower the temperature at which a battery is re-

quired to operate, the more necessary it is that the
battery is maintained in a fully charged condition.
For example a battery with a low specific gravity of
1.225 at 27 °C ( 80 °F) will operate the starting motor
at warm ambient temperatures but may not, due to
lower battery efficiency at a low temperature.
Table 1 shows the effect of temperature on the effi-

ciency of a typical battery.
Maximum battery life will be obtained if the correct
care and periodic inspection is given. It is important
that output capacity should not be exceeded by con-
stant and excessive overloading and that charging
requirements are maintained.
Table 1: refer to Battery - General specification

(A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 516
Servicing The Battery

2. When servicing a battery the following steps should
be observed:
1. Maintain the electrolyte to the recommended level
of 17 mm ( 0.67 in.) above the plates. If this is
not observed the acid will reach a high concentra-
tion that will damage the separators and impair the
performance of the plates.
2. Use only distilled or de-mineralised water, do not
overfill and never use tap water or water from a rain
barrel or other source
3. Always keep the battery at least 75 % charged
otherwise the plates will become sulphated and loss
of efficiency will result with possible damage from
freezing at low temperatures.
4. Avoid overcharging the battery as excessive
charging will create high internal heat that will cause
plate grid deterioration and produce water loss.
5. When fast charging ensure the battery tempera-
ture does not exceed 50 °C.
6. Do not add sulphuric acid to a cell unless the elec-
trolyte has been lost through spilling. Before replen-
ishing ensure the solution is at the correct specific
gravity. A slow charge is the only method to be em-
ployed to fully charge a battery. A high rate charger
can be used to quickly boost the battery capacity but
this must be followed by a slow charge rate to bring
the battery to full capacity.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid and during charging
generate a highly explosive mixture of hydrogen and
oxygen gases.- Never use equipment that generates
flames or sparks in order to control electrolyte level-
Do not remove the battery cover plugs without protec-
tion for eyes and hands.
B039
Dry Charged Batteries

3. Dry charged batteries must be prepared for service
as follows:
1. Remove the battery cell vent plugs.
2. Fill each cell to the recommended level with elec-
trolyte of 1.260 specific gravity.
3. After filling, allow the battery to stand for 15 min-
utes then re-check the electrolyte level and top up if
necessary.
4. Charge the battery for 4 hours at a rate of 5 - 8
amperes and check that all cells are gassing freely.
5. Install the battery cell vent plugs.
NOTE: The electrolyte must be diluted sulphuric acid
preferably at a temperature of 21 °- 32 °C ( 70 °- 90 °F).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 517
Charging The Battery

4. Before charging a battery:
1. Thoroughly clean the battery casing and cell cov-
ers with dilute ammonia or hot water and clean the
terminals.
2. Check the level of the electrolyte in each cell and,
if below plates, add distilled water to bring above
plate level.
Normal (Top-up) Charging

5. 1. With a slow charger use a rate of 3 - 6 amperes
for the time necessary to bring the battery to full
charge. This may take 36 hours or more if the bat-
tery is heavily discharged. A severely sulphated bat-
tery might not accept a charge. When the battery is
fully charged the cells will gas freely and the specific
gravity will remain constant. Remove the charger af-
ter three consecutive hydrometer readings taken at
hourly intervals indicate that the specific gravity has
stopped rising.
2. When using a fast or high rate of charge care-
fully follow the manufacturers instructions. High rate
charging raises the temperature of the electrolyte
and unless the charger is equipped with an automatic
time or temperature device, the electrolyte tempera-
ture could exceed 50 °C , which may cause violent
battery gassing and damage to internal components.
3. Re-check the level of electrolyte in each cell and
add distilled water as necessary.
WARNING
When a battery is being charged an explosive gas is
produced. Do not smoke or use an exposed flame
when checking the electrolyte level and ensure the
charger is switched off before connecting or discon-
necting to avoid sparks which could ignite the gas.
B038
Recharging Deeply Discharged Batteries

6. The recommended method to recharge a low main-
tenance battery is to use a constant voltage charger.
For deeply discharged batteries a 48 hours charging
period at 16 volts is recommended, with current lim-
itation, ( 88 A for 176 Ah batteries).
This system is self regulating: high current is deliv-

ered at the beginning (when battery voltage is low),
lower and lower current is then absorbed when bat-
tery reaches full charge (and its voltage is high).
If only constant current chargers are available it is

recommended to use the current levels and times
shown Table 2 below. The figures are intended for
deeply discharged batteries. If the battery is only
50% discharged use one half of the time listed (slow
charge programs). For other states of discharge re-
duce proportionally the time of charge. Whenever
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 518
possible use the slowest charge program to increase

the battery’s life.
If when charging the battery, violent gassing or spew-

ing of electrolyte occurs, or the battery case feels hot
( 50 °C or greater), reduce or temporarily halt charg-
ing to avoid damaging the battery.

(A.30.A).
Tests
7. Before commencing battery tests check the battery
for clogged vents, corrosion, raised vent plugs or a
cracked case.

- Hydrometer
- Battery starter tester (High rate discharge tester)
- Thermometer
- Battery Charger
Specific Gravity:
8. This test will determine the state of battery charge.
1. With the float in the vertical position take the read-
ing.
2. Adjust the hydrometer reading for electrolyte tem-
perature variations by subtracting 4 points (0.004
specific gravity) for every 5.5 °C ( 10 °F) below the
temperature at which the hydrometer is calibrated
and by adding 4 points (0.004 specific gravity) for ev-
ery 5.5 °C ( 10 °F) above this temperature.
The following examples are calculated using a hy-

drometer calibrated at 30 °C ( 86 °F).
Example 1:
Temperature below 30 °C ( 86 °F)
Electrolyte temperature 19 °C ( 66 °F)
Hydrometer reading 1.270
Subtract 11.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.008
Corrected specific gravity = 1.262
Example 2:
Temperature above 30 °C ( 86 °F)
Subtract 10.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.007
3. If the specific gravity is 1.280 or more the battery

is fully charged and in good operating condition.
4. Should the corrected specific gravity be below
1.280, charge the battery and inspect the charging
system to determine the cause of the low battery
charge.
If the battery has been charged under static condi-

tions, denser electrolyte will accumulate at the bot-
tom of the cells. The battery should be shaken pe-
riodically to mix the electrolyte, this will improve the
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 519
charge rate and provide a more accurate hydrometer

reading when tested.
Refer to Battery - General specification (A.30.A).
NOTE: Specific gravity should not vary more than 0.025
points between cells.
NOTE: If distilled water has recently been added the
battery should be recharged for a short period otherwise
accurate hydrometer readings will not be obtained.
Performance Test:
9. The performance test is to determine if the battery
has adequate capacity to turn the engine. The volt-
age reading obtained is used to determine the bat-
tery condition. Prior to testing, ensure the electrolyte
level is correct and the open circuit voltage is 12.5
V or more. The battery may be tested on or off the
tractor.
1. Set the current control switch of the battery starter
tester (high rate discharge tester) to the ‘off’ position
and the voltage selector switch equal to, or slightly
higher than, the rated battery voltage. Connect the
tester positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the negative battery termi-
nal.
2. Turn the current control knob until the ammeter
reading is half the CCA rating of the battery and take
the voltage reading.
- If the reading is 9.6 volts or more after 15 seconds,
the battery has an acceptable output capacity and
will readily accept a normal charge.
- If however the reading is below 9.6 volts, the
battery is considered unsatisfactory for service and
should be test charged as described below.
CAUTION
Do not leave the high discharge load on the battery for
periods longer than 15 seconds.
B003
Test Charging:
10. This test is designed only for batteries that have
failed the previous capacity test.
1. Attach the battery starter (high rate discharge
tester) positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the battery negative termi-
nal.
2. Connect the battery charger positive lead to the
battery positive terminal and the negative lead to the
battery negative terminal.
3. Turn the charger timer past a ‘ 3 minutes’ charge
indication and then back to the ‘ 3 minutes’ mark.
4. Set the charging rate as close as possible to 40
amperes
5. After 3 minutes at this fast charge take the volt-
meter reading.
- If the total voltage is over 15.5 volts the battery is
unsatisfactory and is probably sulphated or worn out
and should be replaced.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 520
- If the total voltage is under 15.5 volts, test the spe-

cific gravity of each cell and re-charge the battery to
the following scale:
NOTE: A mildly sulphated battery can be recovered
by using a multiple battery type charger, with an open
circuit upper voltage limit of 50 volts. Owing to the high
resistance of a sulphated battery, it will primarily require
a high voltage setting to overcome the resistance of the
sulphation. initially there may be no visible acceptance
of the charge. After a few minutes of inactivity a small
charge will be apparent, followed by a rapid increase in
the charge rate. The charge rate must not exceed 14.0
amperes or the electrolyte temperature 50 °C. When the
ampere rate has stabilised, reset the volts until the charge
rate is a steady 5 amperes. Continue at this rate until the
electrolyte specific gravity stops rising at approximately
1.275-1.280 at 20 °C ( 68 °F), this can take up to 48
hours of charging. Stand the battery for 24 hours and
then conduct the capacity test detailed previously.
NOTE: When battery problems are experienced the
alternator drive belt tension and the complete charging
system should be checked.
Common Causes of Battery Failures

11. 1. Internal open circuit.
2. Internal short circuit.
3. Loss of electrolyte.
4. Separation of active materials from grids.
5. Accumulation of sulphate crystals too large to dis-
perse.
These failures are normally caused by the following:

1. Failure of inter cell components.
2. Excessive crystal growth may puncture the sepa-
rators and cause short circuits.
3. Excessive over charging (charging system mal-
function, boost/recovery techniques with high volt-
age, operation in very high temperatures.
4. Freezing of electrolyte.
A fully charged battery does not freeze until -65 °C. A
50 % charged battery freezes between -17 - -27 °C.
Fully discharged electrolyte freezes at - 3 - -11 °C.
Excessively high boost charging and gassing will
also cause separation of active materials from the
grids. Separation destroys the chemical function of
the battery.
5. Crystal growth occurs whenever batteries are left
discharged. High temperatures and extended dis-
charged periods increase this condition. At room
temperature after one week the battery is unlikely
to recover on the vehicle. Recharge will require a
higher constant voltage. After 3 weeks the battery
will have suffered permanent degradation and the
procedure detailed previously for charging a ‘Deeply
Discharged’ battery should be followed.
When fully charged, batteries have a long shelf life.

The lead calcium type battery self discharges at 3 %
per month. This means that it will take 16 months to
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 521
drop to 50 % charged. On the tractor the quiescent

load is about 50 mA. To predict run-down on a static
vehicle this should be added as approximately 8 Ah
per week.
It is worth stressing that when cranking, if a battery

starts to fade, it is beneficial to stop and allow two
minutes for the battery to recover. The recovery time
should be increased as the temperature decreases.
With a dual battery set up, an old battery should not

be used with a new one. One battery will always fail
first. If the battery has given the service life expected,
change both batteries. If one has failed early, i.e,
through manufacturing defect, then it is acceptable
to replace just one battery.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 522
Battery - Connect
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A) Battery - Remove (A.30.A)
1. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the

battery cover.
NOTE: If the battery has been fully removed from the
tractor (or a new battery is being installed) ensure the
positive cable is also connected correctly.
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
2. Swing the step into the upright position and secure

with the retaining bolts, nuts and washers (1).
BAIL07CCM262ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 523
Battery - Disconnect
1. Undo the step retaining bolts (1) and swing the step
away from the battery cover. Undo the battery cover
knob and remove the battery cover
BAIL07CCM262ASA 1
2. Disconnect the battery negative cable (1).
BAIL06CCM151ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 524
Wiring harness - Repair

Temporary Wiring Harness Repair
NOTE: It is acceptable to use the following repair procedure on the CAN BUS wiring. It is important though to ensure
that the wire lengths are not altered from the original as this will affect the performance of the CAN BUS system.
1. The following method to repair wiring is a temporary
expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon
as possible. Replacement of temporary repaired ca-
bles with new is particularly important if the tractor
is to be used for spraying as chemicals can enter
the repaired area, travel up the cable and damage
electrical components. Do not attempt to repair the
wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and
should only be replaced with a new component.
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that
only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other types
of solder may result in further cable damage.
2. To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:
Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer
protective cover on both sides of the damaged area,
Figure 1.
1b0o2004061134 1
3. Peel back the cable from both ends of the damaged

area and carefully cut away the inner cable cover at
the damaged area and strip about 13 mm ( 1/2 inch)
of insulation from the wires. Do not cut away any wire
strands.
Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 inches ( 50
mm) from each cover end. Clean the grey cable
cover and the individual leads.
Twist two bare leads together for each damaged
lead, being careful to match wire colours, then sol-
der the leads using resin cored solder. Tape each
repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape, Figure 2.
1b0o2004061135 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 525
4. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey

cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make
a paper trough, Figure 3, then apply silicon rubber
compound (non hardening sealant) over the repaired
section up to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must
be used to fill the ends of the cut away area.
1b0o2004061136 3
5. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with

insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 2 inches( 50 mm)
of tape at each end is necessary, Figure 4.
Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the
damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
1b0o2004061137 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 526
Index

Alternator - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Alternator - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Alternator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Alternator - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Alternator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Alternator - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Alternator - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Battery - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Battery - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Battery - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Battery - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Battery - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Battery - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Battery - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYS-
TEMS DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fuse and relay box - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Wiring harness - Component Diagram 00 Plug connections 00-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Wiring harness - Component diagram 01 Plug connections 10-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Wiring harness - Component diagram 10 Plug connections 100-109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Wiring harness - Component diagram 11 Plug connections 110-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 527
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 528
Wiring harness - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 Starting and Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 Engine System (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 Engine Systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 06 Tansmission Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 Transmission Systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 Command Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 Electronic Draft Control / Hydraulic systems (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 Electro-Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . 84
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 Electro_Hydraulic Remotes / Hydraulic Systems (3) . . . . . . . . . . 88
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 Four Wheel Drive and Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 Power Take Off Systems (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 Power Take Off Systems (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 Fast Steer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 Cab Accessories (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 Main Lamps and Indicators (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 Work Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 Trailer Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 Diagnostics (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 Diagnostics (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 35 SWCD / VT Screen (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 529
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 36 SWCD / VT Screen (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 Processors (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 Processors (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 Air Conditioning (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 Air Conditioning (2) - Automatic Temperature Control . . . . . . . . 136
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 Air Conditioning (3) - Manual Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . 138
Wiring harness - Electrical symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Wiring harness - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Wiring harness - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Wiring harness - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 530
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuse and relay box

Alternator
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Battery
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fuse and relay box
Alternator
Battery
Connector
Overview Wiring Harness Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Overview Wiring Harness Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Overview Wiring Harness Drive Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 2
Overview Wiring Harness Main Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Overview Wiring Harness Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Overview Wiring Harness Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Component diagram 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102


87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 3



















87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 4



















87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 5












Wiring harness
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Electrical symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Electrical schematic frame 01 Power Distribution (Power - Maxi Fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Electrical schematic frame 02 Power Distribution (Fuses 1 - 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Electrical schematic frame 03 Power Distribution (Fuses 15 - 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 6



Electrical schematic frame 08 Start/Charging (Start & Charging W/Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Electrical schematic frame 09 Start / Charging (without Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Electrical schematic frame 10 Engine Controller (Supply, Sensors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Electrical schematic frame 11 Engine Controller (Supply, Injectors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Electrical schematic frame 12 Power Distribution (Power Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Electrical schematic frame 13 Main Controller (Transmission Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Electrical schematic frame 14 Main Controller (Transmission Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Electrical schematic frame 15 Main - Controller (Electronic Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Electrical schematic frame 16 Main - Controller (5V Supply, Sensor Ground, Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Electrical schematic frame 17 Transmission (Power Take Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Electrical schematic frame 18 Auxiliary Controller (SFA, EHR’S, Link Levelling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Electrical schematic frame 19 Auxiliary Controller (Front Hitch, PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Electrical schematic frame 20 Fast Steer (Steering Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Electrical schematic frame 21 Instrument Cluster (Switches, Sensors, Keypad & Radar Socket) . . . . 352
Electrical schematic frame 22 Instrument Cluster (Switches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Electrical schematic frame 23 Armrest Controller (MFH, Joystick, SWCD, EDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 7
Electrical schematic frame 24 Armrest Controller (Switch, Led’s, Potentiometer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Electrical schematic frame 25 Auto - Guidance (Steering Control, Switch, Supply, Solenoid) . . . . . . . . 362
Electrical schematic frame 26 Can Power (Can System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Electrical schematic frame 27 Climate Control Auto (Heating Controller, Supply, Switch, Relay) . . . . . 366
Electrical schematic frame 28 Climate Control Manual (Heating, Supply, Switch, Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Electrical schematic frame 29 Heated Mirrors (Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Electrical schematic frame 30 Heated Screen (Supply, Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Electrical schematic frame 31 Implement Sockets (Cigar Lighter, Power Sockets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Electrical schematic frame 32 Lighting (Switch & Flasher Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

Electrical schematic frame 33 Lighting Auxiliary (Worklamps & Beacons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

Electrical schematic frame 34 Lighting (Side, Console & Licence Plate Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Electrical schematic frame 37 Lighting (Headlamps / Worklamps Hood / Headlamps Grabrail) . . . . . . 382
Electrical schematic frame 38 Lighting (Trailer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Electrical schematic frame 39 Lighting (Interior Lights) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Electrical schematic frame 40 Lighting (Stop / Tail Lamps & Worklamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Electrical schematic frame 41 I.C.E (Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Electrical schematic frame 42 Washers & Wipers (Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Electrical schematic frame 43 Colour Display (Instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

Electrical schematic frame 44 Trailer Brakes (Hydraulic / Pneumatic Brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Electrical schematic frame 45 Electronic Park Lock (Supply, Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 8
Electrical schematic frame 46 Front Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Electrical schematic frame 47 Isobus (Isobus Power & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

Electrical schematic frame 48 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Electrical schematic frame 49 Can System (Can Bus 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

Electrical schematic frame 50 Can System (Auto - Guidance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN System (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN System (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN System (Isobus CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

SERVICE
Alternator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422

Battery
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Wiring harness
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 9
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification

Description All Models

Alternator ISKRA, 12 V, 150 A (optional with heated screen 200 A)
Battery Minimum maintenance 12 V 176 Ah (1300 cca)
Starting motor Positive engagement, solenoid operated

4.2 kW - geared reduction
Cold starting aid Optional inlet manifold grid heater ( 80 A) and fuel heater
Bulb rating and type

- headlights 60/55 W - H4
- parking lights (front) 5 W - R5 W
- parking lights (rear) 5 W - P 21/5 W
- work lights (hi-mount rear, on C-pillar and grabrail) 12 V 55 W - H3
- turn indicators (front) 21 W - PY21 W
- turn indicators (rear) 21 W - R21 W or PY21 W
- stop lights 21 W - P 21/5 W
- licence plate lights 5 W - R5 W
- rotating beacon 55 W - H1
- interior / step light 12 V R 10 W
- HID Xenon work lights rear roof HID DIS 12 V 35 W
- work lights hood 12 V 50 W - GE886
- SMV (slow moving vehicle) lights (N. America only) 21 W-P21 W
and extremity lights
- intermediate front hood Xenon HID DIS 12 V 35 W
- roof front work lights 12.8 V 50 W - GE885
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 10
Fuse and relay box - General specification

Description of the relays

Relay Function
K001 / K002 Wiper Module Front & Rear
K003 Ignition Relay
K004 Lights Relay
K005 Starter Motor On
K006 Blower Motor
K007 Dipped Beam Headlamps
K008 Stop Lamps Relay
K009 Main Beam Headlamps
K010 Hydraulic Trailer Brake
K011 Electronic Park Brake
K012 Pneumatic Trailer Brake
K013 Engine Shutdown
K014 Get U Home
K015 Front Worklamps Hood
K016 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
K017 Power Supply ECU
K018 EL.Battery Isolator
K019 Air Condition Clutch Relay
K020 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
K021 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
K022 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
K044 Front Screen Heater Relay
K045 Rear Screen Heater Relay
NOTE: The following relays are located outside the safety box!
K023 Grid Heater Relay
K024 Fuel Heater Relay
K040 ISO Relay 1 Rear
K041 ISO Relay 2 Rear
K042 ISO Relay 1 Front
K043 ISO Relay 2 Front
K046 Reversible Fan Relay
K047 Relay Less EPL
K050 Relay Autoguidance Crank Isolate
K051 Relay Autoguidance Solenoid B
K052 Relay Autoguidance Solenoid A
K053 EL.Shiftable PTO Drive Upper Speed Relay
K054 EL.Shiftable PTO Drive Lower Speed Relay
K491 Relais Loader Valve 1
K492 Relais Loader Valve 2
Fuses
No. Amps Circuit
F001 10 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
F002 25 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F003 10 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F004 10 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F005 30 Blower motor
F006 10 Station memory and work lamp control unit
F007 20 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 11
No. Amps Circuit

F008 20 Starter switch
F009 25 Front loader power
F010 30 Rear power socket (potential 15)
F011 15 Front windscreen wiper
F012 10 Rear windscreen wiper / switch, windscreen washing system, front/rear
F013 15 Relay, brake lights
F014 15 Headlight switch and flasher
F015 20 Brake light switch and pedal lock
F016 15 Trailer brake
F017 25 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F018 15 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat / Armrest adjust
F019 15 Heated mirrors
F020 10 Radar sensor, normal signal socket / keypad
F021 15 Water sensor for the fuel filter, brake fluid level switch
F022 15 Side marker lights, right
F023 15 Side marker lights, left / licence plate lights
F024 10 Illumination - Lighting / cigar lighter - ICU - VT - heated mirror switch - EHR-lock
switch
F025 15 Dipped beam headlights relay, get you home
F026 15 Main beam headlights
F027 30 Front work lamp (bonnet)
F028 15 Work lamp control unit / Roof rear worklamps
F029 30 Work lamp control unit / Roof front worklamps + grabrail
F030 15 Work lamp (C-pillar)
F031 15 Rotating beacon (via work lamp control unit)
F032 15 Flasher unit
F033 25 Diagnostics plug 1/2
F034 10 ICU 3 and hand brake switch
F035 10 Potential 30 for electronics
F039 Not used
F040 10 Radio memory
F041 Not used
F042 Not used
F043 10 Engine electronics (potential 15)
F044 25 Front-mounted equipment socket (B+)
F045 25 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
F046 15 Engine controller B+ supply
F047 10 Engine controller B+ supply
F048 Not Used
F049 15 Viscotronic fan, relay heater grid, relay fuel filter heater, exhaust brake
F050 15 Reversible fan
F051 25 Electronic park brake
F052 10 ICU 3 supply
F053 15 Transmission control supply (potential 15)
F054 10 PTO rear
F055 10 Supply Ignition Fast Steer / GARU / A/C pressure switch / ACU / CCU
F056 15 PTO front
F057 15 Supply Ignition / ACU - Front hitch
F058 Not Used
F059 Not Used
F060 10 Timer relay battery isolator - battery isolator control switch
F061 10 Battery Isolator
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 12
Maxi Fuses
No. Amps Fused components
MF1 80 Supply to F009, F013, F018, F021, F045, F050
MF3 80 Supply to V019, F030, K005, K013
MF4 80 Supply to F027, K015
MF5 80 Supply to F026, F031, F051
MF7 30 Supply heated windscreen front
MF8 20 Supply heated screen rear
Diode
Diode Function
V001 Get you home
V002 Get you home
V003 Get you home
V004 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
V005 Brake Light Diode
V006 Brake Light Diode
V007 El. Battery Isolator Diode
SS09E001 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 13
Fuses for the electrical supply

Fuse No. Amps Fuse-protected power supply
PF1 250 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ (250A)
PF2 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU
PF3 30 Power Fuse, Power Supply Memory
SS08H094 2 SS08H095 3
Main current fuses for the ISO BUS power supply (if installed)
Fuse No. Amps Fuse-protected power supply
PF4 30 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Rear
PF5 30 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Rear
PF6 30 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Front
PF7 30 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Front
SS08H095 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 14
Alternator - Torque
Value
Pulley Retaining Nut 80 Nm (59.0 lb ft)
Terminal Nut - B+ 12 Nm (8.9 lb ft)
Terminal Nut - D+ 3.5 Nm (2.6 lb ft)
Mounting Bolts 25 Nm (18.4 lb ft)
Alternator - General specification

Polarity Negative Ground

Nominal Voltage 14.0 V
Maximum Rev/Min. - Permanent/Intermittent 15,000/18,000
Nominal Output 150 A / 200 A
Regulator Controlled Voltage 14.1 V +/- 0.15
Rotor Field Winding Resistance 2.7 Ω +/- 0.27 @ 23 °C (73.4 °F) ± 5 °C (41.0 °F)
(at 150 A)
2.9 Ω +/- 0.10 @ 23 °C (73.4 °F) ± 5 °C (41.0 °F)
(at 200 A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 15
Battery - General specification

Temperature Efficiency of a Fully Charged Battery

25.0 °C ( 77.0 °F) 100 %
-4.5 °C ( 23.9 °F) 82 %
-24.0 °C ( -11.2 °F) 64 %
-27.5 °C ( -17.5 °F) 58 %
-31.0 °C ( -23.8 °F) 50 %
-34.5 °C ( -30.1 °F) 40 %
-37.5 °C ( -35.5 °F) 33 %
176 Ah ( 1300 cca)

Slow Charge Programs 46 hours at 5 A
23 hours at 10 A
Fast charge Program (emergencies only) 13 hours at 18 A
Use the following table to determine the state of charge

State of Charge Corrected Specific Gravity Corrected Specific Gravity Average Battery Voltage
@ 15 °C (59.0 °F) @ 25 °C (77.0 °F)
100 % 1.295 1.287 12.76
75 % 1.253 1.246 12.52
50 % 1.217 1.210 12.30
25 % 1.177 1.170 12.06
Discharged 1.137 1.130 11.84
Specific Gravity Fast charge up to :

1.150 SG or less 60 minutes
1.151 - 1.175 SG 45 minutes
1.176 - 1.200 SG 30 minutes
1.201 - 1.225 SG 15 minutes
(Slow charge only)
Description Battery Specification

Capacity (Ampere hour at 20 hour rate) 176
Cold Cranking Ampere Rating 1300
Voltage 12
Cells 6
Ground Terminal Negative
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 16
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Static description PROTECTING

THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DURING BATTERY
CHARGING OR WELDING
Precautions
To avoid damage to the electronic/electrical systems, always observe the following:
1. Never make or break any of the charging circuit connections, including the battery connections, when the engine
is running.
2. Never short any of the charging components to earth.
3. Do not use a slave battery of higher than 12 V nominal voltage.
4. Always observe correct polarity when installing the batteries or using a slave battery to jump start the engine.
Follow the instructions in the operator’s manual when jump starting the tractor. Connect positive to positive and
negative to negative.
5. Always disconnect the earth cable from the batteries before carrying out arc welding on the tractor or on any
implement attached to the tractor.
6. Position the welder earth cable clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
7. If welding is to be carried out in close proximity to a computer module, then the module should be removed from
the tractor. It is recommended that this procedure be carried out by an authorised dealer.
8. Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
9. Always disconnect the negative cable from the batteries when charging the batteries in the tractor with a battery
charger.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid. In case of contact with skin, flush the affected area with water for five min-
utes. Seek medical attention immediately. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Wear eye protection
when working near batteries.
B040
IMPORTANT: Failure to disconnect the two earth cable connections at the battery prior to charging the batteries or
welding on the tractor or attached implement will result in damage to the electronic and electrical systems.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 17
Fuse and relay box - Static description

Fuses and Relays

IMPORTANT: Do not replace a blown fuse with another of a different rating.
The fuse box and relay box is located behind a panel at the right-hand side.
To check or change fuses or relays, remove the two screws securing the panel to the console.
In addition to the main fuses there are additional ’Maxi’ fuses which are provided to protect the main fuses and elec-
trical circuit.
There is provision for 60 fuses although they may not all be fitted, depending on the specification of the tractor. The
fuses are numbered and colour coded.
Refer to Fuse and relay box - General specification (A.30.A) for fuse positions and descriptions and for relay func-
tions.
SS09E001 1
The flasher relay unit (1), is located behind the right hand trim on the top of the fuse and relay box.
SS08H096 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 18
Grid Heater relay (1), located to the rear of the left hand side of the engine.
BSE3115A 3
Grid Heater Fuse ( 125 A) (1), located on the right hand side of the engine near the starter motor.
BRI4561B 4
In addition to the fuses in the internal fuse box, there are also extra fuses located on the battery tray. A 250 A ’MEGA’
fuse (1) which protects the main electrical system and one 30 A fuse (2) which protect the front lift electrical system,
supply to the electronics system and implement ISO BUS circuit and battery isolator circuit (where fitted).
SS08H097 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 19
Alternator - Static description

ISKRA 150 A (optional with heated screen 200 A) alternators are fitted to all models. They incorporate internal cooling
fans and integral regulators. The alternator is mounted at the front on the left hand side of the engine and is driven
from a crankshaft pulley via a ‘poly vee’ drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 1
Alternator Operation
Refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 Start/Charging (Start & Charging W/Isolator) (A.30.A)
for charging circuit schematic.
When the key start switch is turned on a small current flows from the battery through the rotor field wiring. The circuit
is made via the charge indicator warning lamp, alternator terminal ‘D+’ the rotor field winding, the alternator regulator
and ground.
At this stage the warning light is illuminated and the rotor partially magnetised.
When the engine is started and the partially magnetised rotor revolves within the stator windings a 3-phase alternating
current is generated. A constant portion of the generated current is converted to direct current by the three field diodes
incorporated in the rectifier pack.
This direct current is fed back to supplement the current flowing through the rotor field winding.
This action results in an ever increasing magnetic influence of the rotor along with an associated rapid rise in gener-
ated output current and voltage.
During the rise in generated output voltage (reflected at the ‘D+’ terminal) the brilliance of the warning lamp is re-
duced and when the voltage at the ‘D+’ terminal equates to that at the battery side of the warning light the lamp is
extinguished.
The voltage continues to rise until the predetermined regulated voltage level is reached.
In the event of drive belt breakage the voltage will not build up within the alternator and so the charge indicator light
will remain on to indicate failure.
BAIS06CCM691AVA 2
Alternator
1 Output Connection (B+ Terminal) 2 Warning Lamp (D+ terminal)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 20
Battery - Static description

All models use a single “low maintenance - hybrid" battery with negative ground of six cell construction and is located
on the right hand side of the tractor behind the cab steps.
NOTE: "Low maintenance" means that under normal charging conditions the battery may lose a small amount of
water from the electrolyte. Conditions that may cause water loss include prolonged charging above 14.4 V where
gassing occurs as it approaches full charge. This can be caused by a faulty charging system or boost/recovery
charging equipment.
The battery has four major functions:
• To provide a source of current for starting, lighting and instrumentation.

• To help control the voltage in the electrical system.
• To furnish current when the electrical demands exceed the alternator output.
• To support quiescent loads from radio and micro processor memory.
The battery is constructed in such a manner that each cell contains positive and negative plates placed alternatively
next to each other. Each positive plate is separated from a negative plate by a non-conducting porous envelope
separator. If any of the positive plates should make contact with negative plates within a cell, the cell will short circuit
and suffer irreparable damage. All of the positive plates are welded to a bus-bar, forming a positive terminal and all
of the negative plates are welded to a similar bus-bar forming a negative terminal.
Each positive plate is composed of a lead grid with lead peroxide pasted into the grid openings. The negative plates
are composed of a lead grid with spongy lead pasted into the grid openings.
The plates are submerged in a liquid electrolyte solution of diluted sulphuric acid.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 21
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Hood

SS08M214 1
Con. Description Con. Description

X220 Front Lamps X331 Worklamp Right Hand
X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand X333 Headlamp Right Hand
X334 Horn X335 Horn
X336 Headlamp Left Hand X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand
X338 Worklamp Left Hand
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 22
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Engine

Engine and front attachments
SS08M212 1

X024 Cab to Engine Main Connector E2 X026 Main Harness Connector - E1 - Engine to Cab
X211 Loader Valve Option A X212 Loader Valve Option B
X214 Earth Point - Electronic Module X215 Grid Heater Relay
X216 Fuel Heater Relay X218 Engine Module Bosch EDC 16
X219 Visctronic Fan X220 Front Lamps
X221 Brake Fluid Level (1/2) X223 Air Cleaner Switch
X224 Air Cleaner Switch X225 A/C Pressure Switch
X226 A/C Clutch X227 Front Hitch and Front PTO
X230 D.I.A Engine Inline X231 Starter Solenoid B+
X232 Starter Solenoid 1 X233 Radar Gun
X234 Front Axle (Self Level) X235 Steering Angle Sensor
X236 Alternator B+ X237 Alternator D+
X238 Battery Isolator X239 Reversible Fan
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 23

X242 Water in Fuel Sensor X248 Suspension Accelerometer
X573 Exhaust Brake Solenoid X660 ISO Implement Connector
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 24
Engine components (Injectors, Sensors...)
SS08K465 2

X213 Engine Control Unit A X825 Injector Cylinder 1 & 2 (EDC16)
X826 Injector Cylinder 3 & 4 (EDC16) X827 Injector Cylinder 5 & 6 (EDC16)
X828 Boost Pressure / Temperature Sensor (EDC16) X829 Oil Pressure / Temperature Sensor (EDC16)
X830 Rail Pressure Sensor (EDC16) X831 Coolant Temperature Sensor
X832 Fuel Temperature Sensor X833 High Pressure Pump
X834 Increment Speed Sensor X835 Camshaft Speed Sensor
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 25
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Drive Line

SS08M134 1

X020 Extension Harness Connector 2 (Cab) X022 Extension Harness Connector 1 (Electronic)
X251 PTO Speed Sensor X253 Trailer Socket
X254 Trailer Brakes - Air X255 Trailer Brakes Hydraulic
X256 Draft Pin Right Hand X257 Axel speed Sensor
X259 Front Suspension Connector X262 PTO Twist Sensor
X263 19th Dump Solenoid X264 19th Gear Solenoid
X265 Fuel Tank Sensor X266 Draft Pin Left Hand
X267 Rock Shaft Potentiometer X268 EDC Valve Raise
X269 EDC Valve Lower X276 Diff. Lock Solenoid
X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid X278 Rear PTO Solenoid
X279 4WD Solenoid X289 Fly Wheel Speed Sensor
X290 Trans Oil Temperatur Sensor X302 PAS Pressure Switch
X303 PAS Pressure Switch X304 CAN Terminator Resistor
X305 EHR Valve Connector 1 X306 EHR Valve Connector 2
X307 EHR Valve Connector 3 X308 EHR Valve Connector 4
X309 EHR Valve Connector 5 X326 Earth Transmission
X473 Low Hydro Charge Switch X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vacuum Switch)
X633 Creeper Connector X635 Clutch Solenoid A
X636 Clutch Solenoid B X637 Clutch Solenoid C
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 26

X638 Clutch Solenoid D X639 Clutch Solenoid E
X640 Trans Oil Pressure Switch Pin 1 X641 Low Range Solenoid
X642 Med Range Solenoid X643 High Range Solenoid
X644 Rev Range Solenoid X645 Trans Oil Pressure Switch PIN 2
X646 Low Range Press Switch X647 Med Range Press Switch
X648 High Range Press Switch X649 Rev Range Press Switch
X653 Mid Speed Sensor Output speed P.U. X659 Link Level (External Connection)
X661 High Flow Pump (detection)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 27
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Main Cab

SS09E002 1

X001 Clutch Switch X002 Clutch Potentiometer
X003 Starter Switch X004 Main Light Switch
X005 Instrument Cluster Unit CN1 X006 Instrument Cluster Unit CN2
X007 Hazard Switch Harness X008 Key Pad
X009 Instrument Cluster Unit CN3 X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch
X012 Shuttle Lever X013 Stop Lamp Switch Left
X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right X015 Foot Throttle
X016 Brake Pedals Latched Switch X020 Extension Harness Connector 2 (Cab)
X021 Main Power (Fuse) 1 Power B+ X022 Extension Harness Connector 1 (Electronic)
X023 Main Power (Fuse) 2 Power E X024 Cab to Engine Main Connector E2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 28

X025 Main Power (Fuse) 3 Power B- X026 Main Harness Connector - E1 - Engine to Cab
X028 Diagnostic Connector 2 X030 Diagnostic Connector
X030A Earth Header 2 X030B Earth Header 2
X030C Earth Header 2 X031 ADIC Diagnostic Connector
X053 Flasher ECU X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch
X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch X080 Armrest 1
X081 Seat Connector X082 Loader Power
X084 Loader Valve 2 X085 Loader Valve 1
X086C Earth Header 1 X086D Earth Header 1
X088 Armrest 2 X091 CCM Central Control Unit (CN2)
X092 CCM Central Control Unit (CN1a) X093 CCM Central Control Unit (CN1b)
X094 CCM Central Control Unit (CN3a) X095 CCM Central Control Unit (CN3b)
X096 Case Earth CCM & ACU X097 CCM Central Control Unit (CN4)
X098 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN2) X099 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN1a)
X100 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN1b) X101 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN3b)
X102 ACU Auxiliary Control Unit (CN3a) X106 Roof to Cab Harness - Roof
X107 Aux Headlamp Switch X108 Aux Headlamp Switch
X110 Right Hand Fender Connector 2 HPL X111 Right Hand Fender Connector 1 Tail Lamp
Raise/Lower Switch
X114 ISO 11786 Signal Interface X115A 30A Power Socket Positiv
X115B 30A Power Socket Negativ X116A Rear Power Socket Implement Positive
X116B Rear Power Socket Implement Negative X117 Power Studs
X121 Hand Brake X123 Washer Motor Rear
X125 Washer Motor Front X126 Left Hand Fender Connector 1 Tail Lamp
X127 Left Hand Fender Connector 2 HPL Raise/Lower X130 Cigar Lighter (Illumination)
Switch
X131 Cigar Lighter (Power) X132 8 Amp Socket
X402 Rear Fender 3rd Remote Left X408 Rear Fender 3rd Remote Right
X455 Rev. Alarm H58 X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch
X551 Exhaust Brake Switch X555 Additional Roof Headlamps
X611 Heated Mirror Switch X613 TECU Power In/Out
X614 TECU By-Pass X615 TECU VT / SWCD Input
X616 TECU Unit - CN1 X618 ISO BUS CAN Extension
X619 TECU VT / SWCD Output X620 Front Break Away (Option)
X623 Fast Steer Connector X681 Hydraulics Master Switch
X683A Heated Screen B+ X683B Heated Screen D+
X684 Front Hitch Detect X688 Extremity Lamp Left Hand
X689 Extremity Lamp Right Hand X694 Air Con Power
X695 Air Con Control X745 Electronic Park Brake Interface Connector
X748 Electric Shift PTO
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 29
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Fender
SS08K459 1

X110 Right Hand Fender Connector 2 HPL X111 Right Hand Fender Connector 1 Tail Lamp
Raise/Lower Switch
X126 Left Hand Fender Connector 1 Tail Lamp X127 Left Hand Fender Connector 2 HPL
Raise/Lower Switch
X401 EHR 3 Switch Fender Right and Left X402 Rear Fender 3rd Remote Left
X403 Worklamp C - Pillar Right and Left X404 License Lamp Right and Left
X405 License Lamp Right and Left X406 Rear PTO Switch Right and Left
X407 HPL Switch Right and Left X408 Rear Fender 3rd Remote Right
X409 Stop Tail Light Right and Left (LMP-018)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 30
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Roof

SS08K466 1

X106 Roof to Cab Harness - Roof X151 Roof Earth
X154 not used X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
X157 Radio 2 X158 Radio 1
X160 not used X163 Grabrail Side lamp Right Hand
X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand Front X165 Worklamp Roof Front Left Hand 2
X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand X167 Mirror Control
X168 Worklamps ECU X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand
X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand X173 Worklamp Rear Right
X174 Licence Plate Diode X175 Radio Speaker Right Hand Rear
X176 License Plate Right Hand X177 Wiper Motor Rear
X180 Licence Plate Left Hand X181 Radio Speaker Left Hand Rear
X182 Worklamp Left Hand Rear X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand
X186 Door Switch Left Hand X187 Console Lamp Left Hand
X190 Interior Lamp A X191 Interior Lamp B1
X192 Interior Lamp B2 X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand
X195 Side Lamp Grabrail Left Hand X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand
X197 Worklamp Left Hand Front Upper X201 Wiper Motor Front (Cab)
X207 Antenne Plus
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 31
Wiring Harness Roof - North America only
SS08K461 2

X106 Roof to Cab Harness - Roof X151 Roof Earth
X154 not used X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
X157 Radio 2 X158 Radio 1
X160 not used X163 SMV Lamp Right Hand Front
X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand Front X165 Worklamp Roof Front Left Hand 2
X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand X167 Mirror Control
X168 Worklamps ECU X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand
X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand X171 SMV Lamp Rear Right Hand
X173 Worklamp Rear Right X175 Radio Speaker Right Hand Rear
X177 Wiper Motor Rear X181 Radio Speaker Left Hand Rear
X182 Worklamp Left Hand Rear X184 SMV Lamp Rear Left Hand
X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand X186 Door Switch Left Hand
X187 Console Lamp Left Hand X190 Interior Lamp A
X191 Interior Lamp B1 X192 Interior Lamp B2
X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand X195 SMV Lamp Left Hand Front
X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand X197 Worklamp Left Hand Front Upper
X201 Wiper Motor Front (Cab) X207 Antenne Plus
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 32
Connector - Component Diagram 00

X001 CLUTCH SWITCH
POS. WIRE NUMBER CIRCUIT REFERENCE

1 1001AH (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
2 7425 (Y) DRIVE SIGNAL
3 7660 (R) TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
4 1000B (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
NOTE: For the wiring color code refer to, Wiring harness - Overview (A.30.A).
SS08K077 1 SS08F146 2
STEERING CONSOLE
X002 CLUTCH POTENTIOMETER

1 7525A (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 7430 (Y) CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
3 60B (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08K078 3 SS08F163 4
STEERING CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 33
X003 STARTER SWITCH

1 150AE (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 137 (W) RADIO FEED
3 71 (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
4 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
6 1000 (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08K079 5 SS08F160 6
STEERING CONSOLE
X004 MAIN LIGHT SWITCH

1 150AA (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2 1024 (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
3 1027D (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
5 3000 (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
6 376 (P) HORN FEED
7 3001 (G) LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
8 3002 (G) RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
SS08K080 7 SS08F161 8
BEHIND STEERING CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 34
X005 ANALOG DIGITAL INSTRUMENTEN CLUSTER UNIT CN1

1 3017 (G) EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
5 3005 (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
6 3004 (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
8 7640Z (TN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
9 7650Z (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
11 1005 (S) AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
12 7130 (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
14 1052 (Y) GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
15 1012E (R) ILLUMINATION
16 1001P (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
19 2014A (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
22 2095 (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
23 57BE (B) EARTH (ALL)
24 160R (Y) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
25 1006 (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
26 9031A (L) ADIC MEMORY B+
SS08N077 9 BRI4416B-01 10
BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 35
X006 ANALOG DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER UNIT CN2

11 3062 (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
14 2330 (P) PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
15 2320 (P) TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
16 2300 (P) THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
17 2310 (P) IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
SS08N078 11 BRI4416B-01 12
X007 HAZARD SWITCH HARNESS

1 1021 (P) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
2 1020A (G) / 1020A (G/W) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
3 57BF (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 1020 (G) / 1020 (G/S) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08K085 13 SS07K215 14
STEERING CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 36
X008 KEY PAD

1 1050F (G) ACCESSORY FEED
2 5420H (G) CAN L
3 5400H (Y) CAN H
4 61H (B/O) CASE GROUND
SS08N081 15 SS08F193 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 37
X009 ANALOG DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER UNIT CN3

2 7160 (R) HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
6 8020 (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
7 3014A (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
9 2087 (O) EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
11 3052 (P) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
12 3500 (W) POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
13 1034 (LG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3)
14 29 (G) MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
16 1033 (LG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
17 7996 (R) BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
18 1026 (U) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
19 2200Z (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATE
21 7155 (U) VANE PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
22 3120 (K) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
25 5420G (G) CAN L
26 5400G (Y) CAN H
SS08N080 17 BRI4416B-01 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 38
Connector - Component diagram 01

X011 FRONT AND REAR WIPER SWITCH

1 1038A (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
2 57E (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 587 (LG) WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
5 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR-LOW
6 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
7 1121 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WASH
8 1119 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
9 97 (LG) WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
10 63 (U) WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
SS08K089 1 BRI4410B 2
STEERING CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 39
X012 SHUTTLE LEVER

1 7525C (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
2 7250 (S) TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
3 7260 (S) TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
4 7295 (W) DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
5 7000B (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
6 7420A (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
7 7425 (Y) DRIVE SIGNAL
8 57SS (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 3036 (O) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
10 3039 (U) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
11 7730 (TN) NOT IN PARKLOCK
12 1001X (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
13 1001AH (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
SS08K090 3 BRI4411B 4
STEERING CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 40
X013 STOP LAMP SWITCH LEFT

1 10B (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
2 10A (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
3 840A (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 820 (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
SS08K091 5 SS08F146 6
X014 STOP LAMP SWITCH RIGHT

1 10C (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
2 10DG) IGNITION SUPPLY
3 840 (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
4 830 (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
SS08K092 7 SS08F146 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 41
X015 FOOT THROTTLE

2 6402 (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
3 7000L (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
4 6355B (R) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6 6404 (G) THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
7 60BL (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
8 60BM (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08K093 9 SS08F242 10
BASE STEERING CONSOLE
X016 BRAKE PEDALS LATCHED SWITCH

1 10L (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
2 7996 (R) BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
SS08K094 11 SS08H117 12
STEERING CONSOLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 42

X020 EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR 2 (CAB)

2 1013D (R) / 1013D (N) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3 1014E (R) / 1014E (B) LEFT HAND LAMPS
4 810A (G) / 810A (R) STOPLAMPS
5 349 (TN) / 349 (G) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
6 350 (TN) / 350 (Y) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
7 7925 (P) TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
8 3286 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
10 3281 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
11 2055A (W) / - PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
12 2095B (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
13 3270 (O) LOWER SOLENOID RET
14 3250 (O) RAISE SOLENOID RET
15 7407 (K) / 7980 (K) TRANS MED RANGE
16 3240 (O) RAISE SOLENOID PWR
17 9051 (P) / 9033 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
18 3260 (O) LOWER SOLENOID PWR
19 7408 (W) / 7982 (W) TRANS MED RANGE RET
20 8010A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
21 8000A (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
22 8000X (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
23 3280 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
25 60A (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
27 8060D (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
28 3500 (W) / 3500 (Y) POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
29 3285 (TN) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
30 5515 (S) EHR +12V IGN.
31 5500V (R) / 5500L (R) EHR CAN HIGH
32 5510V (U) / 5510L (U) EHR CAN LOW
33 4055 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
34 4056 (W) LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
35 4057 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
36 4058 (W) LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
37 9050 (P) / 9034 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID-
38 4054 (W) LINK LEVEL DUMP SOLENOID
39 5830 (R) / 5830 (U) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
40 8050 (R) TRANS REV PRESSURE
41 7770 (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
42 7022 (S) / - REVERSE ALARM GROUND SIGNAL
44 8000B (N) / - TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
45 7582 (U) / - CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
46 7411 (Y) / - TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
47 7970 (P) / - TRANS MED/REV
48 7130 (N) / 7130A (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
49 8070 (L) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
50 2250N (K) / 2012 (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
51 2012 (Y) / 2012A (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 43
SS08K095 1 BRI4400B-03 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB FLOOR
X021 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 1 POWER B+

1 1 (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K096 3 SS07K143 4
X022 EXTENSION HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 (ELECTRONIC)

1 3024 (Y) 2WD SOLENOID
2 7584 (U) / - PARKLOCK SENSOR SWITCH SIGNAL
3 7080 (LG) DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
4 2130 (N) PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
5 2051 (O) PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
6 2042 (O) PTO SOLENOID-REAR
8 2062 (W) PTO TWIST SENSOR
9 7910 (TQ) CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL
10 7935 (P) TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
11 7401 (P) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
12 7400 (Y) TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
13 7155 (U) / - VANE PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
14 7930 (TQ) CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL
15 7940 (TQ) CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 44

16 7960 (W) / - TRANS SLOW/FAST
17 7431 (TQ) SUPPLY
18 7915 (P) TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
19 7000P (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
20 7945 (P) TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
21 9036 (TN) / 7580 (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
22 7225 (W) TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
23 8045 (P) TRANS REV SOL RET
24 7985 (G) TRANS REVERSE RANGE
25 3295 (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
26 7235 (Y) TRANS LOW RANGE SOL - RET
27 7785 (O) / 7581 (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
29 9035 (TN) / 7005 (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
30 7586 (U) / - BRAKE LUBRICATION SOLENOID
31 7500 (G) TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
32 5097 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
33 5090 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN
34 5087 (K) EDC VALVE UP RETURN
35 5085 (K) EDC VALVE UP
36 5070 (TN) EDC LEFT PIN
37 5075 (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
38 5065 (TN) EDC RIGHT PIN
39 9033 (TN) / 9035 TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
40 9034 (TN) / 9036 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
41 2014B (G) / - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
42 7220 (S) TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
43 7230 (S) TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
44 7900 (TQ) CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
45 7775 (K) / - B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
46 5080 (K) EDC ROCKSHAFT
47 5020A (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
48 7920 (TQ) CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL
49 2050L (G) / 2050AV (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
50 9000 (N) / - DIVERTER VALVE
51 7589 (U) / - BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS08K097 5 BRI4400B-03 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 45
X023 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 2 POWER E

1 160 (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
2 1C (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K098 7 SS07K144 8
X024 CAB TO ENGINE MAIN CONNECTOR E2

1 3272 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 3273 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3 3235 (O) / 3235 (TN) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
4 2590 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
5 2591 (TN) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
6 5920F (R) / 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
7 5910F (G) / 5910B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
8 5915F (B) / 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
9 5900F (Y) / 5900B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
12 2027 (R) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
14 2044 (O) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
19 2570 (R) FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
20 60AA (B/W) / 60AC (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
21 2510 (N) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
22 2530 (N) / 2530B (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
24 2028B (G) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
26 3220 (LG) / 3220A (LG) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
31 2043 (O) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
32 - / 2260 (O) PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
34 1010C (G) / 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
35 3274 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
36 3275 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
38 1018 (LG) AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
39 2006B (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
40 2006A (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 46

42 5200AA (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
44 2007 (Y) AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
46 2250L (K) / 2250 (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
47 3070D (P) / - ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
48 9032B (Y) / - IGN+ TO POWER SKT
49 172B (W) / 172A (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
50 171B (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
SS08K099 9 BRI4400B-03 10
X025 MAIN POWER (FUSE) 3 POWER B-

1 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K100 11 SS07K143 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 47
X026 MAIN HARNESS CONNECTOR - E1 - ENIGNE TO CAB

1 5400BJ (Y) / 5400D (Y) CAN H
2 5420BJ (G) / 5420D (G) CAN L
10 2556 (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
12 6315 (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
13 6407 (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
14 6408D (O) / 6408D (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
15 6408N (G) / 6408A (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
16 6408B (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
17 6408C (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
20 6418 (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
25 10J (G) / 10H (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
26 1030BB (U) / 1030B (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
28 6325 (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
29 1073A (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
30 376 (P) HORN FEED
36 1027BB (U) / 1027B (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
37 1027E (U) / 1027A (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
38 2095A (G) / 2095 (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
40 2014 (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
41 1006A (N) / 1006 (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
43 71D (W) / 71C (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
45 1001S (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
46 1001T (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
47 2050AF (G) / - PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
48 6300 (N) / - FAN SPEED
49 5020H (TN) / - EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
51 6408F (G) / 6408N (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
SS08K101 13 BRI4400B-03 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 48
X028 DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 2

A 57RG (B) EARTH (ALL)
B 6408N (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
C 5500E (R) EHR CAN HIGH
D 5510E (U) EHR CAN LOW
F 5960C (W) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
G 5955D (G) RS232 INPUT TECU
SS08K102 15 SS08H181 16
CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 49

X030 DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR

A 57AL (B) EARTH (ALL)
B 6408E (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
C 5400E (Y) CAN H
D 5420E (G) CAN L
E 6418 (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
G 2200Z (G) SERVICE MODE INITIATE
H 5910B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
J 5900B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
SS08K103 1 SS08H181 2
X030A EARTH HEADER 2

X 57BU (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K104 3 BRI4404B 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 50
X030B EARTH HEADER 2

X 57XX (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K105 5 BRI4404B 6
X030C EARTH HEADER 2

X 57BB (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K106 7 BRI4404B 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 51
X031 ADIC DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR

1 7650Z (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
2 7640Z (TN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
3 57BT (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K107 9 SS08F181 10
X032 TIMER RELAY FOR BATTERY ISOLATOR AND HEATED MIRROR (K021 / K022)

1 666C (P) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
2 1928 (R) HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
3 1925 (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
4 57HM (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 1927 (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
6 1L (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
7 172 (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
9 57SL (B) EARTH (ALL)
10 172A (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
SS08K108 11 SS08M012 12
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 52

X 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K109 13 BRI4474B 14

X 57CR (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K110 15 BRI4404B 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 53
X033 WINDSCREEN WIPERS FRONT & REAR (K001 / K002)

1 1120 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
2 1121B (G) RR WINDSHIELD WASH
4 57K (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 1119 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
6 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
7 587 (LG) WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
8 1019B (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
9 57J (B) EARTH (ALL)
10 63 (U) WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
SS08K111 17 SS08M012 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 54
X034 IGNITION / LIGHTS RELAY (K003 / K004)

A30 150E (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A85 57AG (B) EARTH (ALL)
A86 1010A (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
A87 1011 (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
B30 1023 (N) LIGHT SWITCH FEED
B85 57BC (B) EARTH (ALL)
B86 1024 (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
B87 1023A (N) LIGHT SWITCH FEED
SS08K112 19 SS08M019 20
X035 STARTER MOTOR ON / BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (K005 / K006)

A30 150W (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A85 57AC (B) EARTH (ALL)
A86 1001L (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
A87 1001Y (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
B30 982 (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
B85 57CJ (B) EARTH (ALL)
B86 181J (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
B87 982A (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
SS08K113 21 SS08M019 22

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 55
X036 CONTROL RELAYS (K007 - K012)

A1 825 (Y) PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
A2 57CZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
A3 10E (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
A5 8000X (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
B1 57SZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
B2 3150A (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
B3 8060B (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
B4 8000B (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
B5 8070 (P) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
C1 8010A (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
C2 57BM (B) EARTH (ALL)
C3 8060A (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
C5 8000C (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
D1 1027C (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
D2 57BA (B) EARTH (ALL)
D3 1027 (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
D5 1027B (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
E1 840B (G) R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
E2 57BJ (B) EARTH (ALL)
E3 810 (G) STOPLAMPS
E5 810D (G) STOPLAMPS
F1 1030AE (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
F2 57AZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
F3 1030AA (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
F5 1030B (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
SS08K114 23 SS08M006 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 56
X037 ENGINE SHUTDOWN / GET U HOME RELAY (K013 / K014)

A30 6413B (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN RELAY SUPPLY
A85 6407 (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
A86 150AP (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A87 150AN (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
B30 1024 (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
B85 1052 (Y) GET U HOME LIGHTS RELAY
B86 1030AC (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
B87 1030AB (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
SS08K115 25 SS08M019 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 57

X053 FLASHER ECU

A1 3009A (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
A2 249 (LG) SMV LAMPS RH
A3 349 (TN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
A4 250 (LG) SMV LAMPS LH
A5 350 (TN) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
A6 1020 (G) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
A7 1034 (LG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C3
A8 3000B (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
B1 3009B (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
B2 3002 (G) RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B3 3001 (G) LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
B4 1020A (G) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
B5 1033 (LG) TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C2)
B6 50 (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
B7 49 (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
B8 57BG (B) EARTH (ALL)
C1 49A (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C2 50A (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
C3 1039 (LG) NASO LIGHTS INPUT
SS08K117 1 SS08F179 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND TRIM TOP THE FUSEBOX
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 58
X059A LEVER MOUNTED PTO BRAKE SWITCH

2 2120 (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
4 2120A (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
SS08K118 3 SS07K157 4
BEHIND RIGHT HAND SWITCH PANEL
X059B LEVER MOUNTED PTO MATING HALF

2 2120B (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
4 2120B (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
SS08K119 5 SS07K157 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 59

X060 FUSE BOX MAIN B+ FEED

1 1 (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08M135 1 BRI4474B 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND FUSEBOX
X067 REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH

1 2120A (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2 2050J (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
SS08K121 3 SS07E264 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 60

X070 MAXI - FUSE MODULE MF1 TO MF6

M1 150E (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
M2 150V (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
M3 150AF (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
M4 150Y (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
M5 150G (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
M6 150F (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K122 1 SS08M007 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 61
X071 MINI FUSE MODULE F041 TO F060

3A 71 (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
3B 71D (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
4A 3070D (P) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
4B 150AJ (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
5A 9032C (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
5B 1011E (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
6A 6408K (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
7A 6408 (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
9A 6408D (O) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
10A 6325 (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
10B 1011K (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
11A 3031 (N) EPB +12 HOT
11B 150BC (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
12A 160R (Y) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
13A 7000 (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
14A 2050 (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
14B 160C (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
15A 5200 (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
16A 2250 (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
17A 2540 (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
20A 1H (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
20B 1E (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K123 3 SS08M008 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 62

1A 10J (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
1B 1011D (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
2A 1013 (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3A 1014 (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
3B 1023A (N) LIGHT SWITCH FEED
4A 1012 (R) ILLUMINATION
5A 1030 (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
5B 1023 (N) LIGHT SWITCH FEED
6A 1027 (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
6B 150T (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
7A 1073 (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
7B 150P (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
8A 998D (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
9A 1071 (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
10A 998C (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
10B 150AB (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
11A 4011 (P) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
11B 150BA (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
12A 3009 (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
13A 6408 (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
14A 9031 (P) ADIC MEMORY B+
14B 150AG (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
15A 5000 (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
16A 1072A (P) WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
17A 1072B (P) WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
17B 150JA (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
18A 1099 (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
20A 3079 (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
20B 137 (W) RADIO FEED
SS08K124 5 SS08M008 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 63

1A 666 (P) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
1B 150AC (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
2A 150 (N) BATTERY FEED (ALL)
3A 981 (G) A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
4A 3070A (P) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
5A 982 (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
5B 150AD (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
6A 138A (P) RADIO KAM
7A 150B (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
7B 150J (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
8A 150AE (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
9A 3271A (O) LOADER RELAY FEED
9B 1011A (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
10A 9032D (Y) IGN.+ TO POWER SKT.
11A 1019 (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
12A 1038 (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
13A 810 (G) STOPLAMPS
13B 1011B (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
14A 3000A (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
15A 10 (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
16A 8060 (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
17A 9032 (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
18A 181A (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
18B 1011C (Y) SUPPLY TO FUSES
19A 1925 (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
20A 1050 (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
SS08K125 7 SS08M008 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 64
X074 RELAY MODULE (K015 - K020)

A1 5597A (S) EHR MASTER ENABLE
A2 57GH (B) EARTH (ALL)
A3 2250F (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
A5 5515 (S) EHR +12V IGN.
B1 2005 (O) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
B2 57CK (B) EARTH (ALL)
B3 981 (G) A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
B5 1018 (LG) AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
C1 173A (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL +12V
C2 57CC (B) EARTH (ALL)
C3 172A (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
C4 172B (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
D1 1010B (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
D2 57AF (B) EARTH (ALL)
D3 160 (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
D5 160C (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
E1 1090 (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
E2 57AS (B) EARTH (ALL)
E3 998C (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
E5 998 (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
F1 1092 (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
F2 57AR (B) EARTH (ALL)
F3 1073 (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
F5 1073A (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
SS08K126 9 SS08M006 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 65
X076 DIODE BLOCK

1A 1013AG (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1B 1024A (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
2A 1013AF (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
2B 1013AE (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
3A 1030AD (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
3B 1024B (R) RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
4A 1030AF (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
4B 1030C (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
5A 825B (Y) PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
5B 830A (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
6A 825A (Y) PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
6B 820A (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
7A 171A (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
7B 1000A (W) SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
10A 1030AJ (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
10B 1027AA (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
19A 150AH (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
19B 150AM (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
20A 150AI (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
20B 1D (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K127 11 SS08M010 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 66

X080 ARMREST 1

A1 5200AT (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
A2 5400D (Y) CAN H
A3 5420D (G) CAN L
A4 5500W (R) / 5500B (R) EHR CAN HIGH
A5 5510W (U) / 5510B (U) EHR CAN LOW
A6 5955C (G) RS232 INPUT TECU
A7 5960E (W) / 5960C (W) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
A8 2250S (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
B1 7000BM (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
B2 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
B3 2046 (O) PTO SWITCH (VCC)
B4 2248 (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
B5 2245 (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE
B6 2065 (N) PTO ENGAGED
B7 2270 (O) PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
B8 57RE (B) EARTH (ALL)
C2 5915 (B) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
C3 5900 (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
C4 5910 (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
C5 5920 (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
C8 57RF (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K128 1 SS08F314 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 67
X081 SEAT CONNECTOR

1 6355A (R) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
2 7245 (P) DEADMAN
3 181K (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
4 57CN (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K129 3 SS08F193 4
IN CAB RIGHT OF OPERATOR’S SEAT
X082 LOADER POWER

1 3271A (O) / 3271 (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
2 57FP (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K130 5 SS08F267 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 68
X084 LOADER VALVE 2

1 3274 (R) / 3279 (Y) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
2 3275 (R) / - LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
SS08K131 7 SS08M031 8
X085 LOADER VALVE 1

1 3272 (O) / 3272C (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 3273 (O) / 3273C (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
SS08K132 9 SS08M031 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 69

1 57CG (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K133 11 BRI4404B 12

1 57CH (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K134 13 BRI4404B 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 70
X086C EARTH HEADER 1

1 57BH (B), 57RD (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K135 15 BRI4404B 16
X086D EARTH HEADER 1

1 57CF (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K136 17 BRI4474B 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 71
X088 ARMREST 2

A1 181L (G) / 181P (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
A2 5400BJ (Y) / 5400H (Y) CAN H
A3 5420BJ (G) / 5420H (G) CAN L
A4 5500V (R) / 5500D (R) EHR CAN HIGH
A5 5510V (U) / 5510D (U) EHR CAN LOW
B1 57AD (B) / 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
B2 9000 (N) / 9000A (N) DIVERTER VALVE
C2 5915F (B) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
C3 5900F (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
C4 5910F (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
C5 5920F (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
SS08K137 19 SS08F314 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 72

X091 CCM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CN2)

7 7408 (W) HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
13 9050 (P) CN1a 92 -10
15 2151 (K) EPTO DRIVE RELAY UPPER SPEED
16 3168 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
17 2152 (K) ESPTO DRIVE RELAY LOWER SPEED
18 7022 (S) REVERSE ALARM GROUND SIGNAL
21 57W (B) EARTH (ALL)
23 6355 (R) +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
24 6315 (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
26 57X (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K139 1 BRI4416B-02 2
BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 73
X092 CCM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CN1a)

1 7000C (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
2 7000D (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 7000E (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
4 7431 (TQ) SUPPLY
8 7660 (R) TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
10 9051 (P) CN2 98 -13
13 7407 (K) HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID +
14 5000A (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
15 5400T (Y) CAN H
16 5420T (G) CAN L
19 61 (B) CASE GROUND
20 5200A (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
21 5500H (R) EHR CAN HIGH
22 5510H (U) EHR CAN LOW
23 60 (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
25 57Y (B) EARTH (ALL)
26 57Z (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K140 3 BRI4416B-02 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 74
X093 CCM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CN1b)

1 6402 (G) ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
7 2012 (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
11 2050K (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
12 7250 (S) TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
13 7260 (S) TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
16 5020 (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
17 7525 (G) TRANS SENSOR SUPPLY 5v
21 1001 (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
22 820B (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
23 830B (R) STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
24 2250N (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
25 5075 (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
27 7420A (Y) TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
29 5100 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
30 5095 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
SS08K141 5 BRI4420B 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 75
X094 CCM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CN3a)

1 7589 (U) BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
2 7970 (P) TRANS MED/REV
3 2059 (W) FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
8 7775 (K) B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
9 7785 (O) A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
10 7584 (U) PARKLOCK SENSOR SWITCH SIGNAL
12 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
15 1039 (LG) NASO LIGHTS INPUT
16 5595 (S) EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
17 5210 (O) EDC VALVE ENABLE
18 2056 (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
20 2159 (U) PTO UPPER SPEED
26 7582 (U) CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
SS08K142 7 BRI4416B-02 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 76
X095 CCM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CN3b)

2 9036 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
5 9035 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
6 9033 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
10 9034 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID-
12 7586 (U) PARKLOCK SOLENOID
16 8000B (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
19 7411 (Y) TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
24 2120 (TN) PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
25 7000J (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
26 7295 (W) DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
27 2065 (N) PTO ENGAGED
32 6404 (G) THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
33 2055A (W) PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
34 7000K (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08K143 9 BRI4420B 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 77
X096 CASE EARTH CCM & ACU

1 61,61A,61G (B,B/O,B) CASE GROUND
SS08K144 11 BRI4404B 12
X097 CCM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT (CN4)

2 3274A (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
3 7275A (R) TCM SERIAL DATA OUT-DISPLY DATA IN
4 2157 (U) ESPTO NEUTRAL
6 3169 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
7 2155 (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
8 2156 (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POS SIGNAL
9 7245 (P) DEADMAN
10 3014C (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
11 7770 (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
12 2153 (R) ESPTO ACTUATOR UPPER SPEED
14 7960 (W) TRANS SLOW/FAST
16 7730 (TN) NOT IN PARKLOCK
18 2158 (U) ESPTO LOWER SPEED
20 7430 (Y) CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
21 5830 (R) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
23 2154 (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR LOWER SPEED
24 5835 (S) HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
25 5840 (W) FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
26 3155A (N) HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 78
SS08K145 13 BRI4416B-02 14
X098 ACU AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (CN2)

19 2270 (O) PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
21 57BN (B) EARTH (ALL)
26 57BP (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K146 15 BRI4416B-02 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 79
X099 ACU AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (CN1a)

1 2540S (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
2 2540T (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
3 2540W (N) FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
8 2250K (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
14 5000B (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
15 5400S (Y) CAN H
16 5420S (G) CAN L
19 61G (B) CASE GROUND
20 5200N (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
21 5500G (R) EHR CAN HIGH
22 5510G (U) EHR CAN LOW
23 60AA (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
25 57BR (B) EARTH (ALL)
26 57BS (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K147 17 BRI4416B-02 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 80

X100 ACU AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (CN1b)

5 3235 (O) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
11 2248 (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
12 2245 (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
16 2530 (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
17 3220 (LG) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
21 1001Z (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
22 2556 (N) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
23 3295 (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
SS08K148 1 BRI4420B 2
IN CAB RIGHT HAND BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 81
X101 ACU AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (CN3b)

25 2250C (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
34 2250B (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
SS08K149 3 BRI4420B 4
X102 ACU AUXILIARY CONTROL UNIT (CN3a)

16 5574 (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
17 5576 (P) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
SS08K150 5 BRI4416B-01 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 82
X106 ROOF TO CAB HARNESS - ROOF

A1 998D (G) / 998 (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
A2 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
A3 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
A4 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR-LOW
A5 1019A (G) / 1019 (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
A6 1038B (TN) / 1038 (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
A7 1120 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
A8 4011 (P) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B1 1013B (R) / 1013 (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
B2 249 (LG) SMV LAMPS RH
B3 666A (P) / 666 (L) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
B4 1090 (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B5 1092 (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B6 1925C (R) / 1925 (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
B7 1071B (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B8 1071A (P) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C1 1014D (R) / 1014 (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
C2 250 (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
C3 138A (P) / 138 (L) RADIO KAM
C4 3079 (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
C5 1927A (R) / 1927 (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
C6 3052 (P) / - DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
C7 1013AH (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
SS08M136 7 SS08F314 8
REAR RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 83
X107 AUX HEADLAMP SWITCH

SS08M137 9 BRI4437B 10
X107A AUX HEADLAMP SWITCH

SS08M138 11 SS08H119 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 84
X108 AUX HEADLAMP SWITCH

1 1027E (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SS08M139 13 BRI4437B 14
X108A AUX HEADLAMP SWITCH

1 1027A (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SS08M140 15 SS08H119 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 85

X110 RIGHT HAND FENDER CONNECTOR 2 HPL RAISE/LOWER SWITCH

1 5100B (K) / 5100 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2 5200B (N) / 5200 (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 5095A (K) / 5095 (K) EDC VALVE DOWN EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
4 2057 (W) PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
5 2050E (G) / 2050 (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
6 2056A (W) / 2056 (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
SS08K157 1 SS07E067 2
RIGHT HAND REAR FENDER
X111 RIGHT HAND FENDER CONNECTOR 1 TAIL LAMP

1 1013C (R) / 1013 (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
2 810C (G) / 810 (G) STOPLAMPS
3 3004B (G) / 3004 (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
4 57AV (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 998B (G) / 998 (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
6 57AP (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K158 3 SS07E067 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 86
X114 ISO 11786 SIGNAL INTERFACE

1 2320 (P) / 2320 (P/K/Y) TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2 2300 (P) / 2300 (P/B/Y) THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
3 2330 (P) / 2330 (P/LG/Y) PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
4 2310 (P) / 2310 (P/G/Y) IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
5 3062 (P) IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
6 1050A (G) / 1050 (G/W) ACCESSORY FEED
7 61B (B/O) / 61 (B) CASE GROUND
SS08M141 5 SS08K549 6
X115A 30 AMPERE POWER SOCKET POSITIV

1 150C (N) BATTERY FEED (ALL)
2 9032A (Y) / 9032B (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
SS08K159 7 SS07K168 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 87
X115B 30 AMPERE POWER SOCKET NEGATIV

1 57CW (B) / 57CR (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K160 9 SS08F111 10
X116A REAR POWER SOCKET IMPLEMENT POSITIVE

1 150BF (N) BATTERY FEED (ALL)
2 9032D (Y) IGN.+ TO POWER SKT.
SS08K161 11 SS07K168 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 88
X116B REAR POWER SOCKET IMPLEMENT NEGATIVE

1 57CR (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K162 13 SS08F111 14
X117 POWER STUDS

1 57PT (B) / 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3070A (P) / 3070 (P/W) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
SS08K163 15 SS07K168 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 89

X121 HAND BRAKE

1 57BL (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3014B (R) HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
3 9031B (P) ADIC MEMORY B+
4 3150 (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
SS08K164 1 SS08F192 2
LEFT HAND SIDE OPERATOR’S SEAT
X123 WASHER MOTOR REAR

1 1121A (G) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
2 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K165 3 SS08F222 4
REAR OF TRACTOR UNDERNEATH CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 90
X125 WASHER MOTOR FRONT

1 97 (LG) WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
2 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K166 5 SS08F222 6
X126 LEFT HAND FENDER CONNECTOR 1 TAIL LAMP

1 1014C (R) / 1013 (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
2 810B (G) / 810 (G) STOPLAMPS
3 3005B (G) / 3004 (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
4 57AW (B) / 57AY (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 998A (G) / 998 (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
6 57AN (B) / 57AP (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K167 7 SS07E067 8
LEFT HAND REAR FENDER
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 91
X127 LEFT HAND FENDER CONNECTOR 2 HPL RAISE /LOWER SWITCH

1 5100A (K) / 5100 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2 5200C (N) / 5200 (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 5095B (K) / 5095 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
5 2057 (W) PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
6 2056B (W) / 2056 (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
SS08K168 9 SS07E067 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 92

X130 CIGAR LIGHTER (ILLUMINATION)

1 1012G (R) ILLUMINATION
SS08K169 1 BRI4437B 2
REAR LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X131 CIGAR LIGHTER (POWER)

1 57CV (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 150A (N) BATTERY FEED (ALL)
SS08K170 3 SS08F250 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 93
X132 8 AMPERE SOCKET

1 57CT (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 9032C (Y) IGN+ TO POWER SKT.
SS08K171 5 SS08F250 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 94

X151 ROOF EARTH

1 57,57A,57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 BRI4474B 2
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER TOP
X156 CONSOLE LAMP RIGHT HAND

1 57H (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 1013B (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
SS08K177 3 SS08F250 4
RIGHT HAND INSIDE CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 95
X157 RADIO 2

3 3091 (L) SPEAKER RR-RHS +
4 3092 (L) SPEAKER RR-RHS -
5 3097 (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS +
6 3098 (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS -
SS08K179 5 SS08F180 6
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X158 RADIO 1

4 3077 (Y) RADIO +12VB
6 3078 (O) RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
7 3079A (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
SS08K181 7 SS08F180 8
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 96

X163 GRABRAIL SIDE LAMP RIGHT HAND

1 249 (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
2 1013C (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
4 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K186 1 SS08F147 2
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X163 SMV LAMP RIGHT HAND FRONT (NORTH AMERICA ONLY)

1 249A (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
2 57K (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M133 3 SS08K508 4
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 97
X164 WORKLAMP GRABRAIL RIGHT HAND FRONT

2 1097B (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
4 57L (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K187 5 SS08F147 6
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X165 WORKLAMP ROOF FRONT LEFT HAND 2

A 1098B (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B 57AA (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K189 7 SS08F166 8
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 98
X166 ELECTRIC MIRROR LEFT HAND

1 1922A (G) MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
2 1920 (O) LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
3 1921 (Y) LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
4 1927A (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
5 57AC (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M142 9 SS08F325 10
LEFT HAND FRONT CAB ROOF
X167 MIRROR CONTROL

1 1920 (O) LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
2 1923 (O) RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
4 57AE (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 1924 (Y) RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
6 1921 (Y) LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
7 1922 (G) MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
8 1925 (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
SS08K193 11 SS08F326 12
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 99
X168 WORKLAMPS ECU

B1 4011 (L) ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
B2 138B (L) RADIO KAM
B3 57X (B) EARTH (ALL)
B4 1098A (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B5 1098B (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B6 1090 (R) REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
B7 1097A (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
B8 1097B (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
C1 997 (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
C2 4012 (L) ROTATING BEACON FEED
C3 998A (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
C4 998B (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
C5 1013AH (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
C6 1092 (R) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
C7 1071A (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
C8 1071B (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
SS08K195 13 SS08K548 14
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 100
X169 ELECTRIC MIRROR RIGHT HAND

1 1922B (G) MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
2 1923 (O) RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
3 1924 (Y) RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
4 1927B (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
5 57AD (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K196 15 SS08F325 16
FRONT RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 101

X170 ROTATING BEACON RIGHT HAND

1 4012B (L) ROTATING BEACON FEED
2 57Y (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K198 1 SS08F177 2
RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
X171 SMV LAMP REAR RIGHT HAND (NORTH AMERICA ONLY)

1 249B (LTG) SMV LAMPS RH
2 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K200 3 SS08K508 4
REAR RIGHT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 102
X173 WORKLAMP REAR RIGHT

2 997B (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
4 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K201 5 SS08F147 6
X174 LICENCE PLATE DIODE

1 978 (W) LICENCE PLATE LAMP
2 997C (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
SS08K203 7 SS08F092 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 103
X175 RADIO SPEAKER RIGHT HAND REAR

1 3091 (L) SPEAKER RR-RHS +
2 3092 (L) SPEAKER RR-RHS -
SS08K204 9 SS08F177 10
X176 LICENCE PLATE RIGHT HAND

1 1014A (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
2 998A (W) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
SS08K206 11 SS08K508 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 104
X177 WIPER MOTOR REAR

1 1120 (G) RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
2 57D (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 1038 (TN) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
SS08K208 13 SS08F181 14
REAR CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 105

X180 LICENCE PLATE LEFT HAND

1 1014B (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
2 978B (W) LICENCE PLATE LAMP
SS08K210 1 SS08K508 2
REAR LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
X181 RADIO SPEAKER LEFT HAND REAR

1 3097 (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS +
2 3098 (G) SPEAKER RR-LHS -
SS08K212 3 SS08F177 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 106
X182 WORKLAMP LEFT HAND REAR

2 997A (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
4 57P (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K214 5 SS08F147 6
X184 SMV LAMP REAR LEFT HAND (NORTH AMERICA ONLY)

1 250B (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
2 57Q (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K216 7 SS08K508 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 107
X185 ROTATING BEACON LEFT HAND

1 4012A (L) ROTATING BEACON FEED
2 57Z (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K217 9 SS08F177 10
X186 DOOR SWITCH LEFT HAND

1 3052B (L) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
SS08K219 11 BRI4437B 12
TOP REAR LEFT HAND CAB DOOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 108
X187 CONSOLE LAMP LEFT HAND

1 57W (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 1014 (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
SS08K221 13 SS08F177 14
LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 109

X190 INTERIOR LAMP A

1 3057,3057A (P) PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
SS08K222 1 BRI4437B 2
CAB ROOF
X191 INTERIOR LAMP B1

1 666A (L) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
SS08K223 3 BRI4460C 4
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 110
X192 INTERIOR LAMP B2

1 3052A,3052B (L) DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
2 57R (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K224 5 SS08F177 6
CAB ROOF
X193 PUDDLE LAMP LEFT HAND

1 3057A (L) PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
2 666C (L) DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
SS08M143 7 SS08K508 8
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 111
X195 SIDE LAMP GRABRAIL LEFT HAND

1 250 (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
2 1014C (R) LEFT HAND LAMPS
SS08M144 9 SS08F147 10
X195 SMV LAMP LEFT HAND FRONT (NORTH AMERICA ONLY)

1 250A (LTG) SMV LAMPS LH
2 57T (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M220 11 SS08K508 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 112
X196 WORKLAMP GRABRAIL LEFT HAND

2 1097A (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
4 57V (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M191 13 SS08F147 14
X197 WORKLAMP LEFT HAND FRONT UPPER

A 1098A (W) FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
B 57AB (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K232 15 SS08F166 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 113

X201 WIPER MOTOR FRONT (CABINE)

1 28 (Y) WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
2 57M (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 58 (R) WIPER MOTOR-LOW
4 1019 (G) WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
6 56 (W) WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
SS08K233 1 SS08F162 2
FRONT CAB ROOF
X207 ANTENNE PLUS

1 3079B (R) RADIO +12V IGNITION
SS08M146 3 BRI4437B 4
CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 114

X211 LOADER VALVE OPTION A

1 3272 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
2 3273 (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
SS08K523 1 SS08K508 2
RIGHT HAND BEHIND STEPS
X212 LOADER VALVE OPTION B

SS08K524 3 SS08K508 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 115
X213 ENGINE CONTROL UNIT - A

1 Y/B
2 U/B
3 W/G
8 W/B
9 N/B
11 G
12 W
13 O/U
16 S/Y
17 S/B
18 N/B
19 G
20 W
21 B
22 Y/G
23 Y/B
27 R
28 S/B
31 O/W
32 O/U
33 B/P
36 K/N
40 U/B
41 W/Y
43 R/G
46 U/R
47 N/W
48 S/R
49 O
50 R
51 O/B
52 W/U
53 W/R
54 Y/R
58 O/G
SS08K525 5 SS08F239 6
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 116
X214 EARTH POINT - ELECTRONIC MODULE

1 57AK (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K239 7 BRI4404B 8
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X215 GRID HEATER RELAY

1 6586 (P) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
2 6408H (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
SS08K526 9 SS08K508 10
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 117
X216 FUEL HEATER RELAY

1 6570 (G) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
2 6408J (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
SS08K241 11 SS08F092 12
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 118
X218 ENGINE MODULE BOSCH EDC 16

1 6408P (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
2 57FC (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 57FE (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 6408F (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
6 57FD (B) EARTH (ALL)
24 6320 (N) FAN 5V REF.
25 6418 (K) ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
28 71C (W) IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
53 6331 (O) FAN SPEED SENSOR GROUND
61 5420D (G) CAN L
62 5400D (Y) CAN H
68 6570 (G) ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
72 6407 (O) ENGINE SHUTDOWN
79 2040 (LG) WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
90 6310 (N) FAN SOLENOID
93 6586 (P) ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
SS08K242 13 SS08F204 14
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 119
X219 VISCTRONIC FAN

2 6331 (O) FAN SPEED SENSOR GROUND
3 6408Z (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
4 6310 (N) FAN SOLENOID
5 6320 (N) FAN 5V REF.
SS08K243 15 SS08F131 16
TOP ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 120

X220 FRONT LAMPS

1 57JF (B) / 57AB (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 376 (P) HORN FEED
4 1027B (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
5 1073A (P) / 1073 (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
6 57JG (B) / 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
7 1030A (U) / 1030 (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
8 1027A (U) / 1027 (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
X220 FRONT LAMPS (NORTH AMERICA ONLY)

1 57JF (B) / 57AB (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 376 (P) HORN FEED
5 1073A (P) / 1073 (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
6 57JG (B) / 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
7 1030A (U) / - HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
8 1027A (U) / - HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SS08K244 1 SS08F134 2
TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 121
X221 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

1 10M (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
SS08K247 3 BRI4445B 4
TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
X223 AIR CLEANER SWITCH

SS08N074 5 BRI4437B 6
TOP RIGHT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 122
X224 AIR CLEANER SWITCH

1 57JB (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M232 7 BRI4437B 8
X225 A/C PRESSURE SWITCH

4 5200AA (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
SS08K249 9 SS08F107 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 123
X226 A/C CLUTCH

1 1018 (LG) AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
2 57JC (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K250 11 SS08K508 12
X227 FRONT HITCH AND FRONT PTO

3 2260 (O) PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
4 60AE (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
6 2530B (N) FRONT HITCH V REF
8 57JT (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 2250 (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
10 2556 (N) / 2556 (O) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
SS08K251 13 SS07K176 14
TOP OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 124

X230 D.I.A. ENGINE INLINE

1 57HB (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 1010 (G) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
SS08K252 1 SS08K508 2
REAR LEFT HAND OF ENGINE
X231 STARTER SOLENOID B+

1 150 (R) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K253 3 BRI4404B 4
REAR RIGHT HAND OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 125
X232 STARTER SOLENOID 1

1 1001 (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
SS08K254 5 BRI4403C 6
REAR RIGHT HAND OF ENGINE
X233 RADAR GUN

2 57JD (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 2027 (R) RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
SS08K255 7 SS08F150 8
REAR RIGHT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 126
X234 FRONT AXLE (SELF LEVEL)

1 3220B (LG) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
2 3230 (U) / 3230 (O) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3 60AF (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08K256 9 SS08F207 10
FRONT RIGHT HAND ENGINE
X235 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

2 2014 (G) ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
4 2095 (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
SS08K258 11 SS08F150 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 127
X235 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (AUTO GUIDANCE)

1 3100 (G) STEERING SENSOR +5v
3 3140 (LTG) STEERING SENSOR GROUND
SS08K257 13 SS08F150 14
X236 ALTERNATOR B+

1 150 (R) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K259 15 SS08H126 16
FRONT TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 128
X237 ALTERNATOR D+

1 1006 (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
SS08K260 17 SS08K527 18
FRONT TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
X238 BATTERY ISOLATOR

1 171B (W) / 171B (W/TQ/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
2 57HA (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 172A (W) / 172A (W/TQ/Y) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
SS08K261 19 SS08F207 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 129
X239 REVERSIBLE FAN

1 6325 (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
2 6315 (N) / 6315 (G) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
3 57RJ (B) / 57RH (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K262 21 SS08H195 22
REAR LEFT HAND OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 130

X242 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR

1 2040 (LG) WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2 57JE (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 10N (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
SS08K263 1 SS08F069 2
REAR LEFT HAND ENGINE
X248 SUSPENSION ACCELEROMETER

1 3235 (TN) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
2 60AG (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
3 3220C (LG) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
SS08M020 3 SS08H195 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 131

X251 PTO SPEED SENSOR

1 2050AV (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
3 60AS (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08K265 1 SS08F069 2
REAR RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION
X253 TRAILER SOCKET

1 1013D (N) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1 810A (R) STOPLAMPS
1 1014E (B) LEFT HAND LAMPS
1 349 (G) TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
1 57EG (W) EARTH (ALL)
1 350 (Y) TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
SS08K266 3 BRI4480B 4
REAR LEFT HAND TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 132
X254 TRAILER BRAKES - AIR

1 2095C (G) / 2095D (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
4 8020B (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
5 57EH (B) EARTH (ALL)
6 8070 (P) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
8 8060F (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
SS08K267 5 SS08F134 6
X255 TRAILER BRAKES HYDRAULIC

1 8000A (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
4 57FA (B) EARTH (ALL)
5 8060E (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
SS08K268 7 SS08F131 8
RIGHT HAND TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 133
X256 DRAFT PIN RIGHT HAND

1 60H (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
3 5075A (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
SS08K269 9 SS08F069 10
X257 AXLE SPEED SENSOR

1 7000BP (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 60BC (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08M169 11 SS08F069 12
LEFT HAND TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 134
X259 FRONT SUSPENSION CONNECTOR

9 - / 3295 (O) FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
10 - / 57FK (B) EARTH (ALL)
12 3295 (O) / - FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
13 57 (B) / - EARTH (ALL)
SS08M147 13 SS07K176 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 135

X262 PTO TWIST SENSOR

1 7000BN (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 60N (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08M148 1 SS08F069 2
X263 19TH DUMP SOLENOID

1 9035 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
2 9036 (TN) 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
SS08M170 3 SS08K508 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 136
X264 19TH GEAR SOLENOID

1 9033 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID+
2 9034 (TN) 50KPH SOLENOID-
SS08M171 5 SS08K508 6
X265 FUEL TANK SENSOR

2 2095D (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
SS08M149 7 SS08K508 8
LEFT HAND SIDE BEHIND STEPS OF DRIVERS CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 137
X266 DRAFT PIN LEFT HAND

1 60BA (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
3 5075B (K) EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
SS08K273 9 SS08F069 10
X267 ROCK SHAFT POTENTIOMETER

1 60L (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
3 5020M (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
SS08M150 11 SS08F072 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 138
X268 EDC VALVE RAISE

SS08K275 13 SS08H128 14
X269 EDC VALVE LOWER

SS08K276 15 SS08H128 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 139

X276 DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID

2 57ES (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M151 1 SS08K508 2
X277 REAR P.T.O BRAKE SOLENOID

2 57ET (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M152 3 SS08K508 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 140
X278 REAR P.T.O SOLENOID

SS08M153 5 SS08K508 6
X279 4WD SOLENOID

2 57EX (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M154 7 SS08K508 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 141

X280 CREEPER SOLENOID

1 7005 (U/L/B) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
2 7580 (U/K/B) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
SS08M172 1 SS08K508 2
LEFT HAND REAR AXLE
X282 CREEPER POTENTIOMETER

1 5020A (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
2 7581 (O/L/B) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
3 7570G (B) SIGNAL GROUND
SS08M173 3 SS08F072 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 142
X289 FLY WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

1 7000BR (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 60AV (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08M155 5 SS08F069 6
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 143

X290 TRANS OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2 60AT (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08M156 1 SS08H128 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 144

X302 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH PIN 2

1 57NZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K284 1 BRI4452C 2
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X303 POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH PIN 1

1 3500 (Y) POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
SS08K285 3 BRI4452C 4
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 145
X304 CAN TERMINATOR RESISTOR

1 5515F (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510A (U) / 5510 (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500A (R) / 5500 (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FM (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K286 5 SS07K251 6
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X304 MAIN EXTENSION

1 5515F (S) / 5515C (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510A (U) / 5510M (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500A (R) / 5500M (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FM (B) / 57MA (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M157 7 SS07K251 8
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 146
X305 EHR VALVE CONNECTOR 1

1 5515A (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510K (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500K (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FD (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K288 9 SS08H142 10

1 5515B (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510H (U) EHR CAN LOW
4 57FE (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K289 11 SS08H142 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 147

1 5515C (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510F (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500F (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FF (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K290 13 SS08H142 14

1 5515D (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510D (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500D (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FG (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K291 15 SS08H142 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 148

1 5515E (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510B (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500B (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57FK (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K292 17 SS08H142 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 149

X326 EARTH TRANSMISSION

1 57AA (B) EARTH (ALL)
1 57EG (W) EARTH (ALL)
1 57HZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M158 1 BRI4404B 2
LEFT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 150

X331 WORKLAMP RIGHT HAND

A 1073D (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B 57H (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08N082 1 SS08K538 2
FRONT RIGHT HAND HOOD
X332 CORNER LAMP RIGHT HAND

A 1073B (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M228 3 SS08K538 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 151
X333 HEADLAMP RIGHT HAND

3 1027C (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SS08M226 5 SS08F140 6
X334 HORN

SS08N083 7 BRI4437B 8
FRONT HOOD
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 152
X335 HORN

1 376 (L) HORN FEED
SS08N084 9 BRI4437B 10
FRONT HOOD
X336 HEADLAMP LEFT HAND

3 1027D (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
4 1030D (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
SS08M227 11 SS08F140 12
FRONT LEFT HAND HOOD
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 153
X337 CORNER LAMP LEFT HAND

A 1073A (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B 57F (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M225 13 SS08K538 14
X338 WORKLAMP LEFT HAND

A 1073D (L) WORKLAMP FRONT FEED
B 57J (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08N085 15 SS08K538 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 154

X392 FRONT HITCH LOWER

1 (R)
2 (R)
3 (Y)
4 (U)
SS08K176 1 SS08H142 2
LEFT HAND FRONT HITCH
X393 FRONT PTO SOLENOID

1 (N)
2 (P)
INA 3 SS08F062 4
FRONT HITCH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 155
X394 FRONT HITCH RAISE

1 (R)
2 (U)
3 (G)
SS08K184 5 SS08F072 6
LEFT HAND FRONT HITCH
X395 FRONT HITCH POSITION SENSOR

1 (B)
2 (R)
3 (W)
SS08K192 7 SS08F072 8
FRONT HITCH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 156

X400 DIVERTER SWITCH

2 181AA (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
4 9000B (N) DIVERTER VALVE
INA 1 SS07K157 2
GARU
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 157
X401 EHR 3 SWITCH FENDER RIGHT AND LEFT

1 5574 (L) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
2 5200W (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 5576 (L) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
SS08K183 3 SS08F072 4
SS08K197 5 SS08F072 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 158
X402 REAR FENDER 3RD REMOTE LEFT

3 5574B (P) / 5574 (L) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
4 5576B (P) / 5576 (L) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
SS08K227 7 SS08J065 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 159
X403 WORKLAMP C - PILLAR RIGHT AND LEFT

2 998 (G) WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
4 57AP (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K287 9 SS08F147 10
SS08K236 11 SS08F147 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 160
X404 LICENSE LAMP RIGHT AND LEFT

1 1013B (R) / 1013 (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
SS08K295 13 BRI4449C 14
SS08K294 15 BRI4449C 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 161
X405 LICENSE LAMP RIGHT AND LEFT

1 57AW (B) / 57 (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K072 17 BRI4449C 18
SS08K298 19 BRI4449C 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 162
X406 REAR PTO SWITCH RIGHT AND LEFT

1 2050 (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
3 2056 (W) PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
SS08K084 21 SS08F072 22
SS08K116 23 SS08F072 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 163
X407 HPL SWITCH RIGHT AND LEFT

1 5100 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2 5200AP (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 5095 (K) EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
SS08K156 25 SS08F072 26
SS08K174 27 SS08F072 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 164
X408 REAR FENDER 3RD REMOTE RIGHT

3 5574A (P) / 5574 (L) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
4 5576A (P) / 5576 (L) FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
SS08K175 29 SS08J065 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 165
X409 STOP TAIL LIGHT RIGHT AND LEFT (LMP-018)

1 57AX (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 3004 (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3 1013A (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
4 810 (G) STOPLAMPS
SS08K318 31 SS08F170 32
SS08K321 33 SS08F170 34
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 166

X422 LOW BRAKE PRESSURE LINE SWITCH 1

INA 1 BRI4490C 2
REAR RIGHT HAND AXLE
X423 LOW BRAKE PRESSURE LINE SWITCH 2

1 57FA (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 3 BRI4490C 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 167
X424 HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID 1

1 8000B (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
INA 5 BRI4452C 6
X425 HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID 2

1 8000C (N) TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
INA 7 BRI4452C 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 168
X426 LOW PUMP OUTPUT PRESS SWITCH 1

INA 9 BRI4490C 10
X427 LOW PUMP OUTPUT PRESS SWITCH 2

1 8060E (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
INA 11 BRI4490C 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 169
X429 BRAKE DE-ICER

1 8060F (U) TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
2 57FN (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K301 13 SS07K217 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 170

X430 AIR BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR

2 8020B (TN) TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE
3 2095D (G) INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
SS08K302 1 SS08F207 2
X431 PNEUMATIC TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID

2 57EK (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K303 3 SS07K217 4
REAR OF TRACTOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 171
X432 PARK BRAKE SOLENOID

1 8070 (L) TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
2 57EL (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K304 5 SS07K217 6
REAR OF TRACTOR
X434 HAZARD SWITCH

2 1021 (P) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
3 1020A (G/W) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
7 57BF (B) EARTH (ALL)
8 1020 (G/S) HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08M162 7 SS08F094 8
FRONT INSIDE CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 172
X436 ISO 11786 SIGNAL SOCKET

1 2320 (L/K/Y) TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2 2300 (L/B/Y) THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
3 2330 (L/G/Y) PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
4 2310 (L/G/Y) IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
5 5190B (R/W/B) HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
6 1050 (G/W) ACCESSORY FEED
7 61 (B) CASE GROUND
SS08M234 9 SS08K544 10
RIGHT HAND SWITCH PANEL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 173

X441 STUD 8 AMPERE PLUS

1 3070 (P/W) ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
SS08K306 1 BRI4401C 2
X442 STUD 8 AMPERE MINUS

SS08K307 3 BRI4401C 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 174

X455 REV. ALARM H58

1 1P (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K308 1 SS08K527 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 175

X462 FUSE PF2 / C

C 160 (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
SS08K309 1 SS08H193 2
X463 FUSE PF1 / A

A 1 (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K310 3 SS08H126 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 176
X464 FUSE PF2 / D

D 160A (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
SS08K311 5 SS08H193 6
X465 FUSE PF1 / B

B 1A (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K312 7 SS08H126 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 177
X466 BATTERY ISOLATOR

1 172A (W/TQ/Y) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
2 57NN (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 57NP (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 171B (W/TQ/B) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
SS08K313 9 SS08F323 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 178

X473 LOW HYDRO CHARGE SWITCH

SS08N087 1 SS08K527 2
X474 HYDRAULIC FILTER BLOCKED (VACUUM SWITCH)

A 7130A (N) HYD FILTER WNG LP
B 57EV (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M202 3 SS08M018 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 179

X482 BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH

1 171 (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
2 1J (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
3 172 (W) BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
SS08K316 1 SS08F094 2
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 180
X485 COLOUR DISPLAY

1 5500J (R) EHR CAN HIGH
2 5510J (U) EHR CAN LOW
9 5960 (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
10 5955 (Y) RS232 INPUT TECU
13 5000 (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
15 7000AT (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
21 5962 (R) USB + 5V Ref.
22 5966 (G) USB Data +
23 5964 (W) USB Data -
24 5968 (B) USB Ground
SS08K317 3 SS08H198 4
IN CAB RIGHT HAND
X488 USB CONNECTOR

1
INA 5 INA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 181

X491 RELAY 1 (FRONT LOADER)

30 3271B (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
85 3271C (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
87 3272A (O) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
INA 1 SS08H131 2
UNDER RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB TRIM
X492 RELAY 2 (FRONT LOADER)

30 3271D (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
85 3271E (U) LOADER RELAY FEED
87 3273B (O) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
INA 3 SS08H131 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 182
X493 FRONT LOADER CONTROL

1 3274A (R) / 3274 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
2 3275A (R) / 3275 (R) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
INA 5 SS08F267 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 183

X505 SUSPENSION RAISE SOLENOID

SS08K324 1 SS08K508 2
RIGHT HAND TOP OF TRANSMISSION
X506 SUSPENSION LOWER SOLENOID

SS08K325 3 SS08K508 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 184
X507 UPPER LOCKOUT SOLENOID

SS08K326 5 SS08K508 6
FRONT LEFT HAND ENGINE
X508 LOWER LOCKOUT SOLENOID

SS08K327 7 SS08K508 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 185
X509 FRONT SUSPENSION NOT PRESSURE

1 3290 (O) SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
1 57FK (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K328 9 BRI4403C 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 186

X551 EXHAUST BRAKE SWITCH

1 10AA (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
SS08K349 1 SS08F146 2
FRONT LEFT HAND CAB FLOOR
X555 ADDITIONAL ROOF HEADLAMPS

1 1013AK (R) RIGHT HAND LAMPS
2 3000C (G) FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3 57 GE (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 1072A (P) WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
5 1072B (P) WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
6 1099 (R) FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
7 1027AA (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
11 1027BB (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
12 1030BB (U) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
SS08K351 3 SS07E065 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 187
X555A CONNECTOR BRIDGE

9 1027AB (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
10 1027BC (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
11 1027AB (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
12 1027BC (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SS08K352 5 SS07E065 6
X555C MAIN REAR INTERFACE

SS08K354 7 SS07E065 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 188

X573 EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID

2 6408P (G) FUSED B+ TO ECU (1)
SS08K358 1 SS07K220 2
TOP OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 189

X600 ISO IMPLEMENT SOCKET (FRONT)

1 57MT (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 57MV (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 5975 (O) ISO RELAY 2 POWER OUT
4 5985 (U) ISO RELAY 1 POWER OUT
INA 1 SS08H129 2
X601 ISO IMPLEMENT SOCKET (REAR)

1 57MT (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 57MV (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K369 3 SS08H129 4
REAR OF TRACTOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 190
X602 ISO RELAY 1 REAR (K040)

30 150AW (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
86 57MX (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K370 5 SS08H131 6
REAR OF TRACTOR
X603 ISO RELAY 2 REAR (K041)

30 150AX (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
86 57MY (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K371 7 SS08H131 8
REAR OF TRACTOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 191
X605 EARTH

1 57MZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K372 9 SS08G301 10
X606 FUSE PF4

1 150AT (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K373 11 SS08G301 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 192
X607 FUSE PF5

1 150AV (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K374 13 SS08G301 14
X608 ISO BUS POWER SUPPLY

1 150AS (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K375 15 SS08G301 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 193

X611 HEATED MIRROR SWITCH

2 1925A (R) MIRROR CONTROL +12V
3 1928 (R) HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
7 57CY (B) EARTH (ALL)
8 1927B (R) MIRROR ILLUMINATION
9 57PW (B) EARTH (ALL)
10 1012M (R) ILLUMINATION
SS08K376 1 SS07E264 2
X613 TECU POWER IN / OUT

1 5980D (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
3 7000AR (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08K377 3 SS08H195 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 194
X614 TECU BY - PASS

1 5980C (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
2 5970B (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
3 7000AV (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08K378 5 SS08H196 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 195
X615 TECU VT / SWCD INPUT

1 5900A (G) / 5900G (Y) / 5900G ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
(G)
2 5910A (Y) / 5910G (G) / 5910G ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
(Y)
3 5920A (R) / 5920G (RB) / 5920G ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
(R)
4 5915A (B) / 5915G (BA) / 5915G ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
(B)
5 - / 5960B (O) / 5960B (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
6 5500B (R) / 5500AB (R) / 5500K EHR CAN HIGH
(R)
7 5510B (U) / 5510AB (U) / 5510K EHR CAN LOW
(U)
8 - / 5000 (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
9 - / 5955 (O) / 5955 (Y) RS232 INPUT TECU
11 - / 7000AS (U) / 7000AT (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
12 - / 1012J (R) ILLUMINATION
13 - / 57SW (B) / 57G (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K379 7 SS08F317 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 196
X616 TECU UNIT CN1

1 5910D (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
2 5900D (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
4 5400P (Y) CAN H
5 5420P (G) CAN L
10 5000C (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
11 57TA (B) EARTH (ALL)
14 5980D (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
16 7000AR (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
21 61T (B/O) CASE GROUND
SS08K381 9 SS08H130 10
X618 ISO BUS CAN TERMINATOR

1 5920E (R ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5910E (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915E (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5900E (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
SS08K384 11 SS08H142 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 197
X618 ISO BUS CAN EXTENSION

1 5920E (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5910E (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
4 5900E (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
INA 13 SS08M114 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 198
X619 TECU VT / SWCD OUTPUT

1 5900 (G) / 5900G (Y) / 5900C ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
(G)
2 5910 (Y) /5910G (G) / 5910C (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5920 (R) / 5920C (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5915 (B) / 5915C (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5 5955E (G) / 5955 (O) / 5955 (Y) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
6 5500W (R) / 5500M (R) / 5500A EHR CAN HIGH
(R)
7 5510W (U) / 5510M (U) / 5510A EHR CAN LOW
(U)
8 5000DE (P) / 5000 (L) EDC MEMORY POWER
9 5960E (W) / 5960B (O) / 5960 RS232 INPUT TECU
(Y)
11 7000R (U) / 7000AS (U) / TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7000AT (U)
12 1012J (R) ILLUMINATION
13 57SW (B) / 57A (B) EARTH /(ALL)
SS08K386 15 SS08F317 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 199

X620 FRONT BREAK AWAY (OPTION)

1 5980B (U) / 5980 (U) ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
2 5970C (O) / 5970A (O) ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
3 2250P (K) / - PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
SS08K387 1 SS08F181 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 200
X621 CONTROL UNIT FAST STEER

A1 3170 (O) FSS – ENABLE
A2 3173 (R) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
A4 5400 (Y) CAN H
A5 5420 (G) CAN L
A6 3174 (G) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
A7 57C (B) EARTH (ALL)
A8 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
B1 3171 (O) FSS – LAMP
B4 3172 (L) FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
B5 3178 (G/Y) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
B6 3179 (N) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
B8 160 (U) BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
C1 3175 (W) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
C2 3176 (B) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
C3 3177 (U) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
C4 3180 (B) FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
C8 10D (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
INA 3 SS08F179 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 201
X623 FAST STEER CONNECTOR

1 5000D (P) EDC MEMORY POWER
2 5200AB (N) / 5200AB (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 57HV (B) / 57A (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 5400V (Y) / 5400 (Y) CAN H
5 5420 (G) CAN L
6 1001AC (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
SS08K389 5 SS08F317 6
X624 FAST STEER CONTROL SWITCH

2 10B (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
3 3170 (O) FSS – ENABLE
4 3180 (B) FSS – SAFETY SWITCH
7 3171 (O) FSS – LAMP
8 10E (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
INA 7 SS08F094 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 202
X625 PROXIMITY SENSOR

2 3172 (L) FSS – STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
3 10C (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
SS08K391 9 SS08F298 10
STEERING CONSOLE
X626 POSITION TRANSDUCER

1 3179 (N) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
2 3175 (W) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3 3177 (U) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
4 3176 (B) FSS – POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
5 3178 (G/Y) FSS – POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
SS08K392 11 SS08F294 12
REAR OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 203
X627 FAST STEER SOLENOID VALVE

1 3173 (R) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
2 3174 (G) FSS – HYDRAULIC VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
SS08K393 13 SS08F062 14
REAR OF ENGINE
X628 ISO RELAY 2 FRONT (K043)

86 57MY (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 15 SS08H131 16
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 204
X629 ISO RELAY 1 FRONT (K042)

86 57MX (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 17 SS08H131 18
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 205

X630 EARTH

1 57MZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 SS08G301 2
X633 CREEPER CONNECTOR

1 7005 (U) TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
2 7580 (U) CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
3 5020J (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
4 7581 (O) CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
5 60BB (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08M174 3 SS07K246 4
TOP OF TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 206
X635 CLUTCH SOLENOID A

1 7431 (TQ) CLUTCH ’A’ SUPPY
SS08M175 5 SS08K508 6
X636 CLUTCH SOLENOID B

SS08M176 7 SS08K508 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 207
X637 CLUTCH SOLENOID C

SS08M177 9 SS08K508 10
X638 CLUTCH SOLENOID D

SS08M178 11 SS08K508 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 208
X639 CLUTCH SOLENOID E

SS08M179 13 SS08K508 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 209

X640 TRANS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PIN 1

1 57EM (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M188 1 BRI4490B 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE SLIDE VALVE HOUSING OF THE TRANSMISSION CONTROLS
X641 LOW RANGE SOLENOID

SS08M180 3 SS08K508 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 210
X642 MED RANGE SOLENOID

1 7980 (K) TRANS MED RANGE
2 7982 (W) TRANS MED RANGE RET
SS08M181 5 SS08K508 6
X643 HIGH RANGE SOLENOID

SS08M182 7 SS08K508 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 211
X644 REV RANGE SOLENOID

SS08M183 9 SS08K508 10
X645 TRANS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PIN 2

1 2012 (Y) TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
SS08M189 11 BRI4490B 12
RIGHT HAND SIDE SLIDE VALVE HOUSING OF THE TRANSMISSION CONTROLS
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 212
X646 LOW RANGE PRESS SWITCH

1 7770C (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
2 7000BD (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08M184 13 SS08H128 14
X647 MED RANGE PRESS SWITCH

1 7770B (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
2 7000BF (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08M185 15 SS08H128 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 213
X648 HIGH RANGE PRESS SWITCH

1 7770A (U) TRANS FORWARD PRESSURE SWITCH
2 7000BE (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08M186 17 SS08H128 18
X649 REV RANGE PRESS SWITCH

2 7000BC (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
SS08M187 19 SS08H128 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 214

X653 MID SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT SPEED P.U

1 7000BS (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 60BE (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
SS08M190 1 SS08F069 2
X657 ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SOCKET (REAR)

1 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5900B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
3 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5910B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
SS08K398 3 SS08H142 4
REAR OF TRACTOR TOP OF TRANSMISSION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 215
X659 LINK LEVEL (EXTERNAL CONNECTION)

1 57EY (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K399 5 SS07K247 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 216

X660 ISO IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR

1 5920B (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5910B (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
3 5915B (B) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
4 5900B (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
SS08M230 1 SS08J116 2
X661 HIGH FLOW PUMP (DETECTION)

1 5830 (U) HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
INA 3 BRI4437B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 217
X662 FRONT AXLE POSITION SENSOR

1 3220 (O) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
2 3230 (O) AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3 60 (B) SENSOR GROUND
SS08K323 5 SS08F072 6
RIGHT HAND FRONT AXLE
X663 ELECTRICAL BATTERY ISOLATOR PLUS 30

1 1AA (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K368 7 BRI4474B 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 218
X664 ELECTRICAL BATTERY ISOLATOR FUSE PF3

1 1B (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
2 1C R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K380 9 INA 10
X665 BATTERY TO CAB. PLUS SUPPLY

1 1A (R) / 1B (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
2 160A (U) / - BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
SS08K382 11 SS08J112 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 219

X671 LINK LEVELLING VALVE 1

2 57MJ (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K383 1 SS08K508 2
REAR AXLE

2 57MK (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K385 3 SS08K508 4
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 220

2 57ML (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K388 5 SS08K508 6
REAR AXLE

2 57MM (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K390 7 SS08K508 8
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 221

2 57MN (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K394 9 SS08K508 10
REAR AXLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 222

X681 HYDRAULICS MASTER SWITCH

1 5210 (O) EDC VALVE ENABLE
2 7000M (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
3 5597 (S) EHR MASTER ENABLE
5 5835(S) HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
7 57PV (B) EARTH (ALL)
8 1012L (R) ILLUMINATION
9 57RP (B) EARTH (ALL)
10 1012X (R) ILLUMINATION
SS08K395 1 SS08F094 2
RIGHT HAND C PILLAR
X683A HEATED SCREEN B+

1 1P (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
2 1N (R) BATTERY SUPPLY
SS08K396 3 BRI4459B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 223
X683B HEATED SCREEN D+

1 1006B (N) / 1006D (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
SS08K400 5 BRI4437B 6
X684 FRONT HITCH DETECT

1 5200L (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
2 5840 (W) FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
SS08K401 7 SS08K508 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 224
X688 EXTREMITY LAMP LEFT HAND

1 50A (G) LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
2 57MS (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K402 9 SS08H127 10
X689 EXTREMITY LAMP RIGHT HAND

1 49A (G) RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
2 57MR (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K403 11 SS08H127 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 225

X694 AIR CON POWER

1 982B (G) / 982B (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
2 982C (G) / 982C (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 57NZ (B) / 57ZA (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 57PA (B) / 57ZB (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K404 1 SS07F064 2
LEFT HAND REAR TRACTOR BEHIND OPERATOR’S SEAT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 226
X695 AIR CON CONTROL
MANUAL
1 5420M (G) CAN L
2 5400M (Y) CAN H
3 - / (O/R) DEFOG OUTPUT
6 2005 (O) / 2006B (U) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
SS08K406 3 SS08F131 4
ATC
1 5420Z (G) CAN L
2 5400Z (Y) CAN H
3 9229 (O/R) / 9229 (O) DEFOG OUTPUT
5 2006B (U) / 2006 (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
6 2005 (O) / 2005 (P) AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
SS08M015 5 SS08F131 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 227
X697 MEHR 1

1 5515J (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5610H (U) HTS PROGRAM
4 57WC (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K407 7 SS08F107 8
X698 MEHR 2

1 5515K (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510Q (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500Q (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57MD (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K408 9 SS08F107 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 228
X699 MEHR 3

1 5515L (S) EHR +12V IGN
2 5510S (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500S (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57WE (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K409 11 SS08F107 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 229

X700 MEHR 4

1 5515M (S) EHR +12V IGN.
2 5510U (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500U (R) EHR CAN HIGH
4 57MF (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K410 1 SS08F107 2
X701 SUSPENSION ACCELEROMETER

1 3235 (TN) ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
2 60AG (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
3 5520D (G) EHR 5V REF.
SS08K411 3 SS08N071 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 230
X702 TERMINATING RESISTOR

2 5510V (U) EHR CAN LOW
3 5500V (R) EHR CAN HIGH
SS08M163 5 SS07K251 6
X705 TURN RIGHT (TOP)

1 3163 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
2 3164 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
SS08K413 7 SS08K508 8
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 231
X706 TURN LEFT ( BOTTON)

1 3165 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
2 3166 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L RETURN
SS08K414 9 SS08K508 10
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
X707 SOLENOIDS CONNECTOR

SS08K415 11 SS08F131 12
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 232
X709 STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

A 3161 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
B 3167 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
C 3160 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
SS08K416 13 SS08H141 14
REAR TOP OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 233

X710 AUTO GUIDANCE SOLENOIDS

3 3163A (O) / 3163 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
5 3165A (O) / 3165 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
SS08K417 1 SS08F131 2
X711 AUTO GUIDANCE SENSORS

1 3100 (G) STEERING SENSOR +5V
4 3160 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
5 3161 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
6 3167 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
SS08K418 3 SS08F131 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 234
X712 AG DUMP SOLENOID

SS08K419 5 SS08K508 6
REAR TOP LEFT HAND ENGINE
X714 AUTO GUIDANCE CONTROL SWITCH

2 5200AK (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 3185 (N) AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
5 5200AL (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
6 3187A (N) AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
7 57NB (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K420 7 SS08F094 8
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 235
X715 ROOF CONNECTOR DATA 1

1 5500T (R) / 5500R (R) EHR CAN HIGH
2 5510T (U) / 5510R (U) EHR CAN LOW
5 7655G (Y) RS232 GROUND
SS08M210 9 SS08F131 10
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER TOP
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 236
X716 CERES CONTROLLER A

1 57NC (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 7640G (TN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
3 5500P (R) EHR CAN HIGH
6 3185 (N) AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
11 5200AJ (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
13 5510P (U) EHR CAN LOW
19 3160 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
21 3186 (S) CERES PPS IN
29 3167 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SNSR +5V REF
31 7650G (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
38 3100 (G) STEERING SENSOR +5V
39 3161 (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
SS08K446 11 SS08M009 12
REAR LEFT HAND CAB BENEATH STORAGE TRAY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 237
X717 DATA LOGGER

2 7640D (N) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
3 7650 (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
5 7655D (Y) RS232 GROUND
10 3181 (S) AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
11 57NE (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K423 13 SS08M164 14
BEHIND RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR COVER
X718 EARTH

1 57NC; 57NL (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K424 15 SS08H193 16
BEHIND REAR RIGHT HAND TRIM
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 238
X719 GPS RECEIVER

1 5500AC (R) EHR CAN HIGH
SS08K425 17 SS08H194 18
TOP CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 239

X720 CERES CONTROLLER B

1 57NE (B) EARTH (ALL)
2 7650D (W) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
3 3187 (N) AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
7 3181 (S) AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
8 7640D (TN) DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
14 7655D (Y) RS232 GROUND
SS08K426 1 SS08M113 2
REAR LEFT HAND CAB BENEATH STORAGE TRAY
X723 RELAY BASE CRANK ISOLATE

30 5200AB (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
85 57NH (B) EARTH (ALL)
86 1001AC (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
87A 5200AG (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
SS08K427 3 SS08H131 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 240
X724 RELAY BASE SOL VALVE B

30 3163A (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
85 57NJ (B) EARTH (ALL)
86 3187B (N) AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
SS08K428 5 SS08H131 6
X725 RELAY BASE SOL VALVE A

30 3165A (O) AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
85 57NK (B) EARTH (ALL)
86 3187C (N) AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
SS08K429 7 SS08H131 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 241
X726 ROOF CONNECTOR POWER

1 5200AH (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
3 57NA (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M193 9 SS08H195 10
X727 ROOF CONNECTOR DATA 2

1 5500AB (R) EHR CAN HIGH
2 5510AB (U) EHR CAN LOW
SS08M194 11 SS08F131 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 242

X734 LAMP FEED

1 1012L (R) ILLUMINATION
2 57PW (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K438 1 SS08K508 2
X736 USB INTERFACE

1 5962 (R) USB + 5V REF.
2 5964 (W) USB DATA -
3 5966 (G) USB DATA +
4 5968 (B) USB GROUND
INA 3 SS09E014 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 243
X739 REVERSIBLE FAN COMPRESSOR / VALVE

1 6327A (N) REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
2 57SD (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 6327B (N) REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
4 57SC (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M165 5 SS08F193 6
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 244

X740 REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY

30 6325A (R) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
85 6325B (N) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
86 6315 (G) REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
87 6327 (R) REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
INA 1 SS08H131 2
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 245
X745 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE INTERFACE CONN

A1 3031 (N) EPB +12 HOT
A2 3150A (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
A4 3036 (O) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
A7 3017 (G) EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
A8 57RK (B) EARTH (ALL)
B3 3150 (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
B4 1001AG (W) STARTER SOLENOID FEED
C1 10X (G) IGNITION SUPPLY
C2 5400NC (Y) CAN H
C3 5420NC (G) CAN L
C7 3039 (U) EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K441 3 SS08F179 4
REAR LEFT HAND CAB
X745 ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE LESS EPL OPTION

A1 3031A (U) EPB +12 HOT
A2 3150A (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
B3 3150B (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
INA 5 SS08M216 6
REAR LEFT HAND CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 246
X746 RELAY - LESS ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE

30 3031B (U) EPB +12 HOT
85 3031C (U) EPB +12 HOT
86 3150B (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
87 3150A (W) HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
INA 7 SS08H131 8
X748 ELECTRIC SHIFT PTO

1 2050AW (G) / 2050AW (B) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2 5020Z (TN) / 5020AB (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
5 2155 (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
6 60BY (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
8 2157 (U) / 2157 (N) ESPTO NEUTRAL
10 2159 (U) PTO UPPER SPEED
13 3155A (N) HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
INA 9 SS07K176 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 247
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 248

X750 HEATER BLOWER SPEED SWITCH H.V.A.C. ATC

A 9228 (G) AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
B 9211 (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
C 9212 (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
D 9213 (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
E 9227 (P) AC-BLOWER SWITCH SUPPLY
SS08K443 1 SS07K257 2
CAB LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X751 POTENTIOMETER TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT H.V.A.C ATC

A 9216 (LTG) AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
B 57ZN (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K444 3 SS08M001 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 249
X752 AIR CONDITION MODE SWITCH H.V.A.C ATC

1 9217A (N) AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
2 982L (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 9218A (S) AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
7 57ZM (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 57ZL (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K445 5 SS07E264 6
X753 ASSEMBLY H.V.A.C ATC

A 9222 (Y) AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
B 9221 (P) AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
C 9220 (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
D 57ZH (B) EARTH (ALL)
E 982D (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
F 9226 (Y) AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
G 9219 (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K180 7 SS07K258 8
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 250
X754 BLOWER MOTOR ASSEMBLY H.V.A.C ATC

1 982F (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
3 57ZD (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 9225 (U) AC-BLOWER SPEED
6 9224 (O) AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
7 9223 (R) AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
8 57ZC (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K447 9 SS08M003 10
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 251
X755 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL H.V.A.C

1 5420Z (G) CAN L
2 5400Z (Y) CAN H
3 9226 (Y) AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
4 982G (W) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
5 9225 (U) AC-BLOWER SPEED
6 982H (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
15 2005 (P) AIR CON CLUCH RELAY
16 9229 (O) AC-DE-FOG
17 982J (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
18 57ZE (B) EARTH (ALL)
21 9223 (R) AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
22 9222 (Y) AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
23 9221 (P) AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
24 9224 (O) AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
25 9217 (N) AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
26 9218 (S) AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
27 9228 (G) AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
28 9211 (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
29 9216 (LTG) AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
30 9212 (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
34 2006 (U) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
35 9220 (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
36 9219 (U) AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
SS08K448 11 SS07F067 12
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 252
X756 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH H.V.A.C SYSTEM MANUAL

1 9215 (U) / (U/K) AC-SWITCH ON
2 2006A (U) / (U/R) DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
SS08K449 13 SS08M031 14
X757 OPERATING MODE SWITCH H.V.A.C SYSTEM MANUAL

2 9210 (G) AC-SWITCH POWER
3 9215 (U) AC-SWITCH ON
7 57A (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K450 15 SS07E264 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 253
X758 BLOWER SPEED SWITCH H.V.A.C SYSTEM MANUAL

A 9211 (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
B 9212 (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
C 9213 (K) AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
D 9214 (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
E 982A (R) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
F 9210 (G) AC-SWITCH POWER
SS08K451 17 SS07K257 18
X759 BLOWER MOTOR H.V.A.C MANUAL SYSTEM

1 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 9211 (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
8 9214 (G) AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
SS08K452 19 SS08M003 20
CAB REAR LEFT HAND
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 254

X761 MAXI FUSEHOLDER

13 150BG (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
14 150BJ (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
15 150BH (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
16 150BK (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
SS08K453 1 SS08M011 2
X764 FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY

A30 150BK (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
A85 57RZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
A86 1085 (N) FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
A87 1082 (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
B30 150BJ (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
B85 57RY (B) EARTH )ALL)
B86 1086 (N) REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
B87 1080 (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
SS08K454 3 SS08M019 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 255
X766 SCREEN HEATER SWITCH

1 1085 (N) FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
2 1006D (N) ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
3 1086 (N) REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
7 57SA (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 57SB (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 5 SS08F094 6
RIGHT HAND C-PILLAR
X767 SCREEN HEATER ROOF CONNECTOR

1 1080A (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
2 1080B (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
3 1082A (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
4 1082B (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
INA 7 SS07F064 8
LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 256
X768 MAIN EARTH POINT

1 57RX (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 9 BRI4404B 10
TOP LEFT HAND C-PILLAR
X769 REAR SCREEN HEATER

1 1082A (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
2 1082B (Y) REAR SCREEN HEATER
3 57TY (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 11 SS08J079 12
REAR CAB ROOF
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 257

X770 EARTH CONNECTOR

1 57TX (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 1 BRI4404B 2
LEFT HAND C PILLAR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 258
X776 ARMREST (GARU)

1 5200AT (N) EDC VALVE SUPPLY
2 7000BM (U) TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
4 2250S (K) PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
5 2045 (O) PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
7 2248 (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
8 2245 (K) PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
9 2065 (N) PTO ENGAGED
10 2270 (O) PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
11 5910 (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
12 5900 (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
18 5400E (Y) CAN H
19 5420E (G) CAN L
21 5400G (Y) CAN H
22 5420G (G) CAN L
23 5500B (R) EHR CAN HIGH
24 5510B (U) EHR CAN LOW
26 5500D (R) EHR CAN HIGH
27 5510D (U) EHR CAN LOW
30 5955C (G) RS232 INPUT TECU
31 5960C (W) RS232 OUTPUT TECU
32 57RE (B) EARTH (ALL)
33 57RF (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08K405 3 BRI4420B 4
GARU
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 259
X777 SWITCH ADJUST MOTOR

1 181R (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
5 181T (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
6 181N (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
INA 5 SS08F094 6
LEFT HAND ON GARU
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 260

X780 REAR PTO SHIFT POSITION SENSOR

1 60BY (B/W) SENSOR GROUND
2 5020AB (TN) EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
SS08K412 1 SS07K228 2
REAR RIGHT HAND UNDERSIDE OF CAB
X781 ACTUATOR PTO SHIFT

SS08K433 3 SS08K508 4
REAR RIGHT HAND UNDERSIDE OF CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 261
X782 ESPTO DRIVE UPPER SPEED RELAY

85 2050BA (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
87A 2155A (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
87 2050AY (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
SS08K435 5 SS08H131 6
X783 ESPTO DRIVE LOWER SPEED RELAY

85 2050BB (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
87A 2155B (N) ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
87 2050AZ (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
SS08K437 7 SS08H131 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 262
X784 PTO SPEED SELECT SWITCH

1 2050BC (G) PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2 2159 (U) ESPTO UPPER SPEED
6 2157 (N) ESPTO NEUTRAL
SS08K442 9 SS08F162 10
X787 CONNECTOR ADJUST MOTOR

1 181M (G) / 181P (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
2 57A (B) / 57B (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 57D (B) / 57E (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 181T (G) / 181S (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
5 9000B (N) / 9000A (N) DIVERTER VALVE
INA 11 SS08F131 12
INSIDE OF THE ARMREST UNIT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 263
X788 ELECTRIC ADJUST MOTOR

1 181S (G) BLOWER MOTOR FEED
INA 13 SS08M031 14
INSIDE OF THE ARMREST UNIT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 264

X800 FRONT SCREEN HEATER A+

1 1080A (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
INA 1 SS08J078 2
FRONT CAB
X801 FRONT SCREEN HEATER A-

1 57VA (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 3 SS08J078 4
FRONT CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 265
X802 FRONT SCREEN HEATER B+

1 1080B (R) FRONT SCREEN HEATER
INA 5 SS08J078 6
FRONT CAB
X803 FRONT SCREEN HEATER B-

1 57TZ (B) EARTH (ALL)
INA 7 SS08J078 8
FRONT CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 266

X810 BATTERIE TO CAB. MINUS SUPPLY

SS08K439 1 SS08J112 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 267
X811 VISTRONIC FAN

2 57U (B) EARTH (ALL)
3 57V (B) EARTH (ALL)
4 6330 (N) VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
5 6320 (N) FAN 5V REF.
SS08K440 3 SS08N086 4
X812 ISO BUS BREAK AWAY FRONT

1 5920E (R) ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
2 5900E (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
4 5910E (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
INA 5 SS08H142 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 268
X813 POWER FUSE PF 6 ISO BUS FRONT

1 150AT (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
INA 7 SS08G301 8
X814 POWER FUSE PF 7 ISO BUS FRONT

1 150AV (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
INA 9 SS08G301 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 269
X815 ISO BUS POWER SUPPLY FRONT

1 150AS (N) BATTERY FEED (UNFUSED)(ALL)
INA 11 SS08G301 12
X816 HIGH MOUNT HEADLAMP SWITCH

3 1027A (U) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
INA 13 SS08F094 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 270
X817 FRONT HITCH AND FRONT PTO

1 2044 (O) / (N) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
2 2043 (O) / (P) PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
3 2260 (O) PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
4 60AE (B/W) / (S) SENSOR GROUND
5 2570 (R) / - FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
6 2530B (N) / - FRONT HITCH V REF
7 2510 (N) / (W) FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
8 57JT (B) EARTH (ALL)
9 1010B (G) / (R) IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
10 2556 (O) / (U) FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
11 2590 (TN) / (G) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
12 2591 (TN) / (Y) EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
SS08K455 15 SS07K176 16
X818 HEADLAMP 2 LEFT HAND GRAB RAIL

1 1027B (UW) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
2 1030B (UR) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
SS08M167 17 SS08F072 18
LEFT HAND UNDER SIDE OF CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 271
X819 HEADLAMP 1 RIGHT HAND GRAB RAIL

1 1027A (UW) HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
2 1030A (UR) HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
3 57A (B) EARTH (ALL)
SS08M166 19 SS08F072 20
RIGHT HAND UNDER SIDE OF CAB
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 272

X820 GARU SWCD

5 5910F (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
6 5900F (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
SS08M233 1 SS08H198 2
RIGHT HAND SIDE CAB
X821 LOADER VALVE 1

1 3272 (L) LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
1 3273 (U) LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
INA 3 BRI4437B 4
FRONT LOADER CONSOLE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 273
X822 LOADER VALVE 2

1 3274 (L) LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
1 3275 (U) LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
INA 5 BRI4437B 6
FRONT LOADER CONSOLE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF ENGINE
X823 MEGA FUSE (125A) GRIDHEATER / FUELHEATER

1 (R) SUPPLY B+
2 (R) HIGH CURRENT RELAY
SS08M168 7 BRI4474B 8
BOTTOM REAR ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 274
X825 INJECTOR CYLINDER 1 & 2 (EDC16)

1 N/B PLUS
2 S/R MINUS
3 S/Y PLUS
4 N/W MINUS
SS08K066 9 SS08F274 10
LEFT HAND TOP ENGINE

1 W/G PLUS
2 U/O MINUS
3 S/B PLUS
4 B/P MINUS
SS08K067 11 SS08F274 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 275

1 U/B PLUS
2 O/W MINUS
3 U/R PLUS
4 Y/B MINUS
SS08K068 13 SS08F274 14
X828 BOOST PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC16)

1 Y/B
2 W/R
3 O/U
4 U/B
SS08K069 15 SS08F268 16
LEFT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 276
X829 OIL PRESSURE / TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EDC16)

1 Y/G
2 K/B
3 N/B
4 Y/R
SS08K070 17 SS08F268 18
FRONT LOWER RIGHT HAND ENGINE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 277

X830 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR (EDC16)

1 W/B
2 R/G
3 S/B
SS08K071 1 SS08F270 2
X831 COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1 O/G
2 W/Y
SS08M204 3 SS08F271 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 278
X832 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1 W/U
2 O/B
SS08K073 5 SS08F271 6
LEFT HAND ENGINE
X833 HIGH PRESSURE PUMP

1 G
2 O
SS08K074 7 SS08F271 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 279
X834 INCREMENT SPEED SENSOR

1 W
2 R
3 B
SS08K075 9 SS08F270 10
X835 CAMSHAFT SPEED SENSOR

1 W
2 R
3 G
SS08K076 11 SS08F270 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 280

X840 REAR PTO SWITCH

1 (Y) NORMALY OPEN
2 (W) NORMALY CLOSED
3 (B) PTO LAMP
4 (R) SUPPLY +12V
SS08M209 1 SS07E276 2
IN ARMREST
X841 FRONT PTO SWITCH

1 (Y) NORMALY OPEN
2 (W) NORMALY CLOSED
3 (B) PTO LAMP
4 (R) SUPPLY +12V
SS08M219 3 SS07E276 4
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 281
X842 EHR FLOW CONTROL ENCODER

1 (G) OUTPUT SIGNAL SWITCH
2 (U) ENCODER OUTPUT B
3 (Y) ENCODER OUTPUT A
4 (B) GROUND
5 (R) SUPPLY +5V
SS08M201 5 SS07E081 6
IN ARMREST
X843 EHR FLOAT / JOYSTICK

1 (R) SUPPLY +5V
2 (B) OUTPUT SWITCH
SS08M223 7 SS07E070 8
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 282
X844 JOYSTICK 1

2 (G) OUTPUT 3 BUTTON
3 (Y) OUTPUT 2 BUTTON
4 (B) OUTPUT 1 BUTTON
5 (W) OUTPUT SIGNAL Y-AXIS
6 (W) OUTPUT SIGNAL X-AXIS
7 (N) GROUND
8 (R) SUPPLY +5V
SS08M207 9 SS08M200 10
IN ARMREST
X845 EDC MOUSE

3 (O) WORK BUTTON
4 (Y) RAISE BUTTON
5 (U) SIGNAL DRAFT WIPER
6 (W) SIGNAL POSITION WIPER
7 (B) GROUND
8 (R) SUPPLY
INA 11 SS08M200 12
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 283
X846 SENSOR TRANSMISSION RATIO

7 (Y) SERIAL LINK CLOCK
8 (W) SERIAL LINK DATA
9 (N) GROUND
10 (R) SUPPLY +5V SWITCH PANEL
SS08M205 13 SS08M196 14
IN ARMREST
X847 INTEGRATED CONTROL SWITCH PANEL

1 (G) CAN LOW
2 (Y) CAN HIGH
3 (B) GROUND
4 (R) SUPPLY +12V
SS08M199 15 SS07E276 16
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 284
X849 FRONT EDC SETTING

1 (S) SWITCH OUTPUT
2 (R) SUPPLY SWITCH +5V
3 (Y) SIGNAL POTENTIOMETER OUTPUT
4 (B) GROUND
5 (R) SUPPLY +5V
SS08N079 17 SS08N072 18
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 285

X850 EL. DRAFT CONTROL REAR POTENTIOMETER PANEL

1 (U) REAR SENSITIVITY OUTPUT
2 (Y) REAR DROP RATE OUTPUT
3 (G) REAR SLIP OUTPUT
4 (O) REAR HEIGHT LIMIT OUTPUT
5 (B) GROUND
6 (R) SUPPLY +5V
9 (W) FRONT HEIGHT OUTPUT
10 (S) FRONT HEIGHT ENABLE SWITCH
SS08M195 1 SS08M196 2
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 286
X852 THROTTLE

2 (W) SIGNAL OUTPUT
3 (B) GROUND
4 (R) SUPPLY +5V
SS08M203 3 SS07E276 4
IN ARMREST
X853 EL. HYDRAULIC REMOTE 1&2 CONTROL

1 (G) EHR2 POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL OUTPUT TRACK 1
3 (B) GROUND
4 (R) SUPPLY +5V
5 (B) GROUND
6 (R) SUPPLY +5V
7 (W) EHR2 POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL OUTPUT TRACK 2
SS08M215 5 SS08M196 6
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 287
X854 EL. HYDRAULIC REMOTE LAMPS 1&2 SWITCH

2 (W) EHR2 TIMER LED OUTPUT
3 (W) EHR2 MOTOR MODE LED OUTPUT
6 (W) LED POWER OUTPUT +12V
7 (W) EHR2 MOTOR / PROGRAM SWITCH
SS08M217 7 SS08M200 8
IN ARMREST
X855 EL. HYDRAULIC REMOTE 3&4 CONTROL

3 (B) GROUND
4 (R) SUPPLY +5V
5 (B) GROUND
6 (R) SUPPLY +5V
SS08M211 9 SS08M196 10
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 288
X856 EL. HYDRAULIC REMOTE LAMPS 3&4 SWITCH

SS08M213 11 SS08M200 12
IN ARMREST
X859 EL. HYDRAULIC REMOTE 1&2 TIMER LED

SS08N073 13 SS08M208 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 289
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 290

X860 EL. HYDRAULIC REMOTE 3&4 TIMER LED

SS08N075 1 SS08M208 2
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 291
X862 GARU PCB SWCD

6 5900F (Y) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
7 5910F (G) ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
SS08M221 3 SS08M196 4
IN ARMREST
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 292
Wiring harness - Static description

The wiring diagrams have been drawn in a horizontal style. They have been divided into sub sections whereby an in-
dividual function is contained to one sheet wherever possible. The diagrams are split into various build configurations
depending on the type of transmissions fitted, cab controls and type of hydraulic remote valves.
There are a number of guides to help assist in reading and understanding the wiring diagrams.
1. The wiring diagrams (1) are designed to be read in a landscape format. The titles and diagram keys (2) are located
on the opposite pages along with the wire colour code table, (3) which is located below the key.
The title and key details the frame number and frame decription. The key then details all the components used
within that particular page.
SS09B053 1
2. Every component and connector has its own unique reference number.
3. Every wire has a code assigned to it, this code refers to its function, the code is also physically marked on the
actual wire. A key of all wire codes can be found in this section, refer to Wiring harness - Overview (A.30.A).
Letters before the number indicate the wire colour. For example, ’B, 57’ indicates that the wire colour is black and
the wire reference of 57, indicates it is a ground (earth) wire.
4. The wiring diagrams are drawn in sections according to a vehicle function. However where a single component
is used in a number of circuits such as a processor or multi function switch, it is drawn either on its own or on the
circuit which it influences the most.
5. The wiring is drawn with the battery and all of the power supplies, ie, fuses and relays in the opening pages. Each
supply is then given a reference to the page of the associated function. On the referenced page there will be a
corresponding reference back to the power supply page.
As an example, the references are written as ’WB055 sheet 14’. The WB055 is a unique sequential reference
(WB is an abbreviation for Wire Break), and the Sheet 14 is the location for the continuation of the circuit.
6. The components, ie, switches, solenoids, etc, are given an identifying reference within the drawing and to easier
identify the type of component a key is provided before a numerical reference. For example a switch will have the
prefix, ’S-’ a solenoid will have the prefix ’Y-’. The table below provides a complete listing of these codes. Each
component will also have another number assigned to each terminal, for example ’X377-7’, this is the connector
number reference and pin reference for that connector.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 293
Component Type Component reference

Alternator G-002
Audible Device H-001
Battery G-001
Circuit Breaker Q-001
Connector X-001
Capacitor C-001
Diode V-001
Mini Fuse F-001
Maxi Fuse MF-001
Power Fuse PF-001
Ground GND-001
Lamp E-001
Module A-001
Motor M-001
Relay K-001
Resistor R-001
Sensor / Sender B-001
Solenoid / Injector Y-001
Splice SP-001
Switch S-001
Sockets J-001
Splice Blocks, Antenna W-001
Sub - Assembly Z-001
Wire Break Description Abbreviation

Wire Break WB-001
Mini Fuse Break FB-001
Maxi Fuse Break MFB-001
Mega Fuse Break MGFB-001
Power Fuse Break PFB-001
Ground Break GB-001
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 294
Wiring harness - Electrical symbol

Fuse Speaker
Battery Diode
Motor Switch
Earth / Ground Point Resistor
L.E.D. (Light emitting diode) Solenoid
Potentiometer or Sensor Alternator
Lamp Page Break
Connector Pressure Switch
Timer Relay Relay
Electrical Clutch AC Sockets
Horn
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 295
Wiring harness - Overview

Wire Colour Codes

B Black S Slate (Grey) G Green P Purple
N Brown R Red LG Light K Pink
Green
LN Light O Orange U Blue W White
Brown
L Lilac Y Yellow TQ Turquoise
Wire Code References

1 R BATTERY SUPPLY
10 G IGNITION SUPPLY
11 G IGNITION SUPPLY (2ND)
12 U MAIN BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
13 U DIP BEAM HEADLAMP FUSE SUPPLY
15 U LIGHTING SWITCH SUPPLY
28 Y WIPER MOTOR (PARK RETURN)
29 G MAIN FUEL SENDER SIGNAL
31 Y ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER SIGNAL
39 G TEMPERATURE GAUGE SIGNAL
44 L FLASHER UNIT (49A)
49 G RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL
50 G LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL
56 W WIPER MOTOR-HIGH
57 B EARTH (ALL)
58 R WIPER MOTOR-LOW
60 B/W SENSOR GROUND
61 B CASE GROUND
63 U WIPER MOTOR-PARK FEED
65 W DUAL POWER/4 WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH FEED
71 W IGNITION SWITCHED FEEDS (UNFUSED)
84 G WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH FEED
90 G DUAL POWER / FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
97 LG WINDSHIELD WASHER FEED
137 W RADIO FEED
138 P RADIO KAM
150 N BATTERY FEED (ALL)
155 G BATTERY FEED (FUSED)
160 U BATTERY SUPPLY ELECTRONICS
170 K/N/B BATTERY ISOLATOR CONTROL SWITCH
171 W/TQ/B BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL
172 W/TQ/Y BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL (OFF)
173 W BATTERY ISOLATOR RELAY COIL +12V
182 P THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
249 LG SMV LAMPS RH
250 LG SMV LAMPS LH
349 LN TRAILER TURN LAMPS RH
350 LN TRAILER TURN LAMPS LH
365 G LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY ON)
366 O LOW FUEL WARNING LAMP (DELAY SWITCH)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 296

376 P HORN FEED
587 LG WINDSHIELD WIPER INTERMITTENT DELAY
649 O COOLANT TEMPERATURE SWITCH
650 TQ COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
666 P DOMELAMP SWITCH FEED
787 G AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
810 G STOPLAMPS
820 R STOPLAMP SWITCH LH
825 Y PNEUMATIC TRAILER SOLENOID +12V
830 U STOPLAMP SWITCH RH
840 G R & L STOPLAMP SIGNAL
976 W/N/B LICENCE PLATE LAMP / WORKLAMP DIODE
978 W LICENCE PLATE LAMP
979 S BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (4th)
980 N THERMOSTAT SWITCH SUPPLY
981 G A/C CLUTCH RELAY FEED
984 P TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. INPUT
986 P TEMPERATURE CONTROL POT. OUTPUT
989 P BLOWER MOTOR MEDIUM SPEED (2nd)
996 P BLOWER MOTOR HIGH SPEED (3RD)
997 G WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (OUTER)
998 G WORK LAMP-REAR FEED (INNER)
999 G BLOWER MOTOR LOW SPEED (1st)
1000 W SAFETY START SWITCH SUPPLY
1002 P IMPLEMENT LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY
1003 G SUPPLY TO GAUGES
1004 G SUPPLY TO HORN AND HEADLAMP FLASH
1005 S AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP
1006 N ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP
1007 W ETHER START BUTTON SUPPLY
1008 N ETHER START SOLENOID SUPPLY
1010 G IGNITION RELAY (COIL)
1011 Y SUPPLY TO FUSES
1012 R ILLUMINATION
1013 R RIGHT HAND LAMPS
1014 R LEFT HAND LAMPS
1015 P DOME LAMP SWITCH FEED
1016 P HORN FEED
1017 LG AIR CON. THERMOSTATIC SWITCH FEED
1018 LG AIR CONDITIONER CLUTCH
1019 G WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED
1020 G HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY
1021 P HAZARD SWITCH SUPPLY (BATTERY)
1022 N THERMOSTART
1023 N LIGHT SWITCH FEED
1024 R RIGHT & LEFT HAND SIDELAMP FEED
1025 G HZD SWITCH IGN FEED
1026 U HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LAMP
1027 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
1028 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM FUSE
1029 U HEADLAMP DIP BEAM FUSE
1030 U HEADLAMP DIP BEAM
1031 R INSTRUMENT ILLUMINATION
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 297

1032 LG TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP (TERM C)
1035 W ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1036 N IGNITION SWITCH (BATTERY)
1037 LG FLASHER UNIT (TERM 49A)
1038 LN WINDSHIELD WIPER FEED-REAR
1039 LTG NASO LIGHTS INPUT
1040 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-RHS CUT OUT
1041 LG FLASHER SWITCH TO RELAY-LHS CUT OUT
1042 U RELAY FEED ELECTRONICS
1043 U RELAY FEED TO FUSES
1044 W/U/S GRID HEATER FEEDBACK
1050 G ACCESSORY FEED
1051 Y SIDE LIGHTS RELAY COIL FEED
1052 Y GET YOU HOME LIGHTS RELAY
1070 R FRONT WORKLAMP SWITCH FEED
1072 P WORKLAMP FRONT RELAY SUPPLY
1080 R FRONT SCREEN HEATER
1082 Y REAR SCREEN HEATER
1085 N FRONT SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
1086 N REAR SCREEN HEATER RELAY CONTROL
1090 R REAR WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1091 R FRONT WORKLAMP LOWER RELAY SIGNAL
1092 R FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1093 R FENDER WORKLAMP RELAY SIGNAL
1096 R WORKLAMP FENDER MOUNTED
1097 R FEED FRONT WORKLAMP OUTER
1098 W FRONT WORKLAMP RELAY GROUND
1099 R FEED FRONT WORKLAMP INNER
1119 G RR WINDSHIELD WIPER
1120 G RR WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK RETURN
1121 G RR WINDSHIELD WASH
1130 N ENGINE HEATER CONTROL TO IGN SWITCH
1135 G THERMOSTART WARNING LAMP
1140 K THERMOSTART INITIATE SIGNAL TO RELAY
1141 N GRID HEATER +
1142 N GRID HEATER FUSE TO PWR. RELAY
1143 N POWER RELAY TO GRID HEATER
1150 N CAL/SEL SWITCH
1160 R REVERSE ALARM
1900 LG/B/S HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN SW SIGNAL
1901 LN/LG/S HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN POWER
1902 O/LN/S HEATED FRONT WINDSCREEN WARNING LAMP
1903 P/B/S HEATED REAR SCREEN SW SIGNAL
1904 Y/B/S HEATED REAR SCREEN POWER
1905 U/W/S HEATED REAR SCREEN WARNING LAMP
1920 O LH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
1921 Y LH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
1922 G MIRROR CONTROL COMMON
1923 O RH MIRROR CONTROL SIDE-SIDE
1924 Y RH MIRROR CONTROL UP-DOWN
1925 R MIRROR CONTROL +12V
1927 R MIRROR ILLUMINATION
1928 R HEATED MIRROR RELAY COIL +12V FROM SW
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 298

2001 N BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2002 N BATTERY TEMP SENSOR (ALT OUTPUT)
2005 O/U AIR CON CLUTCH RELAY
2006 U DE-ICING SWITCH - AIR CONDITIONER
2007 Y/U AIR CONDITIONER LOW PRESSURE
2008 N/TQ LIFT PUMP SUPPLY
2009 G FUEL PUMP SUPPLY
2010 LG AIRCON PLUG TO DE-ICING SWITCH
2011 P HORN RETURN
2012 Y TRANS OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2013 Y PTO OVERSPEED WARNING LAMP
2014 G ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENDER (+5 VOLT)
2015 W TACHOMETER SENSOR-SIGNAL
2016 Y REAR AXLE SPEED SENSOR-SIGNAL
2017 B BULB TEST (EIC)
2018 B RADAR PRESENT
2019 B ENGINE RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2020 Y ENGINE SHUT DOWN (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2021 Y AXLE GROUND SPEED (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2022 B PTO 540/1000 RPM (TACHO MODULE TO TPM)
2023 S TPM TO EIC (AXLE SPEED DRIVE)
2024 S RADAR SIGNAL DRIVE
2025 S AUDIO ALARM CONTROL
2026 S IMPLEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL
2027 R RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) POWER
2028 G RADAR ASSEMBLY (GUN) SIGNAL
2029 P INSTRUMENT MEMORY SUPPLY
2030 N ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL
2031 Y RADAR PRESENT
2040 LG WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
2041 P FUEL SHUT OFF
2042 O PTO SOLENOID-REAR
2043 O PTO SOLENOID-FRONT
2044 O PTO SOLENOID-FRONT RETURN(-)
2045 O PTO SWITCH TO MODULE
2046 O PTO SWITCH (VCC)
2047 O PTO SWITCH (VCCO)
2048 O PTO SWITCH (VCCS)
2049 O PTO SWITCH 1000RPM WARNING LAMP
2050 G PTO SUPPLY / DOG SUPPLY
2051 O PTO SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2052 W PTO LUBE SOL
2053 P PTO LUBE SOL RETURN
2055 W PTO SYNCHRO GROUND SPEED ENGAGED
2056 W PTO FENDER PTO SWITCH ON
2057 W PTO FENDER SWITCH LH - RH LINK
2059 W FENDER PTO SWITCH INPUT
2060 O PTO 540/1000 SWITCH
2062 W PTO TWIST SENSOR
2065 N PTO ENGAGED
2068 N PTO SOFT START
2069 U PTO MANAGEMENT ON
2070 O ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY +12V
2080 O ENGINE SHUT OFF RELAY
2087 O EXHAUST BRAKE SOLENOID
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 299

2090 W/U STARTER RELAY TO START INHIBIT SWITCH
2095 G INSTRUMENT SIGNAL GROUND
2100 G A/C CONDENSER MOTOR FEED
2120 LN PTO BRAKE SIGNAL
2130 N PTO BRAKE SOLENOID
2140 O PTO SPEED SENSOR
2150 P PTO EXT. SWITCH OFF
2151 K EPTO DRIVE RELAY UPPER SPEED
2152 K ESPTO DRIVE RELAY LOWER SPEED
2153 R ESPTO ACTUATOR UPPER SPEED
2154 N ESPTO ACTUATOR LOWER SPEED
2155 N ESPTO ACTUATOR POWER +12V
2156 N ESPTO ACTUATOR POS SIGNAL
2157 U ESPTO NEUTRAL
2158 N ESPTO LOWER SPEED
2159 U ESPTO UPPER SPEED
2200 G SERVICE MODE INITIATE
2245 K PTO FRONT - SWITCH TO MODULE (MOM)
2248 K PTO FRONT - SWITCH (VCCS)
2250 K PTO FRONT - SUPPLY
2260 O PTO FRONT - SPEED SIGNAL
2270 O PTO FRONT - WARNING LAMP
2300 P THEORETICAL GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#2
2310 P IN/OUT OF WORK-HPL MODE ISO11786 SKT.PIN#4
2320 P TRUE GROUND SPEED ISO 11786 SKT.PIN#1
2330 P PTO SPEED ISO11876 SKT.PIN#3
2500 N FRONT HITCH SOLENOID
2510 N FRONT HITCH POSITION SIGNAL
2520 N FRONT HITCH SET POSITION SIGNAL
2530 N FRONT HITCH V REF
2540 N FRONT HITCH +12v IGN
2550 N FRONT HITCH OVERIDE SWITCH
2556 N/Y/S FRONT HITCH SWITCH COMMON RAIL
2560 N FRONT HITCH 0v REF
2570 R FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID
2571 S FRONT HITCH RAISE SOLENOID RETURN(-)
2575 W STEYR EFH TRANSPORT SIGNAL – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2576 W STEYR EFH WORK SIGNAL – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2577 P STEYR EFH DIAGNOSTIC LAMP – BOSCH EFH MODULE
2578 G STEYR EFH TRANSPORT SWITCH – EOLBAU ARMREST
2579 N STEYR EFH WORK SWITCH – EOLBAU ARMREST
2580 R FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID
2581 S FRONT HITCH LOWER SOLENOID RETURN (-)
2582 LG STEYR - EXT SWITCHES
2583 LN STEYR - EXT SWITCHES
2584 W OILMOTOR MODE
2585 LN EFH RAISE SWITCH
2586 LN EFH WORK SWITCH
2587 N EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH +
2588 P EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
2589 R EFH EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
2590 LN EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL UP
2591 LN EXTERNAL SWITCH FHPL DOWN
2592 N EFH VALVE DOWN +
2593 N EFH VALVE DOWN -
2594 O EFH POSITION SENSOR +
2595 P EFH POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 300

2596 R EFH POSITION SENSOR -
2597 LN EFH PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2598 S EFH ACCUMULATOR 14 BAR
2599 N EFH ACCUMULATOR 40 BAR
2600 Y REAR AXLE SPEED MONITOR
3000 G FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY (TERMINAL 49)
3001 G LEFT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3002 G RIGHT HAND FLASHER CIRCUIT
3003 W RADIO FEED
3004 G RIGHT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3005 G LEFT HAND TURN SIGNAL WARNING LAMP
3006 G AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SENDER
3007 G FUEL GAUGE FEED
3008 U WORKLAMP WARNING LIGHT
3009 G FLASHER UNIT SUPPLY B+
3010 R FOGLAMP FEED
3011 R FOGLAMP FEED
3012 G HANDBRAKE WARNING FEED
3013 LG AUXILIARY FUEL TANK SIGNAL
3014 R HANDBRAKE WARNING LAMP SIGNAL
3015 P ACCESSORY SOCKET (POWER)
3016 S BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL
3017 G EPB SYSTEM FAILURE WARNING LIGHT
3018 G FLASHER UNIT BUZZER FEED
3019 G EPB SYSTEM OPERATION STATUS LIGHT
3020 Y DUAL POWER SOLENOID SUPPLY
3022 Y DUAL POWER (HIGH) WARNING LAMP
3023 P EPB SYSTEM BATTERY ISOLATOR INTERLOCK
3024 Y 2WD SOLENOID
3025 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (MANUAL)
3026 Y BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH - RIGHT
3027 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID (AUTO)
3028 Y/G BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH - LEFT
3029 LN EPB +5V REFERENCE
3030 W ACCESSORY RELAY SIGNAL
3031 N EPB +12 HOT
3032 G EPB +12 IGNITION
3033 O EPB MOTOR SUPPLY “A”
3034 Y EPB POSITION SIGNAL
3035 O EPB MOTOR SUPPLY “B”
3036 O EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH INPUT
3037 Y EPB PROPORTIONAL BRAKE SIGNAL
3038 Y EPB HAND THROTTLE SWITCH
3039 O EPB SHUTTLE PARK SWITCH OUTPUT
3045 Y FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING LAMP
3050 P AUXILIARY FEED CONNECTOR SUPPLY
3051 P CIGAR LIGHTER SUPPLY
3052 P DOME LAMP TO DOOR SWITCH
3053 S SPEAKER RIGHT HAND
3054 S SPEAKER NEGATIVE RH
3055 S SPEAKER LEFT HAND
3056 N SPEAKER NEGATIVE LH
3057 P PUDDLE LAMP RETURN
3060 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET RELAY
3061 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET
3062 P IMPLEMENT SOCKET SWITCH
3070 P ’B’ PILLAR SKT SUPPLY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 301

3073 W MICROPHONE
3074 B SCREEN FOR 3073
3075 O TRAILER SOCKET (ACCESSORY FEED)
3076 O ACCESSORY SWITCH FEED
3077 Y RADIO +12VB
3078 O RADIO +12V ILLUMINATION
3079 R RADIO +12V IGNITION
3080 P CONSOLE LAMP
3081 Y TELEPHONE OUT
3082 O TELEPHONE OUT 1
3083 N TELEPHONE MUTE
3084 V AUXILIARY INPUT COMMON RAIL
3085 W AUXILIARY INPUT (LEFT CHANNEL)
3086 R AUXILIARY INPUT (RIGHT CHANNEL)
3087 S BUTTONS COMMON
3088 G BUTTONS ‘TELEPHONE’
3089 U BUTTONS ‘VOICE’
3090 Y SEAT PUMP SUPPLY
3091 P SPEAKER RR-RHS +
3092 P SPEAKER RR-RHS -
3093 S SPEAKER FRT-RHS +
3094 S SPEAKER FRT-RHS -
3095 W SPEAKER FRT-LHS +
3096 S SPEAKER FRT-LHS -
3097 G SPEAKER RR-LHS +
3098 G/B SPEAKER RR-LHS -
3099 TQ BUTTONS ‘REMOTE’
3100 G STEERING SENSOR +5v
3120 K STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL
3140 LG STEERING SENSOR GROUND
3150 W HANDBRAKE SWITCH (N.C CONTACT) OFF SIG
3155 W HANDBRAKE TRANS INTERLOCK
3160 O/G/Y AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL
3161 O/G/B AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESS SENSOR RETURN
3163 O/W AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R FEED
3164 O/W/B AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV R RETURN
3165 O/R AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L FEED
3166 O/R/B AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING SOLENOID VLV L RETURN
3167 O/N AUTO GUIDANCE STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR +5V REF
3168 O/K AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID FEED (HSD)
3169 O/S AUTO GUIDANCE DUMP SOLENOID RETURN (CURSEN)
3170 O FAST STEER SYSTEM (FSS)- ENABLE
3171 O/R FSS - LAMP
3172 L FSS - STEERING PROXIMITY SENSOR POSITION
3173 R/G FSS - HYD. VALVE HIGH SIDE DRIVER
3174 G/B FSS - HYD. VALVE LOW SIDE DRIVER
3175 W FSS - POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY POSITIVE
3176 B FSS - POSITION SENSOR PRIMARY NEGATIVE
3177 U FSS - POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY COMMON
3178 G/Y FSS - POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY POSITIVE
3179 N FSS - POSITION SENSOR SECONDARY NEGATIVE
3180 B FSS - SAFETY SWITCH
3181 S/O AUTO GUIDANCE PPS SIGNAL INPUT TO GPS
3185 N/R/Y AUTO GUIDANCE REMOTE ENGAGE
3186 S CERES PPS IN
3187 N/O/Y AUTO GUIDANCE ROADING SELECT
3200 O SUSPENSION SWITCH FEED
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 302

3210 U SUSPENSION SWITCH RETURN
3215 U SUSPENSION LAMP
3220 O AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR 5V REF
3230 U AXLE HEIGHT SENSOR POSITION
3235 O/R/S ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL
3240 O RAISE SOLENOID PWR
3250 O RAISE SOLENOID RET
3260 O LOWER SOLENOID PWR
3270 O LOWER SOLENOID RET
3271 U LOADER RELAY FEED
3272 O LOADER VALVE #1 OUT
3273 O LOADER VALVE #1 RETURN
3274 R LOADER VALVE #2 OUT
3275 R LOADER VALVE #2 RETURN
3276 G LOADER VALVE
3277 U LOADER VALVE #3 COIL
3278 U LOADER VALVE #3 RELAY
3280 O SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER
3281 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID UPPER RETURN (-)
3285 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER
3286 LN SUSPENSION LOCKOUT SOLENOID LOWER RETURN (-)
3290 O SUSPENSION LOCKOUT LAMP (OR SOLENOID RET)
3295 LN/U/Y FRONT SUSPENSION PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
3300 O SENSE LINE CONTROL SOLENOID
3310 U RAISE LOCKOUT SOLENOID
3500 W POWER STEERING PRESSURE SIGNAL
4001 R TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP (TEMP)
4002 R TRANSMISSION OIL WARNING LAMP SWITCH
4010 N RETURN TO DIG
4011 P ROTATING BEACON SWITCH SUPPLY
4012 P ROTATING BEACON FEED
4013 U TRANS CONTROL FEED
4014 U FORWARD CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4015 U REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID FEED
4016 U TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP RELAY FEED
4017 U TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP LAMP
4018 S TORQUE CONVERTOR LOCK-UP SOLENOID FEED
4019 S HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS SWITCH FEED
4020 S HYDRAULIC FILTER BY-PASS LAMP
4021 S BACK-UP ALARM RELAY FEED
4022 S BACK-UP ALARM FEED
4025 Y 4 IN 1 BUCKET FEED
4040 G LINK LEVEL SWITCH SUPPLY
4050 W LINK LEVEL RAISE
4051 W LINK LEVEL LOWER
4052 W LINK LEVEL EXTEND SIDE
4053 W LINK LEVEL RETRACT SIDE
4054 W LINK LEVEL SAFETY VALVE (DUMP)
4055 W LINK LEVEL TOP LINK EXTEND SOLENOID
4056 W LINK LEVEL TOP LINK RETRACT SOLENOID
4057 W LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK RAISE SOLENOID
4058 W LINK LEVEL RIGHT LINK LOWER SOLENOID
4060 W/G/Y HYDRAULIC SELECT FRONT
4061 W/R/Y HYDRAULIC SELECT REAR
4100 TQ TRANS RANGE ENABLE SWITCH SUPPLY
4101 TQ TRANS RANGE ENABLE
4120 P/R BEACON RELAY COIL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 303

5000 P EDC MEMORY POWER
5005 N EDC KEY SWITCH FEED
5010 B/W EDC EARTH
5011 B EDC EARTH CASE RFI
5015 R EDC CONTROLS BACKLIGHTING
5020 LN EDC PROC +5V REF VOLTAGE DROP POSN/RATE
5021 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT (+5V) ROCKSHAFT
5022 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V QUADRANT
5023 K EDC PROCESSOR REF VOLT +5V HEIGHT LIMIT
5025 LN EDC LOWER SIGNAL
5030 LN EDC RAISE SIGNAL
5035 LN EDC RETURN REF. VOLTAGE EARTH
5040 LN EDC DRAFT POSITION
5045 LN EDC DROP RATE
5050 LN EDC QUADRANT
5055 LN EDC CLOCK LINE TO DISPLAY
5060 LN SERIAL DATA TO CLUSTER
5065 LN EDC RIGHT PIN
5070 LN EDC LEFT PIN
5075 K EDC VOLTAGE TO PINS
5080 K EDC ROCKSHAFT
5085 K/U EDC VALVE UP
5087 K EDC VALVE UP RETURN
5090 K EDC VALVE DOWN
5095 K EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH DOWN
5097 K EDC VALVE DOWN RETURN
5100 K EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH UP
5105 S EDC IMPLEMENT STATUS SWITCH
5110 K EDC LAMP SIGNAL
5115 K EDC SLIP SIGNAL
5120 K EDC HEIGHT LIMIT SIGNAL
5125 TQ EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5130 TQ EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH
5132 TQ EDC FLOAT
5133 TQ EDC STOP
5135 TQ EDC +WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5140 TQ EDC -WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
5145 TQ EDC SLIP LIMIT POT
5150 G EDC EXTERNAL SWITCH SUPPLY
5155 U EDC LOWER LIMIT POT
5160 TQ EDC HEIGHT LIMIT POT FEED
5170 LN SERIAL DATA FROM CLUSTER
5175 R ADIC KEY PAD DISABLE
5180 TQ EDC SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
5190 R HPL INTERLOCK / LIFT-O-MATIC
5200 N EDC VALVE SUPPLY
5205 N INTERNAL FENDER HITCH SWITCH - UP
5210 N EDC VALVE ENABLE
5215 N INTERNAL FENDER HITCH SWITCH - DOWN
5220 Y EDC RAISE LAMP
5230 Y EDC LOWER LAMP
5240 O EDC RAISE SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5250 O EDC WORK SIGNAL-RAISE WORK SWITCH No.2
5270 N JOYSTICK LED – FRONT
5300 K ECU FLASH PROGRAM SIGNAL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 304

5400 Y CAN H
5420 G CAN L
5500 Y EHR CAN HIGH
5510 G EHR CAN LOW
5515 S EHR +12V IGN.
5520 LG EHR 5V Ref
5532 G EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #2
5533 K EHR NEUTRAL SWITCH VALVE #3
5535 LG EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#1
5536 LN EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#2
5537 N EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#3
5538 O EHR FLOAT SWITCH VALVE#4
5541 O EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #1
5542 B EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #2
5543 S EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #3
5544 TQ EHR MAX.FLOW SWITCH VALVE #4
5551 O EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#1
5553 W EHR POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL VALVE#3
5564 P EHR TIMED FLOW SWITCH #4
5570 P FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH (RES)
5574 P FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – UP
5576 P FENDER 3RD EHR SWITCH – DOWN
5580 TQ JOYSTICK REAR LAMP (MC)
5585 TQ JOYSTICK FRONT LAMP (MC)
5595 S EHR MASTER STOP SWITCH
5596 S EHR MASTER STOP LAMP
5597 S EHR MASTER ENABLE
5600 R HTS LIVE SIGNAL
5610 R HTS PROGRAM
5620 R HTS ON/OFF SWITCH
5625 R LIFT-O-MATIC SWITCH
5630 R/U/Y HTS MANUAL SWITCH
5640 R/S/Y HTS AUTO SWITCH
5700 W EHR J-STICK X+
5710 W EHR J-STICK X ACTIVE SWITCH
5720 W EHR J-STICK X FULL FLOW SWITCH
5730 W EHR J-STICK X FLOAT SWITCH
5740 W EHR J-STICK Y+
5750 W EHR J-STICK Y ACTIVE SWITCH
5760 W EHR J-STICK Y FULL FLOW SWITCH
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 305

5770 W EHR J-STICK Y FLOAT SWITCH
5820 S EDC ROCKSHAFT POT
5830 S/R/Y HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5835 S/U/Y HYDRAULIC MASTER SWITCH HIGH FLOW PUMP LINK
5840 W FRONT HITCH DETECT INPUT
5900 G ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL LOW
5910 Y ISO BUS CAN SIGNAL HIGH
5915 B ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY GROUND
5920 R ISO BUS CAN SUPPLY POSITIVE
5930 LN ROTARY ENCODER SUPPLY
5935 O ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "HOME"
5940 O ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "ESC"
5945 TQ ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "P1"
5950 TQ ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "P2"
5955 B/LN RS232 INPUT T.E.C.U.
5960 W/LN RS232 OUTPUT T.E.C.U.
5962 R USB + 5V REF.
5964 W USB DATA -
5966 G USB DATA +
5968 B USB GROUND
5970 O ISO BUS ECU SIGNAL
5975 O ISO RELAY 2 POWER OUT
5980 U ISO BUS IMPLEMENT SIGNAL
5985 U ISO RELAY 1 POWER OUT
5990 O ROTARY ENCODER SIGNAL - "ENTER"
6000 K ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
6001 B ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #1
6002 W ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #2
6003 R ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #3
6004 G ENGINE ECU RESISTOR #4
6057 TQ ENGINE STARTER RELAY GROUND
6010 Y THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
6100 U ENGINE COLD ADVANCE CONTROL
6200 R MANIFOLD (GRID) HEATER SUPPLY
6300 N FAN SPEED
6305 N REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - MOTOR FEED
6310 N FAN SOLENOID
6315 N REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY CONTROL
6320 N FAN SPEED SENSOR 5V REF.
6325 N REVERSIBLE FAN OPTION - RELAY FEED
6327 R REVERSIBLE FAN RELAY POWER OUT
6330 N VISTRONIC FAN INPUT
6331 O FAN SPEED SENSOR GROUND
6355 N +5V LOW POWER REFERENCE
6401 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT.+5V
6402 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT. VAR
6403 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT.-
6404 G THROTTLE POT. TO LOW IDLE SWITCH
6405 G ECU TO THROTTLE POT. SWITCH
6407 O/Y/B ENGINE SHUTDOWN SIGNAL (EDC16)
6413 O ENGINE SHUTDOWN RELAY SUPPLY
6414 G FUSED IGN.+ TO ECU
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 306

6415 G ECU TO J1939 INTERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(HI)
6416 G ECU TO J1939 INTERFACE CAN#1 CONN.(LO)
6417 N/A SCREEN BRAID FOR 6415 & 6416
6418 K ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO K
6419 K ECU TO J1941(ISO) INTERFACE #2 CONNECTOR ISO L
6431 K ECU TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST SWITCH (DIG 15)
6432 K ECU SWITCHED BATTERY OUTPUT TO DIAGNOSTIC REQUEST
SWITCH
6460 S HAND THROTTLE SWITCH (NOT IDLE)
6500 N CONSTANT ERPM ON/OFF
6530 N CONSTANT ERPM INCREASE
6540 N CONSTANT ERPM DECREASE
6550 N CONSTANT ERPM SET LAMP
6560 U ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER
6570 G ECU TO FUEL FILTER HEATER RETURN
6580 K ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#1
6585 O ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY#2
6586 P ECU TO GRID HEATER RELAY RETURN
6590 LG ECU DIGITAL GROUND
6610 N ECU IGNITION SUPPLY
6620 O ECU COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL
6630 O ECU COOLANT TEMP. GROUND
6640 O ECU AC PRESSURE NOT HIGH SWITCH
6650 O ECU BOOST GROUND
6660 O ECU BOOST TEMP.
6670 O ECU 5V BOOST
6680 O ECU BOOST PRESSURE
6690 O ECU SOLENOID VALVE SHUT OFF
6700 O ECU CRANK SHAFT OUTPUT SHAFT
6710 O ECU ENGINE SPEED
7000 U TRANS CONTROL SUPPLY
7001 U TRANS DISPLAY ILLUMINATION
7002 U TRANS MAIN CLUTCH SOL (C3/C4)
7003 U TRANS DUMP SOL
7004 U TRANS FRONT CLUTCH SOL (C1/C2)
7005 U TRANS CREEPER GR SOL
7007 R TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
7008 R TRANS DUAL POWER PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
7009 W TRANS RANGE DISABLE SWITCH
7022 S REVERSE ALARM GROUND SIGNAL
7025 R/TQ/Y TRANS DISPLAY ENABLE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 307

7030 U TRANS RANGE INDICATOR SWITCH COMMON
7035 N TRANS DUMP SOLENOID FEED
7040 N TRANS CREEPER SWITCH
7050 R TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - RUN
7060 R TRANS RELAY SUPPLY - START
7068 U TRANS CVT POWER SUPPLY (CVT)
7070 R TRANS FEED (IGN +)
7071 N FEED HYD FILTER RESTRICTION IND LAMP
7080 LG DIFF-LOCK SOLENOID FEED
7090 LG DIFF-LOCK SWITCH TO BRAKE SWITCH
7100 N DIFF-LOCK RELAY TO BRAKE SWITCH
7110 R PTO INHIBITOR SWITCH TO TRANS
7120 Y DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (MANUAL)
7125 LG DIFF-LOCK WNG LP (AUTO)
7126 LG DIFF LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH
7130 N HYD FILTER WNG LP
7135 N HYD FILTER PRESSURE SWITCH
7140 O DIFF-LOCK OFF SOLENOID
7150 S LOW OIL PRESSURE WRN FEED
7155 U VANE PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
7160 R HYD LOW CHARGE WARNING
7170 W DIFF LOCK SWITCH (AUTO ON)
7175 Y DIFF LOCK SWITCH (MANUAL ON)
7180 U CREEPER SWITCH MOM SIGNAL
7190 K TRANS SOLENOID VALVE SUPPLY
7195 K TRANS SOLENOID VALVE RETURN
7196 Y TRANS FR/REV LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7197 Y TRANS RANGE LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7198 U TRANS HYDROSTATIC LOW SIDE RETURN (CVT)
7200 S TRANSMISSION SHIFT DOWN
7210 S TRANSMISSION SHIFT UP
7220 S TRANSMISSION HIGH RANGE
7225 W TRANS HI RANGE SOL - RET
7230 S TRANSMISSION LOW RANGE
7235 Y TRANS LOW RANGE SOL - RET
7240 S TRANSMISSION DISPLAY SWITCH
7245 LN DEADMAN
7250 S TRANSMISSION FORWARD SIGNAL
7260 S TRANSMISSION REVERSE SIGNAL
7265 K TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH TO PROCESSOR (GR.SW 1)
7267 LG TRANS NEUTRAL SWITCH 2 TO PROCESSOR
7270 R TCM SERIAL DATA IN-DISPLAY DATA OUT
7275 W TCM SERIAL DATA OUT-DISPLAY DATA IN
7280 W LIMP HOME SWITCH 18x18 TRANS.
7290 W DIRECTIONAL INTERRUPT RELAY TO SOLENOID
7295 W DRIVE DISABLE SIGNAL
7321 P SOLENOID 2 18x9 RETURN
7341 Y SOLENOID F1 18x9 RETURN
7351 S SOLENOID F2 18x9 RETURN
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 308

7355 S SOLENOID R 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7356 U SOLENOID R 18x9 RETURN
7360 W SOLENOID A 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7361 P SOLENOID A 18x9 RETURN
7370 Y SOLENOID B 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7371 P SOLENOID B 18x9 RETURN
7380 Y SOLENOID C 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7381 P SOLENOID C 18x9 RETURN
7390 Y SOLENOID PMW (F1) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7391 P SOLENOID PWM (F1) 18x9 RETURN
7392 O SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7393 O SOLENOID PWM (F2) 18x9 RETURN
7395 P SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 TRANSMISSION
7396 P SOLENOID CREEP 18x9 RETURN
7400 Y TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM INPUT
7401 P TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR
7402 Y TRANS WHLSP FORWARD (CVT)
7403 Y TRANS WHLSP REVERSE (CVT)
7404 Y TRANS HYDROSTAT FORWARD (CVT)
7405 Y TRANS HYDROSTAT REVERSE (CVT)
7406 LG TRANS BI-DI SPEED SENSOR RET (CVT)
7407 K HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID +
7408 L HYDROSTAT 1 SOLENOID GND
7410 Y TRANS RPM SPEED SENSOR TO TCM OUTPUT
7411 Y/K/B TRANS HYDROSTAT INPUT SPEED SENSOR (CVT)
7420 Y TCM TO CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH
7425 Y DRIVE SIGNAL
7430 Y CLUTCH POSITION SIGNAL
7431 TQ CLUTCH ’A’ SUPPLY
7440 Y TCM TO TRACTOR EIC-AXLE OUTPUT
7450 W TRANS CREEPER INTERLOCK SUPPLY
7460 W TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH ENGAGED
7470 S TRANS CREEPER CLUTCH DISENGAGED
7475 R TRANS AUTO OFF
7476 R TRANS AUTO ON
7482 G TRANS AUTO ON/INCREASE
7492 G TRANS AUTO OFF/DECREASE
7500 G TRANS OIL TEMP. SENSOR
7560 G TRANS WARNING LAMP
7570 B/W SIGNAL GROUND
7579 U PARKLOCK SWITCH
7580 U CREEPER SOLENOID MONITOR
7581 O CREEPER POSITION SIGNAL
7582 U CREEPER RAIL SWITCH NOT
7583 U PARKLOCK SWITCH #2
7584 U PARKLOCK SENSOR SWITCH SIGNAL
7585 U PARKLOCK SOLENOID #2
7586 U/G/Y PARKLOCK SOLENOID
7587 U PARKLOCK OVERRIDE SWITCH
7588 U PARKLOCK POSITION SIGNAL
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 309

7589 U BRAKE PRESSURE SIGNAL
7590 O TRANS CREEPER GEAR STATUS LAMP
7600 N TRANS FEATHERING SOLENOID
7620 N TRANS FEATHERING SOL. MONITOR
7630 N TRANS MAIN CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
7640 LN DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 IN
7650 W DIAGNOSTIC PLUG RS232 OUT
7655 Y/LN RS232 GROUND
7660 R TRANS CLUTCH DISCONNECT
7670 R TRANS FRONT SYNCHRO POSITION
7700 LN TRANS SHUTTLE DUMP SWITCH
7710 LN TRANS OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH
7730 TN NOT IN PARKLOCK
7735 LN TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL +
7740 LN TRANS MID SPEED SIGNAL -
7750 R TCM TO DOG 30/40 KPH SELECT
7755 P/G/S DOG ENABLE
7760 W TORQUE SENSOR
7775 K B CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
7785 O A CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
7790 TQ TRANS RANGE INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7800 TQ TRANS FR / REV INPUT DIGITAL FEEDBACK (CVT)
7846 TQ TRANS BRAKE SOLENOID (CVT)
7847 TQ TRANS HYDROSTATIC - POSITIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7848 TQ TRANS HYDROSTATIC - NEGATIVE SOLENOID (CVT)
7850 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM VOLTAGE
7855 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC EA
7860 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RCV
7865 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC XMT
7870 G TRANS DIAGNOSTIC RTS
7875 K TRANS DIAGNOSTIC CTS
7880 B/W T C M SIGNAL GROUND
7890 TQ TRANS L-LINE DIAGNOSTIC (CVT)
7900 TQ CLUTCH ’A’ SIGNAL
7910 TQ CLUTCH ’B’ SIGNAL
7915 P TCM CLUTCH B RETURN
7920 TQ CLUTCH ’C’ SIGNAL
7925 P TCM CLUTCH C RETURN
7930 TQ CLUTCH ’D’ SIGNAL
7935 P TCM CLUTCH D RETURN
7940 TQ CLUTCH ’E’ SIGNAL
7945 P TCM CLUTCH E RETURN
7950 TQ CLUTCH SUPPLY
7960 P TRANS SLOW/FAST
7965 P HI/LO SYNCHRO SIGNAL
7970 P TRANS MED/REV
7980 K TRANS MED RANGE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 310

7982 W TRANS MED RANGE RET
7985 G TRANS REVERSE RANGE
7990 K TRANS BRAKE
7995 K BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
7996 R BRAKE PEDALS UNLATCHED SIGNAL
8000 N TRAILER BRAKE SOLENOID
8030 LG TRANS FWD SOLENOID
8035 P TRANS FWD SOL RET
8040 LG TRANS REV SOLENOID
8045 P TRANS REV SOL RET
8050 R TRANS REV PRESSURE
8060 U TRAILER BRAKE SUPPLY
8070 P/W/S TRAILER PARK BRAKE SOLENOID
9000 LN DIVERTER VALVE
9010 LN DIVERTER VALVE SUPPLY
9020 LN HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SOL
9025 LN HYDRAULIC REMOTE VALVE SWITCH
9027 W CAL/ SEL INPUT ADIC
9028 W ADIC MEMORY B+
9031 P ADIC MEMORY B+
9032 Y IGN.+ TO POWER SKT.
9033 LN 50KPH SOLENOID+
9034 LN 50KPH SOLENOID-
9035 LN 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID
9036 LN 50KPH DUMP SOLENOID RETURN
9050 L CN1A 92 -10
9051 L CN2 98 -13
9200 U SPARE FUNCTION 97-12
9201 R SPARE FUNCTION 97-13
9210 G AC-SWITCH POWER
9211 G AC-BLOWER SPEED LOW (1)
9212 K AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.1 (2)
9213 K AC-BLOWER SPEED MED.2 (3)
9214 G AC-BLOWER SPEED HIGH.2 (2)
9215 U AC-SWITCH ON
9216 LTG AC-TEMPERATURE POTI CAB
9217 N AC-SWITCH MAX DEFROST
9218 S AC-SWITCH ECONOMY
9219 U AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH OUTPUT
9220 U AC-LOW PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT
9221 L AC-EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9222 Y AC-SIGNAL OUTLET TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9223 R AC-SIGNAL CAB TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9224 O AC-SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
9225 U AC-BLOWER SPEED
9226 Y AC-SIGNAL WATER VALVE
9227 (L/B) AC-BLOWER SWITCH SUPPLY
9228 G AC-AUTOMATIC BLOWER SPEED
9229 O AC-DE-FOG
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 311
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 Power Distribution

(Power - Maxi Fuses)
Compo- Connector Description

nent
G001 X608, X665, 12 V Battery
X815, XBP30,
X810
K013 X037 Engine Shutdown
MF1 X060, X070 Supply to F009, F013, F018, F021, F045, F050
MF2 X070 Supply to F006, F007, F008, F036, F037, F038
MF3 X070 Supply to V019, F030, K005, K013
MF4 X070 Supply to F027, K015
MF5 X070 Supply to F026, F031, F051
MF6 X070 Supply to F001, F002, F003, F004, F005, F044
PF1 X463, X465 Power Fuse, Main power supply B+ ( 250 A)
PF2 X462, X464 Power Fuse, Power Supply CCU
PF3 X664 Power Fuse, Power Supply Memory
PF4 X606 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Rear
PF5 X607 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Rear
PF6 X813 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Front
PF7 X814 Power Fuse, ISO Bus Front
Z002 X070 Maxi Fuseholder
- X032A Earth Header 2
Additional Connectors:
X021, X023, X025
Wire Colour Codes

B Black S Slate G Green P Purple
N Brown R Red LG Light K Pink
Green
LN Light O Orange U Blue W White
Brown
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 312
SS09D219 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 313

(Fuses 1 - 14)
Component Connector Description

F001 X073 Interior and step lighting and relay mirror heating
F002 X073 Cigar lighter and power socket, cab (potential 30)
F003 X073 Coupling of the A/C compressor
F004 X073 Screw terminal red (potential 30)
F005 X073 Blower Motor
F006 X073 Station memory and work lamp control unit
F007 X073 Switch - Main headlights and hazard light switch
F008 X073 Starter Switch
F009 X073 Front Loader Power
F010 X073 Rear Power Socket (Potential 15)
F011 X073 Front Windscreen Wiper
F012 X073 Rear Windscreen Wiper / Switch, Windscreen Washing System, Front / Rear
F013 X073 Relay, Brake Lights
F014 X073 Headlight Switch and Flasher
K003 X034 Ignition Relay
Z002 X073 Fusemodul
Additional Connectors: -
Wire Colour Codes

N Brown R Red LG Light Green K Pink
LN Light Brown O Orange U Blue W White
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 314
SS09D220 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 315

(Fuses 15 - 21)

F015 X073 Brake light switch and pedal lock
F016 X073 Trailer brake
F017 X073 Power socket, cab (potential 15)
F018 X073 Air blower motor relay and driver’s seat / Armrest adjust
F019 X073 Heated mirrors
F020 X073 Radar sensor, normal signal socket / keypad
F021 X072 Water sensor for the fuel filter, Brake fluid level switch
Z002 X073 Fusemodul
Z002 X072 Fusemodul
X024
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 316
SS09D221 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 317

(Fuses 22 - 30)

F022 X072 Side marker lights, right
F023 X072 Side marker lights, left / licence plate lights
F024 X072 Illumination - Lighting / cigar lighter - ICU - VT - heated mirror switch - EHR-lock switch
F025 X072 Dipped beam headlights relay, get you home
F026 X072 Main beam headlights
F027 X072 Front work lamp (bonnet)
F028 X072 Work lamp control unit / Roof rear worklamps
F029 X072 Work lamp control unit / Roof front worklamps and grabrail
F030 X072 Work lamp (C-pillar)
Z002 X072 Fusemodul
Additional Connectors: X555, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 318
SS09D222 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 319

(Fuses 31 - 45)

F031 X072 Rotating beacon (via work lamp control unit)
F032 X072 Flasher unit
F033 X072 Diagnostics plug 1/2
F034 X072 ICU 3 and hand brake switch
F035 X072 Potential 30 for electronics
F036 X072 4 Work lamps front roof relay
F037 X072 4 Work lamps rear roof relay
F038 X072 6 Work lamps front roof relay
F040 X072 Radio memory
F043 X071 Engine electronics (potential 15)
F044 X071 Front-mounted equipment socket (B+)
F045 X071 Power supply - 8 A socket (potential 15) C-pillar left
S007 X003 Starter Switch
Z002 X072 Fusemodul
Z002 X071 Fusemodul
X024, X555, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 320
SS09D223 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 321

(Fuses 46 - 54)

F046 X071 Engine controller B+ supply
F047 X071 Engine controller B+ supply
F049 X071 Viscotronic fan, relay heater grid, relay fuel filter heater, exhaust brake
F050 X071 Reversible fan
F051 X071 Electronic park brake
F052 X071 ICU 3 supply
F053 X071 Transmission control supply (potential 15)
F054 X071 PTO rear
K017 X074 Power Supply ECU
Z002 X071 Fusemodul
X026
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 322
SS09D224 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 323

(Fuses 55 - 60)

F055 X071 Supply Ignition Fast Steer / ARU 1 / A/C pressure switch / ACU-CN1a / CCM-CN1a
F056 X071 PTO front
F057 X071 Supply Ignition / ACU auxiliary unit CN1a front hitch
F060 X071 Time relay battery isolator - battery isolator control switch
F061 X076 Battery Isolator
H083 X455 Reverse Alarm
Z002 X071 Fusemodul
Z006 X076 Diode Block
X110, X127, X620
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 324
SS09D225 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 325
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 Start/Charging (Start &

Charging W/Isolator)

G002 X236, X237 Alternator
K005 X035 Starter Motor On
K018 X074 EL.Battery Isolator
K021 X032 Timer Relay Battery Isolator
M003 X231, X232 Starter Motor
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
Q001 X466, X663 Battery Isolator
S006 X482 Battery Isolator Control Switch
V007 X076 El. Battery Isolator Diode
X024, X026, X238
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 326
SS09D226 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 327
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 Start / Charging (without

Isolator)

G002 X236, X237 Alternator
M003 X231, X232 Starter Motor
PF8 X823 Mega Fuse, Grid & Fuel Heater ( 125 A)
X026
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 328
SS09D227 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 329
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 Engine Controller

(Supply, Sensors)

A057 X213, X218 Engine Control Unit
B013 X828 Boost Pressure Sensor
B014 X829 Oil Pressure Sensor
B015 X830 Rail Pressure Sensor
B016 X831 Coolant Temperature Sensor
B017 X832 Fuel Temperature Sensor
B018 X835 Camshaft Speed Sensor
B019 X834 Increment Speed Sensor
K023 X215 Grid Heater Relay
K024 X216 Fuel Heater Relay
R001 - Fuel Heater
R002 - Grid Heater
Y001 X573 Exhaust Brake Solenoid
Y011 X833 High Pressure Pump
Z008 X811 Visctronic Fan
X026, X219
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 330
SS09D228 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 331
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 Engine Controller

(Supply, Injectors)

A057 X213, X218 Engine Control Unit
Y061 X825 Injector 1
B012 X242 Water In Fuel Sensor
K046 X740 Reversible Fan Relay
M012 X739 Reversible Fan Compressor
Y017 X739 Reversible Fan Valve
Z010 X739 Reversible Fan Compressor / Valve
X026, X239
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 332
SS09D229 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 333

(Power Earthing)

- X030A Earth Header 2 to SP102
- X030B Earth Header 2 to SP101
- X030C Earth Header 2 to SP021
- X214 Earth Point - Electronic Module to SP131, 136, 139, 143
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 334
SS09D230 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 335
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 Main Controller

(Transmission Control)

A066 X091, X092, Central Control Unit
X093, X094,
X095, X097,
X099
A067 X015 Foot Throttle
B001 X653 Mid Speed Sensor Output speed P.U.
B002 X257 Axel speed Sensor
B035 X289 Fly Wheel Speed Sensor
S032 X648 High Range Press Switch
S033 X649 Rev Range Press Switch
S038 X646 Low Range Press Switch
S040 X647 Med Range Press Switch
Y024 X635 Clutch Solenoid A
Y025 X636 Clutch Solenoid B
Y029 X644 Rev Range Solenoid
Y030 X264 19th Gear Solenoid
Y031 X263 19th Dump Solenoid
Y038 X276 Diff Lock Solenoid
Y040 X279 4WD Solenoid
Y053 X637 Clutch Solenoid C
Y054 X638 Clutch Solenoid D
Y055 X639 Clutch Solenoid E
Y056 X641 Low Range Solenoid
Y057 X642 Med Range Solenoid
Y058 X643 High Range Solenoid
X020, X022
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 336
SS09D231 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 337
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 Main Controller

(Transmission Control)

X093, X094,
X095, X097
B029 X290 Transmission Oil Pressure Sensor
R005 X002 Clutch Potentiometer
R008 X282 Creeper Potentiometer
S003 X001 Clutch Switch
S036 X640, X645 Trans Oil Pressure Switch
S090 X012 Park Switch
S091 X012 Neutral- Switch
S092 X012 FWD- OR- REV Switch
S093 X012 Not Park- Switch
S094 X012 FWD- Switch
S095 X012 REV- Switch
Y039 X280 Creeper Solenoid
Z062 X012 Shuttle Lever
- X086B EARTH Header 1 to SP075
- X096 Case Earth CCM & ACU
X020, X022, X633
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 338
SS09D232 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 339
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 Main - Controller

(Electronic Draft Control)

X093, X094,
X097
B005 X266 Draft Pin Left Hand
B006 X256 Draft Pin Right Hand
B042 X233 Radar Sensor
R020 X267 Rockshaft Potentiometer
S010 X681 Hydraulics Master Switch
S024 X407 Rear Hitch Switch Left Hand
S050 X407 Rear Hitch Switch Right Hand
- X661 High Flow Pump (detection)
- X684 Front Hitch Detect
Y012 X268 EDC Valve Raise
Y013 X269 EDC Valve Lower
X020, X022, X024, X110, X127
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 340
SS09D233 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 341
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 Main - Controller (5V

Supply, Sensor Ground, Seat)

X093, X094,
X095, X097
M009 X081 Seat- Compressor
R017 X081 Seat- Heating
S096 X081 Seat- Switch
Z065 X081 Seat Assembly
X020, X022, X026
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 342
SS09D234 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 343
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 Transmission (Power

Take Off)

X094, X095,
X097
B009 X780 Rear PTO Shift Position Sensor
B025 X262 PTO Twist Sensor
B026 X251 PTO Speed Sensor
K053 X782 EL.Shiftable PTO Drive Upper Speed Relay
K054 X783 EL.Shiftable PTO Drive Lower Speed Relay
M781 X781 Actuator PTO Shift
S011 X067 Rear PTO Brake Switch
S039 X784 PTO Speed Select Switch
S047 X406 Rear PTO Switch Right Hand
S049 X059A Lever Mounted PTO Brake Switch
S083 X406 Rear PTO Switch Left Hand
Y018 X277 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid
Y019 X278 Rear PTO Solenoid
- X059B Lever Mounted PTO Mating Half
X022, X059B, X110, X127, X748
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 344
SS09D235 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 345
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 Auxiliary Controller

(SFA, EHR’S, Link Levelling)

A010 X098, X099, Auxiliary Control Unit
X100, X101,
X102
B011 X662 Front Axle Position Sensor
B023 X701 Suspension Accelerometer
S034 X401 EHR 3 Switch Fender Right
S035 X401 EHR 3 Switch Fender Left
S043 X509 Front Suspension Not Pressure
Y002 X505 Suspension Raise Solenoid
Y003 X506 Suspension Lower Solenoid
Y004 X507 Upper Lockout Solenoid
Y005 X508 Lower Lockout Solenoid
Y006 X672 Link Levelling Solenoid 2
X020, X022, X024, X227, X234, X248, X259, X402, X408, X659, X817
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 346
SS09D236 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 347
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 Auxiliary Controller

(Front Hitch, PTO)

A010 X098, X099, Auxiliary Control Unit
X100, X101
B027 X395 Front Hitch Position Sensor
S001 X394 Front Hitch Raise
S009 X392 Front Hitch Lower
Y016 X393 Front PTO Solenoid
X024, X026, X227, X817
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 348
SS09D237 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 349
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 Fast Steer (Steering

Control)

A061 X621 Control Unit Fast Steer
B020 X625 Proximity Sensor
B021 X626 Position Transducer
S004 X624 Fast Steer Control Switch
Y015 X627 Fast Steer Solenoid
X623
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 350
SS09D238 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 351
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 Instrument Cluster

(Switches, Sensors, Keypad & Radar Socket)

A014 X008 Keypad
A063 X005, X006, Instrument Cluster Unit
X009
B004 X235 Steering Angle Sensor (Auto Guidance)
B024 X265 Fuel Tank Sensor
S008 X551 Exhaust Brake
S020 X016 Brake Pedals Latched switch
S029 X221 Brake Fluid Level
S086 X302, X303 Power Steering Pressure Switch
X436 X114 ISO 11786 Signal Socket
- X096 Case Earth CCM & ACU to SP067
X020, X022, X024, X026, X106, X114
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 352
SS09D239 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 353
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 Instrument Cluster

(Switches)

A063 X005, X009 Instrument Cluster Unit
S022 X223, X224 Air Cleaner Switch
S028 X474 Hydraulic Filter Blocked (Vacuum Switch)
S037 X473 Low Hydraulic Charge Switch
X020, X026, X683B
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 354
SS09D240 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 355
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 Armrest Controller (MFH,

Joystick, SWCD, EDC)

A002 X776 Armrest Control Unit (GARU)
A008 X820, X862 GARU SWCD
A011 X847 Integrated Control Switch Panel
A032 X846 Multi Function Handle Electronic Modul
B062 X852 Throttle-Sensor
B063 X844 Joystick Sensor Y
B064 X844 Joystick Sensor X
B065 X845 Joystick Sensor Y
B066 X845 Joystick Sensor X
B067 X845 Joystick Sensor Knob
M010 X788 Armrest Control Unit (GARU)
R023 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Sensitivity Poti.
R024 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Drop Rate Poti.
R025 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear High Limit Poti.
R026 X850 EL.Draft Control Rear Slip Poti.
R027 X849 Front Height Setting
S031 X849 Front Height Enable
S060 X777 Switch Adjust Motor
S110 X846 Shuttle Forward Switch
S111 X846 Shuttle Reverse Switch
S112 X846 Range Increase Switch
S113 X846 Range Decrease Switch
S114 X846 EHR1/5 Extend Switch
S115 X846 EHR1/5 Retract Switch
S116 X846 Rear Hitch Fast Raise Switch
S117 X846 Rear Hitch Fast Lower Switch
S118 X846 HTS Step Switch
S119 X846 Shift Switch
S122 X844 Switch Loader Valve 1
S123 X844 Switch Loader Valve 2
S124 X844 MID-EHR 1&2 / 3&4
S125 X845 Switch
S126 X843 EHR Float / Joystick
S134 X846 Dead Man
S135 X846 Auto Guidance
S136 X846 EHR 2 EXT
S137 X846 EHR 2 RET
S138 X846 Cruse Control
S139 X845 Work / Raise
Z007 X844, X845 Joystick 2
Z011 X844 Joystick 1
Z032 X846 Multi Function Handle
Z043 X849 Front Hitch Setting
Z044 X850 Rear Hitch Setting
Z070 X845 EDC Mouse
- X400 Diverter Switch
X022, X080, X088, X787
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 356
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 357
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 358
SS09D270 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 359
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 Armrest Controller

(Switch, Led’s, Potentiometer)
E100 X840 Rear PTO Lamp
E101 X841 Front PTO Lamp
E102 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Timer LED
E103 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Motor LED
R031 X853 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Control
S002 X841 Front PTO Switch
S012 X840 Rear PTO Switch
S121 X842 EHR Flow Control Encoder
S127 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote 1 Timer / Motor Switch
Z003 X854, X859 El.Hydraulic Remote Lamps 1 & 2 & Swich
X080
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 360
SS09D242 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 361
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 Auto - Guidance (Steering

Control, Switch, Supply, Solenoid)

A004 X716, X720 Navigation Controller
A005 X719 GPS Receiver
A009 X717 Auto Guidance Data Logger
B003 X709 Steering Pressure Sensor
B004 X235 Steering Angle Sensor
K050 X723 Relay Base Crank Isolate
K051 X724 Relay Base Solenoid B
K052 X725 Relay Base Solenoid A
S005 X714 Auto Guidance Control Switch
Y044 X712 Auto Guidance Dump Solenoid
Y050 X705 Steering Solenoid Right Hand
Y051 X706 Steering Solenoid Left Hand
- X718 Earth to SP338
X623, X707, X710, X711, X715, X726, X727
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 362
SS09D243 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 363
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 Can Power (Can System)


A021 X305 El.Hydraulic Remote Valve 1
A076 X698 Mid Mount El.Hydraulic Remote Valve 2
K020 X074 El.Hydraulic Remote Lock Relay
- X326 Earth Transmission to SP161
X020, X304
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 364
SS09D244 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 365
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 Climate Control Auto

(Heating Controller, Supply, Switch, Relay)

A006 X754 Blower Motor Treiber
A017 X755 Air Condition Control Unit
B050 X754 Temperature Outside
B051 X754 Temperature Cabin
B053 X753 Temperature Outlet Sensor
B054 X753 Temperature Evaporator Sensor
K006 X035 Blower Motor
K019 X074 Air Condition Clutch Relay
M011 X754 Blower Motor
R003 - Resistor SJ5
R004 - Resistor SJ4
R006 - Resistor SJ6
R030 X751 Potentiometer Temperature Adjustment
S015 X750 Heater Blower Speed Switch ATC
S016 X752 Air Conditioning Mode Switch ATC
S017 X225 Air Condition Pressure Switch
S061 X753 Low Pressure Switch
Y052 X753 Heating Valve
Y082 X226 Air Condition Clutch
Z001 X754 Blower Assembly
Z069 X753 Air Condition Assembly
- X086D Earth Header 1 to SP109
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 366
SS09D245 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 367
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 Climate Control Manual

(Heating, Supply, Switch, Relay)

A066 X094 Central Control Unit
K019 X074 Air Condition Clutch Relay
M001 X759 Blower Motor H.V.A.C System manual
S013 X758 Blower Speed Switch HVAC System manual
S014 X757 Operating Mode Switch H.V.A.C System manual
S017 X225 Air Condition Pressure Switch
S018 X756 Low Pressure Switch H.V.A.C System manual
Y082 X226 Air Condition Clutch
- X086D Earth Header 1 to SP109
X024, X694, X695
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 368
SS09D246 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 369
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 Heated Mirrors (Switch

& Relay)

A040 X167 Mirror Control
K022 X032 Heated Mirror Timer Relay
S019 X611 Heated Mirror Switch
Z038 X169 Electric Mirror Right Hand
Z039 X166 Electric Mirror Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 370
SS09D247 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 371
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 Heated Screen (Supply,

Switch & Relay)

K044 X764 Front Screen Heater Relay
K045 X764 Rear Screen Heater Relay
MF7 X761 Supply heated windscreen front
MF8 X761 Supply heated screen rear
R049 X800, X801 Front Screen Heater A
R050 X802, X803 Front Screen Heater B
R051 X769 Rear Screen Heater
S071 X766 Screen Heater Switch
Z002 X761 Maxi Fuseholder
- X768 Main Earth Point to SP376
- X770 Earth Connector to SP375
X683A, X767
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 372
SS09D248 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 373
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 Implement Sockets

(Cigar Lighter, Power Sockets)

J001 X116A, X116B Rear Power Socket Implement
J002 X115A, X115B 30Amp Power Socket
J006 X132 8 Amp Socket
J007 X130, X131 Cigar Lighter
J008 X441, X442 Power Studs
J009 X230 DIA Engine Inline
- X032B Earth Header 2
- X086A Earth Header 1 to SP082
X024, X115A, X115B, X116A, X116B, X117
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 374
SS09D249 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 375
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 Lighting (Switch &

Flasher Unit)

A062 X053 Flasher Unit
E011 X689 Extremity Light Right Hand
E012 X688 Extremity Light Left Hand
K004 X034 Lights Relay
S021 X004 Main Light Switch
S046 X434 Hazard Switch
X007, X555, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 376
SS09D250 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 377
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 Lighting Auxiliary

(Worklamps & Beacons)

A068 X168 Worklamps Control Unit
E029 X197 Worklamp Roof Front Left Hand 2
E030 X196 Worklamp Grabrail Left Hand
E031 X182 Worklamp Left Hand Rear
E032 X173 Worklamp Rear Right Hand
E033 X165 Worklamp Roof Front Left Hand 2
E034 X164 Worklamp Grabrail Right Hand Front
E035 X185 Rotating Beacon Left Hand
E036 X170 Rotating Beacon Right Hand
K014 X037 Get U Home
V001 X076 Get U Home Diode
V004 X076 Dipped Beam Headlamps Diode
V010 X076 Main Beam Headlamps Diode
- X151 Roof Earth to SP005, Radio Earth
X106, X555, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 378
SS09D251 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 379
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 Lighting (Side, Console

& Licence Plate Lamps)

E009 X156 Console Lamp Right Hand
E010 X163 Grabrail Side Lamp RH / SM Vehicle RF
E014 X195 Side Lamp Grabrail LH / SM Vehicle LF
E015 X187 Not used on this model
E016 X180 License Plate Left Hand
E017 X176 License Plate Right Hand
- X151 Roof Earth to SP012
X106
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 380
SS09D252 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 381
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 Lighting (Headlamps /

Worklamps Hood / Headlamps Grabrail)

E002 X818 Headlamp 2 Left Hand Grabrail
E007 X336 Headlamp Left Hand
E008 X333 Headlamp Right Hand
E013 X819 Headlamp 1 Right Hand Grabrail
E026 X332 Corner Lamp Right Hand
E027 X337 Corner Lamp Left Hand
E041 X331 Worklamp Right Hand
E042 X338 Worklamp Left Hand
H002 X334, X335 Horn
K007 X036 Dipped Beam Headlamps
K009 X036 Main Beam Headlamps
K015 X074 Front Worklamps Hood
S100 X816 High Mount Headlamp Switch
X026, X107, X107_A, X108, X108_A, X220, X555, X555C
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 382
SS09D253 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 383
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 Lighting (Trailer)


E023 X444 Trailer Lamps
- X326 Earth Transmission
X020, X253
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 384
SS09D254 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 385
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 Lighting (Interior Lights)


- X160 Puddle Lamp Right Hand (not used)
E004 X193 Puddle Lamp Left Hand
E006 X190, X191, Interior Lamp
X192
S041 X154 Door Switch Right Hand
S042 X186 Door Switch Left Hand
X106
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 386
SS09D255 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 387
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 Lighting (Stop / Tail

Lamps & Worklamps)

E018 X409 Stop & Tail Lamp Right Hand
E019 X409 Stop & Tail Lamp Left Hand
E024 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Left Hand
E025 X403 Worklamp C Pillar Right Hand
E055 X404, X405 License Lamp Right Hand
E057 X404, X405 License Lamp Left Hand
K008 X036 Stop Lamps Relay
K016 X074 Rear Worklamps C Pillar Relay
S044 X014 Stop Lamp Switch Right Hand
S045 X013 Stop Lamp Switch Left Hand
V005 X076 Brake Light Diode
V006 X076 Brake Light Diode
X111, X126
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 388
SS09D256 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 389
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 I.C.E (Radio)


A064 X157, X158 Radio
H003 X175 Radio Speaker RHR
H004 X161 Radio Speaker RHF
H005 X194 Radio Speaker LHF
H006 X181 Radio Speaker LHR
W001 X207 Antenna Plus
X106
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 390
SS09D257 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 391
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 Washers & Wipers

(Switch & Relay)

K001 & K002 X033 (1-5) Wiper Module Front & Rear
K001 & K002 X033 (6-10) Wiper Module Front & Rear
M004 X201 Wiper Motor Front
M005 X177 Wiper Motor Rear
M006 X125 Washer Motor Front
M007 X123 Washer Motor Rear
S065 X011 Front and Rear Wiper Switch
X106
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 392
SS09D258 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 393
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 Colour Display

(Instruments)

A007 X485 Colour Display
E003 X734 Lamp Feed
- X488 USB Connector
X615, X619, X736
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 394
SS09D259 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 395
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 Trailer Brakes (Hydraulic

/ Pneumatic Brake)

B040 X430 Air Brake Pressure Sensor
K010 X036 Hydraulic Trailer Brake
K012 X036 Pneumatic Trailer Brake
S027 X422, X423 Low Brake Pressure Line Switch 1/ 2
S053 X426, X427 Low Pump Output Press Switch 1 / 2
Y021 X429 Brake De-Icer
Y022 X431 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Solenoid
Y023 X432 Park Brake Solenoid
Y037 X424, X425 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Solenoid 1 / 2
X020, X254, X255
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 396
SS09D260 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 397
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 Electronic Park Lock

(Supply, Switch & Relay)

A012 X745 Electronic Park Brake Interface Conn
K011 X036 Electronic Park Brake
K047 X746 Less EPL
S030 X121 Hand Brake Switch
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 398
SS09D261 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 399
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 Front Loader


K491 X491 Front Loader Relay 1
K492 X492 Front Loader Relay 2
Y010 X822 Loader Valve Option B
Y036 X821 Loader Valve Option A
X024, X082, X084, X085, X211, X212, X493
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 400
SS09D262 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 401
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 Isobus (Isobus Power

& Relay)

A054 X616 Iso Bus Control Unit
J003 X601 Iso Implement Socket (Rear)
J004 X600 Iso Implement Socket (Front)
K040 X602 ISO Relay 1 Rear
K041 X603 ISO Relay 2 Rear
K042 X629 ISO Relay 1 Front
K043 X628 ISO Relay 2 Front
X024, X613, X614, X620, X660
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 402
SS09D263 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 403
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 Diagnostics


- X028 Diagnostic Connector 2
- X031 ADIC Diagnostic Connector
X026
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 404
SS09D264 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 405
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 Can System (Can Bus 1)


A010 X099 Auxilary Control Unit
A012 X745 Electronic Park Brake Interface Conn
A014 X008 Keypad
A017 X755 Air Condition Control Unit
A057 X218 Engine Control Unit
A061 X621 Control Unit Fast Steer
A063 X009 Instrument Cluster Unit
X026, X080, X088, X623, X695
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 406
SS09D265 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 407
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 Can System (Auto -

Guidance)

A004 X716 Navigation Controller
A010 X099 Auxiliary Control Unit
X005 X719 GPS Receiver
X615, X619, X715, X727
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 408
SS09D266 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 409
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN System (EHR CAN)


R016 X304 CAN Terminating Resistor
X020, X080 X088, X304
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 410
SS09D267 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 411
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN System (EHR CAN)


A076 X698 Mid.Mount El.Hydraulic Remote Valve 2
R016 X702 CAN Terminating Resistor
X304
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 412
SS09D268 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 413
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN System (Isobus

CAN)

A050 X618 Active CAN Terminator
A070 X030 Iso Bus Control Unit CAN Plus
A071 X030 Iso Bus Control Unit CAN Minus
A072 X616B Iso Bus Control Unit CAN Minus
A073 X616A Iso Bus Control Unit CAN Plus
J003 X657 Iso Bus Implement Socket Rear
J004 X812 Iso Bus Implement Socket Front
X024, X080, X088, X615, X618, X619, X660
Wire Colour Codes

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 414
SS09D269 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 415
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 416
Alternator - Remove
Prior operation:
Ensure the battery is disconnected prior to removing the alternator, refer to, Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
Disconnect the two cables from the rear of the alter-

nator.
Remove the alternator drive belt in the following man-

ner. Place a bar with a 15mm socket attachment,
onto the tensioner arm pulley retaining bolt and gen-
tly rotate the tensioner, refer to Alternator - Static
description (A.30.A). Remove the fan belt from the
pulley, and allow the tensioner to return to its unten-
sioned position once the belt has been removed.
BAIS06CCM690AVA 1
2. Remove the alternator upper and lower mounting

bolts, and remove the alternator from the engine
bracket .
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 417
Alternator - Install
NOTE: Ensure the battery ground (negative) cable is disconnected from the battery when installing the alternator.
1. Install the alternator to the engine mounting bracket
and tighten the bolts to the specified torque of, 25
Nm (18.4 lbft).
BAIS06CCM690AVA 1
2. Rotate the tensioner arm and install the drive belt

over the pulley, release the tensioner arm to allow
the correct tension to be applied to the belt, refer to,
Alternator - Preliminary test (A.30.A).
3. Reconnect the two electrical cables to the alternator.
BAIS06CCM690AVA 2
Next operation:
Reconnect the battery, refer to, Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 418
Alternator - Preliminary test

CAUTION - Service Precautions

1. To avoid damage to the components of the alterna-
tor charging system, service precautions must be ob-
served as follows:
- NEVER make or break any of the charging circuit
connections, including the battery, when the engine
is running.
- NEVER short any of the charging components to
ground.
- ALWAYS disconnect the battery ground cable (neg-
ative) when charging the battery on the tractor using
a battery charger.
- ALWAYS observe correct polarity when installing
the battery or using a slave battery to start the en-
gine.
CONNECT POSITIVE TO POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE TO NEGATIVE
Preliminary Checks
2. Prior to electrical testing thoroughly inspect the
charging and electrical system.
Check all leads and connections for continuity and
tightness.
1. Check the battery

Using a hydrometer check the individual battery
cells. The battery should be at least 70 %charged
and in good condition.
2. Check the drive belt

Inspect the alternator drive belt and pulley, ensuring
that both are clean, free from oil and grease and in
good condition.
The alternator drive belt is automatically tensioned
by a spring tensioner mounted at the front of the
engine, refer to Alternator - Static description
(A.30.A). If the belt tension is suspect, check the
tensioner assembly as follows:
Fan Belt Tensioner Removal

The fan belt should be removed in the following man-
ner. Place a bar with a 15 mm socket attachment
onto the bolt of the tensioner arm and rotate the lever
clockwise. Remove the fan belt from the pulley and
allow the tensioner to return to its untensioned posi-
tion once the belt has been removed.
Remove the tensioner from the pump by loosening
and removing the centre attaching bolt.
.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 419
Inspection and Repair

3. Checking of the tensioner assembly operation should
be carried out, with the tensioner assembly still at-
tached to the front of the engine. To check the spring
load, place a “breakback" torque bar preset to, 52 -
63 lbf.ft ( 70 - 85 Nm) ( 7.1 - 8.7 kgf.m), onto the pul-
ley arm 15 mm socket. Raise the lever up through
an arc of 20 ° maximum. If the torque bar does not
“break" within the range a new tensioner assembly is
required.
Ensure the tensioner pulley rotates freely by hand. If
not replace with new parts.
4. Re-Assembly
Fit a new pulley to the assembly, if required, and
torque the attaching bolt, refer to, Fan and drive Belt
tensioner - Torque (B.50.A).
To reassemble the arm assembly, position the ten-
sioner on to the front of the engine, fit the mounting
bolt through the assembly, and torque the bolt, refer
to, Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Torque (B.50.A).
Refitment of the fan belt is the reverse of the removal
procedure, but ensure the “Poly V” belt, is positioned
correctly onto all of the pulleys.
Check the Warning Lamp

5. Turn on the key start switch and check that the warn-
ing lamp is fully illuminated.
If the warning lamp is not fully illuminated check the
bulb. If the bulb is not the cause of the fault carry
out the Alternator wiring connections test as detailed
under ‘initial tests’ in this section.
If the warning lamp is illuminated start the engine and
run above idling speed. The lamp should go out.
If the lamp does not go out, stop the engine and re-
move the wire from the D+ terminal. If the lamp now
goes out a faulty alternator component is indicated.
If the warning lamp remains illuminated, check for a
short circuit to earth (ground) between the ‘D+’ cable
end and the warning lamp.
INITIAL TESTS
6. The initial tests may be performed without removing
any of the charging circuit components from the trac-
tor and enable the following items to be checked:
- Alternator wire connections
- Alternator charging current and controlled voltage
- Alternator charging circuit volt drops
- Alternator maximum output performance

7. - Voltmeter ( 0 - 30 volts moving coil type
- Millivoltmeter ( 0 - 1 volt)
- Ammeter ( 0 - 200 Amperes moving coil type)
- 1.5 Ohm 200 Amperes variable load resistor
NOTE: Most commercial test equipment incorporates
several testing devices within a single unit . Use
such equipment in accordance with the manufacturers
instructions.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 420
8. Refer to Alternator - Electrical test (A.30.A) for

testing procedures.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 421
Alternator - Electrical test

Alternator Wiring Connections Test

1. Disconnect the battery

2. Disconnect the D+ (2) and B+ (3) terminals from
the alternator.
3. Reconnect the battery and turn the key start on
but do not start the engine. Connect a voltmeter (4)
between each terminal and earth (ground), (1). Bat-
tery voltage should be registered.
If battery voltage is not registered a continuity fault in

the external cable circuitry must be traced and reme-
died, refer to the circuit diagram (refer to Wiring har-
ness - Electrical schematic frame 01 Power Dis- BAIS06CCM694AVA 1
tribution (Power - Maxi Fuses) (A.30.A)).
4. Connect the D+ terminal, warning lamp (thin

brown) wire, to earth (ground). The warning lamp
should illuminate.
5. Disconnect the battery and reconnect the re-
moved alternator cable connections to the alternator.
NOTE: If the warning lamp fails to illuminate when the
cable is reconnected to the alternator, a fault is indicated
in the alternator regulator or rotor circuits. Ensure that the
D+ terminal is clean.
Charging Current And Controlled Voltage Tests

The following test should be performed at 20 °C, a
lower temperature will create a higher voltage and a
higher temperature will create a lower voltage.
1. Ensure all tractor electrical components are
switched off and the key start switch is in the ‘off’
position.
2. Disconnect the battery negative terminal and dis-
connect the B+ terminal (4) of the alternator.
3. Connect an ammeter (1), between the removed
(thick brown) cable (3) and the B+ alternator terminal.
terminal and earth (ground)
5. Reconnect the battery. Start and run the engine BAIS06CCM695AVA 2
at 2000 rev/min. and observe the ammeter and volt-
meter readings.
The voltmeter should register in excess of battery

voltage and when the ammeter reading falls to 5 Am-
peres the voltmeter reading should stabilise at 14.1
V +/- 0.15.
If the voltmeter reading exceeds the above value the

alternator regulator is faulty.
If the voltmeter reading is below the specified value a
faulty alternator component or a high resistance fault
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 422
in the external connections of the charging system is

indicated.
If the ammeter registers zero amperes a faulty alter-

nator component is indicated.
Charging Circuit Volt Drop Tests

(a) Insulated-Side Volt Drop Tests
Ensure the key start switch is in the ‘off’ position.

nect the B+ cable (1) from the alternator
2. Connect a millivoltmeter (4) between the battery
positive terminal and the B+ cable (5). (Positive side
to cable).
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the B+
terminal of the alternator and the B+ cable (negative
side to cable)
4. Reconnect the battery negative cable and connect
a variable load resistor (3), with the slider in the min-
imum current draw position (maximum resistance), BAIS06CCM696AVA 3
across the battery terminals.
rev/min.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resis-
tor (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 / 200 Amperes.
7. Observe the millivoltmeter reading which should
not exceed 400 millivolts.
If the reading is in excess of 400 millivolts, a high


volts, then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
.
8. Stop the engine.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 423
(b) Ground-Side Volt Drop Test


2. The circuit is the same as that used in the pre-
vious test except for the millivoltmeter (4) which is
now connected between the battery negative termi-
nal and the alternator frame (negative side to frame).
rev/min.
4. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor
(decrease resistance) until the ammeter (2) registers
150 / 200 Amperes
exceed 200 millivolts. BAIS06CCM697AVA 4
If the reading is in excess of 200 millivolts a high


volts then a faulty alternator component is indicated.
.
6. Stop the engine.

NOTE: Ensure the variable load resistor (3) is in the
minimum current draw position (maximum resistance).
Alternator Maximum Output Performance Test

5. With reference to 5.

nect the B+ cable (5) from the alternator.
3. Securely connect an ammeter (2) between the
B+ terminal (1) of the alternator and the B+ cable
(negative side to cable).
terminal and earth (ground).
5. Reconnect the battery, start and increase the en-
gine speed to 2000 rev/min.
6. Slowly increase the current loading of the resistor BAIS06CCM698AVA 5
(3) (decrease resistance) until the ammeter registers
150 / 200 Amperes.
fall below 13 volts.
If the reading falls below 13 volts a faulty alternator

component is indicated..
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 424
Regulator and rotor field circuit test

6. Test equipment required:
- 12 volt battery
- Multimeter
- 2.2 Watt Test Lamp
IMPORTANT: Prior to removal of the alternator cables
from the alternator ensure that the key start switch is
in the ‘off’ position and the battery negative cable is
disconnected.
1. Disconnect all of the alternator cables.

2. Connect a 12 volt battery and a 2.2 Watt test lamp
(2) in series between the D+ (1) and the alternator
frame (negative side to frame).
3. The test lamp should illuminate.
If the test lamp is not illuminated a fault is indicated

in the rotor circuit. Check brushes, slip rings and
continuity of rotor field windings.
If examination indicates these parts to be satisfactory

the regulator may be suspect. BAIS06CCM699AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 425
Battery - Disconnect
1. Remove retaining bolts and lower the right-hand

steps.
BAIL08CCM001AVA 1
2. Remove the R-clips (1) and remove the right-hand

steps (2).
BAIS06CCM047AVA 2
3. Remove the battery cover.
BAIL08CCM002AVA 3
4. Disconnect the negative lead (1) from the battery ter-

minal and position to one side.
Disconnect the positive lead (2) from the battery ter-
.
NOTE: Always disconnect the lead from the negative
terminal first.
BAIL08CCM028AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 426
Battery - Connect
1. Connect the positive battery lead (4).

Connect the battery negative lead (5).
NOTE: Always connect the lead to the negative terminal
last.
BAIL08CCM028AVC 1
2. Install the battery cover.
BAIL08CCM002AVA 2
3. Install the right-hand steps (1) and install the R-clips

(2).
BAIS06CCM047AVB 3
4. Raise the steps and install the retaining bolts.
BAIL08CCM001AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 427
5. The radio, if fitted, will lose its stored information

and will require reprogramming. It should be noted
that on models with electronic instrument panel and
microprocessors, that these components will not
lose their memories, i.e, electronic height control
and transmission calibrations will not be affected.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 428
Battery - Electrical test

Specific Gravity
1. The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte indi-
cates the state of charge. Fully charged the specific
gravity of the electrolyte is 1.280 minimum at 25 °C.
Alternatively the approximate state of charge can be

measured by using an accurate digital volt meter (+/-
0.01V) as follows:-
Less than 10.5 V Battery un-serviceable*
Less than 11.8 V Battery discharged
Less than 12.3 V Battery 1/2 charged
Better than 12.6 V Battery fully charged
* See note under tests for possible recovery of a
mildly sulphated battery.
Battery voltage to be taken with the battery unloaded

and:-
A. After the battery has rested unloaded for at least
4 hours.
B. If the vehicle has recently run or battery has re-
cently been charged, switch on headlamps for 2 min-
utes.
When a battery discharges, sulphuric acid in the

electrolyte combines chemically with the plates and
this action lowers the specific gravity of the solution.
A battery hydrometer will determine the specific grav-

ity of the electrolyte in a cell and the amount of un-
used sulphuric acid in the solution is a measure of
the degree of charge of that cell.
The lower the temperature at which a battery is re-

quired to operate, the more necessary it is that the
battery is maintained in a fully charged condition.
For example a battery with a low specific gravity of
1.225 at 27 °C ( 80 °F) will operate the starting motor
at warm ambient temperatures but may not, due to
lower battery efficiency at a low temperature.
Table 1 shows the effect of temperature on the effi-

ciency of a typical battery.
Maximum battery life will be obtained if the correct
care and periodic inspection is given. It is important
that output capacity should not be exceeded by con-
stant and excessive overloading and that charging
requirements are maintained.

(A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 429
Servicing The Battery

2. When servicing a battery the following steps should
be observed:
1. Maintain the electrolyte to the recommended level
of 17 mm ( 0.67 in.) above the plates. If this is
not observed the acid will reach a high concentra-
tion that will damage the separators and impair the
performance of the plates.
2. Use only distilled or de-mineralised water, do not
overfill and never use tap water or water from a rain
barrel or other source
3. Always keep the battery at least 75 % charged
otherwise the plates will become sulphated and loss
of efficiency will result with possible damage from
freezing at low temperatures.
4. Avoid overcharging the battery as excessive
charging will create high internal heat that will cause
plate grid deterioration and produce water loss.
5. When fast charging ensure the battery tempera-
ture does not exceed 50 °C.
6. Do not add sulphuric acid to a cell unless the elec-
trolyte has been lost through spilling. Before replen-
ishing ensure the solution is at the correct specific
gravity. A slow charge is the only method to be em-
ployed to fully charge a battery. A high rate charger
can be used to quickly boost the battery capacity but
this must be followed by a slow charge rate to bring
the battery to full capacity.
WARNING
Batteries contain sulphuric acid and during charging
generate a highly explosive mixture of hydrogen and
oxygen gases.- Never use equipment that generates
flames or sparks in order to control electrolyte level-
Do not remove the battery cover plugs without protec-
tion for eyes and hands.
B039
Dry Charged Batteries

3. Dry charged batteries must be prepared for service
as follows:
1. Remove the battery cell vent plugs.
2. Fill each cell to the recommended level with elec-
trolyte of 1.260 specific gravity.
3. After filling, allow the battery to stand for 15 min-
utes then re-check the electrolyte level and top up if
necessary.
4. Charge the battery for 4 hours at a rate of 5 - 8
amperes and check that all cells are gassing freely.
5. Install the battery cell vent plugs.
NOTE: The electrolyte must be diluted sulphuric acid
preferably at a temperature of 21 °- 32 °C ( 70 °- 90 °F).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 430
Charging The Battery

4. Before charging a battery:
1. Thoroughly clean the battery casing and cell cov-
ers with dilute ammonia or hot water and clean the
terminals.
2. Check the level of the electrolyte in each cell and,
if below plates, add distilled water to bring above
plate level.
Normal (Top-up) Charging

5. 1. With a slow charger use a rate of 3 - 6 amperes
for the time necessary to bring the battery to full
charge. This may take 36 hours or more if the bat-
tery is heavily discharged. A severely sulphated bat-
tery might not accept a charge. When the battery is
fully charged the cells will gas freely and the specific
gravity will remain constant. Remove the charger af-
ter three consecutive hydrometer readings taken at
hourly intervals indicate that the specific gravity has
stopped rising.
2. When using a fast or high rate of charge care-
fully follow the manufacturers instructions. High rate
charging raises the temperature of the electrolyte
and unless the charger is equipped with an automatic
time or temperature device, the electrolyte tempera-
ture could exceed 50 °C , which may cause violent
battery gassing and damage to internal components.
3. Re-check the level of electrolyte in each cell and
add distilled water as necessary.
WARNING
When a battery is being charged an explosive gas is
produced. Do not smoke or use an exposed flame
when checking the electrolyte level and ensure the
charger is switched off before connecting or discon-
necting to avoid sparks which could ignite the gas.
B038
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 431
Recharging Deeply Discharged Batteries

6. The recommended method to recharge a low main-
tenance battery is to use a constant voltage charger.
For deeply discharged batteries a 48 hours charging
period at 16 volts is recommended, with current lim-
itation, ( 88 A for 176 Ah batteries).
This system is self regulating: high current is deliv-

ered at the beginning (when battery voltage is low),
lower and lower current is then absorbed when bat-
tery reaches full charge (and its voltage is high).
If only constant current chargers are available it is

recommended to use the current levels and times
shown Table 2 below. The figures are intended for
deeply discharged batteries. If the battery is only
50% discharged use one half of the time listed (slow
charge programs). For other states of discharge re-
duce proportionally the time of charge. Whenever
possible use the slowest charge program to increase
the battery’s life.
If when charging the battery, violent gassing or spew-

ing of electrolyte occurs, or the battery case feels hot
( 50 °C or greater), reduce or temporarily halt charg-
ing to avoid damaging the battery.

(A.30.A).
Tests
7. Before commencing battery tests check the battery
for clogged vents, corrosion, raised vent plugs or a
cracked case.

- Hydrometer
- Battery starter tester (High rate discharge tester)
- Thermometer
- Battery Charger
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 432
Specific Gravity:
8. This test will determine the state of battery charge.
1. With the float in the vertical position take the read-
ing.
2. Adjust the hydrometer reading for electrolyte tem-
perature variations by subtracting 4 points (0.004
specific gravity) for every 5.5 °C ( 10 °F) below the
temperature at which the hydrometer is calibrated
and by adding 4 points (0.004 specific gravity) for ev-
ery 5.5 °C ( 10 °F) above this temperature.
The following examples are calculated using a hy-

drometer calibrated at 30 °C ( 86 °F).
Example 1:
Temperature below 30 °C ( 86 °F)
Subtract 11.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.008
Example 2:
Temperature above 30 °C ( 86 °F)
Subtract 10.0/5.5 x 0.004 0.007
3. If the specific gravity is 1.280 or more the battery

is fully charged and in good operating condition.
4. Should the corrected specific gravity be below
1.280, charge the battery and inspect the charging
system to determine the cause of the low battery
charge.
If the battery has been charged under static condi-

tions, denser electrolyte will accumulate at the bot-
tom of the cells. The battery should be shaken pe-
riodically to mix the electrolyte, this will improve the
charge rate and provide a more accurate hydrometer
reading when tested.
NOTE: Specific gravity should not vary more than 0.025
points between cells.
NOTE: If distilled water has recently been added the
battery should be recharged for a short period otherwise
accurate hydrometer readings will not be obtained.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 433
Performance Test:
9. The performance test is to determine if the battery
has adequate capacity to turn the engine. The volt-
age reading obtained is used to determine the bat-
tery condition. Prior to testing, ensure the electrolyte
level is correct and the open circuit voltage is 12.5
V or more. The battery may be tested on or off the
tractor.
1. Set the current control switch of the battery starter
tester (high rate discharge tester) to the ‘off’ position
and the voltage selector switch equal to, or slightly
higher than, the rated battery voltage. Connect the
tester positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the negative battery termi-
nal.
2. Turn the current control knob until the ammeter
reading is half the CCA rating of the battery and take
the voltage reading.
- If the reading is 9.6 volts or more after 15 seconds,
the battery has an acceptable output capacity and
will readily accept a normal charge.
- If however the reading is below 9.6 volts, the
battery is considered unsatisfactory for service and
should be test charged as described below.
CAUTION
Do not leave the high discharge load on the battery for
periods longer than 15 seconds.
B003
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 434
Test Charging:
10. This test is designed only for batteries that have
failed the previous capacity test.
1. Attach the battery starter (high rate discharge
tester) positive leads to the battery positive terminal
and the negative leads to the battery negative termi-
nal.
2. Connect the battery charger positive lead to the
battery positive terminal and the negative lead to the
3. Turn the charger timer past a ‘ 3 minutes’ charge
indication and then back to the ‘ 3 minutes’ mark.
4. Set the charging rate as close as possible to 40
amperes
5. After 3 minutes at this fast charge take the volt-
meter reading.
- If the total voltage is over 15.5 volts the battery is
unsatisfactory and is probably sulphated or worn out
and should be replaced.
- If the total voltage is under 15.5 volts, test the spe-
cific gravity of each cell and re-charge the battery to
the following scale:
NOTE: A mildly sulphated battery can be recovered
by using a multiple battery type charger, with an open
circuit upper voltage limit of 50 volts. Owing to the high
resistance of a sulphated battery, it will primarily require
a high voltage setting to overcome the resistance of the
sulphation. initially there may be no visible acceptance
of the charge. After a few minutes of inactivity a small
charge will be apparent, followed by a rapid increase in
the charge rate. The charge rate must not exceed 14.0
amperes or the electrolyte temperature 50 °C. When the
ampere rate has stabilised, reset the volts until the charge
rate is a steady 5 amperes. Continue at this rate until the
electrolyte specific gravity stops rising at approximately
1.275-1.280 at 20 °C ( 68 °F), this can take up to 48
hours of charging. Stand the battery for 24 hours and
then conduct the capacity test detailed previously.
NOTE: When battery problems are experienced the
alternator drive belt tension and the complete charging
system should be checked.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 435
Common Causes of Battery Failures

11. 1. Internal open circuit.
2. Internal short circuit.
3. Loss of electrolyte.
4. Separation of active materials from grids.
5. Accumulation of sulphate crystals too large to dis-
perse.
These failures are normally caused by the following:

1. Failure of inter cell components.
2. Excessive crystal growth may puncture the sepa-
rators and cause short circuits.
3. Excessive over charging (charging system mal-
function, boost/recovery techniques with high volt-
age, operation in very high temperatures.
4. Freezing of electrolyte.
A fully charged battery does not freeze until -65 °C. A
50 % charged battery freezes between -17 - -27 °C.
Fully discharged electrolyte freezes at - 3 - -11 °C.
Excessively high boost charging and gassing will
also cause separation of active materials from the
grids. Separation destroys the chemical function of
the battery.
5. Crystal growth occurs whenever batteries are left
discharged. High temperatures and extended dis-
charged periods increase this condition. At room
temperature after one week the battery is unlikely
to recover on the vehicle. Recharge will require a
higher constant voltage. After 3 weeks the battery
will have suffered permanent degradation and the
procedure detailed previously for charging a ‘Deeply
Discharged’ battery should be followed.
When fully charged, batteries have a long shelf life.

The lead calcium type battery self discharges at 3 %
per month. This means that it will take 16 months to
drop to 50 % charged. On the tractor the quiescent
load is about 50 mA. To predict run-down on a static
vehicle this should be added as approximately 8 Ah
per week.
It is worth stressing that when cranking, if a battery

starts to fade, it is beneficial to stop and allow two
minutes for the battery to recover. The recovery time
should be increased as the temperature decreases.
With a dual battery set up, an old battery should not

be used with a new one. One battery will always fail
first. If the battery has given the service life expected,
change both batteries. If one has failed early, i.e,
through manufacturing defect, then it is acceptable
to replace just one battery.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 436
Battery - Remove
1. Remove retaining bolts and lower the right-hand

steps.
BAIL08CCM001AVA 1

steps (2).
BAIS06CCM047AVA 2
3. Remove the battery cover.
BAIL08CCM002AVA 3
4. Disconnect the negative lead (1) from the battery ter-

Disconnect the positive lead (2) from the battery ter-
Loosen the retaining nuts (3) and remove the battery
clamp.
Remove the retaining bolts (5) from the side plate (4)
and position to one side taking care not to damage
the wiring on the maxi fuse block.
NOTE: Always disconnect the lead from the negative
terminal first.
BAIL08CCM028AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 437
5. Carefully slide the battery out of the carrier.
CAUTION
M944
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 438
Battery - Install
CAUTION
The component is heavy. ALWAYS use a hoist or get assistance to lift the component. Failure to comply
M944
1. Before installing the battery check the following:

• Make sure the battery is clean and dry and the
vent caps are properly installed.
• Smear the terminals with petroleum jelly, do
not use conventional lubricating greases as
these can promote electrolytic corrosion.
• Make sure the battery tray and clamps are
clean and free from stones or small objects
which may puncture the battery casing.
• Make sure the battery terminal polarity is cor-
rect and that the terminal connections are suf-
ficiently tight, but not overtightened.
2. Carefully slide the battery into the carrier.
3. Reposition the side plate (1) and install the retaining
bolts (2).
Install the battery clamp and tighten the retaining
nuts (3).
Connect the positive battery lead (4).
Connect the battery negative lead (5).
NOTE: Always connect the lead to the negative terminal
last.
BAIL08CCM028AVC 1
4. Install the battery cover.
BAIL08CCM002AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 439
5. Install the right-hand steps (1) and install the R-clips

(2).
BAIS06CCM047AVB 3
6. Raise the steps and install the retaining bolts.
BAIL08CCM001AVA 4
7. The radio, if fitted, will lose its stored information

and will require reprogramming. It should be noted
that on models with electronic instrument panel and
microprocessors, that these components will not
lose their memories, i.e, electronic height control
and transmission calibrations will not be affected.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 440
Wiring harness - Repair

1. The following method to repair wiring is a temporary
expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon
as possible. Replacement of temporary repaired ca-
bles with new is particularly important if the tractor
is to be used for spraying as chemicals can enter
the repaired area, travel up the cable and damage
electrical components. Do not attempt to repair the
wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and
should only be replaced with a new component.
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that
only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other types
of solder may result in further cable damage.
2. To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:
Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer
protective cover on both sides of the damaged area,
Figure 1.
1b0o2004061134 1
3. Peel back the cable from both ends of the damaged

area and carefully cut away the inner cable cover at
the damaged area and strip about 13 mm ( 1/2 inch)
of insulation from the wires. Do not cut away any wire
strands.
Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 inches ( 50
mm) from each cover end. Clean the grey cable
cover and the individual leads.
Twist two bare leads together for each damaged
lead, being careful to match wire colours, then sol-
der the leads using resin cored solder. Tape each
repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape, Figure 2.
1b0o2004061135 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 441
4. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey

cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make
a paper trough, Figure 3, then apply silicon rubber
compound (non hardening sealant) over the repaired
section up to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must
be used to fill the ends of the cut away area.
1b0o2004061136 3
5. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with

insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 2 inches( 50 mm)
of tape at each end is necessary, Figure 4.
Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the
damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
1b0o2004061137 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 442
Index

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 Power Distribution (Fuses 1 - 14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 Power Distribution (Fuses 15 - 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 08 Start/Charging (Start & Charging W/Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 Start / Charging (without Isolator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 10 Engine Controller (Supply, Sensors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 11 Engine Controller (Supply, Injectors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 Power Distribution (Power Earthing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 13 Main Controller (Transmission Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 14 Main Controller (Transmission Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 15 Main - Controller (Electronic Draft Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 16 Main - Controller (5V Supply, Sensor Ground, Seat) . . . . . . . . . 342
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 Transmission (Power Take Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 18 Auxiliary Controller (SFA, EHR’S, Link Levelling) . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 19 Auxiliary Controller (Front Hitch, PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 20 Fast Steer (Steering Control) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 21 Instrument Cluster (Switches, Sensors, Keypad & Radar Socket)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 22 Instrument Cluster (Switches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 443
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 23 Armrest Controller (MFH, Joystick, SWCD, EDC) . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 Armrest Controller (Switch, Led’s, Potentiometer) . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 25 Auto - Guidance (Steering Control, Switch, Supply, Solenoid) 362
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 Can Power (Can System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 27 Climate Control Auto (Heating Controller, Supply, Switch, Relay)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 28 Climate Control Manual (Heating, Supply, Switch, Relay) . . . . 368
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 Heated Mirrors (Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 30 Heated Screen (Supply, Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 31 Implement Sockets (Cigar Lighter, Power Sockets) . . . . . . . . . 374
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 32 Lighting (Switch & Flasher Unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 33 Lighting Auxiliary (Worklamps & Beacons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 34 Lighting (Side, Console & Licence Plate Lamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 37 Lighting (Headlamps / Worklamps Hood / Headlamps Grabrail) 382
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 38 Lighting (Trailer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 39 Lighting (Interior Lights) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 40 Lighting (Stop / Tail Lamps & Worklamps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 41 I.C.E (Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 42 Washers & Wipers (Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 43 Colour Display (Instruments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 44 Trailer Brakes (Hydraulic / Pneumatic Brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 45 Electronic Park Lock (Supply, Switch & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 46 Front Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 47 Isobus (Isobus Power & Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 48 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 49 Can System (Can Bus 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 50 Can System (Auto - Guidance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 51 CAN System (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 444
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 52 CAN System (EHR CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 53 CAN System (Isobus CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Alternator - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Alternator - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Alternator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Alternator - Preliminary test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Alternator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Alternator - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Alternator - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Battery - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Battery - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Battery - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Battery - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Battery - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Battery - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Battery - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connector - Component Diagram 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Connector - Component diagram 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 445
Connector - Component diagram 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 446
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 447
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Drive Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Main Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Connector - Overview Wiring Harness Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Static description PROTECTING THE ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL SYS-
TEMS DURING BATTERY CHARGING OR WELDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fuse and relay box - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fuse and relay box - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 Power Distribution (Power - Maxi Fuses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Wiring harness - Electrical symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Wiring harness - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Wiring harness - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Wiring harness - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.30.A / 448
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Control module
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Configure Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Configure - Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch 186
Configure - FPS Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock,
Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Configure KA - Steering Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Configure Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Configure Electronic Park Lock (EPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM

Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 2
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Diagnostic connector
Control module
Electronic schema Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

Electronic schema ICU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

Electronic schema Full Powershift Central Control Unit (RD module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RC module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

Electronic schema Automatic air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506

Electronic schema Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Electronic schema ISOBUS display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Electronic schema TECU module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

Electronic schema Engine control unit (EDC 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Electronic schema Electrohydraulic supplementary controllers - EDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

Electronic schema Instrument Cluster - ICU3 Module IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

Electronic schema Electronic Park Lock (EPL) - Module XA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RM module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522

Electronic schema Arm Rest Control Unit (LC module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524

Electronic schema Small Wide Colour Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

Electronic schema Radio and Hands Free module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

Electronic schema Tractor Electronic Control Unit (TECU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

Electronic schema Automatic Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532

Electronic schema Fast Steer (KA Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 3
Electronic schema Engine control Module (EDC 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Electronic schema Auto Guidance Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

Electronic schema Electro-Hydraulic Remotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

Electronic schema Full powershift central control unit (RT Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 4
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Calibration

Calibration Set Up Procedures
Prior to any installation of programme download or any Calibration Set Up Procedure, ensure that the H8, memory
reset, of the selected system has been performed.
Required When :
• A calibration Fault code is Present.
NOTE: The Fault code will not be displayed on the screen, but can be viewed in H-menu mode HB
• The non volatile memory has been reset (H8) in the controller.
NOTE: After a full memory reset, in H8, it will be necessary to perform the tractor configuration procedure. Refer
to H3 in the H-Menu Chapter of the Electrical Systems Section Control module - Static description (A.50.A).
• The microprocessor has been replaced.
• A PWM solenoid valve has been replaced.
• A potentiometer has been replaced.
• A mechanical repair has been effected.
• TRANSMISSION ONLY - The shift quality or clutch featherability has noticeably deteriorated.
• EDC ONLY - A new lift arm potentiometer is fitted, in which case error code 1024 will have to be induced by
disconnecting the potentiometer with the key switch in the "ON" position and then re-connecting it. Electronic
control - Bad calibration (H.10.D).
Set Up Procedure:
Prior to conducting a clutch and synchroniser calibration, the following points should be checked:
• The transmission oil is at the correct temperature - this can be checked in mode H1. All transmissions should be
calibrated between 60 - 105 °C
• The parking brake is applied.
• The air conditioning (if fitted) is switched off.
• All electrical and hydraulic services are deselected.
• Electronic Lift only - A weight of approximately 200 Kg is placed on the lift arms ( to overcome any resistance of
the lift linkage).
• Electronic lift only - All EDC controls are turned fully clockwise.
• Electronic lift only - The raise / work switch is positioned in the WORK position.
NOTE: If the set up procedure has not been followed correctly a “U" Fault Code will be displayed.
Refer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static description (A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 5
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Calibration

Calibration fault codes
U Code Calibration - U fault codes
Err An error has occurred during calibration. Turn the starter switch to OFF and repeat process
U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit - Automatic calibration is not working
U02 Front axle potentiometer's threshold value higher than set limit
U03 Short circuit of the front axle potentiometer - Automatic calibration is not working
U04 Front axle potentiometer's threshold value lower than set limit
U05 With automatic calibration, the suspension does not reach its lower/upper limit
U07 Suspension stands still at the Raise command during the automatic calibration
U08 Suspension cannot reach the upper limit within 20 seconds
U09 Suspension stands still at the Lower command during the automatic calibration
U10 Suspension cannot reach the lower limit within 25 seconds
U11 Suspension calibration not possible
U12 Automatic calibration stopped, vehicle not stationary
U13 Front suspension option not activated
U13 Valve 30 (upper lockout) Solenoid open circuit
U14 Insufficient potentiometer range for optimal suspension performance
U14 Valve 31 (lower lockout) Solenoid open circuit
U15 Valve 30 (upper lockout) and Valve 31 (lower lockout) solenoid connectors transposed
U16 Valve 30 (upper lockout) and Valve 31 (lower lockout) curent sense inputs transposed
U16 Engine speed fell too quickly during clutch calibration. (Transmission)
U17 Seat switch not activated (Transmission)
U17 Front Suspension pressure switch open circuit
U18 Front Suspension pressure switch short circuit
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C
U20 Handbrake not applied
U21 Engine speed below 1100, increase speed
U22 Engine speed above 1300, reduce speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to forward
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch pedal
U31 Wheel speed sensed
U36 Maximum permitted calibration value for the clutch exceeded
U51 Engine speed fault
U52 Constant speed switch recorded
U55 PTO started
U58 PTO speed sensor circuit interrupted
U59 PTO speed sensor short circuit
U61 Lever 1 not in Neutral position
U64 Reverse and high synchroniser solenoid connectors swapped
U65 Engine is running during the “H8” procedure
U68 Creeper not engaged
U69 Creeper stuck
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated
U71 Calibration attempted while enable switch is off
U72 Proximity switch input signal not in permitted range - open
U73 Proximity switch input signal not in permitted range - closed
U74 Calibration of the LVDT recorder not successful (not in the permitted range after the 4th attempt).
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high.
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low.
U77 Calibration value of the damper is too high.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 6
U78 Calibration value of the damper is too low.

U110 Value of the position sensor potentiometer too high or front hitch not lowered
U111 Value of the position sensor potentiometer too low or front hitch not raised.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 7
Control module - Configure

RC Front axle suspension, rear electro-hydraulic remote (EHR) valves, front PTO, front hitch
HH Service menu Figure

H1 Calibration procedures 1
H2 Display stored calibration values 2
H3 Configurations and options 9
H4 Display software version number 26
H5 Switch operation test 29
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clearing the EEPROM memory 33
H9 Voltmeter 37
HA Demonstration mode 41
HB Display stored fault codes 45
HC Clear all stored fault codes 50
HD Not used -
HE Display frequency inputs 54
HF Display controller hardware information 57
HJ Rear EHR valve number programming 60
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 8
H1 - CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This menu is used to calibrate the following units:
1. Electro-hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valves. See PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic re-
mote valve - Calibrate (A.10.C).
2. Front axle suspension system. See Control valve - Calibrate (D.40.C).
3. Front hitch. See HITCH Front hitch - Calibrate (H.10.B).
H1 Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM516FVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 9
H2 - DISPLAY STORED CALIBRATION VALUES

This menu is used to display the calibration values of the following units, which are stored in the control units:
1. Electro-hydraulic remote valves

2. Front axle suspension system
3. Front hitch
BAIL06CCM517FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 10
VALUES FOR THE EHR VALVES

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Electrohydraulic remote valves' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM515AVA 3
"ch _ _" is displayed on the lower central display.
The relevant channel can be called up using the "h" and "m" buttons.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 4
After a delay, all codes of the channel in question are displayed on the central display field, one after the other and
after them each of the calibration values. (The individual channels are described in the following table).
To use the "HH" menu further, press the Dimmer button.
Channel Description Code Value range

Channel 1 Control lever 1 - Neutral position n 250 - 350
Control lever 1 - Floating position F 450 - 555
Control lever 1 - Lower position (Retract) L 350 - 450
Control lever 1 - Raise position (Extend) R 150 - 250
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 11
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION VALUES

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Front axle suspension' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM518AVA 5
BAIL06CCM534AVA 6

Channel 1 Front axle - upper limit u 512 - 972
Front axle - lower limit d 150 - 512
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 12
FRONT HITCH VALUES

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Front hitch' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM519AVA 7
BAIL06CCM534AVA 8

Channel 1 Front hitch - upper limit u 700 - 963
Front hitch - lower limit d 41 - 400
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 13
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS AND OPTIONS

This page shows the available configurations for the following systems:
1. Electro-hydraulic Remote (EHR) Valves
• Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate EHRs
• Channel 2 - EHR front hitch selection
• Channel 4 - Number of EHRs - Setup
• Channel 5 - Activate/deactivate top/side link
2. Front axle suspension system
• Channel 1 - Front axle suspension activate/deactivate
3. Front hitch
• Channel 1 - Front hitch activate/deactivate
• Channel 2 - Front hitch fender switches activate/deactivate
4. Front PTO
• Channel 1 - Front PTO activate/deactivate
• Channel 2 - Front PTO management activate/deactivate
BAIL06CCM520FVB 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 14
ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC REMOTE (EHR) VALVES OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Electro-hydraulic remote valves' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM521AVA 10
BAIL06CCM534AVA 11
After a delay, the current setting is displayed. (The individual channels are described in the following table).
Channel Description
Channel 1 Activate/deactivate rear EHRs
Channel 2 EHR front hitch selection
Channel 3 Not used
Channel 4 Number of EHRs - Setup
Channel 5 Activate/deactivate top/side link
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 15
Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate rear EHRs

Scroll through the available options using the "h" and "m" buttons.
The available options are:

• YES - Activate rear EHRs
• NO - Deactivate rear EHRs
BAIL06CCM500AVA 12
To store the desired option, press and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster indicates by a beep that
the selection has been stored.
Channel 2 - EHR Front hitch selection

This channel is used to select the EHR valve used to control the Front Hitch height limit.
NOTE: This channel is only available if the Front Hitch has been configured for operation using the Rear EHRs.
To configure the front hitch for operation with the rear EHRs, the midmount EHR Front Loader/Front Hitch selection
(H3, channel 2) must be set to either “Load” or “None” in the transmission control module and the Front Hitch
option must be set to ON in the auxilliary control module.
NOTE: The default EHR valve is number one.
The available options are 1, 2, 3, or 4 indicating which EHR will be used for the front hitch height limit.
Channel 3 - Not used

This channel is not used.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 16
Channel 4 - Number of EHRs - Setup

When a new module is installed or the H8 procedure is completed, you use the automatic recording of the number
of remote valves. If the number of the remote valves installed must be altered at another time, you use this set-up
channel.

• 2
• 3
• 4
BAIL06CCM511AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 17
Channel 5 - Activate/deactivate top/side link


• YES - Top/side link activated
• NO - Top/side link deactivated
BAIL06CCM581AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 18
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Front axle suspension' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM522AVA 15
BAIL06CCM534AVA 16
After a delay, the current setting is displayed. (The individual channel is described in the following table).
Channel Description
Channel 1 Activate/deactivate front axle suspension
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 19
Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate front axle suspension


• YES - Front axle suspension activated
• NO - Front axle suspension deactivated
BAIL06CCM506AVA 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 20
FRONT HITCH OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Front hitch’ sub-system.
BAIL06CCM523AVA 18
BAIL06CCM534AVA 19
Channel Description
Channel 1 Activate/deactivate front hitch
Channel 2 Activate/deactivate front hitch fender switches
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 21
Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate front hitch


• YES - Front hitch activated
• NO - Front hitch deactivated
BAIL06CCM506AVA 20
Channel 2 - Activate/deactivate front hitch fender switches


• YES - Front hitch fender switches activated
• NO - Front hitch fender switches deactivated
BAIL06CCM582AVA 21
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 22
FRONT PTO OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Front PTO' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM524AVB 22
BAIL06CCM534AVA 23
Channel Description
Channel 1 Activate/deactivate front PTO
Channel 2 Activate/deactivate front PTO management
Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate front PTO


• YES - Front PTO activated
• NO - Front PTO deactivated
BAIL06CCM506AVA 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 23
Channel 2 - Activate/deactivate front PTO management


• YES - Front PTO management activated
• NO - Front PTO management deactivated
BAIL06CCM582AVA 25
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 24
H4 - DISPLAY SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBER

This function is available in all sub-systems.
BAIL06CCM525FVA 26
Press the Dimmer button to call up the H4 Menu.
BAIL06CCM526AVA 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 25
The software version is automatically displayed on the lower central display (as in the illustrated example). After that
the "HH" menu can be navigated again.
BAIL06CCM527AVA 28
The first set of four digits indicates the Software identifier, which uniquely defines the application software present in
the module.
The second and third set of four digits indicates the release version of the application software.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 26
H5 - SWITCH OPERATION TEST

This menu shows a pre-defined code, if a switch's signal exchange is recorded.
BAIL06CCM528FVA 29
Press the Dimmer button to call up the H Menu.
BAIL06CCM529AVA 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 27
"d _ _" is displayed on the lower central display.
BVE0047A_546 31
When a switch is actuated, a code is displayed and a beep reports that the switch is operating correctly.
If no switch code is displayed and no beep sounds, the relevant cabling can be tested with a 'loose connection' test.
To isolate the error, look at the display or listen to the beep.
NOTE: If the starter switch is turned to the Engine Start position, while the shuttle lever is in the Neutral position and
the clutch pedal is depressed, a switch consistency error may be displayed.
BVE0805A 32
Identifier Con- Pin Switch / Input Special requirements

troller number
connec-
tor
d0 No switch or two switches actuated at the same time -
d8 CN1B 21 Crank detect switch -
d69 CN1B 23 Signal pressure for front axle suspension -
d75 CN3B 7 Extend switch for right-hand lift link -
d76 CN3B 15 Retract switch for right-hand lift link -
d77 CN1B 22 External common switch for front hitch -
d78 CN1B 26 External Raise switch for front hitch -
d79 CN1B 19 External Lower switch for front hitch -
d82 CN3A 20 EHR number 5 Retract switch -
d83 CN3A 14 EHR number 5 Extend switch -
d84 CN3A 8 Front PTO management switch -
d85 CN1A 30 EHR number 1 timer/oil flow switch -
d86 CN3B 30 EHR number 2 timer/oil flow switch -
d89 CN1B 29 Front suspension lock switch -
d90 CN1B 11 Front PTO switch (normally open) -
d91 CN1B 12 Front PTO switch (normally closed) -
d92 CN1B 18 Front HPL enable switch -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 28
Identifier Con- Pin Switch / Input Special requirements

troller number
connec-
tor
d95 CN3A 16 EHR number 1 motor mode switch -
d106 CN3B 11 Joystick selection switch front hydraulics -
d108 CN3B 14 Top link extend switch -
d109 CN3B 8 Top link retract switch -
d115 CN3B 31 Joystick selection switch rear hydraulics -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 29
H8 - CLEARING THE EEPROM MEMORY

This menu is used to clear the calibration values and stored fault codes, with all EEPROM values being reset to the
default.
All calibration values and fault codes are stored in the EEPROM memory. This memory is also not cleared by a break
in the voltage supply to the electronic control unit, i. e. when the battery is disconnected.
BAIL06CCM530FVA 33
IMPORTANT: After the menu page with the control unit code letters "RC" is selected, the EEPROM memories of all
sub-systems are reset.
If only the EEPROM of a special sub-system must be reset, you select the affected sub-system by pressing the Dim-
mer button as in the illustrated example.
BAIL06CCM531AVA 34
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 30
"EECL" is displayed on the lower central display.
BVE0682A_547 35
CAUTION
H8 will clear all calibrations values and stored error codes.
B006
NOTE: If the "m" button is released before the end of the countdown, the process is aborted.
To confirm the resetting of the EEPROM, press and hold the "m" button.
The numbers 05 to 01 run backwards on the lower central display, then "EE" is displayed to inform you that the
EEPROM has been cleared.
Turn the starter switch to OFF.
BVE0121A_548 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 31
H9 - VOLTMETER
This menu is used to check the setting of the individual potentiometers, voltage sources and solenoid valve circuits.
If a temporary error is recorded in a circuit, the relevant cabling can be tested for a loose connection. When doing
this, check whether the values in the display change erratically to isolate the error range.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven in this mode.
BAIL06CCM532FVA 37
BAIL06CCM533AVA 38
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 32
BAIL06CCM534AVA 39
After a delay, the value is displayed. Compare the displayed value with the standard value from the following table.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or the input signal of the electronic control unit. This value cannot be directly
converted to a voltage value because of the internal processes in the control unit. A zero corresponds to 0 volts.
If the displayed value deviates from the desired value in the following table by more than 10 %, there is a fault either
in the component or in the cabling of the affected channel.
NOTE: Before replacing any components, test the plug connections of the relevant circuit including the plug
connection of the electronic control unit.
BAIL06CCM535AVA 40
Chan- Description Con- Pin Standard value Comments

nel troller number
con-
nector
5 +5 Volts voltage supply to the sensors CN1B 16 49
7 +12 Volt VF input signal (see explanation) CN1A 1 45
8 +12 Volt VD input signal (see explanation CN1A 8 45 The tractor
moves, when
the engine is
running
9 +12 Volt VH input signal (see explanation) CN1A 20 45
10 +12 Volt VT input signal (see explanation) CN3B 24 45
14 Amperage of the front PTO solenoid valve CN2 7 -
15 Amperage of the upper lock solenoid suspended CN2 6 -
front axle
16 Amperage of the lower lock solenoid suspended CN2 13 -
front axle
17 Accelerometer suspended front axle CN1B 5 40 when vehicle
stationary
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 33
Chan- Description Con- Pin Standard value Comments

nel troller number
con-
nector
26 Front axle position CN1B 6 120 lower limit
950 upper limit
27 Lift height control of the front hitch CN1B 3 0 lower limit
99 upper limit
28 Front hitch position CN1B 2 10 lower limit
90 upper limit
97 EHR joystick (X) via CAN -
98 EHR joystick (Y) via CAN -
101 EHR valve number 1 lever CN3A 1 10 Raise
25 Neutral position
40 Lower
50 Floating position
25 Neutral position
40 Lower
25 Neutral position
40 Lower
25 Neutral position
40 Lower
Explanations:
VF input signal: The value is the input voltage on the electronic control unit for the components of the front axle
suspension, e. g. Lower and Lock solenoid valves of the front axle.
VD input signal: The value is the input voltage on the electronic control unit for the Raise solenoid valve of the front
axle suspension.
VH input signal: The value is the input voltage on the electronic control unit for the components of the Front PTO and
Front hitch, e. g. the solenoid valves of front PTO and front hitch
VT input signal: Second input voltage to the electronic control unit.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 34
HA - DEMONSTRATION MODE
Used to demonstrate front axle suspension.
HA Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM536FVA 41
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HA Menu.
BAIL06CCM537AVA 42
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 35
BAIL06CCM534AVA 43
Channel Description
Channel 1 Front axle suspension demonstration
Channel 1 - Front Axle Suspension Demonstration

This demonstration mode makes it possible to lock the suspension at speeds above the designated 12 Km/h param-
eter in automatic mode.
"FSd" (Front Suspension demonstration) is displayed in the lower central display.
To demonstrate the front axle suspension, start the engine and drive the tractor.
Actuate the lock switch to lock the suspension as normal. The light in switch illuminates indicating the front axle
suspension has been locked.
NOTE: The demonstration mode of the front axle suspension is deactivated by switching off the starter switch.
BAIL06CCM538AVA 44
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 36
HB - DISPLAY STORED FAULT CODES

This menu is used to display the fault codes, which are stored in the EEPROM of the electronic control unit. This
function is available in all sub-systems.
Each control unit is capable of storing up to ten fault codes for each sub system.
HB Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM539FVA 45
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HB Menu.
BAIL06CCM540AVA 46
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 37
"_ _ _ _" is displayed on the central display, if no fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1089A_549 47
"F" is displayed on the lower central display, if a fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1088A_550 48
Then, for example, the following displays then run through on the lower central display:
4180 Error code

01 Operating hours at the time of the first occurrence
15 Operating hours at the time of the last occurrence
23 Number of occurrences
BAIL06CCM541AVA 49
Press the "h" or "m" button to move to the next fault code in the list.
"_ _ _" is displayed on the lower central display, if the end of the list is not reached.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 38
HC - CLEAR ALL STORED FAULT CODES
HC Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM542FVA 50
NOTE: Always write the stored fault codes down before clearing.
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HC Menu.
BAIL06CCM543AVA 51
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 39
"F CL" is displayed on the lower central display.
BVE0684A_551 52
To confirm clearing the memory, press and hold the "m" button.
NOTE: The numbers 05 to 01 run backwards on the lower central display, then "EE" is displayed to inform you that
the EEPROM has been cleared.
BVE0121A_548 53
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 40
HE - DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUT SIGNALS

HE Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM544FVA 54
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HE Menu.
BAIL06CCM545AVA 55
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 41
BAIL06CCM534AVA 56
The available channels are listed in the following table.
After a delay, the value is displayed.
Channel Description Standard value Comments

0 Not used
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 42
HF - DISPLAY CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION

This menu makes possible hardware identification; the hardware version and serial number are displayed. This func-
tion is available in all sub-systems.
HF Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM546FVA 57
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HF Menu.
BAIL06CCM547AVA 58
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 43
559 Hardware identification

0300 Hardware version
0000 Serial number
2000 Serial number
0145 Serial number
After that the "HH" menu can be used again.
BAIL06CCM548AVA 59
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 44
HJ - REAR EHR VALVE NUMBER PROGRAMMING

This menu makes it possible to reset the numbering of the EHR valves.
A number is stored in each of the EHR valves, which gives their position in the valve block, i.e. valve number 1, 2, 3,
4 or 5.
HJ Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM549FVA 60
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HJ Menu.
BAIL06CCM550AVA 61
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 45
"EEhr" is displayed on the lower central display.
BVE0736A 62
NOTE: Use HJ to clear all numbers for the EHR valves.

To confirm the resetting of the control unit numbers, press and hold the "m" button.
The numbers 05 to 01 run backwards on the lower central display, then "CEhr" is displayed to inform you that the
control unit numbers have been reset.
BVE0737A 63
Disconnect the connectors from each valve.
Switch the starter switch to ON and call up the HJ Menu again. 'Ehr_' flashes on the display of the instrument cluster.
Connect the valve in the correct sequence. As each individual valve is connected, an acoustic signal confirms it is
detected.
The display changes to 'Ehr_1'. Then 'Ehr_2' flashes to report that the control unit is ready for the next valve to be
connected. As soon as the valve is connected, the display changes and indicates the number of the next valve that
must be connected until finally 'Ehr_5' is displayed.
When all valves are connected, press and hold the 'm' button. The display changes to 'End' to report that the pro-
gramming is completed.
Switch the starter switch to OFF to store the new control unit numbers.
Calibrate the remote valves. See PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Cal-
ibrate (A.10.C).

HF - Enhanced ADIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 46
HG - Basic ADIC
NOTE: HF - The Enhanced ADIC is shown in the screen displays.

H1 Not used -
H2 Not used -
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H9 Voltmeter 25
HA Not used -
HD Not used -
HE Display frequency inputs -
HH Return to main menu -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 47
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
This menu contains the configurations of the following functions:
Automatic engine shutdown

Error code reduction
Electronic engine selection
Intelliview II
Steering angle sensor
Air brake selection
BAIL06CCM405FVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 48
ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Engine shutdown' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM406AVA 2
NOTE: The standard setting is NO.
See the electronic engine shutdown option options in the following table.
BAIL06CCM407AVA 3
Press and hold the "h" or "m" buttons to store the selection. A beep sounds to confirm the selection.
Electronic engine shutdown options

Options NECESSARY CONDITIONS CONDITIONS, WHICH
FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENFORCE ENGINE SHUTDOWN
(All conditions must be met)
Operating status Driver Driver not Vehicle Vehicle
present present station- moving
ary
NO No shutting The engine only shuts down when - - - -
down of the a critical engine fault is determined,
engine which overrides this option and shuts
the engine down.
YES1 Always shut Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
down engine Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
Transmission oil temperature - High * *
Transmission oil - Low * *
YES2 Switching the Engine oil pressure - Low * *
engine off Engine coolant temperature - High * *
in stationary Transmission oil temperature - High * *
mode Transmission oil - Low * *
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 49
INTELLIVIEW II OPTIONS
Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Intelliview II' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM410AVA 4
NOTE: The default setting is "No", without Intelliview II .
BAIL06CCM411AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 50
ERROR CODE REDUCTION OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Reduced error code display' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM416AVA 6
"Factory" (F) - Workshop display mode for the fault codes, shows all fault codes for 6 minutes and then switches back
to Error Code Reduction (ECR).
"ECR" (E) - Reduced display mode for the fault codes, only displays critical errors.
"Live" (L) - Live fault code display mode, displays all fault codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 51
ELECTRONIC ENGINE OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to select the electronic engine sub-system.
BAIL06CCM414AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting is "Yes" with electronic engine.
BAIL06CCM415AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 52
STEERING SENSOR SELECTION OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to select the steering sensor sub-system.
BAIL06CCM412AVA 10
NOTE: The default setting is "No", without steering angle sensor.
BAIL06CCM413AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 53
AIR BRAKE OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to select the air brake sub-system.
BAIL06CCM408AVA 12
NOTE: The default setting is "No", without air brakes.
BAIL06CCM409AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 54

This menu shows the software version of the unit.
BAIL06CCM418FVA 14
BAIL06CCM419AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 55
the "HH" menu can be used again.
BAIL06CCM420AVA 16
the module.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 56

This menu displays a designated code when a switch transition is detected.
BAIL06CCM421FVA 17
BAIL06CCM422AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 57
BVE0047A_569 19
If no switch code is displayed and no beep sounds, the affected cabling can be tested with a 'loose connection' test.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 20
Identifier Controller Pin Use Switch / Input Special

connector number requirements
d0 No switch or two switches actuated at the same time -
d11 CN3 7 HF/HG Handbrake switch -
d66 CN3 18 HF/HG Main beam switch -
d67 CN1 15 HF/HG Side lights -
d68 CN3 17 HF/HG Brake pedals not locked (Japan ONLY) -
d70 CN1 5 HF/HG Left indicator -
d71 CN1 6 HF/HG Right indicator -
d72 CN3 1 HF/HG Implement status (mechanical draft control -
only)
d74 CN3 9 HF/HG Exhaust brake switch -
d110 CN1 7 HG CAL/SEL switch (ADIC without keypad -
only)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 58

default.
All calibration values and fault codes are stored in the EEPROM memory. This memory is retained even if there is no
power to the controller, i. e. when the battery is disconnected.
BAIL06CCM424FVA 21
Press the dimmer button to call up the H8 Menu.

Press the menu button to select the 'Clear settings' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM425AVA 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 59
"EECL" is displayed in the upper section of the display.
BVE0682A_570 23
CAUTION
B006
BVE0121A_571 24
Switch the starter switch to OFF to end H8.
NOTE: There is another instrument cluster option in H8 with the name 'Clear network config.'. This is performed in
the same way as the 'Clear settings' option, but it clears the configuration currently stored in the instrument cluster
and redefines the configuration when the starter switch is next switched on. This option should be used if the
instrument cluster has been retrofitted or if the HH Menus show modules that are not installed on the tractor.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 60
H9 - VOLTMETER
This menu is used to check the setting of the various potentiometers, voltage sources and solenoid valve circuits.
NOTE: The vehicle may be driven while in this menu.
BAIL06CCM426FVA 25
BAIL06CCM427AVA 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 61
BVE0780A_573 27
BAIL06CCM428AVA 28

4 Programming voltage Vpp 600 See explanations below
5 +5 Volt voltage supply for the sensors 500
10 +12 Volt VT input 600 See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor Over 80
24 Air brake system pressure 40 - 500
25 Fuel gauge sensor 50 - 400 60 = Full
340 = Empty
Explanations:
Vpp input signal: Input voltage on the control unit to hold the temporary storage.
VT input signal: Second input voltage of the electronic control unit.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 62
HB - DISPLAY OF THE STORED FAULT CODES

This menu is used to display the fault codes, which are stored in the EEPROM of the electronic control unit.
Each control unit is capable of storing up to ten error codes for each sub system.
BAIL06CCM429FVA 29
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HB Menu.
BAIL06CCM430AVA 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 63
The number "_ _ _" flashes on the lower central display, if no fault code is stored.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 31
14100 Error code

BAIL06CCM432AVA 32
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 64

BAIL06CCM433FVA 33
NOTE: Always write the stored fault codes down on a piece of paper before clearing the memory.
BAIL06CCM434AVA 34
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 65
BVE0684A_576 35
BVE0121A_571 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 66
HF - VIEW CONTROLLER HARDWARE INFORMATION

This menu allows hardware identification; version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL06CCM438FVA 37
BAIL06CCM439AVA 38
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 67

0619 Serial number
0018 Serial number
BAIL06CCM440AVA 39

RD Full powershift transmission, EDC, rear PTO, four wheel drive, differential lock, front EHRs, engine.

H6 Display vehicle information 57
H7 Vehicle test modes 60
H9 Voltmeter 77
HD Direct access to transmission set-ups (not available during use of -
the diagnostics switch)
HJ Front EHR valve number programming 99
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 68
This menu is used to calibrate the following units:
1. Electronic Draft Control (EDC) control unit. Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control - Calibrate (H.10.D).
2. Transmission clutches, determine the amperages required for rotation of the input/output shaft at the relevant
speed. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Calibrate (C.20.E).
3. Engine (for PTO torque). Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate (C.40.C).
4. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor). Refer to FRONT AXLE - Calibrate (D.10.A).
BAIL06CCM443FVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 69

This menu is used to display the calibration values of the following units, stored in the control units:
1. Transmission clutches and synchronisers
2. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor)
3. Engine (for PTO torque sensor)
4. Electronic draft control valve
5. Rear PTO clutch
BAIL06CCM444FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 70
TRANSMISSION VALUES
Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Transmission' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM445AVA 3
After a delay, the channel number and then the clutch letter, the calibration value and the transmission oil temperature
at the time of the calibration are displayed (the individual channels are described in the following table).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4

Channel 1 Clutch A - Amperage and temperature of the A -
calibration
Channel 2 Clutch B - Amperage and temperature of the B -
calibration
Channel 3 Clutch C - Amperage and temperature of the C -
calibration
Channel 4 Clutch D - Amperage and temperature of the D -
calibration
Channel 5 Clutch E - Amperage and temperature of the E -
calibration
Channel 6 Clutch F1 - Amperage and temperature of the F1 -
calibration
calibration
calibration
calibration
(only 50 km/h transmission)
Channel 9 Clutch R - Amperage and temperature of the R -
calibration
(all except 50 km/h transmission)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 71

Channel 10 Clutch R - Amperage and temperature of the R -
calibration
Channel 10 Flywheel damper calibration value - -
Channel 11 Flywheel damper calibration value - -
Channel 11 PTO twist calibration value - -
Channel 12 PTO twist calibration value - -
Channel 12 Radar adjustment value - -
Channel 13 Radar adjustment value - -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 72
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK VALUES (FOR STEERING ANGLE SENSOR)

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Differential lock' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM447AVA 5
NOTE: The standard calibration value for the steering angle sensor is 12287.

After a delay, the calibration value is displayed. (The individual channel is described in the following table).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 6
Channel Description Value range

Channel 1 Steering angle sensor 1000 - 8000
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 73
ENGINE VALUES (FOR PTO TORQUE SENSOR)

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Engine' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM448AVA 7
BAIL06CCM446AVA 8

Channel 1 PTO torque sensor 4400 - 13600
(corresponding to
a twist angle of
between 44 - 136 °)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 74
VALUES FOR THE EDC CONTROL VALVE

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'EDC' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM450AVA 9
NOTE: The standard calibration value for the Raise and Lower solenoid valve is 50.

After a delay, the code and then the calibration value are displayed. (The individual channels are described in the
following table).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 10

Channel 1 Raise solenoid R 20 - 80
Channel 2 Lower solenoid L 20 - 80
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 75
VALUES FOR THE REAR PTO

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'PTO' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM449AVA 11
NOTE: The standard calibration value for the PTO solenoid valve is 212.

After a delay, the calibration value is displayed. (The individual channels are described in the following table).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 12

Channel 1 PTO oil temperature 10 - 120
Channel 2 PTO solenoid valve 100 - 350
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 76
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS AND OPTIONS

This menu contains the configuration options of the following functions:
1. Electronic draft (EDC) control
• Channel 1 - Diameter of the external lifting cylinder
• Channel 2 - Activate/deactivate EDC
• Channel 3 - Activate/deactivate slip control
2. Transmission
• Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate creeper (Yes = activated)
• Channel 2 - Activate/deactivate parking lock (Yes = activated)
• Channel 3 - 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction (Yes = limited)
• Channel 4 - Clutch A solenoid quick fill adjustment
• Channel 5 - Clutch B solenoid quick fill adjustment
• Channel 6 - Clutch C solenoid quick fill adjustment
• Channel 7 - Clutch D solenoid quick fill adjustment
• Channel 8 - Clutch E solenoid quick fill adjustment
• Channel 9 - Clutch F1 solenoid quick fill adjustment
• Channel 12 - Clutch F4 solenoid quick fill adjustment ( 50 km/h Transmission)
• Channel 12 - Clutch R solenoid quick fill adjustment (all except 50 km/h transmission)
• Channel 13 - Clutch R solenoid quick fill adjustment (only 50 km/h transmission)
3. Electronic engine
• Channel 1 - PTO dynamometer (Yes = activated)
• Channel 2 - Not used
• Channel 3 - Grid heater selection (Yes = installed)
• Channel 4 - Fuel filter heater selection (Yes = installed)
4. Front EHR
• Channel 1 - Front EHR option selection (Yes = activated)
• Channel 2 - Front Loader / Front Hitch selection
• Channel 3 - Not used
• Channel 4 - Number of the EHR set-up
• Channel 5 - High Flow pump selection (Yes = activated)
5. Rear PTO
• Channel 1 - PTO management selection
• Channel 2 - PTO fender switches selection
• Channel 3 - PTO drop out speed selection
6. Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive
• Channel 1 - Axle type
• Channel 2 - Four wheel drive selection (Yes = activated)
• Channel 3 - Steering angle of the front axle (Terralock)
• Channel 4 - Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
7. Headland turn sequence
• Channel 1 - Activate/deactivate HTS
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 77
BAIL06CCM451FVB 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 78
TRANSMISSION OPTIONS
Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Transmission' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM452AVA 14
BAIL06CCM446AVA 15
Channel Description
Channel 1 Creeper activate/deactivate
Channel 2 Park lock activate/deactivate
Channel 3 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction
Channel 4 A clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Channel 5 B clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Channel 6 C clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Channel 7 D clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Channel 8 E clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Channel 9 F1 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Channel 12 F4 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment ( 50 Km/h transmission only)
Channel 12 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (all except 50 Km/h transmission)
Channel 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment ( 50 Km/h transmission only)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 79
Channel 1 - Creeper activate/deactivate

This channel is used to select whether the creeper drive option is activated or deactivated.
After a delay, the currently stored value is displayed.
BAIL06CCM500AVA 16
Use the "h" or "m" button to switch between "Yes" and "No" to input whether the creeper drive option is activated (Yes)
or deactivated (No).
To store the desired option, press and hold the "h" or "m" navigation button until the instrument cluster indicates by a
beep that the selection has been stored.
Channel 2 - Park lock activate/deactivate

This channel is used to select whether the park lock option is activated or deactivated.
BAIL06CCM501AVA 17
Use the "h" or "m" button to switch between "Yes" and "No" to input whether the park lock option is activated (Yes) or
deactivated (No).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 80
Channel 3 - 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction

This channel is used to select whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed is activated or deactivated.
BAIL06CCM502AVA 18
Use the "h" or "m" button to switch between "Yes" and "No" to input whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed option is
on 40 Km/h limited (Yes) or not limited (No).
Channels 4 to 13 - Clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment

These channels are used to set the pressure build-up time for the solenoid valves for transmission control.
Scroll through the available channels using the "h" and "m" buttons. (The individual channels are described in the
following table).
Channel Description
Channel 12 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (all except 50 Km/h transmissions)
After a delay, the code for the clutch solenoid valve and then the currently stored value are displayed.
BAIL06CCM503AVA 19
Use the "h" or "m" button to set the quick fill to a value between "0" and "255".
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 81
To store the desired value, press and hold the "h" or "m" button until the instrument cluster indicates by a beep that
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 82
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPTIONS (EDC)

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'EDC' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM453AVA 20
BAIL06CCM446AVA 21
Channel Description
Channel 1 Diameter of the external lift cylinder
Channel 2 Activate/deactivate EDC
Channel 3 Activate/deactivate slip control
Channel 1 - Diameter of the external lift cylinder

The available options are in (mm):

• 80
• 90
• 100
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 83
BAIL06CCM504AVA 22
Channel 2 - Activate/deactivate EDC


• YES - EDC activated
• NO - EDC deactivated
BAIL06CCM501AVA 23
Channel 3 - Activate/deactivate slip control


• YES - Slip control activated
• NO - Slip control deactivated
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 84
BAIL06CCM505AVA 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 85

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Electronic engine' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM454AVA 25
BAIL06CCM446AVA 26
Channel Description
Channel 1 Dynamometer power boost test
Channel 2 Not used
Channel 3 Grid heater selection
Channel 4 Fuel filter heater selection
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 86
Channel 1 - Dynamometer power boost test

This channel makes it possible to test the tractor with a dynamometer with maximum boost.
NOTE: The boost is only active for 45 minutes.

• YES - Power boost activated
• NO - Power boost deactivated
BAIL06CCM506AVA 27
Channel 3 - Grid heater selection


• YES - Grid heater installed
• NO - Grid heater not installed
BAIL06CCM505AVA 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 87
Channel 4 - Fuel filter heater selection


• YES - Fuel filter heater installed
• NO - Fuel filter heater not installed
BAIL06CCM505AVB 29
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 88
REAR PTO OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'PTO' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM455AVA 30
BAIL06CCM446AVA 31
Channel Description
Channel 1 PTO management selection
Channel 2 PTO fender switch selection
Channel 3 PTO drop out speed selection
Channel 1 - PTO management selection

This channel makes it possible to switch the auto PTO control function of the PTO control on/off.

• YES - PTO management activated
• NO - PTO management deactivated
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 89
BAIL06CCM506AVA 32
Channel 2 - PTO Fender switches selection

This channel is used to deactivate or Activation of the rear control switch of the PTO.

• YES - Rear PTO fender switches activated
• NO - Rear PTO fender switches deactivated
BAIL06CCM501AVA 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 90
Channel 3 - PTO Drop out speed selection

This channel is used to enter the engine speed below which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay, the current setting is displayed.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 34
Use the "h" or "m" button to increase or decrease the setting by 10 RPM steps in the range 0 - 550 RPM .
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 91
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK AND FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Four wheel drive' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM456AVA 35
BAIL06CCM446AVA 36
Channel Description
Channel 1 Axle type
Channel 2 Four wheel drive selection
Channel 3 Front axle angles (Terralock system)
Channel 4 Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
Channel 1 - Axle type

This channel is used to select the front axle type.

• 0 - Standard front axle
• 1 - Super Steer front axle
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 92
BAIL06CCM507AVA 37
Channel 2 - Four wheel drive selection

This channel is used to activate or deactivate the four-wheel drive.

• YES - Four wheel drive activated
• No - Four wheel drive deactivated
BAIL06CCM501AVA 38
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 93
Channel 3 - Front axle angles (Terralock)

This channel is used to select the steering angle at which the automatic functions of differential lock and four wheel
drive switch on and switch off.
The available options (0, 1, 2 and 3) are listed in the following table and are each individually described.
Standard axle
Auto four wheel drive Auto Difflock 0 - 10 km/h Auto Difflock 10 - 15 Auto four wheel
0 - 10 km/h km/h drive 10 - 20 km/h
Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees
right left right left right left right left
Option 0 20º 18.5º 15º 14.25º 10º 9.5º 15º 14.2º
Option 1 45º 37.5º 20º 18.5º 10º 9.5º 40º 34º
Option 2 15º 14.2º 10º 9.5º 10º 9.5º 15º 14.2º
Option 3 11.7º 10.9º 5º 4.5º 10º 9.5º 15º 14.2º
SuperSteer front axle
Auto four wheel drive Auto Difflock 0 - 10 km/h Auto Difflock 10 - 15 Auto four wheel
0 - 10 km/h km/h drive 10 - 20 km/h
right left right left right left right left
Option 0 14º 12.7º 10.5º 9.75º 7º 6.6º 10.5º 9.75º
Option 1 31.5º 25.2º 14º 12.7º 7º 6.6º 28º 23º
Option 2 10.5º 9.7º 7º 6.6º 7º 6.6º 10.5º 9.75º
Option 3 7.8º 7.4º 4.6º 4.5º 7º 6.6º 10.5º 9.75º
BAIL06CCM508AVA 39
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 94
Channel 4 - Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection

This channel is used to select the vehicle speed below which there is no four-wheel braking.
The available options (0, 1, 2, 3 and 4) are listed in the following table and are each individually described.
Option 4 Option 3 Option 2 Option 1 Option 0

Four-wheel braking, if wheel speed greater than or equal Default 4.8 Km/h. 3.2 Km/h. 1.6 Km/h. 0 Km/h.
to: value 6.4
Km/h.
BAIL06CCM509AVA 40
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 95
FRONT EHR OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'Front EHR' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM457AVA 41
BAIL06CCM446AVA 42
The relevant channel can be called up using the "Up" and "Down" navigation buttons. (The individual channels are
described in the following table).
Channel Description
Channel 1 Front EHR option selection
Channel 2 Front loader / front hitch selection
Channel 3 Not used
Channel 4 Number of EHR setup
Channel 5 High flow pump selection
Channel 1 - Front EHR option selection

This channel is used to activate or deactivate the front EHR.

• YES - Front EHR activate
• NO - Front EHR deactivate
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 96
BAIL06CCM500AVA 43
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 97
Channel 2 - Front loader / front hitch selection

This channel is used to select whether the EHRs are used in conjunction with the front hitch or front loader.

• None - No option selected
• Hitch - Front hitch selected
• Load - Front loader selected
NOTE: If the front hitch is selected then the front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation.
If the front loader is selected then the front EHR valves 1-3 will be reserved for front loader operation.
If 'None' option is selected, all front EHR valves will be available for use.
BAIL06CCM510AVA 44
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 98
Channel 4 - Number of EHR setup

When a new module is installed or the H8 procedure is completed, you use the automatic recording of the number
of remote valves. If the number of the remote valves installed must be altered at another time, you use this set-up
channel.

• 2
• 3
• 4
BAIL06CCM511AVA 45
Channel 5 - High flow pump selection

This channel is used to activate or deactivate the high flow pump.

• YES - High flow pump activated
• NO - High flow pump deactivated
BAIL06CCM512AVA 46
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 99
HEADLAND TURN SEQUENCE (HTS) OPTIONS

Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'HTS' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM452AVB 47
BAIL06CCM446AVA 48
Channel Description
Channel 1 HTS option selection
Channel 1 - HTS option selection

This channel is used to activate or deactivate the HTS.

• YES - HTS activate
• NO - HTS deactivate
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 100
BAIL06CCM500AVA 49
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 101

BAIL06CCM458FVA 50
BAIL06CCM459AVA 51
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 102
BAIL06CCM460AVA 52
the module.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 103

BAIL06CCM461FVA 53
BAIL06CCM462AVA 54
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 104
BVE0047A 55
BAIL06CCM463AVA 56
Channel Control Pin number Description

unit plug
connection
d1 CN1B 30 Fender EDC switch - Lower
d2 CN1B 29 Fender EDC switch - Raise
d3 CN1B 18 Internal EDC work switch (mouse) - Work
d4 CN1B 20 Internal EDC work switch (mouse) - Raise
d5 CN3A 26 Internal EDC work switch (bone) - Work
d6 CN3A 7 Internal EDC work switch (bone) - Raise
d7 CN3A 15 Connection of the NASO lighting
d8 CN1A 21 Crank detect switch
d9 CN1B 11 Fuse 38 sense
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Handbrake switch
d12 CN1B 22 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (with shuttle lever out of neutral)
d15 CN1B 12 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards (with clutch pedal
depressed)
d16 CN1B 13 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse (with clutch pedal
depressed)
d17 CN3A 11 Transmission downshift button
d18 CN3A 10 Transmission upshift button
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 105

unit plug
connection
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d25 CN1B 27 Transmission neutral switch
d28 CN4 16 Park lock switch
d29 CN3A 6 EDC raise / work fault switch (mouse)
d30 CN4 23 Transmission auto ON-OFF / increase switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d34 CN3A 8 Transmission creeper switch
d37 CN3A 19 Differential lock pressure switch
d38 CN3B 31 Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 CN3B 30 Differential lock switch - Automatic
d40 CN1B 26 Four wheel drive pressure switch (bridge switch to test with
engine off)
d41 CN3A 25 Four wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 CN3A 24 Four wheel drive switch - Automatic
d43 CN4 21 High flow pump chassis link (disconnect and reconnect link on
the high flow pump)
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d47 CN3B 24 Rear PTO brake switch
d48 CN3B 33 Rear PTO speed switch
d49 CN3B 23 Rear PTO switch - Automatic
d50 CN3A 21 HTS switch - record
d52 CN1A 23 HTS / CRPM sequence switch
d53 CN1B 24 Transmission oil pressure switch (bridge switch to test with
engine off)
d54 CN4 12 CRPM on/off switch
d55 CN3A 5 Engine speed switch - Reduce
d56 CN3A 4 Engine speed switch - Increase
d57 CN3B 11 CRPM selection switch
d59 CN3A 17 Hand throttle not at idle switch
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3A 18 Rear PTO fender switch - normally open
d64 CN3A 3 Rear PTO fender switch - normally closed
d80 CN4 5 HTS auto switch
d81 CN3A 22 HTS manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13 pin
connector)
d94 CN3A 16 EHR stop switch
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 106
H6 - DISPLAY VEHICLE INFORMATION

BAIL06CCM464FVA 57
BAIL06CCM465AVA 58
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 107
19 Number of gears
50 Transmission speed
210 Engine horsepower (PS)
BAIL06CCM466AVA 59
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 108
H7 - VEHICLE TEST MODES

This menu is used to check the clutch disconnect switch adjustment and the transmission synchronisers.
BAIL06CCM467FVA 60
BAIL06CCM468AVA 61
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 109

BAIL06CCM446AVA 62
Channel Description
Channel 1 Clutch switch adjustment
Channel 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Channel 3 Manual quick fill adjustment
Channel 4 Clutch pressure test
Channel 5 Clutch switch adjustment
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 110
Channel 1 - Clutch switch test

This channel is used to display the clutch pedal setting and status. In addition it also displays the oil temperature.
The shuttle lever must be out of neutral for the clutch pedal switch status to change.
The position of the clutch is displayed as a percentage of the pedal travel (99 - 0):
• 99 = Clutch pedal at the upper limit
• 0 = Clutch pedal at the lower limit
The current switch status is also shown:

• O = Clutch pedal switch open
• C = Clutch pedal switch closed
BAIL06CCM469AVA 63
When the clutch pedal remains at the upper limit for longer than 5 seconds, the oil temperature is displayed on
the upper section of the display.
BAIL06CCM470AVA 64
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 111
Channel 2 - Manual clutch adjustment

This channel is used to manually test and adjust the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted; depress the clutch pedal and engage the shuttle lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever forward will cycle through clutches A to F4.
Shifting the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
BAIL06CCM471AVA 65
After a delay, the currently stored value for the selected clutch is displayed on the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 66
The calibration values can be altered using the Upshift and Downshift buttons.
To check the calibration, move the shuttle lever out of the Neutral position and release the clutch pedal completely.
Two clutches are applied at low pressure to create a torque through the transmission. Then the set clutch is pres-
surised up to the value at which it reaches the biting point and begins to engage.
To test the same clutch again, depress the clutch pedal a little and then release again.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 112
Channel 3 - Manual quick fill adjustment

This channel is used to adjust and test the quick fill settings for each clutch.
The quick fill settings can be tested in one of three ways.
The quick fill test methods are:

1. Two clutches are subjected to low pressure to create a torque through the transmission. The clutch being tested
is subjected to its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. One clutch is subjected to low pressure, a second clutch is subjected to low pressure together with the clutch,
which is to be set to its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches are subjected to low pressure and at the same time, the CAL_P_NOM pressure is applied to the
clutch being calibrated.
To select the test method, depress the clutch pedal and scroll through the options using the Upshift button.
BAIL06CCM473AVA 67
Select the clutch to be set; to do that, depress the clutch pedal and engage the shuttle lever.
By engaging the shuttle lever in Forwards, the clutches A to F4 are engaged.
By engaging the shuttle lever in Reverse, the reverse clutch is selected.
BAIL06CCM471AVA 68
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 113
BAIL06CCM474AVA 69
To correct the setting, release the clutch pedal and press the Upshift or Downshift button, until the desired setting
appears.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 114
Channel 4 - Clutch pressure test

This channel is used to test the pressure of the individual clutches.
Place the shuttle lever in the Forwards position.
The following is displayed in the upper display:

• U23 = Neutral position
• A24 = Forward
The handbrake must be ON, or the fault code 'U20' is shown on the display.
BAIL06CCM475AVB 70
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the Upshift button.
BAIL06CCM476AVA 71
If the clutch pedal is operated from the upper limit, the lower central display displays 'A24' and then 'A20' backwards
to 'A0'.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 72
If the clutch pedal position is lower than 30 %, then the pressure value is set to zero.
With a pedal position of 30 % the clutch pressure is set to 1 bar and rises linearly to 20 bar as soon as the clutch
pedal is moved up to 75 %.
Above 75 % of the clutch pedal travel, the pressure is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 115
Press and hold the Downshift button to switch on the power supply to the clutch solenoid valve.
Channel 5- Clutch Switch Adjustment

This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this state.
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position The display will show ’n’ if the lever is in neutral.
• When the display shows "CP", cycle the clutch pedal.
• When the clutch pedal is released the display will show a value in the range 8-14, if the switch is correctly adjusted.
• If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the display will show "CL" and the screw will need to be rotated clockwise, or
the display will show "CCL" and the screw will need to be rotated in an anti-clockwise direction.
Adjust the screw in the direction indicated by the display and cycle the clutch pedal and repeat the procedure
until the display shows the correct value.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 116

This menu is used to clear the calibration values and stored error codes, with all EEPROM values being reset to the
default.
All calibration values and fault codes are stored in the EEPROM memory. This memory is not cleared by a break in
the voltage supply to the electronic control unit, i. e. when the battery is disconnected.
BAIL06CCM478FVA 73
IMPORTANT: After the menu page with the control unit code letters "RD" is selected, the EEPROM memories of all
sub-systems are reset.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 117
If only the EEPROM of a special sub-system must be reset, you select the affected sub-system by pressing the Dim-
mer button as in the illustrated example.
BAIL06CCM479AVA 74
"EECL" is displayed on the lower central display.
BVE0682A 75
CAUTION
B006
BVE0121A 76
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 118
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL06CCM480FVA 77
BAIL06CCM481AVA 78
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 119
BAIL06CCM446AVA 79
Channel Con- Description Typical reading Comments

troller
pin
1 CN4- 20 Clutch pedal position 72 Not depressed 26
Depressed
2 CN1B - Transmission temperature sensor 75 % at 40 °C.
14
3 CN1B - Fuse 38 sense 99
11
5 CN1B - +5 Volt voltage supply to the sensors 48
16
6 CN1B - +8 Volt voltage supply to the sensors 79
25
7 CN1A - 1 +12 Volt VF input signal (see explanation) 45
8 CN1A - 8 +12 Volt VD input signal (see explanation) 45 Shuttle lever in
Forwards position
9 CN1A - +12 Volt VH input signal (see explanation) 45
20
10 CN3B - +12 Volt VT input signal (see explanation) 45
24
11 CN4 - 9 Seat switch 69 - operator in seat
36 - operator not in seat
29 CN3A - 9 Creeper position potentiometer -
30 CN2 - 4 Raise solenoid for the EDC control valve 0 Off - 66 On
31 CN2 - 5 Lower solenoid for the EDC control valve 0 Off - 66 On
32 CN1B - 2 Lift arm position potentiometer 6 Lowered - 79 Raised
33 CN1B - 3 Lift control potentiometer 10 Lowered - 88 Raised
34 CN1B - 4 Drop rate control potentiometer 84 Clockwise - 14
Anti-clockwise
35 CN1B - 5 Control knob for height limit control 84 Clockwise - 14
Anti-clockwise
36 CN1B - 6 Sensitivity control potentiometer 84 Clockwise - 14
Anti-clockwise
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 120
Channel Con- Description Typical reading Comments

troller
pin
37 CN1B - 7 Slip limit control potentiometer 84 Clockwise - 14
Anti-clockwise
38 CN1B - 9 Right hand load sensing pin 46 No mounted
implement
39 CN1B - Left hand load sensing pin 46 No mounted
10 implement
40 CN1B - 8 Draft load control potentiometer 88 Clockwise - 10
Anti-clockwise
41 CN3A - 7 EDC raise switch (bone) 30 Not actuated - 68 Actuated
42 CN3A - EDC lower switch (bone) 30 Not actuated - 68 Actuated
26
43 CN2 - 8 Current solenoid valve clutch A 70 Engaged - 0 Disengaged
44 CN2 - 1 Current solenoid valve clutch B 70 Engaged - 0 Disengaged
45 CN2 - 5 Current solenoid valve clutch C 70 Engaged - 0 Disengaged
46 CN2 - 3 Current solenoid valve clutch D 70 Engaged - 0 Disengaged
47 CN3B - 1 Current solenoid valve clutch E 70 Engaged - 0 Disengaged
48 CN3A - 6 EDC raise / work fault line 0 Not actuated - 99 Actuated
49 CN3B - Rear PTO solenoid current 0 Off - 99 On
18
52 CN3B - 2 Creeper solenoid current 0 Off - 99 On
58 CN3B - 3 Low range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
59 CN2 - 7 Mid range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
60 CN2 - 2 High range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
61 CN2 - 13 19th gear solenoid current
62 CN3B - 19th gear dump solenoid current
10
66 CN3B - 4 Reverse range solenoid current 0 Off - 70 On
76 CN1B - Forwards position sensor of the shuttle 30 Not actuated - 68 Actuated
12 lever
77 CN1B - Reverse position sensor of the shuttle 30 Not actuated - 68 Actuated
13 lever
80 CN4 - 16 Park lock switch (shuttle lever) 30 Park lock On - 68 Park lock
Off
81 CN3A - Upshift button 30 Not actuated - 68 Actuated
10
82 CN3A - Downshift button 30 Not actuated 68 Actuated
11
83 CN3A - Hand throttle low idle input 0 at low idle - 99 not at low idle
17
84 via CAN Boost pressure engine intake
85 via CAN Engine intake boost pressure sensor
86 via CAN Oil temperature sensor
87 via CAN Rail pressure sensor
88 via CAN Fuel temperature sensor
89 CN3A - 2 Hand throttle potentiometer 2 4 at idle - 36 at maximum rpm
90 CN3A - 1 Hand throttle potentiometer 1 6 at idle - 73 at maximum rpm
91 CN1B - 1 Foot throttle potentiometer 10 at idle - 85 at maximum rpm
97 via CAN EHR joystick (X)
98 via CAN EHR joystick (Y)
Explanations:
VF input signal: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components not directly affected by the
clutch pedal switch, i.e. forward and reverse synchroniser solenoid, creeper solenoid and four wheel drive solenoids.
VD input signal: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components directly affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. PWM solenoids.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 121
VH input signal: This is the input voltage into the controller to EDC components i.e. raise and lower solenoids.
VT input signal: This is the input voltage into the controller to rear PTO clutch, rear PTO brake and differential lock
solenoids.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 122
HA - DEMONSTRATION MODE MENU

Used to demonstrate the engine power boost.
HA Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM482FVA 80
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HA Menu.
BAIL06CCM483AVA 81
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 123

BAIL06CCM446AVA 82
Channel Description
Channel 1 Demo mode of engine power boost
Channel 1 - Demo mode of engine power boost

The power boost is activated when the following conditions are met:
• No PTO torque sensor or calibration error codes.

• The PTO is completely engaged.
• The speed of the tractor is higher than 0.5 Km/h.
• The engine speed is higher than 1300 rev/min.
• The coolant temperature is below 105 °C.
• The PTO transmits a torque of at least 250 Nm.
"Pbd" (Power boost demonstration) is displayed on the lower central display.

Start the engine and operate the tractor to activate the engine power boost, the power boost lamp on the cluster will
illuminate.
Engine power boost will operate as normal, but can be switched on and off using the CRPM switch.
Use the constant speed Increase button (1) to switch the power boost ON.
Use the constant speed Decrease button (2) to switch the power boost OFF.
NOTE: The power boost demo mode is deactivated when the starter switch is switched off.
BAIL06CCM484AVA 83
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 124

Each control unit is capable of storing up to ten fault codes for each sub system.
BAIL06CCM485FVA 84
Select the desired sub-system by pressing the Dimmer button, as in the illustrated example.
BAIL06CCM486AVA 85
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 125
"_ _ _ _" is displayed on the lower central display, if no fault codes are stored in the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 86
BVF1088A 87
1023 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVA 88
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 126

BAIL06CCM489FVA 89
BAIL06CCM490AVA 90
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 127
BVE0684A 91
BVE0121A 92
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 128
HD - DIRECT ACCESS TO TRANSMISSION SETUPS

This menu makes possible direct access to various setting and options for the transmission.
NOTE: This menu is not available while the diagnostics switch is in use.
Enter the mode by placing the shuttle lever in the forward position, press the Auto Function switch at key on with the
clutch pedal released. If the vehicle is not fitted with an Auto Function switch use the Downshift switch.
'OPT_' is displayed on the central display of the instrument cluster. Scroll through the available options using the "h"
and "m" buttons.
When the desired option is displayed, the display changes after a few seconds and the procedure for the selected
option can be carried out.
Option Description
1 GAC (Adjustable gear difference)
2 LAG (Lowest Automatic Gear)
GAC (Adjustable gear difference)

This mode is used to adjust the adjustable gear difference of the shuttle lever.
Press the 'Upshift' or 'Downshift' switch to increase or reduce the setting between -3 and +3 .
LAG (Lowest Automatic Gear)

This mode is used to select the lowest standard gear available in the operating mode 'Auto Transport'.
Scroll through the available value ranges between 7 and 12 using the "h" and "m" buttons.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 129
HE - DISPLAY FREQUENCY INPUTS

This menu is used to function test the various frequency inputs.

BAIL06CCM491FVA 93
BAIL06CCM492AVA 94
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 130

BAIL06CCM446AVA 95

1 Wheel speed
2 Radar sensor
3 Not used
4 Rear PTO speed
5 Not used
6 Mid speed sensor
7 PTO twist sensor
8 Flywheel speed sensor
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 131

This menu allows hardware identification; version and serial number to be displayed. This function is available in all
sub-systems.
BAIL06CCM494FVA 96
BAIL06CCM495AVA 97
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 132
2000 Serial number
48 Serial number
BAIL06CCM496AVA 98
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 133
HJ - FRONT EHR VALVE NUMBER PROGRAMMING

This menu allows the numbering of the EHR valves to be reset.
The EHR valve stores a number to indicate its position in the remote control valve stack, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
HJ Menu page selection diagram
BAIL06CCM549FVB 99
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HJ Menu.
BAIL06CCM498AVA 100
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 134
"EEhr" is displayed on the lower central display.
BVE0736A 101
NOTE: Use HJ to clear all numbers for the electrohydraulic control units.
To confirm the resetting of the control unit numbers, press and hold the "m" button.
The numbers 05 to 01 run backwards on the lower central display, then "CEhr" is displayed to inform you that the
control unit numbers have been reset.
BVE0737A 102
Disconnect the connectors from each EHR valve.
Switch the keystart ON and call up the HJ Menu again. The cluster display will flash 'Ehr_'.
Reconnect the first valve, an acoustic signal confirms it is detected.
The display changes to 'Ehr_1'. 'Ehr_2' then flashes to report that the control unit is ready for the next valve to be
connected. As each valve is connected, the display changes and indicates the number of the next valve to connect
until finally 'Ehr_5' is displayed.
When all valves are connected, press and hold the 'm' button. The display changes to 'End' to report that the pro-
gramming is completed.
Switch the keystart OFF to store the new control unit numbers.
Calibrate the remote valves. See PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Cal-
ibrate (A.10.C).

KA - Steering
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 135

H3 Not used -
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H9 Voltmeter 15
HA Not used -
HD Not used -
HF View controller hardware information 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 136
This menu is used to display the calibration of the steering control unit. See Fast steer system - Calibrate (D.20.C).
BAIL06CCM601FVB 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 137

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the steering control unit.
BAIL06CCM653FVB 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 138
Press the Dimmer button to select the 'Steering' sub-system.
BAIL06CCM654AVB 3
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4
Channel Description Default value Value range

Channel 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 - 999
Channel 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 - 999
Channel 3 LVDT recorder secondary signal 1 open 400 400 - 750
Channel 4 LVDT recorder secondary signal 2 open 500 400 - 750
Channel 5 LVDT recorder secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 - 750
Channel 6 LVDT recorder secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 - 750
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 139

BAIL06CCM657FVA 5
BAIL06CCM658AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 140
BAIL06CCM460AVB 7
the module.
The second and third set of four digits indicate the release version of the application software.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 141

BAIL06CCM659FVA 8
BAIL06CCM660AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 142
BVE0047A 10
BAIL06CCM667AVA 11
Identifier Controller Switch / Input Special requirements

connector
d117 A1 On/Off switch -
d118 C4 Safety switch -
d119 B4 Proximity switch -
d120 - LVDT recorder -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 143

default.
All calibration values and fault codes are stored in the EEPROM memory. This memory is also not cleared by a break
in the voltage supply to the electronic control unit, i. e. when the battery is disconnected.
BAIL06CCM670FVA 12
CAUTION
B006
BAIL06CCM671AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 144
BVE0121A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 145
H9 - VOLTMETER
NOTE: The tractor is ready to move in this menu.
BAIL06CCM672FVA 15
BAIL06CCM673AVA 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 146
BAIL06CCM446AVA 17

1 LVDT recorder secondary coil 1 450 - 750
2 LVDT recorder secondary coil 2 450 - 750
3 Proximity switch 50 - 800
4 Solenoid valve 350 to 500 mA
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 147

A maximum of ten error codes can be stored for each of the sub-systems.
BAIL06CCM674FVA 18
Press the Dimmer button to call up the HB menu.
BAIL06CCM680AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 148
"_ _ _ _" is displayed on the lower central display, if no fault codes are stored in the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 20
BVF1088A 21
15010 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVB 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 149
HC - CLEARING STORED FAULT CODES
BAIL06CCM681FVA 23
BAIL06CCM682AVA 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 150
BVE0684A 25
BVE0121A 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 151
HE - DISPLAY FREQUENCY INPUTS

This menu is used to function test the various frequency inputs.
BAIL06CCM683FVA 27
BAIL06CCM684AVA 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 152

BAIL06CCM446AVA 29

1
2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 153

BAIL06CCM685FVA 30
BAIL06CCM686AVA 31
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 154
Then, for example, the following displays run through on the lower central display:
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
BAIL06CCM687AVA 32
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview

Identifier Controller Functions

HS Enhanced Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)
RT FPS Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock,
Midmount Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine
RM Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
JA Keypad
KA Fast Steer System
LC Armrest Controller
XA Electronic Park Lock
INTRODUCTION
The “H" menu mode is part of the on-board diagnostics, providing configuration and diagnostic support through the
resources available on the system.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
To gain access to the diagnostic “H" menu mode routine, it is necessary to use the diagnostic test switch, special tool
380000843 in the tractor diagnostic connector X030 located on the right-hand pillar behind the driver’s seat (1). There
is a second diagnostic connector located in the lower trim behind the driver’s seat used by the EST for accessing the
secondary CAN Bus system.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 155
H Menu Navigation Procedure

Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostic connector and turn the key start switch ON
At key ON the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
and will store it in the Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
The dot matrix display will show “HH MENU" to indicate that the “H" menu has been activated.
BVE0006A_580 2
To navigate the “H" menus use the “h" key and “m" key to scroll left and right, and the “dimming" key to select the
required controller or “H" menu.
Key “dimming" (1) - Select
Key “h" (2) - Scroll left
Key “m" (3) - Scroll right
BVE0006C 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 156
Controller Identifier Code Table

The controller is identified with a two letter code, i.e. HS - Enhanced ADIC.
Select the controller that requires diagnostics or configuration.

Depress the “h" key to show the first controller identifier code in the list.
The left arrow (1) and the right arrow (2) indicate there are other controllers available.
To navigate through the list of controllers use the “h" key to scroll left and the “m" key to scroll right.
BAIL06CCM387AVB 4
If a controller cannot be found on the CAN, a symbol will be displayed to indicate that there is no communication
between the ADIC and the selected controller.
BAIL06CCM389AVB 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 157
When the required controller is located in the list, depress the “dimming" key to select it.
BVE0010B 6
The display will change to show the “HH menu" select screen.
BAIL06CCM388AVB 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 158
H Menu Common Features

The “H“ menus consist of the following menu codes.
NOTE: Not all the following “H" menus are available for all controllers.
HH Service Menu
H1 Calibration procedures
H2 View stored calibration values
H3 Configurations and options
H4 View software revision level
H5 Switch operation test
H6 Vehicle information view
H7 Vehicle test modes
H8 Clear stored calibration information
H9 Voltmeter diagnostics
HA Demonstration mode
HB Display stored fault codes
HC Clear all stored fault codes
HE Display frequency inputs
HF View controller hardware information
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve number programming
HK Rear electronic hydraulic remote control valve diagnostics
Dot Matrix Display Symbols

1. Engine 9. Four wheel drive
2. Transmission 10. Fast steer system
3. Differential lock 11. HTS
4. Electronic draft control 12. Engine shutdown
5. Front hitch 13. Air brake
6. Rear P.T.O. system 14. Steering sensor
6a. Front P.T.O. system 16. Error code

management
7. Rear Electronic remote 17. SWCD

valves
7a Front EHRs 18. Front electronic remote

valves
8. Front suspension
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 159
The left and right arrows indicate there are other “H" menus available.
To navigate through the list of “H" menus use the “h" key to scroll left and the “m" key to scroll right.
The downward arrow (1) indicates there is more than one sub-system that uses the same menu (multi-functional “H"
menu).
Depress the “dimming" key to select the “H" menu required.
BAIL06CCM390AVB 8
The controller selected will be displayed in the top left hand corner of the dot matrix display (1).
The “H" menu will be displayed in the top right hand corner of the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL06CCM391AVB 9
The “H" menu select screen will be displayed if the menu is common to all sub-systems, i.e. H5 - Switch test and H9
- Voltmeter.
BAIL06CCM393AVB 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 160
If the menu is specific to only one sub-system, the relevant icon will be displayed in the centre of the dot matrix display,
i.e. suspended front axle icon for HA - Demonstration mode.
BAIL06CCM394AVB 11
When the sub-system has been selected, the navigation arrows will no longer be displayed.
The ADIC lower central display section will be used to display the set-ups or values for the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM395AVB 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 161
NOTE: To return to the “H" menu select screen from H1 - Calibrations the keystart needs to be turned OFF. This will
store the completed calibrations.
To return back to the “H" menu select screen, depress the "dimming" key.
BAIL06CCM396AVB 13
NOTE: To return to the controller select screen, “HH" must be indicated in the top right hand corner of the dot
matrix display.
To return back to the controller select screen, depress the “dimming" key again.
BAIL06CCM397AVB 14
Control module - Configure Instrument Cluster

Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC)

HS - Enhanced ADIC
HH Service Menu Figure Number

H1 Not used -
H2 Not used -
H3 Configurations 1
H4 View software revision level 14
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only 21
Memory (EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 25
HA Not used -
HD Not used -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 162

HH Return to main menu -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 163
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
This menu displays the configurations available for:
Engine shutdown
Error code reduction
Electronic front hitch option
Intelliview II
Steering sensor selection
Air brake selection
H3 Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT558AVB 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 164
ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS

Select the engine shutdown sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT559AVA 2
NOTE: The default setting is NO.
Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key.
Refer to the common rail fuel injection engine shutdown options table below.
BAIL09CVT560AVA 3
Depress and hold the “h" or “m" key to store the selection, an audible tone will be heard to confirm the selection.
Depress the “dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Engine Shutdown Options

Options CONDITIONS REQUIRED CONDITIONS WHICH OVERRIDE
FOR ENGINE SHUTDOWN ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTIONS
(All conditions must be met)
Operating Condition Operator Operator Vehicle Vehicle
Present Not Station- Moving
Present ary
NO No engine The engine will not shut down - - - -
shutdown
YES1 Always Engine oil pressure - Low * * * *
shutdown Engine coolant temperature - High * * * *
engine Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
YES2 Stationary Engine oil pressure - Low * *
engine Engine coolant temperature - High * *
shutdown An external device is requesting the * *
engine to shutdown
Driveline oil temperature - High * *
Driveline oil pressure - Low * *
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 165
INTELLIVIEW II OPTIONS
Select the Intelliview II sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT561AVA 4
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without Intelliview II.
BAIL09CVT562AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 166
ERROR CODE REDUCTION OPTIONS

Select the error code reduction sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT563AVA 6
"Factory" - factory error mode, displays all error codes for a period of 6 minutes then reverts to error code reduction
(ECR).
"ECR" - error code reduction mode, only displays critical errors.
"Live" - live error code mode, displays all error codes.
BAIL06CCM417AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 167
STEERING SENSOR SELECTION OPTIONS

Select the steering sensor sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT565AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without steering sensor.
BAIL09CVT566AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 168
AIR BRAKE OPTIONS

Select the air brake sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT567AVA 10
NOTE: The default setting is “No" without air brakes.
BAIL09CVT568AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 169
Electronic Front Hitch Option

This section is used to configure the Electronic front hitch option.
Select the Electronic front hitch sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT569AVA 12
NOTE: The default setting is “No". Electronic front hitch not present.
BAIL09CVT570AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 170
H4 - VIEW SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL

This menu displays the software release of the unit.
BAIL09CVT571AVA 14
Select the H4 menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT572AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 171
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release as the example shown below, and will
then return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT573AVA 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 172

BAIL09CVT574AVA 17
BAIL09CVT575AVB 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 173
The lower central display will display “d _ _".
BVE0047A_569 19
When a switch is operated, a code will be displayed and an audible tone should be heard to indicate the correct
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not heard, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring
while watching the display or listening for the audible tone, to help locate the fault.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 20
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
down, a switch disagreement error may occur.
Identifier Controller Pin Number Switch / Input Special

Connector Requirements
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time -
d11 CN3 7 Handbrake switch -
d66 CN3 18 Main high beam switch -
d67 CN1 15 Side lights -
d68 CN3 17 Brakes not latched (Japan ONLY) -
d70 CN1 5 Left turn signal indicator -
d71 CN1 6 Right turn signal indicator -
d74 CN3 9 Exhaust brake switch -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 174
H8 - CLEAR ELECTRICAL ERASABLE PROGRAMMABLE READ ONLY MEMORY (EEPROM)

This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default. EEPROM
is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power to the
controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected. There are two options available. "Clear net config" and "clear settings".
"Clear net config" is used to erase the stored network configuration, this will clear the current configuration stored in
the instrument cluster and rebuild the configuration at the next key ON. This should be used if the cluster has been
changed or if the HH menus are showing modules which are not fitted to the machine.
"Clear settings" will return all instrument cluster settings back to their default setting.
NOTE: To change any configuration settings H3 menu mode must be used. H8 will not affect these settings.
NOTE: To remove all stored error codes without erasing the calibration values use the HC menu.
The "CLEAR SETTINGS" option will clear all of the following information stored in the instrument cluster’s non-volatile
memory, and set the parameters to their default values (indicated in brackets).
BAIL06CCM424FVC 21
BAIL06CCM425AVB 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 175
The top section of the display will display “EECL"
BVE0682A_570 23
CAUTION
B006
NOTE: If the “m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the “m" key to confirm the resetting of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A_571 24
It is not possible to continuing through the "H" menus after an H8 procedure. The only possible action is to turn the
ignition key switch off to allow the reset values to be stored.
NOTE: The ’Clear Network Config’ procedure is carried out in the same way as ’Clear Settings’
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 176
H9 - VOLTMETER
This menu is used to verify the operation of various potentiometers, voltage supplies, and solenoid current circuits.
If an intermittent fault is detected within a circuit, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring while watching
the display for sudden changes in values, to help locate the area where the fault exists.
BAIL09CVT578AVA 25
BAIL09CVT579AVA 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 177
The lower central display will display “ch _ _".
BVE0780A_573 27
The required channel can be selected by using the “h" and “m" keys.
After a delay the value will be displayed. Compare the value displayed with the typical reading shown in the table
below.
NOTE: The value is the input voltage or signal into the controller. This cannot be directly translated into a voltage
due to the internal processes of the controller. A zero equates to 0 volts.
If the value displayed varies by more than 10 % to that shown in the table below, a fault is indicated in either the
component or the wiring harness relevant to that channel.
NOTE: Check the connectors of the effected circuit, including the controller connectors, prior to replacing any
components.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 28
Channel Description Typical Reading Notes

4 Programming voltage Vpp 12 V See explanations below
5 +5 Volt sensor supply 5V
10 +12 Volt VT input 12.0 (voltage in Volts) See explanations below
21 Steering angle sensor 23.0 full right lock
128.0 full left lock
24 Air brake pressure 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at 5.4
bar
25 Fuel level sensor 30 - 270 30 = Full
270 = Empty
108 Air brake pressure (new sensor) 9.0 bar Low pressure warning at 5.4
bar
Explanations:
Vpp Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to retain the volatile memory.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 178

This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller.
HB Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT581AVA 29
Select the HB menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT582AVA 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 179
The lower central display will flash with “0", if no fault code is stored.
BAIL06CCM431AVA 31
The lower central display will then automatically cycle through as the example:
14100 Fault code

01 Hour of first occurrence
00 Hour of last occurrence
87 Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM432AVA 32
Depress the “h" or “m" key to change to the next fault code in the list.
The lower central display will display “_ _ _" at the end of the list.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 180
HC - CLEAR STORED FAULT CODES

HC Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT584AVA 33
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing the memory.
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT585AVA 34
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 181
The lower central display will display “F CL".
BVE0684A_576 35
Depress and hold the “m" key to confirm the clearing of the memory.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have
been cleared.
BVE0121A_571 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 182
HE - DISPLAY ALL SPEED INPUTS

This menu is used to verify the operation of various frequency inputs.
HE Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT586AVA 37
Select the HE menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT587AVA 38
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 183
Refer to the table below for the available channels.
After a delay the value will be displayed.
BAIL09CVT588AVA 39

1 H_Rec_status from EPL 0 - 4000 Hz.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 184

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
HF Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT589AVA 40
Select the HF menu by depressing the “dimming" key
BAIL09CVT590AVA 41
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 185
The lower central display will automatically cycle through as the example:

0802 Serial number
0001 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the “HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT591AVA 42
Control module - Configure - Front Axle Suspension, Rear

Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front Hitch
RM Control Module
HH Service Menu Figure

Number
H2 View stored calibration values 2
H3 Configurations 9
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM) 32
H9 Voltmeter 36
HD Not used -
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve set-up 59
HK CNH Electronic hydraulic remote control valve diagnostic functions 63
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 186
This menu is used to calibrate:
1. Electronic Hydraulic Remote levers. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic re-
mote valve - Calibrate (A.10.C).
2. Front axle suspension. Refer to Control valve - Calibrate (D.40.C).
3. Front hitch. Refer to HITCH Front hitch - Calibrate (H.10.B).
BAIL09CVT751AVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 187
H2 - VIEW STORED CALIBRATION VALUES

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controllers for:
1. Electronic Hydraulic Remote levers

2. Front axle suspension
3. Front hitch
BAIL09CVT752AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 188
ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTE LEVER VALUES

Select the electronic hydraulic remote sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT592AVA 3
The lower central display will display "ch - -".
The required channel can be selected by using the "h" and "m" keys.
BAIL06CCM534AVA 4
After a delay the lower central display will cycle through the code followed by the calibration value for each code in
that channel. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the "HH" menus.
Channel Description Code Value Range

Ch 1 Lever 1 - Neutral position n 520 - 560
Lever 1 - Float position F 0 - 20
Lever 1 - Lower (retract) position L 890 - 930
Lever 1 - Raise (extend) position R 160 - 220
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 189
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION VALUES

Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT753AVA 5
BAIL06CCM534AVA 6

Ch 1 Front axle upper limit u 512 - 972
Front axle lower limit d 150 - 512
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 190
FRONT HITCH VALUES

Select the front hitch sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT754AVA 7
BAIL06CCM534AVA 8

Ch 1 Front hitch upper limit u 700 - 963
Front hitch lower limit d 41 - 400
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 191
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
Used to display the configurations available for:
1. Electronic Hydraulic Remotes (EHR)
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable EHR
• Front Loader / Front Hitch Selection
• Ch.3 Not used
• Ch.4 Number of EHR’s present - setup
• Ch.5 Top and side link control option selection
2. Front Axle Suspension
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
3. Front Hitch
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable front hitch
• Ch.2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
4. Front PTO
• Ch.1 Enable / Disable front PTO
BAIL09CVT593AVB 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 192
ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTES (EHR) OPTIONS

Select the EHR sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT594AVB 10
BAIL06CCM534AVA 11
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable rear EHR
Ch 2 Not Used
Ch 3 Not Used
Ch 4 Number of EHR’s present - setup
Ch 5 Enable / Disable top and side link control
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 193
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Rear EHR

Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key.
The options available are:

• YES - Enable Rear EHR
• NO - Disable Rear EHR
BAIL06CCM500AVA 12
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that
the selection has been saved.
Channel 2 - Not Used

This channel is not used
Channel 3 - Not Used

This channel is not used.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 194
Channel 4- Number of EHR’s Present - Setup

When a new module is installed or the H8 procedure is completed, automatic detection for the number of remotes is
used. If at any time the number of fitted remotes needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.

• 2
• 3
• 4
BAIL06CCM511AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 195
Channel 5- Enable / Disable Top and Side Link Control


• YES - Enable top/side link control
• NO - Disable top/side link control
BAIL06CCM581AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 196
FRONT AXLE SUSPENSION OPTIONS

Select the front axle suspension sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT596AVA 15
BAIL06CCM534AVA 16
After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front axle suspension
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 197
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Axle Suspension


• YES - Enable front axle suspension
• NO - Disable front axle suspension
BAIL06CCM506AVA 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 198
FRONT HITCH OPTIONS

Select the front hitch sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT598AVA 18
BAIL06CCM534AVA 19
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front hitch
Ch 2 Enable / Disable front hitch fender switches
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 199
Channel 1 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch


• YES - Enable front hitch
• NO - Disable front hitch
BAIL06CCM506AVA 20
Channel 2 - Enable / Disable Front Hitch Fender Switches


• YES - Enable front hitch fender switches
• NO - Disable front hitch fender switches
BAIL06CCM582AVA 21
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 200
FRONT PTO OPTIONS

Select the front PTO sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT599AVA 22
BAIL06CCM534AVA 23
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable / Disable front PTO
Channel 1- Enable / Disable Front PTO


• YES - Enable front PTO
• NO - Disable front PTO
BAIL06CCM506AVA 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 201
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 202

Common to all sub-systems.
BAIL09CVT601AVA 25
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT602AVB 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 203
The lower central display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to
allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM527AVA 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 204

BAIL09CVT604AVA 28
Select the H menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT605AVB 29
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 205
The lower central display will display "d_ _"
BVE0047A_546 30
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not heard, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring,
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the "crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
BAIL09CCM073AVA 31
Identifier Con- Pin Switch / Input Special Requirements

troller Number
Connec-
tor
d0 No switch or two switches activated at the same time -
d8 CN1B 21 Crank detect switch -
d69 CN1B 23 Front suspension pressure switch -
d75 via CAN Right hand link extend switch -
d76 via CAN Right hand link retract switch -
d77 CN1B 22 Front hitch external common switch -
d78 CN1B 26 Front hitch external raise switch -
d79 CN1B 19 Front hitch external lower switch -
d89 via CAN Front suspension lock switch -
d90 CN1B 11 Front PTO switch (normally open) -
d91 CN1B 12 Front PTO switch (normally closed) -
d92 via CAN Front hitch height limit switch -
d95 via CAN EHR No. 1 program/motor mode switch -
d108 via CAN Top link extend switch -
d109 via CAN Top link retract switch -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 206
Identifier Con- Pin Switch / Input Special Requirements

troller Number
Connec-
tor
d159 via CAN EHR flow encoder switch -
d165 via CAN EHR float switch -
d178 via CAN EHR 1 extend switch (on hand controller) -
d179 via CAN EHR 1 retract switch (on hand controller) -
d180 via CAN EHR 2 extend switch on hand controller) -
d181 via CAN EHR 2 retract switch (on hand controller) -
d183 CN3A 16 EHR 3 extend switch (on rear fender) -
d184 CN3A 17 EHR 3 retract switch (on rear fender) -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 207

This menu clears calibration values and stored error codes by resetting all EEPROM values back to default.
EEPROM is where all calibration values and error codes are stored. This memory is retained even if there is no power
to the controller, i.e. if the battery is disconnected.
NOTE: H8 will not change the configuration settings. The H3 menu mode must be used for this.
NOTE: To erase only the stored error codes and not affect the calibration data use the HC menu mode.
BAIL09CVT606AVA 32
IMPORTANT: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RM" displayed this will reset the
EEPROM in all the sub-systems.
If only a specific sub-system EEPROM requires to be reset, select the sub-system that requires the EEPROM to be
reset by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL09CVT607AVA 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 208
The lower central display will display "EECL".
BVE0682A_547 34
CAUTION
B006
Depress and hold the "m" key to confirm the resetting of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
Turn the keystart OFF.
BVE0121A_548 35
NOTE: If the key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 209
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL09CVT608AVA 36
BAIL09CVT609AVB 37
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 210
The lower central display will display "ch - -"
BAIL06CCM534AVA 38
below.
components.
BAIL06CCM535AVA 39

5 +5 Volts sensor supply 49
7 +12 Volt VF input (See explanation) 45
8 +12 Volt VD input (See explanation) 45 Tractor will drive if
the engine is running
9 +12 Volt VH input (See explanation) 45
10 +12 Volt VT input (See explanation) 45
14 Front PTO solenoid current -
15 SFA upper lockout solenoid current 0 stationary
80 moving
16 SFA lower lockout solenoid current 0 stationary
80 moving
17 SFA accelerometer 40 when vehicle is stationary
26 Front axle position 120 Lowest
950 Highest
27 Front hitch height control 0 Lowest
99 Highest
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 211

28 Front hitch position 10 Lowest
90 Highest
101 EHR No. 1 lever 10 lift
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
25 neutral
40 lower
50 float
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to suspended front axle components, i.e. Front axle lower and
lockout solenoids.
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to suspended front axle raise solenoid.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to front PTO and front hitch components, i.e. Front PTO solenoid
and front hitch height solenoid.
VT Input: This is a second input voltage into the controller.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 212
HA - DEMONSTRATION MENU
Used to demonstrate front axle suspension.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT611AVA 40
Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT613AVA 41
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 213
BAIL06CCM534AVA 42
Channel Description
Ch 1 Front Axle Suspension demonstration
Channel 1 - Front Axle Suspension Demonstration

This demonstration mode allows the suspension to be locked at speeds above the normal 12 Km/h automatic en-
gagement parameter.
The lower central display will display "FSd" (Front Axle Suspension demonstration).
Start the engine and operate the vehicle to demonstrate front axle suspension.
Use the lockout switch to lock the suspension as normal. The light in the switch will be illuminated to indicate the front
axle suspension had been locked.
NOTE: Front axle suspension demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
BAIL06CCM538AVA 43
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 214

This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller. Common to all sub-
systems.
BAIL09CVT614AVA 44
Select the HB menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT615AVA 45
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 215
The central display will display "_ _ _ _", if no fault is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1089A_549 46
The lower central display will display "F", if a fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1088A_550 47
4180 Fault code

BAIL06CCM541AVA 48
Depress the "h" or "m" key to change to the next fault code in the list.
The lower central display will display "_ _ _" at the end of the list.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 216
BAIL09CVT616AVA 49
NOTE: Always make a note of the fault codes stored, before clearing.
Select the HC menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT617AVB 50
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 217
The lower central display will display "F CL".
BVE0684A_551 51
NOTE: If the "m" key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
Depress and hold the "m" key to confirm the clearing of the memory.
NOTE: The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault
codes have been cleared.
BVE0121A_548 52
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 218

BAIL09CVT619AVA 53
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT621AVA 54
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 219
BAIL06CCM534AVA 55

0 Not used
1 Not used
2 Not used
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 220

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed. Common to all
sub-systems.
BAIL09CVT622AVA 56
Select the HF menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT623AVB 57
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 221

1234 Serial number
5678 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL06CCM548AVA 58
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 222
HJ - ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE SET-UP

This menu allows the Electronic Hydraulic Remote (EHR) control valve numbers to be reset.
The EHR valve stores a number to indicate its position in the remote control valve stack, i.e. valve number 1,2, 3, 4
or 5. If a valve assembly has been replaced it will be necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the
complete assembly. New valves are supplied without an assigned number.
NOTE: The renumbering procedure for all of the valves, either rear or mid mount valves, must be completed before
commencing the procedure for the other set of valves.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT625AVA 59
Select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT627AVA 60
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 223
The lower central display will display "EEhr".
BVE0736A 61
NOTE: HJ will clear all the EHR valve numbers.

Depress and hold the "m" key to confirm the resetting of the valve numbers.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "CEhr" will be displayed to indicate the valve numbers
have been reset.
BVE0737A 62
Disconnect the connectors from each of the remote valves, except for valve number 1.
Turn the keystart ON and enter HJ menu again. The cluster display will momentarily flash ’Ehr_’ followed by ’Ehr1’,
an audible beep will be heard, indicating that number 1 valve has been recognised and renumbered. The display will
then change to flash ’Ehr2’ to signify that the controller is ready for the next valve to be connected..
Connect each remote valve in the correct order. As each valve is connected an audible beep will signify the valve is
recognised.
As each valve is connected the display will change to show the next valve number to be connected until ’Ehr_5’ is
displayed.
When all the valves are connected, depress and hold the ’m’ key, the display will change to ’End’ to indicate program-
ming is complete.
Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.
Calibrate the remote valves. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 224
HK - Rear Electro Hydraulic Remote Valve Diagnostic Functions

This menu is used to provide a number of diagnostic functions for the Rear EHR valves.
NOTE: If this procedure is to be carried out following the change of a pilot head, then the HJ procedure should
first be carried out in order to renumber the valves.
HK Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CVT628AVA 63
Select the HK menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT629AVA 64
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 225
BAIL06CCM534AVA 65
Channel Description Comments

Ch 1 Valve Calibration Required when installing a new valve pilot head.
Requires the use of special tools 380001903
pressure transducer and 84148258 jumper
harness.
Ch 2 Read Calibration Data For information only. Reads the valve calibration
data
Channel 1 - Valve Calibration

This channel is used to perform the on-board calibration of the rear EHR valves
1. Connect the pressure transducer, special tool 380001903, with jumper harness, special tool 84148258. Connect
the pressure transducer to the quick release coupler located on the top of the valve block (1), and using the jumper
harness, connected to the transducer harness, connect to the "front hitch and PTO" connector, X227, located on
the left side of the vehicle under the hood on top of the engine.
BAIL08CVT330 66
2. Select the EHR to be calibrated by using the "h" or "m" keys.
BVE0780B 67
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 226
3. Start the engine. Depress and hold the "m" key for 2 seconds, calibration will start automatically. During calibration
the valve position data will be displayed. The display will show "End" if the procedure was successful.
BAIL09APH210AVB 68
4. To calibrate another valve use the "h" or "m" key to select the required valve and repeat step 3.
Channel 2 - Read Calibration Data

This channel is for information purposes only to read the calibration data of each valve
1. Select the EHR valve number which is to be read by depressing the "h" or "m"" keys.
BVE0780B 69
2. Depress and hold the "m" key for 2 seconds. The display will show the calibration data for each position prefixed
by ’n’ (neutral), ’R’ (raise), ’L’ (lower), ’F’ (float).
BVE0023B 70
3. To read the calibration values from another valve use the "h" or "m" keys to select the required valve number and
repeat step 2.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 227
Control module - Configure - FPS Transmission, Electronic Draft

Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential Lock, Front
Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine.
Control Module RT

H3 Configurations 11
H6 Vehicle information view 56
H7 Vehicle test modes 59
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory 72
(EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 76
HJ Electronic hydraulic remote control valve set-up 99
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 228
This menu is used to calibrate:
1. Electronic Draft Control Valve. Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control - Calibrate (H.10.D).
2. Transmission Clutches, determining the current required to turn the input/output shaft at the required speed.
Flywheel speed sensor and PTO torque sensor. Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Calibrate (C.20.E).
3. Engine (for PTO torque sensor). Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate (C.40.C).
4. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor). Refer to FRONT AXLE - Calibrate (D.10.A).
BAIL09CCM001FVB 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 229

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controllers for:
1. Transmission clutches and synchronisers
2. Differential lock (for steering angle sensor)
3. Electronic draft control valve
4. Rear PTO clutch
BAIL09CCM002FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 230
TRANSMISSION VALUES
Select the transmission sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM003AVA 3
The lower central display will display “ch _".
After a delay the channel number followed by the clutch letter, calibration value and calibration transmission temper-
ature value will be displayed (refer to the table below for a description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 4
Channel Description Code

Ch 1 Clutch A - Amperage and temperature of the calibration A
Ch 2 Clutch B - Amperage and temperature of the calibration B
Ch 3 Clutch C - Amperage and temperature of the calibration C
Ch 4 Clutch D - Amperage and temperature of the calibration D
Ch 5 Clutch E - Amperage and temperature of the calibration E
Ch 6 Clutch F1 - Amperage and temperature of the calibration F1
Ch 9 Clutch R - Amperage and temperature of the calibration R
Ch 10 Clutch R - Amperage and temperature of the calibration R
Ch 10 Flywheel damper calibration value
Ch 11 Flywheel damper calibration value
Ch 11 PTO twist calibration value
Ch 12 PTO twist calibration value
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 231
Channel Description Code

Ch 12 Radar adjustment value
Ch 13 Radar adjustment value
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 232
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (FOR STEERING ANGLE SENSOR) VALUES

Select the differential lock sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM004AVA 5
NOTE: The default calibration value is 12287 for the steering angle sensor.

After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
BAIL09CCM005AVA 6
Channel Description Value Range

Ch 1 Steering angle sensor 7000 - 10000
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 233
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL VALVE VALUES

Select the Electronic Draft Control sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM006AVA 7
NOTE: The default calibration value is 50 for both the raise and lower solenoids.

After a delay the code followed by the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of
each channel).
BAIL09CCM007AVA 8

Ch 1 Raise solenoid R 20 - 80
Ch 2 Lower solenoid L 20 - 80
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 234
PTO VALUES
Select the PTO sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM008AVA 9
NOTE: The default calibration value is 212 for the PTO solenoid.

After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of each channel).
BAIL06CCM446AVA 10

Ch 1 PTO oil temperature Temperature
dependant
Ch 2 PTO solenoid 100 to 420
Ch 3 Shiftable PTO extend position 700 to 900
Ch 4 Shiftable PTO retract position 100 to 300
Ch 5 Shiftable PTO neutral position 450 to 600
Ch 6 Shiftable PTO optional speed setting 1000, 540E, 540,
1000E
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 235
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
This menu is used to display the configurations available for:
1. Electronic Draft Control
• Ch.1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
• Ch.2 Enable/Disable Electronic Draft Control
• Ch.3 Enable/Disable Slip Control
2. Transmission
• Ch.1 Enable/Disable Creeper (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Enable/Disable Park Lock (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.3 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction (Yes = Restricted)
• Ch.4 A clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.5 B clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.6 C clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.7 D clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.8 E clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.9 F1 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment
• Ch.12 F4 clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission)
• Ch.12 R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment (all other transmission speeds)
• Ch.13 R clutch solenoid quick refill adjustment ( 50 km/h transmission only)
3. Electronic engine
• Ch.1 PTO dynamometer power boost test
• Ch.2 Not used
• Ch.3 Grid heater selection (Yes = fitted)
• Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection (Yes = fitted)
• Ch 5 Engine brake selection (Yes = fitted)
• Ch 6 Engine fan selection (V = viscous type, r = reversible type)
4. Front EHR
• Ch.1 Front EHR option selection (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.2 Front Loader/Front Hitch selection (Htch = Hitch, LoAd = Front Loader)
• Ch.3 Not used
• Ch.4 Number of EHR setup
• Ch.5 High flow pump selection (Yes = Enabled)
5. Rear PTO
• Ch.1 Not used
• Ch.2 PTO fender switches selection (Yes = Enabled)
• Ch.3 PTO drop out option
• Ch.4 Electronic shiftable PTO option
6. Differential Lock and Four Wheel Drive
• Ch.1 Not used
• Ch.2 Not used
• Ch.3 Front axle angles (Terralock)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 236
• Ch.4 Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
BAIL09CCM009FVD 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 237
ELECTRONIC DRAFT CONTROL OPTIONS

Select the Electronic Draft Control sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM010AVA 12
BAIL06CCM446AVA 13
Channel Description
Ch 1 Diameter of the external hydraulic lift rams
Ch 2 Enable/Disable Electronic Draft Control
Ch 3 Enable/Disable Slip Control
Channel 1 - Diameter Of The External Hydraulic Lift Rams

The options available are in (mm):

• 90
• 100
• 110
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 238
BAIL06CCM504AVA 14
Channel 2 - Enable/Disable Electronic Draft Control

Scroll through the available options using the “h" or “m" key

• YES - Enable Electronic Draft Control
• NO - Disable Electronic Draft Control
BAIL06CCM501AVA 15
Channel 3 - Enable/Disable Slip Control


• YES - Enable Slip Control
• NO - Disable Slip Control
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 239
BAIL06CCM505AVA 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 240
TRANSMISSION OPTIONS
Select the transmission sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM011AVA 17
BAIL06CCM446AVA 18
Channel Description
Ch 1 Enable/Disable Creeper
Ch 2 Enable/Disable Park Lock
Ch 3 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction
Ch 4 A clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 5 B clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 6 C clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 7 D clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 8 E clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 9 F1 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment
Ch 12 F4 clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment ( 50 Km/h transmission)
Ch 12 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (all other transmission speeds)
Ch 13 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment ( 50 Km/h transmission only)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 241
Channel 1 - Creeper enable/disable

This channel is used to select whether the creeper drive option is activated or deactivated.
BAIL06CCM500AVA 19
Use the "h" or "m" button to switch between "Yes" and "No" to input whether the creeper drive option is activated (Yes)
or deactivated (No).
To store the desired option, press and hold the "h" or "m" navigation button until the instrument cluster indicates by a
beep that the selection has been stored.
Channel 2 - Park lock enable/disable

This channel is used to select whether the park lock option is activated or deactivated.
BAIL06CCM501AVA 20
Use the "h" or "m" button to switch between "Yes" and "No" to input whether the park lock option is activated (Yes) or
deactivated (No).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 242
Channel 3 - 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction

This channel is used to select whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed restriction option is enabled or disabled.
After a delay the current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM502AVA 21
Use the "h" and "m" keys to toggle between "Yes" and "No", indicating whether the 40 Km/h maximum speed restric-
tion option is restricted to 40 Km/h (Yes) or unrestricted (No).
To save the desired option, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
selection has been saved.
Channels 4 to 13 - Clutch quick fill adjustment

These channels are used to adjust the quick fill value for the transmission solenoids.
Scroll through the available channels using the "h" and "m" keys. (see the table below for the description of each
channel)
Channel Description
Channel 12 R clutch solenoid quick fill adjustment (all except 50 Km/h transmissions)
After a delay the clutch solenoid code then current stored value will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM503AVA 22
Use the "h" and "m" keys to change the quick fill value between "0" and "255".
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 243
To save the desired value, depress and hold the "h" or "m" key until the instrument cluster bleeps, indicating that the
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 244

Select the electronic engine sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM012AVA 23
BAIL06CCM446AVA 24
Channel Description
Ch 1 Dynamometer power boost test
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Grid heater selection
Ch 4 Fuel filter heater selection
Ch 5 Engine brake selection
Ch 6 Engine fan selection
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 245
Channel 1 - Dynamometer Power Boost Test

This channel is used to allow the tractor to be dynamometer tested with maximum powerboost.
NOTE: The powerboost is only active for 45 minutes.

• "OFF" - dyno power boost test mode is off (normal vehicle operation)
• "Std" - dyno power boost test mode is on (straight unboosted curve without any limitations)
• "bSt" - dyno power boost test mode is on (straight boosted curve without any limitations)
BAIL09CCM013AVA 25

This channel is not used and "---" will be displayed.
Channel 3 - Grid heater selection


• YES - Grid heater fitted
• NO - Grid heater not fitted
BAIL06CCM505AVA 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 246
Channel 4- Fuel filter heater selection


• YES - Fuel filter heater fitted
• NO - Fuel filter heater not fitted
BAIL07APH536ASB 27
Channel 5- Engine brake selection


• YES - Engine brake fitted
• NO - Engine brake not fitted
BAIL07APH536AVA 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 247
Channel 6- Engine fan selection


• V- Vistronic type fan fitted
• r - Reversible type fan fitted
BAIL09CCM014AVA 29
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 248
FRONT EHR OPTIONS

Select the Front EHR sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM015AVA 30
BAIL09CCM016AVA 31
The required channel can be selected by using the navigation “up" and “down" keys (see the table below for the
description of each channel).
Channel Description
Ch 1 Front EHR option selection
Ch 2 Front Loader/Front Hitch selection
Ch 3 not used
Ch 4 Number of EHR setup
Ch 5 High flow pump selection
Channel 1 - Front EHR Option Selection

This channel is used to disable/enable the front EHR.

• Yes - Enable front EHR
• No - Disable front EHR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 249
BAIL06CCM500AVA 32
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 250
Channel 2 - Front Loader/Front Hitch Selection

This channel is used to select if the front EHRs are used in conjunction with the front hitch or the front loader.

• nonE - Neither selected
• Htch - Front hitch selected
• LOAd - Front loader selected
NOTE: If the front EHR’s are to be used to control the front hitch then the front hitch option must also be enabled in
the "RM" module.
NOTE: If Front Hitch is selected then the Front EHR valve 1 will be reserved for front hitch operation.
If Front Loader is selected then the front EHR valves 1-3 will be reserved for front loader operation.
If None is selected then all the front EHR valves will be available for use.
BAIL06CCM510AVA 33
Depress the "dimming" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 251
Channel 4 - Number of EHR Setup

When a new module is installed or the H8 procedure is completed, automatic detection for the number of remotes is
used. If at any time the number of fitted remotes needs to be changed then this setup channel is used.

• 2
• 3
• 4
BAIL06CCM511AVA 34
Channel 5 - High Flow Pump Selection

This channel is used to disable/enable the high flow pump.

• Yes - Enable high flow pump
• No - Disable high flow pump
BAIL06CCM512AVA 35
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 252
REAR PTO OPTIONS

Select the PTO sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM017AVA 36
BAIL09CCM016AVA 37
Channel Description
Ch 1 Not used
Ch 2 PTO fender switches selection
Ch 3 PTO drop out speed selection
Ch 4 Electronic shiftable PTO option

Channel 2 - PTO Fender Switches Selection

This channel is used to disable/enable the rear PTO fender switch.

• YES - Enable rear PTO fender switches
• NO - Disable rear PTO fender switches
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 253
BAIL06CCM501AVA 38
Channel 3 - PTO Drop Out Speed Selection

This channel is used to adjust the engine speed below which the PTO will drop out.
After a delay the current setting will be displayed.
BAIL06CCM513AVA 39
Use the “"h" or "m" key to increase or decrease the setting in 10 RPM increments between 0 - 550 RPM.
Channel 4- Electronic shiftable PTO option

This channel is used to select the electronic shiftable PTO if fitted to the vehicle.

• YES - Electronic shiftable PTO fitted
• NO - Electronic shiftable PTO not fitted
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 254
BAIL09CCM018AVA 40
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 255
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK AND FOUR WHEEL DRIVE OPTIONS

Select the four wheel drive sub-system by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM019AVA 41
BAIL06CCM446AVA 42
Channel Description
Ch 1 Axle type
Ch 2 Not used
Ch 3 Front axle angles
Ch 4 Four wheel drive brake engagement speed selection
Channel 1 - Axle Type

This channel is used to select the front axle type.
Scroll through the available options using the "h" or "m" key

• 0 - Standard front axle
• 1 - SuperSteer front axle
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 256
BAIL06CCM507AVA 43
Channel 2- Not used

Channel 3 - Front Axle Angles

This channel is used to select the steering angle at which the Auto Difflock and Auto Four Wheel Drive functions
engage and disengage.
The available options (0, 1, 2 or 3) are shown in the table below with a description of each option.
Standard Axle
0 - 10 km/h0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 20 ° 18.5 ° 15 ° 14.25 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 1 45 ° 37.5 ° 20 ° 18.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 40 ° 34 °
Option 2 15 ° 14.2 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
Option 3 11.7 ° 10.9 ° 5° 4.5 ° 10 ° 9.5 ° 15 ° 14.2 °
SuperSteer Axle
0 - 10 km/h 0 - 10 0 - 10 0 - 10 km/h 10 - 15 10 - 15 10 - 20 10 - 20
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Auto Four Auto Four Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Four
Wheel Wheel Difflock Difflock Difflock Difflock Four Wheel
Drive Drive Wheel Drive
Drive
Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Option 0 14 ° 12.7 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 1 31.5 ° 25.2 ° 14 ° 12.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 28 ° 23 °
Option 2 10.5 ° 9.7 ° 7° 6.6 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
Option 3 7.8 ° 7.4 ° 4.6 ° 4.5 ° 7° 6.6 ° 10.5 ° 9.75 °
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 257
BAIL06CCM508AVA 44
Channel 4 - Four Wheel Drive Brake Engagement Speed Selection

This channel is used to select the ground speed below which four wheel drive braking will not occur.
The available options (0, 1, 2, 3 or 4) are shown in the table below with a description of each option.
Option 4 Option 3 Option 2 Option 1 Option 0

Four wheel braking engagement, if wheel speed is Default 4.8 Km/h. 3.2 Km/h. 1.6 Km/h. 0 Km/h.
greater than or equal to: 6.4 Km/h.
BAIL06CCM509AVA 45
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 258
HEADLAND TURN SEQUENCE (HTS) OPTIONS.
.
Press the Dimmer button to call up the 'HTS' sub-system.
BAIL09CCM020AVA 46
BAIL09CCM016AVA 47
Channel Description
Channel 1 HTS option selection
Channel 1 - HTS option selection.

This channel is used to activate or deactivate the HTS.

• YES - HTS activate
• NO - HTS deactivate
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 259
BAIL06CCM500AVA 48
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 260

BAIL09CCM021FVA 49
BAIL09CCM022AVA 50
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 261
BAIL06CCM460AVA 51
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 262

BAIL09CCM023FVA 52
BAIL09CCM024AVA 53
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 263
The lower central display will display "d _ _"
BVE0047A 54
function.
NOTE: If the keystart switch is turned to the “crank" position, with the shuttle lever in neutral and the clutch pedal
BAIL09CCM025AVA 55

unit plug
connection
d0 - - No switch activated or two switches activated at the same
time
d1 CN1B 30 Rear control switch for the EDC - Lower
d2 CN1B 29 Rear control switch for the EDC - Raise
d5 via CAN - EDC work switch (on hand controller)
d6 via CAN - EDC raise switch (on hand controller)
d7 CN3A 15 Connection of the NASO lighting (disconnect and reconnect the
flasher unit)
d8 CN1B 21 Crank detect switch
d10 CN4 9 Seat switch
d11 CN4 10 Parking brake switch
d12 CN1B 22 Left brake pedal switch
d13 CN1B 23 Right brake pedal switch
d14 CN1A 8 Clutch pedal switch (engine running and transmission in forward
or reverse)
d15 CN1B 12 Switch for the shuttle lever - Forwards
d16 CN1B 13 Switch for the shuttle lever - Reverse
d17 via CAN - Transmission downshift switch (on hand controller)
d18 via CAN - Transmission upshift switch (on hand controller)
d19 via CAN - Transmission range shift switch (on hand controller)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 264

unit plug
connection
time
d20 CN4 17 Reverse clutch pressure switch
d21 CN4 11 Forward clutch pressure switch
d23 CN1B 27 Momentary shuttle lever forward/reverse switch
d24 CN4 16 Momentary shuttle lever neutral switch
d31 CN3A 14 Air conditioning pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d32 CN3A 17 EDC lock switch
d33 CN1B 19 Radar present input (disconnect radar to test)
d38 via CAN - Differential lock switch - Manual
d39 via CAN - Differential lock switch - Automatic
d41 via CAN - All-wheel drive switch - Manual
d42 via CAN - All-wheel drive switch - Automatic
d44 CN3A 12 Rear PTO switch - normally open
d45 CN3A 13 Rear PTO switch - normally closed
d46 CN4 24 Hi flow pump not present input
d47 CN3B 24 Switch for rear PTO brake
d48 CN3B 33 Ground speed PTO switch
d49 via CAN - Rear PTO switch - management
d50 via CAN - HTS switch record mode
d53 CN1B 24 Transmission oil pressure switch (bridge switch to test with engine
off)
d55 via CAN - Engine speed switch - decrease
d56 via CAN - Engine speed switch - Increase
d60 CN3B 32 Foot throttle not at idle switch
d63 CN3A 18 Fender switch of the rear PTO - normally open
d64 CN3A 3 Fender switch of the rear PTO - normally closed
d80 via CAN - HTS AUTO switch
d81 via CAN - HTS Manual switch
d93 CN4 25 Front HPL present link (disconnect and reconnect the 13-way
connector)
d94 CN3A 16 EHR lock switch
d95 via CAN - EHR 1 program/motor mode switch
d104 via CAN - HTS step switch on hand controller
d105 via CAN - Auto function switch on hand controller
d111 CN3A 20 PTO speed select switch - speed 1 (1000)
d112 CN4 18 PTO speed select switch - speed 2 (1000E)
d113 CN4 4 PTO speed select switch - neutral
d122 via CAN - CRPM speed 1 selection switch
d123 via CAN - CRPM speed 2 selection switch
d126 via CAN - Engine brake pedal switch
d127 via CAN - Reversible fan switch
d136 via CAN - Forward switch on hand controller
d137 via CAN - Reverse switch on hand controller
d139 via CAN - Joystick EHR select switch
d159 via CAN - EHR flow encoder switch
d165 via CAN - EHR float control switch
d177 via CAN - Auto guidance engage on/off switch (on hand controller)
d180 via CAN - EHR 2 extend switch (on hand controller)
d181 via CAN - EHR 2 retract switch (on hand controller)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 265

unit plug
connection
time
d185 via CAN - Rear slip switch
d187 via CAN - Rear hitch inching raise switch
d188 via CAN - Rear hitch inching lower switch
CN1a = X092 CN1b = X093 CN2 = X091

CN3a = X094 CN3b = X095 CN4 = X097
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 266
H6 - VEHICLE INFORMATION VIEW

BAIL09CCM026FVA 56
BAIL09CCM027AVA 57
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 267
19 = number of gears
50 = Transmission speed
210 = Engine speed (Hp)
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus
BAIL06CCM466AVA 58
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 268
H7 - TEST MODES
This menu is used to carry out various transmission tests and adjustments.
BAIL09CCM028FVA 59
BAIL09CCM029AVA 60
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 269
The lower central display will display "ch _"

BAIL09CCM016AVA 61
Channel Description
Ch 1 Clutch disconnect switch test
Ch 2 Manual clutch adjustment
Ch 3 Manual quick fill adjustment
Ch 4 Clutch pressure test
Ch 5 Clutch switch adjustment
Ch 6 Self bed in of clutches
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 270
Channel 1 - Clutch Disconnect Switch Test

This channel is used to display the clutch pedal position and status. In addition it also displays the oil temperature.
The clutch position is shown as a percentage of travel between (99-0):

• 99 = Clutch pedal is fully up
• 0 = Clutch pedal is fully down
The clutch position is also shown as in it’s switch state:

• O = Clutch pedal switch is open
• C = Clutch pedal switch is closed
BAIL06CCM469AVB 62
If the clutch pedal has been left in the fully up position for more than 5 seconds, the oil temperature will be
displayed in the upper section of the display.
BAIL06CCM470AVA 63
Channel 2 - Manual clutch adjustment

This channel is used to manually test and adjust the calibration values for each clutch.
Select the clutch to be adjusted; depress the clutch pedal and engage the shuttle lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever forward will cycle through clutches A to F4.Neutral must be selected between shifts by press-
ing the button on the end of the shift lever.
Shifting the shuttle lever into reverse will select the R clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 271
BAIL06CCM471AVA 64
After a delay, the currently stored value for the selected clutch is displayed on the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM472AVA 65
The calibration values can be altered using the Upshift and Downshift buttons.
To check the calibration, move the shuttle lever out of the Neutral position and release the clutch pedal completely.
Two clutches are applied at low pressure to create a torque through the transmission. Then the set clutch is pres-
surised up to the value at which it reaches the biting point and begins to engage.
To test the same clutch again, depress the clutch pedal a little and then release again.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 272
Channel 3 - Manual quick fill adjustment

This channel is used to adjust and test the quick fill settings for each clutch.
The quick fill settings can be tested in one of three ways.
The quick fill test methods are:

1. Two clutches are subjected to low pressure to create a torque through the transmission. The clutch being tested
is subjected to its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
2. One clutch is subjected to low pressure, a second clutch is subjected to low pressure together with the clutch,
which is to be set to its CAL_P_NOM pressure.
3. Two clutches are subjected to low pressure and at the same time, the CAL_P_NOM pressure is applied to the
clutch being calibrated.
To select the test method, with the shuttle lever in Neutral, depress the clutch pedal and scroll through the options
using the Upshift button.
BAIL09CCM030AVA 66
Select the clutch to be set by depressing the clutch pedal and engaging the shuttle lever.
By engaging the shuttle lever in Forwards, the clutches A to F4 may be engaged. Moving the shuttle lever from Neutral
to Forward will cycle through the clutches A to F4.
By engaging the shuttle lever in Reverse, the reverse clutch is selected.
BAIL09CCM031AVA 67
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 273
BAIL06CCM474AVA 68
To adjust the setting, move the shuttle lever to Neutral, release the clutch pedal and press the Upshift or Downshift
button, until the desired setting appears.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 274
Channel 4 - Clutch pressure test

This channel is used to test the pressure of the individual clutches.
Place the shuttle lever in the Forwards position.
The following is displayed in the lower central display:

• U23 = Neutral position
• A24 = Forward
The parking brake must be ON, or the fault code 'U20' is shown on the display.
BAIL06CCM475AVB 69
Select the clutch to be tested by pressing the Upshift button.
BAIL09CCM050AVA 70
If the clutch pedal is operated from the upper limit, the lower central display displays 'A24' and then 'A20' backwards
to 'A0'.
BAIL09CCM032AVA 71
If the clutch pedal position is lower than 30 %, then the pressure value is set to zero.
With a pedal position of 30 % the clutch pressure is set to 1 bar and rises linearly to 20 bar as soon as the clutch
pedal is moved up to 75 %.
Above 75 % of the clutch pedal travel, the pressure is set to the maximum pressure of 24 bar.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 275
Press and hold the Downshift button to switch on the power supply to the clutch solenoid valve.
Channel 5- Clutch Switch Adjustment

This channel is an alternative to channel 1 for adjusting the clutch switch. The transmission is enabled in this state.
Place the shuttle lever into the forward position The display will show ’n’ if the lever is in neutral.
• When the display shows "CP", cycle the clutch pedal.
• When the clutch pedal is released the display will show a value in the range 8-14, if the switch is correctly adjusted.
• If the switch is incorrectly adjusted the display will show "CL" and the screw will need to be rotated clockwise, or
the display will show "CCL" and the screw will need to be rotated in an anti-clockwise direction.
Adjust the screw in the direction indicated by the display and cycle the clutch pedal and repeat the procedure
until the display shows the correct value.
Channel 6 - Self Bed In Of Clutches

This channel is used for the self bed in of the transmission clutches.
Start the machine, leave the shuttle lever in the neutral position, engage the parking brake, set the engine to any
suitable speed, disengage the PTO, release the clutch pedal, disengage the creeper and select any gear other
than 19th.
• Press the downshift button on the hand controller to start the procedure.
• Press the upshift button on the hand controller to finish the procedure.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 276

BAIL09CCM033FVA 72
IMPORTANT: By selecting the screen display with the controller identifier "RT" displayed will reset the EEPROM in
all the sub-systems.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 277
reset by depressing the “dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL09CCM034AVA 73
The lower central display will display “EECL" .
BVE0682A 74
CAUTION
B006
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A 75
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 278
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL09CCM035FVA 76
BAIL09CCM036AVA 77
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 279
BAIL06CCM446AVA 78
below.
components.
Chan- Description Control Standard value Comments

nel module
connector
and pin
1 Clutch pedal position CN4-20 76 Not depressed
29 Depressed
2 Transmission temperature sensor CN1B-14 75 % at 40 °C.
3 Fuse 38 sense line CN1B-11 99
5 +5 Volt voltage supply to the sensors CN1B-16 48
6 +8 Volt voltage supply to the sensors CN1B-25 79
7 +12 Volt VF input signal (see explanation below) CN1A-1 43
8 +12 Volt VD input signal (see explanation below) CN1A-8 43 Shuttle lever
in forward
or reverse
position
9 +12 Volt VH input signal (see explanation below) CN1A-20 43
10 +12 Volt VT input signal (see explanation below) CN3B-24 43
11 Seat switch CN4-9 69 in seat
36 not in seat
12 Transmission output speed sensor CN3B-34 50 (engine not running)
13 Flywheel speed sensor CN3B-22 50 (engine not running)
18 Engine speed - 850 - 2350 RPM
19 Wheel speed - 2780 @ 10 km/h
20 Radar speed - 2780 @ 10 km/h
29 Creeper position potentiometer CN3A-9 26 Off - 54 On
30 Raise solenoid for the EDC control valve CN2-4 0 Off - 66 On
31 Lower solenoid for the EDC control valve CN2-5 0 Off - 66 On
32 Lifting arm position potentiometer CN1B-2 6 Lowered 79 Raised
33 Position control potentiometer via CAN 0 Lowered 100 Raised
34 Drop rate potentiometer via CAN 0 anti-clockwise, 100
clockwise
35 Height limit potentiometer via CAN 0 anti-clockwise, 100
clockwise
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 280
Chan- Description Control Standard value Comments

nel module
connector
and pin
36 Sensitivity potentiometer via CAN 0 anti-clockwise, 100
clockwise
37 Slip limit potentiometer via CAN 0 anti-clockwise, 100
clockwise
38 Right hand draft load pin CN1B-9 46 No mounted
implement
39 Left hand draft load pin CN1B-10 46 No mounted
implement
40 Draft load potentiometer 0 anti-clockwise, 100
via CAN
clockwise
43 Clutch A solenoid current CN2-8 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
44 Clutch B solenoid current CN2-1 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
45 Clutch C solenoid current CN2-5 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
46 Clutch D solenoid current CN2-3 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
47 Clutch E solenoid current CN3B-1 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
49 Rear PTO solenoid current CN3B-18 0 Off - 99 On
50 Neutral switch (shuttle lever) CN4-16 30 released, 65
depressed
52 Creeper solenoid current CN3B-2 0 Not Engaged -
99 Engaged
58 Low range solenoid current CN3B-3 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
59 Mid range solenoid current CN2-7 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
60 High range solenoid current CN2-2 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
61 19th gear solenoid current CN2-13 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
62 19th gear dump solenoid current CN2-10 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
66 Reverse range solenoid current CN3B-4 0 Not Engaged -
70 Engaged
76 Forward switch (shuttle lever) CN1B-12 30 Neutral, 68 forward
77 Reverse switch (shuttle lever) CN1B-13 30 Neutral, 68 forward
90 Hand throttle potentiometer via CAN 0 at idle 100 at max
speed
91 Accelerator pedal potentiometer CN1B-1 10 at idle, 85 at max
speed
97 EHR joystick (X) via CAN 0 at centre, 100 left/right
98 EHR joystick (Y) via CAN 0 at centre, 100
up/down
107 Rear PTO speed selection position sensor CN4-8 75@1000
33@1000E
109 Transmission oil pressure sensor CN1B-7
133 PTO twist sensor CN2-14 50 (engine not running)
Explanations:
VF Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components not directly affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. forward and reverse synchroniser solenoids, creeper solenoid and four wheel drive solenoid.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 281
VD Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to transmission components which are affected by the clutch
pedal switch, i.e. PWM solenoids.
VH Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to electronic draft control components, i.e. raise and lower
solenoids.
VT Input: This is the input voltage into the controller to rear PTO and Differential lock, i.e. rear PTO clutch,
Rear PTO brake, and differential lock solenoids.
CN1a = X092 CN1b = X093 CN2 = X091

CN3a = X094 CN3b = X095 CN4 = X097
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 282
HA - DEMONSTRATION MENU
Used to demonstrate engine power boost.
HA Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CCM037FVA 79
Select the HA menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM038AVA 80

After a delay the current setting will be displayed. (see the table below for the description the channel).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 283
BAIL06CCM446AVA 81
Channel Description
Ch 1 Engine power boost demonstration
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 284
Channel 1 - Engine Power Boost Demonstration

Power boost will only be active under the following conditions:
• No PTO torque sensor or calibration fault codes

• PTO is fully engaged
• Wheel speed is greater than 0.5 Km/h.
• Engine speed is greater than 1300 rev/min.
• Coolant temperature is below 105 °C.
• PTO has at least 250 Nm torque applied
The lower central display will display “Pbd" (Power boost demonstration).
Start the engine and operate the vehicle to activate engine power boost. The power boost lamp on the ADIC will be
illuminated when power boost is enabled.
Engine power boost will work as normal, but using the CRPM adjustment switch will turn the powerboost on and off.
CRPM increase switch (1) to turn power boost ON
CRPM decrease switch (2) to turn power boost OFF
NOTE: Power boost demonstration will be disabled after turning the keystart OFF.
BAIL09CCM051AVA 82
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 285

A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL09CCM039FVA 83
Select the required sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL09CCM040AVA 84
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 286
The lower central display will display "_ _ _", if no fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BAIL06CCM487AVA 85
BVF1088A 86
The lower central display will the automatically cycle through as the example:
1023 = Fault code
13 = Hour of first occurrence
13 = Hour of last occurrence
2 = Number of occurrences of the fault
BAIL06CCM488AVA 87
Depress the “h" or “m" key to change to the next fault code in the list.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 287
BAIL09CCM041FVA 88
Select the HC menu by depressing the “dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM042AVA 89
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 288
The lower central display will display “F CL".
BVE0684A 90
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have
been cleared.
BVE0121A 91
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 289

BAIL09CCM043FVA 92
Select the HE menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CCM044AVA 93
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 290

See the table below for the description of each channel.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 94

1 Wheel speed sensor frequency 8000 @ 10 km/h
2 Radar 3700 @ 10 km/h
3 Not used -
4 Rear PTO speed 1100 @ 2000 RPM
5 Not used -
6 Mid speed sensor frequency 4300 @ 10 km/h.
7 PTO twist angle (relative to 4500 to 13500 (degrees x 100)
damper)
8 Engine flywheel speed 560 @ 850 RPM
9 PTO Shaft twist (relative to -15 - 140 °
reference)

BAIL09CCM069AVA 95
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 291

sub-systems.
BAIL09CCM047FVA 96
BAIL09CCM046AVA 97
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 292
560 = Hardware identification
0400 = Hardware version
2000 = Serial number
48 = Serial number
BAIL06CCM496AVA 98
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 293
HJ - ELECTRONIC HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE SET-UP

This menu allows the front Electronic Hydraulic Remote (EHR) control valve numbers to be reset.
The EHR valve stores a number to indicate its position in the remote control valve stack, i.e. valve number 1,2, 3, 4
or 5. If a valve assembly has been replaced it will be necessary to reprogram the number of each valve within the
complete assembly. New valves are supplied without an assigned number.
NOTE: The renumbering procedure for all of the valves, either rear or mid mount valves, must be completed before
commencing the procedure for the other set of valves.
HJ Menu Screen Select Diagram
BAIL09CCM048FVA 99
With all of the rear remotes connected, navigate the H-menus and select the HJ menu by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL09CCM049AVA 100
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 294
The lower central display will display "EEhr".
BVE0736A 101
NOTE: HJ will clear all the EHR valve numbers.
Depress and hold the "m" button, the display will change to show ’5’ and countdown to ’1’ then change to ’Cehr’, this
signifies that the valve numbers have been cleared.
BVE0737A 102
Turn the keystart OFF. Disconnect the connectors from each of the remote valves, except for valve number 1.
Turn the keystart ON and enter HJ menu again. The cluster display will momentarily flash ’Ehr_’ followed by ’Ehr1’,
an audible beep will be heard, indicating that number 1 valve has been recognised and renumbered. The display will
then change to flash ’Ehr2’ to signify that the controller is ready for the next valve to be connected.
Connect each remote valve in the correct order. As each valve is connected an audible beep will signify the valve is
recognised.
As each valve is connected the display will change to show the next valve number to be connected until ’Ehr_5’ is
displayed.
If there are less than 5 rear remotes then the procedure can be exited by depressing and holding the ’m’ key, the
display will change to ‘End’ to indicate programming is complete. If the maximum number of valves are fitted then the
procedure will end automatically and display ’End’.
Turn the keystart OFF to store the new valve numbers.
Calibrate the remote valves. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C).
Control module - Configure KA - Steering Control

87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 295

H3 Not used -
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory 12
(EEPROM)
H9 Voltmeter 15
HA Not used -
HD Not used -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 296
This menu is used to calibration the steering controller. Refer to Fast steer system - Calibrate (D.20.C).
BAIL06CCM601FVC 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 297

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the steering controller.
BAIL06CCM653FVC 2
Select the steering sub-system by depressing the “menu" button.
BAIL06CCM654AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 298
The display will show “ch 1".
BAIL09CVT690AVA 4
The required channel can be selected by using the “up" and “down" buttons.
After a delay the calibration value will be displayed. (see the table below for the description of the channel).
Depress the “menu" button to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel Description Default Value Range

Ch 1 Proximity switch open 350 0 to 999
Ch 2 Proximity switch closed 295 0 to 999
Ch 3 LVDT secondary signal 1 open 400 400 to 750
Ch 4 LVDT secondary signal 2 open 500 400 to 750
Ch 5 LVDT secondary signal 1 closed 500 400 to 750
Ch 6 LVDT secondary signal 2 closed 400 400 to 750
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 299

BAIL06CCM657FVB 5
Select the H4 menu by depressing the "menu" button.
BAIL06CCM658AVA 6
The display will automatically cycle through the software release, as the example shown and return to allow navigation
of the "HH" menus.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 300
BAIL06CCM460AVB 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 301

BAIL06CCM659FVB 8
BAIL06CCM660AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 302
The display will show "d _ _"
BVE0047A 10
function.
BAIL06CCM667AVA 11
Identifier Controller Switch / Input Special Requirements

Connector
d117 A1 Enable switch -
d118 C4 Safety switch -
d119 B4 Proximity switch -
d120 - LVDT -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 303

BAIL06CCM670FVB 12
CAUTION
B006
NOTE: If the “m" button is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
BAIL06CCM671AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 304
Depress and hold the “down" button to confirm the resetting of the EEPROM.
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been cleared.
BVE0121A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 305
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL06CCM672FVB 15
BAIL06CCM673AVA 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 306
The display will show "ch 1"
BAIL09CVT703AVA 17
The required channel can be selected by using the "up" and "down" buttons.
below.
components.
Channel Description Module Pin Typical Reading

1 LVDT secondary winding 1 B5 450 to 750
2 LVDT secondary winding 2 B6 450 to 750
3 Proximity sensor B4 50 to 800
4 Electrovalve A6 350 to 500 mA
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 307

A maximum of ten fault codes for each sub-system can be stored.
BAIL06CCM674FVB 18
Select the steering sub-system by depressing the "menu" button, as the example shown.
BAIL06CCM680AVA 19
The display will show "_ _ _", if no fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 308
BAIL06CCM487AVA 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 309
The display will show "F" if a fault code is stored in the selected sub-system.
BVF1088A 21
The display will then automatically cycle through as the example:

15010 Fault code
BAIL06CCM488AVB 22
Depress the “up" or “down" button to change to the next fault code in the list.
Depress the “menu" button to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 310
BAIL06CCM681FVB 23
Select the HC menu by depressing the “menu" button.
BAIL06CCM682AVA 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 311
The display will show “F CL".
BVE0684A 25
Depress and hold the “down" button to confirm the clearing of the memory.
The display will countdown from 05 to 01, then “EE" will be displayed to indicate the fault codes have been cleared.
Depress the “menu" key to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
BVE0121A 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 312

BAIL06CCM683FVB 27
Select the HE menu by depressing the "menu" button.
BAIL06CCM684AVA 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 313
The display will show "ch _"

The required channel can be selected by using the “up" and “down" buttons.
BAIL06CCM446AVA 29
Depress the “dimming" button to continue navigating through the “HH" menus.
Channel Description Typical Reading

1
2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 314

This menu allows the hardware identification, hardware version and serial number to be displayed.
BAIL06CCM685FVB 30
Select the HF menu by depressing the "menu" button.
BAIL06CCM686AVA 31
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 315
The display will automatically cycle through as the example:

0000 Serial number
0609 Serial number
0054 Serial number
BAIL06CCM687AVA 32
Control module - Configure Armrest

LC - Armrest (ARU)

H1 Not used -
H2 Not used -
H3 Not used -
H4 Display software version level 1
H5 Switch diagnostics 4
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Not used -
H9 Voltmeter diagnostics 8
HA Not used -
HD Not used -
HE Not used -
HJ Not used -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 316
H4 - DISPLAY SOFTWARE VERSION LEVEL

BAIL09CVT713AVA 1
BAIL09CVT714AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 317
BAIL09CVT715AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 318

BAIL09CVT716AVA 4
BAIL09CVT717AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 319
The lower central display will display “d _ _".
BVE0047A_569 6
function.
If a switch code is not displayed and the audible tone not heard, a ’wiggle’ test can be performed on the related wiring
BAIL06CCM746AVA 7
Identifier Switch / Input Notes

d5 Multi function handle (MFH) - Rear hitch work switch
d6 MFH - Rear hitch raise switch
d19 MFH - 2nd function handle
d92 Front hitch height limit enable switch
d95 EHR 1 program / motor mode switch
d104 MFH - Headland Turn system (HTS) step switch
d136 MFH - Reverse switch
d137 MFH - Forward switch
d153 Joystick 1 - switch 1
d159 EHR flow control encoder switch
d165 EHR float control switch
d169 MFH - CVT range increase switch
d170 MFH - CVT range decrease switch
d177 MFH - Autoguidance engage on/off switch
d178 MFH EHR 1 extend switch
d179 MFH EHR 1 retract switch
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 320
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL09CVT718AVA 8
BAIL06CCM427AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 321
BVE0780A_573 10
below.
components.
BAIL06CCM428AVA 11

27 Front hitch - height limit control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
33 Rear hitch - position control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
34 Rear hitch - drop rate control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
35 Rear hitch - height limit control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
36 Rear hitch - sensitivity control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
37 Rear hitch - slip control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
40 Rear hitch - draft control 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
89 Hand throttle No.2 position 0.0 min throttle
100.0 max throttle
90 Hand throttle No.1 position 0.0 min throttle
100.0 max throttle
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 322

97 Joystick 1 - X position 0.0 at centre
100.0 left/right
98 Joystick 1 - Y position 0.0 at centre
100.0 up/down
101 EHR No.1 lever position 97.0 raise, 55.0 neutral
12.0 lower, 1.0 float
137 Front hitch position pressure 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
138 Front hitch drop rate 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
139 Front hitch position pressure mix 0 anti-clockwise
100 clockwise
140 Multifunction handle position 0.0 fully back
100.0 fully forward
143 Joystick 1 - proportional rocker 50 centre
0 pressed down,
100 pressed up
145 Vref 1 927
149 EHR flow encoder Not available
150 Multi Function Handle encoder Not available
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 323

This menu is used to display the fault codes, which are stored in the EEPROM of the electronic control unit. This
function is available in all sub-systems.
BAIL09CVT723AVB 12
BAIL09CVT721AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 324
BAIL09CVT760AVA 14
18001Fault code
BAIL09CVT722AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 325
BAIL09CVT723AVA 16
BAIL09CVT724AVA 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 326
BAIL09CVT725AVA 18
BAIL09CVT726AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 327
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 328

BAIL09CVT727AVA 20
BAIL09CVT728AVA 21
The sequence of the data display runs through automatically in the lower central display, for example as follows:
0000 Serial number
0000 Serial number
0000 Serial number
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 329
BAIL09CVT729AVA 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 330
Control module - Configure Electronic Park Lock (EPL)

XA Control Module
HH Service Menu Figure

Number
H6 Not used -
H7 Not used -
H8 Clear Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM) 17
H9 Voltmeter 21
HA Not used -
HE Not used -
HJ Not used -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 331
This menu is used to calibrate the Electronic Park Lock, refer to PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Calibrate (D.32.D).
BAIL09CVT742AVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 332

This menu is used to display the calibration values stored in the controller for the Electronic Park Lock
BAIL09CVT743AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 333
ELECTRONIC PARK LOCK VALUES

Select the electronic park lock sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT730AVB 3
BAIL06CCM534AVA 4

Ch 1 Accelerometer offset -45.0 to 45.0
Ch 2 Applied position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 3 Released position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 4 Bite point position 0.0 to 65.0
Ch 5 Number of apply actuations 0 to 99999999
Ch 6 Number of apply actuations while tractor moving 0 to 99999999
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 334
H3 - CONFIGURATIONS
Used to display the configurations available for the electronic park lock.
1. Electronic park lock
• Ch.1 Electronic park lock enable option
• Ch.2 Trailer brake present
BAIL09CVT744AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 335
ELECTRONIC PARK BRAKE OPTIONS

Select the EPL sub-system by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT731AVB 6
BAIL06CCM534AVA 7
Channel Description
Ch 1 Electronic Park Lock enable option
Ch 2 Trailer brake present
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 336
Channel 1 - Electronic Park Lock Option


• YES - Enable EPL
• NO - Disable EPL
BAIL06CCM500AVA 8
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "NO" - EPL not enabled.
Channel 2 - Trailer Brake Present

This channel is used to select whether trailer brakes are present or not.

• YES - Trailer brakes present
• NO - Trailer brakes not present
BAIL09CVT761AVA 9
NOTE: The default setting for this channel is "YES" - Trailer brakes present.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 337

BAIL09CVT732AVA 10
BAIL09CVT733AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 338
BAIL09CVT762AVA 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 339

BAIL09CVT734AVA 13
Select the H menu by depressing the "dimming" key.
BAIL09CVT735AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 340
The lower central display will display "d_ _"
BVE0047A_546 15
function.
BAIL06CCM423AVA 16
Identifier Controller Pin Switch / Input

number
d8 B4 Cranking status
d11 B3 Handbrake switch
d28 C7 Shuttle lever park switch
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 341

BAIL09CVT745AVA 17
reset by depressing the "dimming" key, as the example shown.
BAIL07APH597AVB 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 342
The lower central display will display "EECL".
BVE0682A_547 19
CAUTION
B006
Depress and hold the "m" key to confirm the resetting of the EEPROM.
The lower central display will countdown from 05 to 01, then "EE" will be displayed to indicate the EEPROM has been
cleared.
BVE0121A_548 20
NOTE: If the key is released before the countdown finishes, the procedure will be aborted.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 343
H9 - VOLTMETER
BAIL09CVT736AVA 21
BAIL09CVT737AVA 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 344
BAIL06CCM534AVA 23
below.
components.
BAIL06CCM535AVA 24

1 ASNS_AI_1 input 0 to 5V
2 Shuttle lever park switch 0 to 5V
3 Battery voltage 2.7 to 14.8V
4 Ignition switch voltage 0 to 14.8V
5 Accelerometer -1.5 to 1.5g
6 Temperature -40 °C to 120 °C
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 345

This menu is used to display fault codes which are stored in the EEPROM of the controller. Common to all sub-
systems.
BAIL09CVT746AVA 25
BAIL09CVT747AVB 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 346
BVF1089A_549 27
BVF1088A_550 28
12043 Fault code

BAIL09CVT748AVA 29
Depress the "h" or "m" key to change to the next fault code in the list.
The lower central display will display "_ _ _" at the end of the list.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 347
BAIL09CVT738AVA 30
BAIL09CVT739AVA 31
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 348
BVE0684A_551 32
BVE0121A_548 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 349

sub-systems.
BAIL09CVT740AVA 34
BAIL09CVT741AVA 35
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 350

EEEE Serial number
0013 Serial number
and return to allow navigation of the "HH" menus.
BAIL09CVT764AVA 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 351
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static description

Fault Codes and Fault Finding
The tractors have an inbuilt self diagnostic facility. This facility utilises the digital display of the Instrument cluster to
indicate, in coded format, malfunctions in the electrical and electronic circuitry and in the micro-processor. It should
be noted that the self diagnostic capability is generally limited to diagnosis of the electrical and electronic circuitry
and related components, however, there are some codes, which can be generated if pressure switch circuits are not
closed because of an actual lack of hydraulic pressure. Any malfunction of the mechanical and hydraulic components
must be diagnosed using conventional techniques, performance characteristics and tooling, such as pressure testing
equipment.
Trouble-shooting and fault finding should always be carried out in a logical and planned sequence, many apparent
faults associated with electronic components are often hastily diagnosed and result in the replacement of expensive
components. An extra few minutes confirming the apparent fault will result in a more positive and cost effective repair.
With the use of micro-processors it is often that this item is blamed for any malfunction but the real truth is that this
item is usually sound and that the fault is due to poor contacts in the associated connectors.
Each electrical connector illustrated and identified in the wiring diagrams and referred to in the following fault finding
procedures, has the same identification reference. For example, one of the processor connectors is referred to as
Connector C100 in the illustration and also referred to as C100 the fault finding procedure. In the faultfinding proce-
dure the connector, pin and wire colour are shown as, C100 pin 21 in (GY). If all the wires are the same colour, the
circuit number is also included to aid in wire identification. For example, C100 pin 21 (694-GY). This is broken down
as follows:
C100 Connector number
694 Circuit number
GY Wire colour
All tests are carried out on the harness side of the connector, unless otherwise stated.
Refer to the relevant chapter for complete wiring diagrams and how to use them Wiring harness - Static description
(A.30.A).
Where the fault finding procedure requires checks for continuity a visual inspection of the wiring should be made prior
to conducting tests to ensure that obvious ‘mechanical’ damage has not occurred to the harness or the connectors.
A good quality multi-meter is an essential item to perform fault finding. It should be capable of measuring resistance
of at least 20,000 ohms and measuring voltage and current. When using the multi-meter it is good practice to select
a high range and work downwards to avoid damaging the instrument. Refer to the ’Basic Multi-Meter use’ section of
this chapter for further details.
IMPORTANT: Care should be used when using the multi-meter, only use the instrument as instructed to avoid
damage to the internal elements of the micro-processor. When checking the continuity of wiring, sensors or
switches it is necessary to isolate the electronic micro-processor and ensure the keystart is turned off to prevent
possible further damage. The keystart should only be switched on and the processor connected where specifically
instructed in the fault finding procedure.
If it is found necessary to clean the connectors a contact spray should be used. DO NOT USE ANY OTHER METHOD
FOR CLEANING TERMINALS. Do not use a cleaner that contains Trichloro-ethylene, this solvent will damage the
plastic body of the connector. It is preferable to use a cleaner with a Freon T.F. base.
SPECIAL TOOLS
Description Tool No.

Electrical Repair Tool Kit (North America Only) FNH 01000 / 380040089
Harness Repair Kit (Except North America) 294070
Test Probe Kit (Except North America) 297448
WIRING HARNESS REPAIRS
The following method to repair wiring is a temporary expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon as possible.
Do not attempt to repair the wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and should only be replaced with a new
component.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 352
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other
types of solder may result in further cable damage.
To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:-
1. Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer protective cover on both sides of the damaged area, Figure
1.
2.
1b0o2004061088 1
1. Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 inches ( 50 mm) from each cover end. Clean the grey cable cover and the
individual leads.
2. Twist two bare leads together for each damaged lead, being careful to match wire colours, then solder the leads
using resin cored solder. Tape each repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape, Figure 2.
3.
1b0o2004061089 2
1. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make a paper
trough, Figure 3, then apply silicon rubber compound (non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up to the
cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to fill the ends of the cut away area.
2.
1b0o2004061090 3
1. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of the
repair. An overlap of at least 2 inches ( 50 mm) of tape at each end is necessary, 4.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 353
2. Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the damaged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
1b0o2004061091 4
Harness Wire Replacement
If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond repair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed as a tempo-
rary repair until such time when a new harness assembly can be installed. Use the following procedure to install an
additional wire:
1. Locate the faulty wire using the procedures described in the fault code charts.
2. Disconnect the affected connectors.
3. If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the connector and harness outer covering.
4. Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the affected wire using the appropriate removal tool found in the
harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure correct pin removal.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 354
1b0o2004061092 5
From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for the Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross-sectional harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
size wire and measure out the length required by connector.
following the harness routing.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the existing To ensure that the repair has been effective check for
harness outer covering, if this is not possible run the wire continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi-meter.
along the harness, securing regularly with suitable ties.
With the wire correctly routed instal the second terminal
into its connector block. Replace the connector seal
if removed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 355
1b0o2004061093 6
THE DIGITAL MULTI-METER

NOTE: This section is only intended as a general guide to using a digital multimeter. Always refer to the
manufactures operators manual for correct operation
A multimeter is an electronic measuring device. The different types of measurement that can be made depend upon
the make and model of the multimeter. Most types of multimeter have the capacity to measure:
• Current (A) ac or dc
• Resistance (Ω)
• Voltage (V) ac or dc
• Continuity (Buzz test)
More expensive multimeters have other functions, such as the capacity to measure frequency (Hz) and test diodes.
1b0o2004061094 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 356
General Operation:
Before proceeding with a test, decide on what is going to be measured (Voltage, Current etc.). Rotate the dial until
the pointer is within the relevant zone. Within each zone there are different scales. The scale that is selected will
represent the maximum value that the multimeter will read. Always select a scale which is greater than the value
that you intend to measure. If you are unsure of the value to be measured, always select the highest scale and then
reduce the scale once you have an idea of the measured value.
1b0o2004061095 8
Why are there different scales ?

The closer that the scale is to the measured value, the more accurate the reading will be e.g. If measuring the voltage
of a battery with the scale set at 200 V, the display may read 12 V. However, if the scale was set to 20 V the display
may read a more accurate reading of 12.27 V
.
1b0o2004061096 9
Measuring Voltage (Volts):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc volts. Connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal and the Red test probe
to the "V/Ω" terminal. Place the test probes across the component to be measured with the circuit complete (closed).
Read off the display value.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 357
1b0o2004061097 10
Measuring Current (Amps):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc current. When measuring current up to 2 amps, connect the Red test probe to
the "A" terminal. When measuring current up to 10 amps, connect the Red test probe to the 10 "A" terminal. Always
connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal. When taking measurement of current, always break the circuit
and connect the multi meter in series with the circuit. Read off the display value.
NOTE: For protection, multi meters are usually fused at 1OA.
1b0o2004061098 11
Measuring Resistance (Ohms):

Set the range dial to the desired Q position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. If the resistance being measured is connected in a circuit, then turn off the power to the
circuit. Connect the test probes to the measuring point and read off the display value.
1b0o2004061099 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 358
Continuity (Buzzer) test:

Set the range dial to the “Buzz" position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. Connect the test probes to the measuring point. In general, if the resistance is less than
50 ohm then the buzzer will sound, indicating continuity.
1b0o2004061100 13
Note: Buzzers on different multi meters will sound at different ohmic values, depending on the quality of the meter.
This can often be misleading. For example, when checking a corroded earth point. A poor quality multi meter may
buzz at 150 ohm, indicating continuity and no problem. When using a higher quality multi meter for the same test,
it would not buzz due to the high resistance. When carrying out such tests, we should always check the value of
resistance as well as listening out for the buzz.
A good connection gives low resistance.
A bad connection gives high resistance.
1b0o2004061101 14
SUMMARY:
When measuring -
Voltage (V):
Connect across the component with the circuit closed.
Current (A):
Connect in series with the circuit. Circuit closed.
Resistance (Ω):
Connect across the component with the circuit open.
Continuity (Buzz):
Connect the meter across the component with the circuit open. (Always check the value of resistance as well!!)
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURES
Four electrical tests will be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns on the vehicle.
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 359
1. Continuity Test, Short to ground

2. Voltage measurement, short to 12 volts.
3. Resistance test for components
4. Continuity test, Open circuits
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 1: CONTINUITY TEST - SHORT TO GROUND
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING TESTS:
1. Power OFF, Keyswitch OFF, (sometimes battery disconnected or fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit disconnected to prevent false readings.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance. Use black lead to make contact with
a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of the part is not
corroded. Use the red meter lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case
of metal connectors.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. 3 - 4 ohms indicates a direct
short to chassis ground and must be located and repaired. Higher resistances usually indicate circuit paths through
modules, and that an additional connector needs to be disconnected to perform the test. More than 100K ohms
indicates that the circuit is free of shorts to ground.
5.
1b0o2004061102 15
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 2: VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OR SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in procedure).

2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to
perform test.
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure circuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter lead to touch
the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black lead to
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 360
make contact with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of
the part is not corroded.
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guidelines specified in the procedure.
5.
1b0o2004061103 16
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 3: RESISTANCE TEST FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING RESISTANCE TEST
1. Disconnect tractor part by unplugging electrical connectors to expose the part assembly connector for testing.
2. Set electrical meter to measure resistance or Ohms and insert test probes into connector terminals specified in
procedure. When checking potentiometers, measure from wiper terminal to each of the other terminals while
TURNING THE POT SHAFT. This will ensure no open spots escape detection. When checking rocker or rotary
switches, actuate the switch while measuring for opens and shorts.
3. Compare measured values to values specified in the fault code procedures. Allow plus or minus 5 percent of
range tolerance for all measurements.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 361
4.
1b0o2004061104 17
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 4: CONTINUITY TEST - CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUITS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING CONTINUITY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch OFF (sometimes disconnect battery or pull fuses).

2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to perform test.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red meter lead
to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black
lead to make contact with the connector pin at the other end of the circuit. Avoid contact with other pins in the
connector and the connector case, if it is metal.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is no more
than 3 - 4 ohms, the circuit is continuous. More resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded terminals in connec-
tors, and 100K ohms indicates an open circuit.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 362
5.
1b0o2004061105 18
CIRCUIT COMPONENTS - BASIC DESCRIPTION
CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES
Circuit protection devices are used to protect wiring and components from excessive current. Three different types
of protection are fitted in tractors. Two of them (fuses and fusible links) are currently used, while circuit breakers are
no longer used.
1b0o2004061106 19
FUSES, FUSIBLE LINKS
Fuses and fusible links protect circuits with thin pieces of metal and wire which heat up and melt to open up the circuit
when too much current flows through them.
Fuses are used to protect the circuit from overload. This can occur in the event of a short circuit or by connecting
equipment which demands a current greater than the circuit is designed to carry.
There are several types of fuses, but they all consist of a metal conductor which is capable of carrying a limited current.
If the specified current is exceeded then the metal conductor will overheat, causing it to melt and break. This will in
turn cause an open circuit.
The rating of the fuse relates to the current that the fuse can carry continuously.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 363
If a fuse blows, it must be replaced with a fuse of the correct rating, and if it blows again, then the cause must be
investigated.
BSE2778A 20
FUSE LINKS
A fuse link is a wire that acts like a fuse, breaking down and causing an open circuit when the current that passes
through it exceeds a certain amperage. For primary fuse protection the main supplies from the starter solenoid are
fitted with fuse links.
1b0o2004061107 21
CIRCUIT CONTROL DEVICES
Some of the components in a circuit are used to interrupt and direct current flow either through an action of the operator
or automatically. The current interrupters you are probably most familiar with are switches.
1b0o2004061108 22
SWITCHES
Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit, providing a method of controlling the circuit itself. One switch can
control a number of different circuits at the same time. This is achieved by having several separate connections
and/or multi-connector switches (several switch ’positions’).
There are several types of switch, and they may incorporate a warning light.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 364
Switches can be as simple as that used to turn on an implement lamp or as complex as the ones used to operate the
starting and lighting systems. Checking the operation of switches is usually just a matter of testing for power going
into the switch and for power leaving the switch at the appropriate contacts when the switch is operated.
One of the most common type of switches is the pressure switch (Fig. 23), a switch opened or closed by a fluid
pressure. An example of this type of switch is the engine oil pressure switch, a simple on/off device that opens (or
closes) when oil pressure rises above 10 psi.
1b0o2004061109 23
FLASHERS
Flashers work automatically to interrupt and connect the flow of current. Their operation is similar to that of the circuit
breaker described earlier.
In the flasher, a heating element warms a bimetallic strip. The strip bends, breaking contact with the power source.
When it cools, the bimetallic strip once again makes contact and the process begins again.
1b0o2004061110 24
DIODES
Some components use a semiconductor material instead of moving parts to direct current. Diodes for example, allow
current flow in one direction only.
They are essential in converting the alternating current that an alternator produces to the direct current that the tractor
electrical system components use.
1b0o2004061111 25
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 365
RESISTANCE DEVICES
A number of electrical components alter or make use of electricity through their resistance to current flow. Resistors
are components which are generally used to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters are
examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps and lighters make
use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms Law.
1b0o2004061112 26
POTENTIOMETERS
Potentiometers are variable resistors which are dependant on mechanical movement, i.e. Lateral float movement, to
vary the resistance of the component and therefore alter the output voltage.
In order to verify the correct operation of a potentiometer, the resistance should be measured at the minimum and
maximum positions and a smooth and continuous change of resistance should be observed between. As the resis-
tance varies with temperature, the test specifications are usually given at 20 °C.
1b0o2004061113 27
ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES
In general, they use the magnetic field created by flowing current to move metal parts within the components.
RELAYS
The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through the relay’s control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place (see Fig. 28).
Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The core then attracts an arm which has a contact point on it. When
the point on the arm contacts the stationary point, current flows through the power circuit.
Relays are basically electrically operated switches. They are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a manual
switch.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:
• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay, and provides the supply for the equipment to be operated, i.e.,
bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by manual switches, used to operate the relay.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 366
The part of the relay which is connected to the control circuit consists of the winding of an electro-magnet. When
the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit is switched
on, a current flows through the coil and a magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger than the spring
pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay together, causing the work circuit to operate.
1b0o2004061114 28
A switch-relay system has two main advantages over a simple switch:
• The current that flows through the switch is not the same as all the current requested by the equipment to be
operated, but usually by a smaller current: this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be made as short as possible to minimise voltage drop.
There are several types of relays. They can be normally open or normally closed. They may have internal electronic
circuits to give special operating features. For example, they can turn the switch on/off at timed intervals (flasher
relay), be sensitive to current, temperature, etc. The relay cover usually gives information about the features of the
relay.
On the relay cover there are usually 4 or 5 terminal markings :
• 30: input terminal direct from battery positive, normally live.

• 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 86: winding input terminal.
• 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.
Brown relays are normally open relays, blue ones are normally closed.
1b0o2004061115 29
SOLENOIDS
Solenoids ( 30) work in much the same way as relays, except that the iron core is not fixed in place.
As a result, the windings in the control cause the iron core to move.
In the starting system, for example, the movement of this core is used to send large amounts of current to the starter
motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free to
move through the core. When an electrical current passes through the winding an electro-magnetic force is produced
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 367
which causes the plunger to move through the core. If the current is switched off, the magnetic force is stopped and
the plunger is returned by a spring.
1b0o2004061116 30
The solenoid plunger may have different uses: the most common are moving a hydraulic spool or a mechanical lever.
The use of solenoids to control hydraulic pressure instead of the hydraulic valves is highly recommended wherever
there is a long distance between the control panel and the valve (more than 10 meters) or a fast action is required.
A coil should:
• Be non-sensitive to vibrations;
• Be silent in operation
• Have large frequency of activation (30-35 times per second)
• It should be possible to fit it in any position.
• Be insulated, in order to function correctly for a wide range of temperatures ( -40 °C to +85 °C), and with high
humidity conditions.
The MOST COMMON FAULTS that can occur are:
• Short circuit winding: if a section of the winding allows the current to pass directly from positive (+) to negative (-)
terminals without passing through the winding, this will cause the relevant circuit fuse to blow.
• Broken winding: causing an open circuit, it will not allow the current to pass through the winding, so the solenoid
will not operate.
• Seized plunger (and/or connected components): the solenoid will only move the plunger if all components are free
to move.
PWM SOLENOID VALVES
Whenever it is necessary to provide proportional control to the solenoid valves, it is much better to use a principle
of operation called pulse width modulation (PWM). PWM is a variable DC voltage signal that is used to control the
solenoid valves. The voltage signal is pulsed on and off many times a second (at a constant frequency of 500 Hz) at
a constant supply voltage of 12 V.
1b0o2004061117 31
The processors contain transistors that are supplied with a constant input voltage which is switched on and off to
achieve the variable input range. In this way the control module is able to limit the armature movement, so the
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 368
hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows the
solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF pulse
(see Fig. 32). The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage
of one complete cycle.
With reference to Fig. 32, diagrams 1 to 3 show the normal operating range of the PWM valve, and diagram 4 shows
the initial 12 V programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column A show the voltage signal that is sent to the
valve, whereas column B shows the relevant spring pressure and column C the reading on a voltmeter connected to
the solenoid valve.
Diagram 1 shows the OFF position: no signal is directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure in the valve at
all and results in a zero voltage reading. Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be made on the circuit
(Diagram 2), which results in a voltmeter reading increase. Diagram 3 shows the maximum signal that is used during
the normal activity of the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a spring pressure for the half of its run
and in an indication of a 6 volt average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will indicate
the average voltage readings.
1b0o2004061118 32
SENSORS
A sensor is the primary component of a measurement chain that converts the input variable (temperature, capacitance,
reluctance) into a signal suitable for measurement. The relationship between the input variable and the measured
signal is a characteristic of the sensor.
In the above mentioned measurement chain the signal is filtered and treated in order to adapt it to its use. It consists
of three elements: the sensor itself; the converter, which converts the output signal from the sensor (in most of the
cases into an electric signal); and the conditioner, which transforms the output signal from the converter in the most
suitable form. Generally the term sensor indicates the entire measurement chain.
TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Generally based on a simple circuit with a thermistor. A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance according
to the temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (positive Temperature Co-
efficient). In the first case the higher the temperature, the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher the
temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC are often used as sensors to indicate temperature change in fluids,
such as the engine coolant fluid.
An example of these type of senders is the coolant temperature sender. The changes in its resistance (which varies
with temperature) are relayed to the Instrument Cluster, which operates the bargraph and the warning indicators
accordingly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 369
1b0o2004061119 33
PRESSURE SENDER
A pressure sender receives a supply signal and it varies it according to the (oil) pressure. An example is the oil
pressure sender, which receives a 5 volt signal and varies it according to the oil pressure. The Instrument Cluster
keeps track of these variations and changes its readouts and warnings accordingly.
1b0o2004061120 34
SPEED SENSOR
The speed sensor is typically a reluctance sensor. An example is the axle speed sender, which is fitted into the
transmission and gets pulses off the gears, counting the gear teeth. The sender uses a pickup coil close to four wheel
drive coupling. The action of the gear close to the pickup creates pulses which are relayed to the Instrument Cluster.
The Instrument Cluster converts the frequency of the pulses into ground speed.
Possible failures are due to vibration, open circuits.
1b0o2004061121 35
FLUID LEVEL SENDER
It operates by varying resistance through the movement of a float. An example is the fuel level sender.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 370
1b0o2004061122 36
ELECTRONIC MODULES
The electronic modules are the "black boxes" that provide control on many of the functions of the tractor. These
functions may vary according to the options that are fitted on the tractor.
Inside these "black boxes" there is a processor, the "thinking part" of the module, and inside some of them there is
one or more memories, which may allow the module to store calibration values, the configuration of the vehicle (which
optional tools or devices have been installed) and the error codes.
BSE3118B_516 37
A processor has a series of pins, which are electrical contacts (see Fig. 38). There are three main types of pins: for
the inputs of the signals, for the outputs and for the processor supply.
The processor, the memories and the link between them form the hardware of the module, its "physical" part.
Then some software is needed, to handle the communication between the processor and the memories and to man-
age the various signals going into and out of the processor. The software is designed to operate in a different way for
every module, and is called functional code.
1b0o2004061123 38
A serial data link is a kind of communication where data is sent along a single wire, so the information regarding
different functions of the same processor are sent to the Instrument Cluster in different moments.
To provide a continuous control on components, the processor continuously scans all the inputs in a time-sharing
mode, with a cycle lasting 1O ms. This means that all the components controlled by the processor are checked one
by one, and that every component is checked 100 times per second.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 371
The electronic modules are often blamed as responsible for most of the problems of the modern tractors, while they
are for certain among the most protected parts of the tractor. In fact, the pins of the module are protected against
spikes (high pulses) of current, and the signals are filtered by the hardware and by the software in input and in output
to give the best handling of information.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) SYSTEM
BRJ4637B 39
CAN BUS Architecture
1. CAN BUS 1 4. CAN BUS Select

2. CAN BUS 2 (EHR’s) 5. Diagnostic Connector
3. CAN BUS 2 Terminating Resistor 6. Implement BUS
The tractor utilises a CAN (Controller Area Network) in addition to the standard wiring harnesses. The CAN is a
2-wire system which uses a series of numeric values sent at very high speed to transmit data between controllers and
components. A CAN system has the advantage of being able to use one component for many applications without
the need for hard wiring to each application, as in a conventional system.
Depending on the model specification, controllers are used to control a number of systems on the tractor. Refer to
Figure 39 for details of processors and CAN BUS connections.
FAULT CODE DISPLAYS
All fault codes are displayed on the analog digital instrument cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (DMD). Only disabling
errors will be displayed on the DMD and will be visible to the operator. Less serious errors are stored and can be
retrieved via the H-Menus, refer to Control module - Static description (A.50.A) for more detailed information.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 372
BRE1568B 40
Fault Code Symbols
1. Engine 7. P.T.O. system
2. Transmission 8. Electronic remote valves
3. Differential lock 9. Front suspension
4. CAN malfunction 10. Four wheel drive
5. Electronic draft control 11. Instrument panel electrical

fault
6. Front hitch 12. Fast steer system
The ADIC will display a symbol accompanied by a four or five digit code to indicate a fault has occured. The symbol
represents the system in which the fault is detected and the code specifies the cause of the detected fault.
The fault codes are grouped by system using the following numbered ranges:
• 1001-2000 (Electronic Draft Control)

• 2001-3000 (Transmission)
• 3001-4000 (Engine)
• 4100-4400 (Rear Electro - Hydraulic Remotes)
• 4500-4600 (Front Electro - Hydraulic Remotes)
• 5001-6000 (Rear Power Take Off )
• 6001-7000 (Four wheel drive)
• 7001-8000 (Differential lock)
• 8001-9000 (Front PTO)
• 9001-10000 (Front hitch)
• 10001-11000 (Front suspension)
• 14001-15000 (Instrument cluster)
• 15001-16000 (Steering controller )
• 16001-17000 (Air conditioning )
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 373
H-MENU DIAGNOSTIC MODE
The H-menu diagnostic mode can be used to access and clear the fault codes which may be stored in the various
controllers. The H-menu diagnostic mode also contains many other useful functions which may be used to assist with
diagnostics.
Refer to the Diagnostic H Routines chapter in Control module - Static description (A.50.A).
BVE0006A 41
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 374
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static description

Fault Codes and Fault Finding
The tractors have an inbuilt self diagnostic facility. This facility utilises the digital display of the Instrument cluster to
indicate, in coded format, malfunctions in the electrical and electronic circuitry and in the micro-processor. It should
be noted that the self diagnostic capability is generally limited to diagnosis of the electrical and electronic circuitry
and related components, however, there are some codes, which can be generated if pressure switch circuits are not
closed because of an actual lack of hydraulic pressure. Any malfunction of the mechanical and hydraulic components
must be diagnosed using conventional techniques, performance characteristics and tooling, such as pressure testing
equipment.
Troubleshooting and fault finding should always be carried out in a logical and planned sequence, many apparent
faults associated with electronic components are often hastily diagnosed and result in the replacement of expensive
components. An extra few minutes confirming the apparent fault will result in a more positive and cost effective repair.
With the use of micro-processors it is often that this item is blamed for any malfunction but the real truth is that this
item is usually sound and that the fault is due to poor contacts in the associated connectors.
Each electrical connector illustrated and identified in the wiring diagrams and referred to in the following fault finding
procedures, has the same identification reference. For example, one of the processor connectors is referred to as
Connector X095 in the illustration and also referred to as X095 the fault finding procedure. In the fault finding pro-
cedure the connector, pin and wire colour are shown as, X095 pin 17 (Y). If all the wires are the same colour, the
circuit number is also included to aid in wire identification. For example, X095 pin 17 (Y,3024). This is broken down
as follows:
X095 Connector number
Y Wire colour
3024 Circuit number
All tests are carried out on the harness side of the connector, unless otherwise stated.
Refer to the relevant chapter for complete wiring diagrams and how to use them Wiring harness - Static description
(A.30.A).
Where the fault finding procedure requires checks for continuity a visual inspection of the wiring should be made prior
to conducting tests to ensure that obvious ‘mechanical’ damage has not occurred to the harness or the connectors.
A good quality multi-meter is an essential item to perform fault finding. It should be capable of measuring resistance
of at least 20,000 ohms and measuring voltage and current. When using the multi-meter it is good practice to select
a high range and work downwards to avoid damaging the instrument. Refer to the ’Basic Multi-Meter use’ section of
this chapter for further details.
IMPORTANT: Care should be used when using the multi-meter, only use the instrument as instructed to avoid
damage to the internal elements of the micro-processor. When checking the continuity of wiring, sensors or
switches it is necessary to isolate the electronic micro-processor and ensure the keystart is turned off to prevent
possible further damage. The keystart should only be switched on and the processor connected where specifically
instructed in the fault finding procedure.
If it is found necessary to clean the connectors a contact spray should be used. DO NOT USE ANY OTHER METHOD
FOR CLEANING TERMINALS. Do not use a cleaner that contains Trichloro-ethylene, this solvent will damage the
plastic body of the connector. It is preferable to use a cleaner with a Freon T.F. base.
SPECIAL TOOLS
Description Tool No.

Electrical Repair Tool Kit (North America Only) FNH 01000 / 380040089
Harness Repair Kit (Except North America) 294070
Test Probe Kit (Except North America) 297448
WIRING HARNESS REPAIRS
The following method to repair wiring is a temporary expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon as possible.
Do not attempt to repair the wire on any system sensors as these are sealed and should only be replaced with a new
component.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 375
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other
types of solder may result in further cable damage.
To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:-
1. Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer protective cover on both sides of the damaged area, Figure
1.
2.
1b0o2004061088 1
1. Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 inches ( 50 mm) from each cover end. Clean the grey cable cover and the
individual leads.
2. Twist two bare leads together for each damaged lead, being careful to match wire colours, then solder the leads
using resin cored solder. Tape each repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape, Figure 2.
3.
1b0o2004061089 2
1. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make a paper
trough, Figure 3, then apply silicon rubber compound (non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up to the
cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to fill the ends of the cut away area.
2.
1b0o2004061090 3
1. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of the
repair. An overlap of at least 2 inches ( 50 mm) of tape at each end is necessary, 4.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 376
2. Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
1b0o2004061091 4
Harness Wire Replacement
If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond repair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed as a tempo-
rary repair until such time when a new harness assembly can be installed. Use the following procedure to install an
additional wire:
1. Locate the faulty wire using the procedures described in the fault code charts.
2. Disconnect the affected connectors.
3. If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the connector and harness outer covering.
4. Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the affected wire using the appropriate removal tool found in the
harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure correct pin removal.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 377
1b0o2004061092 5
From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for the Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross-sectional harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
size wire and measure out the length required by connector.
following the harness routing.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the existing To ensure that the repair has been effective check for
harness outer covering, if this is not possible run the wire continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi-meter.
along the harness, securing regularly with suitable ties.
With the wire correctly routed instal the second terminal
into its connector block. Replace the connector seal
if removed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 378
1b0o2004061093 6
THE DIGITAL MULTI-METER

NOTE: This section is only intended as a general guide to using a digital multimeter. Always refer to the
manufactures operators manual for correct operation
A multimeter is an electronic measuring device. The different types of measurement that can be made depend upon
the make and model of the multimeter. Most types of multimeter have the capacity to measure:
• Current (A) ac or dc
• Resistance (Ω)
• Voltage (V) ac or dc
• Continuity (Buzz test)
More expensive multimeters have other functions, such as the capacity to measure frequency (Hz) and test diodes.
1b0o2004061094 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 379
General Operation:
Before proceeding with a test, decide on what is going to be measured (Voltage, Current etc.). Rotate the dial until
the pointer is within the relevant zone. Within each zone there are different scales. The scale that is selected will
represent the maximum value that the multimeter will read. Always select a scale which is greater than the value
that you intend to measure. If you are unsure of the value to be measured, always select the highest scale and then
reduce the scale once you have an idea of the measured value.
1b0o2004061095 8
Why are there different scales ?

The closer that the scale is to the measured value, the more accurate the reading will be e.g. If measuring the voltage
of a battery with the scale set at 200 V, the display may read 12 V. However, if the scale was set to 20 V the display
may read a more accurate reading of 12.27 V
.
1b0o2004061096 9
Measuring Voltage (Volts):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc volts. Connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal and the Red test probe
to the "V/Ω" terminal. Place the test probes across the component to be measured with the circuit complete (closed).
Read off the display value.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 380
1b0o2004061097 10
Measuring Current (Amps):

Set the range dial to either ac or dc current. When measuring current up to 2 amps, connect the Red test probe to
the "A" terminal. When measuring current up to 10 amps, connect the Red test probe to the 10 "A" terminal. Always
connect the Black test probe to the "COM" terminal. When taking measurement of current, always break the circuit
and connect the multi meter in series with the circuit. Read off the display value.
NOTE: For protection, multi meters are usually fused at 1OA.
1b0o2004061098 11
Measuring Resistance (Ohms):

Set the range dial to the desired Q position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. If the resistance being measured is connected in a circuit, then turn off the power to the
circuit. Connect the test probes to the measuring point and read off the display value.
1b0o2004061099 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 381
Continuity (Buzzer) test:

Set the range dial to the “Buzz" position. Connect the Red test probe to the “V/Ω" terminal. Connect the Black test
probe to the “COM" terminal. Connect the test probes to the measuring point. In general, if the resistance is less than
50 ohm then the buzzer will sound, indicating continuity.
1b0o2004061100 13
Note: Buzzers on different multi meters will sound at different ohmic values, depending on the quality of the meter.
This can often be misleading. For example, when checking a corroded earth point. A poor quality multi meter may
buzz at 150 ohm, indicating continuity and no problem. When using a higher quality multi meter for the same test,
it would not buzz due to the high resistance. When carrying out such tests, we should always check the value of
resistance as well as listening out for the buzz.
A good connection gives low resistance.
A bad connection gives high resistance.
1b0o2004061101 14
SUMMARY:
When measuring -
Voltage (V):
Connect across the component with the circuit closed.
Current (A):
Connect in series with the circuit. Circuit closed.
Resistance (Ω):
Connect across the component with the circuit open.
Continuity (Buzz):
Connect the meter across the component with the circuit open. (Always check the value of resistance as well!)
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURES
Four electrical tests will be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns on the vehicle.
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 382
1. Continuity Test, Short to ground

2. Voltage measurement, short to 12 volts.
3. Resistance test for components
4. Continuity test, Open circuits
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 1: CONTINUITY TEST - SHORT TO GROUND
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING TESTS:
1. Power OFF, Keyswitch OFF, (sometimes battery disconnected or fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit disconnected to prevent false readings.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance. Use black lead to make contact with
a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of the part is not
corroded. Use the red meter lead to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case
of metal connectors.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. 3 - 4 ohms indicates a direct
short to chassis ground and must be located and repaired. Higher resistances usually indicate circuit paths through
modules, and that an additional connector needs to be disconnected to perform the test. More than 100K ohms
indicates that the circuit is free of shorts to ground.
5.
1b0o2004061102 15
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 2: VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT OR SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING SHORT TO POSITIVE SUPPLY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in procedure).

2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to
perform test.
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure circuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter lead to touch
the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black lead to
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 383
make contact with a plated metal part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of
the part is not corroded.
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guidelines specified in the procedure.
5.
1b0o2004061103 16
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 3: RESISTANCE TEST FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING RESISTANCE TEST
1. Disconnect tractor part by unplugging electrical connectors to expose the part assembly connector for testing.
2. Set electrical meter to measure resistance or Ohms and insert test probes into connector terminals specified in
procedure. When checking potentiometers, measure from wiper terminal to each of the other terminals while
TURNING THE POT SHAFT. This will ensure no open spots escape detection. When checking rocker or rotary
switches, actuate the switch while measuring for opens and shorts.
3. Compare measured values to values specified in the fault code procedures. Allow plus or minus 5 percent of
range tolerance for all measurements.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 384
4.
1b0o2004061104 17
ELECTRICAL TEST PROCEDURE 4: CONTINUITY TEST - CHECK FOR OPEN CIRCUITS
CONDITIONS FOR PERFORMING CONTINUITY TESTS:
1. Keyswitch OFF (sometimes disconnect battery or pull fuses).

2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected. All other connectors must be reconnected to perform test.
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and measure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red meter lead
to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use the black
lead to make contact with the connector pin at the other end of the circuit. Avoid contact with other pins in the
connector and the connector case, if it is metal.
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guidelines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is no more
than 3 - 4 ohms, the circuit is continuous. More resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded terminals in connec-
tors, and 100K ohms indicates an open circuit.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 385
5.
1b0o2004061105 18
CIRCUIT COMPONENTS - BASIC DESCRIPTION
CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES
Circuit protection devices are used to protect wiring and components from excessive current. Three different types
of protection are fitted in tractors. Two of them (fuses and fusible links) are currently used, while circuit breakers are
no longer used.
1b0o2004061106 19
FUSES
Fuses protect circuits with thin pieces of metal and wire which heat up and melt to open up the circuit when too much
current flows through them.
Fuses are used to protect the circuit from overload. This can occur in the event of a short circuit or by connecting
equipment which demands a current greater than the circuit is designed to carry.
There are several types of fuses, but they all consist of a metal conductor which is capable of carrying a limited current.
If the specified current is exceeded then the metal conductor will overheat, causing it to melt and break. This will in
turn cause an open circuit.
The rating of the fuse relates to the current that the fuse can carry continuously.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 386
If a fuse blows, it must be replaced with a fuse of the correct rating, and if it blows again, then the cause must be
investigated.
SS08K511 20
CIRCUIT CONTROL DEVICES
Some of the components in a circuit are used to interrupt and direct current flow either through an action of the operator
or automatically. The current interrupters you are probably most familiar with are switches.
1b0o2004061108 21
SWITCHES
Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit, providing a method of controlling the circuit itself. One switch can
control a number of different circuits at the same time. This is achieved by having several separate connections
and/or multi-connector switches (several switch ’positions’).
There are several types of switch, and they may incorporate a warning light.
Switches can be as simple as that used to turn on an implement lamp or as complex as the ones used to operate the
starting and lighting systems. Checking the operation of switches is usually just a matter of testing for power going
into the switch and for power leaving the switch at the appropriate contacts when the switch is operated.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 387
One of the most common type of switches is the pressure switch (Fig. 22), a switch opened or closed by a fluid
pressure. An example of this type of switch is the engine oil pressure switch, a simple on/off device that opens (or
closes) when oil pressure rises above 10 psi.
1b0o2004061109 22
FLASHERS
Flashers work automatically to interrupt and connect the flow of current. Their operation is similar to that of the circuit
breaker described earlier.
Flasher units may be either a mechanical device where a heating element warms a bimetallic strip. The strip bends,
breaking contact with the power source. When it cools, the bimetallic strip once again makes contact and the process
begins again, or as is more common now, it is a solid state unit where the switching is done via electrical components.
BAIL09FPS001AMA 23
DIODES
Some components use a semiconductor material instead of moving parts to direct current. Diodes for example, allow
current flow in one direction only.
They are essential in converting the alternating current that an alternator produces to the direct current that the tractor
electrical system components use.
1b0o2004061111 24
RESISTANCE DEVICES
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 388
A number of electrical components alter or make use of electricity through their resistance to current flow. Resistors
are components which are generally used to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters are
examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps and lighters make
use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms Law.
1b0o2004061112 25
POTENTIOMETERS
Potentiometers are variable resistors which are dependant on mechanical movement, i.e. Lateral float movement, to
vary the resistance of the component and therefore alter the output voltage.
In order to verify the correct operation of a potentiometer, the resistance should be measured at the minimum and
maximum positions and a smooth and continuous change of resistance should be observed between. As the resis-
tance varies with temperature, the test specifications are usually given at 20 °C.
1b0o2004061113 26
ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES
In general, they use the magnetic field created by flowing current to move metal parts within the components.
RELAYS
The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through the relay’s control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place (see Fig. 27).
Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The core then attracts an arm which has a contact point on it. When
the point on the arm contacts the stationary point, current flows through the power circuit.
Relays are basically electrically operated switches. They are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a manual
switch.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:
• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay, and provides the supply for the equipment to be operated, i.e.,
bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by manual switches, used to operate the relay.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 389
The part of the relay which is connected to the control circuit consists of the winding of an electro-magnet. When
the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit is switched
on, a current flows through the coil and a magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger than the spring
pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay together, causing the work circuit to operate.
1b0o2004061114 27
A switch-relay system has two main advantages over a simple switch:
• The current that flows through the switch is not the same as all the current requested by the equipment to be
operated, but usually by a smaller current: this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be made as short as possible to minimise voltage drop.
There are several types of relays. They can be normally open or normally closed. They may have internal electronic
circuits to give special operating features. For example, they can turn the switch on/off at timed intervals (flasher
relay), be sensitive to current, temperature, etc. The relay cover usually gives information about the features of the
relay.
On the relay cover there are usually 4 or 5 terminal markings :
• 30: input terminal direct from battery positive, normally live.

• 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 86: winding input terminal.
• 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.
Brown relays are normally open relays, blue ones are normally closed.
1b0o2004061115 28
SOLENOIDS
Solenoids ( 29) work in much the same way as relays, except that the iron core is not fixed in place.
As a result, the windings in the control cause the iron core to move.
In the starting system, for example, the movement of this core is used to send large amounts of current to the starter
motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free to
move through the core. When an electrical current passes through the winding an electro-magnetic force is produced
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 390
which causes the plunger to move through the core. If the current is switched off, the magnetic force is stopped and
the plunger is returned by a spring.
1b0o2004061116 29
The solenoid plunger may have different uses: the most common are moving a hydraulic spool or a mechanical lever.
The use of solenoids to control hydraulic pressure instead of the hydraulic valves is highly recommended wherever
there is a long distance between the control panel and the valve (more than 10 meters) or a fast action is required.
A coil should:
• Be non-sensitive to vibrations;
• Be silent in operation
• Have large frequency of activation (30-35 times per second)
• It should be possible to fit it in any position.
• Be insulated, in order to function correctly for a wide range of temperatures ( -40 °C to +85 °C), and with high
humidity conditions.
The MOST COMMON FAULTS that can occur are:
• Short circuit winding: if a section of the winding allows the current to pass directly from positive (+) to negative (-)
terminals without passing through the winding, this will cause the relevant circuit fuse to blow.
• Broken winding: causing an open circuit, it will not allow the current to pass through the winding, so the solenoid
will not operate.
• Seized plunger (and/or connected components): the solenoid will only move the plunger if all components are free
to move.
PWM SOLENOID VALVES
Whenever it is necessary to provide proportional control to the solenoid valves, it is much better to use a principle
of operation called pulse width modulation (PWM). PWM is a variable DC voltage signal that is used to control the
solenoid valves. The voltage signal is pulsed on and off many times a second (at a constant frequency of 500 Hz) at
a constant supply voltage of 12 V.
1b0o2004061117 30
The processors contain transistors that are supplied with a constant input voltage which is switched on and off to
achieve the variable input range. In this way the control module is able to limit the armature movement, so the
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 391
hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows the
solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF pulse
(see Fig. 31). The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage
of one complete cycle.
With reference to Fig. 31, diagrams 1 to 3 show the normal operating range of the PWM valve, and diagram 4 shows
the initial 12 V programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column A show the voltage signal that is sent to the
valve, whereas column B shows the relevant spring pressure and column C the reading on a voltmeter connected to
the solenoid valve.
Diagram 1 shows the OFF position: no signal is directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure in the valve at
all and results in a zero voltage reading. Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be made on the circuit
(Diagram 2), which results in a voltmeter reading increase. Diagram 3 shows the maximum signal that is used during
the normal activity of the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a spring pressure for the half of its run
and in an indication of a 6 volt average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will indicate
the average voltage readings.
1b0o2004061118 31
SENSORS
A sensor is the primary component of a measurement chain that converts the input variable (temperature, capacitance,
reluctance) into a signal suitable for measurement. The relationship between the input variable and the measured
signal is a characteristic of the sensor.
In the above mentioned measurement chain the signal is filtered and treated in order to adapt it to its use. It consists
of three elements: the sensor itself; the converter, which converts the output signal from the sensor (in most of the
cases into an electric signal); and the conditioner, which transforms the output signal from the converter in the most
suitable form. Generally the term sensor indicates the entire measurement chain.
TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Generally based on a simple circuit with a thermistor. A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance according
to the temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (positive Temperature Co-
efficient). In the first case the higher the temperature, the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher the
temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC are often used as sensors to indicate temperature change in fluids,
such as the engine coolant fluid.
An example of these type of senders is the coolant temperature sender. The changes in its resistance (which varies
with temperature) are relayed to the Instrument Cluster, which operates the bar graph and the warning indicators
accordingly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 392
1b0o2004061119 32
PRESSURE SENDER
A pressure sender receives a supply signal and it varies it according to the (oil) pressure. An example is the oil
pressure sender, which receives a 5 volt signal and varies it according to the oil pressure. The Instrument Cluster
keeps track of these variations and changes its readouts and warnings accordingly.
1b0o2004061120 33
SPEED SENSOR
The speed sensor is typically a reluctance sensor. An example is the axle speed sender, which is fitted into the
transmission and gets pulses off the gears, counting the gear teeth. The sender uses a pickup coil close to four wheel
drive coupling. The action of the gear close to the pickup creates pulses which are relayed to the Instrument Cluster.
The Instrument Cluster converts the frequency of the pulses into ground speed.
Possible failures are due to vibration, open circuits.
1b0o2004061121 34
FLUID LEVEL SENDER
It operates by varying resistance through the movement of a float. An example is the fuel level sender.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 393
1b0o2004061122 35
ELECTRONIC MODULES
The electronic modules are the "black boxes" that provide control on many of the functions of the tractor. These
functions may vary according to the options that are fitted on the tractor.
Inside these "black boxes" there is a processor, the "thinking part" of the module, and inside some of them there is
one or more memories, which may allow the module to store calibration values, the configuration of the vehicle (which
optional tools or devices have been installed) and the error codes.
BAIL09CCM091AVA 36
A processor has a series of pins, which are electrical contacts (see Fig. 37). There are three main types of pins: for
the inputs of the signals, for the outputs and for the processor supply.
The processor, the memories and the link between them form the hardware of the module, its "physical" part.
Then some software is needed, to handle the communication between the processor and the memories and to man-
age the various signals going into and out of the processor. The software is designed to operate in a different way for
every module, and is called functional code.
1b0o2004061123 37
A serial data link is a kind of communication where data is sent along a single wire, so the information regarding
different functions of the same processor are sent to the Instrument Cluster in different moments.
To provide a continuous control on components, the processor continuously scans all the inputs in a time-sharing
mode, with a cycle lasting 1O ms. This means that all the components controlled by the processor are checked one
by one, and that every component is checked 100 times per second.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 394
The electronic modules are often blamed as responsible for most of the problems of the modern tractors, while they
are for certain among the most protected parts of the tractor. In fact, the pins of the module are protected against
spikes (high pulses) of current, and the signals are filtered by the hardware and by the software in input and in output
to give the best handling of information.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) SYSTEM
BRL6197C 38
CAN BUS Architecture
1. CAN BUS 1 4. CAN BUS Select

2. CAN BUS 2 (EHR’s) 5. Diagnostic Connector
3. CAN BUS 2 Terminating Resistor 6. Implement BUS
The tractor utilises a CAN (Controller Area Network) in addition to the standard wiring harnesses. The CAN is a
2-wire system which uses a series of numeric values sent at very high speed to transmit data between controllers and
components. A CAN system has the advantage of being able to use one component for many applications without
the need for hard wiring to each application, as in a conventional system.
Depending on the model specification, controllers are used to control a number of systems on the tractor.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 395
FAULT CODE DISPLAYS
All fault codes are displayed on the analog digital instrument cluster (ADIC) dot matrix display (DMD). Only disabling
errors will be displayed on the DMD and will be visible to the operator. Less serious errors are stored and can be
retrieved via the H-Menus, refer to Control module - Static description (A.50.A) for more detailed information.
BRE1568B 39
Fault Code Symbols
1. Engine 8. Electronic remote valves
2. Transmission 9. Electronic remote valves
3. Differential lock 10. Front suspension
4. CAN malfunction 11. Four wheel drive
5. Electronic draft control 12. Instrument panel electrical fault
7. P.T.O. system 14. Air conditioning system
The ADIC will display a symbol accompanied by a four or five digit code to indicate a fault has occurred. The symbol
represents the system in which the fault is detected and the code specifies the cause of the detected fault.
The fault codes are grouped by system using the following numbered ranges:
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 396
• 1001-2000 (Electronic Draft Control)

• 2001-3000 (Transmission)
• 3001-4000 (Engine)
• 4100-4400 (Rear Electro - Hydraulic Remotes)
• 4500-4600 (Front Electro - Hydraulic Remotes)
• 5001-6000 (Rear Power Take Off )
• 6001-7000 (Four wheel drive)
• 7001-8000 (Differential lock)
• 8001-9000 (Front PTO)
• 9001-10000 (Front hitch)
• 10001-11000 (Front suspension)
• 14001-15000 (Instrument cluster)
• 15001-16000 (Steering controller )
• 16001-17000 (Air conditioning )
• 18001-19000 (Armrest unit )
H-MENU DIAGNOSTIC MODE
The H-menu diagnostic mode can be used to access and clear the fault codes which may be stored in the various
controllers. The H-menu diagnostic mode also contains many other useful functions which may be used to assist with
diagnostics.
Refer to the Diagnostic H Routines chapter in Control module - Static description (A.50.A).
BVE0006A 40
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 397
BAIL08CVT049 41
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 398
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index

Transmission Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

Code Description Possible Failure
U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
2) Faulty seat switch
3) Switched 12v supply fuse blown
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
2) Faulty temperature sensor
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
U21 ERPM is below 1150, increase throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
2) Instrument cluster is not powered
3) Broken CAN
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1350, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer linkage is sticking or broken
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
Note: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly
and repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
U68 Creeper not engaged -
U69 Creeper stuck -
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high -
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low -
U77 Damper calibration value too high -
U78 Damper calibration value too low -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 399
Electronic Draft Control Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

Note: There are no ’U’ error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
PTO Torque Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U51 Engine speed error 1) Check engine speed sensor is fitted
3) Broken CAN link
Note: Use the HE menu function in the transmission module to
see if the engine speed is being detected
U52 Constant ERPM switch detected 1) CRPM switch operated greater than 3 times, repeat start
procedure
U55 PTO started 1) PTO turned on while completing Calibration procedure.
Repeat the calibration
U58 PTO twist sensor open circuit -
U59 PTO twist sensor short circuit -
U70 PTO twist sensor not calibrated -
Front Suspension Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit - 1) Check the wiring harness
ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 51 then replace the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 970 then change the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit - 1) Check the wiring harness
ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum/maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
3) Check the pressure of the accumulators
4) Check the hydraulic pressure
5) Disconnect implement
U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
3) Check the suspension mechanics
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the hydraulic pressure
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 400

U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U13 Valve 30 solenoid open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
U14 Valve 31 solenoid open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
U15 Valve 30 and Valve 31 solenoid drive 1) Check the wiring harness
swapped
U16 Valve 30 and Valve 31 current sense 1) Check the wiring harness
inputs swapped
U17 Pressure switch open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
U18 Pressure switch short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
Rear Hydraulic Electronic Remote Valves Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral -
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 401
Front Hitch Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U110 Position potentiometer value too high -
or the hitch is not lowered
U111 Position potentiometer value too low -
or the hitch is not raised
Steering Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

3) Broken CAN bus
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine speed is being
detected
U71 Calibration attempted while enable 1) The enable switch is in the off position
switch is off 2) The enable switch is in the on position at start up but needs
to be cycled through off then on to enable the system
U72 Proximity sensor input is out of range 1) Incorrect position of steering wheel
- open 2) Faulty proximity sensor
3) Check the proximity sensor connection
- closed 2) Faulty proximity sensor
U74 LVDT calibration has been 1) Faulty LVDT sensor
unsuccessful (out of range after 2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
4th attempt) 3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
4) Check the LVDT sensor connection
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 402
EDC - Error Codes

Code Description
1002 Radar disconnected
1003 Speed sensor error
1004 Wheel speed sensor - signal too high
1006 Slip control potentiometer - voltage too low
1007 Slip control potentiometer - voltage too high
1008 Raise / work switch failure (command arm)
1009 Both external switches operated at the same time
1010 Height limit control potentiometer - voltage too low
1011 Height limit control potentiometer - voltage too high
1012 Drop rate control potentiometer - voltage too low
1013 Drop rate control potentiometer - voltage too high
1014 R/H load sensing pin - signal too low
1015 R/H load sensing pin - signal too high
1016 L/H load sensing pin - signal too low
1017 L/H load sensing pin - signal too high
1018 Both load sensing pins disconnected
1019 Load sensing pin 8V reference - voltage too low
1020 Load sensing pin 8V reference - voltage too high
1021 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer - voltage too low
1022 Draft sensitivity control potentiometer - voltage too high
1023 Command arm / control panel disconnected
1024 Perform the hydraulic lift calibration
1025 Position control potentiometer - voltage too low
1026 Position control potentiometer - voltage too high
1027 Lift arm position sensor - voltage too low
1028 Lift arm position sensor - voltage too high
1029 Hydraulic control valve disconnected
1030 Signal ground open circuit
1031 Chassis harness disconnected
1032 Draft control potentiometer - voltage too high
1033 Draft control potentiometer - voltage too low
1049 Wheel speed sensor open circuit
1053 5 Volt reference - short to +12v
1054 5 Volt reference - short to ground
1059 8 Volt reference error (draft load pins)
1063 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid - open circuit
1064 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid - open circuit
1065 Hydraulic valve lower solenoid - short circuit
1066 Hydraulic valve raise solenoid - short circuit
1067 Hydraulic valve supply voltage – voltage too low
1068 Height limit control not set to maximum during calibration
1069 Raise / work switch failure (transmission bone or multicontroller armrest)
1070 Hydraulic ram configuration not set
Transmission - Error Codes

Code Description
2001 “N” – shuttle too fast error
2002 Flash “N” error
2003 “CP” – clutch pedal required
2004 “P” – handbrake error
2005 Creeper selection error
2009 Seat switch input – voltage too low
2010 Seat switch input – voltage too high
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 403
Code Description
2011 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too low
2012 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too high
2016 Creeper solenoid error
2021 Transmission harness disconnected
2024 All clutches not calibrated
2026 Engine speed – too high
2027 Engine speed – no signal
2037 Clutch pedal switch – open circuit
2046 Fuse sense input – open circuit
2047 Clutch pedal switch set too high
2048 Clutch pedal switch set too low
2049 Wheel speed sensor – open circuit
2050 Wheel speed sensor – short circuit
2051 Oil temperature sensor – open circuit
2052 Oil temperature sensor – short circuit
2053 5V reference voltage – too high
2054 5V reference voltage – too low
2055 Output speed sensor – no signal
2058 Seat switch closed for 25 hours
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement
2070 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too high
2071 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too low
2072 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too high
2073 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too low
2075 Flywheel speed sensor signal error
2076 Flywheel speed sensor – open circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor – short circuit
2124 Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2300 19th gear solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2302 19th gear clutch dump solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2303 Damper calibration – low error
2304 Damper calibration – high error
2305 19th gear clutch solenoid over voltage
2306 19th gear clutch dump solenoid over voltage
2308 Reverse not allowed
2310 Upshift switch – voltage too low
2311 Upshift switch – voltage too high
2312 Downshift switch – voltage too low
2313 Downshift switch – voltage too high
2314 Forward pressure switch – open circuit or short to ground
2315 Reverse pressure switch – open circuit or short to ground
2323 Transmission mid speed sensor - open circuit
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to ground
2325 Mid speed sensor and output speed sensor swapped
2326 Engine torque/RPM sensor swapped with either mid or output speed sensors
2328 No signal from transmission mid speed sensor
2330 Transmission output RPM too high for the selected gear
2331 Clutch slipping fault
2334 Pressure indicated on the forward clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2335 Pressure indicated on the reverse clutch pressure switch when the clutch solenoids are off
2336 Creeper fails to engage
2337 Creeper fails to disengage
2338 Creeper potentiometer – short circuit to 8V or 12V
2339 Creeper potentiometer – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2342 Clutch A solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 404
Code Description
2343 Clutch B solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2344 Clutch C solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2345 Clutch D solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2346 Clutch E solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2347 Low range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2349 High range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2350 Reverse clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2351 Creeper solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2352 Clutch A solenoid – over voltage
2353 Clutch B solenoid – over voltage
2354 Clutch C solenoid – over voltage
2355 Clutch D solenoid – over voltage
2356 Clutch E solenoid – over voltage
2357 Low range clutch solenoid – over voltage
2358 Medium range clutch solenoid – over voltage
2359 High range clutch solenoid – over voltage
2360 Reverse clutch solenoid – over voltage
2361 Creeper solenoid – over voltage
2362 Clutch A not calibrated
2363 Clutch B not calibrated
2364 Clutch C not calibrated
2365 Clutch D not calibrated
2366 Clutch E not calibrated
2367 Low range clutch not calibrated
2368 Medium range clutch not calibrated
2369 High range clutch not calibrated
2370 Reverse clutch not calibrated
2371 Creeper position out of range
2372 Creeper not calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 not calibrated
2374 Creeper calibration error
2375 Creeper - cold oil
2376 Fault on 19th gear valve
2377 Fault on dump valve
2378 Parklock switch - voltage too low
2379 Parklock switch - voltage too high
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission output speed and engine speed when exiting from Auto mode
Engine - Error Codes

Code Description
3001 Foot throttle sensor - signal not plausible
3002 Foot throttle sensor - signal above range maximum
3003 Foot throttle sensor - signal below range minimum
3004 Foot throttle sensor - no signal
3006 Coolant temperature signal - signal not plausible
3007 Coolant temperature signal - signal above range maximum
3008 Coolant temperature signal - signal below range minimum
3010 Air intake temperature sensor - signal above range maximum
3011 Air intake temperature sensor - signal below range minimum
3015 Fuel temperature sensor - signal above range maximum
3016 Fuel temperature sensor - signal below range minimum
3019 Boost pressure sensor - signal above range maximum
3022 Boost pressure sensor - signal not plausible
3023 Atmospheric pressure sensor - signal not plausible
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 405
Code Description
3024 Atmospheric pressure sensor - signal above range maximum
3025 Atmospheric pressure sensor - signal below range minimum
3028 Oil pressure too low
3029 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to battery
3030 Oil pressure sensor – short circuit to ground
3032 Oil pressure sensor - value too high
3033 Oil temperature sensor - signal not plausible
3034 Oil temperature sensor - signal above range maximum
3035 Oil temperature sensor - signal below range minimum
3037 Boost pressure sensor - signal low
3038 Constant engine RPM activate / select switch – shortcircuit to battery
3047 High pressure pump relay – short circuit to battery
3048 High pressure pump relay – short circuit to ground
3051 Battery voltage to ECM - voltage too high
3052 Battery voltage to ECM - voltage too low
3060 Cylinder 1 - unclassifiable error in injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - injector cable short circuit (low side to battery)
3063 Cylinder 1 - injector cable short circuit (high side to ground)
3088 Crankshaft sensor - no signal
3089 Crankshaft sensor - invalid signal
3090 Camshaft sensor - no signal
3091 Camshaft sensor - invalid signal
3093 Offset between camshaft and crankshaft - outside boundaries
3095 Operating with camshaft sensor only - backup mode
3096 ECM busoff on CAN A
3102 Rail pressure sensor CP3 - signal below range minimum
3104 Rail pressure relief valve – open
3105 Rail pressure relief valve - pressure shock requested
3106 Rail pressure relief valve - did not open after pressure shock
3107 Metering unit - shortcircuit to battery
3108 Metering unit - shortcircuit to ground
3110 Rail pressure sensor monitoring - signal below range minimum
3111 Rail pressure sensor monitoring - signal above range maximum
3112 Rail pressure sensor CP3 - signal above maximum range
3117 PTO twist sensor – out of range
3120 PTO twist sensor – not plausible
3121 PTO twist sensor - open circuit
3122 PTO twist sensor - short circuit to ground
3123 PTO twist sensor - not calibrated
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 406
Code Description
3124 Hand throttle - channel 2 signal above range maximum
3125 Hand throttle - channel 2 signal below range minimum
3126 Hand throttle - channel 1 signal above range maximum
3127 Hand throttle - channel 1 signal below range minimum
3128 Hand throttle - channel difference error
3129 Hand throttle - idle switch closed circuit
3130 Hand throttle - idle switch open circuit
3131 Grid heater always switched on
3137 Metering unit - open load
3138 Metering unit - temperature too high
3141 Fuel flow setpoint too low
3142 High pressure test - test active
3145 Terminal 15 - no signal
3147 Oil temperature too high
3148 Coolant temperature sensor dynamic test - failure
3154 Grid heater relay - short circuit to battery
3155 Grid heater relay - short circuit to ground
3156 Grid heater relay - no load
3157 ECM not detected on CAN bus
3158 Invalid ECM checksum
3159 Invalid engine reference torque
3160 Fan actuator - short circuit to battery
3161 Fan actuator - short circuit to ground
3162 Fan actuator - temperature too high
3163 Fan actuator - no load
3176 Setpoint of metering unit not plausible in overrun
3177 Engine overspeed detected
3179 Timeout of CAN message BC2EDC2
3180 Timeout of CAN message VM2EDC
3182 Timeout of CAN message RxCCVS
3185 Timeout of CAN message TF
3188 Cylinder 1 warning - open load
3210 Bank 1 - general short circuit to injection cable
3211 Bank 1 - injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3213 Bank 1 - unclassifiable error
3218 Bank 2 - general short circuit to injection cable
3219 Bank 2 - injection cable short circuit low side to ground
3221 Bank 2 - unclassifiable error
3227 Injection processor (CY33X) error - internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3228 Injection processor (CY33X) error - unlocked / initialisation failure
3229 Injection processor (CY33X) error - injections limited by software
3230 Injection processor (CY33X) error - SPI communication failure
3231 Injection processor error - internal reset / clock loss / voltage too low
3232 Injection processor error - unlocked / initialisation failure
3233 Injection processor error - test mode
3234 Injection processor error - SPI communication failure
3238 ECM internal SPI communications error - CJ940
3239 ECM EEPROM - read operation failure
3240 ECM EEPROM - write operation failure
3241 ECM EEPROM - default value used
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 407
Code Description
3242 ECM (locked) recovery occurred
3243 ECM recovery (suppressed) - recovery occurred
3244 ECM recovery (visible) - recovery occurred
3245 ECM processor - watchdog not plausible
3246 Shutoff paths during initialisation - watchdog
3247 Shutoff paths during initialisation - supply voltage too high
3248 Shutoff paths during initialisation - supply voltage too low
3249 TPU monitoring - time deviation between TPU and system not plausible
3250 Dataset - variant defect
3251 Dataset - requested variant could not be set
3252 Controller watchdog - SPI communication failure
3253 ADC monitoring - reference voltage too low
3254 ADC monitoring - reference voltage too high
3255 ADC monitoring - test impulse error
3256 ADC monitoring - queue error
3263 ECM BusOff on CAN C
3265 Overrun monitoring
3266 Redundant engine speed in overrun monitoring
3278 ECM internal supply voltage too high
3279 ECM internal supply voltage too low
3280 Sensor supply voltage 1
3297 Rail pressure positive deviation high and high fuel flow setpoint value
3301 Rail pressure negative deviation too high on minimum metering
3305 Rail pressure below minimum limit in controller mode
3309 Rail pressure above maximum limit in controlled mode
3313 Rail pressure drop rate too high
3316 Minimum number of injections not reached - stop engine
3334 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-PE Torque (when active)
3335 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-PE Torque (when inactive)
3338 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VE Speed (when inactive)
3339 Timeout of CAN message TSC1-VE Speed (when active)
3345 Total throttle failure
3367 Coolant temperature test failure
3368 INFO: Torque limitation due to OBD Performance Limiter by legislation
3369 INFO: Torque reduction due to smoke reduction
3370 INFO: Torque limitation due to Engine Protection (against excessive torque, engine overspeed and
overheat)
3371 INFO: Torque limitation due to Fuel Quantity Limitation because of injector system errors
3375 Constant engine RPM increase / decrease switch – shortcircuit to battery
3999 Unknown ECM SPN Error Code
Rear EHR - Error Codes

Code Description
4100 Rear remote no.1 – no control message received
4101 Rear remote no.1 – control message not plausible
4102 Rear remote no.1 – EEPROM error
4103 Rear remote no.1 – switched to failsafe
4104 Rear remote no.1 – under voltage
4105 Rear remote no.1 – over voltage
4106 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too low
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 408
Code Description
4107 Rear remote no.1 – spool movement too high
4108 Rear remote no.1 – float position not reached
4109 Rear remote no.1 – manually operated
4110 Rear remote no.1 – driver faulty
4111 Rear remote no.1 – potentiometer faulty
4112 Rear remote no.1 – unable to reach neutral
4113 Rear remote no.1 – spool not in neutral at key on
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 409
Code Description
4170 Rear EHR control No.1 – not calibrated
4171 Rear EHR control No.1 – open circuit
4172 Rear EHR control No.1 – short circuit
4173 Rear EHR control No.2 – not calibrated
4174 Rear EHR control No.2 – open circuit
4175 Rear EHR control No.2 – short circuit
4176 Rear EHR timer switch no.1/no.2 - not connected
4177 Rear EHR control no.3 – not calibrated
4178 Rear EHR control no.3 – open circuit
4179 Rear EHR control no.3 – short circuit
4180 Rear EHR control no.4 – not calibrated
4181 Rear EHR control no.4 – open circuit
4182 Rear EHR control no.4 – short circuit
4183 Rear EHR timer switch no.3/no.4 - not connected
4184 EHR joystick potentiometer X – open circuit
4185 EHR joystick potentiometer X – short circuit
4186 EHR joystick potentiometer Y – open circuit
4187 EHR joystick potentiometer Y – short circuit
4190 Rear remote no.1 - no communications
4194 Rear EHR no.1 motor mode switch faulty
4199 Joystick detected but selection switch not detected
4200 Selection switch detected but joystick not detected
4300 Top link switch not fitted
4301 Side link switch not fitted
Front EHR - Error Codes

Code Description
4500 Front remote no.1 – no control message received
4501 Front remote no.1 – control message not plausible
4502 Front remote no.1 – EEPROM error
4503 Front remote no.1 – switched to failsafe
4504 Front remote no.1 – under voltage
4505 Front remote no.1 – over voltage
4506 Front remote no.1 – spool movement too low
4507 Front remote no.1 – spool movement too high
4508 Front remote no.1 – float position not reached
4509 Front remote no.1 – manually operated
4510 Front remote no.1 – driver faulty
4511 Front remote no.1 – potentiometer faulty
4512 Front remote no.1 – unable to reach neutral
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 410
Code Description
4513 Front remote no.1 – spool not in neutral at key on
4560 Front remote no.1 - no communications
4564 EHR joystick - no communications
4565 High flow pump connection error
4566 High flow pump configuration error
Rear PTO - Error Codes

Code Description
5003 Rear PTO brake output - open circuit
5005 Rear PTO brake switch – open circuit
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 411
Code Description
5007 Rear PTO solenoid – stuck off
5008 Rear PTO solenoid – open circuit
5027 Rear PTO speed sensor – open circuit
5033 Rear PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
5034 Rear PTO fender switch – open circuit / short to ground
5035 Rear PTO fender switch – input short to 12V
5037 Rear PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
5042 Rear PTO management switch – stuck closed
5043 Rear PTO fender switch stuck on
5044 Rear PTO speed sensor – short to ground
5098 Rear PTO fender switch option not enabled
5099 Auto PTO mode not enabled
Four Wheel Drive - Error Codes

Code Description
6020 FWD switch error
6023 FWD solenoid – open circuit
6025 No FWD pressure
6026 FWD pressure switch – stuck on
Difflock - Error Codes

Code Description
7014 Difflock switch error
7017 Difflock solenoid – open circuit
7024 Steering angle sensor not calibrated
7032 Steering angle sensor - signal too low
7033 No difflock pressure
7034 Difflock pressure switch – stuck on
Front PTO - Error Codes

Code Description
8007 Front PTO solenoid – stuck on
8008 Front PTO solenoid – open circuit
8033 Front PTO cab normally closed switch – open circuit
8036 Front PTO failure to start
8037 Front PTO cab normally open switch – stuck closed
8042 Front PTO management switch – short circuit
8099 Front PTO option not enabled
Front Hitch - Error Codes

Code Description
9001 Front hitch position sensor – short circuit to 12V
9002 Front hitch position sensor – open circuit / short circuit to 0V
9003 Front hitch fender up switch error
9004 Front hitch fender down switch error
9005 Front hitch fender common switch error
9006 Front hitch position potentiometer – not calibrated
Suspended Front Axle - Error Codes

Code Description
10001 Upper lockout solenoid error
10002 Raise solenoid error
10003 Lower solenoid error
10004 Front axle position sensor – threshold higher than set limit
10005 Front axle position sensor – threshold lower than set limit
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 412
Code Description
10008 Go down error – suspension unable to return to set point
10009 Lower lockout solenoid error
10010 Chassis accelerometer – voltage too low (short circuit to ground / open circuit)
10011 Chassis accelerometer – voltage too high (short circuit to 5V)
10024 Front suspension not calibrated
10099 Front suspension not enabled
ADIC - Error Codes

Code Description
14013 Steering angle sensor - short circuit to Vcc
14014 Steering angle sensor - short circuit to GND or open circuit
14015 5V supply voltage - too high
14016 5V supply voltage - too low
14021 Cranking line – shorted to +12V
14022 Cranking line – shorted to GND
14051 Fuel level sensor - short circuit to Vcc or open circuit
14052 Fuel level sensor - short circuit to GND
14061 Air brake pressure sensor – short circuit to VCC or option set but sensor not connected
14100 Air brake pressure - not configured
14102 SWCD - present but not configured
14103 Alternator lamp not working
14900 Transmission controller missing (RB/RD/RF/RG)
14901 Engine controller missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary controller missing (RC/RH/RK/RL)
14905 Keypad missing (JA)
14906 Steering controller missing (KA)
14908 TECU missing (OA)
14909 SWCD missing (VA)
14910 Climate controller missing
14911 Enhanced cluster without keypad
14912 Basic cluster with keypad
14920 Configuration error
Steering Controller - Error Codes

Code Description
15002 Steering wheel control proximity sensor - open circuit
15003 Steering wheel control proximity sensor - short circuit
15006 Split valve LVDT - open circuit
15007 Split valve LVDT - short circuit
15008 Change valve solenoid - open circuit
15009 Change valve solenoid - short circuit across
15010 Safety switch fail
15011 Maximum engagement time elapsed (5 minutes)
15012 Split valve spool - stuck open
15013 Change valve or split valve spools - stuck closed
15014 Split valve spool stuck in transition zone - can’t identify which steering mode the tractor is definitely
in.
15024 System not calibrated
Air Conditioning Controller - Error Codes

Code Description
16111 Cab temperature sensor open or shorted to power plus
16112 Cab temperature sensor shorted to ground
16113 Outlet temperature sensor open or shorted to power plus
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 413
Code Description
16114 Outlet temperature sensor shorted to ground
16115 Evaporator temperature sensor open or shorted to power plus
16116 Evaporator temperature sensor shorted to ground
16117 Outside air temperature sensor open or shorted to power plus
16118 Outside air temperature sensor shorted to ground
16121 Temperature select potentiometer open or shorted to power plus
16125 High pressure- low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power plus
16126 High pressure- low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16127 High pressure- low pressure switch (-) input shorted to power plus
16128 High pressure- low pressure switch (-) input shorted to ground
16129 High pressure cycling error (2 in 1 minute)
16130 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to power plus
16131 Low pressure switch (+) input shorted to ground
16132 Low pressure switch (-) input shorted to power plus
16133 Low pressure switch (-) input shorted to ground
16134 Low pressure switch open for greater than 1 minute
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 414

Full Powershift (FPS) Transmission Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U16 ERPM dropped too soon during clutch 1) Engine lugged down too soon. Possible PWM valve faulty or
calibration a mechanical fault within the transmission
U17 Seat switch not activated 1) Operator not in seat
2) Open circuit for the seat switch input to the transmission
module
3) Faulty seat switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the seat switch
is connected
U19 Oil temperature below 10 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to module
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the

temperature sensor input is OK
U20 Handbrake is not set 1) Open circuit for the handbrake feed into the transmission
module
2) Faulty handbrake switch
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the handbrake
is connected
3) Broken CAN
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the engine
speed is being detected
U22 ERPM is above 1300, reduce throttle 1) Operator has not set the correct engine speed
U23 Shuttle lever is in neutral, shift it to 1) Operator has not selected forward on the shuttle lever
forward 2) Open circuit between the shuttle lever and the transmission
module
Note: Use the H5 switch diagnostics to detect if the switch is
connected
U26 Clutch pedal is not up, release clutch 1) Operator has not released the clutch pedal
pedal 2) The clutch potentiometer / linkage is sticking or broken
Note: Use the H9 in the transmission module to see if the clutch
input is OK
U31 Wheel speed sensed - tractor moving 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Brakes not working
Note: If the brakes are OK move the vehicle forward slightly
and repeat calibration
U36 Max allowed clutch calibration value 1) Current value exceeded without lugging the engine down.
exceeded Possible PWM valve faulty or a low hydraulic pressure fault
U68 Creeper not engaged 1) -
U69 Creeper stuck 1) -
U75 Quick fill calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U76 Quick fill calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem (on clutch solenoid)
2) Clutch solenoid damaged
3) Clutch mechanical problem
U77 Damper calibration value too high 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 415

U78 Damper calibration value too low 1) Wiring problem
2) Sensor damaged
3) Wrong damper installation
4) Mechanical problem on driveline
Electronic Draft Control Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

Note: There are no ’U’ error codes defined for the electronic draft control calibration procedure. However the
following error codes may be displayed during the procedure.
1068 Height limit control not fully clockwise 1) The height limit control is not turned fully clockwise
2) The height limit control is faulty
1070 EDC hydraulic ram size not configured Ram size not configured on a new controller or following H8
procedure
Note: Use EDC H3, channel 1 to configure
Shiftable PTO Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U112 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
extending 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U113 PTO speed select cable stalled while 1) Cable not connected correctly in neutral position
retracting 2) Cable jammed
3) Sensor not connected
U124 PTO speed select switch in optional 1) Speed select switch is in the wrong position – selector switch
speed position set to 1000 or N position instead of optional speed position
2) Selector switch wiring incorrect
3) Speed selector switch faulty
U125 Speed sensor error 1) No signal from PTO speed sensor
2) No engine speed signal
3) PTO not started
U126 No movement from position sensor 1) -
Front Suspension Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U01 Front axle potentiometer open circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If less than 10 then replace the potentiometer
U02 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Check the potentiometer installation
higher than set limit 2) Check the displayed potentiometer reading during calibration.
If greater than 972 then change the potentiometer
3) Check the wiring harness
U03 Front axle potentiometer short circuit 1) Check the wiring harness
– ACP will not work 2) Check if signal ground on potentiometer is open circuit
3) Change the potentiometer
U04 Front axle potentiometer threshold is 1) Change the potentiometer
lower than set limit
U05 Suspension is not reaching its 1) Check the range of the potentiometer, calibration will not work
minimum / maximum position during if the range of the potentiometer is less than 150
ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
U07 Suspension is stationary during the 1) Check the raise solenoid harness
raise command in the ACP procedure 2) Check the suspension mechanics
4) Check the pressure of the accumulators
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 416

U08 Suspension unable to reach maximum 1) Check the raise valve installation
height within 20 seconds 2) Check the unload solenoid installation
U09 Suspension is stationary during 1) Check the unload solenoid harness
the lowering command in the ACP 2) Check the suspension mechanics
procedure 3) Check the potentiometer linkage
U10 Suspension unable to reach minimum 1) Check unload solenoid installation
height within 25 seconds 2) Check the hydraulic pressure
U11 Unable to calibrate suspension 1) The lockout switch was pressed more than 3 times to initiate
calibration
U12 ACP stopped, vehicle not stationary 1) Handbrake not applied
2) Rear axle speed sensor faulty
U13 Valve 30 (upper lockout) solenoid 1) Check the wiring harness
open circuit
U14 Valve 31 (lower lockout) solenoid open 1) Check the wiring harness
circuit
U15 Valve 30 (upper lockout) and Valve 31 1) Check the wiring harness
(lower lockout) solenoid connectors
swapped
U16 Valve 30 (upper lockout) and Valve 31 1) Check the wiring harness
(lower lockout) current sense inputs
swapped
U17 Front suspension pressure switch 1) Check the wiring harness
open circuit
U18 Front suspension pressure switch 1) Check the wiring harness
short circuit
Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U61 Lever No.1 not in neutral –
Front Hitch Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U110 Position potentiometer value too low Hitch was not raised before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not raised from ON to OFF position
U111 Position potentiometer value too high Hitch was not lowered before height limit control was changed
or the hitch is not lowered from ON to OFF position
Steering Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U19 Oil temperature below 5 °C 1) Open circuit for the temperature sensor input to the
transmission module
Note: Use the H9 menu in the transmission module to see if the
temperature sensor input is okay
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 417

2) Open circuit for the engine speed sensor going to the cluster
– mechanical engines only
4) Broken CAN bus
Note: Use the HE menu to see if the engine speed is being
detected
U71 Calibration attempted while enable 1) The enable switch is in the off position
switch is off 2) The enable switch is in the on position at start up but needs
to be cycled through off then on to enable the system
– open 2) Faulty proximity sensor
– closed 2) Faulty proximity sensor
U74 LVDT calibration has been 1) Faulty LVDT sensor
unsuccessful (out of range after 2) Faulty steering hydraulic valve
4th attempt) 3) Incorrect assembly of hydraulic valve
4) Check the LVDT sensor connection
EPL Calibration ’U’ Error Codes

U114 Hand brake applied 1) Blue cable (on the handbrake switch connector) cut off
2) Mismatch between the handbrake switch status hardwired to
the EPL and the VCU_HB_SWITCH parameter in the VCU2EPL
CAN message
U115 Shuttle lever not in the park position 1) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module short to ground
2) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module cut off
3) Pins A4 or C7 of the EPL module short to supply voltage
4) Shuttle lever damaged
U116 APP position too high 1) Wrong mechanical adjustment of the EPL transmission lever
2) Possible wear in the braking pads
U117 APP position too low 1) Stiffness of the system is too high – possible mechanical
interferences
2) Wrong mechanical installation of the EPL
U118 Error codes active preventing 1) High recovery level error code is being activated
completion of initialization procedure
U119 Bowden cable not connected 1) Bowden cable not connected
U120 Inclinometer self test failed 1) Inclinometer broken
U121 Inclinometer calibration procedure not –
OK
U122 Inclinometer offset out of range 1) Check the inclinometer installation
2) Vehicle not on flat ground
3) Remove any rear attachment
4) Incorrect wheels could be installed
U123 Vehicle moving 1) Vehicle not stationary
2) Vehicle speed sensor failed
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 418
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) – Error Codes

Code Description Cause Controller pin Information
1002 Radar disconnected Pin (radar present) is open circuit CN1B/19 Radar connector
or shorted to ground or radar X233. Controller
frequency input is low (indicates < connector X093
0.9 kph while wheels indicate > 1
1003 Speed sensor error The indicated radar ground speed CN1B/33 Radar, Radar
is more than 4 times the indicated alignment, Speed
wheel speed. Delay is 30 secs sensor, Speed
pick-up gear,
1004 Wheel speed sensor – Fault(s) that raise "Wheel speed CN1B/34 Speed sensor,
signal too high indicates > 60 kph Delay is 2.5 Speed pick-up gear,
secs"
1008 Raise / work switch Either: Both switches closed. Or via CAN H13 - Integrated
failure (command arm) PropAcmTrans message indicates control panel (ICP).
a switch fault. Armrest controller
and connectors,
1009 Both external switches Both pins > 4.5V (i.e. Up selected CN1B/29, CN1B/30 HPL fender switch/es
operated at the same on 1 side and Down on the other) and connector(s)
time X407, inline harness
connectors X110
and X127, controller
connector X093.
1014 R/H load sensing pin – 1016 is not prevalent Pin voltage CN1B/9 R/H Load sensing
signal too low < 0.49V pin connector X256
and L/H X266, inline
harness connector
X022, controller
connector X093
1015 R/H load sensing pin – Pin voltage > 4.95V CN1B/9 R/H Load sensing
signal too high pin connector X256
and L/H X266, inline
harness connector
X022, controller
connector X093
1016 L/H load sensing pin – 1014 is not prevalent Pin voltage CN1B/10 L/H Load sensing
signal too low < 0.49V pin connector X266
and R/H X256 ,inline
harness connector
X022, controller
connector X093
1017 L/H load sensing pin – Pin voltage > 4.95V CN1B/10 L/H Load sensing
signal too high pin connector X266
and R/H X256, inline
harness connector
X022, controller
connector X093
1018 Both load sensing pins Raise instead of 1014 and 1016 CN1B/9, CN1B/10 Inline harness
disconnected when both are prevalent and 1027 connector X022,
is not prevalent controller connector
X093, load sensing
pin connectors R/H
X256 and L/H X266
1019 Load sensing pin 8V Pin voltage < 7.0 V CN1B/25 Controller connector
reference – voltage too X093, load sensing
low pin connectors R/H
X256 and L/H X266
1020 Load sensing pin 8V Pin voltage > 9.0 V CN1B/25 Controller connector
reference – voltage too X093, load sensing
high pin connectors R/H
X256 and L/H X266
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 419

1024 Perform the hydraulic lift The EDC is not calibrated (EDC N/A Hydraulic lift
calibration calibration is cleared from H8 calibration
menu) procedure. Refer
to HITCH Electronic
draft control -
Calibrate (H.10.D)
1027 Lift arm position sensor – Pin open circuit or voltage < 0.12V CN1B/2 Lift arm position
voltage too low potentiometer
connector X267,
inline harness
connector X022,
controller connector
X093
1028 Lift arm position sensor – Pin voltage > 4.83 V CN1B/2 Lift arm position
voltage too high potentiometer
connector X267,
inline harness
connector X022,
X093
1029 Hydraulic control valve One of 1063 or 1064 is raised as CN1A/12, CN2/5, Hydraulic control
disconnected the hitch is raised/ lowered. The CN1A/5, CN2/4 valve solenoid
other (1063 or 1064) will then raise connectors X268,
this alarm as the hitch is lowered/ X269, controller
raised. connectors X091 and
X092
1030 Signal ground open All pins are indicating voltage > CN1B/4, CN1B/5, Controller connector
circuit 4.6 V. (Sensitivity, drop rate and CN1B/6 X095, command arm
height limit pots) connector X080
1031 Chassis harness Raise instead of 1014 and 1016 CN1B/2/9/10 (at Chassis connectors
disconnected when both are prevalent and 1027 once) X022 and X020
is prevalent
1049 Wheel speed sensor 2049 error is prevalent (while slip CN1B/34 Wheel speed sensor
open circuit control is active) (Pin open circuit connector X257,
or > 4.24V) controller connector
X093.
1053 5 Volt reference – short 2053 error is prevalent i.e. Voltage CN1B/16 Controller connector
to +12v > 5.8V (and EDC is present) X093
1054 5 Volt reference – short 2054 error is prevalent i.e. CN1B/16 Controller connector
to ground Internally generated 5V reference X093
voltage < 4.2V (and EDC is
present)
1059 8 Volt reference error 7.0V < Voltage < 9.0V (The 8V CN1B/25 R/H side load
(draft load pins) ref voltage is generated within the sensing pin
XCM. It can be pulled up) connector X256, L/H
side load sensing pin
connector X266,
inline harness
connector X022,
X093
1063 Hydraulic valve lower No current (< 285 mA) is sensed CN1A/12, CN2/5 EDC valve lower
solenoid – open circuit when the solenoid is on. solenioid connector
X269, Inline
harness connector
X022 Controller
connectors X092 and
X091
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 420

1064 Hydraulic valve raise No current (< 285 mA) is sensed CN1A/5, CN2/4 EDC valve lower
solenoid – open circuit when the solenoid is on. solenoid connector
X268, inline harness
connector X022,
controller connectors
X092 and X091
1065 Hydraulic valve lower Current (> 2.14 A) is detected CN1A/12 EDC valve lower
solenoid – short circuit while the solenoid is off. solenoid connector
connector X022,
X092 and X091
1066 Hydraulic valve raise Current (> 2.14 A) is detected CN1A/5 EDC valve raise
solenoid – short circuit while the solenoid is off. solenoid connector
connector X022,
X092 and X091.
1067 Hydraulic valve supply Pin voltage < 2.25 V CN1A/20 Controller connector
voltage – voltage too low X092
1068 Height limit control not Attempt made to calibrate EDC CN1B/5 The height limit
set to maximum during without the Height limit control set control has not been
calibration fully clock-wise. (Pin voltage < turned fully clockwise
4.04V i.e. ADC value < 3307) to the maximum
height position.
1070 Hydraulic ram EDC Gain has not been set. N/A Configure the
configuration not set hydraulic ram(s).
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 421
Full Powershift (FPS) Transmission - Error Codes

Code Description
2005 Creeper engagement error
2007 Low power 5V reverence - voltage too low
2008 Low power 5V reverence - voltage too high
2009 Seat switch input – voltage too low
2010 Seat switch input – voltage too high
2011 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too low
2012 Clutch pedal potentiometer – voltage too high
2016 Creeper solenoid error
2021 Transmission harness disconnected
2024 All clutches not calibrated
2026 Engine speed – too high
2027 Engine speed – no signal
2037 Clutch pedal switch – open circuit
2046 Fuse sense input – open circuit
2047 Clutch pedal switch set too high
2048 Clutch pedal switch set too low
2049 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor – short to ground or open circuit
2050 Wheel speed sensor – short to 12V
2051 Oil temperature sensor – open circuit
2052 Oil temperature sensor – short circuit
2053 5V reference voltage – too high
2054 5V reference voltage – too low
2055 Wheel speed (transmission output speed) sensor – no signal
2058 Seat switch closed for 25 hours
2059 Shuttle lever switch disagreement
2070 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too high
2071 Shuttle lever forward switch – voltage too low
2072 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too high
2073 Shuttle lever reverse switch – voltage too low
2075 Flywheel speed sensor signal error
2076 Flywheel speed sensor – open circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor – short circuit
2079 Flywheel speed sensor - no signal
2124 Flywheel speed sensor not calibrated
2300 19th gear solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2302 19th gear clutch dump solenoid open circuit or short to ground
2303 Damper calibration – low error
2304 Damper calibration – high error
2305 19th gear clutch solenoid over voltage
2306 19th gear clutch dump solenoid over voltage
2310 Upshift switch – voltage too low
2311 Upshift switch – voltage too high
2312 Downshift switch – voltage too low
2313 Downshift switch – voltage too high
2314 Forward pressure switch – open circuit or short to ground
2315 Reverse pressure switch – open circuit or short to ground
2316 Transmission oil pressure sensor not configured
2317 Transmission oil pressure sensor configuration error
2323 Transmission mid speed sensor - open circuit
2324 Transmission mid speed sensor - short to ground
2325 Mid speed sensor and output speed sensor swapped
2326 Engine torque/RPM sensor swapped with either mid or output speed sensors
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 422
Code Description
2328 No signal from transmission mid speed sensor
2330 Transmission output RPM too high for the selected gear
2331 Clutch slipping fault
2334 Pressure indicated on the forward clutch pressure switches when the clutch solenoids are off
2335 Pressure indicated on the reverse clutch pressure switch when the clutch solenoids are off
2336 Creeper fails to engage
2337 Creeper fails to disengage
2338 Creeper potentiometer – short circuit to 8V or 12V
2339 Creeper potentiometer – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2342 Clutch A solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2343 Clutch B solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2344 Clutch C solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2345 Clutch D solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2346 Clutch E solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2347 Low range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2348 Medium range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2349 High range clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2350 Reverse clutch solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2351 Creeper solenoid – open circuit or short circuit to ground
2352 Clutch A solenoid – over voltage
2353 Clutch B solenoid – over voltage
2354 Clutch C solenoid – over voltage
2355 Clutch D solenoid – over voltage
2356 Clutch E solenoid – over voltage
2357 Low range clutch solenoid – over voltage
2358 Medium range clutch solenoid – over voltage
2359 High range clutch solenoid – over voltage
2360 Reverse clutch solenoid – over voltage
2361 Creeper solenoid – over voltage
2362 Clutch A not calibrated
2363 Clutch B not calibrated
2364 Clutch C not calibrated
2365 Clutch D not calibrated
2366 Clutch E not calibrated
2367 Low range clutch not calibrated
2368 Medium range clutch not calibrated
2369 High range clutch not calibrated
2370 Reverse clutch not calibrated
2371 Creeper position out of range
2372 Creeper not calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 not calibrated
2374 Creeper calibration error
2375 Creeper - cold oil
2376 Fault on 19th gear valve
2377 Fault on dump valve
2378 Parklock switch - voltage too low
2379 Parklock switch - voltage too high
2380 Parklock - unable to reach desired position
2381 Parklock - bus off
2382 Parklock - bus integrity error
2385 Inconsistent ratio of transmission output speed and engine speed
2386 Voltage with momentary shuttle lever in neutral - too high
2501 Transmission oil pressure sensor open circuit or short circuit to ground
2502 Transmission oil pressure sensor short circuit to 5V
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 423
Engine – Error Codes

Code Description Cause Controller Pin Component
3001 Foot throttle sensor – Either Idle switch is closed CN1B/1 CN1B/32 Foot throttle pedal
signal not plausible indicating foot is on pedal but Pot X015
voltage < 0.7V indicating foot is
off pedal Or Idle switch is open
indicating foot is off pedal but Pot
voltage > 0.8V indicating foot is on
pedal"
3002 Foot throttle sensor Voltage > 4.5V CN1B/1 Foot throttle pedal
– signal above range X015
maximum
3003 Foot throttle sensor Voltage < 0.25V CN1B/1 Foot throttle pedal
– signal below range X015
minimum
3006 Coolant temperature The plausibility of the CTS is done CNA/58 Coolant temperature
signal – signal not using the oil temperature sensor sensor X831
plausible (OTS). The CTS plausibility error
is set if Fid_CTSCD_Plaus is
inhibited by the OTSCD plausibiliy
check.
3007 Coolant temperature If the raw value of the CNA/58 Coolant temperature
signal – signal above coolant temperature sensor sensor X831
range maximum (CTSCD_uRaw) is above 4960.9
mV over 500 ms.
3008 Coolant temperature If the raw value of the CNA/58 Coolant temperature
signal – signal below coolant temperature sensor sensor X831
range minimum (CTSCD_uRaw) is below 205.28
mV over 500 ms.
3010 Air intake temperature If the raw value of the CNA/53 Boost pressure/
sensor – signal above induction air temperature sensor temperature sensor
range maximum (IATSCD_uRaw) is above 4951.12 X828
mV over 500 ms.
3011 Air intake temperature If the raw value of the CNA/53 Boost pressure/
sensor – signal below induction air temperature sensor temperature sensor
range minimum (IATSCD_uRaw) is below 200.39 X828
mV over 500 ms.
3015 Fuel temperature sensor If the raw value of the CNA/52 Fuel temperature
– signal above range fuel temperature sensor sensor X832
maximum (FTSCD_uRaw) is above 4936.46
mV over 500 ms.
3016 Fuel temperature sensor If the raw value of the CNA/52 Fuel temperature
– signal below range fuel temperature sensor sensor X832
minimum (FTSCD_uRaw) is below 131.96
mV over 500 ms.
3019 Boost pressure sensor The sensor raw voltage value CNA/40 Boost pressure/
– signal above range BPSCD_uRawVal is above temperature sensor
maximum 4848.48 mV over 500 ms. X828
3022 Boost pressure sensor – At engine start (engine not turning) CNA/40 Boost pressure/
signal not plausible the difference between BPS and temperature sensor
APS is outside of plausibility X828
window (-200 to 200 hPa) over
2000 ms.
3023 Atmospheric pressure At engine start (engine not turning) N/A Atmospheric
sensor – signal not the difference between BPS and pressure sensor
plausible APS is outside of plausibility (integrated in the
window (-200 to 200 hPa) over 800 engine controller)
ms.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 424

3024 Atmospheric pressure The sensor raw signal N/A Atmospheric
sensor – signal above APSCD_uRaw is above 4701.857 pressure sensor
range maximum mV over 800 ms. (integrated in the
engine controller)
3025 Atmospheric pressure The sensor raw signal N/A Atmospheric
sensor – signal below APSCD_uRaw is below 2199.413 pressure sensor
range minimum mV over 800 ms. (integrated in the
engine controller)
3028 Oil pressure too low The oil pressure is below the CNA/54 Oil pressure/
engine speed dependant threshold temperature sensor
(OPSCD_pMin calculated from X829
curve OPSCD_pMin_CUR) over
10000 ms.
3029 Oil pressure sensor – If the raw value of the oil pressure CNA/54 Oil pressure/
short circuit to battery sensor (OPSCD_uRaw) is above temperature sensor
4921.8 mV over 500 ms. X829
3030 Oil pressure sensor – If the raw value of the oil pressure CNA/54 Oil pressure/
short circuit to ground sensor (OPSCD_uRaw) is below temperature sensor
136.85 mV over 500 ms. X829
3032 Oil pressure sensor – The engine oil temperature is N/A Oil pressure/
value too high above 79.96Â°C and the oil temperature sensor
pressure is above the engine X829
speed dependant threshold
(OPSCD_pMax calculated from
curve OPSCD_pMax_CUR) over
10000 ms.
3033 Oil temperature sensor – The oil temperature exceeds CNA/58 Oil pressure/
signal not plausible 89.96Â°C and the coolant temperature sensor
temperature does not exceed X829
54.96Â°C within 120 ms.
Debouncing time is 5000 ms.
3034 Oil temperature sensor If the raw value of the CNA/36 Oil pressure/
– signal above range oil temperature sensor temperature sensor
maximum (OTSCD_uRaw) is above 4931.57 X829
mV over 500 ms.
3035 Oil temperature sensor If the raw value of the CNA/36 Oil pressure/
– signal below range oil temperature sensor temperature sensor
minimum (OTSCD_uRaw) is below 224.83 X829
mV over 500 ms.
3037 Boost pressure sensor – The sensor raw voltage value CNA/40 Boost pressure/
signal low BPSCD_uRawVal is below 337.24 temperature sensor
mV over 500 ms. X828
3038 Constant engine RPM "The CRPM select/ cycle switch via CAN Armrest
activate / select switch – appears not to be present (both Configuration.
short circuit to battery poles < 0.5V). The engine Integrated control
transmission option is enabled panel (ICP). H13.
- H3,Engine,channel 2 for short
wheelbase, always enabled for
long wheelbase. (The engine is
electronic, i.e engine configuration
messag"
3047 High pressure pump If the main relay does not CNA/72 Engine main relay
relay – short circuit to open within 2000 ms when the R13 (stuck on)
battery after run has been completed engine controller
an EEPROM flag is set and connector X218,
(MRlyCD_stPrevOpening.1=1). At engine main relay
the next ECU initialization this flag R13 and connector
triggers the error. X037
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 425

3048 High pressure pump If the EEPROM counter for CNA/72 Engine main relay
relay – short circuit to ’too early opening of the main R13 (stuck on)
ground relay’ (MRlyCD_ctTooEarly_mp) engine controller
exceeds the limit of 3. and connector X218,
engine main relay
R13 and connector
X037
3051 Battery voltage to ECM – The battery sensor raw voltage N/A Charging system.
voltage too high (BattCD_uRaw) is above 3734.12 External power
mV over 1000 ms. supply. Engine
controller.
3052 Battery voltage to ECM – The battery sensor raw voltage CNK/1, CNK/5 Charging system.
voltage too low (BattCD_uRaw) is below 1246.33 CNK/28 External power
mV over 1000 ms. supply. Engine
controller.
3060 Cylinder 1 – An unclassifiable error in the CNA/16, CNA/33, Fuel injectors 1 and
unclassifiable error in injector is present over 7 camshaft CNA/48 2 connector X825,
injector revolutions. fuel injector 3 and
connector X826
3061 Cylinder 1 – injector A short circuit of the injector CNA/47 Fuel injector solenoid
cable short circuit (low cable (low side to battery voltage) 1 and connector
side to battery) is detected over 3 camshaft X825
revolutions.
3063 Cylinder 1 – injector Short circuit of high-side to CNA/16, CNA/47 Fuel injector solenoid
cable short circuit (high low-side is detected over 3 1 and connector
side to ground) camshaft revolutions. X825
3064 Cylinder 5 – An unclassifiable error in the CNA/32 Fuel injector 4 and
unclassifiable error in injector is present over 7 camshaft connector X826, fuel
injector revolutions. injectors 5 and 6 and
connector X827
3065 Cylinder 5 – injector A short circuit of the injector CNA/46 Fuel injector solenoid
cable short circuit (low cable (low side to battery voltage) 5 and connector
side to battery) is detected over 3 camshaft X827
revolutions
3067 Cylinder 5 – injector Short circuit of high-side to CNA/1, CNA/46 Fuel injector solenoid
cable short circuit (high low-side is detected over 3 5 and connector
side to ground) camshaft revolutions X827
3068 Cylinder 3 – An unclassifiable error in the CNA/16, CNA/17, Fuel injectors 1 and 2
unclassifiable error in injector is present over 7 camshaft CNA/18, CNA/47, and connector X825,
injector revolutions CNA/48 fuel injector 3 and
connector X826
3069 Cylinder 3 – injector A short cicuit of the injector cable CNA/33 Fuel injector 3 and
cable short circuit (low (low side to battery voltage) connector X826
side to battery) is detected over 3 camshaft
revolutions.
3071 Cylinder 3 – injector Short circuit of high-side to CNA/17, CNA/33 Fuel injector 3 and
cable short circuit (high low-side is detected over 3 connector X826
side to ground) camshaft revolutions
3072 Cylinder 6 – An unclassifiable error in the CNA/03, CNA/01, Fuel injector 4 and
unclassifiable error in injector is present over 7 camshaft CNA/32 CNA/31 connector X826.Fuel
connector X827
3073 Cylinder 6 – injector A short cicuit of the injector cable CNA/31, CNA/2 Fuel injector 6 and
revolutions.
3075 Cylinder 6 – injector Short circuit of high-side to CNA/31 Fuel injector 6 and
side to ground) camshaft revolutions
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 426

3076 Cylinder 2 – An unclassifiable error in the CNA/16, CNA/17, Fuel injectors 1 and 2
unclassifiable error in injector is present over 7 camshaft CNA/18, CNA/47, and connector X825,
injector revolutions. CNA/33 fuel injector 3 and
connector X826
revolutions.
side to ground) camshaft revolutions.
3080 Cylinder 4 – An unclassifiable error in the CNA/1, CNA/3, Fuel injector 4 and
unclassifiable error in injector is present over 7 camshaft CNA/46 connector X826, Fuel
connector X827
revolutions.
side to ground) camshaft revolutions.
3088 Crankshaft sensor – no Not used CNA/27 CNA12 Crankshaft speed
signal sensor and connector
X834
3089 Crankshaft sensor – 1) If the increment frequency N/A Crankshaft speed
invalid signal CrSCD_nIncr exceeds 6000 rpm sensor and connector
(dynamically implausible) OR 2) X834
The increment system waits for the
first gap (CrSCD_stIncSig_mp=32)
and more than 312 increment
signals are categorized as
defective OR 3) Too few increment
signals are acquired but the phase
sensor (camshaft) detectes more
then 42 phase signals since the
last interrupt.
3090 Camshaft sensor – no Not used CNA/20, CNA/50, Camshaft speed
signal CNA/11 sensor and connector
X835
3091 Camshaft sensor – 1) Synchronisation plausibilty CNA/50 Camshaft speed
invalid signal check not successful sensor and connector
(EngM_stCaSVerifyDiag X835
>= 10hex) OR 2) A valid
position of the crankshaft
increment signal is detected
(CrSCD_stIncSig_mp=64) but
no valid camshaft phase signal
is detected over 240 crankshaft
signal increments.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 427

3093 Offset between camshaft 1) If the angular system N/A Crankshaft speed
and crankshaft – outside is in the WAIT for PHASE sensor and connector
boundaries (EngM_stSync=32) attempting to X834, camshaft
determine the angular position speed sensor and
based on the phase signal. If connector X835
a position is found which is
shifted more than 12Â°CrS to
the previously found position of
the crankshaft increment signal
the angular system state remains
unchanged and the fault path
becomes defective after 255
interrupts OR 2) The angular
position cannot be determined
from the phase signal and the
distortion angle between the phase
and increment position is greater
than 0Â°CrS but smaller then
12Â°CrS over 6 phase buffer
entries.
3095 Operating with camshaft Not used CNA/27, CNA/12 Crankshaft speed
sensor only – backup sensor and connector
mode X834
3096 ECM busoff on CAN A Bus off state of CAN controller for via CAN CAN BUS
CAN A is present over 500 ms. interference.
Instrument cluster
connector X009
3102 Rail pressure sensor The rail pressure sensor raw CNA/43 Fuel rail pressure
CP3 – signal below voltage (RailCD_uPeakRaw) is sensor and connector
range minimum below 254.15 mV over 200 ms X830
3104 Rail pressure relief valve If PRV was recognized as OPEN CNA/19, CNA49 Fuel rail pressure
– open (PRV_stMon.7=1) longer than 0 sensor and connector
ms. The state PRV_stMon.7 is X830, fuel system
only set if the two regular pressure leak.
gradient evaluation procedures
for ’PRV OPEN’ detection do not
detect the PRV to have opened.
This happens if the rail pressure
sensor is judged to be defect
which evokes a kickoff execution
and PRV_stMon.7 will be set
automatically once the kickoff has
terminated.
3105 Rail pressure relief Pressure shock (kickoff) is N/A Rail pressure
valve – pressure shock requested (PRV_stMon.5=1) relief valve (PRV).
requested longer than 0 ms. This request Iinjection component
occurs if the rail pressure exceeds
1685000 hPa remains above this
limit for 1000 ms.
3106 Rail pressure relief valve PRV did not open after pressure N/A Rail pressure
– did not open after shock (PRV_stMon.6=1) and relief valve (PRV)
pressure shock debouncing time 0 has elapsed. (sticking). Injection
The status PRV_stMon.6 is set if component
a kickoff request is present longer
than 2000 ms.
3107 Metering unit – short Power stage hardware reports CNA/49 Fuel metering unit
circuit to battery ’short circuit to battery’ (on the low and connector X833
side of the metering unit) longer
than 0 ms.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 428

3108 Metering unit – short Power stage hardware reports CNA/49 Fuel metering unit
circuit to ground ’short circuit to ground’ (on the low and connector X833
side of the metering unit) longer
than 280 ms.
3110 Rail pressure sensor If the raw value of the rail pressure N/A Fuel rail pressure
monitoring – signal sensor (RailCD_uPeakRaw) sensor and connector
below range minimum exceeds the limit 650.05 mV over X830
100 ms during after-run.
3111 Rail pressure sensor If the raw value of the rail pressure N/A Fuel rail pressure
monitoring – signal sensor (RailCD_uPeakRaw) lies sensor and connector
above range maximum below the limit 351.91 mV over 100 X830
ms during after-run.
3112 Rail pressure sensor The rail pressure sensor raw CNA/43 Fuel rail pressure
CP3 – signal above voltage (RailCD_uPeakRaw) sensor and connector
maximum range exceeds 4750.73 mV over 200 ms X830
3120 PTO twist sensor – not PTO twist measurement is not N/A PTO twist sensor and
plausible plausible connector X262
3121 PTO twist sensor – open Pin open circuit or > 4.25V CN2/14 PTO twist sensor and
circuit connector X262
3122 PTO twist sensor – short Pin shorted to 0V or < 0.15V CN2/14 PTO twist sensor and
circuit to ground connector X262
3123 PTO twist sensor – not The PTO twist sensor is not N/A PTO torque
calibrated calibrated. (PTO twist calibration is recalibrate
cleared via H8 menu - engine.) (To TRANSMISSION
re-calibrate use H1 menu-engine Powershift -
or perform general calibration) Calibrate (C.20.E)
3124 Hand throttle – channel Voltage > 4.8V via CAN Armrest controller
2 signal above range and configuration.
maximum Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
3125 Hand throttle – channel Pin open circuit or Voltage < 0.2V via CAN Armrest controller
2 signal below range and configuration.
minimum Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
3126 Hand throttle – channel No Data via CAN Armrest controller
1 signal above range and configuration.
maximum Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
1 signal below range and configuration.
minimum Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
difference error and configuration.
Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
3129 Hand throttle – idle No Data via CAN Armrest controller
switch closed circuit and configuration.
Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 429

3130 Hand throttle – idle No Data via CAN Armrest controller
switch open circuit and configuration.
Hand throttle and
connector H6
Connectors.
3131 Grid heater always If the difference of the battery volt- N/A Grid heater relay and
switched on age to AirHt_uStickTstHtrOnIv_mp connector X215
is below 508.31 mV for longer than
5000 ms an error is detected.
3137 Metering unit – open load Power stage hardware reports CNA/19, CNA/49 Fuel metering unit
’open load’ in the metering unit and connector X833
longer than 200 ms
3138 Metering unit – Power stage hardware reports N/A Fuel metering unit
temperature too high ’excess temperature’ for longer and connector X833
than 200 ms.
3141 Fuel flow setpoint too low The metering unit current control N/A Fuel metering unit
setpoint current (MeUnCD_iSetFlt) and connector X833,
is below a calculated minimum fuel rail pressure
limit over 2500 ms. This limit is sensor and connector
calculated from various curves X830
3142 High pressure test – test The ’High Pressure Test’ is running N/A Information code
active only indicating a high
pressure system test
is running
3145 Terminal 15 – no signal During EDC initialization the N/A Fuse F43 (10A) and
debounced status of terminal the keystart switch
15 is ’off’ (T15CD_stDebVal=0) connector X003
and no recovery is carried out
(HWEMon_numRecovery=0 -->
Normal EDC switch on).
3147 Oil temperature too high The oil temperature exceeds CNA/36 Oil lubrication
124.96Â°C over 5000 ms system (blocked,
poor circulation).
Oil pressure/
temperature sensor
and connector X829
3148 Coolant temperature The rise in coolant temperature N/A Coolant temperature
sensor dynamic test – (current temp. - start sensor and connector
failure temp.) is below the limit X831
Clg_dtMinDynTst (from curve
Clg_dtMinDynTst_CUR depending
on start temp.) when the timer
exceeds the maximum test time
Clg_tiMaxDynTst (from curve
Clg_tiMaxDynTst_CUR depending
on start temp.)
3154 Grid heater relay – short Power stage hardware reports N/A Grid heater relay and
circuit to battery ’short circuit to battery’ longer than connector X215
200 ms.
3155 Grid heater relay – short Power stage hardware reports CNK/93 Grid heater relay and
circuit to ground ’short circuit to ground’ longer than connector X215
500 ms.
3156 Grid heater relay – no Power stage hardware reports CNK/93 Grid heater relay and
load ’open load’ longer than 500 ms connector X215
3157 ECM not detected on A Eec Eng message is not received via CAN Instrument cluster
CAN bus within 3 seconds of power up and connector X009.
Open circuit on the
CAN BUS.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 430

3158 Invalid ECM checksum N/A N/A Clear error code.
Download correct
level of software.
Engine controller.
3159 Invalid engine reference The received engine configuration N/A Clear error code.
torque does not match the previously Download correct
stored EEPROM value. level of software.
Engine controller.
3160 Fan actuator – short Power stage hardware reports CNK/90 Vistronic fan and
circuit to battery ’short circuit to battery’ longer than connector X219
200 ms.
3161 Fan actuator – short Power stage hardware reports CNK/90 Vistronic fan and
circuit to ground ’short circuit to ground’ longer than connector X219
2000 ms.
3162 Fan actuator – Power stage hardware reports CNK/90 Vistronic fan and
temperature too high ’open load’ longer than 2000 ms connector X219
3163 Fan actuator – no load Power stage hardware reports N/A Vistronic fan and
’excess temperature’ longer than connector X219
300 ms
3176 Setpoint of metering unit The setpoint value of the rail N/A Vistronic fan and
not plausible in overrun pressure governor for the connector X219
fuel volume flow through the
metering unit exceeds an upper
limit over 2500 ms. This limit
is interpolated from the rail
pressure dependent curve
Rail_dvolMeUnOvrRun_CUR
[mm^3/s].
3177 Engine overspeed Engine speed (Eng_nAvg) exceeds N/A Clear the error code If
detected 3050rpm over 5000ms the driving conditions
seem okay, download
the correct level of
software. If the fault
re-occurs, remove
and replace the
engine controller.
3179 Timeout of CAN Not used via CAN Check all power
message BC2EDC2 supplies and grounds
to CAN-BUS
controllers If ok
and fault re-ocurrs,
remove and replace
engine controller.
message VM2EDC supplies and grounds
to CAN-BUS
controllers If ok
remove and replace
engine controller.
3182 Timeout of CAN CAN controller of the EDC reports via CAN Check all power
message RxCCVS a reception timeout for the BC or supplies and grounds
VCM message RxCCVS over 100 to CAN-BUS
ms. controllers If ok
remove and replace
engine controller.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 431

message TF supplies and
grounds to CAN-BUS
controllers. Engine
controller.
3188 Cylinder 1 warning – An injector cable open load error CNA-47, CNA-16 Fuel injector 1
open load is detected over 3 camshaft solenoid and
revolutions. connector X825
3192 Cylinder 2 warning – An injector cable open load error CNA/48, CNA/18 Fuel injector 2
3204 Cylinder 5 warning – An injector cable open load error CNA/46, CNA/01 Fuel injector 5 and
open load is detected over 3 camshaft connector X827
revolutions.
3208 Cylinder 6 warning – An injector cable open load error CNA/31, CNA/02 Fuel injector 6 and
open load is detected over 3 camshaft connector X827
revolutions.
3210 Bank 1 – general short A general short circuit of the CNA/16, CNA/18, Fuel injectors 1 and 2
circuit to injection cable injector cable is detected over 4 CNA/17 and connector X825,
camshaft revolutions. fuel injector 3 and
connector X826
3211 Bank 1 – injection cable A low-side short circuit to ground in N/A Fuel injectors 1 and 2
short circuit low side to the injection cable is detected over and connector X825,
ground 4 camshaft revolutions. fuel injector 3 and
connector X826
3213 Bank 1 – unclassifiable An unclassifiable error in the N/A Fuel injection
error injector cable is present over 9 system mechanical
camshaft revolutions. operation. Correct
software level loaded.
Engine controller
3218 Bank 2 – general short A general short circuit of the CNA/03, CNA/01, Fuel injector 4 and
circuit to injection cable injector cable is detected over 4 CNA/02 connector X826, fuel
camshaft revolutions. injectors 5 and 6 and
connector X827
3219 Bank 2 – injection cable A low-side short circuit to ground in N/A Fuel injector 4
short circuit low side to the injection cable is detected over connector and X826,
ground 4 camshaft revolutions. fuel injectors 5 and 6
connector and X827
3221 Bank 2 – unclassifiable An unclassifiable error in the N/A Fuel injection
error injector cable is present over 9 system mechanical
camshaft revolutions. operation. Correct
software level loaded.
Engine controller
3227 Injection processor An internal reset is present longer N/A Engine controller
(CY33X) error – internal than 3 camshaft revolutions. fuses F46 and
reset / clock loss / voltage F47. Harness.
too low Engine controller
and connector X218
3228 Injection processor After a reset the power stage N/A Clear error. Correct
(CY33X) error – unlocked component was not successfully software level.
/ initialisation failure initialized after 3 camshaft Engine controller
revolutions.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 432

3229 Injection processor Power stage component is in N/A Clear error. Correct
(CY33X) error – ’TESTMODE’ (used to test software level.
injections limited by injection failures) longer than 3 Engine controller
software camshaft revolutions.
3230 Injection processor Disturbed SPI communication N/A Clear error. Correct
(CY33X) error – SPI software level.
communication failure Engine controller
3231 Injection processor error Internal parity error is present N/A Clear error. Correct
– internal reset / clock longer than 3 camshaft revolutions. software level.
loss / voltage too low Engine controller
3232 Injection processor error Internal programm flow error N/A Clear error. Correct
– unlocked / initialisation longer than 3 camshaft revolutions. software level.
failure Engine controller
3233 Injection processor error The ’YSEL’ signal was not inverted N/A Clear error. Correct
– test mode as requested during injection for software level.
over3 camshaft revolutions. Engine controller
3234 Injection processor error Power stage component On N/A Clear error. Correct
– SPI communication timeout is present for at least 1 software level.
failure cylinder longer than 3 camshaft Engine controller
revolutions.
3238 ECM internal SPI If the error counter for defective N/A Clear error. Correct
communications error SPI bus communication reaches software level.
– CJ940 or exceeds the value of 5 the error Engine controller
becomes active.
3239 ECM EEPROM – read A status flag of the EEPROM N/A Incorrect
operation failure indicates an error during the last programming.
read operation. Correct software
level. Engine
controller.
3240 ECM EEPROM – write A status flag of the EEPROM N/A Incorrect
operation failure indicates an error during the last programming.
write operation. Correct software
level. Engine
controller.
3241 ECM EEPROM – default A status flag of the EEPROM N/A Incorrect
value used indicates that substitute values for programming.
the EEPROM values are used. Correct software
This happens if a checksum level. Engine
error (CRC)is registered during controller.
reading the EEPROM. In this case
EEPROM data is read from a
second (mirror) area and used as
default values.
3242 ECM (locked) recovery During system start up a hardware N/A Clear error. Correct
occurred error or configuration problem software level.
was detected which leads to a Engine controller
ECU recovery that is stored as
protected.
3243 ECM recovery During system start up a hardware N/A Clear error. Correct
(suppressed) – recovery error or configuration problem was software level.
occurred detected which leads to a ECU Engine controller
recovery that is not stored.
3244 ECM recovery (visible) – During system start up a hardware N/A Clear error Correct
recovery occurred error or configuration problem was software level.
detected which leads to a ECU Engine controller.
recovery that is visible in the error
memory.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 433

3245 ECM processor – One of the two error counters WD- N/A Clear error Correct
watchdog not plausible Com_dErrorCountForCntler_u8 or software level.
WDCom_dErrorCountForWD_u8 Engine controller.
exceeds the value of 5.
3246 Shutoff paths during Injection occurred although internal N/A Clear error Correct
initialisation – watchdog shut-off path of the ECU watchdog software level.
was active. Engine controller.
initialisation – supply shut-off path of the overvoltage software level.
voltage too high monitoring was active. Engine controller.
initialisation – supply shut-off path of the undervoltage software level.
voltage too low monitoring was active. Engine controller.
3249 TPU monitoring – time If the maximum time difference N/A Clear error Correct
deviation between TPU between the TPU and CPU time software level.
and system not plausible base exceeds the threshold Engine controller.
81000 us OR the minimum time
difference is below the limit
-81000 us OR the absolute value
of the sum of time differences
is above 81000 us an error
counter (TPUMon_ctUpDwnDeb)
is incremented. If this counter
exceeds the value of 4 this fault
path is set.
3250 Dataset – variant defect Variant dataset defective N/A Clear error Correct
software level.
Engine controller.
3251 Dataset – requested Requested variant could not be set N/A Clear error Correct
variant could not be set software level.
Engine controller.
3252 Controller watchdog Error counter (WDCom_dError- N/A Clear error Correct
– SPI communication CountForSpi_u8) for failed SPI software level.
failure communication between CPU and Engine controller.
monitoring module exceeds 2 over
2*20ms (two tests).
3253 ADC monitoring – If reference voltage exceeds N/A Clear error Correct
reference voltage too 3870.97 mV for longer than 150 software level.
low ms. Test frequency is 20 ms. Engine controller.
3254 ADC monitoring – If reference voltage falls below N/A Clear error Correct
reference voltage too 3372.43 mV for longer than 150 software level.
high ms. Test frequency is 20 ms. Engine controller.
3255 ADC monitoring – test Monitoring for no-load test pulse N/A Clear error Correct
impulse error is switched off (only allowed for software level.
poti/switch accelerator pedal!!) Engine controller.
3256 ADC monitoring – queue An error is detected if not all ADC N/A Clear error Correct
error queues are converted within a time software level.
window. Time to defect: 150 ms. Engine controller.
Test frequency is 20 ms.
3263 ECM BusOff on CAN C Bus off state of CAN controller for N/A Instrument cluster
CAN C is present over 500 ms. connector X009,
CAN-BUS open
circuit
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 434

3265 Overrun monitoring The sum of all torque-form- N/A Clear error Correct
ing energizing times of an software level.
individual cylinder (OvRMon_tiTD- Engine controller.
CAvrg_mp) exceeds the limit OvR-
Mon_tiLimET_mp (calculated from
the map OvRMon_tiLimET_MAP
depending on the engine speed
and the time since the overrun
monitoring is active) for more than
100 test events (test frequency
every 10ms).
3266 Redundant engine speed The absolute value of the deviation N/A External power
in overrun monitoring between engine speed Eng_nAvrg supply connected.
(layer 1) and redundant segment Charging system.
speed OvRMon_nSeg (layer 2) Engine controller. .
exceeds 320 rpm over 800 ms
while the redundant segment
speed is above 1000 rpm.
3278 ECM internal supply A CJ940 has detected its voltage N/A External power
voltage too high supply to be above an upper limit. supply connected.
Charging system.
Engine controller. .
3279 ECM internal supply A CJ940 has detected its voltage N/A Engine controller
voltage too low supply to be below a lower limit. and connector
X218, fuses F46
and F47. Battery.
Battery Terminals.
Power supplies and
grounds.
3280 Sensor supply voltage 1 The hardware has detected the N/A Engine sensor,
high sensor voltage supply 1 to exceed engine controller
an upper limit over 100 ms.
low sensor voltage supply 1 to be engine controller
below a lower limit over 100 ms.
3297 Rail pressure positive The positive rail pressure governor N/A Fuel system leak.
deviation high and high deviation (Rail_pDvt) exceeds the Injector. High
fuel flow setpoint value engine speed dependent limit from pressure pump CP3.
curve Rail_pMeUnDvtUpLim_CUR . Gear pump. Fuel
[hPa] AND the rail pressure filter.
governor setpoint value of the fuel
volume flow (Rail_dvolMeUnSet)
is above the engine speed
dependent limit from curve
Rail_dvolMeUnCtlUpLim_CUR
[mm^3/s] over 2500 ms.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 435

3301 Rail pressure negative The negative rail pressure N/A Fuel metering unit
deviation too high on governor deviation (Rail_pDvt) and connector X833,
minimum metering is below the engine speed engine controller
dependent limit from curve and connector X213,
Rail_pMeUnDvtMin_CUR AND fuel system leak and
the rail pressure governor setpoint pressure.
value of the fuel volume flow
(Rail_dvolMeUnSet) is below -100
mm^3/s over 8000 ms.
3305 Rail pressure below The rail pressure (Rail_pPeak) N/A Fuel system leak.
minimum limit in is below the engine speed Injector. High
controller mode dependent limit from curve pressure pump CP3.
Rail_pMeUnPeakMin_CUR [hPa] Gear pump. Fuel
over 2500 ms. filter.
3309 Rail pressure above The rail pressure (Rail_pPeak) N/A Fuel metering unit
maximum limit in exceeds the maximum pressure and connector X833,
controlled mode 1700000 hPa over 1000 ms. engine controller
and connector X213,
fuel system leak
and pressure. Open
circuit.
3313 Rail pressure drop rate The current rail pressure N/A Fuel system leak.
too high (Rail_pPeak) is below a certain Injector. High
minimum pressure limit over pressure pump CP3.
2500 ms. This pressure limit is Pressure relief valve.
calculated from the rail pressure
at the last funciton call (t-20ms)
minus the maximum admissible
pressure drop determined from
curve Rail_dpDecMonMax_CUR
[hPa/s] multiplied by the function
call cycle (20ms).
3316 Minimum number of The number of cylinders with error see tests 3210 + 3218 Fuel injector related
injections not reached – or shut off exceeds 2 over 1 test codes.
stop engine cycles (injections)
3334 Timeout of CAN CAN controller of the EDC reports via CAN Power supplies
message TSC1–PE a reception timeout for the PTO and grounds to the
Torque (when active) message TSC1PEActIv over 200 controllers on the
ms while the override control mode CAN BUS. Engine
is active. controller
3335 Timeout of CAN Not used N/A Power supplies
message TSC1–PE and grounds to the
Torque (when inactive) controllers on the
CAN BUS. Engine
controller
3338 Timeout of CAN Not used N/A Power supplies
message TSC1–VE and grounds to the
Speed (when inactive) controllers on the
CAN BUS. Engine
controller
3339 Timeout of CAN CAN controller of the EDC reports via CAN Power supplies
message TSC1–VE a reception timeout for the VCM/BC and grounds to the
Speed (when active) message TSC1VEActIv over 200 controllers on the
ms while the override control mode CAN BUS. Engine
is active. controller
3345 Total throttle failure Not used N/A Engine controller
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 436

3367 Coolant temperature test The coolant temperature does N/A Coolant temperature
failure not reach the minimum threshold sensor and connector
Clg_tMinAbsTst (from curve X831
Clg_tMinAbsTst_CUR depending
on start temp.) when the timer
exceeds the maximum test time
Clg_tiMaxAbsTst (from curve
Clg_tiMaxAbsTst_CUR depending
on start temp.)
3368 INFO: Torque limitation A power reduction due to the OBD N/A Error codes and 3368
due to OBD Performance performance limiter because of
Limiter by legislation inhibited urea injection (via limiting
torque CoVeh_trqPrflmLimDes) is
active causing a torque limitation
greater than 25% of the desired
torque (CoEng_trqInrDesSlow) for
longer than 60000 ms
3369 INFO: Torque reduction A power reduction due to smoke N/A Error codes and 3369
due to smoke reduction limitation (via limiting torque
CoEng_trqSlpLim) is active
causing a torque limitation greater
than 25% of the desired torque
(CoEng_trqInrDesSlow) for longer
than 60000 ms
3370 INFO: Torque limitation A power reduction due to engine N/A Error codes and 3369
due to Engine Protection mechanics protection (via limiting
(against excessive torque EngPrt_trqPrtLim) is active
torque, engine causing a torque limitation greater
overspeed and overheat) than 25% of the desired torque
than 60000 ms
3371 INFO: Torque limitation A power reduction due to limiting N/A Error codes and 3371
due to Fuel Quantity fuel quantity (via limiting torque
Limitation because of InjCtl_trqInrLim) is active causing
injector system errors a torque limitation greater than
25% of the desired torque
than 60000 ms
3375 Constant engine RPM "Both poles of the CRPM via CAN Armrest controller
increase / decrease adjustment switch are closed (>3.5 connectors and
switch – short circuit to V). The engine transmission option configuration.
battery is enabled - H3,Engine,channel Integrated Control
2 for short wheelbase, always Panel.
enabled for long wheelbase. (The
engine is electronic, i.e engine
configuration messages are
received"
3999 Unknown ECM SPN The Iveco fault code raised by N/A Power supplies and
Error Code the engine control module (SPN grounds to the engine
and FMI) is not recognised, controller. Download
i.e. does not match any of the correct level of
codes listed (in DM1_ERROR in software. Engine
Engine_DM1.c). controller.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 437
Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves – Error Codes

Code Description Cause Controller Pin Information
4100 Rear remote no.1 – EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve connector
no control message message indicates no control X305, inline harness
received messages (Fault code = 0x11) connector X020
control message not message indicates control X305, inline harness
plausible message is corrupted (Fault code connector X020
= 0x13)
4102 Rear remote no.1 – EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Driveline oil
EEPROM error message indicates valve EEPROM temperature, .EHR
is corrupted (Fault code = 0x16) valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4103 Rear remote no.1 – EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. Control
switched to failsafe message indicates valve is set module - Configure
to fail safe because a setpoint is (A.50.A)
required (Fault code = 0x17)
under voltage message indicates under voltage X305, inline harness
(Fault code = 0x21) connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4105 Rear remote no.1 – over EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A External power
voltage message indicates over voltage supply connected.
(Fault code = 0x22) Charging system.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4106 Rear remote no.1 – spool EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve Hydraulic
movement too low message indicates spool pump - Pressure
movement is too low (Fault test (A.10.A), EHR
code = 0x23) valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
movement too high message indicates spool pump - Pressure
movement is too high (Fault test (A.10.A), EHR
code = 0x24) valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4108 Rear remote no.1 – float EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve Hydraulic
position not reached message indicates float is not pump - Pressure
reached (Fault code = 0x25) test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4109 Rear remote no.1 – EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR lever.
manually operated message indicates valve is set for calibration. EHR
manual operation (Fault code = valve. Control
0x26) module - Configure
(A.50.A)
driver faulty message indicates driver is faulty temperature.
(Fault code = 0x42) Driveline oil
contamination. EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 438

potentiometer faulty message indicates pot is faulty temperature. EHR
(Fault code = 0x43) valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
unable to reach neutral message indicates unable to reach temperature.
neutral (Fault code = 0x81) Driveline oil
contamination.
Hydraulic pressures.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
not in neutral at key on message indicates spool is not pump - Pressure
neutral at key on (Fault code = test (A.10.A) EHR
0x82) valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
no control message message indicates no control X306, inline harness
received messages (Fault code = 0x11) connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
plausible message is corrupted (Fault code connector X020,
= 0x13) EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
EEPROM error message indicates valve EEPROM temperature. EHR
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4117 Rear remote no.2 – EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Faulty EHR valve
switched to failsafe message indicates valve is set Control module -
to fail safe because a setpoint is Configure (A.50.A)
4118 Rear remote no.2 – EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve and
under voltage message indicates under voltage connector X306,
(Fault code = 0x21) inline harness
connector X020.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4120 Rear remote no.2 – spool EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. Hydraulic
movement too low message indicates spool pressure, Hydraulic
movement is too low (Fault pump - Pressure
code = 0x23) test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 439

4121 Rear remote no.2 – spool EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. Hydraulic
movement too high message indicates spool pressure, Hydraulic
movement is too high (Fault pump - Pressure
code = 0x24) test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4122 Rear remote no.2 – float EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. Hydraulic
position not reached message indicates float is not pressure, Hydraulic
reached (Fault code = 0x25) pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
manually operated message indicates valve is set for Calibration EHR
manual operation (Fault code = valve. Control
(A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4127 Rear remote no.2 – spool EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve.
not in neutral at key on message indicates spool is not Hydraulic pressures.
neutral at key on (Fault code = Hydraulic pump
0x82) - Pressure test
(A.10.A), EHR valve.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
no control message message indicates no control connector X307,
received messages (Fault code = 0x11) inline harness
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 440

control message not message indicates control connector X307,
plausible message is corrupted (Fault code inline harness
= 0x13) connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
connector X020.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
movement too low message indicates spool Hydraulic pressures.
movement is too low (Fault Hydraulic pump
code = 0x23) - Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
movement too high message indicates spool Hydraulic pressures.
movement is too high (Fault Hydraulic pump
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4136 Rear remote no.3 – float EHR3_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve.
position not reached message indicates float is not Hydraulic pressures.
reached (Fault code = 0x25) Hydraulic pump
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
manually operated message indicates valve is set for calibration PRIMARY
manual operation (Fault code = HYDRAULIC
0x26) POWER SYSTEM
Electro-hydraulic
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 441

contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
= 0x13) connector X020.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 442

connector X020.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
0x26) POWER SYSTEM
Electro-hydraulic
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C),
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 443

contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
under voltage message indicates under voltage connector X307.
(Fault code = 0x21) Inline harness
connector X020.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 444

Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
0x26) POWER SYSTEM
Electro-hydraulic
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C),
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
potentiometer faulty message indicates pot is faulty temperature.
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 445

contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
(A.10.A), EHR
valve. PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM
Electro-hydraulic
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C)
4170 Rear EHR control No.1 – EHR no. 1 lever is not calibrated. N/A Controller. EHR
not calibrated (Use H1/ EHR menu to Set EHR lever. calibration
no. 1 lever to uncalibrated i.e. PRIMARY
press timer switch 3 times - HYDRAULIC
program/ timer lamp lights. Key off POWER SYSTEM
then on) Electro-hydraulic
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C)
4173 Rear EHR control No.2 – EHR no. 2 lever is not calibrated. N/A Controller. EHR
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C)
4177 Rear EHR control no.3 – EHR no. 3 lever is not calibrated. N/A Controller. EHR
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C)
4180 Rear EHR control no.4 – EHR no. 4 lever is not calibrated. N/A Controller. EHR
remote valve -
Calibrate (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 446

4190 Rear remote no.1 – no No EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve and
communications message received in 3 secs connector X307,
inline harness
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
inline harness
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
inline harness
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
inline harness
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
inline harness
connector X020,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4216 Rear remote no.1 – spool EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN No Data Controller. EHR
not calibrated message indicates spool is not valve calibration.
calibrated (Fault code = 0x14) Control module -
Configure (A.50.A).
Configure (A.50.A).
Configure (A.50.A).
Configure (A.50.A).
Configure (A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 447
Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves – Error Codes

4500 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve and
connector X304
= 0x13) connector X304
4502 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Driveline oil
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4503 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. error
switched to failsafe message indicates valve is set code 4503. Control
to fail safe because a setpoint is module - Configure
required (Fault code = 0x17) (A.50.A)
under voltage message indicates under voltage code 4503. Control
(Fault code = 0x21) module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4505 Front remote no.1 – over MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A External power
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4506 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC N/A Hydraulic pressure.
spool movement too low CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pump
movement is too low (Fault code = - Pressure test
0x23) (A.10.A), EHR valve
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4507 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC N/A Hydraulic pressure.
spool movement too CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pump
high movement is too high (Fault code - Pressure test
= 0x24) (A.10.A) EHR valve
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4508 Front remote no.1 – float MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Hydraulic pressure.
position not reached message indicates float is not Hydraulic pump
reached (Fault code = 0x25) - Pressure test
(A.10.A), EHR valve
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4509 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Controller. EHR
manually operated message indicates valve is set for lever. calibration.
manual operation (Fault code = EHR valve. Control
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 448

contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve Hydraulic
pump - Pressure
test (A.10.A), EHR
valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4513 Front remote no.1 – MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Hydraulic pressures.
spool not in neutral at message indicates spool is not Hydraulic pump
key on neutral at key on (Fault code = - Pressure test
0x82) (A.10.A), EHR valve.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4514 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Hydraulic pressures.
no control message message indicates no control Hydraulic pump
received messages (Fault code = 0x11) - Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4515 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve connector
plausible message is corrupted (Fault code connector X304,
= 0x13) EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A).
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4517 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. Control
to fail safe because a setpoint is (A.50.A) Error code
required (Fault code = 0x17) 4517
4518 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve connector
under voltage message indicates under voltage X698, inline harness
(Fault code = 0x21) connector X304,
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 449

EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4520 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC N/A Hydraulic pressures.
spool movement too low CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pump
movement is too low (Fault code = - Pressure test
0x23) (A.10.A), EHR valve.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4521 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC N/A Hydraulic pressures.
spool movement too CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pump
high movement is too high (Fault code - Pressure test
= 0x24) (A.10.A), EHR valve.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4522 Front remote no.2 – float MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A Hydraulic pressures.
position not reached message indicates float is not Hydraulic pump
reached (Fault code = 0x25) - Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4523 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve. EHR
manual operation (Fault code = Control module -
0x26) Configure (A.50.A)
contamination.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
. EHR valve.
Hydraulic pump
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
4527 Front remote no.2 – MID EHR2_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve.
spool not in neutral at message indicates spool is not Hydraulic pressures.
key on neutral at key on (Fault code = Hydraulic pump
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 450

received messages (Fault code = 0x11) inline harness and
connector X304
4529 Front remote no.3 – MID EHR3_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A CAN BUS wires (R)
control message not message indicates control and (U).. EHR valve
plausible message is corrupted (Fault code and connector X699,
= 0x13) inline harness and
connector X304.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
is corrupted (Fault code = 0x16) valve Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
(Fault code = 0x21) inline harness and
connector X304.
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4534 Front remote no.3 – MID EHR3_DIAGNOSTIC N/A EHR valve..
spool movement too low CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pressures.
movement is too low (Fault code = Hydraulic pump
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4535 Front remote no.3 – MID EHR3_DIAGNOSTIC N/A EHR valve..
spool movement too CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pressures.
high movement is too high (Fault code Hydraulic pump
= 0x24) - Pressure test
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4536 Front remote no.3 – float MID EHR3_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve.
- Pressure test
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 451

driver faulty message indicates driver is faulty lever. calibration.
(Fault code = 0x42) Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
(Fault code = 0x43) valve Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
. EHR valve.
Hydraulic pump
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
received messages (Fault code = 0x11) inline harness and
connector X304.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
plausible message is corrupted (Fault code inline harness and
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
is corrupted (Fault code = 0x16) valve Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
(Fault code = 0x21) inline harness and
connector X304.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
EHR valve. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 452

4548 Front remote no.4 – MID EHR4_DIAGNOSTIC N/A EHR valve.
spool movement too low CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pressures.
movement is too low (Fault code = Hydraulic pump
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4549 Front remote no.4 – MID EHR4_DIAGNOSTIC N/A EHR valve.
spool movement too CAN message indicates spool Hydraulic pressures.
high movement is too high (Fault code Hydraulic pump
= 0x24) - Pressure test
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4550 Front remote no.4 – float MID EHR4_DIAGNOSTIC CAN N/A EHR valve.
- Pressure test
(A.10.A), Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
. EHR valve.
Hydraulic pump
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
contamination.
. EHR valve.
Hydraulic pump
- Pressure test
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
Mid-mount remote
control valve - No
signal (A.10.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 453

4560 Front remote no.1 – no MID EHR1_DIAGNOSTIC CAN via CAN EHR valve and
communications message indicates no comms with connector X697,
the EHR (Fault code = 0xFF) inline harness and
connector X304.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
connector X304.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
connector X304.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
the EHR (Fault code = 0xFF) X304 Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
4565 High flow pump "High flow pump links indicate CN4/21, CN4/24 High flow pump and
connection error pump is not present (one of pins > connector X661,
3.5 V) while the High Flow pump inline harness
option is selected (H3 option, RT, and connector
Front EHR, Channel 5) and tractor X020, controller
is LWB. Delay = 1 sec." and connector
X097. Pump earth
connection.
4566 High flow pump Link indicates pump is present (pin CN4/24 High flow pump
configuration error < 0.5 V) yet the High Flow pump option not set. On
option is not selected (H3 option, H3 menu set Control
RT, Front EHR, Channel 5) and module - Configure
tractor is LWB. Delay = 1 sec. (A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 454
Rear PTO – Error Codes

5003 Rear PTO brake output No amps are sensed when the CN3B/8 PTO brake solenoid
– open circuit solenoid is activated and connector X277,
inline harness and
connector X022,
controller and
connector X095.
5005 Rear PTO brake switch Switch found to be activated (i.e. CN3B/24 Rear PTO brake
– open circuit pin open circuit or < 0.5V) when switch and connector
not expected - within 0.5 - 3 secs X067, rear PTO lever
from switch-on or when PTO clutch mounted brake switch
is engaged. and connector (if
equipped) X059A,
lever mounted
PTO mating half (if
equipped) X059B,
controller and
connector X095
5007 Rear PTO solenoid – No amps are sensed when the CN3B/14 PTO solenoid and
stuck off solenoid is activated.(Using the connector X278,
status signal from the driver) controller and
connector X095
5008 Rear PTO solenoid – No amps (< 56 mA) are CN3B/14, CN3B/18 PTO solenoid and
open circuit sensed when the solenoid is connector X278,
activated.(Using Cursen) inline harness and
connector X022,
controller and
connector X095
5010 Rear PTO shift motor – No amps (< 0.32A) are sensed No Data PTO shift motor and
open circuit while the PTO actuator motor is connector X781, PTO
driven shift position sensor
and connector X780,
PTO drive A relay
and connector X782,
PTO drive B relay
and connector
X748, controller and
connectors X091 and
X097
5011 Rear PTO shift motor – Amps (>1.6A) are sensed while the No Data PTO shift motor and
short circuit PTO actuator motor is not driven connector X781, PTO
shift position sensor
and connector X780,
PTO drive A relay
and connector X782,
PTO drive B relay
and connector
connectors X091 and
X097
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 455

5012 Rear PTO shift sensor PTO switch position sensor pot is No Data PTO shift motor and
error not indicating required movement connector X781, PTO
shift position sensor
and connector X780,
PTO drive A relay
and connector X782,
PTO drive B relay
and connector
connectors X091 and
X097
5013 Rear PTO shift switch – None of the 3 poles are closed No Data PTO speed selector
open circuit switch and connector
and connector
connectors X094 and
X097
5014 Rear PTO shift switch – 2 of the 3 poles are closed No Data PTO speed selector
short circuit simultaneously switch and connector
and connector
connectors X094 and
X097
5027 Rear PTO speed sensor Pin open circuit or > 4.25V CN2/20 Speed sensor and
– open circuit connector X251,
inline harness and
connector X022,
controller and
connector X091
5033 Rear PTO cab normally Both change over poles are closed CN3A/12, CN3A/13 Armrest controller
closed switch – open and connector
circuit X776, controller and
connector X094, H10
- Rear PTO. H13 -
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
5034 Rear PTO fender switch Both change over poles are open, CN3A/3, CN3A/18 Fender mounted
– open circuit / short to Or Fender switch is stuck, i.e. fails rear PTO switch
ground to release after 10 secs. connectors X406,
inline harness and
connectors X110, and
connector X094
5035 Rear PTO fender switch Both change over poles are closed, CN3A/3, CN3A/18 Fender mounted
– input shorted to 12V Or Fender switch is stuck, i.e. fails rear PTO switch
to release after 10 secs. connectors X406,
controller and
connector X094
5037 Rear PTO cab normally Both change over poles are open CN3A/12, CN3A/13" Armrest controller
open switch – stuck connector X776,
closed controller and
connector X094,
H10 Rear PTO
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 456

5042 Rear PTO management Both momentary action positions via CAN H13 - Integrated
switch – stuck closed appear to be active simultaneously. control panel (ICP).
i.e. both pins open circuit or < Armrest controller
0.5V (PTO management option configuration and
selected, no delay) connectors. Codes
18000. H4 - EDC
panel.
5043 Rear PTO fender switch "PTO is off - Press fender switch CN3A/3, CN3A/18 Fender mounted
stuck on PTO comes on keep fender switch rear PTO switch
pressed for 12 secs PTO will stop connectors X406,
and PTO warning lamp will be lit inline harness and
Keep fender switch pressed for a connectors X110, and
further 10 secs Error is raised" X127, controller and
connector X094
5044 Rear PTO speed sensor Pin short circuit to ground or < CN2/20 Speed sensor and
– short to ground 0.15V connector X251,
inline harness and
connector X022,
controller and
connector X091
5098 Rear PTO fender switch Rear PTO fender switches option N/A Using H3 Channel 2
option not enabled is set "No" by H3 Menu, PTO, set the rear PTO
Channel 2. When PTO is engaged fender option to
(via cab switch) a fender switch ’Yes’. For additional
press is detected. information refer to
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
Four Wheel Drive – Error Codes

6023 FWD solenoid – open No amps are sensed when the CN3B/17 4WD solenoid and
circuit solenoid is activated.(Using the connector X279,
status signal from the driver) controller and
connector X095,
inline harness and
connector X022
Difflock – Error Codes

7017 Difflock solenoid – open No amps are sensed when the CN3B/9 Differential lock
circuit solenoid is activated.(Using the solenoid and
status signal from the driver) connector X276,
and connector X022
7024 Steering angle sensor Steering angle sensor is not N/A Clear the non-volatile
not calibrated calibrated memory (EEPROM).
Recalibrate the
steering angle
sensor, FRONT
AXLE - Calibrate
(D.10.A).
7032 Steering angle sensor – Value of steering angle sensor CN3/22 on ICU3 Ssteering angle
signal too low potentiometer as conveyed by sensor and connector
CAN message RxMsg_PropAdic1 X235, controller and
is < 300 (0.37 V). connectors X005 and
X009. Steering angle
sensor calibration
FRONT AXLE -
Calibrate (D.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 457
Front PTO – Error Codes

8007 Front PTO solenoid – Current (> 0.42 A) is sensed when CN1A/13, CN2/7 Front PTO solenoid
stuck on the solenoid off. (Using the current and connector
sense) X393, controller and
connectors X098 and
connectors X024,
X227 and X817
8008 Front PTO solenoid – No current (< 56 mA) is sensed CN1A/13, CN2/7 Front PTO solenoid
open circuit when the solenoid is activated. and connector
(Using the current sense) X393, controller and
connectors X098 and
connectors X024,
X227 and X817
8033 Front PTO cab normally Both change over poles are closed CN1B/11, CN1B/12 Armrest controller
closed switch – open (Not checked < 3 secs since key and connector
circuit on or engine stationary) X776, controller and
connector X100, H11
Front PTO. H4 EDC
panel.
8037 Front PTO cab normally Both change over poles are open CN1B/11, CN1B/12 Armrest controller
open switch – stuck (Not checked < 3 secs since key and connector
closed on or engine stationary) X776, controller and
connector X100, H11
Front PTO. H4 EDC
panel.
8099 Front PTO option not Front PTO Cab Switch found to be N/A On H3 Channel 2
enabled present (according to Icp2XcmFast set the front PTO
message) while the Front PTO management option
management option is not selected to ’Yes’. Control
(H3-RM-Front PTO-Channel 2). module - Configure
(A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 458
Front Hitch – Error Codes

9001 Front hitch position Front hitch position pot voltage CN1B/2 HPL potentiometer
sensor – short circuit to too high (> 4.7 V) Only raised and connector
12V if Front hitch option is selected X395, inline harness
(H3-RM-Front Hitch-Channel 1) and connectors
X024, X227, X817,
controller and
connector X100
9002 Front hitch position Front hitch position pot open CN1B/2 HPL potentiometer
sensor – open circuit / circuit or voltage too low (< 0.2 and connector
short circuit to 0V V) Only raised if Front hitch X395, inline harness
option is selected (H3-RM-Front and connectors
Hitch-Channel 1) X024, X227, X817,
controller and
connector X100
9003 Front hitch fender up Switch found to be activated (i.e. CN1B/22, CN1B/26 Front hitch fender
switch error both pins closed or >3.0V) when mounted raise switch
not expected i.e. within 3 secs from and connector X394,
switch-on. Also raised if common, lower switch and
up and down terminals are connector X392,
closed simultaneously or > 3.0V. inline harness
Only raised if Front hitch option and connectors
(H3-RK-Front Hitch-Channel X227, X024, X026,
1) and the front hitch fender X817, controller and
switches option (H3-RM-Front connector X100
Hitch-Channel 2) is selected.
9004 Front hitch fender down Switch found to be activated (i.e. CN1B/22, CN1B/19 Front hitch fender
switch error both pins closed or >3.0V) when mounted raise switch
not expected i.e. within 3 secs from and connector X394,
switch-on. Also raised if common, lower switch and
up and down terminals are connector X392,
closed simultaneously or > 3.0V. inline harness
Only raised if Front hitch option and connectors
(H3-RK-Front Hitch-Channel X227, X024, X026,
1) and the front hitch fender X817, controller and
switches option (H3-RM-Front connector X100
Hitch-Channel 2) is selected.
9005 Front hitch fender Either all pins are found to be CN1B/22, CN1B/26, Front hitch fender
common switch error open or < 0.5 v within 3 secs from CN1B/19 mounted raise switch
switch-on. Or Common found to and connector X394,
be open (< 0.5 V) while either up or lower switch and
down is closed (>3.0). Only raised connector X392,
if Front hitch option (H3-RM-Front inline harness
Hitch-Channel 1) and the front and connectors
hitch fender switches option X227, X024, X026,
(H3-RM-Front Hitch-Channel 2) is X817, controller and
selected. connector X100
9006 Front hitch position Front hitch potentiometer is CN1B/2 Clear the non-volatile
potentiometer – not not calibrated. Only raised if memory (EEPROM)
calibrated Front hitch option is selected using H8. Recalibrate
(H3-RM-Front Hitch-Channel 1) To the front hitch position
test: Clear the calibration settings potentiometer HITCH
for front hitch using H8 menu. Key Front hitch -
on. Calibrate (H.10.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 459
Suspended Front Axle – Error Codes

10001 Upper lockout solenoid No current (< 0.14A) is sensed CN1A/6, CN2/6 Upper lockout
error when the solenoid is on. solenoid and
connector X507, front
suspension connector
and connector
X020, controller
andconnectors X098,
X099
10002 Raise solenoid error No amps are sensed when the CN1A/11 Raise solenoid and
solenoid is activated.(Using the connector X505, front
status signal from the driver) suspension connector
X259, iinline harness
and connector
connectors X098,
X099
10003 Lower solenoid error No amps are sensed when the CN1A/10 Lower solenoid and
solenoid is activated.(Using the connector X506, front
status signal from the driver) suspension connector
and connector
connectors X098,
X099
10004 Front axle position sensor Axle position pot voltage too high CN1B/6 Front axle
– threshold higher than (> 4.7 V). potentiometer and
set limit connector X234,
inline harness and
connector X024,
controller and
connector X100. Auto
calibration procedure
(ACP) Control valve
- Calibrate (D.40.C)
10005 Front axle position sensor Axle position pot voltage too low CN1B/6 Front axle
– threshold lower than (< 0.73 V). potentiometer and
set limit connector X234,
inline harness and
connector X024,
controller and
connector X100. Auto
calibration procedure
(ACP) Control valve
- Calibrate (D.40.C)
10008 Go down error – "The axle position pot indicates an N/A Potentiometer linkage
suspension unable to unacceptably low level for 5 mins length is 97mm and
return to set point in spite of attempts to recover the not damaged. Auto
situation with the raise solenoid. calibration procedure
Test is performed if wheel speed (ACP) Control valve
> 1 kph and mode is control or - Calibrate (D.40.C)
standy."
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 460

10009 Lower lockout solenoid No current (< 0.14A) is sensed CN1A/7, CN2/3 Lower lockout
error when the solenoid is on. solenoid and
connector X508, front
suspension connector
X259 and the inline
harness connector
connectors X098,
X099
10010 Chassis accelerometer Pin voltage > 4.8V CN1B/5 Accelerometer and
– voltage too low (short connector X248,
circuit to ground / open inline connector
circuit) X024, controller and
connector X100
10011 Chassis accelerometer Pin voltage < 0.2V CN1B/5 Accelerometer and
– voltage too high (short connector X248,
circuit to 5V) inline connector
connector X100
10024 Front suspension not Front suspension is not calibrated. N/A Auto calibration
calibrated To test: Clear the calibration procedure (ACP).
settings for front suspension Control valve -
using H8 menu. Key on. Calibrate (D.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 461
Electronic Park Lock – Error Codes

12011 Power stage – over Overvoltage protection No Data Shuttle switch
voltage protection connector X012,
electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12012 Power stage – PH_A PH_A open circuit or PH_B open No Data Shuttle switch
open circuit or PH_B circuit Motor open connector X012,
open circuit, motor open electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12013 Power stage – PH_A PH_A or PH_B short to gnd No Data Shuttle switch
or PH_B short circuit to connector X012,
ground electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12014 Power stage – PH_A PH_A or PH_B short to Vbatt No Data Shuttle switch
or PH_B short circuit to connector X012,
Vbatt electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12017 Power stage – internal Internal Service Voltage (Vr) not No Data Shuttle switch
service voltage (Vr)not available connector X012,
viable electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12018 Power stage – current Current over absolute range No Data Shuttle switch
over absolute range / connector X012,
motor short electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12019 Power stage – current Current over dynamic set point No Data Shuttle switch
over dynamic set point connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 462

12020 Power stage – Unexpected current No Data Shuttle switch
unexpected current connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12024 Ignition key – key KEY hardware vs CAN signals No Data Shuttle switch
hardware Vs CAN signals coherence check connector X012,
coherence check electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12032 Encoder – hardware fault Hardware fault on power supply No Data Shuttle switch
on power supply connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12033 Encoder virtual Encoder virtual peripheral failure No Data Shuttle switch
peripheral failure (XGATE) wrong sequence connector X012,
(XGATE) wrong interrupt failure electronic park brake
sequence, interrupt relay X036,
failure park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12034 Encoder function not Encoder function not available (A No Data Shuttle switch
available ( A or B signal or B signal not available) connector X012
not available) Electronic park brake
relay X036
Handbrake switch
connector X121
Electronic park brake
connector X745
12043 Inclinometer – self test Self test No Data Shuttle switch
connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12052 Battery – lower than 9V Battery_Read lower than 10 V No Data Shuttle switch
connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 463

12053 Battery – Higher than Battery_Read higher than 16 V No Data Shuttle switch
16V connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12054 Battery – out of range / Battery_Read out of range/spike No Data Shuttle switch
spike diagnosis diagnosis connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12066 Trailer relay – open wire Open wire/load No Data Shuttle switch
/ load and output to 12V connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12068 Trailer relay – output Output short to Ground No Data Shuttle switch
short circuit to ground connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12073 Output status – output Output incongruence vs Input No Data Shuttle switch
incongruence Vs Input connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12132 CAN – bus off Bus OFF No Data Shuttle switch
connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12133 CAN – mute Mute No Data Shuttle switch
connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 464

12142 CAN – VCU_TRAIL_BRAKE_INH No Data Shuttle switch
VCU_TRAIL_BRAKE- integrity check triggered connector X012,
INH error / not available electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12143 CAN – VCU_VEH_DI- VCU_VEH_DIRECTION integrity No Data Shuttle switch
RECTION error / not check triggered connector X012,
available electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12144 CAN – VCU_SPEED VEH_SPEED error/not available No Data Shuttle switch
error / not available connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12145 CAN – VCU_CMD error / VCU_CMD integrity check No Data Shuttle switch
not available triggered connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12146 CAN – VCU_KEY_OFF_AA_INH No Data Shuttle switch
VCU_KEY_OFF_AA_INH integrity check triggered connector X012,
error / not available electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12147 CAN – engine RPM error ENGINE_RPM error/not available No Data Shuttle switch
/ not available connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12148 CAN – VCU_KEY error / VCU_KEY integrity check No Data Shuttle switch
not available triggered connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 465

12150 CAN – VCU_HB_SWITCH integrity No Data Shuttle switch
VCU_HB_SWITCH check triggered connector X012,
error / not available electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12151 Logic core – second Second microprocessor not No Data Shuttle switch
microprocessor not present connector X012,
present electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12160 Logic core – EEPROM EEPROM check No Data Shuttle switch
check connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12162 ACU temperature – out Out of range/spike No Data Shuttle switch
of range / spike diagnosis connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12163 ACU temperature – Power stage Overtemperature No Data Shuttle switch
power stage over connector X012,
temperature electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12172 Actuator – cable Cable disconnection No Data Shuttle switch
disconnection connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12183 Actuator – actuator Actuator moving without No Data Shuttle switch
moving without command connector X012,
command electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 466

12184 Actuator – actuator end Applied Endstop zone reached No Data Shuttle switch
stop zone reached (Triggered in Release) connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12185 Actuator – actuation Actuation timeout (Energy) No Data Shuttle switch
timeout (energy) expired expired connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12188 Actuator – excess pad Excessive pad wear No Data Shuttle switch
wear connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12192 Shuttle park – shuttle Shuttle park invalid status No Data Shuttle switch
park invalid status connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12202 Handbrake switch Hand Brake Switch congruence No Data Shuttle switch
– handbrake switch connector X012,
incongruence electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12212 Factory – accelerometer Accelerometer not calibrated No Data Shuttle switch
not calibrated connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12213 Factory – actuator not Actuator not initialized No Data Shuttle switch
initialised connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 467

12214 Factory – disable Disable actuation No Data Shuttle switch
actuation connector X012,
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
12215 Factory – trailer Trailer Relay present but not No Data Shuttle switch
relay present but not configured connector X012,
configured electronic park brake
relay X036,
park brake switch
connector X121,
connector X745
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 468
Cluster – Error Codes

14013 Steering angle sensor – Steering sensor analog input at CN3/22 Steering sensor and
short circuit to Vcc max limit Delay = 2 secs. connector X235,
instrument cluster
and connector X009
14014 Steering angle sensor – Steering sensor input is low CN3/22 Steering sensor and
short circuit to ground or (<0.25V), auto_guidance is connector X235,
open circuit off according to PropAdicRc instrument cluster
message. (10 seconds has and connector X009
lapsed from power-up/ cranking).
Delay = 2 secs.
14015 5V supply voltage – too Internally generated 5V ref pin > N/A Controller and
high 6.0V (i.e. voltage reference failed connector X005
or pin is being pulled up) Delay =
1 secs.
14016 5V supply voltage – too Internally generated 5V ref pin < N/A Controller and
low 4.0V (i.e. voltage reference failed connector X005
or pin is being pulled down) Delay
= 1 secs.
14021 Cranking line – shorted Crank line is high for > 1 min. CN1/16 Instrument cluster
to 12V and connector X005,
starter crank relay
X035
14022 Cranking line – shorted Engine has started without the CN1/16 Instrument cluster
to ground crank line ever going high. and connector X005
Starter crank relay
X035
14051 Fuel level sensor – short Fuel sensor input is high (>3.28 CN3/14 Fuel tank level sender
circuit to Vcc or open V) Delay = 1 secs. and connector X265,
circuit instrument cluster
and connectors X009,
and connector X020
14052 Fuel level sensor – short Fuel sensor input is low (<0.14 V) CN3/14 Fuel tank level sender
circuit to ground Delay = 1 secs. and connector X265,
instrument cluster
and connector X020
14061 Air brake pressure Airbrake sensor input is high (> CN3/15 Airbrake pressure
sensor – short circuit to 4.5V) (Airbrake present EEPROM connector X430,
VCC or option set but option is enabled.) Delay = 1 instrument cluster
sensor not connected secs. and connectors X005,
X254 and X255
14100 Air brake pressure – not A plausible airbrake sensor N/A Control module -
configured (0.15V < Signal < 4.5V) is present Configure (A.50.A)
yet the EEPROM option is
disabled.
14102 SWCD – present but not A SwcdAddrClaim message with N/A Intelliview II option
configured the correct 8 byte name field for to ’Yes’. Refer to
the VT(SWCD) controller has Control module -
been received while the eeprom Configure (A.50.A)
incicates that a VT(SWCD)
controller should not be present.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 469

14104 EFH – present but not No Data No Data Set the electronic
configured front hitch option
to ’Yes’. Refer to
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A).
14105 Electronic park lock – not No Data N/A Using the H3 options
configured menu, set the EPL
option to ’0001’.
Control module -
Configure (A.50.A)
14106 Steering sensor A plausible steering sensor (0.25 N/A Using the H3 options
– present but not < Signal < 4.98) is present yet the menu, set the steering
configured EEPROM option is disabled. sensor option to
’YES’. Control
module - Configure
(A.50.A)
14300 Electronic park lock– No Data N/A No Data
mismatch between CAN
and direct frequency
input value
direct frequency input
shorted to Vcc or open
circuit
status not validated
14900 Transmission controller A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN Instrument cluster
missing (RT) the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the RT controller has not transmission
been received while the eeprom controller connector
indicates that a RT controller X092, diagnostic
should be present. connector X030
14901 Engine controller missing A SwcdAddrClaim message via CAN Instrument cluster
(EDC16) with the correct 8 byte name connector X009,
field for the engine controller engine controller
has not been received while the and connector X218,
eeprom incicates that the engine diagnostic connector
controller should be present. X030
14902 Auxiliary controller "ICU: A SwcdAddrClaim message via CAN Instrument cluster
missing (RM) with the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the RM controller has controller connector
not been received while the X099, diagnostic
eeprom indicates that a RM connector X030
controller should be present.
ADIC: Network configuration is
inclomplete and neither RA nor a
RB XCM has been detected."
14904 Armrest controller A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN Instrument cluster
missing (LC) the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the LB controller has not ARU connector X776,
been received while the eeprom diagnostic connector
incicates that a LB controller X030
should be present.
14905 Keypad missing A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN Instrument cluster
(JA)(ADIC only) the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the JA controller has not keypad connector
been received while the eeprom X008, diagnostic
incicates that a JA controller connector X030
should be present.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 470

14906 Steering controller A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN Instrument cluster
missing (KA) the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the KA controller has not steering controller
been received while the eeprom connector X621,
incicates that a KA controller diagnostic connector
should be present. X030
14908 TECU missing (OA) A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN Instrument cluster
the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the OA controller has not TECU controller
incicates that a OA controller diagnostic connector
14909 SWCD missing (VA) A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN TECU connector
the correct 8 byte name field X616, AFS 200
for the VT controller has not connector X485,
been received while the eeprom diagnostic connector
incicates that a VT controller X030
should be present.
14910 Climate controller A SwcdAddrClaim message with via CAN Instrument cluster
missing the correct 8 byte name field connector X009,
for the TA controller has not climate controller
incicates that a TA controller diagnostic connector
14914 Electronic park lock No Data No Data Instrument cluster
controller missing connector X009, EPL
X745, diagnostic
connector X030
14920 Configuration error Network configuration is N/A Control module -
(ADIC only) incomplete and neither XCM Configure (A.50.A)
has been detected.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 471
Steering Controller – Error Codes

15002 Steering wheel control Steering proximity sensor input is CN1/B4 Proximity sensor
proximity sensor – open < 3% of FSD. and connector
connector X621
15003 Steering wheel control Raw steering proximity sensor CN1/B4 Proximity sensor
proximity sensor – short input is > 4.9 V. and connector
connector X621
15006 Split valve LVDT – open DC value of either LVDT CN1/B5, CN1/B6 LVDT sensor and
circuit secondary input < 0.5V connector X626,
controller and
connector X621
15007 Split valve LVDT – short Never raised (search for NA LVDT sensor and
circuit SPLIT_SENS_CC) connector X626,
controller and
connector X621
15008 Change valve solenoid – Current sense indicates no CN1/A2 Change valve
open circuit current is being drawn while the solenoid and
solenoid is activated. connector X627,
controller and
connector X621
15009 Change valve solenoid – Current sense indicates excessive CN1/A2, CN1/A6 Change valve
short circuit across current is being drawn while the solenoid X627,
solenoid is activated. controller and
connector X621
15010 Safety switch fail Enable switch is detected closed Enable: CN1/A1 Connector X624,
(Enable pin > 3.5V) but safety Safety: CN1/C4 controller and
switch is detected closed (Safety connector X621
pin < 0.5 V)
15011 Maximum engagement Fast steer has been active for > NA Operator error Clear
time elapsed (5 minutes) 5 mins. error code and test
system for normal
operation
15012 Split valve spool – stuck Split valve sensed as being open CN1/B5 , CN1/C3 Mechanical Fault in
open while the solenoid is not activated. Split Valve assembly,
harness or LVDT
sensor.
15013 Change valve or split Split valve sensed as being closed NA Fault in Split Valve
valve spools – stuck while the solenoid is activated. assembly
closed
15014 Split valve spool stuck Split valve sensed as being in the CN1/B5, CN1/B6 Fault in Split Valve
in transition zone – can’t dead zone at start-up or while the assembly, harness or
identify which steering solenoid is activated. LVDT sensor. Check
mode the tractor is harness to the valve
definitely in. and at connector
X627.
15024 System not calibrated Either the steering proximity N/A Perform calibration
switch or the LVDT split valve procedure Fast steer
position sensor is not calibrated system - Calibrate
(D.20.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 472
Air Conditioning Controller – Error Codes

16111 Cab temperature sensor Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
open or shorted to power Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is and X754. Sensing
module failure Connector X755 system Temperature
Pins are 21 and 18. sensor - Replace
Connector X754 Pins (Cab temperature)
7-8 (E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D).
16112 Cab temperature sensor Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
shorted to ground Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins are and X754. Sensing
Connector X754 Pins (Cab temperature)
7-8 (E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D).
16113 Outlet temperature Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
sensor open or shorted Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is and X753. Sensing
to power module failure Connector X755 system Temperature
Connector X753 Pins (Outlet temperature)
A - Pin D (E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
16114 Outlet temperature Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
sensor shorted to ground Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is and X753. Sensing
Connector X753 Pins (Outlet temperature)
A - Pin D (E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
16115 Evaporator temperature Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
sensor open or shorted Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is and X753. Sensing
to power module failure Connector X755 system Evaporator
Pins are 23 and 18. temperature sensor
Connector X753 Pins - Replace (E.40.D)
B- Pin D Electronic HVAC
control - Replace
(E.40.D)
16116 Evaporator temperature Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
sensor shorted to ground Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is and X753. Sensing
module failure Connector X755 Pin system Evaporator
23. Connector X753 temperature sensor
Pins B- Pin D - Replace (E.40.D)
Electronic HVAC
control - Replace
(E.40.D)
16117 Outside air temperature Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors
sensor open or shorted Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is X755 and X754.
to power module failure Connector X755 Pins Sensing system
24 - 18. Connector Temperature sensor
X754 Pins 6 - 8 - Replace (Outside
temperature)
(E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 473

16118 Outside air temperature Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors
sensor shorted to ground Temperature sensor failure ATC codes on pins is X755 and X754.
module failure Connector X755 Pin Sensing system
24. Connector X754 Temperature sensor
Pins 6 - 8 - Replace (Outside
temperature)
(E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
16120 Blower speed select Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755
potentiometer open or Blower speed selector failure codes on pins is and the blower unit
shorted to power ATC module failure NOTE: CCM Connector X755 Pin connector X754.
platform uses a discrete switch 5. Connector X754
for selecting blower speeds. An Pins 3 - 4
open or short to power condition
on any leg of this switch will cause
this error. All other platforms use a
potentiometer for selecting blower
speeds.
16121 Temperature select Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors
potentiometer open or Temperature pot failure ATC codes on pins is X755 and X751.
shorted to power module failure Connector X755 PinsElectrical control
29 - 18. Connector Temperature control
X751 Pins A - B potentiometer -
Replace (E.40.D)
Electronic HVAC
control - Replace
(E.40.D)
16122 Mode select Wire harness/connector failure Data from error Connectors X755 and
potentiometer open Mode pot failure ATC module codes on pins is the A/C mode select
or shorted to power failure Connector X755 Pins switch connector
25 - 26. Connector X752
X752 Pins 1 - 2 - 3
16125 High pressure– low Wire harness/connector failure - If Data from error Connectors X755
pressure switch (+) input system is properly charged then codes on pins is and X225 and X695
shorted to power high pressure switch will be closed Connector X755 Pin and X025. Sensing
and the short could be on either 33 system - Replace
leg of the switch. ATC module (High pressure- low
failure pressure switch)
(E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
16126 High pressure– low Wire harness/connector failure - If Data from error Errors 16128 or
pressure switch (+) input system is properly charged then codes on pins is 16126. Connectors
shorted to ground high pressure switch will be closed Connector X755 Pin X755 and X225 and
and the short could be on either 33. Connector X225 X695 and X024.
leg of the switch. ATC module Pin A Sensing system
failure - Replace (High
pressure- low
pressure switch)
(E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 474

pressure switch (–) input system is properly charged then codes on pins is and X225 and X695
shorted to power high pressure switch will be closed Connector X755 Pin and X024 Sensing
and the short could be on either 34 system - Replace
leg of the switch. ATC module (High pressure- low
(E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
pressure switch (–) input system is properly charged then codes on pins is and X225 and X695
shorted to ground high pressure switch will be closed Connector X755 Pin and X024. Sensing
and the short could be on either 34. Connector X225 system - Replace
leg of the switch. ATC module Pin B (High pressure- low
(E.40.D) Electronic
HVAC control -
Replace (E.40.D)
16129 High pressure cycling "Incorrect charge in system Wire Data from error Check ENVIRON-
error (2 in 1 minute) harness/connector failure - If codes on pins is MENT CONTROL
system is properly charged then Connector X755 Heating, ventilation
high pressure switch will be closed Pins 33 and 34. and air-conditioning
and the failure could be on either Connector X225 Pins - Troubleshooting
leg of the switch. High pressure A and B (E.40.D). Connectors
switch failure ATC module failure " X755 and X225 and
X695 and X024 Elec-
tronic HVAC control
- Replace (E.40.D)
Sensing system -
Replace (High pres-
sure- low pressure
switch) (E.40.D)
16130 Low pressure switch (+) Wire harness/connector failure - If Data from error Connectors X755 and
input shorted to power system is properly charged then codes on pins is X753 Electronic
low pressure switch will be closed Connector X753 Pin HVAC control -
and the short could be on either 35 Replace (E.40.D).
leg of the switch. ATC module
failure
16131 Low pressure switch (+) Wire harness/connector failure - If NOTE Data fromConnectors X755
input shorted to ground system is properly charged then and X753 Sensing
error codes on pins is
low pressure switch will be closed system Low
Connector X755 Pin
and the short could be on either pressure switch -
35. Connector X753
leg of the switch. ATC module Pin C Replace (E.40.D)
failure Electronic HVAC
control - Replace
(E.40.D).
16132 Low pressure switch (–) Wire harness/connector failure - If NOTE Data from Connectors X755 and
input shorted to power system is properly charged then error codes on pins is X753 Electronic
low pressure switch will be closed Connector X755 Pin HVAC control -
and the short could be on either 36 Replace (E.40.D).
leg of the switch. ATC module
failure
16133 Low pressure switch (–) "Wire harness/connector failure - Data from error Connectors X755
input shorted to ground If system is properly charged then codes on pins is and X753 Sensing
low pressure switch will be closed Connector X755 Pin system Low
and the short could be on either 36. Connector X753 pressure switch -
leg of the switch. ATC module Pin G Replace (E.40.D)
failure " Electronic HVAC
control - Replace
(E.40.D).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 475

16134 Low pressure switch Incorrect charge in system Wire NOTE Data from Check ENVIRON-
open for greater than 1 harness/connector failure - If error codes on pins is MENT CONTROL
minute system is properly charged then Connector X755 Pins Heating, ventilation
low pressure switch will be closed 35 and 36 Connector and air-conditioning
and the failure could be on either X753 Pins C and G - Charging (E.40.D).
leg of the switch. Low pressure Connectors X755 and
switch failure ATC module failure X754 X753. Sens-
ing system Low
pressure switch -
Replace (E.40.D)
Electronic HVAC
control - Replace
(E.40.D).
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 476
Armrest – Error Codes

18001 Hand throttle number 1 N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
– voltage too low Controller Connectors
H4 - EDC panel H6
- Hand throttle H13
- Integrated control
panel (ICP)
– voltage too high Controller Connectors
H4 - EDC panel H6
- Hand throttle H13
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel H6
- Hand throttle H13
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel H6
- Hand throttle H13
panel (ICP)
18007 Multi-function handle – N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
switch error Controller Connectors
H1- Multi function
handle H4 - EDC
panel H13 - Integrated
control panel (ICP)
voltage too low Controller Connectors
H1- Multi function
handle H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
voltage too high Controller Connectors
H1- Multi function
handle - H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
18010 Powershift throttle – N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
H1- Multi function
handle H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
18011 Powershift throttle – N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
H1- Multi function
handle H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 477

18012 Mode switch error N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
Controller Connectors
H5 - CVT mode power
/ economy H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
18013 Multi-function handle – N/A N/A Configuration
encoder position error Connectors H1- Multi
function handle H4
- EDC panel H13
panel (ICP)
18014 Rear hitch position N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
control potentiometer – Controller Connectors
voltage too low H1- Multi function
handle H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
18015 Rear hitch position N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
voltage too high H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP)
18016 Rear hitch draft control N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
potentiometer – voltage Controller Connectors
too low H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP)
18017 Rear hitch draft control N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
too high H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP)
18018 Rear hitch height limit N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18019 Rear hitch height limit N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18020 Rear hitch drop rate N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18021 Rear hitch drop rate N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18022 Rear hitch sensitivity N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
voltage too low H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 478

18023 Rear hitch sensitivity N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18024 EHR flow encoder N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
position error Controller Connectors
H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP) H12 -
EHR flow encoder
18025 Rear hitch slip control N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18026 Rear hitch slip control N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
panel (ICP)
18027 EHR 5 lever position – N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP) H15 -
EHR 5 & 6
H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP) H15 -
EHR 5 & 6
H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP) H15 -
EHR 5 & 6
H4 - EDC panel H13
panel (ICP) H15 -
EHR 5 & 6
18031 Front hitch position N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
/ pressure control Controller Connectors
potentiometer – voltage H4 - EDC panel H3
too low - Front EDC H13 -
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
/ pressure control Controller Connectors
too high - Front EDC H13 -
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 479

/ pressure mix Controller Connectors
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
/ pressure mix Controller Connectors
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
height limit Controller Connectors
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
height limit Controller Connectors
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
18037 Front hitch height limit N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
enable switch error Controller Connectors
H4 - EDC panel H3
- Front EDC H13 -
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
18038 Front hitch position drop N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
rate potentiometer – Controller Connectors
voltage too low H4 - EDC panel H3
- Front EDC H13 -
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
18039 Front hitch position drop N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
rate potentiometer – Controller Connectors
- Front EDC H13 -
Integrated control
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel H8
- EHR 1 & 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel H8
- EHR 1 & 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel H8
- EHR 1 & 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 480

H4 - EDC panel H8
- EHR 1 & 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel - H9
- EHR 3 & 4 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4 - EDC panel - H9
- EHR 3 & 4 - H13
panel (ICP)
18046 EHR float control switch N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
error Controller Connectors
H1- Multi function
handle - H4 - EDC
panel - H9 - EHR 3 &
4 - H13 - Integrated
control panel (ICP)
H1- Multi function
handle - H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
H1- Multi function
handle - H4 - EDC
control panel (ICP)
18049 Joystick 1 X-axis position N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
H4- EDC panel -H7
- Joystick 1 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H7
- Joystick 1 - H13
panel (ICP)
18051 Joystick 1 Y-axis position N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
H4- EDC panel -H7
- Joystick 1 - H13
panel (ICP)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 481

H4- EDC panel -H7
- Joystick 1 - H13
panel (ICP)
18053 Joystick 1 proportional N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
rocker switch – voltage Controller Connectors
too low H4- EDC panel -H7
- Joystick 1 - H13
panel (ICP)
too high H4- EDC panel -H7
- Joystick 1 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H14
- Joystick 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H14
- Joystick 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H14
- Joystick 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H14
- Joystick 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
too low H4- EDC panel -H14
- Joystick 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
too high H4- EDC panel -H14
- Joystick 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
18061 Reference voltage – N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
short circuit to ground Controller
18062 Reference voltage – N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
short circuit to 12V Controller
18063 EEEPROM error N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
Controller
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 482

18064 MFH communication N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
error Controller Connectors
H4- EDC panel -H1-
Multi function handle
- H13 - Integrated
control panel (ICP)
18065 MFH basic assurance N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
test error Controller Connectors
H4- EDC panel -H1-
Multi function handle
- H13 - Integrated
control panel (ICP)
18066 EHR 1 lever N/A N/A Configuration Armrest
implausibility error Controller Connectors
H4- EDC panel -H8
- EHR 1 & 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H8
- EHR 1 & 2 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H9
- EHR 3 & 4 - H13
panel (ICP)
H4- EDC panel -H9
- EHR 3 & 4 - H13
panel (ICP)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 483
Diagnostic connector - Static description

A single diagnostic port, located on the rear right hand ’C’ pillar, is used to interrogate all of the controllers. With the
aid of special service tool 380000843, the port can be used to gain access to the on-board H-menu diagnostics, see
Control module - Static description (A.50.A) for full details, or to connect in more specialised diagnostic equipment
such as the E.S.T. (Electronic Service Tool), which provides greater diagnostic capability and software download fa-
cility.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 484
Control module - Static description

Identifier Control unit functions

HF Enhanced ADIC
HG Basic ADIC
RD Full powershift transmission, EDC, rear PTO, four-wheel drive/differential lock, front EHRs, engine
RC Front axle suspension, rear EHRs, front PTO, front hitch
JA Key pad
KA Fast steer
INTRODUCTION
The ’H’ Menu mode is part of the on-board diagnostics and supplies information on configuration and diagnostics for
all system resources.
In order to be able to access the diagnostic routines of the ’H’ Menu mode, you must insert the diagnostics switch,
special tool 380000843 (1) into the tractor's diagnostics socket C278 on the rear right-hand pillar.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
The Analogue Digital Instrument Cluster (ADIC) upper (1) and the lower central display (2) display the information
from the ’H’ Menus.
BVE0006B_579 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 485
Navigation in the H Menu

Connect the special tool 380000843 to the diagnostics socket and turn the starter switch to ON.
At key ON, the ADIC will automatically build a list of the controllers connected on the Controller Area Network (CAN),
which is then stored in the Electronic Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM).
"HH MENU" on the dot matrix display indicates that the "H" Menu has been called up.
BVE0006A_580 3
The "h" and "m" buttons (scroll to the left and right) are used to scroll through the H Menu, as is the Dimmer button
(selection of the desired control unit or H Menu).
Dimmer switch (1) - selection
"h" button (2) - scroll left
"m" button (3) - scroll right
BVE0006C 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 486
Table of control unit identifiers

Control units are identified with a two-letter code, for example HF - Enhanced ADIC.
Identifier Control unit functions

HF Enhanced ADIC
HG Basic ADIC
RD Full powershift transmission, EDC, rear PTO, four-wheel drive/differential lock, front EHRs, engine
RC Front axle suspension, rear EHRs, front PTO, front hitch
JA Key pad
KA Fast steer
Select the control unit which requires diagnosis or configuration.

Press the "h" button to call up the first control unit identifier in the list.
The left arrow (1) and right arrow (2) indicate that other control units are present.
The "h" (scroll display to the left) and "m" (scroll display to the right) buttons are used to scroll through the control unit
list.
BAIL06CCM387AVA 5
If a certain control unit cannot be found on the CAN bus, a corresponding symbol indicates that there is no commu-
nication between the cluster and the selected control unit.
BAIL06CCM389AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 487
If the desired control unit is in the list, you select it by pressing the Dimmer button.
BVE0010A 7
The display changes and shows the HH selection menu.
BAIL06CCM388AVA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 488
H Menu - General Functions

The H Menus include the following menu codes.
NOTE: Please note that not all of the H Menus listed here are available for all control units.
HH Service menu
H1 Calibration procedures
H2 Display stored calibration values
H3 Configurations and options
H4 Display software version number
H5 Switch operation test
H6 Display vehicle information
H7 Vehicle test modes
H8 Clearing the EEPROM memory
H9 Voltmeter
HA Demonstration mode
HB Display stored fault codes
HC Clear all stored fault codes
HD Direct access to transmission set-ups (not available using the diagnostics switch)
HE Display frequency inputs
HF Display controller hardware information
HJ EHR valve number programming
Symbols in the dot matrix display

1. Engine 6. PTO
2. Transmission 7. EHR valves
3. Differential lock 8. Front axle suspension
4. EDC 9. Four-wheel drive
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 489
The left arrow and right arrow indicate that other "H" Menus are available.
The "h" (scroll display to the left) and "m" (scroll display to the right) buttons are used to scroll through the list of H
Menus.
The down arrow (1) indicates that the same menu is used by several sub-systems (multi-functional H Menu).
Press the Dimmer button to call up the desired H Menu.
BAIL06CCM390AVA 9
The selected control unit is displayed top left in the dot matrix display (1)
The H Menu is displayed top right in the dot matrix display (2).
BAIL06CCM391AVA 10
The H Menu selection page appears when all sub-systems use the same menu, such as e. g. H5 - Switch test and
H9 - Voltmeter.
BAIL06CCM393AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 490
If the menu only applies for a certain sub-system, then the corresponding symbol is displayed in the centre of the dot
matrix display, for example, the symbol for the suspended front axle for HA - Demo mode.
BAIL06CCM394AVA 12
After the sub-system is selected, the navigation arrows are not longer lit.
The central lower display area of the ADIC is used to display the setup options or settings for the relevant sub-system.
BAIL06CCM395AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 491
NOTE: To go back from the Sub-menu H1 - Calibrations to the H Menu selection page, the starter switch must be
switched to OFF. This stores the completed calibrations.
Afterwards, press the Dimmer button to go back to the H Menu selection page.
BAIL06CCM396AVA 14
NOTE: To be able to go back to the control unit selection page, "HH" must be displayed top right on the dot matrix
display.
To go back to the control unit selection page, press the Dimmer button again.
BAIL06CCM397AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 492
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 493
Control module - Electronic schema Instrument panel

Component designation DASHBOARD - TERMINALS
1. BATTERY AND FUSES PLUG CONNECTOR C079

2. INSTRUMENT PANEL 1.
3. FLASHER UNIT 2.
4. EXTENDED KEYPAD 3. NOT USED
5. TRAILER BRAKE RELAY 4. BRAKE SERVO - LP PRESSSURE SWITCH
6. BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH 5. LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR
7. INSTRUMENT SOCKET 6. RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR
8. SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD CABLE 7. CAN SELECT SWITCH
9. FIELD LIGHTS CONTROL MODULE 8. RS232 DATA IN
10. SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 9. RS232 DATA OUT
11. CHASSIS GROUND 10. NOT USED
12. SUPPLY GROUND 11. CLOGGED AIR FILTER INDICATION SWITCH
12. CLOGGED GEARBOX OIL FILTER INDICATION
SWITCH
13. NOT USED
14. TREADPLATE LIGHTING
15. SIDE MARKER LAMPS (+12V)
16. CRANKSHAFT SPEED SENSOR
17.
18.
19. +5V REFERENCE VOLTAGE
20.
21. NOT USED
22. SENSOR GROUND
23. SUPPLY GROUND
24. +12V VOLTAGE VIA START SWITCH
25. ALTERNATOR SIGNAL
26. +12V SUPPLY VIA BATTERY
DASHBOARD - TERMINALS PLUG CONNECTOR C081
PLUG CONNECTOR C080 1.
1. 2. HYDRAULIC OIL FEED PRESSURE SWITCH

2. 3.
3. 4.
4. 5. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
5. 6. TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
6. 7. HANDBRAKE SWITCH
7. 8. EXTERNAL BUZZER - OUTPUT
8. 9.
9. 10. EXTERNAL BUZZER - INPUT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 494
DASHBOARD - TERMINALS PLUG CONNECTOR C081

10. 11. DOOR CONTACT SWITCH
11. TRAILER UNIT SWITCH 12.
12. 13. TRAILER FLASHER UNIT 2
13. 14.
14. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - POWER TAKE-OFF 15.
SPEED
15. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - ACTUAL SPEED OF 16. TRAILER FLASHER UNIT 1
TRAVEL
16. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - THEORETICAL SPEED 17. BRAKE PEDAL NOT LOCKED CONTROL SWITCH
OF TRAVEL (OPTIONAL VERSION)
17. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - INPUT/OUTPUT, 18. MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
SERVICE
18. 19. DIAGNOSTICS SWITCH
19. 20.
20. 21.
21. 22.
22. 23.
23. 24. TRAILER UNIT SWITCH
24. 25. CAN LO
25. 26. CAN HI
26.
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 495
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 496
SS07F057 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 497
Control module - Electronic schema ICU2 Component designation DASHBOARD - TERMINALS
T7030 without Sidewinder, T7040 without Sidewinder, T7050 without Sidewinder, T7060 without Sidewinder 1. BATTERY AND FUSES PLUG CONNECTOR C079
2. ICU2 1.
3. FLASHER UNIT 2.
4. TRAILER BRAKE RELAY 3.
5. BRAKE PEDAL SWITCH 4. BRAKE SERVO - LP PRESSSURE SWITCH
6. INSTRUMENT SOCKET (ISO standard) 5. LEFT DIRECTION INDICATOR
7. SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD CABLE (not for EST) 6. RIGHT DIRECTION INDICATOR
8. FIELD LIGHTS CONTROL MODULE 7.
9. SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND 8. RS232 DATA IN
10. CHASSIS GROUND 9. RS232 DATA OUT
11. SUPPLY GROUND 10. NOT USED
11. CLOGGED AIR FILTER INDICATION SWITCH
12. CLOGGED GEARBOX OIL FILTER INDICATION
SWITCH
13. NOT USED
14. TREADPLATE LIGHTING
15. SIDE MARKER LAMPS (+12V)
16. STARTER SIGNAL
17.
18.
19. +5V REFERENCE VOLTAGE
20.
21.
22. SENSOR GROUND
23. SUPPLY GROUND
24. +12V VOLTAGE VIA START SWITCH
25. ALTERNATOR SIGNAL
26. +12V SUPPLY VIA BATTERY
DASHBOARD - TERMINALS
PLUG CONNECTOR C080 PLUG CONNECTOR C081
1. 1.
2. 2. HYDRAULIC OIL FEED PRESSURE SWITCH
3. 3.
4. 4.
5. 5.
6. 6. TRAILER BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH
7. 7. HANDBRAKE SWITCH
9. 9.
11. TRAILER UNIT SWITCH 11. DOOR CONTACT SWITCH
12. 12. STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
13. 13. TRAILER FLASHER UNIT 2
14. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - POWER TAKE-OFF SPEED 14. FUEL SENSOR
15. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - ACTUAL SPEED OF TRAVEL 15. COMPRESSED AIR SENSOR
16. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - THEORETICAL SPEED OF 16. TRAILER FLASHER UNIT 1
TRAVEL
17. INSTRUMENT SOCKET - INPUT/OUTPUT, SERVICE 17.
18. 18. MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
19. 19. DIAGNOSTICS SWITCH
20. 20.
21. 21.
22. 22. STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 498
23. 23.
24. 24.
25. 25. CAN LO
26. 26. CAN HI
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 499
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 500
SS07F046 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 501
Control module - Electronic schema Full Powershift Central Control

Unit (RD module)
Component Identification
2. Engine Control
3. Transmission Control
4. System Auto Features
5. PTO (Rear) Control
6. Four wheel drive and differential lock control
7. Remote Valve Joystick Unit
8. CAN Display of Gears (DOG) Unit
9. Sensor Ground
10. Chassis Ground
11. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 502
BRI4236B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 503
Control module - Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RC module)

1. Electro-Hydraulic Remotes (EHR’s)
2. Front Axle Suspension Control
3. PTO (front) Control
4. Top Link Lift Rod Control
5. Front Hydraulic Power Lift (HPL) Control
6. Sensor Signal Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 504
BRI4229B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 505
Control module - Electronic schema Automatic air conditioning

Component designation
1. Climate control microprocessor
2. Blower speed switch
3. Air conditioning switch
4. Temperature transmitter
5. High pressure switch
6. Low pressure switch
7. Evaporator temperature sensor
8. Outlet temperature sensor
9. Cab temperature sensor
10. Outside temperature sensor
11. A/C compressor coupling
12. Blower control unit
13. Blower motor
14. Water valve (heating)
15. Sensors ground
16. Chassis ground
17. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 506
SS07F053 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 507
Control module - Electronic schema Steering system

1. Fast Steer system electronic control unit
2. Steering wheel monitor proximity switch
3. Fast Steer system ON/OFF switch
4. LVDT sensor (position transmitter)
5. Hydraulics solenoid valve
6. Sensor signal ground
7. Chassis ground
8. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 508
SS07F050 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 509
Control module - Electronic schema ISOBUS display

1. ISOBUS display
2. Front ISOBUS instrument socket
4. Chassis ground
5. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 510
SS07F051 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 511
Control module - Electronic schema TECU module

1. TECU module
2. Rear ISOBUS instrument socket
4. Chassis ground
5. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 512
SS07F052 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 513
Control module - Electronic schema Engine control unit (EDC 16)

1. Engine control unit (EDC 16)
2. Diagnostics plug
3. Main relay
4. Fuel filter water sensor
5. Fuel preheater relay
6. Heating element relay
7. Viscofan
8. Crankshaft speed sensor
9. Camshaft speed sensor
10. Fuel temperature sensor
11. Coolant temperature sensor
12. Rail pressure sensor
13. Oil pressure/temperature sensor
14. Boost pressure/temperature sensor
15. Fuel flowmeter
16. Injector, No. 1 cylinder
22. Sensors ground
23. Chassis ground
24. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 514
SS07F054 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 515
Control module - Electronic schema Electrohydraulic supplementary

controllers - EDC
1. Supply relay EDCs
2. CAN BUS terminating resistor
3. EDC 1 rear
4. EDC 2 rear
5. EDC 3 rear
6. EDC 4 rear
7. EDC 1 FRONT (MID)
12. Chassis ground
13. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 516
SS07F055 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 517
Control module - Electronic schema Instrument Cluster - ICU3 Module IE

1. BATTERY ISOLATOR
2. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ASSEMBLY
3. INDICATOR FLASHER UNIT
4. HANDBRAKE SWITCH
5. ALTERNATOR
6. ENHANCED KEYPAD
7. SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND
8. CHASSIS GROUND
9. POWER GROUND
10. BRAKE PEDAL SWITCHES AND TRAILER BRAKE
RELAYS
11. IMPLEMENT CONNECTOR
12. WORKLAMP CONTROLLER
13. GET-U-HOME LIGHTS RELAY
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 518
14_BRK5903 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 519
Control module - Electronic schema Electronic Park Lock (EPL) - Module

XA
1. EPL unit (Module and motor assembly)
2. EPL Motor
3. EPL Module
4. Trailer Brake Relay
6. Chassis Ground
7. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 520
13_BRK5902B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 521
Control module - Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RM module)

1. Electro-Hydraulic Remotes (EHR’s)
2. Front Axle Suspension Control
3. PTO (front) Control
4. Top Link Lift Rod Control
5. Front Hydraulic Power Lift (HPL) Control
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 522
11_BRK5912B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 523
Control module - Electronic schema Arm Rest Control Unit (LC module)
1. Arm Rest Control Unit
2. Speed / Engine RPM Control
3. Hitch Control (Integrated Control Panel)
4. Hitch Settings
5. Electronic Draft Control and Electronic Front Hitch Settings
Panel
6. Electro Hydraulic Remotes Control
7. Engine Control
8. Multi Function Handle controller
9. Rear PTO and Front PTO Lamps
10. Rear PTO Switch
11. Front PTO Switch
12. Sensor Ground
13. Chassis Ground
14. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 524
10_BRK5910B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 525
Control module - Electronic schema Small Wide Colour Display

1. Small Wide Colour Display (SWCD screen)
2. USB Socket
3. Sensor Ground
4. Chassis Ground
5. Power Ground
6. ISO BUS implement Connector
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 526
9_BRK5907B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 527
Control module - Electronic schema Radio and Hands Free module

1. Hands Free Module
2. Phone Button
3. Voice Button
4. Radio
5. Speakers
6. Sensor Ground
7. Chassis Ground
8. Power Ground
9. Microphone
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 528
7_BRK5908B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 529
Control module - Electronic schema Tractor Electronic Control Unit

(TECU)
1. TECU Module
2. ISO BUS implement connector
3. Sensor ground
4. Chassis ground
5. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 530
6_BRK5904B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 531
Control module - Electronic schema Automatic Temperature Control

1. Climate control module
2. Power Relay
3. Blower speed switch
4. Air conditioning switch
5. Temperature transmitter
6. High pressure switch
7. Low pressure switch
8. Evaporator temperature sensor
9. Outlet temperature sensor
10. Cab temperature sensor
11. Outside temperature sensor
12. A/C compressor clutch relay
13. Compressor
14. Blower speed control
15. Blower motor
16. Water valve
17. Sensor Ground
18. Chassis Ground
19. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 532
5_BRK5909C 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 533
Control module - Electronic schema Fast Steer (KA Module)

1. Fast Steer system electronic control unit
2. Steering wheel monitor proximity switch
3. Fast Steer system ON/OFF switch
4. LVDT sensor (position transmitter)
5. Hydraulics solenoid valve
7. Chassis ground
8. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 534
4_BRK5905B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 535
Control module - Electronic schema Engine control Module (EDC 16)

1. Engine control module(EDC 16)
2. Diagnostics plug - CAN 1
3. Diagnostics plug CAN 2
4. Main relay
5. Fuel filter water sensor
6. EBR (Exhaust Brake ) actuator
7. Fuel filter heater relay
8. Heating element relay
9. Vistronic fan
10. Boost pressure / boost temperature sensor
11. Oil pressure / oil temperature sensor
12. Rail pressure sensor
13. Coolant temperature sensor
14. Fuel temperature sensor
15. Camshaft speed sensor
16. Crankshaft speed sensor
17. High pressure pump
24. Sensors ground
25. Chassis ground
26. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 536
3_BRK5901B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 537
Control module - Electronic schema Auto Guidance Module

1. Autoguidance module
2. Crank Relay
3. Manual override pressure sensor
4. Steering angle sensor
5. Diagnostic connector
6. GPS (global positioning system) receiver
7. Select switch (A=non GARU, B=with GARU
8. Steering solenoids
9. Switch type A
10. Switch type B
11. Sensor ground
12. Chassis Ground
13. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 538
2_BRK5906B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 539
Control module - Electronic schema Electro-Hydraulic Remotes

1. Supply relay EHRs
2. CAN BUS terminating resistor
3. EHR 1 rear
4. EHR 2 rear
5. EHR 3 rear
6. EHR 4 rear
7. EHR 5 rear
8. EHR 1 FRONT (MID)
13. Chassis ground
14. Supply ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 540
1_BRK5900B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 541
Control module - Electronic schema Full powershift central control unit

(RT Module)
2. Transmission Control
3. System Auto Features
4. PTO (Rear) Control
5. Electronic shiftable PTO, Four wheel drive and differential
lock control
6.. Four wheel drive and differential lock control
7. Sensor Ground
8. Chassis Ground
9. Power Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 542
BRL6196B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 543
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 544
Index

Control module - Electronic schema ICU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Control module - Electronic schema Full Powershift Central Control Unit (RD module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Control module - Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RC module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Control module - Electronic schema Automatic air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Control module - Electronic schema Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Control module - Electronic schema ISOBUS display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Control module - Electronic schema TECU module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Control module - Electronic schema Engine control unit (EDC 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Control module - Electronic schema Electrohydraulic supplementary controllers - EDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Control module - Electronic schema Instrument Cluster - ICU3 Module IE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Control module - Electronic schema Electronic Park Lock (EPL) - Module XA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Control module - Electronic schema Auxiliary Control Unit (RM module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Control module - Electronic schema Arm Rest Control Unit (LC module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Control module - Electronic schema Small Wide Colour Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Control module - Electronic schema Radio and Hands Free module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Control module - Electronic schema Tractor Electronic Control Unit (TECU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Control module - Electronic schema Automatic Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Control module - Electronic schema Fast Steer (KA Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Control module - Electronic schema Engine control Module (EDC 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Control module - Electronic schema Auto Guidance Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Control module - Electronic schema Electro-Hydraulic Remotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Control module - Electronic schema Full powershift central control unit (RT Module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Control module - Configure - FPS Transmission, Electronic Draft Control, Rear PTO, Front Wheel Drive, Differential
Lock, Front Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Control module - Configure Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 545
Control module - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control module - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Control module - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Control module - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Control module - Configure - Front Axle Suspension, Rear Electronic Hydraulic Remote Valves, Front PTO, Front
Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Control module - Configure Electronic Park Lock (EPL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Control module - Configure H-Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Control module - Configure Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Control module - Configure KA - Steering Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Control module - Electronic schema Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Control module - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Diagnostic connector - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 546
FAULT CODES - 50.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 1
Contents
FAULT CODES - 50.A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 2
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES

Reference Description Controller
- CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING
SYMBOL / LIGHT
- CHARGE PRESSURE WARNING
SYMBOL / LIGHT
10001 Upper Lockout Solenoid Error
10002 Raise Solenoid Error
10003 Lower Solenoid Error
10004 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Higher Than Set Limit
10005 Front Axle Position Sensor Threshold
Lower Than Set Limit
10008 Go Down Error - Suspension Unable
to Return to Set Point
10009 Lower Lockout Solenoid Error
10010 Chassis Accelerometer - Voltage
too Low (Short to Ground or Open
Circuit)
10011 Chassis Accelerometer - Voltage Too
High (Short Circuit to 5V)
10024 Front Suspension Not Calibrated
1002 POOR OR NO SIGNAL FROM
TRACTOR PERFORMANCE
MONITOR RADAR
1002 Radar Disconnected
1003 Radar signal higher than
groundspeed signal
1003 Speed Sensor Error
1004 HITCH Electronic draft control
Sensing system , High signal , Wheel
Speed Sensor - signal too high
1004 Wheel Speed Sensor Signal Too High
1006 SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW
(SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1007 SLIP CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1008 RAISE/WORK SWITCH FAILURE
1008 Raise / Work Switch Failure
(Command Arm)
1009 BOTH EXTERNAL HPL FENDER
SWITCHES ARE BEING OPERATED
SIMULTANEOUSLY
1009 Both External Switches Operated At
The Same Time
1010 HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE
LOW (SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
1010 HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL VOLTAGE
1011 HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL
VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
POTENTIOMETER OR SHORT TO
+VE VOLTAGE)
1012 DROP RATE CONTROL VOLTAGE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 3

1013 DROP RATE CONTROL
+VE VOLTAGE)
1014 RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO LOW
1014 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1015 RIGHT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO HIGH
1015 Right Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too High
1016 LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO LOW
1016 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too Low
1017 LEFT HAND LOAD SENSING PIN
SIGNAL TOO HIGH
1017 Left Hand Load Sensing Pin Signal
Too High
1018 BOTH LOAD SENSING PINS
DISCONNECTED
1018 Both Load Sensing Pins
Disconnected
1019 LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE
LESS THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT OR
OPEN CIRCUIT)
1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference
Voltage Too Low
1019 Load Sensing Pin 8V Reference
Voltage Too Low
1020 LOAD SENSING PIN VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 8 VOLTS (SHORT
TO +12 VOLTS)
1021 DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL
VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1022 DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL
+VE VOLTAGE)
1023 CONTROL PANEL DISCONNECTED
1024 PERFORM THE HYDRAULIC LIFT
AUTCALIBRATION
1024 Perform The Hydraulic Lift Calibration
1025 POSITION CONTROL
POTENTIOMETER CONTROL
VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR OPEN
CIRCUIT)
1026 POSITION CONTROL
POTENTIOMETER CONTROL
+VE VOLTAGE)
1027 LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING
CONTROL VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT
OR OPEN CIRCUIT)
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 4

1027 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too Low
1028 LIFT ARM POSITION SENSING
CONTROL VOLTAGE HIGH
(DAMAGED POTENTIOMETER OR
SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE)
1028 Lift Arm Position Sensing Control
Voltage Too High
1029 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
DISCONNECTED
1029 Hydraulic Control Valve Disconnected
1030 SIGNAL GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
1030 Signal Ground Open Circuit
1031 CHASSIS HARNESS
DISCONNECTED
1031 Chassis Harness Disconnected
1032 DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOME-
TER VOLTAGE HIGH (DAMAGED
+VE VOLTAGE)
1033 DRAFT CONTROL POTENTIOME-
TER VOLTAGE LOW (SHORT OR
OPEN CIRCUIT)
1049 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN OR
SHORT CIRCUIT
1049 Wheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
1053 5 Volt Reference Short to +12V
1053 CONTROLLER 5 VOLT
REFERENCE SHORTED TO
+VE VOLTAGE
1054 5 Volt Reference Short To Ground
1054 CONTROLLER 5 VOLT
REFERENCE SHORT TO GROUND
1059 8 Volt Reference Error (Draft Load
Pins)
1059 WORKING ARM HITCH Electronic
draft control Electronic control
, DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
Connection/Electrical Open circuit , 8
Volt reference error (Draft Load Pins)
1063 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER
SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
1063 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid
Open Circuit
1064 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE
SOLENOID OPEN CIRCUIT
1064 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid
Open Circuit
1065 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE LOWER
SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
1065 EDC Hydraulic Valve Lower Solenoid
Short Circuit
1066 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE RAISE
SOLENOID SHORT CIRCUIT
1066 EDC Hydraulic Valve Raise Solenoid
Short Circuit
1067 EDC HYDRAULIC VALVE SUPPLY
VOLTAGE TOO LOW
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 5

1067 Hydraulic Valve Supply Voltage
Voltage Too Low
1068 HEIGHT LIMIT CALIBRATION
ERROR
1068 Height Limit Control Not Set To
Maximum During Calibration
1070 Hydraulic Ram Configuration Not Set
12011 Power Stage - Overvoltage Protection
12012 Power Stage - PH_A Open Circuit Or
PH_B Open Circuit, Motor Open
12013 Power Stage - PH_A Or PH_B Short
To Ground
12014 Power Stage - PH_A Or PH_B Short
To Vbatt
12017 Power Stage - Internal Service
Voltage (Vr) Not Viable
12018 Power Stage - Current Over Absolute
Range / Motor Short
12019 Power Stage - Current Over Dynamic
Set Point
12020 Power Stage - Unexpected Current
12024 Ignition Key - Key Hardware Vs CAN
Signals Coherence Check
12032 Encoder - Hardware Fault On Power
Supply
12033 Encoder Virtual Peripheral Failure
(XGATE) Wrong Sequence, Interrupt
12034 Encoder Function Not Available (A Or
B Signal Not Available)
12043 Inclinometer - Self Test
12052 Battery Lower Than 9V
12053 Battery - Higher Than 16V
12054 Battery - Out Of Range / Spike
Diagnosis
12066 Trailer Relay - Open Wire / Load And
Output Short To Vbatt
12068 Trailer Relay - Output Short To
Ground
12073 Output Status - Output Incongruence
Vs Input (DIO And Frequency) &
Protection
12132 CAN - Bus OFF
12133 CAN - Mute
12142 CAN - VCU_TRAIL_BRAKE_INH
Error / Not Available
12143 CAN - VCU_VEH_DIRECTION Error
/ Not Available
12144 CAN - VEH_SPEED Error / Not
Available
12145 CAN - VCU_CMD Error / Not
Available
12146 CAN- VCU_KEY_OFF_AA_INH Error
/ Not Available
12147 CAN - ENGINE _RPM Error / Not
Available
12148 CAN - VCU_KEY Error / Not Available
12150 CAN - VCU_HB_SWITCH Error / Not
Available
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 6

12151 Logic Core - Second Microprocessor
Not Present
12160 Logic Core - EEPROM Check
12162 ACU Temperature - Out Of Range /
Spike Diagnosis
12163 ACU Temperature - Power Stage
Over Temperature
12172 Actuator - Cable Disconnection
12183 Actuator Moving Without Command
12184 Actuator Endstop Zone Reached
12185 Actuator - Actuation Timeout (Energy)
Expired
12188 Actuator - Excess Pad Wear
12192 Shuttle Park Invalid Status
12202 Hand Brake Switch Incongruence
12212 Factory - Accelerometer Not
Calibrated
12213 Factory - Actuator Not Initialised
12214 Factory - Disable Actuation
12215 Factory - Trailer Relay Present, But
Not Configured
14013 Steering Angle Sensor - Short Circuit
to VCC
to VCC
to Ground or Open Circuit
to Ground or Open Circuit
14015 5V Supply Voltage - Too High
14016 5V Supply Voltage - Too Low
14021 Cranking Line - Shorted to +12V
14021 Cranking Line - Shorted to +12V
14022 Cranking Line - Shorted to Ground
14022 Cranking Line - Shorted to Ground
14051 FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER OPEN
CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO HIGH
VOLTAGE
14051 Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit Or
Short To High Voltage
14052 FUEL TANK LEVEL SENDER
SHORT TO GROUND
14052 Fuel Level Sensor Short To Ground
14061 Air Brake Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit to VCC or Option Set But
Sensor Not Connected
14061 Air Brake Pressure Sensor - Short
Circuit to VCC or Option Set But
Sensor Not Connected
14100 Air Brake Option Needs To Be Set
14100 Airbrake system not configured
14102 SWCD - Present But Not Configured
14102 SWCD Present but not configured
14104 Electronic Front Hitch Present But
Not Configured
14105 Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Present
But Not Configured
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 7

14106 Steering Sensor Present But Not
Configured
14300 Electronic Park Lock - Mismatch
Between CAN and Direct Frequency
Input Info
14301 Electronic Park Lock - Direct
Frequency Input Shorted To VCC Or
Open Circuit
14304 Electronic Park Lock - Status Not
Validated
14900 Transmission Controller Missing (RD)
14900 Transmission Controller Missing
(RE/RN)
14901 Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
14901 Engine Controller Missing (EDC16)
14902 Auxiliary Controller Missing (RC)
14902 Auxiliary Controller Missing (RW/RN)
14905 Keypad Missing (JA)
14905 Keypad Missing (JA)
14906 Steering Controller Missing (KA)
14906 Steering Controller Missing (KA)
14908 TECU Missing (OA)
14908 TECU Missing (OA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14909 SWCD Missing (VA)
14910 Climate Controller Missing
14910 Climate Controller Missing
14911 Enhanced Cluster Without Keypad
14912 Basic Cluster With Keypad
14914 Electronic Park Lock (EPL) Controller
Missing
14920 Configuration Error
14920 Configuration Error
15002 STEERING Hydraulic Electronic
steering system , Open circuit ,
Steering wheel control proximity
sensor open circuit.
15002 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor Open Circuit.
15003 Steering Wheel Control Proximity
Sensor - Short Circuit
15003 TRAVELLING STEERING
Hydraulic Fast steer system
Processor , DIAGNOSTIC ERROR
Connection/Electrical Short circuit
, Steering wheel control proximity
sensor
15006 STEERING Hydraulic Fast steer
system Processor - Spit Valve LVDT
- Open circuit
15006 Split Valve LVDT - Open Circuit
15007 Split Valve LVDT - Short Circuit
Connection/Electrical Short circuit ,
Split valve LVDT
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 8

15008 Change Valve Solenoid - Open Circuit
Connection/Electrical Open circuit ,
Change valve solenoid
15009 Change Valve Solenoid - Short Circuit
Across
Connection/Electrical Short circuit ,
Change valve solenoid - short circuit
across itself
15010 Safety Switch Fail
15011 Maximum Engagement Time Elapsed
(5 Minutes)
15012 Split Valve Spool - Stuck Open
15013 Change Valve Or Split Valve Spools -
Stuck Closed
15014 Split Valve Spool Stuck in Transition
Zone - Unable to Identify Steering
Mode
15024 System Not Calibrated
15024 TRAVELLING STEERING Hydraulic
Fast steer system Processor ,
DIAGNOSTIC ERROR Calibration
Not calibrated , System not calibrated
16111 Cab Sensor Open Or Shorted To
Power
16111 Cab Temperature Sensor Open or
Shorted to Power Plus
16112 Cab Sensor Shorted To Ground
16112 Cab Temperature Sensor Shorted to
Ground
16113 Outlet Sensor Open Or Shorted To
Power
16113 Outlet Temperature Sensor Open or
16114 Outlet Sensor Open Or Shorted To
Ground
16114 Outlet Temperature Sensor Shorted
to Ground
16115 Evaporator Sensor Open Or Shorted
To Power
16115 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Open or Shorted to Power Plus
16116 Evaporator Sensor Shorted To
Ground
16116 Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
16117 Outside Air Sensor Open Or Shorted
To Power
16117 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
16118 Outside Air Sensor Shorted To
Ground
16118 Outside Air Temperature Sensor
Shorted to Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 9

16120 Blower Speed Select Potentiometer
Open Or Shorted To Power
16121 Temperature Select Potentiometer
Open Or Shorted To Power
16121 Temperature Select Potentiometer
16122 Mode Select Potentiometer Open Or
Shorted To Power
16125 High Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Power
16125 High Pressure- Low Pressure Switch
(+) Input Shorted to Power Plus
16126 High Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Ground
(+) Input Shorted to Ground
16127 High Pressure Switch (-) Input
Shorted To Power
(-) Input Shorted to Power Plus
16128 High Pressure Switch (-) Input
Shorted To Ground
(-) Input Shorted to Ground
16129 High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1
Minute)
16129 High Pressure Cycling Error (2 in 1
Minute)
16130 Low Pressure Switch (+) Input
Shorted To Power
Shorted To Ground
Shorted To Ground
16132 Low Pressure Switch (-) Input Shorted
To Power
16132 Low Pressure Switch (-) Shorted to
Power
To Ground
to Ground
16134 Low Pressure Switch Open For
Greater Than 1 Minute
16134 Low Pressure Switch Open For
Greater Than 1 Minute
18001 Hand Throttle Number 1 - Voltage
Too Low
Too High
Too Low
Too High
18007 Multi-function Handle - Switch Error
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 10

18008 Multi-function Handle - Voltage Too
Low
18010 Powershift Throttle - Voltage Too Low
18011 Powershift Throttle - Voltage Too High
18013 Multi-function Handle - Encoder
Position Error
18014 Rear Hitch Position Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too Low
18015 Rear Hitch Position Control
Potentiometer - Voltage Too High
18016 Rear Hitch Draft Control
18017 Rear Hitch Draft Control
18018 Rear Hitch Height Limit Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18019 Rear Hitch Height Limit Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18020 Rear Hitch Drop Rate Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18021 Rear Hitch Drop Rate Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18022 Rear Hitch Sensitivity Control
18023 Rear Hitch Sensitivity Control
18025 Rear Hitch Slip Control Potentiometer
- Voltage Too Low
18026 Rear Hitch Slip Control Potentiometer
- Voltage Too High
18027 EHR 5 Lever Position - Voltage Too
Low
High
Low
High
18031 Front Hitch Position / Pressure
Control Potentiometer - Voltage Too
High
18032 Front Hitch Position / Pressure
Control Potentiometer - Voltage Too
Low
18033 Front Hitch Position / Pressure Mix
18034 Front Hitch Position / Pressure Mix
18035 Front Hitch Position Height Limit
18036 Front Hitch Height Limit
18037 Front Hitch Height Limit Enable
Switch Error
18038 Front Hitch Position Drop Rate
18039 Front Hitch Position Drop Rate
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 11

Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
18046 EHR Float Control Switch Error
Low
High
18049 Joystick 1 X-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
Too High
18051 Joystick 1 Y-Axis Position - Voltage
Too Low
Too High
18053 Joystick 1 Proportional Rocker Switch
- Voltage Too Low
18054 Joystick Proportional Rocker Switch -
Voltage Too High
Too Low
Too High
Too Low
Too High
- Voltage Too Low
- Voltage Too High
18061 Reference Voltage - Short Circuit To
Ground
18062 Reference Voltage - Short Circuit To
12V
18063 EEEPROM Error
18064 Multi-function Handle Communication
Error
18065 Multi-function Handle Basic
Assurance Test Error
18066 EHR 1 Lever Implausibility Error
2001 TRANSMISSION Powershift ,
Disabled , Shuttle Too Fast (N)
Disabled , Flash "N" Error
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 12

2003 CP - clutch pedal required
2004 (P) HANDBRAKE ERROR
2005 Creeper selection error
2007 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too Low
2008 Low Power 5V Reference - Voltage
Too High
2009 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too Low
Undervoltage , Seat Switch Input -
Voltage too Low
2010 Seat Switch Input - Voltage Too High
Overvoltage , Seat Switch Input -
Voltage too high
2011 CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER
SIGNAL LOW
2011 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too Low
2012 CLUTCH PEDAL POTENTIOMETER
SIGNAL HIGH
2012 Clutch Pedal Potentiometer - Voltage
Too High
2016 Creeper solenoid solenoid error
2021 CHASSIS HARNESS
DISCONNECTED
2021 Transmission Harness Disconnected
2024 ALL CLUTCHES AND
SYNCHRONISERS REQUIRE
CALIBRATION
2024 All Clutches Not Calibrated
2027 Engine Speed Too Low / No Signal
2037 CLUTCH PEDAL DISCONNECT
SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
2037 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch -
Open Circuit
2046 FUSE OPEN CIRCUIT
2046 Fuse Sense Input - Open Circuit
2047 CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH
SET TOO HIGH
2047 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too High
2048 CLUTCH DISCONNECT SWITCH
SET TOO LOW
2048 Clutch Pedal Disconnect Switch Set
Too Low
2049 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN
CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND OR
HIGH VOLTAGE
2049 Wheel Speed Sensor - Open Circuit
2050 TRANSMISSION Powershift Sensing
system Speed sensor , Short circuit
2050 Wheel Speed Sensor - Short Circuit
2051 OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
2051 Oil Temperature Sensor Open Circuit
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 13

2052 OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SHORT TO GROUND OR HIGH
VOLTAGE
2052 Oil Temperature Sensor - Short
Circuit
2053 +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
TOO HIGH
2053 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too High
2054 +5 VOLT REFERENCE VOLTAGE
TOO LOW
2054 5 Volt Reference Voltage Too Low
2055 Output speed sensor - no signal
2055 Wheel Speed (Transmission Output
Speed) Sensor - No Signal
2058 Seat switch closed
2059 SHUTTLE LEVER SWITCH
DISAGREEMENT
2070 SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD
SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
2070 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too High
2071 SHUTTLE LEVER FORWARD
SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
2071 Shuttle Lever Forward Switch Voltage
Too Low
2072 SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE
SWITCH VOLTAGE HIGH
2072 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too High
2073 SHUTTLE LEVER REVERSE
SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
2073 Shuttle Lever Reverse Switch Voltage
Too Low
2075 Flywheel Speed Sensor Signal Error
2075 No signal or faulty signal from
flywheel torque sensor
2076 FLYWHEEL SPEED SENSOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
2076 Flywheel Speed Sensor Open Circuit
2077 Flywheel Speed Sensor - Short
Circuit
2077 Flywheel speed sensor - short circuit
2124 Calibrate flywheel torque sensor
2124 Flywheel Speed Sensor Not
Calibrated
2300 19th Gear Solenoid Open Circuit Or
Short To Ground
2300 TRANSMISSION Powershift
Electrical control , Open or short
circuit , 19th gear solenoid
2302 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Open Circuit Or Short To Ground
circuit , 19th Gear Dump Solenoid
2303 Damper Calibration - Low Error
2303 TRANSMISSION Powershift , Under
limit value , Damper Calibration
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 14

2304 Damper Calibration - High Error
2304 TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over
limit value , Damper Calibration
2305 19th Gear Clutch Solenoid Over
Voltage
Electrical control , Overvoltage , 19th
Gear Clutch Solenoid
2306 19th Gear Clutch Dump Solenoid
Over Voltage
Electrical control , Overvoltage , 19th
Gear Dump Solenoid
2308 TRANSMISSION Powershift , Not
engaging , Reverse
Command , Undervoltage , Upshift
Switch
Command , Overvoltage , Upshift
Switch
2312 Downshift switch voltage too low
2313 Downshift switch voltage too high
2314 Forward Pressure Switch - Open
Circuit Or Short To Ground
system Pressure transducer , Open
or short circuit , Forward Clutch
2315 Reverse Pressure Switch - Open
system Pressure transducer , Open
or short circuit , Reverse Clutch
system Speed sensor , Open circuit ,
Mid Speed Sensor
2323 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Open Circuit
system Speed sensor , Short circuit
to ground , Mid Speed Sensor
2324 Transmission Mid Speed Sensor -
Short To Ground
2325 Mid Speed Sensor And Output Wheel
Speed Sensors Swapped
system Speed sensor , Bad
connection , Mid and output speed
sensors swapped
2326 Engine Flywheel Speed Sensor
Swapped With Either Mid or Output
Wheel Speed Sensors
system Speed sensor , Bad
connection , Engine torque /RPM
sensor swapped with either mid or
output speed sensors
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 15

2328 No Signal From Transmission Mid
Speed Sensor
2330 TRANSMISSION Powershift , Over
limit value , Transmission output RPM
too high for selected gear
2330 Transmission Output Speed Too High
For The Selected Gear
2331 Clutch Slipping fault
2331 Clutch Slipping fault
2334 Pressure Indicated On The Forward
Clutch Pressure Switches When The
Clutch Solenoids Are Off
Incorrect value , Pressure indicated
on the forward clutch pressure
switches when the clutch solenoids
are off
2335 Pressure Indicated On The Reverse
Clutch Pressure Switch When The
Clutch Solenoids Are Off
Incorrect value , Pressure indicated
on the reverse clutch pressure switch
when the clutch solenoids are off
2336 ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ,
Not engaging
2337 ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
, Not disengaging
2338 Creeper potentiometer - short circuit
to +8V or +12V
2338 Creeper potentiometer - short circuit
to +8V or +12V
2339 ADDITIONAL REDUCERS
Creeper Sensing system Position
potentiometer , Open or short circuit
2339 Creeper Potentiometer - Open Circuit
Or Short Circuit To Ground
2342 Clutch A Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To Ground
Electrical control , TRANSMISSION
Powershift Clutch and gear , Open or
short circuit , Clutch A
2343 Clutch B Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
circuit , Clutch B Solenoid
2344 Clutch C Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
Short Circuit To ground
circuit , Clutch C Solenoid
2345 Clutch D Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
circuit , Clutch D solenoid
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 16

2346 Clutch E Solenoid - Open Circuit Or
circuit , Clutch E solenoid
2347 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
Circuit Or Short Circuit To Ground
circuit , Low range Clutch Solenoid
2348 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Open Circuit Or Short Circuit To
Ground
circuit , Medium Range Clutch
Solenoid
2349 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Open
circuit , High Range Clutch Solenoid
2350 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Open
circuit , Reverse Clutch Solenoid
, Open or short circuit , Creeper
Solenoid
, Open or short circuit , Creeper
Solenoid
2352 Clutch A Solenoid - Voltage Too High
Electrical control , Overvoltage ,
Clutch A Solenoid
2353 Clutch B Solenoid - Voltage Too High
Clutch B Solenoid
2354 Clutch C Solenoid - Voltage Too High
Clutch C Solenoid
2355 Clutch D Solenoid - Voltage Too High
Clutch D Solenoid
2356 Clutch E Solenoid - Voltage Too High
Clutch E Solenoid
2357 Low Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
Electrical control , Overvoltage , Low
Range Clutch Solenoid
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 17

2358 Medium Range Clutch Solenoid -
Voltage Too High
Medium Range Clutch Solenoid
2359 High Range Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
Electrical control , Overvoltage , High
Range Clutch Solenoid
2360 Reverse Clutch Solenoid - Voltage
Too High
Reverse Clutch Solenoid
2361 ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper ,
Overvoltage , Creeper Solenoid
2361 Creeper Solenoid - Voltage Too High
2362 Clutch A Not Calibrated
2362 TRANSMISSION Powershift Clutch
and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch A
2363 Clutch B Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch B
2364 Clutch C Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch C
2365 Clutch D Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch D
2366 Clutch E Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Clutch E
2367 Low Range Clutch Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Low Range
Clutch
2368 Medium Range Clutch Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Medium
Range Clutch
2369 High Range Clutch Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , High
Range Clutch
2370 Reverse Clutch Not Calibrated
and gear , Not calibrated , Reverse
Clutch
2371 Creeper Position Out of Range
2371 Creeper Position Out of Range
2372 Creeper Not Calibrated
2372 Creeper Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2373 Clutch 19 Not Calibrated
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
2374 Creeper Calibration Error
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 18

2375 Creeper - Cold Oil
2375 Creeper - Cold Oil
2376 Fault on 19th Gear Valve
2376 Fault on 19th Gear Valve
2377 Fault on 19th Gear Dump Valve
3001 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Not
Plausible
3002 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Above
Range Maximum
3003 Foot Throttle Sensor - Signal Below
Range Minimum
3010 Air Intake Temperature Sensor -
Signal Above Range Maximum
Signal Below Range Minimum
3028 Oil Pressure Too Low
3038 Constant Engine RPM Activate/Select
Switch - Short Circuit to Battery
3047 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit To
Battery
3047 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit To
Battery
3048 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit to
Ground
3048 Main Relay Failure - Short Circuit to
Ground
3088 Crankshaft Sensor - No Signal
3088 Crankshaft Sensor - No Signal
3090 Camshaft Sensor - No Signal
3090 Camshaft Sensor - No Signal
3091 Camshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal
3091 Camshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal
3096 CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL
3096 CAN A LINE NO SIGNAL
3107 FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO
VCC
3107 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To
Battery
3108 FUEL METERING UNIT SHORT TO
GROUND
3108 Fuel Metering Unit - Short Circuit To
Ground
3111 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring -
3120 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Plausible
3121 PTO Twist Sensor - Open Circuit
3122 PTO Twist Sensor - Short Circuit To
Ground
3123 PTO Twist Sensor - Not Calibrated
3124 Hand Throttle - Signal Above Range
Maximum
3125 Hand Throttle - Channel 2 Signal
Below Range Minimum
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 19

Above Range Maximum
Below Range Minimum
3128 Hand Throttle - Channel Difference
Error
3129 Hand Throttle - Idle Switch Closed
Circuit
3130 Hand Throttle - Idle Switch Open
Circuit
3138 Metering Unit - Temperature Too High
3138 Metering Unit - Temperature Too High
3141 Fuel Flow Setpoint Too Low
3141 Fuel Flow Setpoint Too Low
3142 High Pressure Test - Test Active
3142 High Pressure Test - Test Active
3145 Terminal 15 - No Signal
3145 Terminal 15 - No Signal
3148 Coolant Temperature Sensor
Dynamic Test - Failure
3148 Coolant Temperature Sensor
Dynamic Test - Failure
3157 ECM Not Detected On CAN Bus
3158 Invalid ECM Checksum
3159 Invalid Engine Reference Torque
3160 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Battery
3160 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Battery
3162 Fan Actuator - Open Load
3162 Fan Actuator - Open Load
3163 Fan Actuator - No Load
3163 Fan Actuator - No Load
3176 Setpoint Of Metering Unit Not
Plausible In Overrun
3176 Setpoint Of Metering Unit Not
Plausible In Overrun
3177 Engine Overspeed Detected
3177 Engine Overspeed Detected
3182 Timeout Of CAN Message RxCCVS
3182 Timeout Of CAN Message RxCCVS
3185 Timeout Of CAN Message TF
3185 Timeout Of CAN Message TF
3238 Engine Controller Internal SPI
Communication Error
3238 Engine Controller Internal SPI
Communication Error
3239 Engine Controller EEPROM - Read
Operation Error
3239 Engine Controller EEPROM - Read
Operation Error
3240 Engine Controller EEPROM - Write
Operation Failure
3240 Engine Controller EEPROM - Write
Operation Failure
3241 Engine Controller EEPROM - Default
Value Used
3241 Engine Controller EEPROM - Default
Value Used
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 20

3249 TPU Monitoring - Time Deviation
Between TPU And System Not
Plausible
3249 TPU Monitoring - Time Deviation
Between TPU And System Not
Plausible
3250 Dataset - Variant Defect
3250 Dataset - Variant Defect
3251 Dataset - Requested Variant Could
Not Be Set
3251 Dataset - Requested Variant Could
Not Be Set
3252 Controller Watchdog - SPI
Comunication Failure
3252 Controller Watchdog - SPI
Comunication Failure
3263 CAN C Line No Signal
3265 Overrun Monitoring
3265 Overrun Monitoring
3266 Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun
Monitoring
3266 Redundant Engine Speed in Overrun
Monitoring
3297 Rail Pressure Poistive Deviation High
And High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value
3297 Rail Pressure Positive Deviation High
And High Fuel Flow Setpoint Value
3301 Rail Pressure Negative Deviation Too
High On Minimum Metering
3301 Rail Pressure Negative Deviation Too
High On Minimum Metering
3305 Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit
In Controller Mode
3305 Rail Pressure Below Minimum Limit
In Controller Mode
3309 Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit
In Controlled Mode
3309 Rail Pressure Above Maximum Limit
In Controlled Mode
3313 Rail Pressure Drop Rate Too High
3313 Rail Pressure Drop Rate Too High
3316 Minimum Number Of Injections Not
Reached - Stop Engine
3316 Minimum Number Of Injections Not
Reached - Stop Engine
3334 Timeout Of CAN Message TCS1-PE
Torque - When Active
3334 Timeout Of CAN Message TCS1-PE
Torque - When Active
3335 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-PE
Torque - When Inactive
3335 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-PE
Torque - When Inactive
3338 Timeout Of CAN Message TSC1-VE
Speed - When Inactive
Speed - When Inactive
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 21

Speed - When Active
Speed - When Active
3345 Total Throttle Failure
3367 Coolant Temperature Test Failure
3367 Coolant Temperature Test Failure
3368 Torque Limitation Due To OBD
Performance Limiter By Legislation
3368 Torque Limitation Due To OBD
Performance Limiter By Legislation
3369 Torque Reduction Due To Smoke
Reduction
3369 Torque Reduction Due To Smoke
Reduction
3370 Torque Limitation Due To Engine
Protection (Against Excessive
Torque, Engine Overspeed And
Overheat)
3370 Torque Limitation Due To Engine
Protection (Against Excessive
Torque, Engine Overspeed And
Overheat)
3375 Constant Engine RPM Increase /
Decrease Switch - Open Circuit
4100 REMOTE NO.1 NO CONTROL
MESSAGE RECEIVED
4100 Rear Remote No.1 No Control
Message Received
4101 REMOTE NO.1 CONTROL
MESSAGE NOT PLAUSIBLE
4101 Rear Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
4102 REMOTE NO.1 EEPROM ERROR
4102 Rear Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
4103 REMOTE NO.1 SWITCHED TO
FAILSAFE
4103 Rear Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
4104 REMOTE NO.1 UNDER VOLTAGE
4104 Rear Remote No.1 Under Voltage
4105 REMOTE NO.1 OVER VOLTAGE
4105 Rear Remote No.1 Over Voltage
4106 REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL MOVEMENT
TOO LOW
4106 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
TOO HIGH
Too High
4108 REMOTE NO.1 FLOAT POSITION
NOT REACHED
4108 Rear Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
4109 Rear Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
4109 Remote No. 1 Manually operated
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 22

4110 REMOTE NO.1 DRIVER FAULTY
4110 Rear Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
4111 REMOTE NO.1 POTENTIOMETER
FAULTY
4111 Rear Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
4112 REMOTE NO.1 UNABLE TO REACH
NEUTRAL
4112 Rear Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
4113 REMOTE NO.1 SPOOL NOT IN
NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
4113 Rear Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
MESSAGE RECEIVED
Message Received
Not Plausible
FAILSAFE
Failsafe
4118 Remote No. 2 Undervoltage
TOO LOW
Too Low
TOO HIGH
Too High
NOT REACHED
Reached
4123 REMOTE NO.2 MANUALLY
OPERATED
Operated
FAULTY
Faulty
NEUTRAL
Neutral
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 23

NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
Neutral At Key On.
MESSAGE RECEIVED
Message Received
Not Plausible
FAILSAFE
Failsafe
TOO LOW
Too Low
TOO HIGH
Too High
NOT REACHED
Reached
OPERATED
Operated
FAULTY
Faulty
NEUTRAL
Neutral
NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
Neutral At Key On
MESSAGE RECEIVED
MESSAGE RECEIVED
Message Received
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 24

Not Plausible
FAILSAFE
Failsafe
TOO LOW
Too Low
TOO HIGH
Too High
NOT REACHED
Reached
OPERATED
Operated
FAULTY
Faulty
NEUTRAL
Neutral
NEUTRAL AT KEY ON
Neutral At Key On
4156 PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote
valve Remote control valve Remote
valve 5 , No signal , No control
message received
Message received
valve 5 , Control Message not
plausible
Not Plausible
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 25

valve 5 , Malfunction , EEPROM error
valve 5 , Switched to "Failsafe mode"
Failsafe
valve 5 , Undervoltage
valve 5 , Overvoltage
valve 5 , Under limit value , Spool
movement too low
Too Low
valve 5 , Over limit value , Spool
movement too high
Too High
valve 5 , Inadequate travel , Float
position not reached
Reached
valve 5 , Self-engage , Manually
operated
Operated
valve 5 , Malfunction , Driver faulty
valve 5 , Malfunction , Potentiometer
faulty
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 26

Faulty
valve 5 , Inadequate travel , Unable
to reach neutral
Neutral
valve 5 , Incorrect value , Spool not in
neutral at key on
Neutral At Key On
4170 EHR CONTROL NO.1 NOT
CALIBRATED
4170 Rear EHR Control No.1 Not
Calibrated
4171 EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1 OPEN
CIRCUIT
4172 EHR CONTROL LEVER NO.1
SHORT CIRCUIT
CALIBRATED
Calibrated
CIRCUIT
SHORT CIRCUIT
4176 TIMER SWITCH NO.1 / NO.2
DISCONNECTED
CALIBRATED
Calibrated
CIRCUIT
SHORT CIRCUIT
CALIBRATED
Calibrated
CIRCUIT
SHORT CIRCUIT
4183 TIMER SWITCH NO.3 / NO.4
DISCONNECTED
4190 NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR
NO.1
4190 Rear Remote No.1 No
Communications
4191 NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR
NO.2
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 27

Communications
4192 NO COMMUNICATIONS FROM EHR
NO.3
Communications
4193 NO COMMUNICATION FROM EHR
NO.4
Communications
4194 MOTOR MODE NO.1 SWITCH
FAULTY
FAULTY
FAULTY
FAULTY
valve 5 , No signal
Communications
4216 Rear Remote No.1 - Spool Not
Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
Calibrated
4300 HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Top
link switch not fitted
4301 HITCH Rear hitch , No detects , Side
link switch not fitted
4500 Front Remote No.1 - No Control
Message Received
valve Mid-mount remote control valve
, No signal , Front remote no.1 -no
control message received
4501 Front Remote No.1 Control Message
Not Plausible
, Incorrect value , Front remote no.1 -
control message not plausible
4502 Front Remote No.1 EEPROM Error
, Malfunction , Front remote no.1 -
EEPROM error
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 28

4503 Front Remote No.1 Switched To
Failsafe
, Switched to "Failsafe mode" , Front
remote no.1
4504 Front Remote No.1 Under Voltage
, Undervoltage , Front remote no.1
4505 Front Remote No.1 Over Voltage
, Overvoltage , Front remote no.1
4506 Front Remote No.1 Spool Movement
Too Low
, Under limit value , Front remote no.1
- spool movement too low
Too High
, Over limit value , Front remote no.1
- spool movement too high
4508 Front Remote No.1 Float Position Not
Reached
, Inadequate travel , Front remote
no.1 - float position not reached
4509 Front Remote No.1 Manually
Operated
, Self-engage , Front remote no.1 -
manually operated
4510 Front Remote No.1 Driver Faulty
driver faulty
4511 Front Remote No.1 Potentiometer
Faulty
potentiometer faulty
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 29

4512 Front Remote No.1 Unable To Reach
Neutral
no.1 - unable to reach neutral
4513 Front Remote No.1 Spool Not In
Neutral At Key On
spool not in neutral at key on
4514 Front Remote No.2 No Control
Message Received
, No signal , Front remote no.2 - no
4515 Front Remote no.2 Control Message
Not Plausible
valve , Incorrect value , Front remote
no.2 - control message not plausible
EEPROM error
Failsafe
remote no. 2
, Undervoltage , Front remote no.2
, Overvoltage , Front remote no.2
Too Low
, Under limit value , Front remote no.2
- spool movement too low
Too High
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 30

, Over limit value , Front remote no.2
Reached
no.2 - float position not reached
Operated
, Self-engage , Front remote no.2 -
manually operated
driver faulty
Faulty
, Malfunction , Front remote no. 2 -
Neutral
no.2 - unable to reach neutral
Neutral At Key On
spool not in neutral at key on
Message Received
, No signal , Front remote no. 3 - no
Not Plausible
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 31

, Incorrect value , Front remote no. 3
- control message not plausible
EEPROM error
Failsafe
remote no. 3
, Undervoltage , Front remote no. 3
, Overvoltage , Front remote no. 3
Too Low
, Under limit value , Front remote no.
3 - spool movement too low
Too High
, Over limit value , Front remote no. 3
Reached
, Inadequate travel , Front remote no.
3 - float position not reached
Operated
, Self-engage , Front remote no. 3 -
manually operated
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 32

driver faulty
Faulty
Neutral
3 - unable to reach neutral
Neutral At Key On
- spool not in neutral at key on
Message Received
Not Plausible
- control message not plausible
EEPROM error
Failsafe
remote no. 4
, Undervoltage , Front remote no. 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 33

, Overvoltage , Front remote no. 4
Too Low
, Under limit value , Front remote no.
4 - spool movement too low
Too High
, Over limit value , Front remote no. 4
Reached
4 - float position not reached
Operated
, Self-engage , Front remote no. 4 -
manually operated
driver faulty
Faulty
Neutral
4 - unable to reach neutral
Neutral At Key On
- spool not in neutral at key on
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 34

4560 Front RemoteNo.1 No
Communications
communications
4561 Front Remote No.2 No
Communications
, No signal , front remote no. 2 - no
communications
Communications
communications
Communications
communications
4565 High Flow Pump Connection Error
4566 High Flow Pump Configuration Error
5003 REAR PTO BRAKE OUTPUT OPEN
CIRCUIT
5003 Rear PTO Brake Solenoid Output
Open Circuit
5005 REAR PTO BRAKE SWITCH OPEN
CIRCUIT
5005 Rear PTO Brake Switch Open Circuit
5007 REAR PTO SOLENOID STUCK OFF
5007 Rear PTO Solenoid Stuck Off
5008 Rear PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
5010 PTO Shift Motor - Open Circuit
5011 PTO Shift Motor - Short Circuit
5012 PTO Shift - Sensor Error
5013 PTO Shift Switch - Open Circuit
5014 PTO Shift Switch - Short Circuit
5027 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Open
Circuit
5033 REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY
CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
5033 Rear PTO Cab Normally Closed
Switch Open Circuit
5034 FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO
SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT OR
SHORT TO GROUND
5034 Rear PTO Fender Switch Open
Circuit / Short To Ground
5035 FENDER MOUNTED REAR PTO
SWITCH SHORT TO +VE VOLTAGE
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 35

5035 Rear PTO Fender Switch Input Short
To 12V+
5037 REAR PTO CAB NORMALLY OPEN
SWITCH STUCK CLOSED
5037 Rear PTO Cab Normally Open Switch
- Stuck Closed
5042 PTO Management Switch - Stuck
Closed
5042 PTO Management Switch - Stuck
Closed
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5043 Rear PTO Fender Switch Stuck On
5044 Rear PTO Speed Sensor - Short To
Ground
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5098 Rear PTO Fender Switch Option Not
Enabled
5099 Auto PTO Mode Not Enabled
6020 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SWITCH
ERROR
6023 FOUR WHEEL DRIVE SOLENOID
OPEN CIRCUIT
6023 Four Wheel Drive Solenoid Open
Circuit
6025 No Four Wheel Drive Pressure
6026 Four Wheel Drive Pressure Switch -
Stuck On
7014 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SWITCH
ERROR
7017 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK SOLENOID
OPEN CIRCUIT
7017 Differential Lock Solenoid - Open
Circuit
7024 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NOT
CALIBRATED
7024 Steering Angle Sensor Not Calibrated
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
High
7032 Steering Angle Sensor - Signal Too
Low
7033 No Differential Lock Pressure
7034 Differential Lock Pressure Switch -
Stuck On
8007 Front PTO Solenoid - Stuck On
8008 Front PTO Solenoid - Open Circuit
8033 FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY
CLOSED SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT
8033 Front PTO Switch In Cab Normally
Closed Open Circuit
8037 FRONT PTO CAB NORMALLY
OPEN SWITCH STUCK CLOSED
8037 Front PTO Cab Normally Open
Switch Stuck Closed
8099 Front PTO Option Not Enabled
8099 Front PTO option not activated
9001 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Short
Circuit To 12V
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 36

9002 Front Hitch Position Sensor - Open
9003 Front Hitch Fender Up Switch Error
9004 Front Hitch Fender Down Switch
Error
9005 Front Hitch Fender Common Switch
Error
9006 Front Hitch Position Potentiometer -
Not Calibrated
3006 Coolant Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Not Plausible
Not Plausible
Above Range
Above Range
Below Range Minimum
Below Range Minimum
3015 Fuel Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Maximum
Above Maximum
Below Range Minimum
Below Range Minimum
3019 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3019 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
3022 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3022 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible
3023 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor - EDC
Signal Not Plausible
Signal Not Plausible
3028 Oil Pressure too low EDC
3029 Oil Pressure Sensor - Short Circuit EDC
To Battery
To Battery
To Ground
To Ground
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 37

3031 Oil Pressure Sensor - Hardware Error EDC
3032 Oil Pressure Sensor - Value Too High EDC
3032 Oil Pressure Sensor - Value Too High EDC
3033 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible (Compared With Coolant
Temperature)
3033 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal Not EDC
Plausible (Compared With Coolant
Temperature)
3034 Oil Temperature Sensor - Signal EDC
Above Range Maximum
Above Range Maximum
Below Range Minimum
Below Range Minimum
3037 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Low EDC
3037 Boost Pressure Sensor - Signal Low EDC
3051 Battery Voltage To Engine Controller EDC
- Voltage Too High
- Voltage Too High
- Voltage Too Low
- Voltage Too Low
3060 Cylinder 1 - Unclassifiable Error In EDC
Injector
Injector
3061 Cylinder 1 - Injector Cable Short EDC
Circuit (Low Side To Battery)
Circuit (High Side To Ground)
3064 Cylinder 5 - Unclassifiable Error in EDC
Injector
3064 Cylinder 5 - Unclassifiable Error in EDC
Injector
Injector
Injector
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 38

Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
Injector
3089 Crankshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal EDC
3089 Crankshaft Sensor - Invalid Signal EDC
3093 Offset Between Camshaft And EDC
Crankshaft - Outside Boundaries
3093 Offset Between Camshaft And EDC
Crankshaft - Outside Boundaries
3095 Operating With Camshaft Sensor EDC
Only - Backup Mode
3095 Operating With Camshaft Sensor EDC
Only - Backup Mode
3102 Rail Pressure Sensor CP3 - Signal EDC
Below Range Minimum
Below Range Minimum
3104 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Open EDC
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 39

3104 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Open EDC
3105 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Pressure EDC
Shock Requested
3105 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Pressure EDC
Shock Requested
3106 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Did Not EDC
Open After Pressure Shock
3106 Rail Pressure Relief Valve - Did Not EDC
Open After Pressure Shock
3110 Rail Pressure Sensor Monitoring - EDC
Above Maximum Range
Above Maximum Range
3131 Grid Heater Always Switched On EDC
3131 Grid Heater Always Switched On EDC
3137 Metering Unit - Open Load EDC
3137 Metering Unit - Open Load EDC
3147 Oil Temperature Too High EDC
3147 Oil Temperature Too High EDC
3154 Grid Heater Relay - Short Circuit To EDC
Battery
Battery
Ground
Ground
3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load EDC
3156 Grid Heater Relay - No Load EDC
3161 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Ground EDC
3161 Fan Actuator - Short Circuit to Ground EDC
3179 Time-out Of CAN Message BC2EDC2 EDC
3179 Time-out Of CAN Message BC2EDC2 EDC
3180 Time-out of CAN Message VM2EDC EDC
3180 Time-out of CAN Message VM2EDC EDC
3188 Cylinder 1 Warning - Open Load EDC
3192 Cylinder 2 warning - Open Load EDC
3192 Cylinder 2 warning - Open Load EDC
3210 Bank 1 - General Short Circuit To EDC
Injector Cable
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 40

3210 Bank 1 - General Short Circuit To EDC
Injector Cable
3211 Bank 1 - Injector cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3211 Bank 1 - Injector cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3213 Bank 1 - Unclassifiable Error EDC
3218 Bank 2 - General Short Circuit On EDC
Injector Cable
3218 Bank 2 - General Short Circuit On EDC
Injector Cable
3219 Bank 2 - Injector Cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3219 Bank 2 - Injector Cable Short Circuit EDC
Low Side To Ground
3227 Injection Processor Error - Internal EDC
Reset/Clock Loss/Voltage Too Low
3228 Injection Processor Error - EDC
Unlocked/Initialization Error
Unlocked/Initialization Error
3229 Injection Processor Error - Injections EDC
Limited By Software
3229 Injection Processor Error - Injections EDC
Limited By Software
3230 Injection Processor Error - SPI EDC
Communication Failure
Unlocked/Initialization Failure
Unlocked/Initialization Failure
3233 Injection Processor Error - Test Mode EDC
3233 Injection Processor Error - Test Mode EDC
3242 Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery EDC
Occurred
3242 Engine Controller (Locked) Recovery EDC
Occurred
3243 Engine Controller Recovery EDC
(Suppressed) - Recovery Occurred
3243 Engine Controller Recovery EDC
(Suppressed) - Recovery Occurred
3244 Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) EDC
- Recovery Occurred
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 41

3244 Engine Controller Recovery (Visible) EDC
- Recovery Occurred
3245 Engine Controller - Watchdog Not EDC
Plausible
3245 Engine Controller - Watchdog Not EDC
Plausible
3246 Shutoff Paths During Initialization - EDC
Watchdog
Watchdog
3247 Shutoff Paths Failed During EDC
Initialization - Supply Voltage Too
High
3247 Shutoff Paths Failed During EDC
Initialization - Supply Voltage Too
High
Supply Voltage Too Low
Supply Voltage Too Low
3253 ADC Monitoring - Reference Voltage EDC
Too Low
Too Low
Too High
Too High
3255 ADC Monitoring Test Impulse Error EDC
3256 ADC Monitoring Queue Error EDC
3278 Engine Controller Supply Voltage Too EDC
High
3278 Engine Controller Supply Voltage Too EDC
High
3279 Engine Controller Internal Supply EDC
Voltage Too Low
3279 Engine Controller Internal Supply EDC
Voltage Too Low
3280 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - High EDC
3281 Sensor Supply Voltage 1 - Low EDC
3371 Torque Limitation Due To Fuel EDC
Quantity Limitation Because Of
Injector System Errors
3371 Torque Limitation Due To Fuel EDC
Quantity Limitation Because Of
Injector System Errors
2026 Engine Speed Too High TCU
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 42
Index
FAULT CODES - 50.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
A.50.A / 43
CNH U.K. Ltd. Cranes Farm Road Basildon Essex United Kingdom SS14 3AD
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN FRANCE
© 2009 CNH GLOBAL N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification or equipment
at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your New Holland Dealer.
87628084B 12/06/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
POWER PRODUCTION
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B
Contents
POWER PRODUCTION - B
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
EXHAUST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.40.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.60.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B
ENGINE - 10.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Dimension - Stretch Bolt Check for reuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Valve drive
Camshaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Camshaft Tappet - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Valve assembly Valve - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Valve guide - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Valve assembly Spring - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Camshaft - Torque Thrust Plate Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Valve assembly Spring - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Camshaft Tappet - General specification Clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
General specification Valve Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Crankshaft
Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Main bearing - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Torque - Damper Flywheel Assembly to Crankshaft bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Timing gear
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Connecting rod and piston
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Piston - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connecting rod - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Flywheel
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cylinder block
Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cylinder head
Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Valve seat - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 2
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Valve cover
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Rear cover
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Valve drive
Camshaft - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Rocker assembly - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Connecting rod - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SERVICE
ENGINE
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Valve drive
Valve guide - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Camshaft - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Camshaft Lobe - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Rocker assembly - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Camshaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Camshaft Tappet - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Camshaft Tappet - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Camshaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Camshaft Gear - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Camshaft Push rod - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Rocker assembly - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Camshaft Tappet - Clearance 4 Valve Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Valve assembly - Check Decarbonising and Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Crankshaft
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Cylinder block
Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Cylinder head
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Valve cover
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Rear cover
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 4
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE
ENGINE - General specification

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS T7030 T7040 T7050 T7060
Engine, type Un-Boosted: F4DE9684H*J F4DE9684E*J F4DE9684D*J F4DE9684C*J
Engine, type Boosted: F4DE9684N*J F4DE9684S*J F4DE9684L*J F4DE9684B*J
Engine Emission Level (Tier) Tier 3
Number of cylinders 6
Number of valves per cylinder 4
Boremm (in.) 104 (4.095)
Strokemm (in.) 132 (5.1968)
Total displacementcm3 (in.3) 6728 (411)
Compression ratio 16.5 : 1
Dynamic Timing (°BDTC) 3.4 5.5 6.3 6.3
Boosted Data 158 kW (214.8 172 kW (233.9 177 kW (240.7 178 kW (242.0
Hp) Hp) Hp) Hp)
Maximum power (Boost Curve) at 2000 RPM
Maximum torque @ 1600 RPM 874 Nm (645 938 Nm (691.8 965 Nm (711.7 984 Nm (725.8
lb ft) lbft) lbft) lbft)
Unboosted Data 132 kW (179.5 147 kW (199.9 156 kW (212.1 164 kW (223.0
Hp) Hp) Hp) Hp)
Maximum power (Boost Curve) at 2000 RPM
Maximum torque @ 1400 RPM 774 Nm (570.9 844 Nm (622.5 860 Nm (634.3 866 Nm (638.7
lbft) lbft) lbft) lbft)
Rated Speed 2200 RPM
Slow idling speed of engine without load 650 RPM
Fast idling speed of engine without load 2375 RPM
Aspiration Turbocharged and Air to Air Intercooled
Turbocharger type HOLSET
Lubrication Forced via lobe pump, pressure relief valve, oil filter
Oil pressure with engine hot – at slow idling - 0.7 bar (10.1500 psi)
– at fast idling - 4.0 bar (58.0000 psi)
Cooling system Fluid–based
Coolant pump drive: Via Poly V Belt
Thermostat: Thermostat starts to open at 81 °C (178 °F) and is fully open at
96 °C (205 °F)
Filling
– engine sump
– engine sump + filter 15 l (4.0 US gal)
Cycle Diesel, 4–stroke
Fuel system Turbocharged with Air to Air intercooler
Fuel injection Direct
Valve Timing Refer to Valve drive - General specification (B.10.A)
Fuel system Refer to FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - General
specification (B.20.A)
ASSEMBLY CLEARANCES – DATA

Engine F4DE0684A F4DE0684B
Type 6 cylinders
CRANK GEAR AND CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
DATA
Cylinder liners Ø1 104,0 to 104,024 (4.0945 to 4.1039)
Cylinder liners:
outside diameter Ø2 –
length L –
Cylinder liners – crankcase seats (interference) –
Outside diameter Ø2 –
Cylinder liners:
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 5
inside diameter . Ø2 –
Pistons supplied as spare parts: –
measurement X 55,9 (2.2008)
outside diameter Ø1 103,730 to 103,748 (4.0839 to 4.0846)
seat for pin Ø2 38,010 to 38,016 (1.4965 to 1.4967)
Piston – cylinder liners 0,252 to 0,294 (0.0099 to 0.0116)
Piston diameter Ø1 0,5 (0.0197)
Piston location from crankcase X 0,28 to 0,42 (0.0110 to 0.0165)
Piston pin Ø3 37,999 to 38,000 (1.4960 to 1.4961)
Piston pin – pin seat 0,011 to 0,016 (0.0004 to 0.0006)
X1* 2,705 to 2,735 (0.1065 to 0.1077)
Piston ring grooves X2 2,44 to 2,46 (0.0961 to 0.0969)
X3 4,03 to 4,05 (0.1587 to 0.1594)
S1* 2,560 to 2,605 (0.1008 to 0.1026)
Piston rings S2 2,350 to 2,380 (0.0925 to 0.0937)
S3 3,970 to 3,990 (0.1563 to 0.1571)
* measured on Ø of 58 mm ( 2.2835 in.) 4 cylinders
1 0,100 to 0,175 (0.0039 to 0.0069)
Piston rings – grooves 2 0,040 to 0,900 (0.0016 to 0.0354)
3 0,020 to 0,065 (0.0008 to 0.0026)
Piston rings 0,5 (0.0197)
Piston ring end opening in cylinder liner:
X1 0,3 to 0,4 (0.0118 to 0.0157)
X2 0,6 to 0,8 (0.0236 to 0.0315)
X3 0,30 to 0,55 (0.0118 to 0.0217)
Small end bushing seat Ø1 40,987 to 41,013 (1.6137 to 1.6147)
Connecting rod bearing seat Ø2 72,987 to 73,013 (2.8735 to 2.8745)
Small end bushing diameter:
outside Ø3 43,279 to 43,553 (1.7039 to 1.7147)
inside Ø4 38,019 to 38,033 (1.4968 to 1.4974)
Connecting rod half–bearings supplied as spares S 1,955 to 1,968 (0.0770 to 0.0775)
Connecting rod bushing – seat 0,266 to 0,566 (0.0105 to 0.0223)
Piston pin – bushing 0,019 to 0,033 (0.0007 to 0.0013)
Connecting rod half bearings 0,019 to 0,033 (0.0007 to 0.0013)
Measurement X –
Maximum error on alignment of connecting rod = –
axes
Main journals Ø1 82,990 to 83,001 (3.2673 to 3.2677)
Crankpins Ø2 68,987 to 69,013 (2.7160 to 2.7170)
Main journal half bearings S1 2,456 to 2,464 (0.0967 to 0.0970)
Connecting rod half bearings S2 1,955 to 1,968 (0.0770 to 0.0775)
Main bearings
no. 1 – 5 Ø3 87,982 to 88,008 (3.4639 to 3.4649)
no. 2 – 3 – 4 Ø4 87,977 to 88,013 (3.4637 to 3.4651)
Half bearings – main journals
no. 1 – 7 0,041 to 0,119 (0.0016 to 0.0047)
no. 2 – 3 – 4 – 5– 6 0,041 to 0,103 (0.0016 to 0.0041)
Half bearings – crankpins 0,033 to 0,041 (0.0013 to 0.0016)
Main journal half bearings + 0,250 (+0.0098); + 0,500
Connecting rod half bearings (+0.0197)
Main journal for thrust X1 37,475 to 37,550 (1.4754 to 1.4783)
Main bearing for thrust X2 25,98 to 26,48 (1.0228 to 1.0425)
Semi–circular thrust washers X3 37,28 to 37,38 (1.4677 to 1.4717)
Crankshaft thrust 0,068 to 0,410 ( 0.0027 to 0.0161)
CYLINDER HEAD
Valve guide bores in the cylinder head Ø1 7,051 to 7,053 (0.2776 to 0.2777)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 6
Ø2 –
Valve guide
Ø3 –
Valve guide and bores in head –
Valve guide –
Valves:
Ø4 6,970 to 6,999 (0.2744 to 0.2756)
å 60 ° +/- 0,25
Ø4 6,970 to 6,999 (0.2744 to 0.2756)
å 45 ° +/- 0,25
Valve stem and relative guide 0,052 to 0,092 (0.0020 to 0.0036)
Bore in head for valve seat:
Intake Ø1 34,837 to 34,863 (1.3725 to 1.3726)
Exhaust Ø1 34,837 to 34,863 (1.3725 to 1.3726)
Valve seat outside diameter; angle of valve
seats in cylinder head
Intake Ø2 34,917 to 34,931 (1.3747 to 1.3752)
å 60 °
Exhaust Ø2 34,917 to 34,931 (1.3747 to 1.3752)
å 45 °
Recessing
Intake X 0,59 to 1,11 (0.0232 to 0.0437)
Exhaust X 0,96 to 1,48 (0.0378 to 0.0452)
Between valve seat and head
Intake 0,054 to 0,094 (0.0021 to 0.0037)
Exhaust 0,054 to 0,094 (0.0021 to 0.0037)
Valve seats –
Valve spring height: –
free spring H 47,75 (1.8799)
under a load of:
329 N H1 35,33 (1.3909)
641 N H2 25,2 (0.9921)
Injector protrusion X –
Seats for camshaft bushings no. 1 – 5 59,222 to 59,248 (2.3316 to 2.3326)
Camshaft seats no. 2 – 3 – 4 54,089 ÷ 54,139 (2.1292 to 2.1315)
Camshaft support journals
1Þ5 53,995 to 54,045 (2.1258 to 2.1278)
Camshaft bushing outside diameter: Ø 59,222 to 59,248 (2.3316 to 2.3326)
Bushing inside diameter: Ø 54,083 to 54,147 (2.1292 to 2.1318)
Bushings and seats in crankcase –
Bushings and support journals 0,038 to 0,162 (0.0015 to 0.0064)
Useful cam lift: H 6,045 (0.2380)
H 7,582 (0.2985)
Tappet cap seat in crankcase Ø1 16,000 to 16,030 (0.6299 to 0.6311)
Tappet cap outside diameter:
Ø2 15,924 to 15,954 (0.6269 to 0.6281)
Ø3 15,960 to 15,975 (0.6283 to 0.6289)
Between tappets and seats 0,025 to 0,070 (0.0010 to 0.0028)
Tappets –
Rocker arm shaft Ø1 21,965 to 21,977 (0.8648 to 0.8652)
Rocker arms: Ø2 21,001 to 22,027 (0.8268 to 0.8672)
Between rocker arms and shafts 0,024 to 0,162 (0.0009 to 0.0064)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 7
ENGINE - Torque
PART TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Bolts securing connecting rod Refer to Connecting rod and piston - Torque
caps: (B.10.A).
Bolts securing pulley and Refer to Crankshaft - Torque (B.10.A).
damper:
Nut securing fuel injection pump drive. gear: Refer to Fuel injection pump - Torque (B.20.A)
Nut securing compressor gear: 125 ± 19 (92.1953 ± 14.0137)
Bolts securing timing gear: Refer to Timing gear - Torque (B.10.A).
Unions securing piston lubrication nozzles: Refer to Piston lubrication Spray nozzle -
Torque (B.60.A)
Bolts securing timing system Refer to Rear cover - Torque (B.10.A)
casing
Bolts securing front cover
M10 1.5x30 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing main bearing Refer to Crankshaft Main bearing - Torque
caps with angle closed (B.10.A).
M12 1.50 12.9
Screw fixing Ladder Frame:
M10 1.5x25 43 ± 5 (31.7152 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing lifting brackets:
M12 1.75x25 7 ± 12 (5.1629 ± 8.8507)
M10 43 ± 5 (31.7152 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing cooler Refer to Oil cooler - Torque (B.60.A)
Bolts securing valve cover Refer to Valve cover - Torque (B.10.A).
Engine Vent Fastener (Ccv)
M8 1.25x45 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x35 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing oil sump ♦ Refer to Oil pan - Torque (B.60.A)
Bolts / Plugs On Head
1/2 in Nptf 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
3/4 in Nptf 36 ± 5 (26.5522 ± 3.6878)
1/4 in Nptf 12 ± 2 (8.8507 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing cylinder head ♦ Refer to Cylinder head - Torque (B.10.A).
Bolts securing heater grille:
M6 10 ± 2 (7.3756 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing intake manifold:
M8 1.25x25 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
M8 1.25x60 25 ± 5 (18.4391 ± 3.6878)
Bolts securing exhaust manifold on head Refer to Exhaust manifold - Torque (B.40.A).
Bolts securing flywheel Refer to Flywheel - Torque (B.10.A).
Bolts securing camshaft thrust plate: Refer to Valve drive Camshaft - Torque
(B.10.A).
Bolts securing camshaft gear:
M8 1.25x20 9.8 Flg 36 ± 4 (26.5522 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing rocker arms: Refer to Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Torque
(B.10.A).
Bolts securing rocker arm adjusters:
3/8 24 Unf Hex Nut 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing rocker arm casing: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing phonic wheel:
M12 1.25 10.9 Flg Hex 1st phase 50 ± 5 (36.8781 ± 3.6878)
2nd phase + 90 ° +/- 5 °
Fuel manifold retaining nuts Refer to Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Torque
(B.20.A).
Fuel connector fastener on Common Rail side 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 8

Common Rail fastener
M8 1.25x10 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x50 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M8 1.25x90 9.8 Flg Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Fastener for high-pressure pipes from Common Rail to cylinder
head
M14 1.5 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Fastener for fuel filter mounting on crankcase
M12 1.75x25 9.8 Fig Hex 77 ± 8 (56.7923 ± 5.9005)
Turbine / exhaust manifold fastener Refer to Turbocharger - Torque (B.30.A).
Oil delivery/return pipe fastener
M12 1.5 35 ± 5 (25.8147 ± 3.6878)
Oil dipstick pipe fastener: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Bolts securing oil pump: Refer to Oil pump - Torque (B.60.A)
Main oil delivery bolts (plugs)
M10 — 1 6 ± 1 (4.4254 ± 0.7376)
M14 — 1.5 11 ± 2 (8.1132 ± 1.4751)
Oil cooler / oil filter assembly fastener: 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Coolant pump / crankcase fastener:
M8 1.25x25 8.8 Hex 1st phase 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
2nd phase 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
Tightener fastener
M10 1.5x60 9.8 Fig -
Fan mounting fastener
M10 33 ± 5 (24.3395 ± 3.6878)
Fan pulley fastener -
Fan spacer or accessory pulley fastener (when required)
M6 10 ± 2 (7.3756 ± 1.4751)
M10 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
M12 77 ± 12 (56.7923 ± 8.8507)
Alternator fastener
M8 1.25x30 9.8 Fig Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M12 1.75x120 10.9 Fig Hex 43 ± 6 (31.7152 ± 4.4254)
M12 Nut 1.75 G Fig Hex 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
M10 1.5x25 9.8 Fig Hex -
M10 1.5x40 9.8 Fig Hex -
M10 Nut 1.5 9 Fig Hex -
M16 1.5 Hex -
Stud bolts for mounting fuel pump:
M8 12 ± 2 (8.8507 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing injection pump:
M8 1.5 24 ± 4 (17.7015 ± 2.9502)
Tightening nut fixing injection pump gear
M18 1.5 105 ± 5 (77.4440 ± 3.6878)
Fastener for fittings from injection pump to Common Rail:
M12 1.5 20 ± 2 (14.7512 ± 1.4751)
Bolts securing injectors: Electronic Engine Refer to Fuel injector Electro injector - Torque
(B.20.A).
Bolts securing injector connectors: Refer to Electrical control - Torque (B.20.A).
Oil pressure regulator sensor fastener: 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Camshaft speed sensor fastener in gearbox:
M6 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Crankshaft speed sensor fastener on front cover
M6 8 ± 2 (5.9005 ± 1.4751)
Temperature sensor fastener on cylinder head:
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 9

M14 1.5x12 Hex 20 ± 3 (14.7512 ± 2.2127)
Air temperature sensor fastener on intake manifold:
M6 1x20 3 ± 1 (2.2127 ± 0.7376)
Air pressure and temperature sensor fastener on intake manifold:
M5 3 ± 1 (2.2127 ± 0.7376)
Fuel pressure sensor fastener: 35 ± 5 (25.8147 ± 3.6878)
Fuel temperature sensor fastener:
M14 1.5x12 Hex 20 ± 3 (14.7512 ± 2.2127)
Gear fastener on air compressor:
5/8 in18 Unf 125 ± 19 (92.1953 ± 14.0137)
Air compressor fastener on crankcase:
M12 Nut 81 ± 12 (59.7425 ± 8.8507)
♦ Lubricate with engine oil before assembly
ENGINE - Special tools

No. TOOL NAME
380000979 Puller for engine injection pump union gear
380000665 Tool to extract crankshaft front seal
380000663 Tool to extract crankshaft rear seal
380001099 Injector extractor
380000666 Crankshaft front seal installer
380000664 Crankshaft rear seal installer
380000988 Flywheel locking adaptor plate (to be used with
380000732)
380000732 Engine turning tool (to be used with 380000988)
380000667 Drift for camshaft bushing disassembly and reassembly
380000158 Torque screwdriver for injector solenoid valve connector
nut setting
380001003 Connecting Rod Check Gauge
380000301 Engine stand (revolving)
380001298 Engine stand to Cylinder block brackets
380001073 Engine lifting brackets
ENGINE - Dimension - Stretch Bolt Check for reuse.

NOTE: This check is required to be carried out prior to reusing the following stretch bolts:
Cylinder Head (Refer to Cylinder head - Install (B.10.A)

Rocker Post (Refer to Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Torque (B.10.A)).
Main Bearing (Refer to Crankshaft Main bearing - Torque (B.10.A)).
Connecting Rod (Refer to Connecting rod and piston - Torque (B.10.A)).
Before reusing the retaining stretch bolts, make two (2) measurements, using a micrometer, on the tread outer diam-
eter at points D1 and D2. The two points measured should be as close as reasonably possible to the two ends of the
bolts threaded section.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 10
bail06ccm024asa 1
If D1-D2< 0,1 mm (0.0039 in), the bolt can be reused.
If D1-D2> 0,1 mm (0.0039 in), the bolt must be renewed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 11
Valve drive Camshaft - Dimension

Camshaft Data
80643 1
The data given refers to the normal pin diameter. Refer to Cylinder block - Dimension (B.10.A) and Valve
drive Camshaft - Measure (B.10.A)).
Camshaft Tappet - Dimension
80386_208 1
Tappet data. (Refer to ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 12
Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension
80696_102 1
Rocker Arm and Spindle data.
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Dimension

NOTE: Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension (B.10.A)).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 13
Valve assembly Valve - Dimension
80672 1
Intake and Exhaust Valve Data.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 14
Valve drive Valve guide - Dimension
80676_98 1
Valve Guide data. (Refer to Valve drive Valve guide - Measure (B.10.A)).
Valve assembly Spring - Dimension

Valve Springs
DATA FOR CHECKING THE INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVE SPRINGS
Before assembly, check the valve spring flexibility. Compare the elastic deformation and load data with those of the
new springs.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 15
50676_197 1
For H/H1/H2 dimensions, refer to Valve assembly Spring - General specification (B.10.A) or ENGINE -
General specification (B.10.A).
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Torque

Part TORQUE Nm (lb ft)
Bolts for securing rocker arms M8 x 1,25 x 53 35 Nm +/- 5 Nm (26 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Valve drive Camshaft - Torque Thrust Plate Bolts

Bolts for securing Camshaft Thrust Plate M8 x 1,25 x 16 25 Nm +/- 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Valve assembly Spring - General specification

Part Description Dimensions
Valve spring height: –
free spring H 47.75 mm (1.880 in)
under a load of:
329 N H1 35,33 (1.3909)
641 N H2 25,2 (0.9921)
Camshaft Tappet - General specification Clearance.

ATTENTION: With TIER 3 engines with internal EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) standard valve lash setting
procedure will lead to wrong valve clearances and serious engine damage.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 16
Each cylinder must be checked by putting engine to TDC firing for that cylinder and setting both valve clearances on
that cylinder ONLY.
NO SHORT CUTS INVOLVING THE SETTING OF VALVES ON ONE CYLINDER WHILST ENGINES AT TDC OF
ANOTHER CYLINDER ARE ALLOWED!
Refer to Camshaft Tappet - Clearance (B.10.A)
Tappet Clearance for 4v engines Dimension

Intake valves 0.25 mm +/- 0.05
Exhaust valves 0.50 mm +/- 0.05
Valve drive - General specification Valve Timing

Description
Inlet Start before TDC 14 °
Inlet End after BDC 20 °
Exhaust Start before BDC 61 °
Exhaust End after TDC 20 °
Valve Clearance (Engine Cold) Refer to Camshaft Tappet - Clearance (B.10.A)
Inlet 0.25 mm +/- 0.05
Exhaust 0.50 mm +/- 0.05
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 17
Crankshaft - Dimension
80745_211 1
MAIN CRANKSHAFT TOLERANCES
TOLERANCES CHARACTERIS- GRAPHIC SYMBOL

TIC SUBJECT
OF TOLER-
ANCE
SHAPE Circularity
Cylindricity
ORIENTATION Parallelism
Perpendicularity
Straightness
POSITION Concentricity or
coaxiality
OSCILLATION Circular
oscillation
Total oscillation
Taper
CLASS OF IM- GRAPHIC SYMBOL

PORTANCE
ASSIGNED
TO PRODUCT
CHARACTERIS-
TICS
CRITICAL
IMPORTANT
SECONDARY
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 18
80746_212 2
Refer to Crankshaft - Measure (B.10.A).
Crankshaft Main bearing - Torque

Torque main bearing cap bolts as a pair incrementally Refer to Crankshaft Main bearing - Assemble (B.10.A)
Step 1. Tighten both bolts to initial torque setting. 50 Nm +/- 6 Nm (37 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Step 2. Tighten both bolts to torque setting. 80 Nm +/- 6 Nm (59 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Step 3. Torque/Angle bolts 90 ° +/- 5 °
IMPORTANT: Rotate crankshaft after setting to ensure free rotation.
Crankshaft - Torque - Damper Flywheel Assembly to Crankshaft

bolts.
Step 1. Tighten both bolts to initial torque setting. 50 Nm +/- 6 Nm (37 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 19
Timing gear - Torque

Bolts securing timing gear 36 Nm +/- 4 Nm (27 lb ft +/- 3 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 20
Connecting rod and piston - Torque

Bolts securing connecting rod caps Refer to Connecting rod and piston - Install (B.10.A)
M10 x 1,25 x 52
Step 1. Tighten bolts to initial torque settings. 30 Nm +/- 5 Nm (22 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Step 2. Tighten bolts to the torque of 50 Nm +/- 5 Nm (37 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Connecting rod and piston Piston - Dimension
80587_218 1
Mondial Piston, Pin and Ring Data
* Measurement obtained on a diameter of 92 mm (3.6220 in)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 21
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Dimension
80588_219 1
CONNECTING ROD, PISTON PIN BUSHING AND HALF BEARING DATA

• * Inside diameter to be measured after installing in the small end and regrinding with a reamer.
** Cannot be measured free.
NOTE: The connecting rod - connecting rod cap mating surfaces are knurled for a better coupling. It is therefore
recommended not to remove the knurling. The rods are manufactured using a fracture breaking technique making each rod
and cap unique and having only one way of installation. Refer to Connecting rod and piston - Measure (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 22
Flywheel - Torque
PART TORQUE
Bolts flywheel to crankshaft M12 x 1.25 x 32. 1st Stage. 30 Nm +/- 4Nm (22 lb ft +/- 3lb ft)
2nd Stage + 60°+/-5°
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 23
Cylinder block - Dimension

Cylinder Block Bores Data.
80585_207 1
87628084B
Refer to Cylinder block12/06/2009
- Measure (B.10.A).
B.10.A / 24
Camshaft Bushing and Relevant Seat Data.
80748 2
For Camshaft data, refer to Valve drive Camshaft - Dimension (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 25
Cylinder head - Dimension
70325_97 1
Cylinder Head mating surface check.
The dimension (A) should be 105 mm (4.1339 in) ± 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
Maximum metal removal should not exceed dimension (B) by 1 mm (0.0394 in)
NOTE: After grinding check valve seating. Regrind the valve seats if required to obtain the specified value.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 26
Cylinder head Valve seat - Dimension

Valve Seat Data
70331_100 1
Cylinder Head Seat Data
70332_101 2
Cylinder head - Torque

Bolts securing cylinder head.
INSTALL LONGER BOLTS ( 150 mm), TO THE MIDDLE
TWO (2) ROWS OF BOLT HOLES.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 27

Step 1. Bolt size M12 x 1,75 x 130
Tighten all bolts to initial torque settings and in the 35 Nm +/- 5 Nm (26 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
correct tightening sequence. (Refer to Cylinder head
- Tighten (B.10.A). Bolt size M12 x 1,75 x 150
55 Nm +/- 5 Nm (41 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
Step 2. + 90 ° +/- 5 °
Step 3. + 90 ° +/- 5 °
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 28
Valve cover - Torque

Nuts securing valve cover M8. 24 Nm +/- 4 Nm (18 lb ft +/- 3 lb ft)
Refer to Valve cover - Tighten (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 29
Rear cover - Torque

Bolts securing timing system casing
Refer to Rear cover - Install (B.10.A)
M8 1.25x40 24 Nm± 4 Nm( 17.7015 lbft ± 2.9502 lbft)
M10 1.5x30 47 Nm± 5 Nm( 34.6654 lbft ± 3.6878 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 30
Valve drive Camshaft - Static description
BAIL07APH368GMA 1
(A) - Intake (B) - Exhaust
Internal exhaust gas recirculation is employed to return some exhaust gas back into the combustion chamber to re-
duce exhaust emissions. An extra lobe on the cam shaft enables exhaust gas recirculation via the exhaust valve
during the intake cycle by keeping the exhaust valve open for a short while. The exhaust gases are partially redi-
rected into the cylinders in order to reduce the maximum combustion temperature values which are responsible for
the production of nitrogen oxide (NOx), and this reduces the emissions reaching the atmosphere.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 31
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Component identification

Component Parts of Rocker Arm Assembly
80695 1
Item number Part Description

1. Bolts
2. Support
3. Spindles (Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension (B.10.A)).
4. Rocker arms (Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension (B.10.A)).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 32
Connecting rod and piston - Exploded view
80647 1
1. Retaining rings 2. Pin

3. Piston 4. Piston rings
5. Bolts 6. Half bearings
7. Connecting rod 8. Bushing
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 33
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Component

identification
80339 1
Each connecting rod is marked: -

On the body and cap with a number indicating their coupling and the cylinder in which it is mounted. In the event of
replacement, number the new rod with the same number as the replaced connecting rod. -
On the body of the connecting rod with a letter indicating the weight class of the connecting rod mounted in production:
V, 1600 to 1640 g (3.5274 to 3.6156 lb) (marked in yellow)
W, 1641 to 1680 g (3.6178 to 3.7038 lb) (marked in green)
X, 1681 to 1720 g (3.7060 to 3.7920 lb) (marked in blue)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 34
ENGINE - Disconnect
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system. For additional information, refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid
(B.50.A).
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (earth) lead. For additional information, refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
All Tractors
1. Remove the engine side panels.
NOTE: Repeat the operation on both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 1
2. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a

hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
WARNING
Suitcase weights are extremely heavy. To prevent in-
jury, always use an adequate lifting device to install or
remove front end or rear end weights.
M417
BSB0181A 2
3. Remove the engine side rails (if fitted).
WARNING
B012
BSD1950A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 35
4. Loosen the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air

cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 4
5. Loosen the exhaust clamp and remove the exhaust

muffler.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 5
6. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1) and re-

move the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 6
7. Disconnect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).

Loosen the exhaust retaining bolts (2) and remove
the exhaust.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 36
8. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A 8
9. Disconnect the battery negative (earth) lead (1) and

the positive lead (2).
BAIS06CCM082AVA 9
10. Disconnect the cab heater to radiator coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 10
11. Disconnect the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM064AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 37
Tractors with Air Conditioning

12. Disconnect the air conditioning high pressure (1) and
low pressure (2) hoses.
NOTE: There is no need to discharge the air conditioning
connectors as the unions are self sealing.
BAIS06CCM001AVA 12
All Tractors
13. Disconnect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)
and (2).
NOTE: Make a note of the position of the hoses to aid
installation.
BVE0218A 13
14. Disconnect the fuel supply and return lines .
BAIS06CCM137AVA 14
15. Disconnect the power brake valve supply hose.
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge
pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumu-
lator. Remove the pressure in the accumulator before
accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the brakes
with the pedal approximately 40 times when the engine
is off. Loosen the special fitting for removing air from
the brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does
not flow from the special fitting, the accumulator is not
charged.
M670
BAIS06CCM086AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 38
16. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BVE0282A 16
Tractors with SuperSteer™ front axle

17. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 17
18. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft guard.

19. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining
bolts.
NOTE: Support the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 39
20. Remove the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 40
Tractors with Standard Front Axle

21. Remove front wheel drive propshaft guard and prop-
shaft
NOTE: The type of driveshaft fitted is dependant on type
of axle installed
BSD1959A 20
22. Remove driveshaft flange, where fitted.
BSD1917A 21
All Tractors
23. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and
(2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 41
24. Disconnect the power brake master cylinder supply

hose.
BAIS06CCM085AVA 23
25. Remove the retaining bolts (1) and remove the

spacer (2).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 24
26. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 25
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 42
BVE0283A 26
27. Position the tractor splitting kit (4) 297471 under-

neath the tractor.
28. Use the supports (3), in the splitting kit to support the
transmission on the splitting stand.
29. Remove the engine to transmission lower retaining
bolts.
30. Remove two rear oil pan retaining bolts from the left
hand side. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
31. Install the adaptor plate (1) 380000844 and the en-
gine support brackets (2) 297617 between the en-
gine and the wheeled splitting trolley.
32. Check that all necessary hoses tubes and connec-
tors have been disconnected. It may be necessary
to disconnect additional items due to other optional
equipment that has been installed on the tractor.
Re check that engine and transmission are safely
supported on the splitting stand then remove engine
to transmission buckle up bolts.
Carefully wheel the front support and engine assem-
bly from the transmission.
BTB0155A 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 43
ENGINE - Connect
All Tractors
1. Align the front support and engine assembly to the
transmission and install the engine to transmission
retaining bolts.
Remove the tractor splitting kit.
BTB0155A 1
2. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 2
3. Install the spacer (2) and install the retaining bolts

(1).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 3
4. Connect the power brake master cylinder supply

hose.
BAIS06CCM085AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 44
5. Connect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 5
Tractors with Standard Front Axle

6. Install driveshaft flange, where fitted.
BSD1917A 6
7. Install front wheel drive propshaft guard and prop-

shaft
NOTE: The type of driveshaft fitted is dependant on type
of axle installed
BSD1959A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 45

8. Install the four-wheel drive shaft rear retaining nuts.
Tighten to 65 - 86 Nm ( 48 - 63 lbft).
BAIS06CCM035AVA 8
9. Install the four-wheel drive shaft front retaining nuts.

BAIS06CCM034AVA 9
10. Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard.

11. Install the four-wheel drive shaft guard retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 46
All Tractors
12. Connect the differential lock supply hose (1).
BVE0282A 11
13. Connect the power brake valve supply hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 12
14. Connect the fuel supply and return lines .
BAIS06CCM137AVA 13
15. Connect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)

and (2).
BVE0218A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 47

16. Connect the air conditioning high pressure (1) and
BAIS06CCM001AVA 15
All Tractors
17. Connect the cab heater hose.
BAIS06CCM064AVA 16
18. Connect the cab heater to radiator hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 17
19. Connect the battery positive lead (2) and negative

(earth) lead (1).
BAIS06CCM082AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 48
20. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A 19
21. Install the exhaust and connect the air cleaner aspi-
rator pipe (1).
Tighten the exhaust retaining bolts (2) to xx Nm ( xx

lb ft).
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 20
22. Install the radar (2) and connect the radar electrical
connector (1).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 21
23. Install the exhaust muffler and tighten the exhaust

clamp.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 49
24. Tighten the exhaust clamp (1) and connect the air
BAIS06CCM149AVB 23
25. Install the engine side rails (if equipped).

Tighten to 800 Nm ( 590 lb ft).
WARNING
B012
BSD1950A 24

hoist and install the front weights (if fitted).
WARNING
M417
BSB0181A 25
27. Install the engine side panels.

BAIS06CCM145AVA 26
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 50
Connect the battery ground (earth) lead. For further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
Next operation:
Refill the engine coolant system. For further information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 51
ENGINE - Remove
Prior operation:
Separate the front axle and front support from the engine (refer to Front - Remove (E.10.B).
DANGER
B012
1. Disconnect the lighting harness electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM288AVA 1
2. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a nylon

cable.
BAIS06CCM147AVA 2
3. Remove the hood retaining bolts (1).

Disconnect the strut (2)and repeat for the left-hand
side of the hood.
Remove the engine hood.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 52
4. Remove the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air

BAIS06CCM149AVB 4
5. Remove the exhaust muffler.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 5
6. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1).

Remove the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 6

the exhaust.
BAIS06CCM081AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 53
8. Disconnect the cab heater to radiator coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 8
9. Detach the wiring harness from the air cleaner

mounting frame (1).
Detach the filter drier from the air cleaner mounting
frame (2).
BAIS06CCM129AVA 9
10. Disconnect the air conditioning high pressure (1) and

Remove the retaining bolt (3) and high pressure hose
clamp (4).
NOTE: There is no need to discharge the air conditioning
system as the unions are self sealing.
BAIS06CCM130AVB 10
11. Disconnect the power brake hose.
CAUTION
charged.
M670
BAIS06CCM086AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 54
12. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1) and

detach the bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 12
13. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply hoses (1)

and (2).
NOTE: Note the position of the steering cylinder oil supply
hoses.
BVE0218A 13
14. Disconnect the power brake vent hose.
BAIS06CCM073AVA 14
15. Disconnect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A_37 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 55
16. Disconnect fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 16
17. Remove accessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 17
18. Remove the air conditioning compressor, condenser

receiver dryer and pipe work from the engine as a
complete assembly without disconnecting the pipe
work.
IMPORTANT: If it is not possible to remove the air
conditioning components as a complete assembly, the
air conditioning system must be evacuated (refer to the
climate control section).
NOTE: It is an offence to vent the air conditioning system
into the atmosphere.
BAIS06CCM132AVA 18
19. Disconnect the expansion pipe (1), and the engine

breather pipe (2) .
BAIS06CCM133AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 56
20. Disconnect the air cleaner outlet hose from the turbo.
BAIS06CCM163AVA 20
21. Remove the air cleaner mounting frame front retain-

ing bolts.
BAIS06CCM135AVA 21
22. Remove the engine harness clamp retaining bolts

and reposition the engine harness on top of the en-
gine.
BVE0304A 22
23. Remove the air cleaner mounting frame rear retain-

ing bolts.
BVE0305A 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 57
24. Using a suitable chain, connect the air cleaner

mounting frame to a hoist and remove the air cleaner
mounting frame.
BVE0307A 24
25. Remove the starter motor positive (1) and negative

(2)cables, and electrical connector. (3).
BAIS06CCM134AVA 25
26. Install lifting brackets to the engine.
BVE0310A 26
27. Using a suitable chain, connect the engine to a hoist.

28. Remove the engine to transmission retaining bolts
and remove the engine.
BVE0311A 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 58
ENGINE - Install
Prior operation:
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A).
DANGER
B012
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
1. Install lifting brackets to the engine.
BVE0310A 1
2. Using a suitable chain, connect the engine to a hoist.

3. Align the engine to the transmission and install the
engine to transmission retaining bolts.
BVE0311A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 59
4. Remove lifting brackets from the engine.
BVE0310A 3
5. Connect the starter motor positive (1) and negative

(2)cables, and electrical connector (3).
BAIS06CCM134AVA 4
6. Using a suitable chain, connect the air cleaner

mounting frame to a hoist and install the air cleaner
mounting frame.
BVE0307A 5
7. Install the air cleaner mounting frame rear retaining

bolts.
BVE0305A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 60
8. Reposition the engine harness, install the harness

clamp retaining bolts.
BVE0304A 7
9. Install the air cleaner mounting frame front retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM135AVA 8
10. Connect the air cleaner outlet hose to the turbo.
BAIS06CCM163AVA 9
11. Connect the expansion pipe (1), and the engine

breather pipe (2).
BAIS06CCM133AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 61
12. Install the air conditioning compressor, condenser re-

ceiver dryer and pipe work to the engine as a com-
plete assembly without disconnecting the pipe work.
BAIS06CCM132AVA 11
13. Install accessory drive belt.
BAIS06CCM131AVA 12
14. Connect fuel supply and return lines.
BAIS06CCM137AVA 13
15. Connect the engine harness electrical connectors.
BVE0403A_37 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 62
16. Connect the power brake vent hose.
BAIS06CCM073AVA 15
17. Connect the steering cylinder supply hoses (1) and

(2).
BVE0218A 16
18. Install the differential lock supply hose bracket (1)

and connect the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVB 17
19. Connect the power brake hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 63
20. Connect the air conditioning high pressure hose

clamp (1) install the retaining bolt (2).
Connect the high pressure (3) and low pressure (4)
air conditioning hoses.
BAIS06CCM130AVB 19
21. Attach the wiring harness to the air cleaner mounting

frame (1).
Attach the filter drier to the air cleaner mounting
frame (2).
BAIS06CCM129AVA 20
22. Connect the cab heater to radiator coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 21
23. Install the exhaust manifold and tighten the retaining

bolts (1).
Connect the air cleaner aspirator pipe (2).
BAIS06CCM081AVB 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 64
24. Install the radar (1).

Connect the radar electrical connector (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVC 23
25. Install the exhaust muffler.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 24
26. Attach the exhaust clamp (1) and attach the air
BAIS06CCM149AVB 25
27. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a suitable

nylon cable.
Install the engine hood.
BAIS06CCM147AVB 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 65
28. Install the hood retaining bolts (1).

Connect the strut (2) and repeat for the left-hand side
of the hood.
BAIS06CCM148AVA 27
29. Connect the lighting harness electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM288AVA 28
Next operation:
Install the front axle and front support to the engine refer to Front - Install (E.10.B).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 66
ENGINE - Disassemble
Prior operation:
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)
1. Some of the operations described in this section can

be carried out directly with the engine fitted on the
vehicle, depending on access to the engine bay and
on the version.
NOTE: The operations for removing the engine, as those
for overhaul, must be performed by skilled personnel
using specific tools.
Operations for preparing the engine for assembly on the rotating stand.
2. To be able to fit the brackets 380001298(for fixing
the engine to the overhaul stand, 380000301) to the
crankcase, it is necessary to work from the left–hand
side of the engine:
Remove the fuel filters (6) from the mounting (1);
Disconnect the electrical connection (2) from the
mounting (1) and the one to the heater (again lo-
cated on the filter mounting);
Disconnect the fuel pipes (3) - (4) - (5) from the
mounting (1);
Remove the bracket supporting the mounting (1)
from the crankcase.
NOTE: To disconnect the fuel pipes (3) — (4) — (5),
Figure 1 from the relevant fittings, you need to press the
80372 1
clip (1) as shown in Figure (B).
After disconnecting the piping, put the clip (1) back in its
locking position Figure (A) to prevent it getting buckled.
3. Disconnect the high-pressure fuel pipe ( (7), Figure
1) from the rail choke tube and from the high-pres-
sure pump (8) and remove it from the crankcase by
taking out the bracket.
Disconnect the pipe (9) from the high-pressure pump
(8).
NOTE: Depending on the high pressure in the piping from
the high-pressure pump to the rail and from here to the
electro-injectors, never:
- disconnect the pipes with the engine running,
- reuse disconnected pipes.
80628 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 67
4. Remove the oil filler pipe (3).

Unscrew the fixing screws (1) and remove the starter
motor (2) from its seat.
80374 3
5. Working from the right-hand side of the engine, dis-

connect the lubricating pipe (1) from the top of the
cooler to the turbo-blower (2).
Remove the thermostat body (3) together with the
seal.
80373 4
6. Fit brackets 380001298into the holes (1) and (2)

in the crankcase on both sides and, using these
brackets, secure the engine to the rotating stand
380000301. Drain off the engine oil by removing the
plug from the sump.
80401 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 68
80375 6
REMOVING COMPONENTS OF THE APPLICATION
1 Connection for electro-injectors 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor

3 Fuel pressure sensor cable 4 Engine oil pressure and temperature sensor
5 Crankshaft sensor 6 Electro-injector
7 Air pressure temperature sensor 8 Timing system phase sensor
9 Fuel temperature sensor 10 Pressure regulator wiring
11 EDC16 control unit
7. Disconnect the engine cable from the connectors: (
(1), figure 6) electro–injector wiring (6); (7) air pres-
sure/temperature sensor; (3) fuel pressure sensor;
(11) control unit; (10) high– pressure pump sensor;
(8) timing system phase sensor; (2) engine coolant
temperature sensor on thermostat; (5) engine speed
sensor.
Take off the clamps fastening it to the crankcase and
remove it completely.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 69
8. Disconnect the following from the rail (2): fuel pipe

(7). Disconnect the fuel pipes (5) from the rail (2)
and from the manifolds (6) for the electro-injectors.
Remove the screws (1) and detach the rail (2).
NOTE: When locking the fittings (4) securing the pipes
(6) to the rail (2), using an appropriate wrench, you must
prevent the flow limiters, if fitted, (3) from turning.
80376 7
9. Disconnect the piping from the fuel return pressure

limiter (1)..
Undo the nuts (2) and take off the tappet cover (3).
80377 8
10. Remove the nuts (7) and disconnect the electric ca-
bles from the electro–injectors (8).
Take out the screws (1) and remove the electro –in-
jector wiring mounting (2) together with its seal.
Take out the screws (5), remove the air temperature/
pressure sensor (6).
Remove the nuts (3) and extract the fuel manifolds
(4).
NOTE: Once removed, the fuel manifolds (4) must not be
reused; they must be replaced with new ones.
80591 9
11. Loosen the tappet adjuster fixing nuts (1) and un-
screw the adjusters.
Take out the screws (2), remove the rocker-arm as-
sembly (3) comprising the mounting (6), rocker arms
(4) and spindles (5) then remove the bridges (7) from
the valves.
Remove the rods (8).
80640 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 70
12. Take out the screws securing the electro-injectors

and, using tool 380001099 (1), extract the electro-in-
jectors (2) from the cylinder head.
80686 11
13. Working on the tightener (1), extract the belt (12)

from the pulleys of the alternator, coolant pump and
snub pulleys.
Unscrew the bolt (2) and remove the tightener;
Remove the snub pulley (6), unscrew the bolts (7)
and remove the pulley (8) from the mounting be-
neath.
Unscrew the bolts (10) and remove the tightener
mounting.
Unscrew the bolts (11) and remove the mounting (9)
from the crankcase.
Unscrew the bolts (3) and remove the coolant pump
(4).
Unscrew the bolt and remove the engine speed sen-
sor (5)
80378 12
14. Procedure to remove the turbocharger, refer to Tur-

bocharger - Remove (B.30.A).
15. From the opposite side, unscrew the bolts securing
the intake manifold (1) and remove it together with
the air heater (2) for cold starts.
80379 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 71
Cylinder Head Removal

16. Refer to Cylinder head - Remove (B.10.A).
17. Remove the oil filter (1).
Unscrew the retaining bolts and remove the alterna-
tor (2).
80380 14
18. Unscrew the retaining bolts (1) and remove the pipe
fitting (2).
80326 15
19. Disconnect the connector (1) from the oil pressure

–temperature sensor.
Unscrew the bolts (2) and remove the oil pressure
–temperature sensor (3).
Unscrew the bolts (4) and remove the oil filter mount-
ing (5) from the crankcase together with its seals.
Remove the cooler from its seat.
80400 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 72
20. Remove the nuts (1) and detach the high-pressure

pump (2) together with the feed pump (3).
80381 17
21. Install the engine turning tool 380000732/locking

tool, 380000988, (1),
Loosen the screws fixing the flywheel to the crank-
shaft.
BSF4479A 18
22. Unscrew the bolts (1), remove the pulley (2), spacer
(3) and pulley (4).
The engine flywheel locking tool can help with disas-
sembly of the damper flywheel (2) fitted on the pulley
(4).
80382 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 73
23. Extract the front cover shaft seal. Apply tool

380000665 (4) on the front tang (2) of the crankshaft.
Perforate the inner seal (1) with a drill bit (Æ 3.5 mm
( 0.0138 in.)) through the tool’s guide holes, for a
depth of 5 mm ( 0.1969 in.).
Secure the tool to the seal by screwing down the 6
screws supplied. Extract the seal (1) by screwing
down the screw (3).
80595 20
24. Use a suitable hooked device (3) with the aid of the
lever (4) extract the outer seal (2) from the front cover
(1).
80596 21
25. Take out the screws (1) and remove the oil pump (2).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the screws (1)
as they have different lengths.
80330 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 74
26. Remove two opposing screws (1) where the extrac-

tion pins are to go in (see following figure).
Unscrew the remaining screws securing the flywheel
(3) from the crankshaft (2).
Remove the tool locking the flywheel (4).
BSF4476A_114 23
27. Screw two screws of suitable length into the holes (4)
to sling the flywheel with a lift.
Using the two guide pins (2) previously screwed into
the holes of the crankshaft (3), guide the extraction
of the engine flywheel (1) with the aid of a lift.
80356_115 24
28. Extract the seal, applying tool 380000663 (3) onto

the rear tang (5) of the crankshaft.
Perforate the inner seal with a drill bit (Æ 3.5 mm
( 0.0138 in.)) through the tool’s guide holes, for a
depth of 5 mm ( 0.1969 in.).
Secure the tool 380000663 (3) to the seal (1) by
screwing down the 6 screws supplied (4). Extract
the seal (1) by screwing down the screw (2).
Use a suitable hooked device with the aid of the lever
extract the outer seal from the front cover.
80597 25
29. Turn the engine over.

Take out the screws (2) and remove the oil sump (1).
Disconnect the high–pressure pump phase sensor.
Unscrew te bolt (3) and remove the timing gear box
(4) from the crankcase.
80331 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 75
30. Take out the screws (1) and remove the gear (3) from
the camshaft (2).
80397 27
31. Using the pin (1), lock the additional counterweights

(2) at the T.D.C.
Unscrew the retaining bolts (3) and remove the ad-
ditional counterweights (2).
80332 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 76
80637 29
ROTATING COUNTERWEIGHT COMPONENTS
1 Retaining bolts 2 Mounting

3 Retaining bolts 4 Gear
5 Balancing weight 6 O-ring
7 Ring 8 Gear
9 Counter-shaft 10 Half bearings
32. Take out the screws (1) securing the connecting rod
caps (2) and remove them.
NOTE: Mark the caps to ensure that they are refitted to
the original rod in the original position.
80598 30
33. Extract the pistons together with the connecting rods

from the top of the crankcase.
NOTE: Keep the half bearings in their respective housings
since, if they are used, they must be mounted in the
position found upon disassembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 77
34. Take out the screws (1) and remove the main bearing
caps (2).
80599 31
35. The penultimate main bearing cap (1) and the related
mounting have the half bearing (2) equipped with a
shoulder.
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the top and
bottom half bearings since, if they are reused, they must
be mounted in the position found upon disassembly.
80600_116 32
36. Using suitable lifting hooks (1) lift and remove the
crankshaft (2) from the cylinder block.
80601 33
37. Remove the main half bearings (1); take out the
screws (2) and remove the oil nozzles (3).
80602 34
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 78
38. Take out the screws (1) and remove the plate (2)
retaining the camshaft (3).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the plate (2).
80333 35
39. Carefully extract the camshaft (1) from the

crankcase.
80334 36
40. Extract the tappets (1) from the crankcase.
80603 37
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 79
Valve drive Valve guide - Measure

VALVE GUIDES
1. Using a bore gauge, measure the inside diameter of
the valve guides; it must be as indicated in the figure
Valve drive Valve guide - Dimension (B.10.A)).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 80
Valve drive Camshaft - Measure

NOTE: The support journal surfaces on the shaft and cams must be finely honed; if there are any signs of seizing or
scoring, replace the camshaft and relevant bushings.
1. Check the diameter of the supporting pins of the
camshaft (2) with the micrometer (1) on two perpen-
dicular axis. (Refer to Valve drive Camshaft - Di-
mension (B.10.A), and Cylinder block - Overhaul
(B.10.A).
80644_164 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 81
Camshaft Lobe - Check

Checking Cam Lift
1. Set the shaft on tailstocks and, using a dial gauge
with a 1/100 mm scale placed on the central sup-
port, check that the alignment error is no greater than
0.04 mm ( 0.0016 in); change the shaft if it is. In
addition, check the cam lift: it must be 6.045 mm
( 0.2380 in) for the exhaust cams and 7.582 mm (
0.2985 in) for the intake ones; change the shaft if
the measurements are any different. (Refer to Valve
drive Camshaft - Dimension (B.10.A) and Valve
drive Camshaft - Measure (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 82
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Check

Component Parts of Rocker Arm Assembly
1. 1. Bolts securing rocker arms
2. Rocker support
3. Rocker spindles
4. Rocker arms
80695 1
2. Check the mating surfaces of the rocker spin-

dle/rocker arm to ensure that there are no signs of
damage or excessive wear. Replace if necessary.
Refer to Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension
(B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 83
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Valve cover - Remove (B.10.A)
1. Loosen the tappet adjuster fixing nuts (1) and un-

screw the adjusters.
Take out the screws (2), remove the rocker-arm as-
sembly (3) comprising the mounting (6), rocker arms
(4) and spindles (5) then remove the bridges (7) from
the valves.
Remove the rods (8).
80640 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector - Remove (B.20.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 84
Valve drive Camshaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Camshaft Gear - Remove (B.10.A), Crankshaft Main bearing - Remove (B.10.A).
1. Take out the screws (1) and remove the plate (2)
retaining the camshaft (3).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the plate (2).
80333 1
2. Carefully extract the camshaft (1) from the

crankcase.
80334 2
Next operation:
Camshaft Tappet - Remove (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 85
Camshaft Tappet - Remove

Prior operation:
Valve drive Camshaft - Remove (B.10.A)
1. Extract the tappets (1) from the crankcase.
80603 1
2. Check tappets for wear, refer to Camshaft Tappet -

Dimension (B.10.A)
Next operation:
Camshaft Tappet - Install (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 86
Camshaft Tappet - Install

Prior operation:
Camshaft Tappet - Remove (B.10.A)
1. Lubricate the tappets and tappet bores with new en-

gine oil NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD
HSP ENGINE OIL SAE 15W-40 and insert into their
seats in the crankcase.
Lubricate follower cam face with new engine oil NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE
OIL SAE 15W-40
NOTE: Ensure that the tappets are fully seated, free to
rotate and be free to fall under their own weight into the
seat.
80603 1
Next operation:
Valve drive Camshaft - Install (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 87
Valve drive Camshaft - Install

Prior operation:
Camshaft Tappet - Install (B.10.A)
1. Lubricate the bushings, bearing journals and

camshaft lobes , with new engine oil, NEW HOL-
LAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE OIL
SAE 15W-40 and install the camshaft (1) taking
care that, during this process, the bushing or the
supporting seats do not get damaged.
80334_117 1
2. Position the plate (1) retaining the camshaft (3) with

the slot facing towards the top of the crankcase
and the punchmark facing the operator. Tighten the
screws (2) to the prescribed torque, refer to Valve
drive Camshaft - Torque (B.10.A).
80337 2
3. Using a Dial Test indicator and a suitable lever, check

the end float of the camshaft (1).
Locate the dial indicator to the end of the camshaft,
using the lever, apply light pressure to move the
camshaft one way. Set the dial indicator to "zero",
apply light pressure in the opposite direction with
the lever. The reading must be 0.23 mm +/- 0.13
( 0.0091 in +/- 0.0051.).
80338 3
Next operation:
Crankshaft - Measure (B.10.A) Crankshaft - Install (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 88
Camshaft Gear - Remove

1. Remove screws (1) and remove the gear (2) from the
camshaft (3).
BAIL06CCM067ASA 1
Next operation:
Timing gear - Timing adjust (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 89
Camshaft Push rod - Visual inspection

Prior operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Disassemble (B.10.A)
1. Before assembly, check the rocker-arm control rods:

They must have no deformation.
There should be no signs of seizure or wear on the
contact surfaces on the ball seats, rocker arm ad-
juster screw and tappets (as indicated), if there are,
then they require to be renewed.
The intake and exhaust valve control rods are iden-
tical and can therefore be interchanged
32655 1
Next operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Install (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 90
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Install

Prior operation:
Camshaft Push rod - Visual inspection (B.10.A).
1. Insert pushrods (1) into engine and lubricate the

pushrod sockets/cups with new engine oil NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE
OIL SAE 15W-40.
BAIL06CCM093ASA 1
2. Position the bridges (2) on the valves with the refer-

ence marks/dimples facing the exhaust manifold.
3. Position rocker arm supports (3).
4. Ensuring that the tappet adjusters on the rocker
arms are unscrewed, mount the rocker arm assem-
blies, complete with spindles, into the rocker arm
supports, securing into position with the retaining
bolts (1) to the required torque. Refer to Rocker
assembly Rocker arm - Torque (B.10.A).
BAIL06CCM094ASA 2
5. Set tappet clearance, refer to Camshaft Tappet -

Clearance (B.10.A).
6. Connect the electric cables (2) to the electro injectors
and using special tool 380000158 tighten the retain-
ing nuts to the required torque. Refer to Electrical
control - Torque (B.20.A).
Next operation:
Camshaft Tappet - Clearance (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 91
Camshaft Tappet - Clearance 4 Valve Engines

ATTENTION: With TIER 3 engines with internal EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) standard valve lash setting
procedure will lead to wrong valve clearances and serious engine damage.
Each cylinder must be checked by putting engine to TDC firing for that cylinder and setting both valve clearances on
that cylinder ONLY.
NO SHORT CUTS INVOLVING THE SETTING OF VALVES ON ONE CYLINDER WHILST ENGINES AT TDC OF
ANOTHER CYLINDER ARE ALLOWED!
Prior operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Install (B.10.A).
1. Adjust clearance between the rockers and valves

with the using an Allen key wrench (1), box wrench
(3) and feeler gauge (2). Refer to Camshaft Tappet
- General specification (B.10.A).
80715 1
Next operation:
Valve cover - Install (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 92
Valve drive Valve assembly - Check Decarbonising and Checking.

1. Decarbonizing, checking and grinding valves
Remove all carbon deposits from the valves using a
wire brush.
Check that the valves show no signs of seizure,
cracking or burning.
If necessary, regrind the valve seats, removing as
little material as possible.
80673 1
2. Using a micrometer (2), measure the valve stem (1):

it must be 6.970 - 6.990 mm (0.2744 - 0.2752 in)).
For further dimensions, refer to Valve assembly
Valve - Dimension (B.10.A).
80674 2
Checking the clearance between the valve stem, guide and valve centring.
3. The checks are made with a dial gauge (1) with a
magnetic base, positioned as illustrated. The assem-
bly clearance is 0.052 - 0.092 mm ( 0.0020 - 0.0036
in.).
Making the valve (2) turn, check that the centring
error is no greater than 0.03 mm ( 0.0012 in).
80710 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 93
Crankshaft - Measure
1. Main and connecting rod journal dimensions
If any sign of seizure, scoring or ovality is found
on the main journals or crankpins, they must be re-
ground. Before reconditioning the pins (2), use a mi-
crometer (1) to measure the pins of the shaft to define
the diameter to which the pins must be reduced.
NOTE: It is advisable to note the values on a chart shown
in the following figure.
80631_209 1
2. The undersize classes are: 0.250 - 0.500 mm (

0.0098 - 0.0197 in.)
NOTE: The main journals and crankpins must always
be reconditioned to the same undersize class. After
undersizing, mark the main journal and the crankpin with
a stamp on the side of the crank No. 1.
80744_210 2
NOTE THE CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL AND CRANKPIN MEASUREMENTS ON THE TABLE
* Nominal value
Refer to Crankshaft - Dimension (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 94
Connecting rod and piston - Measure

NOTE: For dimensions of Piston and/or Connecting rod, refer to and Connecting rod and piston Piston -
Dimension (B.10.A) and Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Dimension (B.10.A)
NOTE: The pistons are supplied as spare parts oversized by 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.).
1. Connecting rod-piston component parts
1. Retaining rings - 2. Pin - 3. Piston - 4. Piston
rings - 5. Screws - 6. Half bearings - 7. Connecting
rod - 8. Bushing
80647_217 1
Connecting Rods
2. CONNECTING ROD, PISTON PIN BUSHING AND
HALF BEARING DATA
*Inside diameter to be measured after installing in the
small end and regrinding with a reamer.
** Cannot be measured free. Refer to Connect-
ing rod and piston Connecting rod - Dimension
(B.10.A)
NOTE: The connecting rod - connecting rod cap mating
surfaces are knurled for a better coupling. It is therefore
recommended not to remove the knurling. The rods are
manufactured using a fracture breaking technique making
each rod and cap unique and having only one way of
installation.
3. Connecting rods are supplied as spare parts in class
W and marked in green*.
Removing material is not permissible.
NOTE: Each connecting rod is marked:
- On the body and cap with a number indicating their
coupling and the cylinder in which it is mounted. In the
event of replacement, number the new rod with the same
number as the replaced connecting rod.
- On the body of the connecting rod with a letter indicating
the weight class of the connecting rod mounted in
production: (Refer to Connecting rod and piston
Connecting rod - Component identification (B.10.A)
-- V, 1600 to 1640 (3.5274 to 3.6156 lb) (marked in yellow);
--V, 1641 to 1680 (3.6178 to 3.7038 lb) (marked in green);
-- V, 1681 to 1720 (3.7060 to 3.7920 lb) (marked in blue);
Bushings
4. Check that the bushing in the small end has not come
loose and shows no sign of scoring or seizure. If this
is not so, change it.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 95
5. Disassembly and assembly are performed with a

suitable drift.
When driving in, make sure that the oilways in the
bushing and small end coincide. Using a boring ma-
chine, regrind the bushing to obtain the prescribed
diameter.
Pistons - Measuring the Piston Diameter

6. Measuring the piston (1) diameter using a microme-
ter (2) to determine the assembly clearance.
NOTE: The diameter must be measured at a distance of
12 mm (0.4724 in.) from the base of the piston skirt.
80650 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 96
Cylinder block - Measure

1. Measurements must be taken for each single cylin-
der at three different heights on the liner and on two
orthogonal faces: one parallel to the longitudinal axis
of the engine and the other perpendicular; maximum
wear is generally found on this face in correspon-
dence with the first measurement.
If ovality, taper or general wear is noted, bore and
recondition the cylinder liners. The cylinder liners
must be reground in relation to the diameter of the
pistons supplied as spare parts oversized by 0.5
mm ( 0.0197 in) over the nominal value and to the
prescribed assembly clearance. (Refer to Cylinder
block - Dimension (B.10.A) and Cylinder block -
Overhaul (B.10.A)).
80732_206 1
Next operation:
Crankshaft - Measure (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 97
Cylinder block - Overhaul
Prior operation:
1. After disassembling the engine, thoroughly clean the

cylinder-crankcase assembly. Use the appropriate
rings for transporting the cylinder assembly.
Carefully check the crankcase is not cracked.
Check the condition of the plugs. If they are rusty or
if there is the slightest doubt about their seal, change
them.
Examine the surfaces of the cylinder liners; they
should show no sign of enlargement, scoring, ovality,
taper or excessive wear.
To check the internal diameter of the cylinder liners
for ovality, taper and wear, use a bore gauge (1),
fitted with a dial gauge zero-set on the ring gauge
(2) of the diameter of the cylinder liner. (Refer to
Cylinder block - Measure (B.10.A)). 80744 1
NOTE: If regrinding, all the liners must have the same

oversize (0.5 mm (0.0197 in.)).
NOTE: If the ring gauge is not available, use a micrometer.
2. Check the main bearing seats, proceeding as fol-
lows:
– fit the main bearing caps on the supports without
bearings;
– tighten the retaining bolts to the prescribed torque;
(refer to ENGINE - Torque (B.10.A))
– using an appropriate dial gauge for interiors, check
that the diameter of the seats is as prescribed. (refer
to ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A))
If the measurement is any greater, change the
crankcase.
Cylinder head mating surface check

After having located any deformed areas, level off the
mating surface using a grinding machine.
The flatness error must be no greater than 0.075 mm
( 0.0030 in). Check the condition of the cylinder block
plugs (1); if they are rusty or if there is the slightest
doubt about their seal, change them.
BUSHINGS
3. The camshaft bushings (2) must be forced into their
respective seats.
The internal surfaces must show no sign of seizure
or wear.
Using the bore meter (1), measure the diameter of
the front and rear bushings (2) and of the intermedi-
ate seats for the camshaft. (refer to Cylinder block
- Dimension (B.10.A) Valve drive Camshaft - Mea-
sure (B.10.A) and ENGINE - General specification
(B.10.A))
Measurements must be made at two perpendicular
points.
80645 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 98
4. To change the front bushing (1), use 380000667 for

disassembly and assembly.
NOTE: Upon assembly, the bushing (1) must be directed
so that the lubrication holes coincide with the holes in the
seats in the crankcase.
80335 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 99
Cylinder head - Install

NOTE: Before each assembly, always check that the threads of the holes and bolts show no signs of wear or
traces of dirt.
1. Prior to the fitting of the cylinder head to the
crankcase, measurements are required to be taken
to determine the correct thickness of head gasket
required.
The gasket is available in 2 thicknesses, 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) gasket type A and 1.15 mm (0.045 in)
gasket type B, select the correct one depending on
the piston protrusion dimension.
NOTE: Ensure that the mating surfaces of the cylinder
head and crankcase are clean.
It is recommended to keep the gasket in its wrapping until
the head is to be fitted on.
BAIL07APH422AMA 1
2. Using the dial gauge, Special Tool number

380000228 (1), fitted with base, Special Tool number
380000364 (2), check the protrusion of the pistons
(3), at T.D.C. from the cylinder block face.
3. For each piston, at a distance of 45 mm (1.77 in)
from the centre of the piston, measure the protru-
sions S1 and S2 from the top face of the crankcase
and then calculate the mean:
S cyl1 = S1+S2 / 2
Repeat this operation for pistons 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 and
calculate the mean value.
S = S cyl1 + S cyl2 + S cyl3 + S cyl4 + S cyl5 + S
cyl6 / 6
If S is > 0.40 mm (0.015 in) use the gasket type A.
If S is < 0.40 mm (0.015 in) use gasket type B.
4. Position the gasket (1) on the crankcase, ensuring
that the word "TOP" (1) is facing the cylinder head.
NOTE: Do not grease the gasket.
80714_203 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 100
5. With the head gasket positioned on the crankcase,

place the cylinder head (2) onto it, slung with the
brackets, Special Tool number 380001073 (1).
BAIL06CCM059ASA 3
6. Before reusing cylinder head retaining bolts, refer to

ENGINE - Dimension (B.10.A).
7. Insert cylinder head retaining bolt and tighten in se-
quence to specified torques, refer to Cylinder head
- Torque (B.10.A) and Cylinder head - Tighten
(B.10.A).
NOTE: Angle closing is performed using a suitable angle
gauge on the wrench (3).
NOTE: Before each assembly, always check that the
threads of the holes and bolts show no signs of wear or
traces of dirt.
80689_91 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 101
Valve cover - Install

1. Install a new gasket (2) on the rocker cover (1).
80705 1
2. Locate the cover over the protruding studs . Screw

on the nuts and tighten to 25 Nm +/- 5 Nm (18.44
lbft +/- 3.70 lbft). Refer to Figure 2 for tightening
sequence.
80737 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 102
Rear cover - Install

Prior operation:
Timing gear - Timing adjust (B.10.A)
DIAGRAM OF ZONE FOR APPLYING LOCTITE 5205 SEALANT ON THE GEAR COVER
1. Carefully clean the timing gear cover and the
crankcase.
NOTE: Cleaning the surface to seal is both necessary and
unavoidable in order to obtain an effective seal.
Apply LOCTITE 5205 sealant onto the casing to form a
bead (1) with a diameter of a few mm.
It must be uniform (no lumps), with no air bubbles, thin
areas or breaks.
Any flaws must be corrected in as short a time as possible.
Avoid using excess material to seal the joint. Too much
sealant would tend to come out on both sides of the joint
and clog the lubricant passageways.
After applying the sealant, the joints require immediate
assembly (10 — 20 minutes).
80343 1
TIGHTENING SEQUENCE FOR GEAR COVER BOLTS

2. Refit the cover (1) to the crankcase.
Screw down the retaining bolts (2) in the position
found during disassembly and tighten the bolts to the
specified torque wrench settings, refer to Rear cover
- Torque (B.10.A).
Refit the phase sensor (3) of the high-pressure
pump.
traces of dirt.
80383 2
Next operation:
Water pump - Install (B.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 103
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
Camshaft Gear - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Camshaft Lobe - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Camshaft Push rod - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Camshaft Tappet - Clearance 4 Valve Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Camshaft Tappet - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Camshaft Tappet - General specification Clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Camshaft Tappet - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Camshaft Tappet - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Connecting rod and piston - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Connecting rod and piston - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Connecting rod and piston - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Connecting rod and piston Connecting rod - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connecting rod and piston Piston - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Crankshaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Crankshaft - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Crankshaft - Torque - Damper Flywheel Assembly to Crankshaft bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Crankshaft Main bearing - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cylinder block - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cylinder block - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Cylinder block - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Cylinder head - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Cylinder head - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cylinder head - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cylinder head Valve seat - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ENGINE - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ENGINE - Dimension - Stretch Bolt Check for reuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ENGINE - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ENGINE - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ENGINE - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ENGINE - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ENGINE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 104
Flywheel - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rear cover - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Rear cover - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Rocker assembly Rocker arm - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Rocker assembly Shaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Timing gear - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Valve assembly Spring - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Valve assembly Spring - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Valve assembly Valve - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Valve cover - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Valve cover - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Valve drive - General specification Valve Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Valve drive Camshaft - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Valve drive Camshaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Valve drive Camshaft - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Valve drive Camshaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Valve drive Camshaft - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Valve drive Camshaft - Torque Thrust Plate Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Valve drive Valve assembly - Check Decarbonising and Checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Valve drive Valve guide - Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Valve drive Valve guide - Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 105
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.10.A / 106
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Fuel injection pump
Torque Drive gear retaining nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuel injector
Electro injector - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel Manifold - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrical control
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Relief valve
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fuel injection pump
Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Overview High Pressure Pump CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fuel injector
Electro injector - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electro injector - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
High pressure common rail
Common rail - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Regulator valve
Injection return - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SERVICE
Fuel tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fuel injector
Electro injector - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Electro injector - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Electro injector - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fuel Manifold - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Electro injector - Tighten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fuel Manifold - Tighten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 2
Fuel line
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Electrical control
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 3
POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - General specification

Description
Fuel System High Pressure, Common Rail
Injection Bosch Control Unit EDC16C39
Nozzles Electro-Injectors
Injection Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Injection Pressure 300 - 1800 bar (4350.0 - 26100.0 psi)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 4
Fuel injection pump - Torque Drive gear retaining nut

Description
Nut retaining fuel pump drive gear 100 Nm +/- 5 (73.8 lbft +/- 4)
Gear backlash 0.076 - 0.368 mm
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 5
Fuel injector Electro injector - Torque

Torque electro-injector retaining bolts.
Step 1. Tighten both bolts to torque setting. 3.5 Nm (2.6 lb ft)
Step 2. Tighten both bolts to angle setting. + 75 ° +/- 5°.
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Torque

Step 1. Tighten fuel manifold retaining nuts to torque 50 Nm +/- 5Nm (37 lb ft +/- 4 lb.ft.).
setting.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 6
Electrical control - Torque

Part Torque
Screws connecting injector connectors 1.5 Nm (1.11 lb ft)± 0.25 Nm (0.18 lb ft).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 7
Relief valve - Sectional view

Pressure Relief Valve on High Pressure Common Rail
The pressure relief valve on the rail is used to protect the system components if there is too great an increase in the
pressure in the high-pressure system.
When the rail pressure reaches 1800 bar (26100.00 psi) , the valve trips to make the fuel flow off and lower the
pressure within safe limits. The pressure is mechanically adjusted in the rail to approximately 800 bar ( 11602.9600
psi).
In this way, the valve lets the engine operate for extended periods at limited performance, preventing the fuel from
overheating and protecting the outlet piping.
If this valve trips, the control unit turns off the control of the pressure regulator . The valve will supply the maximum
delivery to the rail.
80725 1
(A) Normally, the tapered end of the plunger keeps the outlet to the tank closed.
1. Body 2. Plunger
3. Stop 4. Spring
5. Outlet to tank 6. Seat on rail
80726 2
(B) If the pressure of 1800 bar (26100.00 psi) of the fuel in the rail is exceeded, the plunger is shifted and the excess
pressure is discharged into the tank.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 8
Fuel injection pump - Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump.

The gear pump, mounted on the rear of the high-pressure pump, has the function of feeding the pump. It is governed
by the shaft of the high-pressure pump.
Normal operating condition (Figure 1)

(A) Fuel inlet from the tank, (B) fuel outlet to the filter, (1) and (2)-By-pass valves in closed position.
80716 1
Condition of overpressure at outlet Figure 2)

The by-pass valve (1) trips when overpressure is generated at the outlet (B). The pressure, overcoming the elastic
resistance of the spring of the valve (1), sets the outlet in communication with the inlet through the duct (2).
80717 2
Bleed conditions Figure 3)

The by-pass valve (2) trips when, with the engine switched off, you want to fill the feed system through the priming
pump. In this situation, the by-pass valve (1) stays shut and the by-pass valve (2) opens due to the effect of the inlet
pressure and the fuel flows out via outlet (B) .
NOTE: The mechanical fuel supply pump cannot be replaced on its own; therefore it must not be removed from
the high-pressure pump.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 9
80718 3
For an overview of the High Pressure Pump CP3, refer to Fuel injection pump - Overview (B.20.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 10
Fuel injection pump - Overview High Pressure Pump CP3

For information on Fuel Supply Gear Pump, refer to Fuel injection pump - Dynamic description (B.20.A). This
pump with 3 radial pumping elements governed by the timing gear does not need timing. The mechanical fuel supply
pump governed by the shaft of the high-pressure pump is mounted on the back of the pump.
NOTE: The high-pressure / fuel supply pump assembly cannot be overhauled and therefore it must not be removed
and the retaining bolts must not be tampered with. The only permissible action is to change the drive gear.
80719 1
1 Fuel outlet fitting to rail 2 High-pressure pump

3 Pressure regulator 4 Drive gear
5 Fuel filter inlet fitting from filter 6 Fuel outlet fitting to filter mounting
7 Fuel inlet fitting from the cooler of the pack 8 Fuel outlet fitting from the mechanical pump to the filter
9 Mechanical supply pump.
NOTE: For sectional internal structure of High Pressure Pump, refer to Fuel injection pump - Sectional view
(B.20.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 11
Fuel injection pump - Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal

Structure
80720 1
1 Cylinder 2 Three-lobe element

3 Inlet cap valve 4 Delivery ball valve
5 Piston 6 Pump shaft
7 Low pressure fuel inlet 8 Fuel channels to supply pumping elements
Each pumping assembly comprises:

• a piston (5) operated by a three-lobe element (2) floating on the pump shaft (6). Since the element (2) floats on
a misaligned portion of the shaft (6), when the shaft rotates it does not turn with it, but is only moved in a circular
fashion on a wider radius, with the result of operating the three pumping elements alternately;
• an inlet cap valve (3);
• a delivery ball valve (4).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 12
Operating principle
80721 2
1 Fuel outlet fitting to rail 2 Delivery valve to rail

3 Pumping element 4 Pump shaft
5 Pumping element supply pipe 6 Pressure regulator supply pipe
7 Pressure regulator
The pumping element (3) is oriented on the cam on the pump shaft (4). In the inlet phase, the pumping element is
fed through the supply pipe (5). The amount of fuel to send to the pumping element is established by the pressure
regulator (7). The pressure regulator, on the base of the PWM control received from the control unit, chokes the flow
of fuel to the pumping element. During the compression phase of the pumping element, the fuel, on reaching such a
pressure as to open the delivery valve to the common rail (2), supplies it through the outlet (1).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 13
80722 3
1. Inlet to the pumping element 2. Pump lubrication pipes

3. Inlet to the pumping element 4. Main pumping element supply pipe
5. Pressure regulator 6. Inlet to the pumping element
7. Regulator outlet pipe 8. 5 bar ( 72.5185 psi) relief valve
9. Fuel outlet from regulator inlet
The low-pressure fuel lines in the pump are shown; the main supply pipe of the pumping elements (4), the supply
pipes of the pumping elements (1) - (3)- (6), the pipes used to lubricate the pump (2), the pressure regulator (5), the
5 bar ( 72.5185 psi) relief valve (8) and the fuel outlet (7) are shown.
The pump shaft is lubricated by the fuel through the delivery and return pipes (2).
The pressure regulator (5) determines the amount of fuel with which to supply the pumping elements; the excess fuel
flows out through the pipe (9).
The 5 bar ( 72.5185 psi) relief valve, besides acting as a manifold for the fuel outlets, has the function of keeping the
pressure constant at the regulator inlet at 5 bar( 72.5185 psi).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 14
80723 4
1. Fuel outlet pipe 2. Fuel outlet pipe

3. Fuel outlet from the pump with the high-pressure pipe fitting for the common rail.
The flow of fuel at high pressure through the pumping element outlet pipes is shown.
Operation
The cylinder is filled through the inlet cap valve only if the supply pressure is able to open the delivery valves on the
pumping elements (approximately 2 bar ( 29.0074 psi)).
The amount of fuel feeding the high-pressure pump is metered by the pressure regulator, located on the low-pressure
system. The pressure regulator is governed by the EDC 7 control unit via a PWM signal.
When fuel is sent to the pumping element, the relevant piston is moving downwards (intake stroke). When the piston
stroke reverses, the intake valve closes and the fuel left in the pumping element chamber, not being able to get out,
is compressed above the level of the supply pressure in the rail.
The pressure generated in this way causes the exhaust valve to open and the compressed fuel reaches the high-
pressure circuit.
The pumping element compresses the fuel to reach the top dead centre (delivery stroke). The pressure then de-
creases until the exhaust valve closes.
The plunger of the pumping element goes back towards the bottom dead centre and the remaining fuel decompresses.
When the pressure in the chamber of the pumping element becomes less than the supply pressure, the intake valve
opens again and the cycle is repeated.
The delivery valves must always be free to move, with no debris or oxidation.
The delivery pressure to the rail is modulated between 250 - 1350 bar ( 3625.9250 - 19579.9950 psi) by the electronic
control unit via the solenoid valve of the pressure regulator.
The pump is lubricated and cooled by the fuel itself.
The time for removing - installing the radial jet pump on the engine is considerably shorter than for conventional
injection pumps as it does not need timing.
If disassembling - reassembling the piping between the fuel filter and the high-pressure pump, make sure your hands
and the components are clean.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 15
Fuel injector Electro injector - Sectional view

The construction of the injector is similar to that of conventional ones, except that there are no needle return springs.
The electro-injector can be considered to comprise two parts:
• actuator - nozzle composed of a pressure rod, needle and nozzle;

• control solenoid valve composed of coil and pilot valve.
The solenoid valve controls the lift of the needle of the nozzle.
80729 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 16
Fuel injector Electro injector - Dynamic description

Injection Start
When the coil is energized, it causes the shutter to move upwards. The fuel of the control volume flows out towards
the backflow pipe, causing a drop in pressure in the control volume. At the same time, the pressure of the fuel in the
pressure chamber causes the needle to rise, with fuel getting injected into the cylinder as a result.
80730 1
Injection End
When the coil is de-energized, the shutter goes back into its closed position to form such a balance of forces as to
make the needle go back into its closed position and end injection.
NOTE: The electro-injector cannot be overhauled and therefore must not be removed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 17
High pressure common rail Common rail - Overview

Rail (Pressure Accumulator)
The rail volume is smaller to permit fast pressurization when starting, at slow idling and when there are high flow rates.
However, its volume is sufficient to minimize the phenomena caused by the injectors opening and closing and the
pump working at high pressure. This function is helped further by a calibrated orifice downstream from the high-
pressure pump.
Screwed onto the rail there is a fuel pressure sensor (3). The signal sent from this sensor to the electronic control
unit is feedback on the basis of which the level of pressure in the rail is checked and, if necessary, corrected.
BSF4470A 1
1. Rail 2. Fuel inlet from the high-pressure pump

3. Pressure sensor 3. Pressure sensor
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 18
Regulator valve Injection return - Static description

Fuel Return Pressure Limiter
Housed on the back of the cylinder head, it governs the pressure of the fuel returning from the injectors at a pressure
of between 1.3 - 2 bar ( 18.8548 - 29.0074 psi). By ensuring this pressure for the return fuel, no fuel vapours form in
the electro-injectors, optimizing the spray of fuel and its combustion.
70507 1
A. To the tank
B. From the electro-injectors
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 19
Fuel tank - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove the battery, for additional information refer to Battery - Remove (A.30.A).
1. Drain the fuel tank into a suitably sized fuel container.

NOTE: It is recommended that the fuel tank is drained
prior to removal from the tractor. Drainage points are
provided.
BTB0281A 1
3. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right-

hand wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right-hand
wheel.
NOTE: Repeat this step for the rear left-hand wheel.
BTB0282A 2
Left-hand Side Fuel Tank

4. Remove the left-hand side steps upper retaining
bolts.
BAIS06CCM041AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 20
5. Remove the R-clips (1) and remove the left-hand

side steps (2).
BAIS06CCM042AVA 4
6. Disconnect the fuel tank return line (1), fuel tank sup-
ply line (2) and the fuel tank sender unit electrical
connector (3).
BAIS06CCM137AVB 5
7. Disconnect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM043AVA 6
8. Disconnect the fuel tank balance pipe
BAIS06CCM045AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 21
9. Remove the fuel tank retaining strap and with the aid
of an assistant or trolley jack remove the left-hand
side fuel tank.
BAIS06CCM044AVA 8
Right-hand Side Fuel Tank

10. Release the retaining clips and position the right-
hand side steps to the lower position.
BAIS06CCM046AVA 9

side steps (2).
BAIS06CCM047AVA 10
12. Disconnect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM049AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 22
13. Disconnect the fuel tank balance pipe.
BAIS06CCM048AVA 12
14. Remove the fuel tank retaining strap and with the aid
of an assistant or trolley jack remove the right-hand
side fuel tank.
BAIS06CCM050AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 23
Fuel tank - Install

Right-hand Side Fuel Tank
1. Install the right-hand side fuel tank and install the fuel
tank retaining strap.
BAIS06CCM050AVA 1
2. Connect the fuel tank balance pipe
BAIS06CCM048AVA 2
3. Connect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM049AVA 3
4. Install the right-hand side steps (1) and install the

R-clips (2).
BAIS06CCM047AVB 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 24
5. Position the right-hand side steps to the upper posi-

tion and secure the retaining clips.
BAIS06CCM046AVA 5
Left-hand Side Fuel Tank

6. Install the left-hand side fuel tank and install the fuel
tank retaining strap.
BAIS06CCM044AVA 6
7. Connect the fuel tank balance pipe.
BAIS06CCM045AVA 7
8. Connect the fuel tank breather hose.
BAIS06CCM043AVA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 25
9. Connect the fuel tank return line (1), fuel tank supply
line (2) and the fuel tank sender unit electrical con-
nector (3).
BAIS06CCM137AVB 9
10. Install the left-hand side steps (1) and install the
R-clips (2).
BAIS06CCM042AVB 10
11. Install the left-hand side steps upper retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM041AVA 11
12. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right-hand

wheel to a hoist and install the rear right-hand wheel.
For correct torque refer to Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C).
BTB0282A 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 26
stands (1).
BTB0281A 13
Next operation:
Install the battery, for additional information refer to Battery - Install (A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 27
Fuel injector Electro injector - Remove

Prior operation:
Valve drive Rocker assembly - Disassemble (B.10.A)
1. Remove the screws securing the electro-injectors

and using tool 380001099 (1), extract the electro-in-
jectors (2) from the cylinder head.
80686 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector - Overhaul (B.20.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 28
Fuel injector Electro injector - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector - Remove (B.20.A)
1. On the electro-injector (1), mount a new seal (2), lu-

bricated with petroleum jelly and a new washer (3).
80691 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector - Install (B.20.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 29
Fuel injector Electro injector - Install

1. Fit the electro-injectors (1) in the seats on the cylinder
head, directed so that the fuel inlet orifice (2) faces
the fuel manifold seat side (3).
80692 1
2. Insert electro-injector firmly into the seat of the cylin-

der head.
Screw down the electro-injector retaining bolts with-
out tightening them.
BAIL06CCM068ASA 2
Next operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Install (B.20.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 30
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Install

Prior operation:
Fuel injector Electro injector - Install (B.20.A).
1. Mount a new seal (3), lubricated with petroleum jelly,

on the fuel manifold (2) and insert it into the cylinder
head seat so that the positioning ball (5) coincides
with the relevant housing (4).
Screw down the electro-injector retaining bolts with-
out locking them.
NOTE: Once removed, the fuel manifolds (2) must not be
reused; they MUST be replaced with new ones.
NOTE: During this operation, manoeuvre the
electro-injector (1) so that its fuel inlet orifice correctly
receives the manifold (2),
80693 1
Next operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Tighten (B.20.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 31
Fuel injector Electro injector - Tighten

Prior operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Install (B.20.A), Fuel injector Electro injector - Install (B.20.A).
1. Using a torque wrench, gradually and alternately

tighten the electro-injector retaining bolts (1) to a
torque of Fuel injector Electro injector - Torque
(B.20.A).
80694 1
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 32
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Tighten

Prior operation:
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Install (B.20.A), Fuel injector Electro injector - Install (B.20.A).
1. Tighten the fuel manifold (3) retaining nuts (2) to

a torque of Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Torque
(B.20.A).
80694 1
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 33
Fuel line - Disconnect

NOTE: To disconnect the fuel pipes (3) — (4) — (5), Figure from the relevant fittings, you need to press the
clip (1) as shown in Figure (B).
After disconnecting the piping, put the clip (1) back in its locking position Figure (A) to prevent it getting buckled.
80628 1
1. Disconnect the fuel pipes (3) - (4) - (5) from the

mounting (1);
Remove the bracket supporting the mounting (1)
from the crankcase.
80372 2
2. Disconnect the high-pressure fuel pipe ( (7), Figure )

from the rail choke tube and from the high-pressure
pump (8) and remove it from the crankcase by taking
out the bracket.
Disconnect the pipe (9) from the high-pressure pump
(8).
NOTE: Depending on the high pressure in the piping from
the high-pressure pump to the rail and from here to the
electro-injectors, never:
- disconnect the pipes with the engine running,
- reuse disconnected pipes.
WARNING
Do not open the high-pressure fuel system or loosen
any fittings with the engine running. Engine operation
causes high fuel pressure. High-pressure fuel spray
can cause serious injury or death.
M1002
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 34
Electrical control - Check

1. Check the condition of the electric cables (5) and
change them if they are damaged, cutting the clamps
fastening them to the support (2) and taking out the
screws (4) securing it with the connectors (3).
Fit a new gasket (1) onto the support (2).
NOTE: (4 Cylinder shown for illustration purposes)
80702 1
2. Mount the wiring support (2), screw down the bolts

(1) and tighten them to the prescribed torque.
traces of dirt.
80703 2
3. Connect the electric cables (1) to the electro-injec-

tors (3) and using the torque wrench 380000158
tighten the retaining nuts (2) to the prescribed torque.
80704 3
Next operation:
Valve cover - Install (B.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 35
Index

Electrical control - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Electrical control - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fuel injection pump - Dynamic description Fuel Supply Gear Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fuel injection pump - Overview High Pressure Pump CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fuel injection pump - Sectional view High Pressure Pump Internal Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fuel injection pump - Torque Drive gear retaining nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuel injector Electro injector - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fuel injector Electro injector - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fuel injector Electro injector - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fuel injector Electro injector - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fuel injector Electro injector - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fuel injector Electro injector - Tighten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fuel injector Electro injector - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Tighten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fuel injector Fuel Manifold - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel line - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fuel tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fuel tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
High pressure common rail Common rail - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Regulator valve Injection return - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Relief valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.20.A / 36
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbocharger
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Turbocharger
Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Turbocharger - Torque
Turbocharger/exhaust manifold retaining nuts M8 x 1,25 20 - 30 Nm (14.75 - 22.13 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 3
Turbocharger - Tighten - Sequence.

1. Tightening sequence for turbocharger retaining nuts.
BAIL07CCM261ASA 1
For the required torque settings, refer to Turbocharger - Torque (B.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 4
Turbocharger - Remove
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A) Air cleaner - Remove (B.30.A) Silencer - Remove (B.40.A)
Procedure to remove the turbocharger:

1. Unscrew and remove the flexible lubrication piping
(1) of the turbocharger (5) .
2. Unscrew and remove bolt (3) retaining lubrication re-
turn pipe to crankcase.
3. Unscrew and remove turbocharger to exhaust man-
ifold retaining nuts (4) and lubrication pipe securing
bolts (2).
4. Supporting the turbocharger, lift from exhaust mani-
fold and remove gasket.
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
Next operation:
Exhaust manifold - Remove (B.40.A), Turbocharger - Install (B.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 5
Turbocharger - Install
Prior operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (B.30.A), Exhaust manifold - Install (B.40.A)
1. Prior to installation of turbocharger (5) to exhaust

manifold, position new turbocharger to exhaust man-
ifold gasket.
2. Connect lubrication oil return pipe to underside of
turbocharger, securing into position with bolts (x 2)
(2).
3. Position turbocharger and retain with securing nuts
(4) (x 4) to the specified torque. Refer to Tur-
bocharger - Torque (B.30.A) and Turbocharger -
Tighten (B.30.A).
4. Connect lubrication oil return pipe into crankcase and
retain into position with clamp and bolt (3).
5. Connect the flexible lubrication oil pipe (1) from the
oil filter/cooler
BAIL06CCM058ASA 1
Next operation:
Silencer - Install (B.40.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 6
Index

Turbocharger - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Turbocharger - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Turbocharger - Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Turbocharger - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.30.A / 8
EXHAUST SYSTEM - 40.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Exhaust manifold
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine brake
SERVICE
Silencer
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Exhaust manifold
Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust manifold - Torque

Bolts securing exhaust manifold on head. 53 Nm +/- 5 Nm (39.1 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
M10 x 1,50 x 65
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 3
Engine brake - Static description

The function of the exhaust brake is to increase the engines natural braking effect. This is achieved by restricting
the flow in the exhaust system. An air operated exhaust brake valve closes a butterfly valve which is situated in
the exhaust pipe between the engine manifold and the silencer. When the valve is closed the fuel supply to the
combustion chamber is also cut off. Pressure builds up as the air is pushed into the closed off manifold. The air
pressure increases until it is able to overcome the force of the exhaust valve springs and force its way back into the
cylinder. Maximum working pressure is the pressure required to overcome the exhaust valve springs and force its
way back into the cylinder. The piston is working against this air pressure on every compression and exhaust stroke.
When the system is at working pressure sufficient new air is drawn in through the inlet valve to replenish any air lost
through leakage.
The exhaust brake is operated by depressing the pedal (1) located on left hand side on the floor of the cab. When the
pedal is depressed a brake switch is operated and a 12 V signal is sent to the engine processor which determines
whether conditions are met which will allow the exhaust brake valve to be activated.
BAIL08CVT040ASA 1
The engine processor determines that the engine speed is is greater than 1000 - 1200 RPM and then sends a 12 V
signal to the pneumatic directional valve (1) and shuts off the fuel to the injectors . The lower speed limit is to prevent
the engine stalling.
BAIL08CVT024ASA 2
The compressed air from the air brake reservoir is passed by the directional pneumatic valve to a pneumatic cylinder
(1) (Figure 3) on the exhaust brake valve assembly that shuts a butterfly valve which restricts the gas flow from the
engine. This is an on/off device, not a proportional system. The valve has a bypass hole in it of 14 mm diameter. This
has been developed to limit the pressure developed in the engine to 2 bar (29 psi) at engine maximum speed (high
idle). If the operator allows the steepness of the slope and the gear selected to drive the engine above the maximum
speed, a visual warning is displayed. There is a pressure protection valve at the start of the supply line at the air brake
reservoir. This only allows the air to pass to the exhaust brake system if the brake system has working pressure. This
is to prevent the exhaust brake system bleeding all the air out of the air brake system..
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 4
BAIL08CVT015ASA 3
NOTE: The exhaust brake is cancelled when engine speed goes below 1200 RPM and the throttles are inoperable
when the exhaust brake pedal is pressed. They only become active again when it is released
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 5
Silencer - Remove
1. Remove the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air
BAIS06CCM149AVB 1
2. Remove exhaust shield. Remove the exhaust muf-

fler.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 2

the exhaust.
BAIS06CCM081AVA 3
Next operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (B.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 6
Silencer - Install
1. Attach the exhaust to the support and tighten the re-
taining bolts.
WARNING
M944
BAIL08CVT148AVA 1
2. Install the exhaust heat shield .
BAIL08CVT147AVA 2
3. Attach the exhaust pipe to the turbocharger and

tighten clamp.
BAIL08CVT146AVA 3
4. Install the muffler pipe and tighten clamp.
BAIL08CVT145AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 7
5. Reattach the air filter aspirator pipe.
BAIL08CVT143AVB 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 8
Exhaust manifold - Tighten - Sequence.

1. Tightening sequence for exhaust manifold bolts.
For the required torque settings, refer to Exhaust
manifold - Torque (B.40.A)
bail06ccm029asa 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 9
Exhaust manifold - Remove

Prior operation:
Turbocharger - Remove (B.30.A)
1. Unscrew the retaining bolts (x 12) and remove the

exhaust manifold .
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1
Next operation:
Air intake manifold - Remove (B.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 10
Exhaust manifold - Install

Prior operation:
Exhaust manifold - Remove (B.40.A)
1. Mount the exhaust manifold, complete with new

gasket, tightening the retaining bolts to the speci-
fied torque. Refer to Exhaust manifold - Torque
(B.40.A).
BAIL06CCM055ASA 1
Next operation:
Turbocharger - Install (B.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 11
Index

Engine brake - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Exhaust manifold - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Exhaust manifold - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Exhaust manifold - Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Exhaust manifold - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Silencer - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Silencer - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.40.A / 12
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermostat
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Water pump
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fan and drive
Belt tensioner - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Idler pulley - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Viscous drive - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sensing system
Coolant temperature - Torque - Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Thermostat
Radiator
Fan reversing system
Static description Reversible fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Thermostat
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Water pump
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 2
Radiator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fan and drive
Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sensing system
Coolant temperature - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Coolant temperature - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 3
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Thermostat - Torque
Housing Retaining Bolts
Description Torque
Thermostat housing retaining bolts M6 x 1.0 x 20 10 Nm +/- 2 Nm (7.4 lbft +/- 1.5 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 4
Water pump - Torque

PART TORQUE
Bolts securing coolant pump M8 x 1.25 x 25 25 Nm +/- 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/- 4 lb.ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 5
Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Torque

Description Torque
Spring loaded automatic drive belt tensioner bolt M10 x 43 Nm +/- 5 Nm (31.7 lbft +/- 4 lbft)
1.5 x 80
Pulley mounting bolt M12 x 35 60 Nm +/- 10 Nm (44.3 lbft +/- 7 lbft)
Fan and drive Idler pulley - Torque

Description Torque
Idler pulley retaining bolt M10 x 1.5 x 75 70 Nm +/- 5 Nm (51.6 lbft +/- 4 lbft)
Fan and drive Viscous drive - Torque

Description Torque
Fan blade to viscous coupling M8 x 1.25 x 16 20 - 24 Nm (14.8 - 17.7 lbft)
Viscous coupling to mounting pulley 90 - 112 Nm (66.4 - 82.6 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 6
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Torque - Sensor

Description Torque
Engine coolant temperature sensor 12 - 20 Nm (8.9 - 14.8 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 7
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description

The forced circulation, closed-circuit engine cooling system is composed of the following components:
• Expansion tank: .
• Radiator, dissipates the heat taken by the coolant from the engine. .
• Vistronic fan, increases the radiator’s dissipating capacity:
• A lubricating oil cooler: .
• A centrifugal coolant pump housed at the front of the crankcase.
• A thermostat governing coolant circulation.
• The circuit may also extend to the compressor if the version includes it.
80604 1
COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A = TO THE RADIATOR
B = FROM THE RADIATOR
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 8
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Overview
BAIL07CCM266AMA 1
A Coolant flow from the thermostat

B Coolant flow to the coolant pump
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 9
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Dynamic description
BVE0373A 1
A Coolant flow from the thermostat B Coolant flow circulating in the engine
C Coolant flow to the coolant pump
The engine cooling system is a closed circuit forced circulation type composed of the following components:
• Heat exchanger (1) to cool lubrication oil.

• Thermostat (2) controlling coolant circulation.
• Centrifugal coolant pump (3) to circulate the coolant.
The coolant is drawn from the bottom of the radiator by the coolant pump (3) which passes the coolant to the cylinder
block. The coolant then flows through cored galleries to cool the cylinder walls.
Galleries in the cylinder head gasket allow coolant to flow from the cylinder block into the cylinder head. Cored gal-
leries also direct the coolant to the fuel injector nozzle locations before entering the thermostat housing.
Dependent upon coolant temperature, coolant either re-enters the coolant pump or is circulated through the radiator
for cooling.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 10
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description
BAIS06CCM131AVA 1
1. Air conditioning compressor 2. Fan mounting pulley

3. Alternator 4. Crankshaft pulley
5. Air conditioning belt tensioner 6. Coolant pump
The function of the coolant pump (6) mounted at the front of the engine is to maintain a continuous flow of coolant
around the coolant system (Refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Overview (B.50.A). This is essential to ensure
correct engine coolant temperature. The Coolant pump is driven by the poly-v belt from the crankshaft pulley (4) and
the tension is maintained by the spring loaded automatic fan belt tensioner (5).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 11
Thermostat - Dynamic description

When the thermostat is closed, a recirculating bypass gallery allows the coolant to recirculate from the cylinder head
to the block, to allow faster engine coolant warm-up.
BVE0376A 1
When the coolant has reached normal operating temperature, the thermostat will open and allow coolant to be drawn
through the radiator by the coolant pump. Cooled coolant then returns to the engine.
BVE0377A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 12
Radiator - Dynamic description

Cooling occurs as the coolant passes down through the radiator cores which are exposed to the cooling system. Air
is drawn through the radiator fins by a viscous fan (1) situated between the radiator and the engine block.
BVE0266A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 13
Fan reversing system - Static description Reversible fan

SS05N282 1
The reversible fan aids clearance of the grille and ensures optimum cooling performance. The fan has 9 blades which
are connected to a piston, which in turn is connected to a solenoid. The working of the fan is similar to that of a normal
fan until the reversible fan mode is operated by the switch located on the control panel.
BAIL08CVT023ASA 2
In the reversible fan mode, the blades rotate 180 °. This leads to a change in the direction of flow of air and it starts
to blow in the opposite (Outer) direction. The complete cycle takes about 30 seconds to complete (including the five
seconds to reverse the blades). The reversible fan can be stopped at any time during the cycle by pressing the switch
again, otherwise at end of the cycle the blades return to their original position.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 14
RCPH07CCH216AAB 3
The fan blades rotate using an eccentric linkage housed within the central fan hub. A set of springs ensures the
blades return to the normal operating position.
The fan blades are also automatically adjusted thermostatically by the thermo-elements. These thermo-elements
have a piston which expands and contracts depending on the temperature.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 15
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid
WARNING
The engine coolant system operates under pressure which is controlled by the radiator pressure cap. It is
dangerous to remove the pressure cap while the system is hot. When cool, use a thick cloth and turn the cap
slowly to the first stop and allow the pressure to escape before fully removing the cap. Coolant should be
kept off the skin. Adhere to the precautions outlined on the antifreeze and inhibitor containers, where used.
B097
1. Open the engine hood and remove the left-hand side

engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 1
2. Clamp the cab heater hose.
WARNING
Do not allow antifreeze to contact skin. Adhere to in-
structions detailed on antifreeze container.
B024
BAIS06CCM022AVA 2
3. Place a suitable container under the tractor.

Detach the cab coolant hose and drain the coolant.
BAIS06CCM023AVA 3
4. Remove the expansion tank cap.

5. Connect the coolant hose when the coolant system
has finished draining.
6. Remove the clamp from the cab heater hose.
Next operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 16
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling

Prior operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid (B.50.A).
1. Ensure the correct grade and quantity of antifreeze

is added to the water. Recommended coolant mix-
ture is 50% water to 50% anti freeze to specification
AMBRA AGRIFLU.
2. Refill the cooling system through the radiator cap un-
til completely full and replace radiator cap.
BAIS06CCM159AVB 1
3. Refill the expansion tank to the COLD FILL mark.
BAIS06CCM158AVA 2
4. Start the engine and run until normal operating tem-

perature is reached. Check for leaks, allow to cool
and re-check the coolant level.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 17
Thermostat - Remove
1. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the
coolant hose from the thermostat housing.
BVE0263A 1
2. Remove the thermostat housing from the cylinder

block.
BVE0264A 2
3. Remove the thermostat seal (1) and the thermostat

(2).
BVE0265A 3
Next operation:
Thermostat - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 18
Thermostat - Install
Prior operation:
Thermostat - Remove (B.50.A), Thermostat - Test (B.50.A).
1. Make sure the mating surfaces are clean

Install the thermostat (2) and a new thermostat seal
(1).
BVE0265A 1
2. Install the thermostat housing to the cylinder block.

Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value. Refer to Thermostat - Torque (B.50.A).
BVE0264B 2
3. Connect the coolant hose to the thermostat housing

and tighten the hose clamp (1).
BVE0263A_69 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 19
Thermostat - Test
Prior operation:
Thermostat - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Place the thermostat in a container of water, and

raise the temperature to 212 °F ( 100 °C). If the ther-
mostat fails to open when hot, or fails to close prop-
erly when cooled, it must be replaced.
NOTE: A faulty thermostat may cause the engine to
operate at a too hot or too cold operating temperature. If
the thermostat is not replaced, this could result in damage
to the engine or impaired engine performance.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate an engine without a
thermostat.
RI-1-107 1
Next operation:
Thermostat - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 20
Water pump - Install

Prior operation:
Water pump - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Make sure the mating surfaces are clean.

Replace the seal (1) and lubricate with clean engine
oil. NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP
ENGINE OIL SAE 15W-40.
BVE0374A 1
2. Mount the coolant pump (1); screw down the bolts

(2) and tighten them to the prescribed torque, refer
to Water pump - Torque (B.50.A).
80346 2
Next operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 21
Water pump - Remove

Prior operation:
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid (B.50.A). Fan and drive Belt - Remove (B.50.A)
1. Undo the coolant pump retaining bolts and remove

the coolant pump.
BVE0294A 1
Next operation:
Water pump - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 22
Radiator - Remove
Prior operation:
Drain the engine coolant system, for additional information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid
(B.50.A)).
All Tractors
1. Remove the engine side panel.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM145AVA 1
2. Loosen the hose clamp and detach the retaining

bracket.
BAIS06CCM024AVA 2
3. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and remove the engine

air cooler outlet pipe (2).
NOTE: Remove and discard the cable ties.
BAIS06CCM025AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 23
4. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and remove the engine

air cooler inlet pipe (2).
BAIS06CCM026AVA 4
5. Detach the engine air cleaner intake duct and posi-

tion to one side.
BAIS06CCM028AVA 5
6. Remove the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler

pipe retaining clamp.
BAIS06CCM029AVA 6

7. Release the retaining clips (1). Detach the air condi-
tioning condenser (2) and position it to one side.
BAIS06CCM030AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 24
All Tractors
8. Remove the side guard support bracket.
BAIS06CCM011AVA 8
9. Remove the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler

retaining bolt.
BAIS06CCM012AVA 9
10. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler inlet (1) and

the outlet (2) pipes.
NOTE: Install suitable blanking plugs.
BAIS06CCM032AVA 10
11. Pull the lower part of the transmission oil cooler/en-

gine air cooler assembly forward (1), slide the as-
sembly upwards (2) and remove from the tractor.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM013AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 25
12. Remove the fan shroud retaining bolts.

BAIS06CCM014BVA 12
13. Remove the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 13
14. Disconnect the radiator lower hose.
BAIS06CCM017AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 26
15. Disconnect the radiator top hose (1), expansion hose

(2) and the radiator support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM020AVA 15
16. Remove the radiator retaining bolts.

BAIS06CCM144AVA 16
17. Detach the hood check strap (1) and remove the ra-
diator assembly (2).
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM021AVA 17
Next operation:
Radiator - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 27
Radiator - Install
Prior operation:
Radiator - Remove (B.50.A).
All Tractors
1. Install the radiator assembly (2) and install the hood
check strap (1).
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM021AVA 1
2. Install the radiator retaining bolts.

Tighten to 32 Nm ( 24 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM144AVA 2
3. Connect the radiator top hose (1), expansion hose

(2) and the radiator support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM020AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 28
4. Connect the radiator lower hose.
BAIS06CCM017AVA 4
5. Install the fan shroud retaining bolts.

BAIS06CCM014BVA 5
6. Install the radiator baffle plate.
BAIS06CCM016AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 29
7. Position the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler

assembly to the tractor, slide the assembly down-
wards into the upper retaining brackets (1) and push
the lower part of the assembly rearwards (2).
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM013AVB 7
8. Connect the transmission oil cooler inlet (1) and the

outlet (2) pipes.
BAIS06CCM032AVA 8
9. Install the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler

retaining bolt.
BAIS06CCM012AVA 9
10. Install the side guard support bracket.

BAIS06CCM011AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 30

11. Install the air conditioning condenser to the tractor,
install the retaining bolts (1) and retaining clips (2).
BAIS06CCM030AVB 11
All Tractors
12. Install the transmission oil cooler/engine air cooler
pipe retaining clamp.
BAIS06CCM029AVA 12
13. Install the engine air cleaner intake duct.
BAIS06CCM028AVA 13
14. Install the engine air cooler inlet pipe (2) and tighten
the hose clamps (1).
BAIS06CCM026AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 31
15. Install the engine air cooler outlet pipe (2) and tighten
the hose clamp (1).
BAIS06CCM025AVA 15
16. Install the retaining bracket and tighten the hose

clamp.
BAIS06CCM024AVA 16
17. Install the engine side panel.

BAIS06CCM145AVA 17
Next operation:
Fill the engine coolant system, for additional information refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 32
Fan and drive Belt - Remove

1. Attach a 15 mm. socket and bar (1) to the automatic
drive belt tensioner arm. Rotate clockwise and re-
move the drive belt from the pulleys.
Carefully feed the drive belt between the cooling fan
and the radiator shroud.
BAIL06CCM247ASA 1
Next operation:
Fan and drive Belt - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 33
Fan and drive Belt - Install

Prior operation:
Fan and drive Belt - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Carefully feed the drive belt between the cooling fan

and the radiator shroud.
Attach a 15 mm. socket and bar (1) to the automatic
drive belt tensioner arm. Rotate clockwise and refit
the drive belt onto the pulleys.
Once the belt is in position, rotate the socket and bar
anti clockwise until the tensioner takes up all of the
play in the belt and the socket and bar can safely
be removed. The belt should now be correctly ten-
sioned.
BAIL06CCM247ASA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 34
Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Install

1. Install the drive belt tensioner assembly retaining bolt
(1) and tighten to the specified torque value. Refer
to Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Torque (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 35
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Remove

1. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor electrical
connector and remove the coolant temperature sen-
sor (1).
BVE0287A 1
Next operation:
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 36
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Install

Prior operation:
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Apply sealant to the threaded portion of the new

coolant temperature sensor body and tighten the
coolant temperature sensor to the specified torque
value. Refer to Sensing system Coolant temper-
ature - Torque (B.50.A).
BVE0287B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 37
Index

ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fan and drive Belt - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fan and drive Belt - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fan and drive Belt tensioner - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fan and drive Idler pulley - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fan and drive Viscous drive - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fan reversing system - Static description Reversible fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Radiator - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Radiator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Radiator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Torque - Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Thermostat - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Thermostat - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Thermostat - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Thermostat - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Thermostat - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Water pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Water pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Water pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.50.A / 38
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - 60.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Oil pump
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Oil pan
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Piston lubrication
Spray nozzle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Oil cooler
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
FUNCTIONAL DATA
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
SERVICE
Oil pump
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Oil pan
Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Oil filter
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Oil cooler
Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Oil pump - Torque

PART TORQUE
Bolts securing oil pump to engine block 25 Nm +/- 5 Nm (18.4 lbft +/- 4 lbft)
M8 x 1.25 x 35 (x 13)
M8 x 1.25 x 50 (x 2)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 3
Oil pan - Torque

Part TORQUE
Bolts securing oil pan. Refer to Oil pan - Tighten (B.60.A)
M10 x 1,5 x 45 bolts 50 Nm +/- 5 Nm (37 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 4
Piston lubrication Spray nozzle - Torque

Part TORQUE
Bolts for securing "J" Jets into engine block M10 x 1,25 15 Nm +/- 3 Nm (11 lb ft +/- 2 lb ft)
x 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 5
Oil cooler - Torque

Part TORQUE Nm
Bolts for securing oil cooler to engine block. Refer to Oil cooler - Tighten (B.60.A)
M8 x 1,25 x 35 25 Nm +/- 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
M8 x 1,25 x 100 25 Nm +/- 5 Nm (18 lb ft +/- 4 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 6
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Static description

Forced-circulation lubrication is accomplished by the oil pump, housed at the front of the crankcase.
The lubricating oil is sent from the oil sump to the crankshaft, camshaft and valve control.
Lubrication also includes the cooler, turbo-blower and compressor for the compressed air system if there is one.
All these components often change according to use and will therefore be covered under the specific heading.
80733 1
Pressurized oil
Oil under gravity
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 7
Oil pump - Install

Prior operation:
Crankshaft Front seal - Remove (B.10.A), Oil pump - Remove (B.60.A), Water pump - Install (B.50.A).
1. If not already removed, remove the seal (2) from the

front cover (1).
Carefully clean the mating surface.
80347 1
2. Carefully clean the contact surface on the engine

block and position the gasket (1) on the crankcase.
80348 2
3. Mount the oil pump (2) on the engine block and screw
down the bolts, tightening them to the prescribed
torque, refer to Oil pump - Torque (B.60.A).
80349 3
Next operation:
Crankshaft Front seal - Install (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 8
Oil pump - Remove

Prior operation:
Crankshaft Front seal - Remove (B.10.A).
1. Take out the screws (1) and remove the oil pump (2).
NOTE: Note down the assembly position of the screws (1)
as they have different lengths.
80330 1
Next operation:
Oil pump - Install (B.60.A), Flywheel - Remove (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 9
Oil pan - Tighten - Sequence.

1. Tightening sequence for oil pan bolts.
bail06ccm028gsa 1
For required torque settings, refer to Oil pan - Torque (B.60.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 10
Oil filter - Remove

1. Remove the oil filter (1) by unscrewing the filter as-
sembly using a suitable tool.
BAIL07CCM263ASA 1
Next operation:
Oil cooler - Remove (B.60.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 11
Oil cooler - Tighten - Sequence.

1. Tightening sequence for oil cooler bolts.
80367_89 1
For the required torque settings, refer to Oil cooler - Torque (B.60.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 12
Oil cooler - Remove

Prior operation:
Oil filter - Remove (B.60.A)
1. Disconnect the connector (1) from the oil pressure -

temperature sensor.
Unscrew the bolts (2) and remove the oil pressure -
temperature sensor (3).
Unscrew the bolts (4) and remove the oil filter mount-
ing (5) from the crankcase together with its seals.
Remove the cooler from its seat.
80400 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 13
Index

LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Oil cooler - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Oil cooler - Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Oil cooler - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Oil filter - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Oil pan - Tighten - Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Oil pan - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Oil pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Oil pump - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Oil pump - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Piston lubrication Spray nozzle - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.60.A / 14
STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine starter
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Engine starter
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electrical test Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Electrical test Starter Motor No Load Bench Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM
Engine starter - General specification

Starter Type - Iskra Gear Starter
Rated Voltage 12 V
Rated Power 4.2 Kw
Direction of rotation Clockwise
Maximum No Load Current Draw at 11.5 volts and 4000 120 amps
rev/min.
Engine starter - Torque

Description Torque
Starter Motor mounting bolts M10 x 1.50 x 35mm 43 Nm +/- 5 (31.7 lbft +/- 4)
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 3
Engine starter - Test

1. For easier and rapid diagnosis and for most con-
clusive test results, it is recommended that a bat-
tery-starter tester (high rate discharge tester) incor-
porating a 0 - 20 V voltmeter and a 0 - 1000 A amme-
ter be used to diagnose starting system problems.
When using test equipment follow the manufacturers
recommended test procedures. If test equipment is
not available the following test procedure, using a
standard 0 - 20 V voltmeter and 0 - 1000 A ammeter
can be used to determine the correct operation of the
starter without removing it from the engine.
Before testing :
Check that the battery is fully charged.
Check the complete starting system wiring circuit for
frayed or broken wires or loose terminal connections.
Check the engine is not seized.
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 4
Engine starter - Electrical test Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw

Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw
1. Attach a suitable clamp meter, (1), with a 0 - 1000 A
range, over the battery positive cable.
Connect the voltmeter (2) positive lead to the battery
positive terminal and the voltmeter negative lead to
the battery negative terminal.
To prevent engine start up during cranking remove
the engine processor fuse, Fuse 33, refer to, Fuse
and relay box - General specification (A.30.A).
Crank the engine while observing the voltmeter
and ammeter readings. The voltage should remain
steady at around 10 - 12 V with between 250 - 400
A being drawn.
1b0o2004061139 1
2. If the current draw is within specification the starting

motor (4) is functioning correctly. If the voltage drops
during the test proceed to ‘Starting System Circuit
Resistance’.
3. If the current draw is greater than specified, check
the circuit as outlined below. If the starting system
circuit tests are satisfactory the starting motor is de-
fective and must be replaced or renewed.
4. If the current draw is less than specified, the starting
motor is defective and must be replaced or renewed..
If there is an excessive current draw the circuit should

be checked by recording voltage drops across the
individual components in the circuit
IMPORTANT: Disconnect the fuel injection pump fuel shut
off solenoid wire.
Battery Positive Cable :

5. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the battery
positive terminal.
Connect the voltmeter negative lead to the starting
motor solenoid battery terminal.
Crank the engine while observing the voltmeter read-
ing. If the voltage exceeds 0.2 V, check and tighten
the cable connections. Recheck the voltage, if still
excessive install a new cable.
60-55-002 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 5
Starting Motor Ground Connections :

6. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the starting
motor frame.
Connect the voltmeter negative lead to the engine
block.
ing. If the voltmeter reading exceeds 0.2 V check
the ground connections between the starting motor
flange and the rear engine plate.
60-55-003 3
Battery Ground Cable :

7. Connect the voltmeter positive lead to the engine
block.
Connect the voltmeter negative lead to the battery
negative terminal.
ing. If the reading exceeds 0.2 V, check and tighten
the ground cable connections. Recheck the voltage,
if it is still excessive install a new ground cable.
60-55-004 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 6
Engine starter - Electrical test Starter Motor No Load Bench Test.

Prior operation:
Engine starter - Remove (B.80.A).
Starting Motor No-Load Test:

1. Secure the starting motor in a vice equipped with soft
jaws.
Connect the battery negative cable (4) to the starting
motor mounting flange.
Connect a voltmeter (3) positive lead to the battery
positive terminal, the voltmeter negative lead to the
Connect the battery positive cable to the starting mo-
tor terminal and attach a suitable clamp meter (1),
over the cable.
Connect a short jumper lead (6) between the sole-
noid battery and solenoid switch terminals.
Hold a hand tachometer (5) on the end of the arma-
ture shaft. Set the starting motor by adjusting the
carbon pile (2) to give 11.7 V. When the armature ro- 1b0o2004061141 1
tates above 4000 RPM. the maximum current draw
should not exceed 150 A.
If the starting motor does not perform to specification,
renew or replace starter motor.
NOTE: A fully charged battery and a battery starter tester
(high rate discharge tester) with a carbon pile (variable
load resistor) should be used to perform this test.
NOTE: Connecting the jumper lead will cause the starter
to operate.
Drive Pinion Assembly

2. Check the operation of the roller clutch. The pinion
should rotate clockwise only. If the pinion is stuck or
rotates in both directions, or if the pinion teeth are
damaged, renew or replace starter motor assembly.
If damaged pinion teeth are evident, check the fly-
wheel ring gear teeth as described in Flywheel - In-
stall (B.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 7
Engine starter - Remove

1. Disconnect the battery ground (negative) cable from
the battery, refer to, Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
Undo the ’positive clamp’ brass stud, (1) located
within the red protective cover (2) and remove the
protective cover from the solenoid assembly. Dis-
connect the positive cables to the solenoid and the
solenoid coil feed wire.
Remove the three starting motor mounting bolts and
remove the starting motor from the engine.
BAIS06CCM700AVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 8
Engine starter - Install

ATTENTION: Ensure that the mating faces of the starter motor and starter motor housing are clean and free
from debris.
1. Mount the starter motor into the starter motor housing
and secure into position with the starter motor mount-
ing bolts.
2. Torque starter motor mounting bolts to recom-
mended specification. Refer to Engine starter -
Torque (B.80.A).
3. Reconnect the solenoid feed wire and solenoid pos-
itive supply wire. Refit the protective cover (2) and
install the ’positve clamp’ brass stud (1).
BAIS06CCM700AVA 1
4. Reconnect the battery, refer to Battery - Connect

(A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 9
Index

Engine starter - Electrical test Starter Motor Circuit Current Draw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine starter - Electrical test Starter Motor No Load Bench Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Engine starter - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Engine starter - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Engine starter - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Engine starter - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine starter - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
B.80.A / 11
PRINTED IN FRANCE
87628084B 12/06/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
POWER TRAIN
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.E

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.D

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
REAR PTO Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.B

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
REAR PTO Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.40.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
FRONT PTO Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.42.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Powershift - 20.E
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Powershift
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Logical diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
SERVICE
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Clutch and gear

Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Housing
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 2
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Powershift
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque

Tightening Torques
lbf.ft NM
Bolts, transmission housing M14 150 200 Nm
to rear axle housing
Bolts, transmission housing M16 220 295 Nm
to rear axle housing
BRI4151B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 3
BRI4101C 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 4
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section:
290090 Overhaul rotary stand.

291924* Quick release coupler
291927* Adaptor 1/8 npt
292176 Range input and output shaft end play test tool (use with tools
nos. 50013 and 50018).
292246* Hose
292651 Puller
292655 Puller legs
292870 Pressure test kit
292927 Slide hammer.
293242* 40 bar pressure gauge
293343 Output shaft spanner ( 65 mm).
295021 Clutch spring compressor.
x 295041 Diagnostic switch
297240 7/16 unf male quick release adaptor
297396 Range input and output shaft bearing adjustment tool
297404 Adaptor m10 x 1.0 7/16 unf female
297471 Tractor separation stand.
297602# Adaptor m10 banjo x 7/16unf female
297609# Adaptor m14 banjo x m14 x 1.5p female
297612 Transmission end casing lifting hook 3 off).
297613 Medium clutch shaft adaptor (for lifting and endfloat adjustment)
x 297614 Medium and ’c’ clutch hub bearing setting tool
297615 Manifold bush removal tool
297616 Transmission overhaul brackets (use with stand tool no.
290090).
380000403 Lifting brackets (set of two)
380000449 Clutch air test adaptor
* part of kit 292870

#part of kit 297611
Tool to be fabricated for range input and output shaft bearing adjustment (Mark tool with no. 50018 - Dimensions in
mm). Fabricate tool using Aq 42 material.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 5
24602_713 1
NOTE: Dealer made tool 50018 can also be purchased as Tool Number 297396
Tool to be fabricated for input and output shaft bearing assembly (Mark tool with no. 50108 - Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using UNI C40 material.
25291_714 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 6
Alignment pins to be fabricated for engine and speed clutch/transmission housing removal/installation (Mark tool with
no. 50117 - Dimensions in mm).
25292_715 3
Adapter to be fabricated for reverse idler gear pin removal (Mark tool with no. 50143 - Dimensions in mm).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 7
25280_716 4
Transmission Locking Tool (Manufacture locally)
BTB0144B_717 5
TRANSMISSION Powershift - General specification

Transmission
40 Km/h 18 forward and 6 reverse gears, controlled by nine hydraulically
engaged clutches via processor driven PWM valves.
50 Km/h As per 40 Km/h with additional clutch located in rear axle centre
housing enabling a 19th gear direct drive from engine flywheel
via PTO input shaft.
Gear type helical toothed, constant mesh
Rear to Front Axle ratio 1.343
Speed shift controls by two buttons located on the control lever
Transmission lubrication Supplied from steering priority valve, return side of steering
motor and supplementary valve on charge pressure circuit
Number of driven discs-Clutch A 5
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutch A mm 2.65 - 2.75
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 8
Number of drive discs - Clutch A 5

- Thickness of drive discs - Clutch A mm 1.80 - 2.00
Multi-pack clutch A thickness under a mm 23.5 - 23.7
load of 163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch 7
A
- Free spring length - Clutch A mm 32
- Compressed spring length under a mm 23
load of 215 kg ( 2108 N)
Number of driven discs-Clutch B 5
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutch B mm 2.65 - 2.75
Number of drive discs - Clutch B 5
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutch B mm 1.80 - 2.00
Multi-pack clutch B thickness under a mm 23.5 - 23.7
load of 163 kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch 7
B
- Free spring length - Clutch B mm 32
- Compressed spring length under a mm 23
load of 215 kg ( 2108 N)
SPECIFICATIONS
continued
Number of driven discs-Clutch C 8

- Thickness of driven discs - Clutch C mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Clutch C 8
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutch C mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack clutch C thickness under a load of 163 kg ( 1600 N) mm 26.2 - 26.4
Number of Belleville springs - Clutch C 8
- Free spring length - Clutch C mm 54.7
- Compressed spring length under a load of 182 kg ( 1784 N) mm 46
Number of driven discs-Clutches D-E 6
- Thickness of driven discs - Clutches D-E mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Clutches D-E 6
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutches D-E mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack clutches D-E thickness under a load of 163 kg ( 1600 N) mm 26.2 - 26.4
Number of Belleville springs - Clutches D-E 6
- Free spring length - Clutches D-E mm 4.1
- Compressed spring length under a load of 182 kg ( 1784 N) mm 3.22
Number of driven discs-Fast Clutch 10
- Thickness of driven discs - Fast Clutch mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Fast Clutch 10
- Thickness of drive discs - Fast Clutch mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack Fast clutch thickness under a load of 163 kg ( 1600 N) mm 42.9-43.1
Number of Belleville springs - Fast Clutch 8
- Free spring length - Fast Clutch mm 38.4
- Compressed spring length under a load of 4820 N mm 24.4
Number of driven discs - Slow Clutch 14
- Thickness of driven discs - Slow Clutch mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Slow Clutch 14
- Thickness of drive discs - Slow Clutch mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack Slow clutch thickness under a load of 163 kg ( 1600 N) mm 55.9-56.1
Number of Belleville springs - Slow Clutch 12
- Free spring length - Slow Clutch mm 57.6
- Compressed spring length under a load of 4820 N mm 36.6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 9
Number of driven discs - Clutches Medium & Reverse 12

- Thickness of driven discs - Clutches Medium & Reverse mm 2.70 - 2.80
Number of drive discs - Clutches Medium & Reverse 12
- Thickness of drive discs - Clutches Medium & Reverse mm 1.5-1.7
Multi-pack clutches Medium & Reverse thickness under a load of 163 mm 51.5-51.7
kg ( 1600 N)
Number of Belleville springs - Clutches Medium & Reverse 12
- Free spring length - Clutches Medium & Reverse mm 57.6
- Compressed spring length under a load of 4820 mm 36.6
PTO drive shaft (7) diameter at the bushing mm 31.950 - 31.975
Press-fit bush inner diameter mm 31.990 - 32.085 ( ° )
PTO drive shaft to bushes clearance mm 0.015 - 0.135
Medium Clutch Bearing Shims (rolling resistance adjustment) mm 8.900 - 9.650 in
0.025 steps
‘C’ Clutch Bearing Shims (rolling resistance adjustment) 9.800 - 10.700 in
0.025 steps
Upper speed shaft assembly shims mm 3.80 - 4.80 in 0.05
steps
Output shaft and Medium clutch assembly endfloat shims mm 1.50 - 3.40 in 0.05
steps
Transmission output shaft thrust washer mm mm 3.95 - 4.00
SPECIFICATIONS - CREEPER GEARS (refer to - ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - General specification

(C.30.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 10
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Static description

The Power Command transmission installed is available in 30, 40 and 50 Km/h variants.
The 30 and 40 Km/h variants comprise of 9 multiplate clutches providing 18 forward and 6 reverse gears located in the
transmission housing. The 30 Km/h version is controlled electronically to prevent the engagement of the 18th speed.
The 50 Km/h transmission has an additional 19th gear ( 50 Km/h) clutch located in the rear axle centre housing and
driven directly by the PTO input shaft from the engine flywheel.
The internal clutch arrangement is identical on all variants. An optional 10 forward and 6 reverse ratios are also
available using the creeper gear option.Refer to : TRANSMISSION Powershift - Sectional view (C.20.E)
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Logical diagram (C.20.E)
Each clutch within the transmission is controlled by a PWM (Pulse Width Modulated) solenoid valve located in the
hydraulic top cover. The identification of each solenoid valve is shown on Figure 7
BRI4152AA 1
Engagement of the PWM Valves is controlled by the RT module (1) located within the cab trim behind the operators
seat..
BAIL09CCM091AVA 2
Oil to energise the 19th gear 50 Km/h clutch is directed from the 50 Km/h PWM valve in the transmission top
cover through an On/Off solenoid operated control valve mounted on top of the rear axle to the clutch. As a safety
feature the 50 Km/h 19th gear clutch can not be engaged unless power is supplied to both the 19th clutch PWM
valve and the On/Off solenoid. When the On/Off solenoid is not energised all oil in the clutch piston is open to
reservoir thereby allowing the clutch to disengage drive.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 11
BSE2409A_119 3
Oil pressure to engage the clutches is supplied from the low pressure regulating valve (1) located in the valve
block above the main hydraulic pump, which maintains the pressure at 23 bar.
BAIL06CCM091ASA 4
The low pressure system also incorporates a hydraulic accumulator, located on the right hand side of the trans-
mission. The accumulator provides instant additional oil to fill possible voids when transmission shifts involving
multiple clutches are performed.
BSD2163A_121 5
Transmission lubrication oil is supplied from the lubrication circuit fed from the steering priority valve, return side of
steering motor and supplementary valve on the charge pressure circuit and is controlled to a maximum pressure
of 7 bar by the lubrication relief valve (2).
An oil cooler by-pass valve (1), located in the transmission top cover, ensures that excessive oil pressure, gener-
ated at cold start up, or if the cooler becomes blocked, bypasses the cooler until the oil warms up and the pressure
drops.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 12
BSD21452A_122 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 13
BRI4152B 7
Transmission Top Cover
1. From steering 7. Low pressure feed for

pump flow divider transmission
(lubrication oil)
2. Return from steering 8. Feed to 19th gear
motor dump solenoid
3. To oil cooler 9. Low pressure supply
to brake booster
circuit
4. Return from oil cooler 10. Low pressure oil -
low pressure warning
switch
5. Supplementary 11. Transmission oil
lubrication oil from temperature sensor
charge circuit
6 To lubrication circuit
A. Transmission Clutch D. Transmission Clutch
A solenoid D solenoid
B. Transmission Clutch E. Transmission Clutch
B solenoid E solenoid
C. Transmission Clutch
C solenoid
M Medium Range clutch R Reverse range clutch
solenoid solenoid
F High range clutch 19 19th gear clutch
solenoid solenoid ( 50 Km/h)
S Low range clutch
solenoid
The transmission clutches can be broken down into groups as follows:

A and B clutches - Located at the front of the transmission providing high ratio and low ratio output.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 14
BSB0349A_19 8
C, D and E clutches - Located in the central part of the transmission each provide a single speed. Using either
the A or B clutch with any of the C, D and E clutches provides six speeds:
F (fast), S (slow), M (medium) and R (reverse) clutches, located at the rear of the transmission provide a further 3
forward ranges and 1 reverse range, enabling the transmission to provide 18 forward and 6 reverse ratios.
BSB0350A_20 9
RANGE S M F R
SPEED
AC 1 7 13 R1
BC 2 8 14 R2
AD 3 9 15 R3
BD 4 10 16 R4
AE 5 11 17 R5
BE 6 12 18 R6
The above chart identifies which groups of clutches are energised for each gear selected in speeds 1 to 18 and the
chart shown on TRANSMISSION Powershift - Logical diagram (C.20.E), illustrates the powerflow for each gear.
The optional 50 Km/h 19th clutch in the rear axle housing is used solely to provide the 19th gear ratio.
When 19th gear is selected no other clutches are energised and drive is direct from the engine flywheel through
the PTO input shaft.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 15
BSE2407A_124 10
The creeper option provides drive through the creeper epicylic gears for further reduced speeds in forward gears
1 to 10 and all 6 reverse gears.
When the tractor is equipped with the creeper option the creeper epicyclic assembly is located on the rear of the
housing.
BSD2149A_125 11
The creeper gears are selected using the following procedure. Downshift to 1st gear and, with the engine running,
depress and hold the clutch and brake pedals. Depress and hold the downshift button until the transmission shifts
to 10th gear in the creeper range.
BAIL09CCM081AVA 12
The symbol for the creeper speeds will appear in the transmission display.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 16
BAIL09CCM080AVA 13
Release the downshift button and the clutch and brake pedals. The appropriate creeper speed can now be se-
lected using the upshift and downshift buttons. To re-engage the standard gear ratios, upshift to 10th creeper
speed and depress/hold the clutch and brake pedals. Hold down the transmission upshift button until 1st gear is
engaged, the creeper symbol will disappear from the display.
When the creeper is activated the solenoid (1) on the left hand side of the tractor is energised allowing low pressure
oil to operate the engagement piston and actuate the mechanical linkage. When the solenoid is de-energised the
low pressure oil in the piston is open to reservoir and the spring loaded linkage disengages.
BRI4100B 14
The engagement of the clutches is controlled by inputs from various sensors and switches:-
INPUT SENSORS
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION LOCATION
Engine Torque/RPM Sensor Measures engine speed and torque
by means of flywheel damper spring
deflection. Depending on the torque
being transmitted will assist in
determining when a gear shift will
occur
Transmission Output speed and Measures transmission output speed

Mid-speed sensors and speed of the transmission at
the input to the range section. The
speeds are compared to assist in
determining clutch engagement times
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 17
Transmission oil temperature sensor Measures temperature of the oil to

provide compensation for hot/cold oil
conditions.
Foot throttle assembly potentiometer Submits inputs to the Engine Control

and idle speed switch Module on throttle position and fault
codes.
Clutch pedal disconnect switch Disengages power to range clutches

(fast/slow/med/rev and 19 gear
50 Km/h) PWM valves, thereby
disengaging drive.
Clutch pedal potentiometer Provides operator controlled

engagement of the feathering (range)
clutches.
Shuttle lever Provides information to the

processor,via switches, for forward,
reverse and neutral transmission
drive selection.
Gear shift switches Allows the operator to shift ratios

via push buttons switches sending a
signal to the processor.
Footbrake switches Informs the processor of when the

brakes are being applied to assist
in ratio shifts during auto function
operation.
Handbrake switch To be applied during calibration, error

code if not applied. Tractor will drive if
handbrake applied but audible alarm
sounds.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 18
Pressure switches for These monitor for possible stuck

fast/slow/med/rev clutches valves. If pressure is indicated in
more than one circuit drive will be
shut down and an associated error
code will be displayed.
Creeper engaged potentiometer Informs the processor when creeper

has been engaged, preventing
selection of certain higher ratios.
Seat switch Seat switch must be operated, ie,

operator seated, before the processor
allows engagement of forward or
reverse drive. (Note, a faulty switch
can be over ridden by the clutch
pedal). Also prohibits start-up
and transmission calibration if not
engaged.
Auto Function Select Switch Sends a signal to the processor to
select the auto shift functions
INPUT SENSORS
Engine Torque/RPM Sensor Measures engine speed and torque
by means of flywheel damper spring
deflection. Depending on the torque
being transmitted will assist in
determining when a gear shift will
occur
Transmission Output speed and Measures transmission output speed

Mid-speed sensors and speed of the transmission at
the input to the range section. The
speeds are compared to assist in
determining clutch engagement times
Transmission oil temperature sensor Measures temperature of the oil to

provide compensation for hot/cold oil
conditions.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 19
Foot throttle assembly potentiometer Submits inputs to the Engine Control

and idle speed switch Module on throttle position and fault
codes.
Clutch pedal disconnect switch Disengages power to range clutches

(fast/slow/med/rev and 19 gear
50 Km/h) PWM valves, thereby
disengaging drive.
Clutch pedal potentiometer Provides operator controlled

engagement of the feathering (range)
clutches.
Shuttle lever Provides information to the

processor,via switches, for forward,
reverse and neutral transmission
drive selection.
Gear shift switches Allows the operator to shift ratios

via push buttons switches sending a
signal to the processor.
Footbrake switches Informs the processor of when the

brakes are being applied to assist
in ratio shifts during auto function
operation.
Handbrake switch To be applied during calibration, error

code if not applied. Tractor will drive if
handbrake applied but audible alarm
sounds.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 20
Pressure switches for These monitor for possible stuck

fast/slow/med/rev clutches valves. If pressure is indicated in
more than one circuit drive will be
shut down and an associated error
code will be displayed.
Creeper engaged potentiometer Informs the processor when creeper

has been engaged, preventing
selection of certain higher ratios.
Seat switch Seat switch must be operated, ie,

operator seated, before the processor
allows engagement of forward or
reverse drive. (Note, a faulty switch
can be over ridden by the clutch
pedal). Also prohibits start-up
and transmission calibration if not
engaged.
Auto Function Select Switch Sends a signal to the processor to
select the auto shift functions
OUTPUT DEVICES
Clutch PWM valves, A,B,C,D,E and Controls oil to the clutches to
fast/slow/med/rev/ 19 - 50 Km/h engage/disengage the clutches via a
signal from the processor.
19th clutch On/Off Dump Solenoid Returns 19th clutch oil to reservoir
disengaging drive through the clutch
when the 19 - 50 Km/h PWM valve
is not energised.
Gear Display Unit Provides operator information as

to which ratios are selected and
pre-selected, whether auto mode is
selected and error code information.
CONTROL DEVICE -
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 21
MICRO PROCESSOR The transmission is controlled by

the RT module, located within the
cab trim behind the operators seat.
The processor has 6, connectors
and in addition to controlling the
transmission also controls the
electronic hydraulic lift system, the
rear PTO, 4WD, differential locks and
some engine control. The processor
has an inbuilt diagnostic facility which
can interpret a number of system
faults and display an error code on the
gear display unit. A full description of
error codes and fault finding can be
found later in this Chapter.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 23
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Sectional view

1. Flywheel A A Clutch
2. Input Shaft Seal B B Clutch
3. Top Shaft Adjustment C C Clutch
Shim
4. Transmission Top D D Clutch
Cover and PWM
Valves
5. Reverse Clutch E E Clutch
Driven Gear (meshes
with medium clutch
driven gear)
6. Slow Speed Idler F Fast Range Clutch
Gear
7. Pump Drive Gear S Slow Range Clutch
8. Transmission/PTO M Medium Range Clutch
Input Shaft
9. 50 Kph Clutch Control R Reverse (R) Clutch
Valve
10. Rear Axle Pinion 50 Km/h 50 Kph 19th Gear
Clutch
11. Front Wheel Drive
Clutch
12. Creeper Gear
13. Transmission
extension housing
14. Medium Clutch Driven
Gear (meshes with
reverse clutch driven
gear)
15. Front Wheel Drive
Shaft
16. Lube Oil Transfer
Tube
17. Clutch Housing Cover
18. Flywheel to
Transmission Damper
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 24
BRI3766B 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 25
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 26
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Logical diagram
BSB0247A 1
Power Command Transmission Power Flows
Transmission Output Drive Drive after A or B clutch
Clutch pack engaged Drive from B clutch when B

engaged
Drive out of C,D or E clutch, Drive in from Engine
depending on ratio selected
A = Clutch A
B = Clutch B
C = Clutch C
D = Clutch D
E = Clutch E
F = Fast Range Clutch
S = Slow Range Clutch
M = Medium Range Clutch
R = Reverse Range Clutch
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 28
BRI3767A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 29
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 30
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test

1. Transmission couplings A, B, C, D, E, F1, F2, F3 and
R
These contain:
F1 = Gear group L
F2 = Gear group M
F3 = Gear group H
VFIS06CCM301AVA 1
2. Prepare the tractor for the pressure test:

(iii) Start the engine and let the tractor run in until the
transmission oil has warmed up to at least 65 °C (
145 °F).
(i) Make sure that the handbrake is fully applied.
(ii) Connect the Diagnostics switch, special tool
380000843 (1), to the tractor's Diagnostics plug
(Figure 1).
BSB0624A_743 2
3. Connect suitable pressure gauge ( 0 - 40 bar, 0 - 600

lbf.in2) with the appropriate fast couplings - ten of
them, if available - to the individual pressure testing
connections.
1. Pressure gauge 293242

2. Fast coupling adapter 291924
3. Hose 292246
4. Adapter 291927
TA6021002_744 3
4. The test connections for couplings A, B, C, D and

E are in the slide valve housing of the transmission
control.
If no fast couplings are fitted, unscrew the threaded
connections of the test connections and screw the
adapter 297608 and the fast coupling sleeve 297240
into the test connections A, C, D and E]. Because of
its restricted accessibility, screw in ring hose nipple
297609 , adapter 297608 and quick coupling sleeve
297240 into the test connector of coupling B.
BAIS06CCM187AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 31
5. The test connector of gear group M is positioned on

the left-hand side of the transmission.
For easier access in some tractors the quick coupling
sleeve must be removed and adapter 297609 must
be attached. Insert the quick coupling sleeve in the
adapter again. Connect the pressure gauge 293242
0 - 40 bar ( 0 - 600 lbf.in2) with hose 292246 and
quick coupling 291924 .
BAIS06CCM188AVA 5
6. The test connector for the reverse group is positioned

on the right-hand side of the transmission.
BAIS06CCM194AVA 6
7. The test connector of gear group L (1) and the test

connector of gear group H (2) are positioned on the
top of the transmission.
BAIS06CCM195AVA 7
8. Start the engine and call up H7 channel 4, see

Control module - Configure (A.50.A). Depress the
clutch pedal and switch the shuttle lever control to
Forwards. Release the clutch pedal. 'A24' is dis-
played on the instrument cluster. This indicates that
there is power to the solenoid valve of coupling A.
BAIL06CCM475AVA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 32
9. To switch on the solenoid valve, press and hold the

downshift button. The pressure gauge must display
22±1 bar ( 319±15 lbf/in2).
NOTE: Before switching the solenoid valve on, depress
the clutch pedal. After switching on, release the pedal
slowly; do not use the clutch roughly.
BAIS06CCM304AVA 9
10. The pressure can be modulated with the clutch

pedal. If the clutch pedal is correctly calibrated,
when the pedal is depressed, the two numbers
change and display a value between 0 and 20 to
indicate the approximate pressure. If the pedal is not
depressed, '24' is displayed for maximum pressure.
If the pedal is depressed less than 30 % of its travel,
then the pressure is zero.
BAIL06CCM477AVA 10
11. To select other couplings, press the upshift button

and then the downshift button several times to switch
the relevant solenoid valve on.
When all pressure gauges show low values, there is
probably a fault in the low pressure oil circuit, see
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Pres-
sure test (A.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 33
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Calibrate

NOTE: The calibration is controlled by the electronic control unit. To prevent the tractor from rolling away
inadvertently, do not park the tractor in the vicinity of obstacles, apply the parking brake and chock the front and rear
wheels. Before undertaking any work, ensure that the ground speed display is on zero.
NOTE: Before calibrating the clutch, the transmission oil must have warmed up to the stipulated temperature; this
can be checked by means of the H9 menu.
The full powershift transmission should calibrated, when the transmission oil temperature is as follows: 60 - 105 °C
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning system (where fitted) is switched off and all electrohydraulic units are
deactivated.
NOTE: If a four-digit number beginning with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, this is a
standard error code. The fault condition must first be remedied, before the calibration can be performed.
1. There are two methods to enter the transmission cal-
ibration mode:
• Quick call-up
• Call-up via the HH menu
Quick call-up
2. Press and hold the upshift and downshift buttons
while the engine starts.
BAIL06CCM608AVA 1
3. The system to be calibrated is displayed on the in-

strument cluster and "CAL" appears on the lower
central display for a few seconds. Then the trans-
mission oil temperature is displayed.
BAIL06CCM609AVB 2
4. Go to step 7.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 34
Call-up via the HH menu

5. Connect the Diagnostics plug 380000843 to the Di-
agnostics socket.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 3
6. Use the "h" and "m" buttons and the Dimmer but-
ton on the instrument cluster to scroll through the HH
Menu, until the option H1 and the transmission sym-
bol appear on the RD control unit.
"CAL" appears on the lower central display for a few
seconds and then the transmission oil temperature is
displayed.
BAIL06CCM443FVA 4
7. The engine speed is set to 1200 RPM.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 35
8. Move the shuttle lever to the Forward position and

release the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 5
9. On the lower central display the transmission oil

temperature is displayed. Pressing the upshift or
downshift button switches the display to the flywheel
torque calibration value.
NOTE: If the error code "U19" is displayed, the calibration
is not possible, as the transmission oil temperature is not
high enough.
NOTE: If the preparation for the calibration was not
carried out correctly, then a U error code is displayed and
the process must be repeated. See the list of the U codes
in Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A).
BAIL06CCM611AVA 6
10. Depressing the upshift or downshift buttons again will

change the display back to the transmission oil tem-
perature.
11. If "CL" ( 10 - 60 °C) or "CH" ( 105 °C) is displayed, af-
ter 4 seconds the display will return to the transmis-
sion oil temperature. The tractor may be operated
until the correct oil temperature is obtained.
NOTE: If it is not practical to wait for the change in the
oil temperature, you can press the upshift or downshift
button, while "CL" or "CH" is displayed. The display then
shows the letter "A" and the calibration can be continued.
BAIL06CCM612AVA 7
12. There are two procedures to calibrate the transmis-

sion:
• Individual clutch calibration.
• Automatic clutch calibration.
Individual clutch calibration

13. Set the engine speed to 1200 RPM.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 36
14. Press and hold the downshift button to calibrate

clutch A. During the calibration, the calibration value
is displayed on the lower central display
When the calibration of clutch A is completed, the
lower central display alternately displays "A" and the
calibration value.
BAIL06CCM615AVA 8
15. Release the downshift button. The display now dis-

plays the letter "B" to report that clutch B is ready for
calibration.
BAIL06CCM616AVA 9
16. The steps described above are also to be carried out

for the clutches "B", "C", "D", "E", "F1", "F2", "F3"
"F4" and "R". After the calibration of clutch R, release
the downshift button. The display then displays the
letter "A".
17. Repeatedly pressing the upshift button switches
through the individual clutches. This means a certain
clutch can be selected, if it needs to be calibrated
several times.
SS07F177 10
Automatic clutch calibration

18. Call up the calibration menu. (See step 1 - 11)
Press the upshift button until "dt" appears on the dis-
play.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 37
19. Press the Automatic function switch and the auto-

matic calibration then starts.
BAIL06CCM617AVA 11
NOTE: For vehicles not fitted with an Automatic function switch, press and hold the "m" button for two seconds.
20. On the lower central display "End" is displayed, when
the process is completed and all clutches are cali-
brated.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 12
21. Switch the starter switch to OFF to store the calibra-

tion values.
NOTE: If a fault occurs during calibration, a U code is
displayed and the process must be repeated. See the list
of the U codes in Control module - Fault code index
(A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 38
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble

1. Fix the transmission housing on the rotary stand tool
no. 290090 using front (1) and rear (2) brackets,
tools no 297616 and the locating pin supplied with
brackets, which locates in transmission drain plug.
BTB0046B 1
2. Transmission Top Cover-Overhaul

Remove the transmission top cover
NOTE: Where it is only necessary to overhaul the
transmission top cover, access to the cover can be
obtained through the cab floor panel.
BRI4152AA 2
3. Remove oil cooler by-pass valve (1) and lubrication

relief valve (2).
BSD21452A_765 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 39
4. To remove pulse width modulating valves remove re-

taining plate and withdraw valves from casting.
1. Pressure Switches
2. Retaining Plate
3. Pulse Width Modulating Valves
4. Pressure Switch
5. Temperature Switch
BSD21451A 4
5. Transmission Components
Disassembly-Reassembly
Where fitted, remove creeper gear assembly.
NOTE: On 50 kph transmissions the 19th clutch is located
in the rear axle assembly. To remove and overhaul this
clutch refer to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive -
Overhaul (C.30.D).
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or
fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
B026
BSD2149A_766 5
bsg6982a 6
Creeper Gear
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 40
1. Housing 4. Splined Disc

2. Splined Disc 5. Plate
3. Epicyclic Gear 6. Circlip
6. Remove A/B clutch housing securing bolts and us-
ing jacking holes provided pull housing from trans-
mission casing.
BSD2142A 7
7. Removing housing from transmission.
BSD2159A 8
8. Remove the circlip retaining the B clutch, clutch

plates and remove the plates from the housing.
BTB0036A_767 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 41
9. Using special tool 295021 compress the belleville

washers. Remove circlip and washers from the
clutch housing.
BTB0037A 10
10. Using either compressed air blown through the ‘B’

clutch port on top of the transmission.
BSD2144A 11
11. or
116 Using two M5 screws placed in piston, withdraw
piston assembly.
BSD2143A 12
12. Remove circlip and clutch housing.

NOTE: Before removing the ’B’ clutch housing check for
excessive movement and wear at the rear of the housing.
BSD2160A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 42
13. Remove the oil manifold.
BSE2465A 14
14. Remove section upper front shaft.
BRB0269A_768 15
15. Remove the circlip from the front end of the upper
speed shaft.
NOTE: Check the circlip for wear. Excessive wear may
cause the upper shaft endfloat to be higher than specified.
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust (C.20.E)
1b0o2004105150 16
16. Remove the gear, shim and spacer from the upper
speed shaft.
BRB0271A 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 43
17. Remove pump drive gear.
BSD2148A 18
18. Remove PTO shaft retaining ring.

NOTE: It is not possible to remove PTO shaft until after
the transmission rear housing has been separated from
the transmission.
BSD2147A 19
19. Remove transmission output speed sensor and in-

stall dealer made transmission locking tool, refer to
special tools on TRANSMISSION Powershift - Spe-
cial tools (C.20.E), to lock the fast slow clutch as-
sembly.
BSD2146A 20
20. Remove the shim pack, retaining plate and bolts if

not previously removed with the creeper assembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 44
21. Unlock tabs on output shaft nut and using 65 mm

socket Tool number 293343 remove nut.
NOTE: The nut has a left hand thread.
BSD2145A 21
22. Remove reverse clutch circlip from end cap and

remove the cap using an M10x 1.5 mm coarse
threaded bolt screwed into the end of it.
BRB0250A_769 22
23. Remove transmission medium speed sensor and in-

stall dealer made transmission locking tool (1), to
lock the reverse clutch housing.
Use 55 mm socket to unscrew the shaft retaining nut.
BSI7705AA 23
24. Ensure the transmission is still locked and using a 60

mm socket unscrew nut on front end of lower speed
shaft.
NOTE: It is not necessary to loosen this nut if this section
of the transmission does not require disassembly.
BRB0289A_771 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 45
25. Remove the belleville washer, clutch manifold, the

2 O-rings from the end of the shaft and the shaft
support bearing.
NOTE: After removing the components refit the nut onto
the thread to prevent the bearing from falling out.
BRB0276A 25
26. Turn transmission on end and remove transmission

rear housing retaining bolts
BSD2154A 26
27. Attach lifting brackets tool number 297612 to trans-

mission rear housing, Figure 28 and using overhead
hoist raise housing from transmission to gain access
to driven gear.
Support driven gear (1) on PTO input shaft and re-
move circlip (2).
NOTE: This does not need to be removed if only the main
transmission is being worked on.
BSD2157A 27
28. Lift rear housing from transmission.
BSD2153A 28
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 46
29. Remove PTO input shaft.

NOTE: This does not need to be removed if only the main
transmission is being worked on.
BSD2155A 29
30. Transmission Clutch Assemblies Removal

Removal of transmission clutches A thru M as fol-
lows.
BSB0350A_772 30
31. Remove four wheel drive shaft cassette seal (1) lo-
cated in front of transmission.
Remove the outer retaining circlip (2). The four
wheel drive shaft can then be removed from the
front.
BSD2194A 31
32. Install the gear locking tool through the reverse

speed sensor hole. Unlock the tabs on the nut at the
rear end of the Medium range shaft and loosen the
nut using a 70 mm socket.
BRB0256A_773 32
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 47
33. Install the lifting adaptor tool, 297613 , into the

medium clutch assembly.
BTB0043B 33
34. Fit the special lifting hooks 297612 to the end of the
3 range shafts, using M14x1.5 bolts to secure.
BRB0258B_774 34
35. Remove Fast / Slow shaft assembly.
BTB0044A_775 35
36. Remove the circlip from the fast clutch hub and re-
move the hub.
BRB0260A_776 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 48
37. Remove the reverse shaft assembly.
BTB0042A_777 37
38. Remove the Medium range shaft assembly.
BTB0040A_778 38
39. Remove the oil supply pipes for Fast and Slow
clutches and the lubrication pipe.
BRB0264A_779 39
40. Remove transmission upper speed shaft bearing re-

tainer.
BSD2191A 40
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 49
41. Knock the upper speed shaft out from the front of
the transmission and remove from the rear. Lift the
cluster gear out from the top of the transmission.
BRB0273A_780 41
42. Remover the large nut and withdraw the lower shaft
from the rear of the transmission.
BRB0277A_781 42
43. Rotate the transmission to position the rear upper-

most and remove the washer from the lower shaft
support.
BRB0278A_782 43
44. Remove the “E" clutch pack
BRB0279A 44
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 50
45. Remove the “C/D" clutch assembly and remove the

clutch bearing shim and spacer.
BRB0281A 45
46. Remove the “D” clutch output hub and gear.
BRB0280A_783 46
47. Remove the lubrication pipes and T piece.
BRB0283A_784 47
48. Remove the lower oil baffle plate.
BRB0284A_785 48
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 51
49. Remove the fuel tank cross–over tube retaining bolt

on the right hand side of the transmission and re-
move the tube.
BRB0285A_786 49
TRANSMISSION REAR HOUSING

50. Disassembly
1. Pump Idler Gear
2. Driving Gear
3. Slow Range Driven Gear
4. Reverse Clutch Support Bearing
BSD2156A 50
51. Slow Range Driven Gear

Using M12x1.25 bolt remove shaft (1) and withdraw
gear (2).
Replace bearings where necessary.
BSD2189A 51
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 52
52. Pump Idler Gear

Remove locking plate.
BSD2158A 52
53. Remove bearing adjuster.
BSD2192A 53
54. Remove shaft using slide hammer (1) and M12 x 1.25
extractor.
BSD2193A 54
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 53
BSD2197A 55
Pump Drive Gear Assembly
1 Pump Drive Gear 2 Bearing Cup

3 Bearing 4 Shaft
5 Bearing Adjuster 6 Locking Plate
7 Spacer 8 Spacer (Shim)
9 Bearing Cup 10 Bearing
Pump Drive Gear Installation

55. Reassemble components, including original shim
and tighten adjuster to 30 Nm.
Check gear turns freely with a torque of 0.1-0.2 Nm.
Change shim thickness if necessary.
Lock adjuster in position with locking plate.
BSD2195A 56
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 54
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust
WARNING
B020
Transmission Upper Speed Shaft End Float Adjustment

1. Proceed as follows:
Place the transmission input shaft (1) on a bench,
slide on the gear (6), spacer (5), a 3.5 mm test shim
(4), gear (3). Lock the assembly with a circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7), mea-
sure the end play between the circlip (2) and gear (3).
Shim to be installed is given by the measured dimen-
sion plus the test shim minus the specified end play.
Example:
Gauge reading:= 0.90 mm
Test shim:= 3.50 mm
Specified end play= 0 - 0.15 mm
Shim (8) to be installed: = 0.90 + 3.50 - 0.10 = 4.30
mm.
23500_95 1
NOTE: Available adjust shims are detailed on
TRANSMISSION Powershift - General specification
(C.20.E).
2. Remove circlip (2), withdraw the gear (3) and test
shim (4). Add shim (8) as previously found, gear (3)
and lock the assembly with the circlip (2).
Settle the assembly. Using a feeler gauge (7) check
that end play is to specification.
23501_96 2
Output Shaft (fast/slow) End Float Adjustment

3. Insert test shims until they are flush with the ma-
chined face of the casing. Measure the test shim
pack (Sp). Install end plate and tighten bolts to the
specified torque, ensuring that the belleville washers
have their outer edge against the end plate.
BTB0065A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 55
4. Rotate the transmission several times using the spe-

cial tool in the end of the Medium range shaft. Be-
tween turns tap the end of the output shaft with a
rubber faced hammer to ensure the shaft is fully set-
tled in the transmission.
BTB0064A 4
5. Install the special tool, 297396 (3), over the out-

put shaft, with the double ended threaded bar (2),
screwed into the output shaft. Attach the lever as-
sembly, tool 292176 (1), to the threaded bar. Posi-
tion a suitable DTI gauge onto the end housing with
the stylus on the face of the output shaft nut. Ensure
the operating arm of the DTI is as vertical as possible
and zero the gauge.
Lift the output shaft using special tool 292176 . The
DTI reading should be between 0.04 - 0.09 mm
which is the endfloat on the shaft.
BTB0061B 5
6. Calculate the shim required:-

S1 = H + Sp - ( 0.065 mm)
Where:
S1 = Final shim size
Sp = Test/initial shim
H = DTI travel reading
0.065 mm = Mid range of endfloat specification
7. Recheck endfloat until within specification. Torque
end plate bolts to 35 Nm ( 26 lbf.ft).
Medium Range Shaft End Float Adjustment

8. Install test shims and circlip on rear end of the
Medium range shaft. Measure the test shim pack
(Sp).
Rotate the transmission several times using the spe-
cial tool in the end of the Medium range shaft. Be-
tween turns tap the end of the special tool in the
medium range shaft with a rubber faced hammer to
ensure the shaft is fully settled in the transmission.
BRB0254A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 56
9. Install the special tool, 297396 over the special tool

installed in the medium range shaft, with the double
ended threaded bar screwed into the medium shaft
tool. Attach the lever assembly, tool 292176 , to the
threaded bar. Position a suitable DTI gauge onto the
end housing with the stylus on the lower face of the
tool installed into the medium range shaft. Ensure
the operating arm of the DTI is as vertical as possible
and zero the gauge.
BTB0062A 7
10. Lift the medium range shaft using special tool 292176
. The DTI reading should be between 0.04 - 0.09 mm
which is the endfloat on the shaft.
Calculate the shim required:-
S1 = H + Sp - ( 0.065 mm)
Where:
S1 = Final shim size
Sp = Test/initial shim
H = DTI travel reading
0.065 mm = Mid range of endfloat specification
Recheck endfloat until within specification.
BTB0063A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 57
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble

1. Apply petroleum jelly to the contact surfaces be-
tween the fuel cross pipe and the transmission
casing and install the pipe from the right side of the
transmission. Secure with the retaining bolt.
BRB0285A_801 1
2. Install the lower splash plate with the 4 Allen key

bolts and spacers using New Holland Thread lock
and Seal adhesive, (Part No.82995773) on the bolts.
BRB0284A_802 2
3. Replace the lubrication pipes.
BRB0283A_784 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 58
4. Rotate the transmission so that rear is uppermost.

With the front bearing shim and spacer removed, in-
stall the C/D clutch assembly ( including “C" clutch
gear cluster) into the transmission ensuring that the
oilway alignment marking on the clutch is visible.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the C/D clutch assembly
it is necessary to check that the taper bearing rolling
resistance is within specification, as described in Clutch
and gear - Overhaul (C.20.E).
BRB0281A_803 4
5. Install the “D" clutch output hub and gear.
BRB0280A_783 5
6. Install the “E" clutch pack ensuring that the oilway

marking is in line with those on the C/D clutch as-
sembly.
BRB0287A_804 6
7. Carefully push the lower speed shaft down through

the clutch packs ensuring that the marking hole is in
line with the markings on the clutch packs.
BRB0288A_805 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 59
8. Rotate the transmission to the horizontal position

and install the upper speed shaft from the rear of
the transmission, pushing it through the gear cluster
which is inserted through the top of the transmission.
NOTE: Prior to installation of the upper shaft it is
necessary to check that the upper shaft end float is
within specification, as described on TRANSMISSION
Powershift - Adjust (C.20.E).
BRB0273A_806 8
9. Install the spacer, shims and gear and retain with the
circlip, through the front of the transmission.
BRB0271A_807 9
10. Install the upper speed shaft bearing retaining plate,

at the rear of the transmission., instal the 4 retaining
bolts and tighten to 23 Nm (17.0 lbft).
NOTE: Use New Holland thread lock and seal adhesive,
Part No.82995773, on the bolts.
BRB0272A_808 10
11. Rotate the transmission to the vertical position and

install the oil supply pipes for Fast & Slow clutches
and lubrication pipe.
BRB0264A_809 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 60
12. Install Medium range shaft assembly

NOTE: Prior to installation of the medium clutch assembly
it is necessary to check that the taper bearing rolling
resistance is within specification, as described in Clutch
and gear - Overhaul (C.20.E)
BTB0040A_810 12
13. Install Reverse shaft assembly.
BTB0042A_811 13
14. Install Fast clutch hub and refit circlip.
BRB0260A_812 14
15. Install Fast / Slow shaft assembly and remove the

lifting eyes from the three shafts.
BTB0044A 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 61
16. Lock the transmission with the special locking tool

located in the mid speed sensor hole. Replace the
nut at the rear end of the Medium range shaft and
tighten to 467 - 515 Nm using a 70 mm socket. Lock
tabs on nut.
BRB0256A 16
17. Clean mating faces of end case and transmission

case and apply sealant 8299577 . Use petroleum
jelly to hold the clutch manifold slip rings in position
and using guide dowels, lower the end case into po-
sition. Tighten end case bolts to 200 Nm (147.5 lbft).
BSD2154A_813 17
18. Install Fast/Slow end bearing race and replace the

Fast / Slow range shaft end nut and tighten to 500
Nm (368.8 lbft), using either special tool No. 293343
or a 65 mm socket. Use the special locking tool in
the medium speed sensor hole.
NOTE: The nut has a left hand thread.
BTB0039A_814 18
19. Install Medium range end bearing race and spacer.
BRB0291A_815 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 62
20. Lock the transmission with the special locking tool

located in the reverse speed sensor hole.
BSI7705AA 20
21. Install spacer, shims and bearing in C clutch gear

cluster and fit shaft support bearing ensuring inner
race is fitted first followed by outer race. Fit the
washer with the chamfer facing towards the mani-
fold.
NOTE: Take care not to damage the brown plastic bearing
ring when refitting.
BRB0289A_817 21
22. Replace the 2 O-rings on the end of the lower speed

shaft and apply petroleum jelly to the shaft.
Push the manifold back onto the shaft, gently tapping
with a rubber faced hammer if necessary. Replace
the belleville washer ensuring the outer edge is in
contact with the manifold and inner edge in contact
with the nut.
BRB0276A_818 22
23. Replace the nut and tighten to 467 - 515 Nm using a

60 mm socket. Form tabs on nut to prevent loosen-
ing. Remove special locking tool.
BRB0289A_819 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 63
24. Install speed section upper front shaft.
BRB0269A_820 24
25. Install 4 x oil supply “O" rings.
BSE2464A 25
26. Install manifold and tighten the manifold bolts to 24

Nm (17.7 lbft).
BSE2465A_821 26
27. Install B clutch housing ensuring that the slip ring

joints are in line with each other and that petroleum
jelly is applied to help hold them in position. Install
the friction and drive plates.
NOTE: To avoid damaging the slip rings, the joints should
be lined up with the area of the manifold where there is no
oil gallery before the clutch is pushed into position.
BTB0045A 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 64
28. Clean the mating faces of the A/B clutch housing and
apply sealant 82995771 . Install the oil transfer tubes
into the A anb B clutch housing.
BSD2159A_822 28
29. Install the A/B clutch housing and tighten the bolts to
24 Nm (17.7 lbft).
BTB0035A 29
30. At this stage it is recommended to perform a leakage

test on the clutch packs, refer to Clutch and gear -
Test (C.20.E).
31. Perform the output shaft and medium range shaft
end float adjustments, refer to TRANSMISSION
Powershift - Adjust (C.20.E)
32. After the end float adjustments have been com-
pleted, rotate the transmission into the horizontal
position. Insert a suitable tool through the speed
sensor orifice to lock the Reverse shaft. Tighten
Reverse shaft end nut to 467 - 515 Nm using a 55
mm socket. Lock tabs on the nut. Install Reverse
clutch assembly end cap and fit circlip.
BSI7705AA 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 65
33. Install engine torque sensor.
BSB0271A_827 31
34. Install 2 x speed sensors
BRB0246A 32
35. Apply flexible gasket sealant 82995771 to mounting

face of top cover. Install cover and torque bolts 50
Nm (36.9 lbft) 50 Nm
FR_001A 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 66
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Calibrate

NOTE: Before calibrating the clutch, the transmission oil must be warmed up to the stipulated temperature, this
can be checked by use of the H9 menu.
The full powershift transmission should calibrated, when the transmission oil temperature is as follows: 60 - 105 °C
NOTE: Make sure that the air conditioning system (where fitted) is switched off and all electrohydraulic units are
deactivated.
NOTE: If a four-digit number beginning with "2" is displayed at any time during the calibration procedure, this is a
standard error code. The fault condition must first be remedied, before the calibration can be performed.
1. There are two methods to enter the transmission cal-
ibration mode:
• Quick call-up
Quick call-up
2. Press and hold the upshift and downshift buttons
while the engine starts.
BAIL09CCM077AVA 1

central display for a few seconds. Then the trans-
mission oil temperature is displayed.
BAIL09CCM053AVA 2
4. Go to step 7.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 67

5. Connect the Diagnostics plug 380000843 to the Di-
agnostics socket.
BAIL08CVT118A 3
Menu, until the option H1 and the transmission sym-
bol appear on the RT control unit.
"CAL" appears on the lower central display for a few
seconds and then the transmission oil temperature is
displayed.
BAIL09CCM001FVB 4
7. The engine speed is set to 1200 RPM.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 68
8. Move the shuttle lever to the Forward position and

release the clutch pedal.
BAIL06CCM610AVA 5
9. On the lower central display the transmission oil

temperature is displayed. Pressing the upshift or
downshift button switches the display to the flywheel
torque calibration value.
NOTE: If the error code "U19" is displayed, the calibration
is not possible, as the transmission oil temperature is not
high enough.
NOTE: If the preparation for the calibration was not
carried out correctly, then a U error code is displayed and
the process must be repeated. See the list of the U codes
in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code index (A.50.A).
BAIL09CCM054AVA 6
10. Depressing the upshift or downshift buttons again will

change the display back to the transmission oil tem-
perature.
11. If "CL" ( 10 - 60 °C) or "CH" ( 105 °C) is displayed, af-
ter 4 seconds the display will return to the transmis-
sion oil temperature. The tractor may be operated
until the correct oil temperature is obtained.
NOTE: If it is not practical to wait for the change in the
oil temperature, you can press the upshift or downshift
button, while "CL" or "CH" is displayed. The display then
shows the letter "dt" and the calibration can be continued.
BAIL06CCM612AVA 7
12. There are two procedures to calibrate the transmis-

sion:
• Individual clutch calibration.
• Automatic clutch calibration.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 69
Individual clutch and sensor calibration

13. Press and hold the downshift button to calibrate the
flywheel twist sensor "dt". During the calibration, the
calibration value is displayed on the lower central dis-
play
When the calibration of the flywheel twist sensor is
completed, the lower central display alternately dis-
plays "dt" and the calibration value.
BAIL09CCM078AVA 8
14. Release the downshift button. The display now dis-

plays the letters "Pt" to report the PTO twist sensor
is ready for calibration.
BAIL09CCM056AVA 9
15. The steps described above are also to be carried out

for the clutches "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F1", "F2", "F3"
"F4" and "R". After the calibration of clutch R, release
the downshift button. The display then displays the
letters "dt".
16. Repeatedly pressing the upshift button switches
through the individual clutches and sensors. This
means a certain clutch or sensor can be selected, if
it needs to be calibrated several times.
BAIL09CCM057AVB 10
Automatic clutch and sensor calibration

17. Call up the calibration menu. (See step 1 - 11)
Press the upshift button until "dt" appears on the dis-
play.
18. Press the Automatic function switch and the auto-
matic calibration then starts.
NOTE: For vehicles not fitted with an Automatic function switch, press and hold the "m" button for two seconds.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 70
19. On the lower central display "End" is displayed, when

the process is completed and all clutches are cali-
brated.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 11

tion values.
of the U codes in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Fault code
index (A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 71
Clutch and gear - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble (C.20.E).
CLUTCH ’A’
1. Remove the retaining ring (1), the bearing inner lock
ring and retrieve the hubs of the clutches A and B
along with the bearing and clutch A discs and cen-
tering springs.
23387_794 1
2. Remove seal (3).
23388_98 2
3. Remove the inner (5) circlip from the outside of clutch

A, withdraw clutch A from the cover. Remove the
outer circlip (4)to retrieve the bearing.
23389_99 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 72
4. Position tool no. 295021 (2) and puller tool no.

292651 (1) having a length of 300 mm and com-
plete with extraction brackets no. 292655 having a
length of 300 mm on clutch A (5), turn the tool bolt
to compress the clutch release Belleville springs
and remove the retaining ring. Disassemble tool
no. 295021 (2) and puller (1) and retrieve Belleville
springs.
23390_795 4
5. Place the clutch A housing on the cover (2), blow

compressed air into the control oil inlet hole and re-
move the piston (1).
The piston seals should be carefully removed using a
small screwdriver. Install new seals onto the piston,
using fingers only. To install the piston, apply a gen-
erous coating of petroleum jelly to the piston seals
and housing bore and using a suitable adaptor over
the piston, press the piston into the housing. Ensure
that the piston remains square to the housing bore
during installation.
NOTE: It is recommended that the outer piston seals
are compressed after installation onto the piston using
suitable shim steel and a jubilee clip and then placed in a
23391_101 5
freezer overnight prior to installing into the clutch housing.
Belleville spring installation

6. Stack the Belleville springs on a flat surface.
7. Slide over a suitable piston ring compression tool and
tighten the tool to align the springs, (1).
BSI7707A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 73
8. Where fitted, the Belleville washer mounting rings

must be seated on all four mounting lands, (1). When
fitted, the mounting ring should just be able to rotate
relative to the piston. This is to ensure the force from
the springs act concentrically on the clutch piston.
NOTE: The reverse clutch has a specific mounting ring.
The ring must be fitted with the lubrication grooves facing
the Belleville springs.
BSI7708A 7
9. Place belleville spring stack complete with compres-

sion tool over the shaft (2).
10. Using special tool 295021 (1) , compress the springs
and fit the retaining ring and snap ring.
NOTE: An extension is required when performing this
procedure on the slow clutch.
11. Release the piston ring compression tool.
12. Carefully release the compression on the Belleville
springs.
BSI7709A 8
13. Using a suitable straight edge check the alignment

of the Belleville springs on three sides.
BSI7710A 9
14. If it is necessary to reinstall the D/E clutch shaft bear-

ings Reference (5 and 7) 18. Ensure that the bear-
ings are fitted with the recess groove located on the
outer edge against the snap ring, (6) 18.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 74
15. When measuring the end float on the Fast/Slow and

medium output shafts, using special tool 292176, a
suitable tube may be added to the handle to aid lever-
age. Whilst doing this tap the output shaft with a soft
faced mallet to ensure that the full end float is mea-
sured.
16. Ensure that when reassembling the medium clutch
the lubrication shield (1), is orientated with the lip
facing away from the clutch pack.
BSI7711A 10
17. When reassembling Clutch A into the cover ensure

that the outer circlip does not interfere with the lubri-
cation oil drain hole, (1).
BSI7712A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 75
BSB0308A 12
Clutch ’A’ Assembly
1 Seal 2 Bearing Outer Circlip

3 Housing Shaft Circlip 4 Bearing
5 Bearing Inner Circlip 6 Sealing Rings
7 Clutch Housing 8 Piston
9 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 10 Dished Washers, 7 off
11 Circlip Cup 12 Circlip
13 Steel Drive Plate, 5 off 14 Friction Plate, 5 off
15 Plate separator spring, 5 off 16 Hub
17 Washer 18 Bearing
19 Circlip 20 Circlip
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 76
21 Hub 22 Circlip
BSB0309A 13
Clutch ’B’ Assembly
1 Circlip 2 End Drive Plate

3 Friction Plate, 5 off 4 Plate Separator Spring, 5 off
5 Steel Drive Plate, 5 off 6 Sealing Rings
7 Housing 8 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
9 Piston 10 Dished Washers, 7 off
11 Circlip Cup 12 Circlip
18. Note: Piston seal replacement and the procedure
for disassembling and reassembling the multi plate
clutches is the same for each clutch. Refer to the
clutch ’A’ disassembly and the exploded view of the
relevant clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 77
BSB0310A 14
Clutch ’C’ Assembly
1 Circlip 2 Circlip Cup

3 Dished Washers, 8 off 4 Flat Washer
5 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 6 Piston
7 Housing 8 Clutch Plates, 8 off each
9 End Plate 10 Circlip
11 Hub 12 Bearing
13 Spacer 14 Bearing pre-load Shim
15 Bearing
relevant clutch.
Clutch ’C’ Hub Taper Bearing Adjustment

20. Assemble the ’C’ clutch hub to the special tool,
297614, complete with bearings, spacer and original
shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to 140 Nm.
BSB0320A_796 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 78
21. Wrap a length of string around the smaller of the two

gears and attach to a suitable spring balance. Mea-
sure the rolling resistance of the bearings during ro-
tation, not at the point where rotation begins.
The rolling resistance should equate to 0.5 - 0.8 Kg
on the spring balance. If outside the specification
install a thinner shim to increase the resistance or
install a thicker shim to reduce the resistance.
BSB0323A_797 16
BSB0312A_798 17
Clutch ’D’ Assembly
1 Clutch Plates, 6 off each 2 End Plate

3 Circlip 4 Hub
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Bearing 8 Circlip
9 Circlip Cup 10 Dished Washers, 6 off
11 Flat Washer 12 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
13 Piston 14 Housing
22. The bearing, item (7), can only be installed one way
as there is a groove to locate the circlip, item (6).
NOTE: Piston seal replacement and the procedure for
disassembling and reassembling the multi plate clutches
is the same for each clutch. Refer to the clutch ’A’
disassembly and the exploded view of the relevant clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 79
BSB0312A_799 18
Clutch ’E’ Assembly
1 Clutch Plates, 6 off each 2 End Plate

3 Circlip 4 Hub
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Bearing 8 Circlip
9 Circlip Cup 10 Dished Washers, 6 off
11 Flat Washer 12 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
13 Piston 14 Housing
23. The bearing, item (7), can only be installed one way
as there is a groove to locate the circlip, item (6).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 80

BSB0316A_800 19
Fast (F3) Clutch Assembly
1 Circlip 2 End Plate

3 Clutch Plates 4 Hub (retained to top shaft)
5 Housing 6 Piston
7 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals 8 Flat Washer
9 Dished Washers, 8 off 10 Circlip Cup
11 Circlip 12 Bearing
relevant clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 81
End Bearing (item 12) Removal

25. In order to remove the dished washers and piston it
is necessary to remove the end bearing.
BTB0133A 20
BRI3761B 21

relevant clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 82

BRI3764B 22
BRI3762B 23

relevant clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 83

BTB0137A 24
Medium Clutch Hub Taper Bearing Adjustment

30. Assemble the Medium clutch hub to the special tool,
No. 297614 , complete with bearings, spacer and
original shim. Tighten the bolt of the special tool to
140 Nm.
BSB0319A 25
31. Wrap a length of string around the gear and attach to

a suitable spring balance. Measure the rolling resis-
tance of the bearings during rotation, not at the point
where rotation begins.
The rolling resistance should equate to 0.7 - 1.2 Kg
on the spring balance. If outside the specification
install a thinner shim to increase the resistance or
install a thicker shim to reduce the resistance.
BSB0318A 26
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 84
BSB0314A 27
Reverse Clutch Assembly
1 Sealing Rings 2 Housing

3 Piston 4 Piston, Inner and Outer Seals
5 Flat Washer 6 Dished Washers, 12 off
7 Circlip 8 Circlip Cup
9 End Plate Circlips 10 End Plate
11 Shaft 12 Bearing
13 Chamfered Washer (Chamfer towards hub) 14 Spacer
15 Oil Baffle Washer 16 Bearing
17 Spacer 18 Hub
19 Seal 20 Bearing
21 Washer 22 Clutch Plates, 12 off each
32. During the disassembly of the reverse clutch it is nec-
essary to remove the circlip from the end of the shaft.
(1).
BSI7706A 28
Next operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble (C.20.E).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 85
Clutch and gear - Test

Prior operation:
1. At this stage it is advisable to test the clutch packs

using compressed air.
Install “O" rings in galleries, Figure 1
Use appropriate pressure test adaptor connected to
an air line with On/Off tap and pressure gauge to test
each clutch.
(1) 380000449 to test clutches A, B, F and S
(2) 380000450 to test clutches C, D and E
(3) 380000451 to test clutches M and R
To test the clutches ensure the tap is closed. Firmly
locate the adaptor on the gallery of the clutch to be
tested.
Quickly open and close the valve and observe the
drop off in pressure on the gauge and listen to the
escaping air.
A good clutch will see a smooth and continuous drop
off of pressure on the gauge. A clutch with poor seal-
ing will show an immediate drop in pressure when the
air is turned off and the sound of escaping air will also
be heard.
NOTE: It is important when performing this test that an
airtight seal is maintained between the test port and the
pressure test adaptor. If the rubber seal on the end of the
adaptor is worn it should be replaced before performing
the test.
BSE2614A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 86
Housing - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the transmission housing from the rear axle, for further information refer to Housing - Disconnect (C.20.E)
DANGER
B012
All Tractors
2. Remove the engine side rails (if fitted).
WARNING
B012
BSD1950A 1
3. Loosen the exhaust clamp (1) and detach the air

BAIS06CCM149AVB 2
4. Loosen the exhaust clamp and remove the exhaust

muffler.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 87
5. Disconnect the radar electrical connector (1) and re-

move the radar (2).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 4
6. Disconnect air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).

the exhaust.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 5
7. Disconnect the power brake valve supply hose.
CAUTION
charged.
M670
BAIS06CCM086AVA 6
BVE0282A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 88

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 8

nuts.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 9
BAIS06CCM035AVB 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 89
All Tractors
13. Disconnect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and
(2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 11
14. Remove the retaining bolts (1) and remove the

spacer (2).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 12
15. Remove the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 90
BVE0283A 14
16. Position the tractor splitting kit (4) 297471 under-

neath the tractor.
17. Use the supports (3), in the splitting kit to support the
transmission on the splitting stand.
18. Remove the engine to transmission lower retaining
bolts.
19. Remove two rear oil pan retaining bolts from the left
hand side. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
20. Install the adaptor plate (1) 380000844 and the en-
gine support brackets (2) 297617 between the en-
gine and the wheeled splitting trolley.
21. Check that all necessary hoses tubes and connec-
tors have been disconnected. It may be necessary
to disconnect additional items due to other optional
equipment that has been installed on the tractor.
Re check that engine and transmission are safely
supported on the splitting stand then remove engine
to transmission buckle up bolts.
Carefully wheel the front support and engine assem-
bly from the transmission.
BTB0155A 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 91
Housing - Assemble
NOTE: Due to the tightness of the bushes it is recommended that the bush is cooled for approximately one hour in
a suitable cooling device, (a domestic fridge/freezer will suffice). If the special tool is installed onto the bush and
placed into the fridge with the bush this will also aid installation.
Oil Manifold Bush

1. Position the bush and tool correctly in the housing.
Gently tap the tool to ensure the bush is square in
the housing.
BTB0104_790 1
2. Locate the bolt through the front of the tool, with the
flat bar across the casing at the rear. Tighten the nut
to pull the bush into the housing, Figure 2. The bush
is correctly installed when it contacts the raised lip in
the housing.
BTB0106_791 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 92
Housing - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Refer to TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble (C.20.E).
Oil Manifold Bush

1. The procedure for removal and installation of the
medium clutch, reverse clutch or fast/slow clutch oil
manifold bushes is very similar and should be per-
formed as follows.
NOTE: The bushes are extremely tight, only use the
special tool to attempt removal/installation. Attempting to
drift the bushes out or in will result in damage to either
bush or casing.
BTB0103_787 1
2. Install Special tool, number, 297615 , into the bush to

be removed and locate the four bolts into the oilway
holes.
Fabricate a suitable flat metal bar, approximately 13
mm thick x 375 mm long with a 17 mm hole through
the centre and obtain a 16 mm, 8.8 graded bolt ap-
proximately 225 mm long with two suitable flat wash-
ers.
BTB0100_788 2
3. Install the bolt through the rear of the tool and posi-
tion the flat bar over the bolt and across the casing
as shown in Figure 2.
Install and tighten the nut gradually to withdraw the
bush from the casing.
BTB0105_789 3
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 93
Housing - Disconnect
Prior operation:
Remove the cab (refer to USER PLATFORM - Remove (E.34.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the fuel tanks (refer to Fuel tank - Remove (B.20.A).
Prior operation:
Remove the hydraulic pump (refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Remove (A.10.A).

WARNING
M417
BSB0181A 1
2. Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission oil

into a suitable container.
Reinstall the drain plug and tighten to 68 - 82 Nm (
50 - 60 lbft).
BAIS06CCM140AVA 2

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 94

bolts.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 4
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
6. Disconnect the differential lock supply pipe
BVE0282A_42 6
7. Remove the differential lock supply pipe
BAIS06CCM064AVA-2 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 95
8. Remove the lift ram return pipe (1), main supply pipe
(2)and the 19th gear supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM065AVA 8
9. Disconnect the flywheel speed sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIS06CCM576AVA 9
10. Disconnect the five clutch solenoid electrical connec-

tors.
Feed the loom back over the top of the transmission.
BAIS06CCM578AVA 10
11. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle

and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the front axle.
BVE0410A_25 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 96
12. Support the tractor on the splitting gear.
BAIS06CCM066AVA 12
13. Support the rear of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM089AVA 13
14. Remove the transmission to rear axle retaining bolts.

15. Remove the transmission and engine from the rear
axle.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 97
Housing - Install
DANGER
B012
1. Carefully wheel the front support and engine assem-

bly to the transmission.
Install the engine to transmission upper retaining
bolts.
Tighten to 285-315 Nm ( 210-232 lbft).
BTB0155A 1
2. Remove the adaptor plate and the engine support

brackets from between the engine and the wheeled
splitting trolley.
3. Install two rear oil pan retaining bolts to the left hand
side. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
4. Install the engine to transmission lower retaining
bolts.
Tighten to 285-315 Nm( 210-232 lbft).
5. Remove the splitting gear from the transmission.
6. Install the flywheel speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM087AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 98
7. Install the spacer (2) install the retaining bolts (1).
BAIS06CCM088AVA 3
8. Connect the transmission oil cooler pipes (1) and (2).
BAIS06CCM032AVA 4

9. Install the four-wheel drive shaft.
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5

BAIS06CCM034AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 99

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 7
All Tractors
BVE0282A 8
14. Connect the power brake valve supply hose.
BAIS06CCM086AVA 9
15. Locate the exhaust and tighten the retaining bolts (2).
Connect air cleaner aspirator pipe (1).
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM081AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 100
16. Install the radar (2).

Connect the radar electrical connector (1).
BAIS06CCM080AVB 11

clamp.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 12
18. Attach the air cleaner aspirator pipe bracket (2).

Tighten the exhaust clamp (1).
BAIS06CCM149AVB 13
19. Install the engine side rails (if fitted).
WARNING
B012
BSD1950A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 101

BSB0181A_10 15
Next operation:
Connect the transmission housing to the rear axle, for further information refer to Housing - Connect (C.20.E)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 102
Housing - Connect
1. Align the transmission and engine to the rear axle.
2. Install the transmission to rear axle retaining bolts.
Tighten to 200 Nm ( 147.5 lbft).
3. Remove support from the rear of the tractor.
BAIS06CCM089AVA 1
4. Remove the splitting gear.
BAIS06CCM066AVA 2
5. Remove the wooden wedges (1) from between the

front axle and the front support.
BVE0410A_25 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 103
6. Install the lift ram return pipe (1), main supply pipe
(2)and the 19th gear supply pipe (3).
BAIS06CCM065AVA 4
7. Install the differential lock supply pipe
BAIS06CCM064AVA-2 5
8. Connect the differential lock supply pipe
BVE0282A_42 6
9. Reposition the wiring harness across the top of the

transmission.
Connect the five clutch solenoid electrical connec-
tors.
BAIS06CCM578AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 104
10. Connect the flywheel speed sensor electrical con-

nector.
BAIS06CCM576AVA 8
11. Install the four-wheel drive shaft.

BAIS06CCM035AVB 9

BAIS06CCM034AVA 10
BAIS06CCM033AVA 11
14. Refill the transmission with oil.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 105

WARNING
M417
BSB0181A 12
Next operation:
Install the hydraulic pump (refer to Hydraulic pump Variable displacement pump - Install (A.10.A)
Next operation:
Install the fuel tanks (refer to Fuel tank - Install (B.20.A)
Next operation:
Install the cab (refer to USER PLATFORM - Install (E.34.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 106
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Clutch and gear - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Clutch and gear - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Housing - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Housing - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Housing - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Housing - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Housing - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
TRANSMISSION Powershift - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Logical diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
TRANSMISSION Powershift - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 107
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.20.E / 108
POWER TRAIN - C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - 30.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
SERVICE
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Command
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 2
POWER TRAIN - ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - General specification

Type epicyclic spur gear set
Reduction ratio 20: (20+100)= 1:6
Control Type Hold down both brake pedals,
clutch and downshift button.
Creeper housing and driven gear thrust washer thickness................ mm 1.45 to 1.535
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 3
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Remove

Prior operation:
To overhaul the creeper gear assembly it is necessary to disconnect the transmission housing (refer to Housing -
Disconnect (C.20.E)).
WARNING
B026
1. Fix the transmission housing on the rotary stand tool

no. 290090 using front and rear brackets, tools nos.
293971 (1) and 293972 (2), respectively.
.
24519 1
2. Remove the circlip (1)
24520 2
3. Retrieve the driven gear assembly (1).
24521 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 4
4. Loosen retaining screws and remove the creeper

gear housing (1).
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
24522 4
Next operation:
Reassemble the creeper gear assembly observing the following:
Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in reverse, from step 4back to step 1.
Next operation:
Refer to figures on TRANSMISSION Powershift - Sectional view (C.20.E) for correct orientation of different compo-
nents.
Next operation:
Tighten the creeper housing bolts to 49 Nm (36.1 lbft) For the remaining transmission torques refer to TRANSMIS-
SION Powershift - Torque (C.20.E).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 5
Command - Adjust
1. Creeper External Control Lever Travel Adjustment
Prior to this adjustment, it is necessary to reinstall
the transmission housing to the rear axle housing,
but the fuel main tank should not be installed.
Then proceed as follows:
Loosen the locknut (1) and loosen the bolt (2) almost
completely. Move the external lever (3) backwards
to end of travel.
24523 1
2. Tighten the screw (3) until touching the external lever

(1). Then, screw it in a further 1 1/2 turn and lock
using the locknut (2). Loosen the locknut (4) and
screw in the screw (5) until obtaining a distance(L)
= 57 mm between this screw and screw (3). Tighten
the locknut (4).
24524 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 6
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Creeper - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.C / 8
POWER TRAIN - C
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - 30.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
Static description 50 Kph Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
Overhaul 50 Kph Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 2
POWER TRAIN - ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Static description 50 Kph

Clutch
BSD2312A 1
50Kph Clutch Components
1 Ring Nut 2 Retaining Ring

3 Bearing 4 Retaining Ring
5 Manifold 6 Clutch Shaft and Manifold
7 End Plate 8 Retaining Ring
9 Gear 10 Retaining Ring
11 Bearing 12 Clutch Plates
13 Retaining Ring 14 Bearing
15 Half Ring 16 Bearing
17 Seal 18 Ring
19 Belleville washers 20 Inner Seal
21 Piston 22 Clutch Housing
Description and Operation
The 50 Kph clutch is operated by the 19th gear solenoid on the transmission housing top cover (Refer to TRANS-
MISSION Powershift - Static description (C.20.E) for details). Low pressure oil is fed via the relief valve block to
the manifold.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 3
BSE2409A 2
1 Pressure Port 2 Lubrication Pipe

3 Low Pressure Inlet Pipe 4 Relief Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 4
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Overhaul 50 Kph Clutch

1. Removal and Installation
Undo and remove nut from clutch shaft.
NOTE: Illustrations are shown outside of rear axle housing
for clarity.
BSE2476A 1
2. Remove circlip and then loosen the two manifold re-

taining bolts.
BSE2475A 2
3. From the rear of the axle housing remove retaining

ring (1) from the end of the clutch shaft.
BSE2483A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 5
4. Remove the two half rings (1) from behind the bear-
ing.
BSE2484A 4
5. Push Clutch Shaft towards front of housing. This will

allow the components of the clutch to be removed via
the handbrake or 4WD aperture.
BSE2478A 5
6. The clutch components removed will be as follows:

1. Clutch Shaft ,Manifold, and Bearing
2. Manifold
3. Clutch and Gear Assembly
4. Bearing
BSE2472A 6
7. Dissassemble clutch and gear assembly and check

components for damage and excessive wear. If re-
quired replace worn or damaged parts and seals
prior to re-assembly.
8. Coat inner and outer piston seals with oil or grease
and assemble into their respective grooves on pis-
ton.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 6
9. Install the clutch piston into the clutch housing by

hand until it is completely home. Place washer in
counterbore of the housing and place the 6 belleville
washers concave side down onto the clutch hous-
ing sleeve. Using a suitable press compress the
belleville washers and retain with the appropriate
snapring which fits into the groove on the housing
sleeve.
10. Assemble the clutch plates into the clutch housing
using steelplates and friction plate alternately until six
of each have been installed. Place a thrust plate on
top and secure with a snapring.
11. Assemble a snapring into the inner bore of the clutch
gear and on either side of this install a bearing. Install
this gear assembly to the splines of the clutch plates
in the main housing.
12. Install a snapring into the rear groove of the front bore
of the axle housing. Bring the manifold into the axle
housing through the hand brake or 4WD aperture
and fasten with the two screws and washers.
BSE2485A 7
13. Insert the clutch and gear assembly into the axle
housing. Assemble the manifold through the bore
of the already assembled clutch manifold taking care
not to damage the 3 sealing rings.Assemble the shaft
to the housing picking up the clutch manifold and the
splines of the clutch housing.
NOTE: Align the timing notch of the shaft with the timing
notch of the already assembled clutch housing to fit both
splines.
BSE2470A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 7
14. Push the shaft down until the bearing seats against
the snapring in the bore of the housing. Assemble
the second snapring in the first groove of the housing
to lock the bearing. Install the half rings in the groove
of the shaft using grease to keep them in position.
Push the shaft back until the half rings catch in the
inner bearing diameter of the gear. Assemble the
bearing on the shaft and lock with snapring.
BSE2479A 9
15. Replace nut onto end of shaft and torque to approx-

imately 500 Nm.
BSE2471A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 8
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Overhaul 50 Kph Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Static description 50 Kph Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.30.D / 10
POWER TRAIN - C
REAR PTO Mechanical - 40.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.B / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
SERVICE
REAR PTO Mechanical
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
PTO brake
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.B / 2
POWER TRAIN - REAR PTO Mechanical
REAR PTO Mechanical - Adjust

1. Position the PTO shaft into the assembly with the 21
teeth splines to the outside of the assembly.
2. Secure the shaft in place using the PTO shaft retain-
ing ring (1).
NOTE: Make sure that the opening in the retaining ring is
opposite the flat surface on the PTO output shaft.
BCG0010A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.B / 3
BAIL08CVT336GVB 2
2 Speed Shaft Change PTO - Initial PTO Shaft Set Up - 1000 RPM Position
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the selector collar (3) is fully engaged into the 1000 rpm gear.
3. Loosen the locknut (1) and turn the adjuster screw
(2) until the selector collar clears the 1000 RPM gear
(3).
4. Loosen the adjuster screw (2) until the selector
sleeve just touches the 1000 RPM gear (3).
5. Loosen the adjuster screw (2) a further half turn ( 180
°).
6. Tighten locknut (1) to secure.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.B / 4
PTO brake - Adjust

PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen locknut (1). Torque screw (2) to 3 Nm (2.21
lbft), in order to close brake band.
2. Loosen screw (2) and check brake band alignment.
Adjust if required.
3. Torque screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen screw (2) by two turns and tighten locknut (1)
.
5. Check brake band alignment and repeat procedure
if required.
BCG0005A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.B / 5
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

PTO brake - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
REAR PTO Mechanical - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.B / 6
POWER TRAIN - C
REAR PTO Hydraulic - 40.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE
REAR PTO Hydraulic
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Calibrate Electronically Shiftable P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
PTO clutch
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
PTO brake
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
DIAGNOSTIC
REAR PTO Hydraulic
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 2
POWER TRAIN - REAR PTO Hydraulic
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Torque

PTO Sectional Views and Torques
a. Two-speed PTO sectional view ( 540-1000 rpm) b. Two-speed PTO sectional view ( 540-1000 rpm) with
speed selection by replacement of the splined output
shaft
PTO Housing Retaining Bolts 211 Nm PTO Output Shaft Nut 294 Nm
Support Plate Bolts 88 Nm
1. Clutch Plates and Separator Discs

2. Piston
3. 1000 rpm Drive Gear
4. Shaft Seals
5. 540 rpm Drive Gear
6. Clutch Housing Shaft
7. Retaining Ring
8. PTO Output Shaft
9. Oil Seal
10. 540 rpm Driven Gear
11. Coupler
12. 1000 rpm Driven Gear
13. Driven Shaft
14. Washer
15. Belleville Springs
16. Hub
17. Brake Band
18. Brake Piston
19. PTO Output Shaft
20. Coupler
21. Speed Selector Pin
22. Coupler Lever
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket on mounting surface.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 3
BSE2360A 1
PTO Sectional Views and Torques
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 4
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to perform service operations covered by this section of the Manual:
293997 Clutch drive shaft roller bearing installer (with tool no.
293800)
293993 Clutch drive shaft seal installer (with tool no. 293800)
X 290785 Seal Protector
294000 Cup and shaft bush removal pliers
293800 Attachment (for tools nos. 293993 and 293997)
293998 Clutch shaft cup installer
292927 Slide Hammer
24525 1
PTO hydraulic clutch spring cup tool (Mark tool with no. 50063. Dimensions in mm.)
Fabricate tool using Fe42C material.
REAR PTO Hydraulic - General specification

540/1000 rpm PTO: Two speed, independent of tractor ground speed
Type
Engagement and Control Fully automatic softstart electro-hydraulic clutch pack
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 5
Rotation (looking from Clockwise

tractor rear end)
Speed Selection By hand lever located at the operator’s RH side or
replaceable output shaft
6 Spline
Engine Speed at 540 rpm PTO Speed 1950 RPM
Engine Speed at (economy) 540 rpm PTO Speed 1550 RPM
Engine Speed at 1000 rpm PTO Speed 2178 RPM
PTO Speed at Engine Rated Speed 540 rpm 609 RPM
PTO Speed at Engine Rated Speed 540 rpm(economy) 766 RPM
PTO Speed at Engine Rated Speed 1000 rpm 1010 RPM
Splined Output Shaft Diameter:
- 540 rpm 1.3/8 in (6 splines) or Optional 1 3/4 in (6 splines)
- 1000 rpm 1 3/8 " (21 splines)
Driven Gear Bush OD mm 54.910 to 54.940
( (9), Refer to REAR
PTO Hydraulic - Torque
(C.40.C))
PTO Engagement Clutch
Type hydraulically actuated clutch pack in oil bath
Number of Clutch Discs:
Clutch Plates 8
Clutch Plate Thickness mm 1.7 to 1.8
Clutch Plate Separator 8
Discs
Clutch Plate Separator Disc mm 2.15 to 2.25
Thickness
Number of Belleville 12
Springs
Brake hydraulically controlled brake band acting on the clutch
bell housing
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 6
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Static description
BAIL07CCM290FSA 1
540-1000 rpm
PTO Drive
1. Bevel Pinion Shaft 2. Tapered roller bearing

3. Bevel pinion bearing adjustment shim 4. 50 Kph Clutch
5. Bearing 6. PTO drive shaft
7. PTO Control Clutch 8. PTO output shaft
9. Crown wheel 10. Differential gear hub
11. Differential gear 12. Four wheel drive clutch
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
The power take-off (PTO) transfers engine power directly to mounted, semi-mounted or trailed equipment via a splined
shaft at the rear of the tractor.
Drive to the PTO is achieved via a splined shaft which runs from the engine flywheel through the transmission upper
shafts to the main shaft of the 50 kph clutch (4) located at the rear of the transmission. A second shaft (6), splined into
the output side of the 50 kph clutch main shaft continues the drive to the PTO control clutch (7). It should be noted
that the main shaft of the 50 kph clutch is used solely as a means of continuing the drive from the engine flywheel to
PTO and is not affected in any way by operation of the 50 kph clutch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 7
The PTO is engaged and disengaged by means of a knob (1) on the right-hand console. The adjacent warning light
(2) will illuminate when the PTO is engaged.
Two types of rear PTO system are available, dependent upon tractor model and country.
a)Two-speed PTO (North America only) with inter-changeable output shafts.
b)Two-speed, shiftable PTO (except North America) with inter-changeable output shafts and the option of fender-
mounted switches for stationary PTO work.
BAIL07CCM272ASA 2
BRL6111C 3
On models installed with shiftable P.T.O a range lever is provided. The lever (1) is used to select one of two PTO
speed ranges and is located at the rear of the right-hand console.
NOTE: In markets where the PTO speed selection is provided using an interchangeable PTO output shaft and
there are no levers in the cab.
BAIL07CCM273ASA 4
ELECTRONIC PTO RANGE SHIFT

(Where Fitted)
IMPORTANT: An automatic PTO brake is installed to stop shaft rotation quickly when the PTO is disengaged. To
avoid overstressing the PTO brake, slow down the implement by reducing engine speed before disengaging the
PTO This is particularly important with implements having a high inertia. Such implements should, ideally, be fitted
with an overrun clutch. To avoid damage to the brake when operating high inertia implements, hold down the switch
(1), to disengage the brake and allow the implement to come to rest naturally.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 8
DANGER
To avoid inadvertent movement of the implement, disengage the PTO after each use. Failure to comply could
result in death or serious injury.
B014
BAIL07CCM271ASA 7
EXTERNAL PTO CONTROLS

(Where Fitted)
An optional, fender-mounted PTO switch (1), may be installed on the outer surface of both rear fenders to aid align-
ment of the P.T.O shaft splines with equipment and facilitate stationary PTO operations.
With the engine running, touch the switch momentarily to cause the PTO shaft to index round to align the shaft splines.
If the switch is pressed for less than 5 seconds, the shaft will stop turning when the switch is released.
Press and hold in the switch for more than 5 seconds and the PTO will operate continuously. Press the switch again
to stop the PTO Alternatively, the PTO may be stopped by means of the in-cab controls, as previously described.
NOTE: The warning light, on the PTO control panel, will illuminate when the PTO is engaged, momentarily or
permanently.
NOTE: The PTO may be engaged or disengaged from the fender switch, whether the in-cab control is in the
on or off position.
NOTE: Simultaneous operation, within two seconds, of in cab and external PTO controls will result in error code P38
showing. A 10 second delay will also occur before PTO control operation will recommence.
BAIL07CCM279ASA 8
(Where Fitted)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 9
CAUTION
Before leaving the vehicle to operate the external PTO switches:- Move the gearshift levers to neutral.- Dis-
engage the PTO- Apply the parking brake. With the engine running, move the hand throttle lever to the low
idle position (fully rearwards).
B001
The operator must only activate the external Power Take Off switches (1) while standing to the side of the tractor
(outboard of the rear tyres). To avoid damage to implement or tractor, operation of the in cab and external PTO
switches should not be carried out simultaneously.
NOTE: Before using the external Power Take Off switches, ensure that no person or object is in the area of the
implement, 3-point linkage or PTO shaft.
Never operate the external switches while standing:
- Directly behind the tractor or tyres.
- Between the lower links.
- On or near the implement.
- Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body or any object into the area near the 3-point linkage, PTO shaft or
implement while operating the external switch.
- Never have an assistant working the opposite set of controls.
- When moving to the opposite set of controls, move around the tractor or implement.
- Do not cross between the implement and tractor.
BRE1727B 9
(Where Fitted)
The rear PTO is controlled by the Central Controller-(XCM) located behind the seat.
BAIL09CCM091AVA 10
The processor receives input from the PTO ON/OFF switches, (in cab and fender), PTO speed sensor, brake, soft
start and engine controller. These signals are then used to provide the output signals to the PTO clutch engagement
solenoid, P.T.O brake solenoid and the PTO ON/Off overspeed warning lamp.
If the correct conditions are met, i.e., speed parameters and switch engagements then the PTO is allowed to start.
The PTO speed sensor is located above the PTO output shaft
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 10
BSD2296B 11
The ‘soft start’ facility provides easy start up of heavy, high inertia, PTO driven equipment. Soft start is a fully automatic
system controlled by electronic sensors on the engine and within the PTO driveline.
Soft start ‘feathers’ the PTO clutch engagement to provide a slower, gradual take up of the drive over the first 5
seconds.
The engines are equipped with a Power Management system that monitors and boosts engine power when using the
PTO under certain load conditions or using the vehicle in high road gears providing certain criteria are met. As load on
the engine increases the engine power management will provide up to 35 additional horsepower to maintain tractor
performance by electronically changing the characteristics of the engine power curve which is programmed into the
vehicle and engine control modules.
The indicator light on the instrument panel will illuminate when power management is activated during PTO Opera-
tions.
BAIL07CCM274ASA 12
Auto PTO
This facility provides an automatic starting and stopping of the PTO in relation to the raising or lowering of the lift arms.
The height at which this occurs is pre-programmed by the operator.
To activate the Auto function, engage the P.T.O. as previously described and then depress and hold the switch (1), for
more than one second. The Auto P.T.O. lamp on the switch will illuminate to confirm activation. With the 3 point hitch
in the lowered position and the P.T.O. engaged, the Auto lamp will remain on. Raising the implement will disconnect
P.T.O. drive and cause both P.T.O. and Auto lamps to flash. Lowering the implement will re-engage P.T.O. drive, both
lamps will cease to flash and will remain illuminated. Depressing the Auto P.T.O. switch again will de-activate the
function and the Auto lamp will extinguish.
IMPORTANT: If the P.T.O. is operating when the Auto function is de-activated, the P.T.O. will continue to rotate until
switched off using the main P.T.O. control.
NOTE: The Auto P.T.O. function is de-activated every time the key start is switched off but the current programmed
on/off values will be stored in the memory.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 11
BAIL07CCM271ASA 13
To configure the Auto PTO refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate (C.40.C)
Hydraulic Operation of PTO - PTO Disengaged (Reference to REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description (C.40.C))
The PTO brake (1) and engagement solenoid (2), Figure 15 are housed in the low pressure distribution block on top
of the rear axle.
When the PTO is not in use the PTO brake solenoid is energised and the PTO engagement solenoid is de-energised.
BSE2357A 15
Oil behind the PTO clutch piston is open to reservoir through the lubrication control valve and de-energised PTO
engagement solenoid.
The lubrication valve is housed in the PTO housing support plate and comprises of the following components
1. Circlip
2. Seat
3. Spring
4. Seat
5. Spool
6. Plug
7. Circlip
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 12
BSE2352A 16
The bellville springs force the piston into the piston housing and disengages drive through the clutch plates to the
output shaft .
When the piston is seated in the housing their is a small gap between the rear of the washer and the clutch piston
housing.
Lubrication oil flows from the lubrication circuit, through the lubrication valve into the centre of the clutch housing shaft
and through drillings in the shaft to the washer.
The small gap behind the washer allows lubricating oil at a restricted rate of 2 - 3 l/min (0.53 - 0.79 US gpm) to flow
past the rear of washer then through the channels machined on the front of the piston to lubricate the clutch plates.
It should be noted that when the PTO clutch is disengaged the volume of oil required to lubricate the clutch plates is
less than during engagement as described in REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description (C.40.C). Consequently
this method of restricting lubricating oil to the clutch plates allows additional lubrication to be available for other hy-
draulic circuits operating on the tractor.
BSE2355A 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 13
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Fault code index

Rear PTO error codes are shown in the display as "5***" codes. Refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 14
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description
BAIL08CVT423GVA 1
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-DISENGAGED
Lubrication Circuit Oil Return to Reservoir
Reduced Flow Lubrication

Circuit Oil
1 Clutch Plates 2 Washer

3 Piston 4 PTO Output Shaft
5 Belleville Springs
PTO Engaged (initial engagement)

Engagement of the PTO is considered as a two phase operation.
When the PTO is operated the engagement solenoid is energised and the brake solenoid disengaged.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 15
Low pressure hydraulic circuit oil flows from the solenoid and past the end of the lubrication valve to the rear of
the clutch piston. As pressure increases the PTO clutch piston moves forward against the washer (2) and Belleville
springs (5) to compress the clutch plates (1). The action of the piston moving forward increases the gap between the
rear of the washer and the clutch piston housing allowing an increased flow of lubricating oil to the clutch plates. This
increased flow of up to 15 l/min (3.96 US gpm) makes sure that the clutch plates are adequately lubricated during
the initial stages of engagement.
PTO Soft Start

The automatic PTO clutch softstart system ensures the load applied to the PTO is controlled in a predictable manner
without putting undue stresses on the tractor engine, the PTO shaft and the connecting implement. The soft start
feedback system senses engine deceleration and PTO shaft acceleration. Limits for these two parameters are set
in the XCM central controller and if the system detects that either parameter is going above the set threshold limits,
the rise in PTO clutch pressure is held until they return within the preset limit at which time the clutch pressure again
increases to continue engaging the PTO. If the soft start parameters are again exceeded the pressure held process
is repeated until full engagement is achieved. If engagement is not achieved after 5 seconds the clutch pressure is
released and the PTO system is turned off.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 16
BAIL08CVT424GVA 2
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-INITIAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch Lubrication Circuit Oil

Engagement Oil < 14 bar
(203.00 psi)

3 Piston 4 PTO Output Shaft
5 Belleville Springs
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 17
BAIL08CVT425GVA 3
PTO CONTROL CLUTCH-FINAL ENGAGEMENT
Low Pressure Clutch Reduced Flow Lubrication

Engagement Oil > 14 bar Circuit Oil
(203.00 psi)

3 Piston 4 Lubrication Valve
5 PTO Output Shaft 6 Belleville Springs
PTO Engaged (final engagement)

When the pressure applied to the piston approaches 14 bar (203.00 psi) the pressure applied to the end face of the
lubrication valve moves the valve against the spring and reduces the flow of lubricating oil across the valve to the
clutch plates to 2 - 3 l/min (0.53 - 0.79 US gpm).
Less lubrication of the clutch plates is necessary after the initial stage of engagement and this process limits the
demand of the PTO on the lubrication circuit oil which is also used for other circuits on the tractor. The pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 18
applied to the rear of the piston will now continue to increases towards 26 bar (377.00 psi) in order to maintain
adequate clutch plate clamping pressure and drive through the clutch to the PTO output shaft.
BSE2359A 4
Low Pressure Circuit Oil
PTO CLUTCH BRAKE

The band type clutch brake operates automatically. It applies when the PTO clutch is being disengaged (braking start)
and stops braking when the clutch is completely engaged.
When working with high inertia implements it is possible to keep the brake disengaged by pressing the switch located
on the right hand console near the PTO control handle. When the PTO clutch is engaged, the brake control oil is
returned to reservoir as the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (de-energised) and consequently there is no
operation of the actuation piston (5) onto the band operating lever (2), the piston (5) being returned by the spring (4).
When the PTO control clutch is being disengaged, the solenoid valve is energised and opens, diverting oil from the
low pressure circuit onto the piston (5). The piston contacts the lever (3) and band (2) is tightened against the housing
(1) to brake the assembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 19
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
BVE0547A 5
PTO Torque Sensor (Engine Power Management)
A PTO under load B PTO without load

1 Engine flywheel torque sensor 2 PTO torque sensor
3 PTO clutch 4 PTO torque sensor tone wheel
5 PTO input shaft 6 Engine flywheel damper
The PTO power management system records the amount of torque being transmitted through the PTO shaft (5) using
two hall effect sensors (1) and (2). One hall effect sensor is located at the engine flywheel damper (6) and the other
is located at the PTO torque sensor tone wheel (4).
The PTO shaft is engineered from high torsional steel and is designed to twist when a load is applied. Under no load
(B) there is no difference (x) between the two sensor positions. Under load (A) the PTO management system detects
the amount of twist by comparing the difference (x) between the two sensor positions. The PTO management system
knows the torque required to twist the PTO shaft a given amount and uses the difference (x) to calculate the torque
produced at the PTO shaft. The PTO management system can then detect an increase in torque and electronically
modify the power curves of the engine management system to provide an increase of up to 25 additional horsepower
to maintain the PTO performance.
Electric PTO Speed Shift

The electric shift system replaces the PTO speed selecting lever with a rotary three position switch to select the
required PTO speed. The speed change switch is located near the right hand side C pillar of the tractor cab. The
electric speed selecting system replaces the control lever in the cab with a switch and motor coupled via a gearbox
and worm drive system. The worm drive moves a carriage that has the Bowden cable attached to it, the motor can
be driven in either direction using a H configuration relay drive system, so the PTO speed may be changed from low
speed to N to high speed or vice versa as required. The motor drive system senses the current through the motor
and has a Hall effect position sensor that is connected to the moving carriage within the electric shift unit.
To select the high PTO speed the motor is driven to a position approximately 200 A to D counts ( 0.97v or 19%) greater
than the fully retracted position, acquired during the PTO shift mechanism calibration process; the drive current is also
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 20
checked to ensure that it is lower than a preset level which occurs when the selector mechanism is in the detented
position for the required speed.
To select the low PTO speed the cable is driven to a position approximately 200 A to D counts ( 0.97v or 19%) less
than the fully extended position limit, acquired during the PTO shift mechanism calibration process, the drive current
is checked to ensure that it is at or lower than a preset level which occurs when the selector mechanism is in the
selected gear detented position.
Mechanical layout of the PTO speed change lever on the transmission case (1000/1000E shown as an example).
BAIL08CVT443AVA 6
A Bowden cable extends in the direction of (A) and retracts in the direction of (B) and is connected to the speed
change motor.
In order to facilitate a PTO speed change the PTO brake is released and the PTO shaft is allowed to turn to enable
the PTO gears to mesh correctly at the selected PTO speed. Therefore to prevent unpredictable operation of the PTO
shaft, a PTO speed change is initiated when the PTO is started. The PTO clutch is not energised until the PTO speed
change operation is completed although the PTO lamp is illuminated to indicate the PTO is started. When a speed
change occurs the PTO may not start turning for up to 3 seconds after the PTO switch has been switched on, either
one of the following icons, (depending on the change from Hi to Lo or vice versa ) will be displayed in the instrument
cluster to indicate that the PTO speed change process is in operation.
BAIL08CVT439AVA 7
If the PTO speed select mechanism stalls and cannot successfully complete the PTO speed change to the required
speed, the system displays the following symbol to prompt the operator to return the PTO speed select system to the
Neutral position.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 21
BAIL08CVT441AVB 9
The PTO speed cannot be changed while the PTO is started. If the speed change switch is operated when the PTO
is operating the speed change will occur at the next cycling of the PTO switch with no further operator action. The
icon shown below will be momentarily displayed in the instrument cluster.
BAIL08CVT442AVA 10
If the fender switch is operated in a momentary manner to provide an inching function, the PTO speed operation
will be completed before the PTO is activated although there may be some rotation of the PTO shaft when the PTO
brake is released. If the fender switch is not held for long enough to complete the operation the PTO speed selector
mechanism is returned to Neutral.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 22
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic - Remove (C.40.C)
1. POWER TAKE OFF
Place the PTO assembly on a suitable clean working

surface or stand if available.
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or
fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
B026
BSD2297A 1
2. Remove brake band and brake piston housing.
BSE2356A 2
3. Remove retaining ring and clutch plates.
BSD2328A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 23
4. If clutch piston is to be serviced and it is not deemed

necessary that further repairs to the clutch hub are
required compress and remove the clutch belleville
springs as follows
Reinstall the snap ring (2) using a puller (1) and spe-
cial tool 50063 (Refer to REAR PTO Hydraulic -
Special tools (C.40.C)). Screw in the puller until re-
leasing and removing the belleville spring retaining
ring (3). Remove components referring to Figure 15.
BSE2354A 4
5. Use compressed air in inlet port to remove piston

from hub. Refer to Figure 15 for component layout.
BSE2358A 5
6. Examine piston seals and replace if damaged
BSE2355A 6
7. If the PTO assembly output shaft gears are to be

disassembled loosen the output shaft gear retaining
nut using a suitable peg (2) to block the gear.
Remove support plate (1)
BSD2329A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 24
8. Where required remove PTO clutch lubrication valve.

1. Circlip
2. Seat
3. Spring
4. Seat
5. Spool
6. Plug
7. Circlip
BSE2352A 8
9. Remove circlip (3), ring (4), sleeve (2), and gear (1).
BSE2345B 9
10. Using circlip pliers expand support bearing retaining

circlip and at the same time drive shaft forwards to
remove the clutch hub assembly.
BSE2346A 10
11. Remove sealing rings from clutch hub shaft shaft.
BSD2331A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 25
12. Remove circlip (1), washer (4), gear (2) and bearing
(3).
NOTE: When re-assembling gear the raised edge of the
gear faces towards the bearing.
BSD2330A 12
13. Position clutch hub in a press and using a suitable

piece of tube (3) compress belleville washers and
remove retaining ring (1) and retainer (2).
Slowly and carefully release pressure applied by the
press and remove belleville springs. Refer to Figure
15.
NOTE: Alternatively the belleville springs may be
compressed as described in step 4
1b0o2004106219 13
14. Remove retaining ring (1) and oil seal (2) from clutch
hub. The roller bearing (3) may be removed using a
standard slide hammer and adjustable puller.
BSE2349A 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 26
BSD2302A 15
PTO Clutch Assembly
1 End Plate 2 Spring Separator

3 Clutch Plate 4 Clutch Plate Separator
5 Bearing 6 Circlip
7 Spacer 8 Drive Gear 540 rpm
9 Circlip 10 Spacer
11 Drive Gear 1000 rpm 12 Retainer
13 Bearing 14 Sealing Rings (3 off)
15 Clutch Housing 16 Piston
17 Washer 18 Belleville Springs
19 Spacer 20 Retaining Ring
21 Hub 22 Retaining Ring
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 27
15. Remove output shaft drive gear retaining nut (1) (pre-
viously loosened in step 7).
Withdraw bearing (2), Spacer (3) and 1000 rpm out-
put driven gear (4).
BSE2350A 16
16. Remove sleeve (1), fork (3) and coupler assembly

(2)
BSE2348A 17
17. Remove lower gear. Where obstruction in remov-

ing gear is experienced release shaft retaining circlip
and push shaft forward.
BSE2304A 18
18. Remove shaft.
BSE2351A 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 28
19. Remove outer circlip (1) bearing (2) and seal (3).
BSD2323A_160 20
20. Withdraw the upper bearing (1) using a slide puller

equipped with a ring expander.
24499_161 21
21. Remove selector mechanism and detent assem-

bly as required. Detent mechanism comprises of
plunger (1), spring (2), washer (3) and retainer
housing (4).
BSE2353A 22
22. Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in

reverse.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 29
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate

NOTE: This calibration is required, when the memory of the main control units (RD module) has been cleared with
a H8 procedure, the solenoid valve of the PTO clutch (C041) has been replaced or the PTO clutch has been
refurbished.
NOTE: If new module is installed or after H8 has been carried out, the controller will default to PTO fender switches
enabled. If the vehicle is not fitted with fender switches, change the option to ’NO’ (fender switches disabled) in
the H3 menu.
1. Connect the diagnostics plug 380000843 to the diag-
nostics socket (1).
Unhitch all mounted implements from the rear PTO
and ensure that the tractor is stationary and the park-
ing brake is applied.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
Menu, until the option H1 and the engine symbol ap-
pear on the RD control unit.
"CAL" is displayed on the lower central display.
BAIL06CCM443FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 30
3. Press the constant speed switch 3 times within 4 sec-

onds.
On the lower central display "TCP" appears.
The engine speed is automatically set to 1200 RPM.
BAIL06CCM632AVA 3
4. After one second the lower central display displays a

"2" and then a "1", as the PTO torque is calibrated.
"END" is displayed at the end of the procedure.
Switch the starter switch to OFF to store the calibra-
tion values.
(A.50.A).
BAIL06CCM633AVC 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 31
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Remove

Prior operation:
Refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the PTO and hydraulic clutch as follows:

2. Unscrew plug and drain oil from transmission and
rear axle housings. Collect oil in a suitable container.
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
3. Remove top link (1), PTO guard, and parts of draw-

bar or hitch as required. (Refer to Top link - Remove
(H.10.C)
WARNING
M944
BAIL07CCM298ASA 2
4. Disconnect speed sensor. Remove the sensor for

safe keeping during PTO removal.
BSD2296A_159 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 32
5. Loosen the PTO assembly retaining bolts and using

a suitable hoist and hook detach the PTO assembly
(1) from the rear axle housing.
WARNING
M944
BSD2300A 4
Next operation:
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Overhaul (C.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 33
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Install

1. Reinstall the PTO case to the rear axle housing tak-
ing the following into consideration:
Before reinstalling the PTO case, thoroughly clean
and degrease mating surfaces and apply a bead of
liquid gasket of approximately. 2 mm of diameter
following pattern shown in figure 1.
Pattern for application of liquid gasket between the

PTO case and rear axle housing.
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
BAIL07CCM292AMA 1
2. Using a suitable hoist locate the PTO assembly in

position on the rear axle housing . Tighten bolts to
the required torque.
WARNING
B012
BSD2300B 2
3. Reconnect the speed sensor.
BSD2296A_159 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 34
4. Install top link , PTO guard and drawbar or hitch as

required.
WARNING
M944
BAIL07CCM298ASA 4
ATTENTION: Remember to refill tractor with the correct specification hydraulic fluid
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 35
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate Electronically Shiftable P.T.O.

NOTE: The travel position sensor for the Electronically shiftable PTO needs to be calibrated.
IMPORTANT: Before commencing the calibration procedure make sure no implements are connected to the
rear PTO. During calibration the PTO will be operated.
NOTE: This procedure is only available if the ’Electronic Shiftable PTO’ option has been enabled in the H3 menu
mode.
1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, make sure that the
tractor is stationary and the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the PTO speed select switch is turned fully
clockwise.
nostics socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
4. Start the tractor and navigate to the RT module, H1

menu and select PTO.
BAIL09CCM001FVB 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 36
5. The display will show ’P11’ to indicate that the cal-

ibration procedure has started. This indicates that
part 1.x of the calibration is in progress.
6. The procedure will automatically run through the fol-
lowing items:-
P1.1 - calibrates the fully extended position of the
mechanism. After the fully extended calibration is
complete the display will show the calibration value
(700-900) for approximately 2 seconds.
P1.2 - calibrates the fully retracted position of the
mechanism. After the fully retracted calibration is
complete the display will show the calibration value
(100-300) for approximately 2 seconds.
P1.3 - calibrates the neutral position of the mech-
anism. After the neutral position calibration is
completed the display will show the calibration value
(450-600) for approximately 2 seconds. BAIL09CVT793AVB 3
7. After the ’P1.x’ calibrations are complete the display

will then show ’P2’.
The engine speed will automatically be set to 1200
RPM.
Part 2 of the calibrations will then proceed to deter-
mine the optional PTO speed value, ie, 540, 540E,
1000E.
BAIL09CVT794AVA 4
8. Start the PTO using the cab switch (1).
BRK5664B 5
9. ’P2’ is displayed after the speed is selected and the

PTO is started while the PTO ratio is checked.
After the ratio has been calculated the optional speed
value is displayed for 5 seconds followed by ’End’.
The PTO will be stopped automatically.
Calibration is now complete.
BAIL09CVT796AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 37
10. Turn the keystart to the ’off’ position to store the cal-
ibration values.
NOTE: If an error occurs during calibration a "U" code will
be displayed and the procedure will need to be repeated.
Refer to the "U" code listing in Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 38
PTO clutch - Pressure test

1. The lubrication oil to the PTO clutch can be tested at
the low pressure manifold through the test port. Re-
move the test port plug and install adaptor, 297404
and quick release fitting 297240 .
NOTE: On tractors with cab suspension the panhard
rod may obstruct the installation of the pressure test
equipment in the PTO lubrication test port. The use of
additional adapter 297602 may be required.
BAIS06CCM165AVB 1
2. Attach a 27 bar ( 300 lbf.in2) gauge, 297167 , using

quick release coupler 291924 and hose 292246 .
the PTO and observe the gauge, the pressure may
fluctuate slightly but should remain between 1 - 2 bar
( 15 - 30 lbf.in2) with the PTO ON and approximately
2 bar ( 30 lbf.in2) with the PTO OFF.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 39
PTO brake - Adjust

PTO Brake Band Adjustment
1. Loosen locknut (1). Torque screw (2) to 3 Nm (2.21
lbft), in order to close brake band.
2. Loosen screw (2) and check brake band alignment.
Adjust if required.
3. Torque screw (2) to 1.1 Nm (0.81 lbft)
4. Loosen screw (2) by two turns and tighten locknut (1)
.
5. Check brake band alignment and repeat procedure
if required.
BCG0005A 1
6. See Figure 2 for North American version.
BAIL07CCM307ASA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 40
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

NOTE: The table below details some possible mechanical/hydraulic faults. The controller will also generate error
codes related to the PTO system. The error codes are prefixed with the number (5) and displayed on the instrument
cluster. (Refer to Control module - Fault code index (A.50.A)
The PTO does not operate Low transmission oil level. Reset correct level.
Blocked oil filter. Replace filter. - Refer to Filter - Replace
(A.10.A)
Faulty hydraulic pump. Repair or replace pump. - Refer to Hy-
draulic pump Variable displacement
pump - Overhaul (A.10.A)
Faulty PTO engagement switch Replace switch.
Lack of power supply to the solenoid valve: Reset electrical connections and replace
detached or damaged connectors, faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control solenoid valve stuck open. Repair or replace solenoid valve.
Oil leakage through the seals with conse- Replace damaged seals.
quent pressure drop: manifold or control
plunger seals
The PTO remains Faulty PTO engagement switch. Replace switch.
engaged.
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
PTO control valve stuck open Repair or replace solenoid valve.
The PTO control clutch Faulty brake engagement switch Replace switch.
drags.
detached or damaged connectors or faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Brake control valve stuck closed. Repair or replace solenoid valve..
Worn PTO brake Replace brake.(Refer to REAR PTO Hy-
draulic - Overhaul (C.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 41
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

PTO brake - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PTO clutch - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Calibrate Electronically Shiftable P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
REAR PTO Hydraulic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
REAR PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.40.C / 42
POWER TRAIN - C
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - 42.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT PTO Hydraulic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRONT PTO Hydraulic
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
FRONT PTO Hydraulic
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Electrical control
Solenoid - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Solenoid - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
DIAGNOSTIC
FRONT PTO Hydraulic
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 2
POWER TRAIN - FRONT PTO Hydraulic
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - General specification

Front PTO
Type Fully independent 1000 rev/min.
Zuidberg Electro-hydraulic engagement.
Spring disengagement
Clutch type Multi wet-plate
Drive From the engine front crankshaft pulley
Multi wet-plate clutch discs
Friction discs 9
Steel discs 8
Engine speed when the PTO speed is 1000 rev/min. 2036 rev/min
Maximum PTO capacity when the PTO speed is 1000 Hp 200
rev/min
Reduction gearbox oil specification BP: Autran DX 111
Fluid 9
Shell: Donax TX
Esso: ATF E 25131
Castrol: Transmax S
ELF: Elfmatic G2 Syn
Elfmatic G3
FINA: Finamatic HP
Finamatic S6726
Mobil: Mobil ATF
Texaco: Texamatic 7045
Valvoline: ATF Dextron 11-E
Beverol: Dextron 11-E
(Fina)matic HP
JD: Hygard JDMJ 20C
Total: Fluide AT42
Fluidematic Syn
Or oil with a similar specification
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 3
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Torque
BAIL09CVT597HVB 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 4
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Exploded view
BAIL09CVT595GVB 1
1. Input shaft oil seal 2. Rear housing

3. Gasket 4. Shim
5. Idler gear 6. Bearing
7. Circlip 8. Bearing
9. Bearing 10. Drive gear
11. Bearing 12. Front housing
13. Housing breather 14. Output shaft oil seal
15. Drain plugs 16. Filler plug
17. Clutch assembly 18. Oil filter
19. Oil pump 20. Front PTO engagement solenoid
21. Spring 22. Ball
23. Pin 24. One-way valve
25. Seal 26. Clearance ring
27. Pin 28. Idler gear shaft
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 5
29. Shim
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 6
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Remove the front PTO housing, for further information refer to FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Remove (C.42.C).
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the front PTO housing bolts.
BAIL09CVT566AVA 1
2. Remove the circlip and the oil pump cover.
BAIL09CVT567AVA 2
3. Remove the oil filter and the O-ring seal.
BAIL09CVT568AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 7
4. Remove and discard the input shaft oil seal.
BAIL09CVT591AVA 4
5. Remove and discard the output shaft oil seal.
BAIL09CVT592AVA 5
6. Separate the two halves of the front PTO housing

and discard the gasket.
7. Remove the oil pump assembly retaining bolts.
BAIL09CVT569AVA 6
8. Remove the oil pump assembly.
BAIL09CVT560AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 8
9. Using a suitable puller, remove the input shaft bear-

ing.
BAIL09CVT570AVA 8
10. Using a suitable lever, remove the gear and input

shaft.
BAIL09CVT571AVA 9
11. Using a suitable levers, remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT572AVA 10
12. Remove the idler gears and shims.

NOTE: Shims are installed above and below the gears.
BAIL09CVT573AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 9
13. Remove the clutch housing assembly.
BAIL09CVT574AVA 12
14. Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing and shim.

NOTE: There is a shim installed below the bearing.
BAIL09CVT575AVA 13
15. Using a suitable puller, remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT576AVA 14
16. Using a hydraulic press and suitable tool, compress

the clutch and remove the circlip.
BAIL09CVT577AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 10
17. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press.

18. Remove the end plate.
BAIL09CVT578AVA 16
19. Remove the springs and dowels.
BAIL09CVT579AVA 17
20. Remove the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 18
21. Using a hydraulic press, remove the output shaft

from the clutch housing.
BAIL09CVT581AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 11
22. Remove the circlip.
BAIL09CVT582AVA 20
23. Remove the ring.
BAIL09CVT583AVA 21
24. Using a hydraulic press and suitable tool, remove the

bearing from the output shaft.
BAIL09CVT584AVA 22
25. Remove the circlip from the clutch housing.
BAIL09CVT585AVA 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 12
26. Using a hydraulic press, remove the bearing from the

clutch housing.
BAIL09CVT586AVA 24
Next operation:
Assemble the front PTO housing, for further information refer to FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Assemble (C.42.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 13
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Assemble

Prior operation:
Disassemble the front PTO housing, for further information refer to FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Disassemble (C.42.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Install the circlip into the clutch housing.
BAIL09CVT587AVA 1
2. Using a hydraulic press, install the bearing into the

clutch housing.
BAIL09CVT588AVA 2
3. Using a hydraulic press, install the bearing onto the

output shaft.
BAIL09CVT589AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 14
4. Install the ring.
BAIL09CVT583AVA 4
5. Install the circlip.
BAIL09CVT582AVA 5
6. Using a hydraulic press, install the output shaft into

the clutch housing.
BAIL09CVT590AVA 6
7. Install the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL09CVT580AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 15
8. Install the springs and dowels.
BAIL09CVT579AVA 8
9. Install the end plate.
BAIL09CVT578AVB 9
10. Using a hydraulic press and suitable tool, compress

the clutch and install the circlip.
BAIL09CVT577AVA 10
11. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press.

12. Using a suitable tool, install the bearing.
BAIL09CVT576AVB 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 16
13. Using a suitable tool, install the shim and bearing.

NOTE: Install the shim below the bearing.
BAIL09CVT575AVB 12
14. Install the clutch housing assembly.
BAIL09CVT574AVB 13
15. Install the idler gears and shims.

NOTE: Shims are installed above and below the gears.
BAIL09CVT573AVA 14
BAIL09CVT572AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 17
17. Install the gear and input shaft.
BAIL09CVT571AVA 16
BAIL09CVT570AVB 17
19. Install the oil pump assembly.
BAIL09CVT560AVB 18
20. Install the oil pump assembly retaining bolts.
BAIL09CVT569AVA 19
21. Install a new gasket and assemble the two halves of

the front PTO housing together.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 18
22. Install a new output shaft oil seal.
BAIL09CVT592AVA 20
23. Install a new input shaft oil seal.
BAIL09CVT591AVA 21
24. Install the oil filter and the O-ring seal.
BAIL09CVT568AVA 22
25. Install the oil pump cover and circlip.
BAIL09CVT567AVA 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 19
26. Install the front PTO housing bolts.

Tighten to 42 N·m (31 lb ft).
BAIL09CVT566AVB 24
Next operation:
Install the front PTO housing, for further information refer to FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Install (C.42.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 20
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Remove
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Fully lower the front hitch.

2. Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
3. Remove the front PTO housing lower bolts and drain
the oil into a suitable container.
BAIL09CVT544AVA 1
4. Remove the hydraulic transfer pipe.
BAIL09CVT545AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 21
5. Remove the front PTO guard.
BAIL09CVT546AVA 3
6. Remove the right-hand side shield.

NOTE: Repeat this step for the left-hand side.
BAIL09CVT547AVA 4
7. Disconnect the auxiliary hydraulic line unions (if fit-

ted).
BAIL09CVT548AVA 5
8. Disconnect the four hydraulic valve block unions.
BAIL09CVT549AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 22
9. Remove the valve block and mounting bracket.
BAIL09CVT550AVA 7
10. Remove the two hydraulic lines. Cut the cable tie as
necessary.
BAIL09CVT551AVA 8
11. Remove the two hydraulic lines.
BAIL09CVT552AVA 9
12. Disconnect the lift position potentiometer electrical

connector.
BAIL09CVT553AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 23
13. Detach the lift position potentiometer.
BAIL09CVT554AVA 11
14. Remove the lift position potentiometer cover.
BAIL09CVT555AVA 12
15. Remove the lift position potentiometer.
BAIL09CVT558AVA 13
16. Remove the accumulator pipe .
BAIL09CVT556AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 24
17. Disconnect the front PTO oil cooler supply and return
lines and the front PTO engagement solenoid elec-
trical connector.
BAIL09CVT557AVA 15
18. Loosen the Allen bolt, remove the pin and disconnect
the right-hand hydraulic ram.
BAIL09CVT559AVA 16
19. Release the charge air cooler/oil cooler assembly (1)

and pull forward (2).
BAIL08CVT033AVA 17
20. Remove the baffle plate insert beneath the front PTO
drive shaft.
BAIL09CCM002AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 25

NOTE: Radiator shown removed for clarity.
BAIL09CCM003AVA 19
22. Remove the front PTO oil cooler, hydraulic lines and
bracket assembly.
BAIL09CCM005AVA 20
23. Disconnect the front PTO drive shaft assembly.
BAIL09CCM007AVA 21
24. Remove the Centaflex coupling.
BAIL09CCM012AVB 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 26
25. Remove the drive plate.

NOTE: Use a bolt removed in the previous step to lock
the drive plate.
BAIL09CVT564AVA 23
26. Using a suitable jack, remove the front PTO housing.
BAIL09CVT565AVA 24
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 27
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Install
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Using a suitable jack, install the front PTO housing.

BAIL09CVT565AVA 1
2. Install the drive plate.

NOTE: Use a bolt to lock the drive plate.
BAIL09CVT564AVA 2
3. Install the Centaflex coupling.

BAIL09CCM012AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 28
4. Connect the front PTO drive shaft assembly.

BAIL09CCM007AVA 4
5. Install the bracket assembly. hydraulic lines and the

front PTO oil cooler.
BAIL09CCM005AVA 5

BAIL09CCM003AVA 6
7. Install the baffle plate insert beneath the front PTO

drive shaft.
BAIL09CCM002AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 29
8. Push the charge air cooler/oil cooler assembly into

position (1) and secure (2).
BAIL08CVT033AVB 8
9. Connect the right-hand hydraulic ram, install the pin

and tighten the Allen bolt.
NOTE: Make sure that the recess in the pin aligns with
the Allen bolt.
BAIL09CVT559AVA 9
10. Connect the front PTO oil cooler supply and return
lines and the front PTO engagement solenoid elec-
trical connector.
BAIL09CVT557AVA 10
11. Install the accumulator pipe.
BAIL09CVT556AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 30
12. Install the lift position potentiometer.
BAIL09CVT558AVA 12
13. Install the lift position potentiometer cover.
BAIL09CVT555AVA 13
14. Attach the lift position potentiometer.
BAIL09CVT554AVA 14
15. Connect the lift position potentiometer electrical con-

nector.
BAIL09CVT553AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 31
16. Install the two hydraulic lines.
BAIL09CVT552AVA 16
17. Install the two hydraulic lines. Install a new cable tie
as necessary.
BAIL09CVT551AVA 17
18. Install the valve block and mounting bracket.
BAIL09CVT550AVA 18
19. Connect the four hydraulic valve block unions.
BAIL09CVT549AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 32
20. Connect the auxiliary hydraulic line unions (if fitted).
BAIL09CVT548AVA 20
21. Install the right-hand side shield.

BAIL09CVT547AVA 21
22. Install the front PTO guard.
BAIL09CVT546AVA 22
23. Install the hydraulic transfer pipe.
BAIL09CVT545AVA 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 33
24. Fill the front PTO with oil until the oil level reaches
the bottom of the opening.
NOTE: Refer to FRONT PTO Hydraulic - General
specification (C.42.C) for the correct oil specification.
BAIL09CVT596AVA 24
25. Connect the battery, for further information refer to

Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
26. Start the engine and run the front PTO for a short
period, stop the engine, check for any oil leaks and
recheck the oil level.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 34
Shaft - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the radiator, for further information refer to Radiator - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Detach the front PTO oil cooler, hydraulic lines and

bracket assembly and position to one side.
BAIL09CCM005AVA 1
2. Remove the baffle plate insert beneath the front PTO

drive shaft.
BAIL09CCM002AVA 2
BAIL09CCM003AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 35
4. Disconnect the front PTO drive shaft assembly.
BAIL09CCM007AVA 4
5. Remove the front PTO drive shaft.

NOTE: Collect all of the keeper plates
BAIL09CCM004AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 36
Shaft - Install
1. Install the front PTO drive shaft.
NOTE: Install all of the keeper plates
BAIL09CCM004AVA 1
2. Connect the front PTO drive shaft assembly.

BAIL09CCM007AVA 2
BAIL09CCM003AVA 3
4. Install the baffle plate insert beneath the front PTO

drive shaft.
BAIL09CCM002AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 37
5. Install the bracket assembly. hydraulic lines and the

front PTO oil cooler.
BAIL09CCM005AVA 5
Next operation:
Install the radiator, for further information refer to Radiator - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 38
Shaft - Overhaul
Prior operation:
Remove the front PTO drive shaft, for further information refer to Shaft - Remove (C.42.C).
1. Remove the constant velocity joint outer cover.
BAIL09CVT563AVA 1
BAIL09CVT593AVA 2
3. Slide the constant velocity joint off the drive shaft.

BAIL09CVT594AVA 3
5. Slide the bearing carrier off the drive shaft.
Next operation:
Install the front PTO drive shaft, for further information refer to Shaft - Install (C.42.C).
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 39
Electrical control Solenoid - Remove

1. Remove the front PTO housing lower bolts and drain
BAIL09CVT544AVA 1
2. Remove the hydraulic transfer pipe.
BAIL09CVT545AVA 2
3. Remove the front PTO guard.
BAIL09CVT546AVA 3
4. Disconnect the accumulator pipe from the valve

block.
BAIL09CVT549AVB 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 40
5. Disconnect the accumulator pipe and position it to

one side.
BAIL09CVT556AVA 5
6. Disconnect the front PTO engagement solenoid elec-

trical connector.
BAIL09CVT557AVB 6
7. Remove the front PTO engagement solenoid.
BAIL09CVT562AVB 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 41
Electrical control Solenoid - Install

1. Install the front PTO engagement solenoid.
BAIL09CVT562AVB 1
2. Connect the front PTO engagement solenoid electri-

cal connector.
BAIL09CVT557AVB 2
3. Connect the accumulator pipe.
BAIL09CVT556AVA 3
4. Connect the accumulator pipe to the valve block.
BAIL09CVT549AVB 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 42
5. Install the front PTO guard.
BAIL09CVT546AVA 5
6. Install the hydraulic transfer pipe.
BAIL09CVT545AVA 6
7. Fill the front PTO with oil until the oil level reaches
the bottom of the opening.
NOTE: Refer to FRONT PTO Hydraulic - General
specification (C.42.C) for the correct oil specification.
BAIL09CVT596AVA 7
8. Start the engine and run the front PTO for a short
period, stop the engine, check for any oil leaks and
recheck the oil level.
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 43
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

Front PTO not engaging Front PTO is not turned on in machine con- Turn the front PTO on in machine config-
figurations. urations (refer to Control module - Static
description (A.50.A)).
Front PTO solenoid valve not energizing. Check the electrical circuit.
Solenoid valve sticking. Replace the solenoid valve.
Low power from the front Fault in the low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit.
PTO output shaft
Front PTO piston oil seals leaking. Overhaul the front PTO control housing.
Front PTO multi-dry plate clutch plates Overhaul the front PTO multi-dry plate
worn. clutch.
Front PTO output shaft oil Worn oil seal. Replace the oil seal and check the level of
seal leak oil in the reduction gearbox.
Excessive oil level in the front PTO reduc- Check the oil level.
tion gearbox.
Front PTO bearings Lack of oil in front PTO reduction gearbox. Check the oil level. If low examine the front
overheated/worn PTO reduction gearbox for leaks.
Incorrect specification oil or old oil in the Replace with the correct specification of oil.
front PTO reduction gearbox.
Front hydraulic lift not Diverter valve not open. Open the diverter valve.
raising
Height limit control incorrectly set. Adjust the height limit control to the re-
quired setting.
Front hydraulic lift arm position sensing po- Replace the potentiometer.
tentiometer damaged.
Front hydraulic lift will not Front hydraulic lift cylinder oil seals leaking. Overhaul the front hydraulic lift cylinders.
raise heavy loads
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 44
Index
POWER TRAIN - C

Electrical control Solenoid - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Electrical control Solenoid - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FRONT PTO Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Shaft - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
87628084B 12/06/2009
C.42.C / 45
PRINTED IN FRANCE
87628084B 12/06/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
TRAVELLING
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.10.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
REAR AXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.12.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.14.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
STEERING AutoPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.E

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.B

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.E

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.B

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
PARKING BRAKE Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.D

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.34.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Axle
General specification Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Torque Two Wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRONT AXLE
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Axle
Exploded view Two Wheel Drive axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Static description Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SERVICE
FRONT AXLE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remove Supersteer Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Remove (Suspended Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Install Suspended Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Axle
Remove Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Width adjust Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Check Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Axle shaft
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Differential
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 2
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Bevel gear
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Spindle drive
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hub
Remove Two Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Install Two Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Swivel pin and bearing - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Sensing system
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
DIAGNOSTIC
Axle
Troubleshooting Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 3
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE - General specification

Type steering, stress-supporting, centrally
pivoted
Pinion and Crown Wheel - Differential
Pinion to crown wheel reduction ratio 10/34 = 1:3.4
Pinion to crown wheel backlash mm 0.18 - 0.23
Cone point adjustment shims (8)( FRONT AXLE mm 2.3 - 2.4 - 2.5 - 2.6 - 2.7 - 2.8 - 2.9 - 3.0
- Sectional view (D.10.A)) - 3.1 - 3.2 - 3.3 - 3.4 - 3.5
Pinion bearing adjustment shims (12) mm 2.2-2.25-2.3-2.35-2.4-2.45-
2.5-2.55-2.6-2.65-2.7-2.75-
2.8-2.85-2.9-2.95-3.00-3.05-
3.10-3.15-3.20-3.25-3.3- 3.35-3.4-3.45
Crown wheel point adjustment shims (2) mm 1 - 1.1 - 1.2 - 1.3 - 1.4 - 1.5- 1.6 - 1.7 -
1.8 - 1.9 - 2
Side gear to differential gear backlash mm 0.18
Differential gear thrust washer (5) thickness mm 1.470 - 1.530
Side gear thrust washer (3) thickness mm 1.4-1.5-1.6-1.7-1.8
Differential gear pin (6) diameter mm 24.939 - 24.960
Pin bore diameter on differential gears (7) mm 25.040 - 25.061
Pins to seats mounting clearance mm 0.080 - 0.122
Side gear hub (4) diameter mm 50.954 - 51.000
Hub bore diameter on differential casing mm 51.100 - 51.146
Side gears to seats mounting clearance mm 0.100 - 0.192
Differential Lock Assembly (Dog Clutch)
Free spring length (1)( FRONT AXLE - Sectional mm approx. 87
view (D.10.A))
Compressed spring length, under a load of 1888 mm approx. 48
- 2035 N ( 192.5 - 207.5 kg)
Differential Lock Assembly (Multi Wet Plate
Clutch)
Drive discs (9) mm 1.75 - 1.855
Drive discs (9) quantity 5
Driven discs (10) mm 2.35 - 2.45
Driven discs (10) quantity 6
Axle-Shafts and Swivel Assemblies
Outer axle-shaft (7)( FRONT AXLE - Sectional mm 44.975 - 45.000
view (D.10.A)) dia. at the bushings (8)
Press-fit bushing (8) inner diameter mm 45.100 - 45.175 (1)
Axle-shafts to bushings mounting clearance mm 0.100 - 0.200
Bushings to seats fitting interference mm 0.064 - 0.129
Swivel pin bearing adjust shims (10) mm 0.10-0.15-0.20-0.25-0.30
Planetary Reduction Hubs
Reduction ratio 16:(16+68) = 1:5.25
Planet gear thrust washer (9) thickness mm 0.77 - 0.83
Front Axle Support Pillars
Axle housing to support pillars end play mm 0.3 - 1.1
Max. wear end play mm 2
Front support pillar (1) diameter mm 62.720 - 62.740
Press-fit front bush (2) inner diameter mm 62.80 - 62.884 (1)
Pillar (1) to bush (2) mounting clearance mm 0.060 - 0.164
Rear bush (4) outer diameter (press-fit into pinion mm 115.527 - 115.585
support)
Rear bush (5) inner diameter (press-fit into mm 115.636 -115.711 (1)
support pillar)
Bush to bush mounting clearance mm 0.051 - 0.184
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 4
Axle front and rear thrust washer (3 and 6) 4.90 - 5.00

thickness
Supersteer Swivel Bearing
Torque required to rotate axle when correctly 40 - 45 kgm
shimmed
Supersteer swivel bearing shims 1.05 - 1.90 in 0.05 mm increments
FRONT AXLE - Torque
BRJ4788B 1
FRONT AXLE - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
293460 Front axle overhaul stand

291517 Front differential casing removal-installation hook
293743 Front axle differential casing overhaul fixture
X 293879 Front axle drive pinion nut spanner (Class IV)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 5
X 293391/ Drive pinion bearing adjustment tool

X 293438
X 293510 Drive pinion bearing adjustment gauge.
X 292903 Pulling pliers
X 293877 Front axle drive pinion retaining tool (Class IV)
293400 Front axle drive pinion cone point adjustment gauge
X 293798 Front axle differential casing bearing adjustment ring nut
spanner (Class IV)
X 293881 Front wheel hub bearing ring nut spanner (Class IV).
X 293882 Front axle hub bearing pulling aids (two)
292888 Front axle planetary reduction hub alignment pins
(M12x1.25)
293812 Front wheel removal/installation pins (M16x1.25)
X 293857 Front axle swivel pin puller
X 292161 Front axle swivel pin bearing outer race puller
X 380002489 Threaded adaptor, spreader rod and studs to use with
292161 and 293857
X 292220 Front axle bearing rolling torque test tool
293888 Front axle-shaft to swivel housing mounting guide (Class
IV)
292870 Front axle differential engagement oil pressure test kit
380002719 Seal installer (Class IV) Standard Axle With Brakes
294095 Seal installer (Class IV) Standard Axle Less Brakes
380200092 Front axle pinion seal installer
380200093 Front axle pinion seal protector installer
380200094 Front axle pinion seal installer
380200095 Front axle seal protector installer (85x37 seal)
380200105 Front axle pinion seal and protection shield installation
press
LOCALLY FABRICATED TOOLS
Front pinion shaft holding tool - fabricate from 4WD shaft coupling.
• Supersteer/suspended axle differential unit guides 2 x M16 x 1.5 bolts

• Supersteer/suspended axle pinion flange holding tool
• Supersteer differential vice holding plate
• Supersteer/suspended axle differential pinion adjustment tool spacer (use with 293391 ).
• Supersteer pivot bearing turning tool
40-25-27 SHG 1
Pinion Shaft Tool (Standard Axle)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 6
BSB0213A 2
Differential Vice Holding Plate (Supersteer Axle)
BSB0214A 3
Differential Casting Guide Bolts (Supersteer and Suspended Axles).
BSB0215A 4
Differential Pinion Bearing Setting Spacer (Supersteer and Suspended Axles)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 7
BSB0216A 5
Pinion Shaft Holding Tool (Supersteer and Suspended Axles)
BTB0163B 6
Supersteer Pivot Bearing Turning Tool
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 8
Axle - General specification Two Wheel Drive

AXLE SPECIFICATIONS
Type Centrally pivoted square tube centre beam

with telescopic outer sections
Track settings (6 off) mm 1549-1651-1752-1854-1955- 2057
Wheel camber 2 °, corresponding to approximately.
15 mm with 16 in rims
Wheel toe-in mm 3 to 9
Swivel Pin Assembly
Swivel pin diameter at the bushes mm 49.961 to 50.000
Press-fit bush (4) inner diameter mm 50.050 to 0.140 (1)
Swivel pin to bush clearance mm 0.050 to 0.179
Axle Pivot Pin Assembly
Pivot pin diameter mm 49.95 to 50.000
Press-fit bush (2) and (28) inner mm 38.050 to 38.140 (1)
diameter (Refer to Axle - Exploded
view (D.10.A) )
Pivot pin to bush clearance mm 0.050 to 0.179
(1) final dimension without reaming
Axle - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations on the two wheel drive axle.
X 293521 Swivel pin ring nut spanner.

X 290793 Axle pivot pin adapter (M 12x1.25) (use with 292927).
292400 Wheel lifting hook.
Axle - Torque Two Wheel drive

DESCRIPTION Thread size Torque
Bolts or nuts, front axle carrier to housing 3/4 in - 10UNC 333 - 373 Nm (245.6 - 275.1 lbft)
Nut, track control rod clamp M 20 136 Nm (100.3 lbft)
Locknut, steering rod 1-1/8 271 - 305 Nm (199.9 - 225.0 lbft)
Bolt, RH and LH levers to swivel pins retaining M 20 x 55 470 - 530 Nm (346.7 - 390.9 lbft)
screw
Bolt, axle outer section M 24 x 200 530 - 950 Nm (390.9 - 700.7 lbft)
Bolt, front wheel to hub M 18 x 1.5 314 Nm (231.6 lbft)
Bolt, axle pivot pin M 10 x 1.25 49 Nm (36.1 lbft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 9
FRONT AXLE - Sectional view
BRJ4789B 1
Front Axle Section view
1 Multi wet plate clutch assembly 2 Crown wheel bearing adjustment shims
3 Side gear thrust washer shims 4 Side gears
5 Pinion cone point adjustment shims 6 Pinion bearing adjustment shims
7 Seal 8 Clutch drive discs
9 Clutch driven discs 10 Differential gears
11 Differential gear pin 12 Differential gear thrust washer shims
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 10
25814 2
Support Pillars and Planetary Reduction Hub Cross-Sections
1 Front support pillar 2 Front support pillar bush

3 Front thrust washer 4 Rear bush (press-fit into support pillar)
5 Rear bush (press-fit into pinion support) 6 Rear thrust washer
7 Outer axle-shafts 8 Bushings
9 Driven gear thrust washers 10 Swivel pin adjustment shims
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 11
FRONT AXLE - Static description

The front axle of this tractor is floating and mid-mounted. The pintles of the front axle suspension and the drive shaft
are parallel to the mid-line of the tractor.
There are two planet wheels in the differential gear. The driving torque is transmitted via maintenance-free universal
joints to the planet wheel end drive.
The all wheel drive is switched via a rocker switch on the right-hand console (2). The drive torque is transmitted
from the rear axle via a coupling to the front axle. The coupling is operated by means of pressure oil from the low
pressure oil circuit. When switching on the all-wheel drive, a solenoid valve is actuated, which interrupts the oil flow
to the coupling, so that this can engage by spring force. When the all-wheel drive is switched off, the low pressure oil
disengages the disc coupling. You will find more information in 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Static description
(D.14.C).
BRI3994B 1
The axle is fitted with a differential lock with disc oil bath clutch, which the driver operates with a rocker switch (1)
on the right-hand side console. When operating the switch in driving situations, in which wheel slip may occur, low
pressure oil is diverted via a solenoid valve to the front and rear axle and all four wheels are non-positive linked. You
will find more information in Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description (D.10.A).
BRI3994B 2
All-wheel drive and differential lock can be operated manually or in automatic mode. Automatics mode switches the
systems on and off automatically depending on the conditions of travel such as wheel speed, steering angle and
status of the hydraulic powerlift (differential lock). The parameters for Automatic mode are defined in option H3 in the
H menu of the RD module, see Control module - Configure (A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 12
Axle - Exploded view Two Wheel Drive axle
BSD2243A 1
Heavy Duty Front Axle Components
1 Axle Assembly 2 Bushing

3 Washer 4 Bolt
5 Bolt 6 Special Washer
7 Arm 8 Bushing
9 Axle Assembly 10 Grease Fitting
11 Bushing 12 Grease Fitting
13 Nut 14 Cap
15 Cotter Pin 16 Washer
17 Bearing Cone 18 Bearing Cup
19 Hub assembly 20 Bearing Cup
21 Bearing Cone 22 Retainer
23 Seal 24 Protective Shield
25 Spindle Assembly 26 Thrust Bearing
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 13
27 Square Nut 28 Bushing
BSD2244A 2
Heavy Duty Axle Tie Rod and Steering Cylinder Components
1 Nut 2 Seal
3 Cotter Pin 4 Nut
5 Washer 6 Bolt
7 O-Ring 8 Bushing
9 Arm assembly 10 Washer
11 Washer 12 Roll Pin
13 Pin 14 Grease Fitting
15 Nut 16 Seal
17 Socket Assembly 18 Grease Fitting
19 Cylinder 20 Bolt
21 Washer 22 Trunnion
23 Slotted Nut 24 Seal
25 Cotter Pin 26 Socket Assembly
27 Socket Assembly 28 Grease Fitting
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 14
Axle - Static description Two Wheel Drive

The two wheel drive front axle is composed of a square tube centre beam with telescopic outer sections. The centre
beam is attached to the front axle carrier by means of a single pivot which allows oscillation on both sides. The centre
beam and telescopic outer sections are drilled to obtain six possible track settings. Refer to Axle - Width adjust
(D.10.A)
The axle is controlled by the power steering system through a cylinder attached to the axle housing and the swivel
pin control lever. Refer to Axle - Exploded view (D.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 15
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description
BRJ4790BV2 1
A.Front differential lock Disengaged B.Front differential lock engaged
Trapped oil
Pressure oil
When the differential lock is disengaged, the solenoid valve is in the discharge position (not energised) and the oil (2)
is free to return to the sump.
Under these conditions, the clutch piston (1) and the drive and driven discs remain separated and the differential lock
is disengaged.
When the differential lock switch is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the low pressure circuit
into the clutch piston (4) locking the differential plates (3).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 16
FRONT AXLE - Remove

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery ground (earth) lead, for additional information refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
DANGER
B012
1. If front ballast is fitted, thread a nylon cable (1)

through the first row of ballast, unscrew support
plate (2) retaining screws and remove ballast using
a hoist.
Unscrew retaining screws of the second row of bal-
last and slide them out, one at a time.
23616 1
2. Remove the front fenders (if equipped)
BAIS06CCM151AVA 2

bolts.
NOTE: SuperSteer™ axle shown.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 17

nuts.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 4
BAIS06CCM035AVB 5
7. Disconnect the steering supply (1) and return pipes

(2).
Detach the steering pipe support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 6
BAIS06CCM037AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 18
9. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 8
Tractors with SuperSteer™ axle

10. Position wooden wedges between the front axle and
the front support. These prevent articulation of the
axle.
BAIS06CCM704AVA 9
11. Slightly raise the front of the tractor and place a sta-
tionary stand under the sump.
12. Attach the front weight carrier to suitable lifting equip-
ment.
Remove the front weight carrier.
BAIS06CCM722AVA 10
13. Remove the front wheels.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 19
14. Attach the front axle to a suitable hoist using nylon

cables.
BAIS06CCM707AVA 11
15. Remove the front axle forward retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM705AVA 12
16. Remove the front axle rear retaining bolts.

Remove the front axle assembly.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 20
FRONT AXLE - Remove Supersteer Axle
DANGER
B012
1. Open and raise the engine hood.

Detach the negative cable from the battery and insu-
late.
BRD0983B_116 1
2. If front ballast is fitted, thread a nylon cable (1)

through the first row of ballast. Unscrew support
plate retaining screws and remove ballast using a
hoist.
Remove the ballast support.
BTB0145B 2
3. Remove the four wheel drive driveshaft guard and

loosen the driveshaft coupling at the splined joint.
Remove the bolts to the front universal joint and let
the driveshaft hang.
BTB0146A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 21
4. Disconnect the hydraulic tubes for steering and dif-

ferential lock, located on both right and left hand
sides. Remove the transfer tubes and plate bolted
to the underside of the sump.
BTB0147A 4
5. Raise the tractor using a suitable hoist and cable

around the axle housing, sufficient to remove the
front wheels, place stands under the axle for safety.
Support the tractor using a suitable flat bar under the
sump and stands either side of the engine.
BTB0148A 5
6. If fitted disconnect the steering angle sensor connec-

tor, located behind the alternator and withdraw the
cable from the engine.
BSB0184A_118 6
7. Disconnect the steering arms from the supersteer

unit to the axle.
BTB0149A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 22
8. Attach two nylon cables to either end of the axle

and connect to a suitable hoist. Remove the six
bolts from the supersteer swivel lower plate, note the
shims on either side and lower the axle sufficient to
remove it from the tractor.
BTB0150A 8
9. Re-install the front axle assembly observing the fol-

lowing:
- Reassembly follows the disassembly procedure in
reverse from 8 back to 1.
- Tighten the bolts to the correct torques as detailed
on FRONT AXLE - Torque (D.10.A).
- If necessary ensure that the axle and hub oil levels
are correct and that items requiring grease lubrica-
tion are sufficiently lubricated.
NOTE: It will be necessary to obtain the correct swivel
bearing pre-load setting for the supersteer unit, see Bevel
gear - Preload (D.10.A).
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 23
FRONT AXLE - Install
WARNING
B020
Tractors with SuperSteer™ axle

1. Locate the front axle to the front support.
Install front axle rear retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM706AVA 1
2. Install the front axle forward retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM705AVA 2
3. Install the front wheels.

Tighten to the specified torque, for further information
refer to Front wheel - Torque (D.50.C)
4. Attach the front weight carrier to suitable lifting equip-
ment.
Install the front weight carrier.
BAIS06CCM722AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 24
5. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 4
BAIS06CCM037AVA 5
7. Connect the steering supply (1) and return pipes (2).

Attach the steering pipe support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 6

BAIS06CCM035AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 25

BAIS06CCM034AVA 8

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 9
12. Install the front fenders (if equipped)
BAIS06CCM151AVA 10
13. Install the front ballast (if fitted)
23616 11
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 26
Connect the battery ground (earth) lead. For further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 27
FRONT AXLE - Calibrate

Steering angle sensor

NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with the Autoguidance system, make sure the steering angle sensor is connected to the
main engine wiring harness rather than the Autoguidance harness while performing the calibration procedure. On
completion of the calibration reconnect the steering angle sensor to the Autoguidance harness.
nostics socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Use the "h" and "m" buttons and the Dimmer button
on the instrument cluster to scroll through the HH
Menu, until the option H1 and the differential lock
symbol appear on the RD control unit.
BAIL06CCM443FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 28
3. Press the automatic differential lock switch three

times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 3
4. On the lower central display "ScP" is displayed and

the measured voltage of the steering angle sensor is
then displayed.
NOTE: If the display indicates the number "-1", the
steering angle sensor option must be activated with the H3
menu, before the steering angle sensor can be calibrated.
BAIL06CCM625AVA 4
5. Turn the steering wheel so the front wheels are in line

with the driveline.
6. Press the automatic differential lock switch three
times.
BAIL06CCM624AVA 5
7. The lower central display shows the measured value

of the steering angle sensor and then "End" to show
that the calibration procedure is completed.
BAIL06CCM626AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 29

tion values.
(A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 30
FRONT AXLE - Remove (Suspended Axle)

Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
DANGER
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment support the front

weights
BAIL07APH062AVA 1
2. Disconnect and remove the front weights from the

weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 2
DANGER
Exercise extreme caution when performing tasks on the front suspension system. ALWAYS ensure that the
system is depressurised and that the axle is at rest on the support stops.
B011
3. Depressurise the suspension system, by rotating

knurled knob on the lower solenoid (1) counterclock-
wise, and allow the tractor to lower completely onto
the axle stops then rotate the screw clockwise to
close the valve.
BAIL08CVT029ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 31
4. Raise and support the front of the vehicle under the

front weight carrier.
BAIL08CVT111AVA 4
5. Remove both front wheels.
BAIL07APH064AVA 5
6. Remove both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 6
7. Disconnect the steering supply and return hoses and

the differential lock hose.
BAIL08CVT113AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 32
CAUTION
The brake accumulator can have a maximum charge pressure of 850 psi. Check for pressure in the accumu-
lator. Remove the pressure in the accumulator before accumulator line is disconnected. Apply the brakes
with the pedal approximately 40 times when the engine is off. Loosen the special fitting for removing air from
the brakes and push on the brake pedal. If oil flow does not flow from the special fitting, the accumulator is
not charged.
M670
8. Depressurise the front brake accumulator as de-

scribed above.
9. Disconnect the brake hose from the front axle.
BAIL07APH070AVA 8
10. Remove the right-hand engine shield.
BAIL08CVT007AVA 9
11. Disconnect the steering angle sensor and front axle

potentiometer electrical connectors.
BAIL08CVT114AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 33
12. Remove the front axle potentiometer cover.
BAIL08CVT115AVA 11
13. Disconnect the front axle potentiometer quick re-

lease clip.
BAIL08CVT116AVA 12
14. Disconnect the potentiometer electrical connector,

and remove the potentiometer.
Feed the wiring loom through the tombstone.
BAIL08CVT117AVA 13
15. Support the front axle with a suitable hoist, and re-
move the axle stands from under the front axle.
BAIL07APH079AVB 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 34
16. Remove the left-hand pivot pin retaining plate (1) and
remove the pivot pin (2).
BAIL08CVT118AVB 15
17. Remove the right-hand pivot pin retaining plate (1)

and remove the pivot pin (2).
BAIL07APH075AVA 16
18. Disconnect the radar electrical connector and re-

move the radar.
BAIL08CVT120AVA 17
19. Remove the drive shaft cover plate.
BAIL07APH076AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 35
20. Support the rear of the front axle suspension arm.
BAIL08CVT121AVA 19
21. Release the circlip (1) and drift the sleeve (2) back-
wards.
BAIL07APH081AVA 20
22. Remove the drive shaft bearing carrier.
BAIL08CVT352AVA 21
23. Lower the front axle, while supporting the drive shaft
and suspension arm.
BAIL07APH080AVA 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 36
24. Remove the front axle from below the vehicle.
BAIL07APH082AVA 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 37
FRONT AXLE - Install Suspended Axle
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B020
1. Locate the front axle while supporting the drive shaft

and suspension arm.
BAIL07APH080AVB 1
2. Install the drive shaft bearing carrier.

Tighten to 550 Nm (405 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT352AVA 2
3. Drift the sleeve back onto the drive shaft (1) and in-
stall the circlip (2) .
BAIL07APH081AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 38
4. Install the drive shaft cover plate.
BAIL07APH076AVA 4
5. Install the left-hand pivot pin (1) and install the pivot
pin retaining plate (2).
BAIL08CVT118AVC 5
6. Install the right-hand pivot pin (1) and install the pivot
pin retaining plate (2).
BAIL07APH075AVB 6
7. Install the radar and connect the radar electrical con-

nector.
BAIL08CVT120AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 39
8. Feed the front axle potentiometer wiring loom

through the tombstone.
Connect the front axle potentiometer electrical con-
nector.
Install the potentiometer retaining bolts.
BAIL08CVT117AVA 8
9. Connect the front axle potentiometer quick release

clip.
BAIL08CVT116AVB 9
10. Install the front axle potentiometer cover.
BAIL08CVT115AVA 10
11. Connect the steering angle sensor and front axle po-
tentiometer electrical connectors.
BAIL08CVT114AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 40
12. Support under the front axle with suitable axle stands
and remove the hoist.
BAIL07APH079AVB 12
13. Connect the brake hose to the front axle.
BAIL07APH070AVA 13
14. Connect the steering supply and return hoses and

the diff lock hose.
BAIL08CVT113AVA 14
15. Make sure the knurled knob on the suspension lower

solenoid (1) is fully closed.
BAIL08CVT029ASA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 41
16. Install both dynamic front fenders (if equipped).
BAIL07APH065AVA 16
17. Install both front wheels.

Tighten to the specified torque, for further information
refer to Front wheel - Torque (D.50.C).
BAIL07APH064AVA 17
18. Raise the front of the vehicle and remove the sup-
ports from under the weight carrier.
Lower the vehicle.
BAIL08CVT111AVA 18
19. Using suitable lifting equipment install the front

weights onto the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH062AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 42
20. Secure the front weights to the weight carrier.
BAIL07APH063AVA 20
Next operation:
Connect the battery, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 43
FRONT AXLE - Calibrate

Steering Angle Sensor

movement of the tractor, park the tractor away from any obstacles, firmly apply the parking brake and block the rear
wheels. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing.
NOTE: If the vehicle is fitted with IntelliSteer™ make sure that the steering angle sensor is connected to the
main engine wiring harness rather than the AutoGuidance wiring harness during the calibration procedure. When
calibration is complete the steering angle sensor should be reconnected to the AutoGuidance harness.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

the Difflock symbol on the RT controller.
BAIL09CCM001FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 44
3. Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 sec-

onds.
BAIL08CVT319AVB 3
4. The lower central display will display "ScP" followed

by the current steering sensor reading.
NOTE: If the display shows "-1" then the steering sensor
option needs to be enabled using the H3 menu before the
steering sensor can be calibrated.
If the display shows "-2", this indicates an error with the
steering angle sensor input to the cluster. Review the
associated instrument cluster error codes to determine
the cause, for further information refer to ELECTRONIC
SYSTEM - Fault code index (A.50.A).
BAIL09CCM061AVA 4
5. Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are

in line with the drive line.
6. Press and hold the Auto Difflock switch for 2 seconds
to confirm the steering angle position.
BAIL08CVT319AVB 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 45
7. The lower central display will show the calibrated

steering sensor value and then "End" to indicate the
calibration procedure has been completed.
BAIL09CCM062AVA 6

NOTE: There are no ’U’ codes available for this calibration
procedure.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 46
Axle - Remove Two Wheel Drive
DANGER
B012
1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and

insulate. Refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Safely block rear wheels.
Remove front weights and weight support, where fit-
ted.
2. Jack up front of tractor and place a stationary stand
(1) under the sump.
24315 1
3. Loosen retaining bolts and remove front wheels.
24316 2
4. Connect axle to a hoist using two nylon cables (2)

(one on each side). Disconnect steering cylinder
control lines (1).
24317 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 47
5. Using a slide puller (1) on the pivot pin (2) withdraw

the pivot pin.
24319 4
6. Remove front axle using a hoist.
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
24320 5
Next operation:
Spindle drive - Remove (D.10.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 48
Axle - Width adjust Two Wheel Drive

1. To alter the track setting, apply the handbrake and
block the rear wheels. Jack up the front axle and
place on axle stands. Remove the nuts, bolts and
washers securing the right-hand telescopic section
(1) to the centre beam (2). Repeat on the left-hand
side of the axle.
BRD1010B 1
2. The two adjustable track control rods consist of a hol-

low tube that is attached to the central steering pivot,
and a solid, extendible rod that attaches to the steer-
ing arm on the kingpin. Each control rod has a num-
ber of adjustment holes at 50 mm( 2 in.) intervals.
3. The two locating bolts (1), pass through the hollow
tube and the holes in the extendible rod, locking the
track rod assembly at the desired length. Addition-
ally, the inner ends of each track rod have a threaded
section (2), and locknut (3), to provide fine adjust-
ment.
Remove the locating bolts (1) from the both track
rods. This will permit the track rods to extend or
retract freely.
BRD1007B 2
4. Reset the left and right-hand axle telescopic sec-

tions, passing the securing bolts through the centre
beam and telescopic sections, as indicated in Figure
3 and table below:
Tighten the nuts on the axle extension securing bolts
to 530 - 950 Nm ( 391 - 701 lbf.ft.).
NOTE: If the outer locating bolt on the axle is in the fourth
hole from the kingpin, then the outer bolt on the track
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 49
control rod must also be in the fourth hole from the outer
end of the control rod.
BRD1010C 3
Track Settings (11.0 x 16 tyres)
Track Setting Securing Bolt Locations

mm (in.) Refer to Figure 3
1549 (61.0) A C
1651 (65.0) B D
1752 (69.0) C E
1854 (73.0) D F
1955 (77.0) E G
2057 (81.0) F H
Track Settings (14L x 16.1 tyres)
Track Setting Securing Bolt Locations
mm (in.) Refer to Figure 3
1574 (62.0) A C
1676 (66.0) B D
1778 (70.0) C E
1879 (74.0) D F
1981 (78.0) E G
2082 (82.0) F H
5. With both front wheels parallel, reinstall the locating
bolts (1) in the nearest aligning holes in the track
control rod. Tighten the nuts on the locating bolts
to 50 - 68 Nm ( 40 - 50 lbf. ft.).
IMPORTANT: The front wheel discs are offset relative to
the centre line of the rim. The track settings in the table
above are with the deeply dished side of the wheel nearest
the axle hub. If the front wheels are reversed on the hubs
each track setting will be increased by approximately 203
mm ( 8.0 in.).
BRD1007B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 50
Axle - Check Two Wheel Drive

1. Wheel camber test
Check the front wheel camber considering that, when
the tractor moves along a straight line, wheels should
be tilted by 2 ° relative to the ground, corresponding
to a difference (X) of approximately 15 mm between
the rim edges (with 16 in rims).
25252 1
2. Front Wheel Toe–in alignment

Toe–in Setting 3 - 9 mm ( 0.118 - 0.354 in)
To adjust the toe-in setting first loosen the locknut
(3) on the inner end of the track rod. Remove the
two clamp bolts (1) to allow the track rod tube to be
rotated. To increase toe-in the track rod must be
lengthened.
After adjusting, replace the two bolts (1) and tighten
to 54 - 68 Nm ( 40 - 50 lbf.ft.). Retighten the lock
nut (3) to 271 - 305 Nm., and check the toe-in setting
again.
If the toe–in setting requires considerable adjust-
ment, both track control rods should be moved by
the same amount to ensure the steering action
remains centralised. BRD1007B 2
NOTE: Operators should ensure that all steering

components are maintained in a reliable and satisfactory
condition to ensure safe operation and comply with legal
requirements.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 51
Axle shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Hub - Remove (D.10.A).
1. Release the locking nut and loosen the retaining bolt

(2) holding the axle shaft (1).
1b0o2004061017 1
2. Remove the axle shaft from the casing.

To disassemble the right-hand final drive unit, follow
the same procedure as the left hand final drive unit.
1b0o2004061018 2
Next operation:
Differential - Remove (D.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 52
Differential - Remove
Prior operation:
Axle shaft - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Unscrew two of the bolts fixing the bevel drive-differ-

ential support to the axle casing. Screw in the two
dowels 292888 (1). Supersteer Axles require larger
diameter dowels. These can be manufactured from
two M16 x 1.5 mm bolts. Remove the remaining
bolts and separate the differential support from the
axle casing. Attach a hoist (2) to the support and re-
move the differential support (3) from the axle casing.
25606 1
2. Install tool 293743 (1) in the vice on the work bench.

Bolt the differential support on to the tool detach the
lifting hoist.
The Supersteer Axle requires a new plate to be man-
ufactured to secure the unit in the vice .
Unscrew bolt (2) and remove the ring nut lock tab (3).
Remove the internal diff. lock control pipe.
25607 2
3. The Supersteer Axle requires a new plate to be man-

ufactured to secure the unit in the vice, see FRONT
AXLE - Special tools (D.10.A).
BSB0222A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 53
Bevel gear - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Differential - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Remove the crown wheel-differential assembly (2)

from the housing (1).
25613 1
2. DIFFERENTIAL BEARING COMPONENTS

1. Differential assembly
2. Bearing Cup
3. Adjuster Ring
4. Support Cup
TAG25017 2
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR SET UP

3. In case of differential assembly overhaul it is neces-
sary to adjust the backlash between the teeth of the
planet pinions and side gears.
Proceed as follows:
Thoroughly clean the components of the differential
to remove any traces of oil which would otherwise
prevent accurate backlash measurement.
Install the two side gears without thrust washers.
Fit the planet gears complete with thrust washers and
pins and screw the pin retaining bolts in by a few
turns to hold the pins in place.
Position a dial gauge on the differential housing.
Move the left-hand the side gear to bring it into full
contact with the planet pinion and then push it up
against the differential housing, reading the endfloat 1b0o2004105929 3
(Gs) on the dial gauge.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 54
4. Repeat the above operations to measure the end-

float on the right-hand side gear (Gd).
The endfloat should be 0.25 mm.
Therefore the shims to be inserted in the differential
housing are given by:
S L.H. = Gs - 0.25 mm for the left-hand side gear;
S L.H. = Gd - 0.25 mm for the right-hand side gear.
Install shims as near as possible to the calculated
value, and, using a dial gauge and following the pro-
cedure described above, check that the endfloat of
the left and right-hand side gears is approximately
0.25 mm.
1b0o2004105930 4
PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENTS

5. See Bevel gear - Install (D.10.A).
PINION SHAFT REMOVAL

6. Straighten the locking tab on the splined shaft lock
nut (1).
1b0o2004105931 5
7. To loosen the pinion nut it is necessary to manufac-

ture a tool to hold the pinion shaft. This can be man-
ufactured by welding a suitable 20 mm nut to the end
of a drive shaft coupling 81873108.
Locally Manufactured Pinion Shaft Tool
1. Coupler Part No 81873108
2. 20 mm Nut
40-25-27 SHG_122 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 55
8. Supersteer and Suspended Axle Pinion nut removal.

Prevent rotation with suitable lever (protect threads).
BSB0224A 7
9. Unscrew the nut using wrench 293879 , (1) while

holding the bevel drive pinion shaft against rotation
with the locally fabricated tool.
1b0o2004105934 8
10. Remove the locking ball from the sleeve.

NOTE: Not applicable for Supersteer or Suspended Axle
Assemblies.
TAG25015 9
11. Withdraw the pinion shaft (1) from the rear of the
casing and remove the spacer, the adjustment shims
and the bearing.
1b0o2004105936 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 56
12. Remove the dust seal, the oil seal (1) and the rear
bearing.
1b0o2004105937 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 57
Bevel gear - Install
WARNING
B026
Pinion Bearing Preload Shimming

1. Proceed as follows.
Remove bearing from pinion.
Clamp tool 293438, (1) in the vice, fit the inner races
of the bearings (2 and 4) and the bearing spacer (3)
and secure the nut on the tool.
1b0o2004105938 1
2.
NOTE: The pinion of the supersteer/suspended assembly
is shorter and tool 293438 requires a spacer to be
inserted under the lower bearing (4). The spacer can
be manufactured locally using the dimensions shown in
FRONT AXLE - Special tools (D.10.A).
BSB0223A 2
3. Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H1)

between the upper surface of the tool and the central
threaded pin of tool 293438 (1).
Disassemble the above parts, lubricate the bearings
with oil and then re-assemble the parts, excluding the
bearing spacer, in the differential housing. Hold the
differential housing in the vice using tool 293743 , not
applicable to Supersteer/Suspended axles.
40-25-26 SHG 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 58
4. Tighten a nut of tool 293438 (1), while turning the tool

to ensure that the bearings are seated correctly.
Install spacer for supersteer suspended axle.
Using a depth micrometer, measure distance (H2).
The thickness of the adjustment shim required is cal-
culated by:
Shim S1 = H2 - H1 + 0.05 mm
If necessary, round the value thus obtained up to the
nearest 0.05 mm.
Leave tool in differential housing for pinion depth
measurement.
40-25-34 SHG 4
Pinion To Crown Wheel Shimming Procedure

5. The pinion to crown wheel shimming procedure cal-
culates the thickness of shims S2, positioned be-
neath the shoulder of the pinion gear to ensure that
the theoretical conical point of the pinion aligns with
the centre of the differential crown wheel.
Pinion Shimming Dimensions
H4 Dimension from Pinion Bearing to Centre line of
Differential Casing
H3 122.5 mm +/- C Manufacturers Pinion Dimen-
sion"C (Correction Factor).
S2 Shim Thickness
The dimension H4 necessary in the calculation of the
shim thickness can be determined using either New
Holland pinion adjustment tool 293400 or 297132.
Both procedures are explained as follows. 40-25-42 SHG 5
Pinion Shimming using Pinion Adjustment Tool 293400 380000249

6. Install pinion bearings in differential support hous-
ing and clamp in position using tool No 293438 as
used when determining thickness of shims for bear-
ing preload.
1. Pinion Measuring Gauge Tool No 293400

2. Pinion Bearing Clamp. Use Tool No 293438 or
alternative clamp 50048 as shown
3. Pinion Bearings
4. Micrometer (Part of Tool No 293400 )
17212 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 59
7. Install Pinion Setting Tool No 293400 complete with

bearing cup and adjusting rings. Tighten bearing
caps to 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
If Tool No 293438 as described in pinion bearing
shimming procedure is not available the Bearing
Clamp Tool No 50048 may be used to clamp the
bearings.
Adjust the cones of the tool so that the depth microm-
eter tip touches the inner race of the bearing and
measure the dimension (H4).
40-25-39 SHG 7
8. Determine the thickness of shims to be installed be-

neath the pinion gear as follows:
Shim thickness S2 = H4-H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension measured using pinion micrometer
tool
H3 = 122.5 mm +/- C
122.5 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of pinion.
(Supplied by Manufacturer)
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
H4 = 125.77
C = +0.1 mm 1b0o2004105945 8
H3= 122.5 + 0.1 = 122.6 mm
S2 = H4-H3 = 125.77 - 122.6
Shim Thickness S2 = 3.17 mm
Pinion Shimming using 297132

9. Install bearing caps (less bearing cup) and tighten to
a torque of 113 Nm ( 83 lbf).
Measure internal dimension of bearing bore and call
this dimension ‘A’.
1b0o2004105946 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 60
10. Install pinion bearings in the differential support

housing and clamp in position with Tool No 297132 .
Locate the bar gauge, part of Tool No 297132 ,
across bearing bore and measure dimension ‘B’.
1. Depth Gauge
2. Bar Gauge - Part Of Tool No 297132
3. Pinion Shaft Bearings
4. Pinion Setting Gauge - Tool No 297132
5. Differential; Support Casing
NOTE: Tighten the clamp so that the bearing cones can
just be turned by hand.
1b0o2004105947 10
11. Calculate Dimension ‘H4‘ using Formula

H4 = B - 25* + (A/2)
NOTE: * 297132 Bar Gauge is 25 mm diameter.
12. Determine the thickness of shims S2 to be installed
beneath the pinion gear as follows:
S2 = H4 - H3
Where:-
H4 = Dimension Calculated in 11 above.
H3 = 122.5 mm ±C
122.5 mm is the nominal manufacturing dimension
from rear face of pinion gear to conical point of pinion.
(Supplied by Manufacturer)
C = Manufacturing correction factor stamped on face
of pinion.
Example
A = 100 mm
B = 100.77 mm
H4 = B-25* + (A/2)
H4 = 100.77-25* + (100/2)
H4= 125.77
C = 0.1 mm
H3 = 122.5 + 0.1 = 122.6
Shim Thickness S2 = 125.77- 122.6 = 3.17 mm
Pinion Shim and Bearing Installation

13. Install shim selected in pinion to crown wheel shim-
ming procedure between pinion head and bearing.
Ensure the chamfer on the shim faces towards the
pinion head.
40-25-9 SHG 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 61
14. Install bearing onto pinion
1b0o2004105951 12
15.
NOTE: The use of a electronic induction heater will assist
in the installation of the bearings without the need for a
press.
396 RA-50 13
Pinion Bearing Preload Rolling Torque

16. The pinion bearing preload is measured as the
torque or force required to rotate the pinion. The
shim selected in the Pinion Bearing preload shim
adjustment procedure previously described ensures
that the correct preload is achieved when the pinion
nut is tightened to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217 lbf ft).
Install the inner pinion bearing onto the pinion and
locate the pinion into the differential carrier. Hold the
pinion in position with a universal puller.
NOTE: If the special tool required to determine the
thickness of preload shim is not available install the same
shim as removed during disassembly.
19094 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 62
17. Install the spacer and shims onto the pinion shaft.
Lubricate and install the pinion outer bearing.
19095 15
40-25-17 SHG 16
Drive Pinion Components (Standard Steer Axle)
1 Shim 2 Bearing
3 Bearing Cup 4 Housing
5 Nut 6 Dust Cap
7 Seal 8 Ball (N/A Supersteer)
9 Sleeve 10 Bearing
11 Bearing Cup 12 Shim
13 Shim 14 Spacer
15 ‘O’ Ring 16 Pinion
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 63
BSB0236A 17
Suspended and Supersteer Pinion Components
1 Pinion 2 Pinion depth shim

3 Bearing 4 Spacer
5 Shim 6 Nut
7 Coupling 8 Dust shield
9 Seal 10 O-ring
11 O-ring carrier 12 Bearing
18. Install the sleeve. ball and pinion nut. Do not install
the ‘O’ ring, oil seal and dust shield at this stage.
Tighten the pinion nut to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217
lbf.ft).
19097 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 64
19. Screw an M12 bolt into end of the pinion shaft or

use the locally fabricated pinion holding tool. Using a
suitable low value torque meter measure the rolling
torque of the pinion A1.
The rolling torque should be 0.5 - 1.0 Nm ( 4.5 - 8.5
lbf in) excluding breakaway torque.
If the values recorded during the adjustment proce-
dure are outside the specification adjust the thick-
ness of shim and recheck bearing preload.
40-25-31 SHG 19
20. When the correct shim thickness has been estab-

lished remove the pinion nut, sleeve and ball and in-
stall the ‘O’ ring and pinion oil seal.
21. Carefully reinstall the sleeve, ball and pinion nut.
NOTE: Attempting to fit the oil seal with the sleeve
installed may damage the oil seal lip.
22. Tighten the pinion nut to a torque of 294 Nm ( 217
lbf.ft) and deform the locking tab.
Measure and record the pinion and seals rolling re-
sistance A1.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 65
Bevel gear - Backlash

1. Install the differential assembly complete with crown
wheel and inner crown wheel bearing rings in the
differential housing.
24112 1
2. Insert the outer bearing rings in the differential hous-

ing, fit the differential support caps, ensuring cor-
rect orientation of the threaded adjustment ring (3),
smooth edge facing outwards. Tighten the bolts to
a torque of 59 Nm (43.5 lbft), then slacken them off
and re-tighten to a torque of 20 Nm (14.8 lbft).
TAG25017_123 2
3. Measure the thickness SP the adjustment shim (2)

which was previously removed during the axle over-
haul procedure. Refit the shim and circlip.
BRJ4749B 3
4. With the bearings lubricated, rotate the crown wheel

and at the same time tighten the threaded adjustment
ring using wrench 293665 to a torque of 39 - 59 Nm
(28.8 - 43.5 lbft) to take up the axial play between
the components.
1b0o2004105962 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 66
5. Measure the backlash between pinion and crown

wheel, using a dial gauge perpendicular to the outer
edge of a tooth on the crown wheel.
Repeat the measurement in a further two positions
120 ° apart and compare the average of the three
values (Gm) with the specification backlash: 0.15 -
0.20 mm, with an average of 0.18 mm.
1b0o2004105963 5
6. If the measured backlash exceeds the prescribed

value, fit a thinner adjustment shim.
The thickness of the adjustment shim to be fitted in
the differential housing is given by:
Shim S = Sp - {(Gm - 0.18 ) x 1.35}
where:
Sp = thickness of test shim installed in the differential
housing. i.e. original shim used as a test shim.
Gm = average backlash measured between the pin-
ion and crown wheel
If the backlash measured is less than the prescribed
value, fit a thicker adjustment shim, the value being
given by:
Shim S = Sp +{( 0.18 - Gm) x 1.35} BRJ4749B 6
Recheck the backlash and adjust shim if necessary.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 67
Bevel gear - Preload

1. The differential bearing preload is checked by mea-
suring the combined rolling torque of the crown wheel
and pinion assembly and comparing it to the pinion
and seals rolling torque value.
Attach a torque meter to the pinion shaft and mea-
sure the rolling torque to rotate the pinion and crown
wheel A2.
19109 1
2. Subtract from the rolling torque reading A2 described

in instruction 1, the pinion only rolling torque A1, refer
to Bevel gear - Install (D.10.A).
The difference between the two values should be 1 -
1.5 Nm, ( 9 - 13 lbf in).
If the rolling torque of the pinion and differential as-
sembly is not to specification adjust the ring ‘oppo-
site’ the crown wheel to increase or reduce differen-
tial bearing preload. Recheck the rolling torque as
detailed above.
Refit the lock tabs to secure the adjusting ring(s).
1b0o2004105965 2
3. EXAMPLE
Rolling torque of Pinion and Differential
A2 = 2.1 Nm ( 19 lbf in)
Rolling torque of Pinion
A1 = 0.7 Nm ( 6 lbf in)
Calculated Rolling Torque of Differential
= 2.1 - 0.7 Nm ( 19 - 6 lbf in)
= 1.4 Nm ( 13 lbf in)
Pinion Seal Installation

4. Position the pinion seal on the differential housing.
BAIL09CVT541AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 68
5. Vehicles with Standard axle locate special tool

380200094 on the pinion seal.
Vehicles with Suspended or Supersteer™ axle, lo-
cate special tool 380200092 on the pinion seal.
BAIL09CVT542AVA 4
6. Install the pinion seal installation press tool

380200105.
BAIL09CVT545AVB 5
7. Tighten the nut to pull the seal flush with the differen-
tial housing.
BAIL09CVT545AVC 6
8. Install the snap ring.
BAIL09CVT550AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 69
9. Position the oil seal protector on the differential hous-

ing.
BAIL09CVT547AVA 8
10. Vehicles with Standard axle, locate special tool

380200095 on the seal protector.
Vehicles with Suspended or Supersteer™ axle locate
special tool 380200093 on the seal protector.
BAIL09CVT547AVA 9
11. Install the pinion seal installation press tool

380200105.
BAIL09CVT545AVB 10
12. Tighten the nut to pull the seal protector flush with
the differential housing.
BAIL09CVT545AVC 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 70
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Disassemble
WARNING
B026
1. With the pinion and crown wheel carrier placed on

the fixture tool no. 293743 .
Proceed as follows:
Remove the retaining ring (3), bell housing (2), clutch
disc (4) hub retaining ring (1).
25819 1
2. Remove the circlip (1), disassemble the reaction ring

(2) along with the clutch discs (3) and clutch disc hub
(4).
25820 2
3. Remove the thrust washer (1), washer (2) and re-

lease bearing (3).
1b0o2004105924 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 71
4. Blow compressed air into the oil inlet fitting and drive
out the differential. clutch lock piston (1).
25822 4
5. Remove the attaching bolts (1) and differential. lock

support plate (2). Retrieve oil seal.
Check all hydraulic cylinder sliding surfaces are free
from scuffs and in perfectly good condition.
Check clutch discs for abnormal wear or imperfec-
tions. Replace if damaged.
Reinstall the differential lock assembly observing the
following:
reverse, from 5 back to 1.
- Refer to figures on FRONT AXLE - Sectional view
(D.10.A) for correct orientation of the different parts.
- Check seals and replace if damaged.
- Tighten to correct torques as detailed on FRONT
AXLE - Torque (D.10.A). 25823 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 72
Spindle drive - Remove
WARNING
B026
1. Swivel pins can be overhauled with the front axle on

the tractor. Proceed as follows for each wheel:
Open and raise engine hood.
Detach the negative cable (1) from the battery and
insulate.Refer to : Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Safely block rear wheels.
Remove front ballast and ballast support, if present.
2. Jack up front of tractor and place a stationary stand
(1) under the sump.
24315 1
3. Loosen retaining bolts and remove front wheels.
24316 2
4. A bolt (1) holds the spindle in place. Loosen the bolt

and lower using a hydraulic jack.
BSD2294A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 73
5. Lower the hydraulic jack and remove the spindle and

hub assembly (1).
25247 4
6. Loosen the axle outer section (1) attaching bolts.
25248 5
7. Remove the axle outer section (1).
25249 6
8. Fix the axle outer section in a vice and using a slide

puller remove the swivel bearing bushings (1).
25250 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 74
9. Reinstall the spindle assembly to the front axle fol-

lowing the disassembly procedure in reverse and us-
ing a suitable drift to install new bushings (1) on the
axle outer section.
25251 8
10. Reinstall axle outer section (1).

Reinstall the spindle assembly to the axle outer sec-
tion.
25249 9
11. Insert spindle and replace bolt. Apply Loctite 242 and
torque bolt to 470 - 530 Nm.
BSD2294A 10
12. Heavy Duty Axle Hub Removal and Installation

Support axle and tractor as previously described.
Remove the bearing grease cup
Remove the cotter pin (2)and undo the hub nut (1).
Remove the wheel hub and recover bearings
Replace faulty seals and worn bearings.
Fill the wheel hub with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR
75 MD GREASE CASE AKCELA MOLY GREASE.
BSD2260A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 75
13. Re-assemble the hub and bearings

Revolve the hub and torque the castellated nut to
20.3 Nm. Then back the nut off to the first slot.
Lock the nut using the cotter pin (2).
Refit the bearing grease cup.
14. Centre Arm Installation
Press two bushings into the centre steering arm so
they are 5 mm ( 0.196 inch) below the surface.Install
the pivot pin through the bottom of the axle centre
section. Lubricate the two o–rings with petroleum
jelly and install in the top and bottom of the centre
arm. Locate the centre arm between the upper and
lower boss of the axle.
Install two 3.96 mm ( 0.156 inch) thickness washers
(4) (5) between the bottom of the arm and the axle.
Push the pivot pin through the arm and then install
one 3.96 mm ( 0.156 inch) washer (1) and one 1.06
mm ( 0.042 inch) washer (2) at the top of the arm.
Check the clearance between the upper washer and
axle centre section. The gap must be no greater than BSD2293A 12
1067 mm ( 0.042 inch). Add or subtract washers at
the top of the steering arm to adjust the clearance.In-
sert the spring pin through the pivot pin to complete
installation.
Steering cylinder alignment is critical to seal life. Use
washers (1) and (2), (4) and (5), as shown Fig 12. to
shim gap at top of centre steering arm to a maximum
gap of 1 mm.
Position arm such that there is a gap between trun-
nion fitting ( Axle - Exploded view (D.10.A)) and
cylinder at top and bottom.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 76
Spindle drive - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Reinstall the spindle assembly to the front axle. In-

stall new bushings (1) on the axle outer section.
25251 1
2. Reinstall axle outer section (1).

Reinstall the spindle assembly to the axle outer sec-
tion.
25249 2
3. Insert spindle and replace bolt. Apply Loctite 242 and

torque bolt to 470 - 530 Nm (346.7 - 390.9 lbft).
BSD2294A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 77
4. Centre Arm Installation

Press two bushings into the centre steering arm so
they are 5 mm ( 0.196 inch) below the surface.Install
the pivot pin through the bottom of the axle centre
section. Lubricate the two o–rings with petroleum
jelly and install in the top and bottom of the centre
arm. Locate the centre arm between the upper and
lower boss of the axle.
Install two 3.96 mm ( 0.156 inch) thickness washers
(4) (5) between the bottom of the arm and the axle.
Push the pivot pin through the arm and then install
one 3.96 mm ( 0.156 inch) washer (1) and one 1.06
mm ( 0.042 inch) washer (2) at the top of the arm.
Check the clearance between the upper washer and
axle centre section. The gap must be no greater than BSD2293A 4
1067 mm ( 0.042 inch). Add or subtract washers at
the top of the steering arm to adjust the clearance.In-
sert the spring pin through the pivot pin to complete
installation.
Steering cylinder alignment is critical to seal life. Use
washers (1) and (2), (4) and (5), as shown Fig 4. to
shim gap at top of centre steering arm to a maximum
gap of 1 mm.
Position arm such that there is a gap between trun-
nion fitting ( Axle - Exploded view (D.10.A)) and
cylinder at top and bottom.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 78
Hub - Remove Two Wheel Drive Axle

1. Hub Removal
Support axle and tractor and remove wheels as
previously described in . Spindle drive - Remove
(D.10.A)
Remove the bearing grease cup
Remove the cotter pin (2) and undo the hub nut (1).
Remove the wheel hub and recover bearings
BSD2260A 1
Next operation:
Hub - Install (D.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 79
Hub - Install Two Wheel Drive Axle

Prior operation:
1. Reassemble the hub and bearings

Replace faulty seals and worn bearings.
Fill the wheel hub with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR
75 MD GREASE
Revolve the hub and torque the castellated nut to
20.3 Nm (15.0 lbft). Then back the nut off to the first
slot.
Lock the nut using the cotter pin (2).
Refit the bearing grease cup.
BSD2260A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 80
Hub - Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle

1. Unscrew the two track rod retaining bolts (1).
25591 1
2. Prior to removal of the track rod ensure that the hubs

will not rotate on their swivels, causing the axle to fall
from its stand.
Using a removal tool, withdraw the pins from their
bores in the stub axle housing, and remove the track
rod.
1b0o2004105903 2
3. Remove the circlips (2) from the cylinder rod pivot

pins, unscrew the pin retaining bolts of the cylinder
(1), withdraw the pins and detach the two cylinders.
Recover the four pins, washers, spacers and cylin-
ders complete with hoses.
25593 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 81
4. Unscrew the retaining bolts of the left-hand final drive

casing cover (1). Screw in the two studs 292888 (2)
and, using a slide hammer screwed into the oil drain
plug, detach the cover (1) from the casing.
25594 4
5. Remove the outer circlip (1) securing the driving gear

(2) and remove the gear.
25595 5
6. Remove the inner circlip (1).
25596 6
7. Remove the staking (1) on the wheel hub bearing

lock nut (2).
NOTE: If desired it is possible to remove the hub and
swivel housing together, without the need to remove the
wheel hub bearing lock nut.
25597 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 82
8. Remove the wheel hub bearing lock nut using special

tool 293881 .
25598 8
9. Remove the wheel hub (1) with the ring gear (2).
25599 9
10. Remove seal using suitable extracting tool.
BSB0233A 10
11. Unscrew the three retaining bolts (1) of the lower pin
of the stub axle housing. Recover the lower pivot pin
and the adjustment shims.
1b0o2004105906 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 83
12. Unscrew the four retaining bolts (1) of the mudguard

bracket (2) and remove the bracket.
TAG25011 12
13. If fitted, remove the steering angle potentiometer.

Remove the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and
withdraw the potentiometer (2) from the axle hub.
BRH3254B 13
14. Unscrew the three retaining bolts of the upper pivot

pin.
Withdraw the upper pivot pin (1) and detach the stub
axle housing (2).
.
NOTE: Refer to Sensing system - Replace (D.10.A) for
replacement of steering angle potentiometers.
1b0o2004105909 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 84
Hub Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle
STEERING SWIVEL PINS AND BEARINGS - Less Steering Angle Potentiometer
Replacement
Prior operation:
1. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove diffi-

cult to remove, proceed as follows.
Remove the grease nipples and the steering swivel
pin retaining bolts.
Fit the bolts (1) of the special tool 293857 .
Fit the plate (2) of the tool and fix it to the three bolts
with nuts (5).
Fit the central tie bolt (4) screwing it fully into the
grease nipple bore on the pin (6).
Screw in the nut (3) to drive the pin out of its bore.
24596 1
2. Using the extractor special tool 292161 (1) remove

the steering swivel bearings.
Re-install the steering swivel bearings using a suit-
able drift.
1b0o2004061038 2
Steering Swivel Pins and Bearings - With steering angle potentiometer

3. Remove the steering angle potentiometer, refer to
Sensing system - Replace (D.10.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 85
4. In the event that the steering swivel pins prove diffi-

cult to remove, remove the 3 steering swivel retaining
bolts. Using suitable pry bars located in the swivel
housing casting slots, carefully lever the swivel pin
from the housing.
BRH3250A 3
5. Remove the swivel housing, refer to Hub - Remove

(D.10.A).
6. Remove the steering angle potentiometer shaft from
the axle housing. Refer to Sensing system - Re-
place (D.10.A).
7. Using the bearing puller attachment of extractor, spe-
cial tool No. 292161 (3) with adaptor tool, 380002489
(2) couple these to special tool 293857 (1) and re-
move the steering swivel bearings.
BRH3404BB 4
8. Install the new steering swivel bearings using a suit-

able drift.
NOTE: Take care when installing the bearings not to
damage the special bearing coating.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 86
Hub Swivel pin and bearing - Preload
WARNING
B026
1. Apply grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD

GREASE on the outer races of the bearings and fit
the upper cover, without the shims, and with special
tool 292220 (2) attached. Torque the retaining bolts
to the specified torque value of 130 Nm (96 lb ft).
NOTE: To aid installation of the swivel pin, it is recommend
that guide 293889 (1) is installed on the axle shaft.
1b0o2004061039 1
2. Fit the lower cover without shims, lubricate the three

retaining bolts with engine oil.
Gradually, tighten the lower cover bolts equally while
rotating the casing to allow the excess grease to es-
cape.
1b0o2004061040 2
3. Using a torque wrench and special tool 292220 (1),

check that the torque required to rotate the casing
is 15 - 20 Nm. Adjust the three lower bolts until the
correct torque is achieved.
Measure the gap (H) created between the lower
cover and the casing in three places.
1b0o2004061041 3
4. Calculate the average of the three values measured.

The total thickness of the adjustment shims to be
fitted under the lower cover is Shim S3= H - 0.20 mm
.
If necessary, round up the value to the next 0.05 mm.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 87
5. Insert shims under lower swivel cover. Tighten the

retaining bolts to the specified torque value of 113
Nm.
6. After having rotated the casing a few times to allow
the components to bed down, check that the torque
necessary to rotate the casing is 147 Nm (108 lb ft).
If the torque value measured is greater than the spec-
ified value, increase the thickness of the shims, if it
is less than the specified value, reduce the thickness
of the shims.
Remove the special tool 292220 , fit the grease nip-
ples in the upper and lower covers and grease the
assembly.
1b0o2004061042 4
Next operation:
Tie rod - Toe in adjust (D.20.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 88
Sensing system - Replace

1. To replace the potentiometer sensor unit only, re-
move the potentiometer retaining plate (1) and with-
draw the potentiometer (2) from the axle swivel hous-
ing.
BRH3254B 1
2. Refit the potentiometer ensuring that the ’D’ drive of

the shaft and potentiometer are correctly aligned.
3. Check the sealing ring of the retaining plate is in good
condition and refit the retaining plate
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must then be carried out. Refer to FRONT AXLE - Calibrate
(D.10.A).
Potentiometer shaft and wiring replacement

4. With the swivel housing and axle shaft removed, re-
fer to Hub - Remove (D.10.A), carefully remove the
electrical connector from the potentiometer wiring.
Remove the wire retaining plate (1) and pull the po-
tentiometer shaft and wiring up through the top of the
axle housing.
BRH3253B 2
5. Install the new potentiometer shaft (1) and wiring

through the axle hole and locate as shown in Figure
3. Refit the wire retaining plate and ensure the rub-
ber grommet for the wiring is correctly installed into
the housing. Reconnect the wiring to the connector.
BRH3252B 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 89
6. Fit the swivel housing, the adjustment shims, the up-

per and lower pivot pins, ensuring that the upper pin
flange is correctly positioned as shown in Figure 4,
refer to Hub - Remove (D.10.A).
NOTE: Calibration of the steering angle sensor must
then be carried out. Refer to FRONT AXLE - Calibrate
(D.10.A).
BRH3251B 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 90
Axle - Troubleshooting Two Wheel Drive

Premature tyre wear Wrong inflation pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure, refer to val-
ues suggested in the Operator’s Manual.
Always comply with values specified by the
tyre manufacturer.
Wrong front wheel toe-in. Adjust toe-in (see Axle - Check (D.10.A)).
Poor tractor stability Wrong inflation pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 91
Index
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A

Axle - Check Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Axle - Exploded view Two Wheel Drive axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Axle - General specification Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Axle - Remove Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Axle - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Axle - Static description Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Axle - Torque Two Wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Axle - Troubleshooting Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Axle - Width adjust Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Axle shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Bevel gear - Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Bevel gear - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Bevel gear - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bevel gear - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Differential - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
FRONT AXLE - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
FRONT AXLE - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
FRONT AXLE - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FRONT AXLE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
FRONT AXLE - Install Suspended Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
FRONT AXLE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
FRONT AXLE - Remove (Suspended Axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
FRONT AXLE - Remove Supersteer Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
FRONT AXLE - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
FRONT AXLE - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FRONT AXLE - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FRONT AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Hub - Install Two Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Hub - Remove Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hub - Remove Two Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Hub Swivel pin and bearing - Overhaul Four Wheel Drive Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Hub Swivel pin and bearing - Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 92
Sensing system - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Spindle drive - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Spindle drive - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 93
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.10.A / 94
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FUNCTIONAL DATA
REAR AXLE
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SERVICE
REAR AXLE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Final drive
Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Differential lock
Multi plate clutch - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
DIAGNOSTIC
REAR AXLE
Final drive
Differential lock
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 2
TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE - General specification

Pinion and crown wheel ratio: 9/42 = 1:4.66
Pinion to crown wheel backlash 0.25 - 0.33 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in)
Differential 4-pinion
Differential lock control:
- Multi-plate clutch Acting through a hydraulically controlled
multi-pack clutch in oil bath
Number of clutch discs:
- Driven discs. n. 4
- Drive discs. n. 4
- Driven disc thickness (each) 3.45 - 3.55 mm (0.136 - 0.140 in)
- Drive disc thickness (each) 1.95 - 2.05 mm (0.077 - 0.081 in)
Differential pinion bore dia. (Refer to 30.04 - 30.061 mm (1.183 - 1.184 in)
REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A))
Differential pinion journal dia. (6) 29.939 - 29.96 mm (1.1787 - 1.1795 in)
Differential pinion running clearance 0.080 - 0.122 mm (0.003 - 0.005 in)
Side gear hub seat in differential
Casing dia. (Refer to REAR AXLE - 70 mm (2.756 in)
Sectional view (D.12.A) )
Side gear hub dia. (3) 68 mm (2.677 in)
Pinion shaft position adjustment (Refer to Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A))
- shims available 3 mm (0.12 in)
3.1 mm (0.122 in)
3.2 mm (0.126 in)
3.3 mm (0.130 in)
3.4 mm (0.134 in)
3.5 mm (0.138 in)
3.6 mm (0.142 in)
3.7 mm (0.146 in)
3.8 mm (0.150 in)
3.9 mm (0.154 in)
4 mm (0.157 in)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 3
Pinion bearing adjustment Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)

Pinion bearing shimming (Refer to REAR 4.40 mm (0.173 in)
AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A)) 4.50 mm (0.177 in)
4.60 mm (0.181 in)
4.70 mm (0.185 in)
4.80 mm (0.189 in)
4.85 mm (0.191 in)
4.90 mm (0.193 in)
4.95 mm (0.195 in)
5.0 mm (0.197 in)
5.05 mm (0.199 in)
5.10 mm (0.201 in)
5.15 mm (0.203 in)
5.20 mm (0.205 in)
5.25 mm (0.207 in)
5.30 mm (0.209 in)
5.35 mm (0.211 in)
5.40 mm (0.213 in)
5.45 mm (0.215 in)
5.50 mm (0.217 in)
5.55 mm (0.219 in)
5.60 mm (0.220 in)
5.65 mm (0.222 in)
5.70 mm (0.224 in)
5.75 mm (0.226 in)
5.80 mm (0.228 in)
5.85 mm (0.230 in)
5.90 mm (0.232 in)
5.95 mm (0.234 in)
6.0 mm (0.236 in)
6.05 mm (0.238 in)
6.10 mm (0.240 in)
6.15 mm (0.242 in)
6.20 mm (0.244 in)
6.30 mm (0.248 in)
6.40 mm (0.252 in)
6.50 mm (0.256 in)
6.60 mm (0.260 in)
Crown wheel bearing and backlash Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
shims available (Refer to REAR AXLE - 0.15 mm (0.006 in)
Adjust (D.12.A) ) 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
0.50 mm (0.020 in)
Differential gear and pinion backlash 0.20 mm (0.008 in)
Differential gear thrust washer thickness
(Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A) 2.70 mm (0.106 in)
and REAR AXLE - Sectional view 2.75 mm (0.108 in)
(D.12.A)) 2.80 mm (0.110 in)
2.85 mm (0.112 in)
2.90 mm (0.114 in)
2.95 mm (0.116 in)
3.00 mm (0.118 in)
3.05 mm (0.120 in)
3.10 mm (0.122 in)
3.15 mm (0.124 in)
3.20 mm (0.126 in)
3.25 mm (0.128 in)
3.30 mm (0.130 in)
Differential gear end play (each) 0.226 mm (0.0089 in)± 0.302 mm
(0.0119 in)
Differential gear end play adjustment Refer to Differential lock Multi plate
clutch - Overhaul (D.12.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 4
REAR AXLE - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to carry out the different operations described in this Section.
290090 Rotary stand
292320 Tractor separation stand
291517 Rear axle housing lifting hook
293972 Front bracket for rear axle overhaul (to be used with
290090)
293973 Rear bracket for rear axle overhaul (to be used with
290090)
X 293343 Nut wrench for checking pinion rolling torque
293996 Transfer box shaft puller
294168 Pinion ring nut tool
X 293975 Pinion bearing adjustment tool
X 293977 Spacer (to be used with 293975)
293400 Universal pinion installer
X 293994 Crown wheel-differential lifting hook
292870 Universal differential lock pressure test kit
X 293986 Differential planetary gear adjustment tool
292400 Rear wheel lifting hook.

291221 Differential overhaul stand.
X 295026 Spacer and bushing (to be used with 293975 ).
297471 Tractor splitting kit
380000403 Rear axle support
380200104 Crown Wheel Removing Tool
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 5
24663-2 1
Tool to be fabricated to disassemble-assemble the final drives (Mark tool with no. 50091 -
- Dimensions in mm).
Fabricate tool using Aq 42 D.material

1. Make 2 legs in C 40 H&T material
Tool to be fabricated to disassemble-assemble the Bevel Pinion Shaft
• Make from 60 mm socket (remove square drive end).

• Weld suitable rectangular piece of metal to socket (See Fig. 2).
• Use in conjunction with pinion drive coupler and 3/4 in drive socket.(Refer to REAR AXLE - Disassemble
(D.12.A)).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 6
1b0o2004105982 2
REAR AXLE - Torque

DESCRIPTION Thread size Torque
Nut, bevel pinion shaft M45x1. 5 500 Nm (368.78 lbft)
Nut, final drive case M14x1. 5 200 Nm (147.51 lbft)
Nut, wheel disc to wheel rim M16x1.5 250 Nm (184.39 lbft)
Nut, steel wheel disc to wheel hub M18x1.5 255 Nm (188.08 lbft)
Capscrew, wheel hub on dual wheel M16x1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
axle shaft
Capscrew, RAIL disc on dual wheel M16x1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
axle shaft
Capscrew, drive wheel shaft M22x1.5 88 Nm (64.91 lbft)(*)
Capscrew, crown wheel and M10x1.25 54 Nm (39.8 lb ft)
differential caps
Capscrew, crown wheel M14x1.5 195 Nm (143.82 lbft)
Nut, RAIL disc block M20x2.5 245 Nm (180.70 lbft)
Nut, RAIL disc to wheel hub M18x1.5 314 Nm (231.59 lbft)
Nut, weight screw to steel wheel disc M16x1.5 294 Nm (216.84 lbft)
Attaching screws, wheel weights M16x1.5 211 Nm (155.63 lbft)
Allen screw, wheel weights to cast M16x1.5 186 Nm (137.19 lbft)
iron disc
(*) see adjustment procedure on Refer to Final drive Shaft - Install (D.12.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 7
BSE2389A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 8
REAR AXLE - Sectional view
BSE2387A 1
Rear Axle Longitudinal Sectional View
1 Bevel pinion shaft 2 Tapered roller bearing

3 Bevel pinion bearing adjusting shim 4 50 Kph Clutch (Where Fitted)
5 Bearing 6 PTO Drive Shaft
7 PTO Clutch 8 Crown Wheel
9 Differential gear hub 10 Differential gear
11 Pinion shaft position shim 12 Four Wheel Drive Clutch
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 9
BSE2468A 2
Rear Axle Cross-Section (with multi-plate clutch differential lock)
1 Differential output half-shaft 2 Differential Support

3 Side gears 4 Differential casing
5 Differential gear Hub 6 Differential Pinion
7 Crown wheel bearing cap 8 Thrust washer
9 Planetary gear (11) bearing spacer 10 Thrust washer
11 Planetary final reduction gears 12 Wheel axle shaft
13 Seal. 14 Seal.
15 Planetary carrier 16 Differential output half-shaft
17 Drive discs 18 Driven discs
19 Differential lock control piston 20 Crown Wheel Guard
21 Seal 22 Side Gear End Play Adjuster Rings
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 10
REAR AXLE - Static description

The rear axle assembly transfers drive from the transmission to the epicyclic final drives through a bevel pinion and
crown wheel coupling. The bevel gears are spiral type and are supported by tapered roller bearings.
The differential is fitted with four planetary gears and hydraulic differential lock. The differential lock being of a multi-
plate type.
Refer to Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description (D.12.A)
The epicyclic final reduction gear sets are controlled by the bevel pinion and crown wheel output half-shafts, which
also control the brakes. On Models with 19Fx6R 50 KphTransmissions the 50 Kph clutch is housed in the rear axle.
Refer to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive - Static description (C.30.D)
BSD2313A 1
Crown Wheel and Pinion Components
1 Ring Nut 2 Bearing

3 Four Wheel Drive Gear 4 Parking Brake Disc Hub
5 50 Kph Drive Gear (Where Fitted) 6 Crown Wheel
7 Piston 8 Cover
9 Bolt 10 Driven Disc
11 Lock Plate 12 Differential Casing
13 Shaft and Bevel Pinion 14 Bearing
15 Spacer 16 Brake Discs
17 Shim
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 11
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description
BAIL06CCM044GSA 1
REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ASSEMBLY (Multi-plate clutch)
Return to dump
Low pressure oil ( 22 - 24 bar (319.00 - 348.00 psi))
When the switch on the instrument panel is activated, the solenoid valve opens and directs oil from the pump into the
control piston (1) annular groove in left hand bearing carrier.
The pressure applied over the piston (1) surface compresses the multi-pack clutch drive and driven discs and locks
the differential.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 12
Differential lock - Fault code index

If an error code is displayed in the instrument panel identified with the numbers ’7----’ refer to Control module - Fault
code index (A.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 13
REAR AXLE - Remove
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Disconnect the rear axle from the transmission housing, for further information, refer to Housing - Disconnect
(C.20.E)
DANGER
B012
1. Ensure the rear axle is adequately supported.

NOTE: Repeat for left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 1
3. Remove the ’R’ clip (1) slide out the hinge pin (2) and
remove the top lift link.
BAIS06CCM572AVA 2
4. Disconnect the EDC electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM571AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 14
5. Remove the EDC sensor.
BAIS06CCM570AVA 4
6. Remove the lift arm assembly.

NOTE: Repeat this operation for the left hand side.
BAIS06CCM573AVA 5
7. Remove the PTO speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM574AVA 6
8. Using suitable lifting equipment support the tow hitch

support.
Remove the retaining bolts and remove the tow hitch
support.
BAIS06CCM575AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 15
9. Using suitable lifting equipment support the PTO as-

sembly.
Remove the retaining bolts and remove the PTO as-
sembly and shaft.
BSD2300B 8
10. Disconnect the lift arm cylinder hydraulic hoses.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 9
11. Remove the pivot pins (1) and remove the lift arm
cylinder.
NOTE: Repeat for right hand side.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the rams for most
operations.
BSD2256A 10
Tractors with Cab Suspension

12. Remove the cab support from the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 16
13. Disconnect the cab to chassis strap (1) and detach

the cab suspension bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 12
Tractors with Standard Cab

BAIS06CCM123AVA 13
All Tractors
15. Remove the lift arm stabilizer bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 14
16. Install special tools. 50091 and 38020004 and attach

to suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 17
17. Remove the final drive housing retaining nuts.

Remove the final drive assembly together with the
half shaft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 16
Next operation:
REAR AXLE - Disassemble (D.12.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 18
REAR AXLE - Install
WARNING
B020
1. To assist reinstallation of the final drive housing, po-

sition the half-shaft (4) into its seat on the differential
and brake disc.
23682 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 19
BSE2518A 2
Patterns for application of liquid gasket during reinstallation of: rear PTO housing ; final drive housings ;
four wheel drive clutch housing ; and park brake housing to rear axle housing .
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 20
2. Install the final drive assembly.

Install the final drive housing retaining nuts.
Tighten to 200 Nm 147 lbft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 3
3. Remove special tools. 50091 and 38020004.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 4
4. Install the lift arm stabilizer bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 5

5. Install the cab support to the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 21

6. Connect the cab to chassis strap (1) and attach the
cab suspension bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM124AVA 7
7. Install the cab support to the final drive housing.
BAIS06CCM123AVA 8
8. If removed, install the lift arm cylinders.
BSD2256A 9
9. Connect the lift arm cylinder hoses.
BAIS06CCM310AVB 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 22
10. Using suitable lifting equipment install the PTO as-

sembly and shaft. Install the compressor.
Tighten to 211 Nm ( 156 lb ft)
BSD2300B 11
11. Using suitable lifting equipment install the tow hitch

support.
BAIS06CCM575AVA 12
12. Install the PTO speed sensor.
BAIS06CCM574AVA 13
13. Install the lift arm assembly.

NOTE: Repeat this operation for the left hand side.
BAIS06CCM573AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 23
14. Install the EDC sensor.
BAIS06CCM570AVA 15
15. Connect the EDC electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM571AVA 16
16. Locate the top lift link, slide in the hinge pin (1). and
install the ’R’ clip (2).
BAIS06CCM572AVB 17

(D.50.C)
NOTE: Repeat for left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 18
Next operation:
Connect the rear axle to the transmission housing, for further information refer to Housing - Connect (C.20.E)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 24
REAR AXLE - Disassemble

Prior operation:
REAR AXLE - Remove (D.12.A)
WARNING
B026
1. Support the rear axle housing using the tractor split-

ting tool 297471 and support tool 380000403 (1).
BSE2487B_134 1
2. Loosen the attaching bolts and remove the parking

brake control assembly.
BSE2517A 2
3. Remove the inner transfer box guard.
BSD2248A_135 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 25
4. Remove clutch driveshaft retaining ring (1) and shims

(2).
BSD2307A_136 4
5. Use slide hammer (1) 292927 and M8 x 1.25 adap-

tor (2) 293996 partially withdraw transfer clutch drive-
shaft (3).
BSD2249A_137 5
6. Retrieve bearing cap (1) and using an assistant, sup-

port the clutch housing, Figure 7. Completely re-
move clutch driveshaft (2) taking care to ensure that
the clutch housing does not drop to the ground.
BSD2250A_138 6
7. Remove clutch assembly from beneath transmis-

sion.
Separate and inspect all components. Refer to
Clutch - Overhaul (D.14.C).
BSD2252A_139 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 26
8. Loosen the attaching bolts (1) on the crown wheel

support caps. Support the crown wheel as shown in
figure 10. Remove the crown wheel support caps
and shims on both sides. Also remove piston pin
assembly (2) .
BSE2515A 8
9. Remove the brake drive piston using a pry bar.
BSD2270A 9
BSD2308A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 27
10. Remove Crown wheel using locally fabricated tool.

Refer to REAR AXLE - Special tools (D.12.A)
11. Unstake the crushed nut, hold the pinion steady and
loosen the nut using the locally fabricated wrench
tool (1), pinion coupler and 3/4 in drive socket.
BSE2460A 11
12. Using a universal puller , partially withdraw the bevel

pinion.
Disassemble the universal puller and remove front
bearing (1).
24384 12
13. Slide out the pinion and recover the inner parts
through the parking brake compartment.
BSE2461A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 28
14. Slide out the bearing (1) from pinion using a drive
puller and a hydraulic press.
24386 14
15. Remove the pinion rear bearing cup (1) from front
end using a driver tool, and recover adjustment shim
(S) .
NOTE: Sectional view shown for illustration purposes
24387 15
16. Reinstall all components into the rear axle housing

observing the following:
- Thoroughly clean the housing, especially the inner
compartments.
reverse.
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
Next operation:
- Refer to REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A) and REAR AXLE - Static description (D.12.A) for correct posi-
tioning and orientation of the different parts.
- Tighten to correct torques as detailed (Refer to Final drive - Torque (D.12.A)).
- Before reassembling housings, supports and covers, thoroughly clean and degrease mating surfaces and apply a
bead of liquid gasket of approx. 2 mm. of diameter following the patterns shown in the figures (Refer to REAR AXLE
- Install (D.12.A)).
- During bevel pinion installation, carry out the adjustments as detailed (Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)).
- During crown wheel installation, carry out operations described (Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)) to adjust
tapered roller bearings and for pinion to crown wheel correct mating.
- Install and adjust transfer box bearings as detailed in Clutch - Install (D.14.C).
- Refer to Command - Adjust (C.30.C) to adjust the creeper control lever.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 29
REAR AXLE - Adjust

Prior operation:
BSE2389A_140 1
(A) - Pinion shaft pre-load shim. Adjusts the pre-load on the pinion shaft bearings and components.
(B) - Pinion shaft position shim. Adjusts the position of the pinion relative to the crown wheel.
( (C) and (F)) - Left and right hand crown wheel backlash and differential support bearing pre-load shims. Adjusts the horizontal
position of the crown wheel relative to the pinion gear. This affects the backlash depending on which side the shims are fitted.
Also affects the pre-load on the differential support bearings, affected by the total shims, (C+F.)
( (D) and (E)) - Left and right differential side gear shims. Adjusts pre-load on differential gear assembly.
NOTE: The pinion and differential should be set up in the following order:
1. (D and E) Refer to: Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Overhaul (D.12.A)
2. (B)
3. (A)
4. (C and F)
1. PINION AND CROWN WHEEL ADJUSTMENTS

Determining pinion shaft position shim thickness
(Shim (B) figure 1) using special tool no. 293975 .
Proceed as follows:
Place pinion rear bearing outer cup (2) on the rear
axle housing less shim
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 30
2. Assemble special tool no. 293975 (1) complete with

the bearings on the rear axle housing. Lock the nut
while turning the bearings.
24395 2
3.
BSG6046A 3
4. Assemble universal tool no. 293400 (2) on crown

wheel caps (1) complete with the bearing outer cups.
Bring the rod of tool no. 293400 (H) to contact bear-
ing inner cup and measure dimension (H1).
Determine correct nominal dimension, H2 (2) be-
tween the crown wheel centreline and pinion larger
base:
H2 = H3 ± C
where:
H3 = 212 mm. Nominal dimension between the
crown wheel centreline and pinion larger base for
tractors fitted with power command transmissions.
C = Correction factor stamped on the pinion, ex-
pressed in mm and prefixed by + or - if other than
0, to be added to or subtracted from the nominal di- BSE2619A 4
mension (H3), depending on the sign.
5. Adjuster ring thickness (S1) is given by:
S1 = H1 - H2
where:
H1 = Depth gauge reading
H2 = Correct nominal dimension between crown

wheel centreline and pinion larger base.
If necessary, round off the value (S1) to the next 0.05
mm.
Examples:
- Depth gauge reading:: H1 = 215.4 mm
- Nominal dimension between crown wheel centre-
line and pinion larger base: H3 = 212 mm
Example 1:
- Correction factor: C = + 0.1 mm
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 31
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 212 + 0.1 = 212.1

mm
- Adjuster ring thickness
- S1 = 215.4 - 212.1 = 3.3 mm
Example 2:
- Correction factor: C = - 0.1 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = 212 - 0.1 = 211.9
mm
- Adjuster ring thickness:
- S1 = 215.4 - 211.9 = 3.5 mm
Example 3:
- Correction factor C = 0 mm
- Correct nominal dimension: H2 = H3 = 212 mm
- S1 Adjuster ring thickness:
- S1 = 215.4 - 212 = 3.4 mm
6. Remove universal tool no. 293400 .
Determining pinion shaft pre-load shim thickness
(Shim (A) figure 1) of the pinion shaft tapered roller
bearings using special tool no. 293975 .
Proceed as follows:
1. Using a depth gauge, measure dimension (H6)
between the end of tool no. 293975 (1) and the end
of the inner screw.
2. Remove tool no. 293975 from rear axle housing.
24397 5
8. Fix tool no. 293975 into a vice, assemble all parts on

it including a test shim (P) .
Screw in tool nut to lock the tool and using a depth
gauge measure dimension (H7) between tool end
and end of the inner screw.
Adjuster ring thickness (S2) is given by:
S2 = H6 + P + S1 - H7 +0.2
where:
P = Test shim
S1 = Pinion shaft position adjustment shim, as found
in the previous paragraph.
0.2 mm = Increase necessary to compensate for
bearing increased preload deriving from tightening of
the pinion shaft locknut
If necessary, round off the value (S2) to the next 0.05 24398 6
mm
Example
- Pinion shaft position adjustment shim, found in the
previous paragraph: S1 = 1.8 mm
- Depth gauge reading: H6 = 13.60 mm
Test shim:P= 2 mm
Depth gauge reading:H7= 12.10 mm
Adjuster ring thickness.
S2=13.60+2+1.8-12.1+0.2= 5.5 mm
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 32

Adjustment of crown wheel bearing pre-load and
crown wheel to pinion backlash, shims (C and F),
Figure 1
Proceed as follows:
1. Assemble rear bearing outer cup (1) and shim (S1)
as in previous adjustments. .
24387_141 7
10. Assemble pinion (1) complete with all components

and respective bearing adjuster rings (Refer to
REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A)) as found
during previous adjustments. If necessary, hold the
pinion in place using a suitable tool.
NOTE: Pinion shaft position and pinion bearing shims
(Refer to REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A)) are
listed on Refer to REAR AXLE - General specification
(D.12.A).
24399 8
11. Using the fabricated tool (1) tighten the pinion nut to
500 Nm (368.78 lbft) ) and while turning the pinion
shaft to settle the bearings. Remove pinion tool.
Check if the rolling torque necessary to turn the
pinion shaft is 1.0 - 2.0 Nm (0.74 - 1.48 lbft) ) by
measuring it at the end of the shaft using the fab-
ricated wrench tool no. (1) and torque wrench tool
no. 292865 (2). Crush the nut (See REAR AXLE -
Static description (D.12.A)).
NOTE: Decrease the bearing adjustment shim pack (Refer
to REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A)) if the rolling
torque is lower than specified, or increase it if higher.
BSE2460A_142 9
12. Assemble the crown wheel - differential assembly

to the rear axle housing, insert the right hand cap
complete with a test shim and fix with three screws.
Tighten the screws to 54 Nm (39.83 lbft) .
BSE2621A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 33
13. Measure left hand cap thickness (D1).
BSE2620A 11
14. Assemble the left hand cap without adjuster rings

using three lubricated screws (1) arranged at 120 °.
Tighten alternatively and gradually the three screws
(1) until 6 - 9 Nm (4.425 - 6.638 lbft) while turning
the crown wheel to settle the bearings
BSE2515A_143 12
15. Using a depth gauge, measure dimension (D) at the

two recesses in the left hand cap. Calculate the av-
erage of the two readings.
The total shim pack (S) to be inserted beneath the
right hand and left hand caps is given by:
S = D2-D1+A+0.3
where:
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
D1 = left hand cap thickness, in mm.
D2 = Dimension measured at 18, in mm.
0.3 mm = Increase necessary to diminish the bearing
preload deriving from the screws (1).
If necessary, round off the value (S) to the next 0.05
mm.
24404 13
16. Using a dial gauge, measure the backlash (G) be-

tween the crown wheel and pinion teeth (take three
measures at 120 ° and take the average of the read-
ings).
Normal crown wheel to pinion backlash is 0.20 - 0.28
mm, with an average of 0.24 mm
To compensate for possible backlash values higher
or lower than specified, consider the 1:1.34 ratio ex-
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 34
isting between normal backlash and corresponding

crown wheel end displacement.
Therefore, the end displacement (Z) necessary to
restore specified backlash is:
Z = (G - 0.24) x 1.34
Adjustment shim packs (Sd and Ss) to be inserted on
the right hand and left hand caps are given by:
Sd = A Z
Ss = S - Sd
where:
S = Total shim pack value
Z = Crown wheel end displacement, found above.
A = Test shim = 1.5 mm
17. Assemble the shim packs determined above on the
caps and tighten the screws (1) at the specified
torque.
24405 14
18. Check if the rolling torque necessary to turn the

crown wheel and pinion assembly is:
24400 15
19. Rp + ( 1.25 - 2.0 Nm)

opp. Rp + ( 0.125 - 0.2 kgm)
by measuring it at the end of the pinion shaft using
the wrench tool no. 293343 (1) and torque wrench
tool no 292865 (2).
where:
Rp = Rolling torque measured for the pinion only (Re-
fer to Final drive Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul
(D.12.A))
Example:
- Measure of left hand cap thickness (D1)= 14.00 mm
- Test shim A = 1.5 mm
- Measure of clearance of D2 between left hand cap
and its seat on the rear axle housing
14.15 mm; 14.25 mm.
D2 = Mean value (14.15 + 14.25):2 = 14.20 mm
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 35
- Total adjuster ring thickness

S = 14.20-14.00 + 1.5 + 0.3 = 2.00 mm
- Measured backlash: 0.13 mm; 0.12 mm; 0.14 mm
G = Mean value= (0.13 + 0.12 + 0.14): 3 = 0.13 mm
- End displacement (Z) necessary to restore speci-
fied backlash.
Z = (0.13 - 0.24) x 1.34= - 0.11 x 1.34 = - 0.15
- Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on the right
hand cap is:
Sd = 1.5 - 0.15 = 1.35 mm
- Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on left hand
cap is: Ss = 2.00 -135 = 0.65 mm
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 36
Final drive Housing - Remove

Prior operation:
WARNING
B012
All Tractors
1. Remove the drain plug and drain oil into a suitable
container.
50 - 60 lbft)
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
2. Raise the rear of the tractor and place a suitable axle

stand under the rear axle housing.
Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear wheel to
a hoist and remove the rear wheel.
WARNING
B105
BTB0282A_370 2
3. Raise and support the cab, for additional information

refer to USER PLATFORM - Remove (E.34.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 37

4. Detach the panhard rod (1) and the strap retaining
pin (2).
BAIS06CCM141AVA 3
BAIS06CCM123AVA 4
6. Remove the cab to chassis strap (1) and detach the

BAIS06CCM124AVA 5

7. Remove the cab retaining bolt.
BAIS06CCM125AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 38
BAIS06CCM123AVA 7
All Tractors
9. Remove the lift arm stabiliser bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 8
10. Detach the lift arm cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM127AVA 9
11. Install special tools, lifting bracket,. 380001113

(50091) with adaptor studs, 38020004 and attach to
suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 39

half shaft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 40
Final drive Shaft - Remove

Prior operation:
Remove final drive housing, for further information refer to Final drive Housing - Remove (D.12.A).
WARNING
B026
1. With the final drive case removed from the rear axle
housing, proceed as follows:
Position the final drive case on a rotary stand.
24608_544 1
2. If necessary, remove the locking plate (1) by slightly

turning it
24609_545 2
3. Loosen the screw attaching the planetary carrier (1)

to the drive shaft.
24610_546 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 41
4. Slide out the planetary carrier (1).
24611_547 4
5. Recover the thrust washer (1).
24612_548 5
6. Using a suitable puller, remove the drive shaft.
1b0o2004108874 6
7. Using an expansion puller and a slide hammer, re-

move the bearing outer cup (1) from the final drive
side.
24616_549 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 42
8. Remove the seal (1).
24617_550 8
9. Remove the seal (1) and recover the bearing inner

cup from the wheel side.
Use an expansion puller and a slide hammer to re-
move the bearing outer cup from the wheel side.
24614_551 9
10. Inspect and disassemble planetary gear set.

Remove retaining ring.
1b0o2004108878 10
11. Slide out the pivot pins and recover the gears com-
plete with the needle bearings. Remove the thrust
washer (1).
When reassembling planetary gear set Insert the
thrust washer (1) into carrier before installing each
planetary gears.
24621_552 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 43
Final drive Shaft - Install

Prior operation:
Reinstall all the components of the drive wheel shaft assembly observing the following:
- Refer to REAR AXLE - Static description (D.12.A) and Differential - Overhaul (D.12.A) for correct orientation of
the different parts.
WARNING
B020
1. Install the outer bearing cups and seals on the hous-

ing using suitable drifts.
2. After installing all components on the final drive case,
adjust the drive wheel taper bearings.
3. Drive wheel taper bearing adjustment:
Tighten the bolt ( Final drive - Torque (D.12.A)) to
196 Nm ( 20 kgm) while turning the shaft to settle
the assembly.
Loosen the bolt (Refer to Final drive - Torque
(D.12.A)) then tighten it again to 88 Nm ( 9 kgm)
while turning the shaft to settle the bearings properly.
24610_553 1
4. Insert the safety plate (1) and lock it screwing in or

out the bolt (C3) until reaching the next notch
NOTE: Screw in or out to a maximum. angular variation
of 15 °.
24609_545 2
5. Turn the shaft by hand and check if it turns freely,

with no end float or excess resistance.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 44
6. Using the grease nipple, fill the inner recess with

grease NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR 75 MD
GREASE (several grease gun strokes are required).
24619 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 45
Final drive Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul
WARNING
B026
1. With the assembly removed from the case, proceed

as follows:
Remove retaining ring (1).
2. Slide out the pivot pins and recover the gears com-
plete with the needle bearings. Remove the thrust
washer (1).
Reinstall all components of the planetary gear set
observing the following:
reverse, from step 2 back to step 1.
- Insert the thrust washer (1) first on the driven gear
holder.
1b0o2004106106 1
24621 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 46
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Overhaul

Prior operation:
WARNING
B026
1. With the crown wheel/pinion and differential assem-

bly on the bench, proceed as follows:
Loosen the bolts retaining the differential lock and
differential casings .
Detach the differential lock case and recover the
multi-plate clutch .
BSE2458A 1
2. Using a depth gauge, check if the clearance (3)

between the differential casing and the multi-pack
clutch (2) is 1.35 - 3.1 mm. If this is not the case,
replace clutch discs.
Reinstall all the components of the differential lock
control unit observing the following:
reverse, from step 3 back to step 1.
- Refer to REAR AXLE - Sectional view (D.12.A) for
correct orientation of the different parts.
- Lubricate all components with NEW HOLLAND
AMBRA MULTI G 134 oil.
BSE2480A 2
3. Error Codes and Diagnostics

If there is a fault with the differential lock an error
code will be displayed on the instrument panel. Re-
fer to ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Static description
(A.50.A) for more detail.
BSE2493A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 47
4. Crown Wheel Components

Remove clutch plates as previously shown
Remove piston from crown wheel assembly.
BSE2482A 4
5. Remove side gear (1) and shim (2) from crown wheel
assembly (3).
BSE2514A 5
6. Undo the Allen key screws to enable access to the

locking pins holding the journal pinion carrier.
BSE2459A 6
7. Remove the ring gear using a suitable soft faced

hammer.
BSE2481A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 48
8. Loosen the screws (1) holding the journal pinion car-

riers in place and pull out to allow removal of the dif-
ferential gears. It is advisable to keep the pinion car-
riers and side gears matched as they are removed.
BSE2516A 8
9. Side gear end float adjustment (Refer to REAR

AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)).
Assemble side gears, pivot pins and retaining pins.
Place the side gear (3) complete with a test shim (2)
on tool no. 293986 (1)
NOTE: Adjust the left hand side carrier end float as
indicated for the right hand side gear.
24414 9
24415 10
10. Assemble the side gear and attached tool no.

293986 on the differential casing, place the crown
wheel above it and fix the crown wheel with three
bolts (1). Turn the assembly to settle.
24416 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 49
11. Place a dial test indicator gauge with the stylus on

the tool screw (1), press the tool and set gauge to
zero.
24417 12
12. Pull the tool (1) upwards and read the travel (H) on
the gauge.
13. Adjuster ring thickness to be inserted on RH side
gear is given by:
Rd = (B + H) - 0,05 - 0.30
where:
Rd = Adjustment shim to be inserted on right hand
side gear.
B = Test shim = 3.00 mm
H = Travel measured using the gauge
0.05 mm = Half end play of differential gears in rela-
tion to their pivot pins
0.30 mm = Specified side gear end play
Example
- Travel measured using the gauge H = 0.50 mm
- Test shim B = 3.00 mm
- Thickness of the ring to be inserted on the right hand
side gear is
Rd = (3.00 + 0.50) - 0.05 - 0.30 = 3.15 mm
14. Once determined the shim packs for left hand and
right hand side gears, reassemble the whole unit and
tighten the crown wheel to differential casing attach-
ing bolt nuts at 137 Nm (101.05 lbft) )
15. Refer to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive -
Static description (C.30.D)
Refer_to ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive -
Overhaul (C.30.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 50
REAR AXLE - Troubleshooting

Noisy rear axle when the Pinion and/or crown wheel bearing incor- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor is moving, and rect adjustment ion and crown wheel bearings correctly .
also with transmission in Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
neutral (not originating
from final drives)
Worn or incorrectly adjusted sun and plan- Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
etary gears parts and adjust the differential gear back-
lash . Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust
(D.12.A)
Excess differential side gears to half-shaft Remove rear axle housing and replace
spline backlash damaged parts.. Refer to REAR AXLE -
Disassemble (D.12.A)
Noisy rear axle with Excess bevel pinion to crown wheel back- Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
tractor under load and lash ion and crown wheel bearings correctly.
upon release Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
Faulty or defective inner component Remove rear axle housing, replace worn
parts and adjust differential gear backlash
correctly. Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust
(D.12.A)
Noisy rear axle and Insufficient pinion and/or crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust pin-
over-heating bearing backlash ion and crown wheel bearings correctly.
Refer to Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust
(D.12.A)
Insufficient bevel pinion to crown wheel Remove rear axle housing and adjust
tooth backlash crown wheel bearings correctly Refer to
Refer to REAR AXLE - Adjust (D.12.A)
Contaminated oil or incorrect specification Check condition and specification of oil and
of oil if required replace accordingly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 51
Final drive - Troubleshooting

Noisy final drives when Wheel axle shaft bearing incorrectly ad- Remove final drive case and adjust
the tractor is moving and justed bearings. Refer to REAR AXLE - Re-
also with transmission in move (D.12.A)and REAR AXLE - Adjust
neutral (D.12.A)
Faulty or defective internal component. Remove final drive case and replace dam-
aged parts.
Excess wheel axle shaft to final drive spline Remove final drive case and replace dam-
backlash aged parts.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 52
Differential lock - Troubleshooting

Differential lock not Low rear axle oil level. Top up to correct level.
engaging.
Blocked oil filter. Replace filter.
Faulty hydraulic pump. Overhaul or replace pump.
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals.
pressure drop: cylinder piston oil supply
line seals.
Differential lock not Faulty diff lock-unlock switch Replace switch
disengaging
Power supply not reaching solenoid valve: Restore electrical connection and replace
detached or damaged connectors, faulty faulty parts.
remote switch.
Diff lock control solenoid valve stuck on de- Overhaul or replace solenoid valve.
livery.
Oil leaks through the seals with consequent Replace faulty seals.
pressure drop: cylinder piston or supply
line seals.
With differential lock Faulty diff lock switch (connected to theReplace switch.
engaged and control Fast Raise switch).
switch on automatic
mode, the diff lock does
not disengage when
raising lift arms using the
Fast Raise switch.
With differential lock Faulty diff lock switch (connected to Replace switch.
engaged, the diff lock the brake pressure switches/foot pedal
does not disengage when switches).
brake pedals are pressed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 53
Index
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A

Differential lock - Fault code index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Differential lock - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Differential lock Multi plate clutch - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Final drive - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Final drive Housing - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Final drive Reducer, spur gear - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Final drive Shaft - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Final drive Shaft - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
REAR AXLE - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
REAR AXLE - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
REAR AXLE - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
REAR AXLE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
REAR AXLE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
REAR AXLE - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
REAR AXLE - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
REAR AXLE - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
REAR AXLE - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
REAR AXLE - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.12.A / 54
TRAVELLING - D
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - 14.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clutch
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Shaft
Remove (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Clutch
Remove 4WD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disassemble 4WD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Install 4WD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
DIAGNOSTIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 2
TRAVELLING - 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Torque

Apply Flexible Gasket Sealant 8295771 to mounting face of cover.
BSE2489A 1
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools

380000479 Previous no. 293996 Transfer box drive shaft puller (M8x1.25) adapter
380000549 Previous no. 292927 Slide Hammer
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 3
Clutch - General specification

FWD ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS
Reduction Ratio - : 45/60 = 1:333
Clutch Driven Discs 10
Clutch Drive Discs 9
Clutch Driven Disc Thickness 1.7 - 1.8 mm
Clutch Drive Disc Thickness 1.5 - 1.55 mm
Free Belleville Spring Height (one) 9.35 - 9.8 mm
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 4
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Sectional view
BAIL08CVT379AVA 1
1. Drive Gear 7. Seals

2. Belleville Washer 8. Piston Seals
3. Retaining Nut 9. Piston
4. Pinion Shaft 10. Clutch Plates
5. Supply Manifold 11. Driven Gear
6. Supply Manifold Retaining Pin 12. Drive Shaft
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 5
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Static description

The front wheel drive is engaged by means of the switch located on the EMU panel.
BRD1098A 1
Switch on later models with armrest unit.
BAIL08CVT371AVA 2
When front wheel drive is selected the FWD solenoid valve (1) in the low pressure distributor valve block on top of
the rear axle is in the discharge position (de-energised).
The oil within the control piston figure (9) 2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Sectional view (D.14.C) is open to sump
through the FWD solenoid valve.
BSD2177B 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 6
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Dynamic description
BAIL08CVT380FVA 1
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch (Engaged)
1. Drive Gear 4. Clutch Plates

2. Control Piston 5. Driven Gear
3. Belleville Washer 6. Drive shaft
Figure Colour Key

A. Return to reservoir
B. Lubrication
When the four wheel drive clutch solenoid is de-energized and the Belleville washer (3) applies a force to the con-
trol piston (2) which compresses the friction and steel clutch plates (4). Drive is transferred from the drive gear (1)
mounted on the rear axle pinion to the driven gear (5) and through the clutch to the front axle via the drive shaft (6).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 7
BAIL08CVT381FVA 2
Four Wheel Drive Multi-Wet Plate Clutch (Disengaged)
1. Drive Gear 4. Clutch Plates

2. Control Piston 5. Driven Gear
3. Belleville Washer 6. Drive shaft
Figure Colour Key

A. Low pressure circuit
B. Lubrication
When the four wheel drive clutch solenoid is energized, low pressure circuit oil is supplied to the face of the control
piston (2).
The oil pressure on the piston face moves the piston (2) back against the force applied by the Belleville washer (3),
releasing the pressure on the clutch plates (4).
The driven gear (5) can now rotate freely without transferring the drive through the clutch to the drive shaft (6). Lubri-
cation oil now flows freely between the friction and steel plates (4).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 8
Shaft - Remove (Suspended axle)

Prior operation:
Remove the front axle, for further information refer to FRONT AXLE - Remove (D.10.A)
1. Support the front axle on suitable axle stands.
BAIL07APH522AVA 1
2. Remove the suspension arm retaining bolts.
BAIL07APH523AVA 2
3. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the suspen-

sion arm.
BAIL07APH524AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 9
4. Remove the suspension arm.
BAIL07APH525AVA 4
5. Remove the drive shaft retaining bolts and remove

the drive shaft.
BAIL07APH526AVA 5
6. Remove the outer dust shield.
BAIL09CVT510AVA 6
7. Remove the inner dust shield.
BAIL09CVT509AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 10
8. Remove the shaft retaining circlips.
BAIL09CVT507AVA 8
9. Remove the shaft and bearing from the housing.
BAIL09CVT505AVA 9
10. Remove the circlip
BAIL09CVT504AVA 10
11. Remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT499AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 11
12. Using special tool 380200107 remove the retaining

nut.
BAIL09CVT508AVA 12
13. Remove the bearing carrier.
BAIL09CVT502AVA 13
14. Remove the support housing.
BAIL09CVT501AVA 14
15. Remove the bearing retaining ring.
BAIL09CVT500AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 12
16. Remove the bearing.
BAIL09CVT497AVA 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 13
Shaft - Install (Suspended axle)

1. Install the bearing.
BAIL09CVT497AVA 1
2. Install the retaining ring.
BAIL09CVT500AVA 2
3. Locate the support housing.
BAIL09CVT501AVA 3
4. Locate the bearing carrier.
BAIL09CVT502AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 14
5. Install a new retaining nut.
BAIL09CVT503AVA 5
6. Using special tool 380200107 tighten to 300 - 350

N·m (220 - 258 lb ft).
NOTE: Make sure there is no end float.
BAIL09CVT508AVA 6
7. Stake the retaining nut in a minimum of two places.
BAIL09CVT503AVB 7
8. Install the four blanking plugs.
BAIL09CVT503AVC 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 15
9. Install the bearing onto the shaft.
BAIL09CVT499AVA 9
10. Install the bearing retaining circlip.
BAIL09CVT504AVA 10
11. Install the shaft into the housing.
BAIL09CVT505AVA 11
12. Install the shaft retaining circlips.
BAIL09CVT507AVA 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 16
13. Install the inner dust shield.
BAIL09CVT509AVA 13
14. Install the outer dust shield.
BAIL09CVT510AVA 14
15. Install the drive shaft to the front axle.

BAIL07APH526AVA 15
16. Install the suspension arm.
BAIL07APH525AVB 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 17
17. Support the suspension arm on suitable axle stands

and remove the lifting equipment from the suspen-
sion arm.
BAIL07APH524AVA 17
18. Install the suspension arm retaining bolts.

Tighten to 275 Nm (203 lb ft).
BAIL07APH523AVA 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 18
Clutch - Remove 4WD Clutch

Prior operation:
Disconnect the transmission from the rear axle, for further information refer to Housing - Disconnect (C.20.E)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the rear axle sump.

NOTE: Prepare for some oil loss when the sump is
removed.
BAIL08CVT394AVA 1
2. Retrieve the oil supply manifold retaining pin (1) and

O-ring seal (2).
BAIL08CVT388AVB 2
3. Remove the inner clutch guard.
BAIL08CVT322AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 19
4. Remove the sliding sleeve from the 4WD clutch drive

shaft.
BAIL07APH546AVA 4
5. Remove the 4WD clutch drive shaft retaining circlip

(1) and shims (2).
BSD2307A 5
6. Using a slide hammer (1) 292927 and an adaptor (2)

293996 partially withdraw the 4WD clutch drive shaft
(3).
BSD2249A 6
ATTENTION: When the drive shaft is moved forward the 4WD clutch will need to be supported.
7. Retrieve the bearing cap (1) and whilst supporting
the 4WD clutch housing. Completely remove the
4WD clutch drive shaft (2).
BSD2250A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 20
8. Remove the 4WD clutch.
BSD2252A 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 21
Clutch - Disassemble 4WD Clutch

Prior operation:
Remove the 4WD Clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Remove (D.14.C)
1. Unstake the retaining nut (1).
BVF0965A 1
2. Using special tool 380000984 (1) and a suitable hy-

draulic press, compress the Belleville washer. Using
special tool 380000984 (2), remove the retaining nut
(3).
NOTE: Make sure the retaining nut is fully unstaked or
damage to the threads may occur.
BVF0966A 2
3. Remove the special tools and the belleville washer

(1).
BVF0967A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 22
4. Turn the clutch assembly over.

Remove the driven gear.
BAIL07APH552AVA 4
5. Remove the clutch plate retaining circlip.
BAIL07APH553AVA 5
6. Remove the end plate.
BAIL07APH554AVA 6
7. Remove the clutch friction discs and steel plates.
BAIL07APH555AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 23
8. Remove the pressure plate.
BAIL07APH556AVA 8
9. Remove the piston from the oil seal carrier.

NOTE: Apply pressure evenly to the piston.
BAIL07APH557AVA 9
10. Using a suitable hydraulic press, remove the shaft

from the oil seal carrier.
BAIL07APH558AVA 10
11. Remove the oil seal from the shaft.
BAIL07APH559AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 24
12. Remove the oil seal from the carrier.
BAIL07APH560AVA 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 25
Clutch - Overhaul
1. Separate and inspect all components.
BSD2254A 1
Electro Hydraulic Transfer Clutch
1. Retaining Ring 11. Sleeve

2. Shims 12. Bearing Cup
3. Bearing Cup 13. Bearing
4. Bearing 14. Cover
5. Shaft 15. Clutch Plates and Separators (8 off each)
6. Spacer 16. Spacer
7. Piston 17. Retaining Ring
8. Piston Housing 18. Drive Gear
9. Belleville Spring 19. Cover
10. Nut
BSD2253A 2
Piston Assembly
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 26
1. Nut 4. Seal
2. Belleville spring 5. Piston
3. Piston Housing
2. Reassemble piston assembly and clutch plates
(Items 6, 7, 8, 10, 15, 16, 17 Figure 1) Do not install
Belleville spring (item 9) at this stage.
Equally space three feeler gages set to 1.2 mm be-
tween piston housing and spacer.
Press piston housing against clutch plates and screw
down nut until it touches the piston housing
BSD2278A 3
3. Using a vernier measure the position of the face of

the nut to the top of the assembly and scribe an align-
ment mark on nut and housing.
BSD2277A 4
4. Reassemble clutch complete with Belleville spring

and screw down the nut to the same dimension mea-
sured in step 3. Realign the marks on the nut and
housing. The marks made in step 3 ensure that the
nut is positioned in exactly the same place.
NOTE: To assist in tightening the nut the splined shaft can
be held in a vice with soft jaws.
BSD2276A 5
Next operation:
Clutch - Install (D.14.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 27
Clutch - Assemble
Prior operation:
Disassemble the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Disassemble (D.14.C)
1. Install a new oil seal onto the carrier.
BAIL07APH560AVA 1
2. Install a new oil seal onto the shaft.
BAIL07APH559AVA 2
3. Using a suitable hydraulic press, install the oil seal

carrier onto the shaft.
BAIL07APH558AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 28
4. Install the oil seal carrier into the piston.
BAIL07APH557AVA 4
5. Install the pressure plate.
BAIL07APH556AVA 5
6. Install the clutch friction and steel plates.
BAIL07APH555AVB 6
7. Install the end plate.
BAIL07APH554AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 29
8. Install the circlip.
BAIL07APH553AVA 8
9. Install the driven gear.
BAIL07APH552AVB 9
10. Install the Belleville washer (1).
BVF0967A 10
11. Loosely install the retaining nut (1).
BVF0965A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 30
12. Using special tool 380000984. (1) and a suitable

hydraulic press, compress the Belleville washer with
a force of 2000 - 2200 Kg ( 4410 - 4850 lbs). Using
special tool 380000984 (2), tighten the retaining nut
(3) to the specified torque value of 15 - 25 Nm ( 11 -
18 lbf. ft).
BVF0966A 12
13. Remove the special tools.

Make a reference mark (1) on the shaft opposite the
cut out (A).
Make an alignment mark (2) on the retaining nut
which is 210 ° (3.5 flats) clockwise from the refer-
ence mark (1) midway between the cut outs (D) and
(E).
BVF0978A 13
14. Using special tool 380000984 and a suitable hy-

draulic press, compress the Belleville washer with a
force of 2000 - 2200 Kg ( 4410 - 4850 lbs).
Using special tool 380000984, rotate the retaining
nut counterclockwise until the alignment mark (2) is
aligned with the reference mark (1).
BVF0979A 14
15. Release the pressure in the hydraulic press and re-

move the special tools.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 31
16. Stake the retaining nut (1).
BVF0965A 15
Next operation:
Install the clutch, for further information refer to Clutch - Install (D.14.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 32
Clutch - Install 4WD Clutch
WARNING
B026
1. Position the 4WD clutch assembly.
BSD2252A_139 1
2. Partially install the 4WD clutch drive shaft (2), install

the bearing cap (1),
BSD2250A 2
3. Fully install the 4WD clutch shaft.
BAIL08CVT395AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 33
4. Install the shims (2) and the 4WD clutch drive shaft
retaining circlip (1).
BSD2307A 4
5. Using a dial test indicator gauge and a suitable M8

x 1.25 threaded adaptor screwed into the end of the
4WD drive shaft, push and pull the shaft to measure
the end float.
The end float should be 0.05 mm. If away from spec-
ification, add or remove shims accordingly as per the
previous step.
BSE2396A 5
6. Install the sliding sleeve onto the 4WD clutch drive

shaft.
BAIL07APH546AVB 6
7. Install the 4WD clutch inner guard
BAIL08CVT322AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 34
8. Thoroughly clean and degrease the rear axle hous-

ing and the rear axle sump mating surfaces. Apply
gasket sealant 82995771 to the pattern shown.
24059_115 8
9. Install the oil supply manifold retaining pin (1) and

O-ring seal (2).
BAIL08CVT388AVB 9
10. Install the rear axle sump.

Tighten the bolts to 47 Nm (35 lb ft).
BAIL08CVT394AVA 10
Next operation:
Connect the transmission to the rear axle, for further information refer to Housing - Connect (C.20.E)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 35
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

Four wheel drive does not Four wheel drive engagement switch faulty. Replace the four wheel drive engagement
engage switch.
Four wheel drive control solenoid valve Repair or replace the solenoid valve.
stuck open.
Worn clutch discs. Replace the clutch discs.
Incorrectly set multi wet-plate clutch re- Adjust the release travel.
lease travel.
Four wheel drive does not Low transmission oil. Refill the transmission to the correct oil
disengage level.
Faulty low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit, for
further information refer to pressure testing
in the hydraulic systems section Priority
valve - Pressure test (A.12.A)).
Faulty four wheel drive engagement circuit. Check the circuit.
Four wheel drive control solenoid valve Repair or replace the solenoid valve.
stuck closed.
Oil leaks through the oil seals with con- Replace any faulty oil seals.
sequent pressure drop: hub, piston, and
transfer box shaft oil seals.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 36
Index
TRAVELLING - D

2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2WD-4WD SYSTEM Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Clutch - Disassemble 4WD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Clutch - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clutch - Install 4WD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Clutch - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Clutch - Remove 4WD Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Shaft - Install (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Shaft - Remove (Suspended axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 37
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.14.C / 38
TRAVELLING - D
STEERING Hydraulic - 20.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING Hydraulic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fast steer system
Control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
STEERING Hydraulic
Steering cylinder
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fast steer system
Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE
STEERING Hydraulic
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Steering cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Overhaul Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Steering column
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Tie rod
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 2
Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fast steer system
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Control valve - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DIAGNOSTIC
STEERING Hydraulic
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 3
TRAVELLING - STEERING Hydraulic
STEERING Hydraulic - Torque

Steering General
Nm lbf.ft
Steering cylinder tube connections 34 25
Steering Motor to cab frame bolts 73 54
Steering motor hose connections 73 54
Steering pump tube connections 50 37
Steering Wheel Retaining Nut 23.0 17.0
Front Wheel Nut 210.0 155.0
Motor End Cover 23.0 17.0
Cylinder, Rod End Nut (2WD) 280.0 207.0
Cylinder, Tube End Pin Retaining Bolt 24.0 17.0
(4WD)
Column to Frame Bolt 23.0 17.0
STEERING Hydraulic - Special tools

DESCRIPTION Tool Number
Pressure Gauge ( 0 - 250 bar (0.0 - 3625.0 psi)) 293244
Roto-glyd Seal Installer 294056
Test Hose 292246
Quick release coupler 291924
Hydraulic hose Tee adaptor 297600
Quick release fitting (7/16 UNF male fitting) 297240
STEERING Hydraulic - General specification

Steering Pump
Maximum pump flow @ rated engine speed 66.5 l/min
Maximum pump pressure @ rated engine speed 190 bar
Steering type Dual gereotor - reactive
Steering rams Balanced
Maximum steering angle (standard and suspended / 55 / 65 °
Supersteer)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 4
Fast steer system Control valve - Torque
BAIL06CCM069FSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 5
STEERING Hydraulic - Static description

All models have fitted as standard, hydrostatic steering systems that are powered when the engine is running, by a
hydraulic pump mounted on the rear axle.
The hydraulic system incorporates a steering pump as part of the hydraulic pump assembly and shares the main
intake filter of the system.
The pump, driven by a gear straight from the P.T.O. shaft, pressurise the steering column operated steering motor.
The pressurised oil from the steering motor drives the axle mounted double acting steering cylinder (2WD), or twin
cylinders (4WD).
The steering motor is a reactive type and is similar across the vehicle range. It is bolted to a bracket within the steering
console and connected to the steering column by a splined shaft.
The steering column is adjustable for varying angles of tilt on all models.
On two wheel drive units the steering cylinder is fixed at one end to the front axle beam and at the other to an eye on
the spindle steering arm.
On four wheel drive units two steering cylinders are used, one for each wheel. The cylinders are fixed at one end to
the axle casing and the piston end to steering arms from the swivel housings.
The pressure relief valve for the system is contained within the steering motor itself.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 7
STEERING Hydraulic - Hydraulic schema

1. Steering motor 2. Lubrication relief valve
3. Oil cooler 4. Oil cooler bypass valve
5. Transmission lubrication return to tank 6. Transmission housing (oil tank)
7. Steering motor with flow divider 8. Charge pressure bypass valve
9. Supplementary lubrication valve 10. Variable displacement pump assembly
11. Low charge pressure warning switch 12. Blocked filter warning switch
13. Oil temperature switch 14. Pump high pressure output
15. Steering cylinders
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 8
BRJ4802B_V2 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 9
Steering cylinder - Exploded view
1b0o2004109457 1
Steering Cylinder Assembly - Two Wheel Drive
1 Cylinder 2 Lockring
3 Bearing 4 Gland
5 ‘O’ Ring 6 Seal
7 Wiper Seal 8 Gland Lockring
9 Cylinder Rod 10 Retaining Ring
11 Piston 12 Seal
13 Seal
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 10
Fast steer system - Static description

The optional Fast Steer system is designed to provide fast steering response when required i.e. when operating with
a front loader.
From the straight ahead position, Fast Steer will provide full right or left hand steering lock with plus or minus 8 °
movement of the steering wheel.
To activate Fast Steer , depress the isolator switch Figure . 1
The green warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate indicating that the system is active.
BAIL08CVT106ASA 1
NOTE: For Fast Steer function the tractor speed must not exceed 10 km/h 6.2 mph
To operate Fast Steer, depress and hold the centre ring (1) Figure 2 on the steering wheel, to disengage, release the
ring. .
BAIL06CCM072ASA 2
With the Fast Steer centre ring depressed, the yellow warning light (2), Figure 3 will illuminate on the instrument panel.
It will extinguish when the centre ring is released.
BAIL06CCM073ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 11
Fast Steer will only function if all the following conditions are met:
• The isolator switch is in the ON position
• The speed of the tractor does not exceed 10 km/h 6.2 mph
• The Centre ring (1) Figure 2 is held down.
• The warning light on the instrument panel is illuminated .
Fast Steer will automatically disengage if a fault occurs or one of the above conditions are not applied. Should Fast
Steer automatically disengage, an audible warning will sound and an error code will be appear in the Dot Matrix
Display.
To re-activate the Fast Steer function, turn off the isolator switch Figure . 1, ensure the tractor speed is below 10 km/h
6.2 mph, and turn the switch on again.
IMPORTANT: To promote safe operation of Fast Steer , it is advised that the operator become familiar with the
system before operating in the field.
NOTE: In cold oil temperature conditions it is advisable to turn steering from lock to lock before engaging the
Fast Steer System.
The Fast Steer controller is located on the right hand side underneath the instrument console. The module (2) is
connected to the Fast Steer valve via a harness (1) See Figure 4.
BAIL06CCM123ASA 4
A proximity sensor (1) is located on the steering column. This senses the magnetic field strength change as the metal
in the plate of the inner steering wheel ring moves away or closer to the sensor.
BAIL06CCM075ASA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 12
The Fast Steer valve is connected electronically to the controller by a harness . When the system is enabled the
controller powers a pilot valve solenoid (1) . The position of the split valve spool is checked by the sensor (LVDT)
(2) to verify that the spool is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast steer to be active or operate in an
unsafe condition.
The construction of the LVDT consists of three coils which make up the static transformer and a movable inner iron
core. One of the coils is the primary coil and the other two are secondary coils. When the iron core slides through
the transformer, a certain number of coils are affected by the proximity of the sliding core and thus generate a unique
output to the controller.
BAIL06CCM076ASA 6
After the operator has enabled Fast Steer operation and the diagnostic program has not encountered any faults , the
Fast Steer controller powers a pilot valve solenoid attached to a change valve on the Fast Steer valve. this directs
the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. When the steering wheel is turned
the trapped oil in the steering motor now acts as pilot pressure to move the distributor valve, connecting the pump
directly to the steering cylinders. The increased flow of oil to the steering cylinders provides an accelerated steering
action. When the steering ring is released the Fast Steer controller disengages the solenoid and the oil flow reverts
to the conventional steering motor operation.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 13
Fast steer system Control valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM079FSA 1
Fast Steer Valve Components
1. LVDT Valve (Linear variable differential transformer) 2. Plug M18 X 1.5

(Linear Position Transducer)
3. LSD Valve (40-180 Bar) 4. Solenoid
5. Plug 6. Bushing
7. Bushing 8. Change Valve Spool
9. Change Valve Spring 10. ’O’ Ring
11. ’O’Ring 12. Split Valve Spring
13. Distributor Spool 14. Distributor Spool
15. Plug M12 X 1.5 16. Valve Body
17. SDS Valve 18. SDS Valve
19. Screw 20. Plug
21. Plug M12 X 1.5 22. Plug M18 X 1.5
23. Compensator Spring 24. Compensator Spool
25. Bushing 26. Spring
27. Bushing 28. Distributor Pin
29. ’O’Ring
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 15
Fast steer system - Hydraulic schema

Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation - For operation description refer to : Fast steer system - Dynamic description
(D.20.C)
1. Steering Cylinders 2. Steering Motor

3. Steering Motor Relief Valve 4. Split Valve/LVDT Valve (Linear Variable Differential
Transformer)
5. Shock Valve (SDS)(225-245) 6. Shock Valve (SDS)(225-245)
7. Distributor Spool 8. Compensator Valve
9. LSD Valve (40-180 Bar) 10. Change Valve (Pilot Valve)
11. Solenoid 12. Steering pump
13. Steering Low Pressure Warning Switch 14. Main Hydraulic Pump
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 16
BAIL06CCM241JSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 17
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 18
Fast steer system - Dynamic description

Fast Steer Hydraulic Operation
Refer to: Fast steer system - Hydraulic schema (D.20.C)
Hydraulic oil is fed from the steering pump (12) to the change or pilot valve (10) . When the system is enabled by
activating the Fast Steer switch, the solenoid (11) moves against the spring pressure to allow oil to activate the change
or pilot valve (10). The change valve spool overcomes the spring pressure and allows the oil to reach the distributor
spool (7) this directs the oil flow from the steering motor directly to the distributor spool and split valve. If the steering
wheel is rotated left for example, the pilot pressure is exerted on the distributor spool thus enabling oil to flow to the
Split valve (4) which in turn allows the increased oil flow to activate the steering cylinder (1).
Operating and Monitoring System

The electrical and hydraulic systems allow safe operation and monitoring of system in the following manner: When
the system is enabled by using the Fast Steer switch, the electronics perform a functional and status check. The split
valve spool is checked to ensure that it is not stuck in such a manner that would allow the Fast Steer system to be
active or operate in a dangerous way which may cause loss of control of the tractor. Should such a state exist the
system activates the critical stop audible and visual alarms to the operator. If there is an invalid state that does not
endanger the operator, only the visual alarm is activated. If the split valve is stuck at the midpoint of travel, then the
system is in between these two modes and will be unable to determine exactly which mode the tractor is in and the
critical stop alarms are activated. If the distributor spool becomes stuck it will be forced back into place by hydraulic
pressure and the system will revert to normal steering mode.
When the system has determined that the hydraulic components are functioning correctly the system then checks the
operator inputs and verifies that the operator controls are working correctly. The solenoids, sensors, and switches are
checked for correct operational voltage and current levels and any failure will cause the system to go into a fail-safe
mode. If there is any problems with any of these components the system deactivates itself and prevents any electrical
engagement of the system. If there are no problems with the components then the system goes into standby mode
awaiting operator inputs. The system constantly monitors itself checking for failures and illegal logic combinations
during fast steer operation and notifies the operator via the visual and audible alarms in the event of a system error
or component failure.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 19
STEERING Hydraulic - Pressure test

Steering Circuit Pressure Test

1. Install Tee adaptor (1) 297603 and quick release fit-
ting (2) 297240 , into hose to steering cylinder.
Connect 0 - 250 bar ( 0 - 3600 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge (3) 293244 , with hose 292246 , using quick
release coupler 291924 .
Set engine speed to 1500 rev/min.
Turn steering wheel to full lock and hold in position.
Pressure reading of 185 - 195 bar ( 2683 - 2828
lbf/in2) should be recorded.
NOTE: If this test is carried out with cold hydraulic oil the
pressure reading may be as high as 197 - 207 bar ( 2857
- 3002 lbf/in2) due to back pressure.
1
IMPORTANT: There is no relief valve in the steering/low BAIS06CCM178AVA
pressure pump and the following pressure test must only

be performed as specified below. Failure to observe this
precaution may result in severe damage to the hydraulic
pump.
Steering Relief Valve Pressure Test

2. Turn steering onto full left hand lock.
Disconnect the left hand turn feed hose.
Install Tee adaptor (4) 297600 and quick release fit-
ting (2) 297240 , into the solid tube. Cap the bottom
of the Tee-piece with blanking cap, 297671 or a stan-
dard No 6 cap ( 11/16 in ORFS female thread cap
purchased locally (3).
Connect 0 - 250 bar ( 0 - 3600 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge, 293244 (1), with hose 292246 , using quick
release coupler 291924 .
Start tractor and set engine speed to 1450 rev/min.
Turn steering wheel to the left with a pull of approxi-
mately 22 N ( 2.25 kgf , 5 lbf) and observe the pres-
sure reading.
The pressure reading should be:– BSC1226A 2
185 - 195 bar ( 2683 - 2828 lbf/in2).
If the system pressure is not to specification adjust
the relief valve located on the steering motor.
NOTE: To adjust the steering system relief valve it is

necessary to remove the steering motor from the steering
bracket, refer to Control valve - Remove (D.20.C), to gain
access to the 8mm hexagon headed adjustment screw.
Half a turn on the adjuster equates to approximately 13.8
bar (200.1 psi).
NOTE: The use of a greater force applied at the rim of the
steering wheel will give a higher reading.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 20
Control valve - Remove

1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and ap-
ply the parking brake.To gain access to the steering
motor :-
Raise the engine hood
Remove left hand engine side cover
Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and ‘O’ ring
seals from the steering motor and cap the ends of the
tubes.
Remove the roll pin from the drive collar to separate
the steering shaft, Figure 1.
Remove the four bolts at the base of the steering
column and slide the steering motor from the upper
section of the steering column, Figure 1.
Remove the steering motor from the front of the cab
through the engine compartment. 60-41-018 1
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (D.20.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 21
Control valve - Disassemble

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (D.20.C)
NOTE: This disassembly procedure is a general procedure for this type of motor, there may be slight differences
with the actual motor fitted to your vehicle.
1. With the steering motor connectors removed note
position of the non return valve.
Hold the steering motor securely in a vice using a
tube connector as shown in, Figure 1.
Remove the end plate bolts, end plate and ‘O’ ring,
Figure 1.
NOTE: The position of the pin bolt must remain the same
on re-assembly.
60-41-002 1
2. Remove metering unit, valve plate and ‘O’ ring seals,

note mating surfaces for correct re-assembly, Figure
2.
60-41-003 2
3. Lift out rotor drive-shaft, Figure 3.
60-41-004 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 22
4. Unscrew the check valve retainer, Figure 4 and

shake out the check and suction valves.
60-41-005 4
5. Remove the relief valve assembly, Figure 5.

IMPORTANT: The relief valve must be set to the correct
pressure setting on re–assembly. Follow the correct
procedure as detailed under the heading ‘Pressure relief
valve setting’, of this Chapter.
60-41-006 5
6. Remove the inner and outer valve sleeves, bearings

and thrust washer, Figure 6.
NOTE: When removing spool and sleeve ensure drive
pin is in a horizontal position so that it cannot fall into an
internal gallery and make removal difficult.
60-41-007 6
7. Once spool is disassembled from the body ensure oil

seal is removed, Figure 7.
60-41-008 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 23
8. Remove the control valve spool and sleeve, Figure

8.
IMPORTANT: Upon re–assembly ensure washer, item
(1), Figure 8 is installed with chamfer towards the valve
sleeve.
60-41-009 8
9. Remove centering springs, Figure 9.

Remove drive pin, Figure 9.
Push inner sleeve from outer sleeve.
Remove ‘O’ ring and back-up ring.
NOTE: Arrangement of the leaves must remain the same
upon re-assembly.
60-41-010 9
Next operation:
Control valve - Visual inspection (D.20.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 24
Control valve - Assemble

Prior operation:
Control valve - Visual inspection (D.20.C)
NOTE: This assembly procedure is a general procedure for this type of motor, there may be slight differences
with the actual motor fitted to your vehicle.
1. Assemble inner and outer sleeves so that the leaf
spring slots align.
Install the drive pin, Figure 1.
60-41-010_666 1
2. Install the leaf springs and push fully into position,

Figure 2.
60-41-012 2
3. Install leaf spring retainer, and bearing, Figure 3.

NOTE: The inner bearing race must be positioned with
the chamfer side facing the spool, 3.
60-41-009_667 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 25
4. Apply a light coating of hydraulic oil onto the sleeve

item (2) and insert into the steering motor body, item
(3), Figure 4.
Coat the ‘O’ ring and back-up ring, item (4), Figure 4,
with hydraulic fluid and position them onto the seal
installer guide.
Use tool No. 293388 to install oil seal type kin-ring.
Use tool No. 294056 to install oil seal type roto-glyd.
60-41-013 4
5. Position the seal guide tool into the sleeve and push
down with a twisting action, Figure 5.
Remove tools once the seal has seated.
60-41-014 5
6. With the seal installed in the motor body refit control

valve, Figure 6.
NOTE: Ensure that the Drive is in a horizontal position to
aid re-assembly.
60-41-015 6
7. Once the control valve is seated correctly refit the

check and suction valves, Figure 7.
Screw the check valve down to just below the surface
of the housing.
60-41-005_668 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 26
8. Refit the ‘O’ Ring and place the end plate in position.
60-41-016 8
9. Metering Unit Reassembly

To aid reassembly install the control valve into the
housing so that the drive pin is perpendicular to the
front face of the housing.
Install drive link into the steering motor body, Figure
9, ensuring that the link engages correctly over the
drive pin.
60-41-004_669 9
10. Assemble the metering unit rotor and stator and in-
stall new lightly greased ‘O’ rings to either side of the
stator, Figure 10.
Assemble the rotor and stator onto the drive link.
60-41-003_670 10
11. Install the end plate and bolts, ensure the pin bolt (1)
is fitted in position ‘7’. Tighten the bolts in two steps,
first to 8 lbf.ft ( 10.8 Nm) and then to 21 lbf.ft ( 28.4
Nm) in sequence as shown, Figure 11.
1b0o2004109426 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 27
12. Install the relief valve assembly, items (1), (2) and (3)
Figure 12., leaving the plug, item (4) out until after the
relief valve has been adjusted.
Check to ensure the motor turns freely without bind-
ing.
After the relief valve has been correctly set re-install
the steering motor onto the mounting bracket and
tighten the securing bolts to a torque value of 10 -
15 lbf.ft( 12 - 20 Nm).
Reconnect the steering hoses, tighten to a torque
value of 10 - 15 lbf.ft ( 12 - 20 Nm).
Purge the air from the system by operating the steer-
ing system from lock to lock until the system functions
correctly.
60-41-006_671 12
IMPORTANT: The relief valve must be set to the correct
pressure setting after the motor has been re-assembled.
Follow the correct procedure as detailed under ‘Pressure
relief valve setting’, of this Chapter.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 28
Control valve - Visual inspection

1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent to remove any
foreign particles and dry with a clean lint free cloth or
compressed air.
2. Inspect valve sleeves for, damage or wear. Minor
burrs or scratches can be removed with a fine abra-
sive. Ensure all parts are thoroughly cleaned prior to
re-assembly.
3. Check leaf springs for damage. Replace if neces-
sary.
4. Discard all ‘O’ ring seals and replace with new seals
on re-assembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 29
Steering cylinder - Remove
40-25-38 SHG 1
Steering Cylinder Installation – Four Wheel Drive
1 Pivot Pin 2 Pivot Pin

3 D Shaped Washer 4 Spacer
5 Spacer 6 Circlip
7 Spacer
1. Stand the unit on a hard level surface and position
the front wheel in the straight ahead position.
Disconnect flexible pipes, cap the open pipe ends
and remove hose clamps.
Remove the snap ring retaining the steering arm to
the cylinder piston pivot pin, item (6), Figure 1 and
remove the pivot pin.
Remove the steering cylinder fixed end pivot pin re-
taining bolt and withdraw the pivot pin, item (1), Fig-
ure 1 . Remove the cylinder from the vehicle.
Installation is the reversal of the removal procedure.
Refer to Torque settings STEERING Hydraulic -
Torque (D.20.C)
NOTE: Position of flexible pipes and orientation of
40-25-37 SHG 2
connectors must be the same upon re-assembly.
2. Steering Stop Adjustment
Turn the wheels to full lock and adjust steering stop
to ensure tyres or mudguards do not touch the side
of the tractor and that the steering cylinders have not
reached the end of their travel.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 30
Steering cylinder - Overhaul Two Wheel Drive

Prior operation:
Steering cylinder - Remove (D.20.C)
1. Refer to Steering cylinder - Exploded view

(D.20.C)
2. Using appropriate circlip pliers, remove the gland
lockring.
Using a punch, push the steering cylinder gland into
the cylinder and remove the wire locking ring.
Pull the rod and gland assembly from the cylinder.
Remove the nut from the cylinder rod and disassem-
ble to replace seals.
60-41-030 1
3. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.

Reassemble the cylinder in the reverse to disassem-
bly, lubricating all components as assembled. Re-
place all seals supplied in the service seal kit.
NOTE: The seal located in the centre of the gland is
replaceable.
40-25-25 SHG_673 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 31
Steering column - Remove

1. Removal
Remove the steering wheel, if required.
Remove the instrument panel. Undo the two mount-
ing screws and remove the lower steering column
cover.
NOTE: The component parts of the steering column as
listed are serviced separately.
BSE3550A 1
2. Disconnect the multi-function switch wiring and shut-

tle lever switch wiring connectors.
Remove the four securing bolts securing the column
to the frame, Figure 2.
BSE3554A 2
3. Lift the column clear of the steering shaft and clear

of the instrument console, Figure 3.
BSE3553A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 32
4. Ease the coupling from the steering motor shaft and

remove the steering shaft, Figure 4.
BSE3551A 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 33
Steering column - Install

1. Place spacer and steering shaft onto the steering
motor and install pin.
Carefully place the steering column through the in-
strument console and over the steering shaft, ensur-
ing flat sides are aligned.
Replace the securing bolts at the top of the column.
Tighten to 23 Nm ( 17 lbf.ft).
Refit the upper and lower column covers and shuttle
switch if fitted.
Refit the instrument console panels.
Refit the steering wheel.
BSE3552A 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 34
Steering column - Visual inspection

1. Inspect the steering shaft universal joint and lower
rubber coupling. Replace if any free play is evident.
2. Inspect the column assembly, if damaged or the
bushes are worn a new assembly will be required.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 35
Tie rod - Toe in adjust

When travelling forward in a straight path, the wheels of four-wheel drive tractors must be parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor, alternatively a slight toe-in of the front wheels is permissible up to a maximum of 3 mm as measured
at the edges of the wheel rims.
To check the exact value of the toe-in setting of four-wheel drive tractors, proceed as follows.
1. Inflate the front tyres to the specified pressure.

2. Position the steering at half-lock with a straight-edge
along the longitudinal axis of the tractor.
3. Check that the wheels are parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the tractor.
4. Measure the distance (1) between the front inside
edges of the wheel rims, at the height of the wheel
hub centers.
5. Turn both front wheels through 180 ° then measure,
again at the height of the wheel hub centers, the dis-
tance (2) between the rear inside edges of the wheel
rims, checking that this new measurement is equal
to or greater than the distance (1) by a maximum of
± 3 mm. The rotation of the wheels through 180 °
is necessary to eliminate the effect on the measure-
ment of any wear of the rims.
1b0o2004061043 1
6. If it is necessary to correct the wheel alignment, re-

move nut (2) and pull the track rod end (1) out of its
housing. Slacken off locknut (3) and screw the track
rod end (1) in or out to increase or decrease the dis-
tance (2, fig. 1).
Install the track rod end (1) in its housing and
re-check alignment as described in points 4 and 5.
After having adjusted the alignment to within the
prescribed limits, tighten locknut (3) to the specified
torque value of 180 Nm ( 183 kgm) and nut (2) to
100 Nm ( 10.2 kgm).
NOTE: Self-locking nut (2) must be renewed each time it
is removed or partially unscrewed.
24667 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 36
Fast steer system Control valve - Remove

1. Position the tractor on a hard level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. To gain access to the fast steer valve
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and
insulate. Refer to: Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
Raise the engine hood
Remove the steering column console
Remove left hand engine side cover
3. Move the processor harness out of the way
4. Undo the brake reservoir and move to one side. (Do
not disconnect hose)
5. Disconnect the four supply/return tubes and ‘O’ ring
seals from the control valve and cap the ends of the
tubes.
6. Disconnect the wiring to the solenoid and the LVDT
sensor.
7. Remove the two allen headed bolts on the control
valve with an 8mm Allen key
BAIL06CCM081ASA 1
8. Remove the control valve assembly from the front of

the cab through the engine compartment.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 37
Fast steer system Control valve - Disassemble

1. Remove the screws holding the solenoid in place and
remove the solenoid. Refer to Fast steer system
Control valve - Exploded view (D.20.C)
2. Carefully remove the four allen headed screws which
hold the change valve flange in place. Remove the
flange ,’O’ ring, spring and spool (8) .
3. Remove the five allen headed screws and remove
the flange which gives access to the split valve spool
and the distributor spool. Remove the spools (13) &
(14) , spring and ‘O’ rings.
4. On the opposite side of the valve remove the screws
and flange which hold the distributor pin in position.
Remove the pin (28), bush, spring and ‘O’ rings.
5. Remove the plug, spring and compensator spool (24)
..
6. Remove the two SDS valves (17) and (18),.
7. Remove the LVDT sensor (1) .
8. Remove the LSD valve (3)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 38
Fast steer system Control valve - Overhaul

1. Wash all parts in a suitable solvent to remove any
foreign particles and dry with a clean lint free cloth or
compressed air.
2. Inspect valve sleeves for, damage or wear. Ensure
all parts are thoroughly cleaned prior to re-assembly.
3. Discard all ’O’ ring seals and replace with new seals
on re-assembly.
4. If any of the spools (items 8,13, 14) , and SDS valves
(items 17 & 18) are damaged a complete valve as-
sembly will be required. (Refer to Fast steer system
Control valve - Exploded view (D.20.C))
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 39
Fast steer system Control valve - Assemble

1. Re- install all removed items as per Fast steer sys-
tem Control valve - Exploded view (D.20.C)).
2. Ensure all screws and plugs are tightened to the cor-
rect torque settings. (Refer to Fast steer system
Control valve - Torque (D.20.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 40
Fast steer system Control valve - Install

1. Make sure surfaces of steering motor and control
valve are clean.
2. Ensure ’O’ rings are seated correctly on the valve.
3. Position control valve on the steering motor and fix
with the two allen headed screws.
4. Tighten the screws to 45 Nm( 33.19 Foot pounds)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 41
Fast steer system - Calibrate

BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

the fast steer symbol on the KA controller.
BAIL06CCM601FVA 2
3. Scroll through the available options using the "h" and

"m" keys.
The three options are:
• "Pro" - proximity sensor
• "Lvdt" - LVDT sensor
• "deF" - adopt the default values
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 42
Proximity Sensor Calibration

5. Select the "Pro" option by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL06CCM638AVA 3
6. The lower central display will display "O _ _ _" for the
steering wheel in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM639AVA 4
7. Depress and hold the "m" key. When the signal has
been stable for 2 seconds an audible beep will be
heard and the display will change to "O xxx".
"xxx" is the digital reading of the sensor voltage when
the steering wheel is in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM640AVA 5
8. The lower central display will display "C _ _ _" for the
steering wheel in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM641AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 43
9. Depress and hold the "m" key while the steering

wheel is in the engage position. When the signal has
heard and the display will change to "C xxx".
the steering wheel is in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM642AVA 7
10. After a short delay the display will return to the "H1"
menu display.
Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) Sensor Calibration

11. Select the "Lvdt" option by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL06CCM643AVA 8
12. The system will then automatically pilot the solenoid

and measure the LVDT values in both positions and
overwrite the default values.
13. The lower central display will show a countdown
from "5" as the calibration is being performed. When
the calibration is complete the display will change to
"donE".
BAIL06CCM652AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 44
Adopting the Default Values

14. Select the "deF" option by depressing the "dimming"
key.
BAIL06CCM644AVA 10
15. Depress and hold the "m" key. After a short delay
an audible beep will be heard to indicate that the
calibration values have reset to their default values.
The lower central display will then show "donE".
BAIL06CCM651AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 45
Fast steer system - Calibrate

diagnostic socket (1) and start the engine.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

fast steer symbol on the KA controller.
BAIL09CVT791AVA 2
3. Scroll through the available options using the "h" and

"m" buttons .
The three options are:
• "Pro" - proximity sensor
• "Lvdt" - LVDT sensor
• "deF" - adopt the default values
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 46
Proximity Sensor Calibration

5. Select the "Pro" option by depressing the "dimming"
button.
BAIL06CCM638AVA 3
6. The lower central display will display "O _ _ _" for the
steering wheel in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM639AVA 4
7. Depress and hold the "m" button . When the signal

has been stable for 2 seconds an audible beep will
be heard and the display will change to "O xxx".
the steering wheel is in the disengaged position.
BAIL06CCM640AVA 5
8. The lower central display will display "C _ _ _" for the
steering wheel in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM641AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 47
9. Depress and hold the "m" button while the steering

wheel is in the engage position. When the signal has
heard and the display will change to "C xxx".
the steering wheel is in the engaged position.
BAIL06CCM642AVA 7
10. After a short delay the display will return to the "H1"
menu display.
Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) Sensor Calibration

11. Select the "Lvdt" option by depressing the "dimming"
button.
BAIL06CCM643AVA 8
12. Press the "dimming" button again to activate. The

system will then automatically pilot the solenoid and
measure the LVDT values in both positions and over-
write the default values.
13. The lower central display will show a countdown
from "5" as the calibration is being performed. When
the calibration is complete the display will change to
"donE".
BAIL06CCM652AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 48
Adopting the Default Values

14. Select the "deF" option by depressing the "dimming"
button.
BAIL06CCM644AVA 10
15. Depress and hold the "m" button. After a short delay
an audible beep will be heard to indicate that the
calibration values have reset to their default values.
The lower central display will then show "donE".
BAIL06CCM651AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 49
STEERING Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

IMPORTANT: When effecting a repair the cause must be corrected to avoid a repeat failure.
Low steering pressure Faulty pump Pressure test system, repair/replace pump
warning light illuminates as required.
Fault in return to tank (back pressure) side Check low pressure system (fixed displace-
ment main hydraulic pump) or check lubri-
cation system (variable displacement main
hydraulic pump systems).
Leak in system Inspect feed and return lines to the pump.
Replace damaged hoses as required.
No steering or excessive Air in system Check for loose connections or damaged
effort to steer tubing. Purge system of air.
Steering system relief valve sticking/faulty Check system pressure.
Worn pump Inspect and repair.
Leaking steering cylinder Inspect and repair.
Broken or damaged steering column cou- Inspect and replace as required.
pling
Damaged or worn metering unit Inspect and replace as required.
Steering wanders Excessive play in steering linkage joints Inspect and replace as required.
Leaking steering cylinder Inspect and repair.
Damaged or worn metering unit Inspect and replace as required.
Drift to Left, Two Wheel Bias valve faulty Replace or repair
Drive only
Front wheels surge when Leaking steering cylinder Inspect and repair.
steering
Damaged or worn metering unit Inspect and replace as required
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 50
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Control valve - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fast steer system - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fast steer system - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fast steer system - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fast steer system - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fast steer system - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fast steer system Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fast steer system Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fast steer system Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fast steer system Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Fast steer system Control valve - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fast steer system Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fast steer system Control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Steering column - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Steering column - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Steering column - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Steering cylinder - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Steering cylinder - Overhaul Two Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Steering cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
STEERING Hydraulic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
STEERING Hydraulic - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
STEERING Hydraulic - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
STEERING Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
STEERING Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
STEERING Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
STEERING Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Tie rod - Toe in adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 51
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.C / 52
TRAVELLING - D
STEERING AutoPilot - 20.E
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
STEERING AutoPilot
Static description Auto guidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dynamic description Autoguidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 2
TRAVELLING - STEERING AutoPilot
STEERING AutoPilot - Static description Auto guidance system
The auto guidance system components are as follows:

Auto guidance valve Assembly
Steering Cylinders
Manual Steering Motor
The system is fed from either a fixed displacement pump with priority flow divider, or from an axial piston pump with
a priority valve.
The steering motor is similar to the unit used in a conventional steering system except the ports are configured to
directly interface with the auto guidance valve and the unit is of the non reactive type. The steering motor is con-
nected to the supply and tank lines in parallel with the auto guidance valve. The work ports of the steering motor are
connected to the steering cylinders at all times. If there is manual intervention through the steering motor, the unit will
override the auto guidance system and will return full control to the operator. When the auto guidance system is not
in use , the auto guidance directional control valve is hydraulically isolated from the manual steering system by an
isolation valve in the supply line and check valves in the steering work ports.
Inlet Filter
The inlet filter (1) is a 100 mesh stainless steel screen designed to prevent particle contamination of the other auto
guidance components.
BAIL08CVT096ASA 1
Auto guidance valve assembly

The valve assembly consists of an aluminium manifold body in which the various hydraulic components are mounted.
The manifold is mounted directly to the steering motor. All the hydraulic hose connections are made via the auto
guidance valve manifold.
BAIL08CVT019ASA 2
1.Return to tank 2.Left steering cylinder supply hose

3.Right Steering cylinder supply hose 4.Pressure feed
5.Solenoid 6.Valve manifold
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 3
Controls
The auto guidance master switch is located on the ‘C‘ pillar on the right hand side of the cab. This switch energises
the system ready for use.
BAIL08CVT046ASA 3
The auto guidance activation switch is located on the integrated control panel. This is used in conjunction with the
AFS AccuGuide™System and display screen.
BAIL08CVT095ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 4
STEERING AutoPilot - Dynamic description Autoguidance system
BAIL08CVT094FSA 1
Auto guidance system schematic
1. Steering cylinders 2. Autoguidance valve assembly

3. Lock valves 4. Pilot line shuttle valve
5. Directional control valve 6. Relief valve 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi)
7. Load sensing pilot operated shuttle valve 8. Load sensing line
9. Pressure sensor 10. Pressure feed
11. Pressure sensor 12. Isolation valve
13. Relief valve 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi) 14. Shock relief valves 220 - 240 bar (3190.0 - 3480.0
psi)
15. Steering control unit 190 bar (2755.0 psi)
Autoguidance valve assembly (2)

The valve assembly consists of an aluminium manifold body in which the various hydraulic components are mounted.
The manifold is mounted directly to the steering motor. All the hydraulic hose connections are made via the auto
guidance valve manifold.
Hydraulic isolation valve (12)

This two way two position solenoid operated OFF-ON valve controls the flow of oil to the auto guidance directional
control valve (2). The auto guidance hydraulic isolation valve is spring biased to block flow supplied by the pump,
while allowing free flow in the opposite direction. When the auto guidance is engaged in auto mode , the solenoid is
energised and allows free flow from the pump to auto guidance directional control, but restricts flow in the opposite
direction.
Load sense pilot operated shuttle valve (7)

The load sense pilot operated shuttle valve is a pilot operated two position spool valve (spring biased). In the neutral
position the valve enables the steering dynamic load sensing signal to flow to the steering control unit from the priority
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 5
valve . During normal steering operation the valve is maintained in the neutral position by the oil pressure of the
dynamic load sensing line and a mechanical spring acting on the end of the valve spool.
In auto guidance mode, when the auto guidance directional control valve is energised, pilot oil from the left or right
steer ports (via the shuttle valve) acts on the opposite end of the shuttle valve spool. When sufficient pressure is raised
in the pilot line the spool moves into the second (active) position. The steering dynamic load sensing signal can then
flow from the variable displacement pump via the priority valve to the auto guidance directional control valve. If the
hydraulic isolation solenoid is not energised it is not possible for the shuttle valve to move into the second (active)
position, as the auto guidance directional control valve will be hydraulically isolated.
AutoGuidance directional control valve (5)

This valve is a three position (left turn, neutral, right turn) four way proportional valve. The valve is spring biased to the
neutral position and is actuated by two opposing pulse width modulated (PWM) solenoids. While in the spring biased
neutral state, the left and right steer ports of the auto guidance directional control (5) and the compensator pilot line
are connected to the tank line . The high pressure line is disconnected from the left and right steer ports, ensuring
steering control is provided manually from the steering control unit . A signal from the auto guidance controller to
either PWM solenoid counteracts the spring bias and allows flow from the high pressure supply to the corresponding
steering cylinder port. Simultaneously the opposite steering cylinder port is connected to the tank return. This valve
is only activated while the auto guidance is engaged and an active turning command is being issued.
Pilot line shuttle valve (4)

This two position shuttle check valve isolates work port pressure from the left and right turn ports of the auto guidance
directional control valve (5) and relays the higher of the two pressures for use in the pilot line to the load sense pilot
operated shuttle valve circuit.
Lock valves (3)

The lock valves in the work ports of the auto guidance directional control valve are used to isolate the steering pres-
sures of the steering control unit from the directional control valve when the vehicle is operated in manual steer mode.
Auto guidance relief valve (6)

This relief valve is employed to limit the maximum differential pressure to 185 - 190 bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi) between
the P and T ports of the auto guidance valve assembly. This valve is only used when the auto guidance directional
control valve is controlling the left or right steering cylinders.
PX Pressure sensor (11)

This pressure sensor ensures steering priority resides with the steering control unit when input from the steering con-
trol is sensed. The pressure sensor monitors the pressure in the supply line to the steering control unit. If the pressure
rises above a preset threshold, representing a manual steering input, the auto guidance system is disengaged. Fur-
thermore, the auto guidance system cannot be reengaged until the PX pressure sensor output is below the specified
threshold.
Steering control unit (15)

The manually operated steering control unit meters steering flow to the steering cylinders from the variable displace-
ment pump. When the steering wheel is turned, the pressure signal is passed through the load sense line to the priority
valve and on to the variable displacement pump. The oil demand required by the steering control unit is matched by
the variable displacement pump. The oil is metered to the vehicle steering rams via the L or R steering ports, thus
giving a change in vehicle direction. If hydraulic power is lost, for example, in the event of an engine or pump failure,
the steering control unit acts as a hand-powered pump and will provide manual steering control. This unit is identical
to that which is used in non auto guidance tractors apart from the following points. A port-face arrangement is used
to interface with the auto guidance valve. The steering unit is of the non reactive type and therefore includes shock
relief valves. (14).
Shock relief valves (11)

These valves are used to protect the system from over pressurisation (relief at 220 - 240 bar (3190.0 - 3480.0 psi))
due to external forces applied to the steering wheels of the tractor.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 6
Steering control unit relief valve (13)

The relief valve within the Steering Control Unit is used to limit the maximum differential system pressure to 185 - 190
bar (2682.5 - 2755.0 psi), between ports P and T.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 7

Prior operation:
1. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the

solenoids. Remove the pressure feed hose from the
inlet filter (1). Undo and remove the inlet filter (1).
NOTE: Drain oil from hoses into a suitable container
BAIL08CVT096ASA 1
2. Remove left (1) and right (2) steering cylinder supply

hoses from the valve connectors.
BAIL08CVT049ASA 2
3. Remove hose from the return port (1).
BAIL08CVT097ASA 3
4. Undo nut (2) and remove load sensing hose (1).
BAIL08CVT052ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 8
5. Undo and remove the hexagon headed retaining

screws (1) and remove the control valve from the
steering motor.
BAIL08CVT051ASA 5
WARNING
M944
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 9
Control valve - Install

1. Install valve to steering motor. Insert the hexagon
headed retaining screws and tighten to 48 Nm (35.4
lb ft)
BAIL08CVT051ASA 1
WARNING
M944
2. Connect the load sensing hose (1) and tighten nut

(2) .
BAIL08CVT052ASA 2
3. Connect the left (1)and right (2) steering supply

hoses
BAIL08CVT049ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 10
4. Connect the filter fitting to the valve body and tighten

to 60 Nm (44.3 lb ft) . Hold the fitting and connect
the inlet filter (1) to the fitting and tighten to 80 Nm
(59.0 lb ft). Connect feed hose.
BAIL08CVT096ASA 4
Next operation:
Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 11
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
STEERING AutoPilot - Dynamic description Autoguidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
STEERING AutoPilot - Static description Auto guidance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.20.E / 12
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical - 30.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE
Brake
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Assemble Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Visual inspection Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Overhaul Rear Service Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 2
TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Mechanical
Brake - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Remove Battery, refer to, Battery - Remove (A.30.A).
WARNING
B026
1. For removal of front brakes carry out the operations

as follows:
Before carrying out any work on the braking system
carry out the following operations.
- Park the tractor on a level surface. Block the rear
wheels to prevent the tractor moving.
- Open and raise the hood.
2. Raise the front of the tractor, support the axle on
suitable stands and remove the front wheels.
3. Drain oil from planetary hub.
Remove the planetary carrier attaching bolts by
screwing in two alignment pins tool no. 292888
24063 1
4. Insert a slide puller into the drain plug hole and de-
tach the planetary carrier.
24064 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 3
5. Remove the planetary carrier and gears.
24065 3
6. Remove the sun gear retaining ring.
BRB0155A 4
7. Remove sun gear.
BRB0156A 5
8. Remove the rear sun gear retaining ring.
BRB0157A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 4
9. Remove the snap ring retaining the outer brake disc.
BRB0158A 7
10. Remove the brake disc from the ring gear.
BRB0159A 8
11. Remove the friction disc.
BRB0160A 9
12. Slide the friction disc to driveshaft plate off of the

driveshaft spline.
BRB0161A 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 5
13. Remove the inner brake disc from the ring gear.
BRB0162A 11
14. Remove the piston from the backplate. Apply the

footbrakes if necessary to aid removal.
NOTE: There are 3.6 mm threaded bolt holes in the
piston. Bolts may be inserted and levered on to aid piston
removal.
BRB0163A 12
Next operation:
Brake - Visual inspection (D.30.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 6
Brake - Assemble Front Axle

1. Support the hub using a suitable hoist and strap. Re-
move the six bolts securing the hub to the swivel
housing and withdraw the ring gear.
NOTE: It is advisable to replace the transfer tube O-rings
located at the rear of the piston carrier plate, while the unit
is at this stage of disassembly.
BRB0164A 1
2. Lift and remove the piston carrier plate from the rear
of the ring gear by compressing the snap ring into the
carrier with suitable screwdrivers.
BRB0165A 2
3. Remove the inner and outer piston seals from the

carrier. Ensure the carrier is free from any debris and
carefully install the new seals, allow the seals to relax
for a few minutes prior to installing the piston.
BRB0166A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 7
4. Remove the transfer tube from the rear of the carrier

and replace the O-rings.
BRB0167A 4
5. Lubricate the piston with the specified brake oil and

install the piston into the carrier.
BRB0168A 5
6. Reassemble the piston carrier to the ring gear.
BRB0169A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 8
7. Installation
1. Install the ring gear and piston carrier plate assem-
bly, inner brake disc, friction disc to driveshaft plate,
friction disc, outer brake disc and retaining ring.
2. Install the sun gear inner retaining ring, sun gear
and outer retaining ring.
3. Before installing the planetary carrier, thoroughly
clean and degrease the mating surfaces and apply a
2 mm bead of sealant as shown in Figure 7. Install
the planetary carrier and tighten the retaining bolts
to the correct torque. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE
Hydraulic - Torque (D.30.C)
4. Refill the planetary hubs with oil of the correct
specification and quantity.
24595 7
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 9
Brake - Visual inspection Front Axle

Prior operation:
Brake - Disassemble (D.30.B)
1. Inspect the friction plate for wear and damage, re-

place as necessary.
2. Inspect the inner and outer brake discs, if badly
scored, worn or cracked replace.
3. If the piston has been removed always install new
seals before re-assembly.
Next operation:
Brake - Assemble (D.30.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 10
Brake - Overhaul Rear Service Brake

Prior operation:
WARNING
B012
All Tractors
1. Remove the drain plug and drain oil into a suitable
container.
50 - 60 lbft).
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1
2. Raise the rear of the tractor and place a suitable axle

stand under the rear axle housing.
BTB0281A 2
3. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear wheel to

a hoist and remove the rear wheel.
WARNING
B105
BTB0282A_370 3
4. Raise and support the cab, for additional information

refer to USER PLATFORM - Remove (E.34.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 11

5. Detach the panhard rod (1) and the strap retaining
pin (2).
BAIS06CCM141AVA 4
BAIS06CCM123AVA 5
7. Remove the cab to chassis strap (1) and detach the

BAIS06CCM124AVA 6

8. Remove the cab retaining bolt.
BAIS06CCM125AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 12
BAIS06CCM123AVA 8
All Tractors
10. Remove the lift arm stabiliser bracket.
BAIS06CCM126AVA 9
11. Detach the lift arm cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM127AVA 10
12. Install special tools, 380001113 (50091) Lifting

bracket with 38020004, longer bracket bolts, and
attach to suitable lifting equipment.
BAIS06CCM160AVB 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 13

half shaft
BAIS06CCM161AVB 12
14. Remove the outer ring gear.
BSD2272A 13
15. Remove the outer steel plate (1), friction disc (2),
intermediate steel disc (3), friction disc (4) and draw
out the brake piston (5).
BSD2273A 14
16. If required, remove the piston using suitable pry bars.
BSD2270A_150 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 14
17. Install the final drive case to the rear axle housing
taking the following into consideration:
- Thoroughly clean and degrease mating surfaces.
- Check seals for wear or damages and replace if
damaged.
reverse.
- Refer to previous figures to orient the different parts.
- Apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately. 2
mm of diameter following patterns shown in the fig-
ure below.
- Tighten to correct torques as detailed on SER-
VICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification
(D.30.C).
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
BSE2386A 16
Pattern for application of liquid gasket between the final drive case and rear axle housing.
18. Fill the transmission with oil.
Next operation:
Bleed the brakes, for further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 15
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Brake - Assemble Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Brake - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Brake - Overhaul Rear Service Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Brake - Visual inspection Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.B / 16
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - 30.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Master cylinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Brake
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SERVICE
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Command
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Master cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hydraulic line
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
DIAGNOSTIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 2
TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Torque
BAIS06CCM710AVA 1
PARKING AND SERVICE BRAKE SECTIONAL VIEW
1. Seal
2. Brake Control Piston
3. Parking Brake Discs
4. Friction Pad Assembly
5. Pads
6. Parking Brake Control Lever
7. Service Brake Discs
NOTE: During installation apply liquid gasket (part number 82995771) on surfaces marked with an X.
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools
CAUTION
in this manual.
B008
List of special tools necessary to perform service operations covered by this section of the Manual:
380200002 Parking brake alignment tool. (6 disc)
X 295027 Cab Lifting Tool
292888 Alignment Pins
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 3
50091 / 380001113 Final Drive Housing Removal Tool
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification

Type:
- Service Brakes Wet disc acting on differential axle shafts
- Parking Brake Wet discs acting on pinion gear shaft
Controls:
- Service Brakes Hydraulic, independent pedals (or latched for joint operation) Front brakes
power assisted
- Parking Brake Mechanical through a hand lever
Brake Oil Specification: Oil From Transmission
Service Brake Disc Material resin/graphite
Static service Brake Disc Material steel
Parking Brake Disc Material steel
Parking Brake Lining Material sintered or organic conglomerate
Disc Thickness:
- Service Brakes 10 mm, min 8.6 mm
Permissible Wear 0.7 mm per face
- Parking Brake 5 mm
Parking Brake Lining Thickness:
- Side 3.1 - 3.4 mm
- Intermediate 4.2 - 4.5 mm
Hydraulic Actuation System
Font Brake Booster Valve & Power 20 - 24 bar
Service Brakes
Operating Pressure:
Control Pedal Adjustment see Command - Adjust (D.30.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 4
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Overview
BTB0411A 1
Brake System Components
1 Accumulator / Top-up Reservoir 2 Master Cylinders

3 Pneumatic Trailer Brake Valve 4 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Control Valve
5 Logic Valve 6 Rear Service Brake Right Hand
7 Rear Service Brake Left Hand 8 Parking Brake
9 Front Service Brake Left Hand 10 Front Service Brake Right Hand
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 5
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Static description

CONTROL CIRCUIT
The two master cylinders, one for each pedal, are located at the front of the cab and are connected to the respective
pedals by means of tie-rods. The cylinders can be operated individually or together when the pedals are latched by
the pin. The cylinders are connected by a bridge pipe and provides balanced braking even if the brake discs on each
side of the tractor are worn unevenly. Oil is supplied to both rear and front brakes from master cylinders when the
pedals are depressed.
The master cylinders are fed from the tractor low pressure circuit via an accumulator top up reservoir located under
the engine hood.
NOTE: The accumulator top up reservoir holds a reserve of oil for use in the event of engine failure.
The front brakes are supplied with oil either from the trailer brake logic head or from a separate logic valve. Either
option requires two pedal operation to provide oil output.
NOTE: The brake oil used is from the tractor low pressure circuit, and under no circumstances should a universal
oil, i.e., DOT 4 type, be used.
FRONT SERVICE BRAKES

The front service brakes are hydraulically operated wet disc type. They are located in the final drive cases of the front
axle and are splined to the differential output axle shafts.
REAR SERVICE BRAKES

The rear service brakes are hydraulically operated wet disc type. They are located between the rear axle housing
and final drive cases and are splined to the differential output axle shafts.
PARKING BRAKE
The parking brake is controlled mechanically. It acts on the rear pinion gear shaft and is controlled through a hand
lever located at the left of the driver’s seat.
When the parking brake control lever is raised, the tensioning cable acts on the actuator forcing the pads against the
six brake discs splined to the tractor rear pinion gear.
Refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Overview (D.30.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 6
Master cylinder - Sectional view
BSE2382A 1
REAR SERVICE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER SECTIONAL VIEW
1 Outlet to Slave Cylinders 2 Low Pressure Oil Return to Sump

3 Low Pressure Oil Supply 4 Actuator Piston
5 Booster Piston 6 Bleed Top-up Valve
7 Master Cylinder 8 Balancing Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 7
Master cylinder - Dynamic description
BSE2382B 1
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Off
Low Pressure Oil 20 - 24 Reservoir/Sump Oil

bar
Low pressure oil enters the valve at port A and is prevented from flowing through port ‘B’ by the actuator piston (1).
Oil behind the actuator piston (1), booster piston (2) and in the master cylinder area (3) are open to the reservoir at
port ‘E’.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 8
POWER BRAKE OPERATION
BSE2382C 2
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Applying
Master Cylinder Pressure Reservoir/Sump Oil

Oil
Low Pressure Oil 20 - 24
bar
The actuator piston (1) moves inside the boost piston (2) and uncovers port ‘B’. Low pressure oil enters the valve at
port ‘A’ and flows through port ‘B’ but is prevented from flowing to sump by port ‘C’ which is closed by the actuator
piston. The pressure begins to act on the back of the booster piston (2), assisting pedal pressure to the master
cylinder. Port ‘D’ also closes and the master cylinder pressure (3) begins to increase and oil flows to the brakes at
port ‘F’.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 9
BSE2382D 3
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Applied

Oil
Low Pressure Oil 20 - 24
bar
The actuator piston (1) stops moving inside the boost piston (2) but the booster piston continues to move until ports
‘B’ and ‘C’ are balanced. Port ‘D’ is also closed and the master cylinder (3) maintains braking pressure to the brakes
at port ‘F’.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 10
BSE2382E 4
POWER BRAKES. Brakes Manually Applied ( ENGINE OFF)

Oil
Because the engine is not running there is no low pressure oil entering the valve at port ‘A’. As the pedal is depressed
the actuator piston (1) moves inside the booster piston (2) until it makes mechanical contact. Mechanical pressure is
transferred to the booster piston (2) and therefore the master cylinder (3) and the brake pressure at port ‘F’ increases
with no boosting pressure because the engine is not running.
Bleeding / System Top Up

NOTE: refer to Master cylinder - Sectional view (D.30.C).
Depressing the pedal exhausts oil through the various bleed nipples. As the pedal pressure is released a partial
vacuum is created in the master cylinder area, causing the top up valve in the centre of the booster valve to open.
This allows reservoir/sump oil to top up the master cylinder area in preparation for the next downward stroke of the
pedal.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 11
Brake - Sectional view
BAIS06CCM710AVA 1
PARKING AND SERVICE BRAKE SECTIONAL VIEW
1. Seal
2. Brake Control Piston
3. Parking Brake Discs
4. Friction Pad Assembly
5. Pads
6. Parking Brake Control Lever
7. Service Brake Discs
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 12
BTB0012B 2
FRONT SERVICE BRAKE SECTIONAL VIEW
1 Outer Plate Retaining Ring 2 Outer Brake Plate

3 Inner Brake Plate 4 Brake Bleed Screw
5 Brake Piston 6 Piston Seal
7 Friction Disc
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 13
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Pressure test

Power Brake Supply and Accumulator Test

1. The supply to the power brake system, the accumu-
lator and system check valve can be checked for cor-
rect operation using the following procedure.
Remove the low brake pressure warning switch from
the manifold and install adaptor 297607 with quick
release fitting 297240 .
Attach a 40 bar ( 600 lbf.in2) gauge (1) 293242 using
quick release coupler 291924 and hose 292246 .
the brake pedal and observe the gauge, the pressure
may fluctuate slightly but should remain at approxi-
mately 23±1 bar ( 334±15 lbf.in2).
Turn the engine OFF and observe the gauge. If BAIS06CCM164AVA 1
the manifold check valve is operating correctly the
pressure should remain at approximately 23±1 bar (
334±15 lbf.in2)
With the engine OFF, operate the brake pedals, if the
accumulator is working correctly the system will lose
approximately 1 bar ( 15 lbf.in2) with every applica-
tion of the brake pedals.
NOTE: If a gradual drop in pressure is indicated the
master cylinder may have an internal leak or a sticking
piston assembly. To confirm if a fault is within the master
cylinder, cap the supply to the master cylinder from the
accumulator/manifold assembly and repeat the test. If the
pressure remains constant with the feed tube capped then
this indicates that the master cylinder has a fault.
NOTE: The low brake pressure warning switch is set
at 15 bar ( 218 lbf.in2), therefore after approximately
7-9 applications the instrument cluster warning lamp will
illuminate when the engine is not running.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 14
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed
WARNING
Air bleeding must be carried out any time the brake hydraulic system has been opened.
B016
CAUTION
not charged.
M670
All tractors
1. If fitted, remove and discard the Schrader valve as-
sembly from the logic head.
The valve is only used for initial filling, removal re-
duces possible air ingression points.
Replace the copper washers with bonded seals (part
no. 5183780).
NOTE: Tractors without pneumatic trailer brakes shown.
BAIS06CCM712AVA 1
2. Disconnect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 2
3. Disconnect the master cylinder supply hose and fill

with LHM brake oil.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 15
4. Fabricate a temporary reservoir and connect it to the

master cylinder return port.
Fill the reservoir with LHM brake oil.
NOTE: Ensure that the connection is air tight.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that the reservoir is kept topped up
with oil throughout bleeding.
BAIS06CCM291AVB 4
5. Uncouple the brake pedals and slowly depress the

left hand brake pedal to pressurize the oil.
Attach a suitable bleed tube with a one-way valve
action to the left hand bleed screw. With the brake
pedal held down, unscrew the bleed screw by half a
turn. Let the oil drain with any air bubbles.
Repeat this step until the brakes are completely filled
with LHM oil and free of air.
Repeat for right hand side.
BAIS06CCM711AVA 5
6. Couple the brake pedals together.

Bleed the logic head.
BAIS06CCM713AVA 6
Tractors with front Brakes

7. If the tractor is fitted with front axle brakes, perform
bleeding as for the standard tractor. Couple the
brake pedals then bleed air from bleed screw (1)
at the booster unit, top up the oil reservoir after
completion of bleeding.
BTB0053B 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 16
8. Rotate the hubs to position the plug (1) in the verti-

cal position. Remove the plug and ensure the bleed
screw is aligned with the hole.
NOTE: With some wheel options it may be necessary to
bleed the brakes with the wheels removed.
26457 8
9. Loosen the screw and attach a suitable bleeding tube

with a one-way valve action. Pump the latched brake
pedals until the fluid expelled is free from bubbles.
Hold the brake pedals down and remove the tube and
tighten the bleed screw. Repeat for the other wheel.
On completion of the procedure refit the axle plug
and ensure the oil level in the reservoir is at the cor-
rect level.
NOTE: If the brake oil has escaped into the hub the hub
should be drained and refilled with the correctly specified
front axle oil, NEW HOLLAND AMBRA MULTI G 134 .
26583 9
Tractors with pneumatic trailer brakes.

10. Bleed the dual line airbrake control valve.
BAIS06CCM647AVB 10
11. Disconnect and remove the temporary reservoir.

Connect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 17
Next operation:
Start the engine, press and hold the brake pedals, check there are is no pedal creep down.
Next operation:
Visually check all fittings, components and pipes for leaks.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 18
Command - Adjust
1. With the brake pedals connected to the master
cylinder pushrods and the latching pin disconnected,
check the distance (H) from pedal centre to the floor
mat. It should be approximately 185 mm.
1b0o2004106423 1
2. If this is not the case, release the locknuts (2) and

screw in or out the adjust screw (1) to obtain the
specified distance. Tighten the locknuts.
BTB0055B 2
3. Brake Pedal Switches Adjustment

After installing new master cylinders or adjusting the
pedal height check that the brake switches are cor-
rectly adjusted:-
1. Locate a 2.5 mm (0.10 inch) thick gauge bar be-
tween the switch and brake pedal. Loosen the switch
retaining screws.
2. Push the switch towards the brake pedal to
the limit of the plunger travel whilst ensuring that
the pedal remains stationary. Tighten the retaining
screws and remove the gauge. Repeat for the other
switch.
After adjustment ensure that both switches can be

heard operating and operating simultaneously.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 19
WARNING
B026
DANGER
B012

BTB0281A 1

BTB0282A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 20
5. Cut the cable ties and detach the wiring harness.
BAIS06CCM602AVA 3
6. Disconnect the coupler pipe retaining nut.
BAIS06CCM603AVA 4
7. Remove the banjo bolt (1). Remove and discard

the schrader valve and adaptor (2). Disconnect the
brake pipe union from the control valve (3).
BAIS06CCM604AVA 5
8. Disconnect the brake pipes.

NOTE: Make a note of the postion of the brake pipes to
aid installation.
BAIS06CCM605AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 21
9. Remove the control valve.
BAIS06CCM606AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 22
WARNING
B026
DANGER
B012
1. Install the control valve.
BAIS06CCM606AVA 1
2. Install the brake pipes to their noted removal posi-

tions.
BAIS06CCM605AVA 2
3. Install the brake pipe union (1) and the banjo bolt (2).
NOTE: Replace the copper washers with bonded seals
(part no 5183780).
BAIS06CCM693AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 23
4. Install the coupler pipe retaining nut.
BAIS06CCM603AVA 4
5. Cable tie the wiring harness to the control valve.
BAIS06CCM602AVA 5
6. Bleed the brakes as described in SERVICE BRAKE

Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
(D.50.C)
BTB0282A 6
8. Remove the axle stands (1).

BTB0281A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 24
Master cylinder - Remove

Prior operation:
Before carrying out any work on the braking system carry out the following operations.
- Park the tractor on a level surface. Block the wheels to prevent the tractor moving.
- Detach the negative cable from the battery and insulate.
WARNING
B026
WARNING
The master cylinder is not a serviceable item. If it is showing signs of leakage, damage or suspected of
malfunctioning, the complete unit must be replaced. DO NOT attempt to disassemble and reassemble as
seal damage will occur, rendering the unit inoperative with a resultant loss of brake performance.
B034
CAUTION
not charged.
M670
1. Remove the right hand engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM289AVA 1
2. Disconnect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 25
3. Disconnect the master cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 3
4. Disconnect the master cylinder outlet pipes.

NOTE: Place a suitable container under the master
cylinder to collect drained out fluid.
BAIS06CCM292AVA 4
5. Unlock and slide out the cotter pins connecting the

clevis on the master cylinder push rod to the pedals.
BAIS06CCM293AVA 5
6. Remove the four master cylinder retaining bolts.

Remove the master cylinder from the tractor from the
engine side.
NOTE: Lubricate the grommets to assist removal.
BAIS06CCM294AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 26
Master cylinder - Install

1. From the engine side, locate the master cylinder.
Install the four master cylinder retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM294AVA 1
2. Install the cotter pins connecting the clevis on the

master cylinder push rod to the pedals.
BAIS06CCM293AVA 2
3. Connect the master cylinder outlet pipes.
BAIS06CCM292AVA 3
4. Connect the master cylinder supply hose.
BAIS06CCM291AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 27
5. Connect the master cylinder vent hose.
BAIS06CCM290AVA 5
6. Install the right hand engine side panel.
BAIS06CCM289AVA 6
Next operation:
Adjust pedal height if required.
Bleed the hydraulic brake system, for further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 28
Hydraulic line - Remove
WARNING
Before removing any air system component make sure that there is no air pressure in the system. This can
be achieved by depressing and releasing the brake pedal several times with the engine off and draining the
air reservoirs. Also make sure that the wheels of the vehicle are chocked.
B022
Pilot Head Valve Assembly

1. Disconnect the two tubes from the braking system.
Cap the ends of the tubes to prevent dirt ingress.
BAIS06CCM646AVA 1
2. Remove the pilot head valve.
BAIS06CCM647AVA 2
3. Reassembly is the reversal of removal procedure.
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system. For further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 29
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Troubleshooting

Brake pedals are difficult Seized hydraulic master cylinder. Replace the master cylinder.
to operate
Blocked or flattened brake control lines. Clean or replace the brake control lines.
Brakes remain applied Seized master cylinder pistons. Replace the master cylinder.
when the brake pedals are
released
Seized master cylinder operating linkage. Clean and lubricate the linkage. Make sure
water and dirt ingress is not possible.
Brake noise Worn brake discs. Replace brake discs.
Excessive brake pedal Air in the brake system. Bleed the air form the brake system.
travel
Worn brake master cylinders Replace the brake master cylinders.
Oil leakage from the brake system. Repair the leakage.
Rear service brake self adjusters loose in Replace the brake self adjusters.
the brake piston.
Unbalanced braking Wrong tyre pressure. Inflate tyres to correct pressure.
Worn brake master cylinder. Replace brake master cylinder.
Blocked or flattened master cylinder bal- Clean or replace the balance tube.
ance tube.
Blocked or flattened brake control lines. Clean or replace the brake control lines.
Worn or broken master cylinder oil seals. Replace the master cylinder.
Worn brake discs on one side. Replace brake discs.
Poor braking action Worn brake discs. Replace brake discs.
- No/low front brake
assistance
Worn brake master cylinder. Replace brake master cylinder.
Air in the brake system. Bleed the air form the brake system.
Oil leakage from the brake system. Repair the leakage.
Front brake valve faulty. Repair or replace the front brake valve.
Logic head faulty. Repair or replace the logic head.
Air in the front brake circuit. Bleed the air form the front brake circuit.
Faulty low pressure circuit. Pressure test the low pressure circuit.
Parking brake does not Parking brake cable incorrectly adjusted. Adjust the parking brake cable.
operate correctly
Worn brake pads. Replace brake pads.
Parking brake will not Restricted parking brake lever travel. Repair as necessary.
release
Seized brake pads on the brake discs. Replace damaged parts.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 30
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Brake - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Hydraulic line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Master cylinder - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Master cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Master cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Master cylinder - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 31
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.C / 32
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - 30.E
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electrical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Air valve
Dual line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Single line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Pneumatic connector
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
DIAGNOSTIC
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 2
TRAVELLING - SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Torque
BAIS06CCM719AVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 3
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - General specification

Air Compressor:
Location Left hand side of engine, above the alternator
Drive Belt driven via crankshaft/water pump
Type Single cylinder air cooled
Speed 3,000 rev/min
Lubrication Pressure fed from engine
Bore / Stroke 75 mm x 36 mm
Displacement 159 cm3
Operating Pressure 18 bar ( 261 lbf.in2) Maximum
System Operating Pressure 7.8 - 8.3 bar ( 113 - 120 lbf.in2)
Unload (relief) Valve Setting 12 bar 174 lbf.in2)
Low Pressure Warning Switch Operates at, 4.5 - 5.0 bar ( 65 - 73 lbf.in2)
Pressure Sender Pressure (bars) 0 2 6 10

Ohms 10 52 124 184
Maintenance
Drain Reservoir Tanks Daily
Compressor Drive Belt Tension Every 300 hours
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 4
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Electrical schema
AIR BRAKE WIRIN 1

Air Brake Electrical System
K8 Stoplamp relay H13 Brake light - RH

K11 Park brake solenoid relay H16 Brake light - LH
K12 Stoplamp switch and air brake relay Y50 Air brake solenoid
S40 Stoplamp switch - RH Y51 Air brake drier unit - De icer (heater)
S41 Stoplamp switch - LH Y52 Park brake solenoid
S59 Handbrake Switch X16 Trailer socket (electrical)
S62 Air brake pressure switch
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 5
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Dynamic description
BAIS06CCM759AVA 1
Air Brake Schematic Diagram
1 Compressor 2 Unload Valve ( 8 bar)

3 Filter Drier 4 Air Tank (2 x 10 litres)
5 Drain Valve 6 Air Supply Manifold
7 Dual Line Control Valve 8 Solenoid Valve
9 Pressure Regulator 10 Two Way Valve
11 Park Brake Solenoid 12 Coupler Dual Line (Supply) Red
13 Coupler Dual Line (Control) Yellow 14 Low Pressure Warning Lamp
15 Pressure Sender Unit 16 Pressure Guage
17 Handbrake Switch 18 Brake Master Cylinder
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 6
19 Brake Logic Valve 20 Filter Drier - Heater Unit

21 Quick Release Valve
BAIS06CCM714AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 7
Description Diagram Function

Ref.
Couplers A Red and yellow couplers for dual line systems. Red is the supply coupler with
full pressure available all the time.The yellow coupler is the control line. Air
pressure at the coupler is increased as the brake pedal is depressed.The
black coupler is for single line systems. Pressure is available at the coupler
with the brake pedal released, pressure decreases as the pedal is depressed.
Dual Line Control Valve B Operated via the brake pedal switch, supplies air pressure to the dual line
Solenoid control valve to establish the trailer brake pressure before the tractor brakes
Parking brake solenoid become effective, thereby preventing any delay in operation.
The parking brake solenoid is activated by the parking brake switch, providing
full trailer braking when the parking brake is applied.
Dual Line Control Valve C Provides control of the two line braking system in conjunction with the
hydraulic pressure supplied from the brake master cylinder.
Air Supply Manifold D Controls the single line trailer brake system in conjunction with the dual line
control valve and brake master cylinder pressure.
Regulating Valve E Provides a means for the operator to “Fine Tune" the pressure supplied from
the solenoid to the control valve dependant upon the characteristics of the
trailers brakes.
Air Tanks F&K Provides storage for the compressed air generated by the compressor.
Unload (relief) Valve G Controls the operating pressure within the system to prevent system damage
from excess pressure. Also removes any contamination from the system
during unloading.
Compressor H Belt driven via the crankshaft. Takes filtered air and compresses it to supply
the air tankwith pressurized air. The compressor is lubricated from the engine
lube system.
Brake Pedal Switch I When both brake pedal switches are operated, (both brake pedals
depressed), relay ‘A’ becomes de-energised, this cuts the voltage to the dual
line control valve solenoid.
Brake Logic Valve J Ensures that trailer braking only occurs when both brake pedals are
depressed simultaneously. Hydraulic pressure from both brake master
cylinders act on a ball and plunger arrangement which then allows pressure
oil out to act on the control valve.
Pressure Switch/ K Connected directly to the right hand air tank, when the pressure drops to
sender Assembly 4.5-5.0 bar ( 65 - 73 lbf.in2) or lower the switch closes and completes the
circuit to illuminate the warning lamp on the instrument cluster.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 8
BAIS06CCM709AVA 3
Universal Air Brake - Tube Connections
1 Control valve to left hand reservoir tube 2 Left hand air tank to dual line control valve
3 Yellow coupler tube 4 Compressor to unload valve
5 Red coupler tube 6 Air tank balance pipe
Universal Air Brake Option

Brakes Disengaged
Air from the Compressor is supplied to the Unload Valve which regulates system pressure stored in the Reservoir .
This pressure is supplied to the trailer via the Red Supply Line Coupler to disengage the brakes.
The air in the system also acts on the Pressure Sender Unit which supplies a variable electrical signal to the Pressure
Gauge to indicate the pressure in the system.
If the pressure drops below specified limits, the sender incorporates a switch to illuminate the Warning Lamp .
Brakes Engaged
Operating the brake pedal closes the Brake Switches which sends a signal to the Solenoid Valve . When energised
this supplies air via the Pressure Regulator to the Control Valve as pilot pressure to initiate operation of the trailer’s
brakes via the Yellow Control Line Coupler .
As the tractor’s brakes are applied, Hydraulic Pressure from the Master Cylinders is transferred via the Brake Logic
Valve to the Control Valve to progressively increase pressure in the Yellow Control Line to the trailer’s brake control
valve to engage the brakes in line with the tractor brakes.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 9
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Static description

There are three versions of the air trailer brake available.
These can be easily identified by the coupler configuration at the rear of the cab.
Universal
A generally accepted air brake providing a dual line system. The universal system is available with side mounting
type couplers.
Universal with Side mounting couplers.
BAIS06CCM675AVA 1
“German"
An air brake system designed in accordance with German TUV specifications providing both single and dual line
operation.
SM-32 2
“Italian"
An air brake system designed to meet Italian legislation and providing dual line operation.
BRD1023B 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 10
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Pressure test

1. Tractor Preparation
Position the tractor on a flat, level surface and in a
suitable location to allow the engine to run during the
testing.
Chock the wheels and ensure the parking brake is in
the OFF position.
To perform the test it will be necessary to obtain the
correct trailer side couplers for the system, to couple
up to the tractor connectors.
60-33-025 1
2. Use suitable fittings to connect to each trailer side

coupler a 0 - 10 bar, undamped ( 100 mm), pressure
gauge. Connect the appropriately coloured couplers
to the corresponding tractor coupler.
- “Italian" trailer brake
- “German" trailer brake
- "Universal" trailer brake
60-33-026 2
3. Pre-Test Procedure
A = Dual line control (Yellow)
B = Single line supply (Black
C = Dual line supply (Red)
D = Cab Gauge
Switch tractor ignition on.
All test gauges, including vehicle gauge located on
the left hand ’B’ pillar, must read zero pressure (drain
tanks if required).
NOTE: Tractor ’B’ pillar gauge reads line pressure which
is the same as that shown on the red line coupler gauge.
NOTE: For all pressure testing illustrations the gauges
represent the following coupler colours:
60-33-027 3
4. Low pressure warning indicator for the air brake sys-

tem must be illuminated on the instrument cluster.
Warning light located in top right hand corner of the
instrument cluster.
NOTE: All figures in ( ) refer to the Italian trailer brake
pressures, where they differ.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 11
5. Start the tractor

System should be fully pressurised within 40 - 60
seconds depending on engine rev setting (a maxi-
mum period of 3 minutes is permitted for the system
to reach operating pressure). When the system is
fully pressurised the gauges must read as follows:
NOTE: Cab gauge reads 8.0 (7.0) bar in the green
segment.
60-33-028 4
Gauges Pressure
Dual Line Control (Yellow) (A) 0
Single Line Supply (Black) (B) 5.0 - 6.0 bar
Dual Line Supply (Red) (C) 7.5 - 8.5 bar
( 6.5 - 7.5 bar)
Cab (D) 8.0 (7.0)
6. As the system is being pressurised, the air brake
low pressure warning light on the instrument cluster
should extinguish between 4.5 - 5.5 bar.
NOTE: Indication of malfunctioning must be investigated
and the defect rectified before continuing with the test.
60-33-032 5
7. Apply tractor parking brake

The gauges must now read the following values:
In cases where the gauges do not exhibit the above
values, adjust the handbrake cable to the dual line
control valve as described on the following page.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 12
60-33-029 6
Gauges Pressure
Dual Line Control (Yellow) (A) 7.5 - 8.5 bar
( 6.5 - 7.5 bar)
Single Line Supply (Black) (B) 0
( 6.5 - 7.5 bar)
Cab (D) 8.0 (7.0)
8. Handbrake Control Cable Adjustment
Handbrake off, system (red), (C), at full pressure 8
(7) bar (ignition on - engine off). Check yellow gauge
(A) is on zero.
Handbrake up four clicks - slacken dual valve oper-
ating cable top nut.
60-33-033 7
9. Adjust cable (by tightening the bottom nut first on the

cable assembly) until needle on yellow gauge (A) just
starts to move, lock up top nut.
Check operation of handbrake.
Handbrake On = 8 (7) bar yellow
Handbrake Off = 0 bar yellow
60-33-034 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 13
10. Leak Test

Engine off - tractor parking brake applied.
No deterioration of the red line pressure (8 (7) bar)
must occur over a 10 minute period. Indication of
any leakage must be investigated, the defect rectified
and the test repeated.
60-33-035 9
11. Brake Pedal Test Procedure

Start the tractor. Engine revs not to exceed 1000
rev/min.
Do NOT apply tractor parking brake.
60-33-030 10
12. Release brake pedal link pin so that pedals will work
individually.
Apply left hand and right hand brake pedals individu-
ally. No change in pressure readings on test gauges
must occur.
60-33-036 11
13. Reconnect brake pedal link pin, apply brake ped-

als fully several operations until red system pres-
sure below 7 (6) bar - vehicle compressor will come
back on load - allow system to reach full pressure
8 (7) bar (loud ’pop’ will be heard as unload valve
opens). Gently apply pressure to linked pedals until
both brake light switches have just clicked on, brake
lights on and 4WD indicator on dash is illuminated.
The gauges will now record the following values:
60-33-037 12
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 14
60-33-031 13
* slight drop in pressure must occur
Gauges Pressure
Dual Line Control (Yellow) (A) 0.5 - 1.0 bar
Single Line Supply (Black) (B) 4.5 - 5.0* bar
( 6.5 - 7.5 bar)
Cab (D) 8.0 (7.0)
14. Single Line System
Fully apply brake pedal effort with graduated effort.
Yellow line (A), pressure must increase evenly to a
maximum of 7-8 bar. Black line (B), pressure must
decrease evenly to zero bar.
NOTE: If the brake lights operate late into the braking
process, i.e. pedals are depressed more than 20 mm
before the brake switches are switched on, no advance
braking on the air brake system will occur. The brake
switches must be reset and the brake test performed
again.
60-33-038 14
15. Pressure Regulator ON/OFF Test Procedure

Set engine at idle revs.
Do NOT apply tractor parking brake.
With the system fully pressurised 8 (7) bar, depress
the brake pedals several times until the pressure
drops below 7 (6) bar on Red system gauge (C) and
gauge in cab.
60-33-039 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 15
16. The unload valve, located on the left hand side of the
rear axle must recharge the system to 8 (7) bar.
In cases where an unload valve is found to be faulty,
a new unload valve must be fitted and the test re-
peated.
BAIS06CCM567AVA 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 16
Air valve Dual line - Remove
WARNING
B022

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the hydraulic brake connection, cap the

end of the tube to prevent contamination and exces-
sive loss of brake oil.
BAIS06CCM636AVA 2
3. Disconnect the air lines.
BAIS06CCM637AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 17
4. Remove the retaining bolts and remove the dual line

control valve.
BAIS06CCM645AVA 4
5. Reassembly is the reversal of removal.
Next operation:
Bleed the brake system. For further information refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 18
Air valve Single line - Remove
WARNING
B022

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the air lines to the single line control valve

and to the solenoids (1). Remove the retaining bolts
(2) and remove the single line control valve.
BAIS06CCM717AVA 2
3. Reassembly is the reversal of removal.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 19
Pneumatic connector - Overhaul
SM60-33-008 1
Couplers
Key to Components - Figure 1.
A. Single Line Coupler B. Supply and Control Line Couplers

1. Cover 1. Screw
2. Circlip 2. Guide Piece
3. Bush 3. Spring
4. ‘O’ Ring 4. Tube
5. Valve Ring 5. Cover
6. Valve Body 6. Housing
7. ‘O’ Ring 7. Spring
8. Spring 8. Cap
9. Housing 9. Valve
10. Washer 10. ‘O’ Ring
11. Guide Piece 11. Cap
12. Washer 12. ‘O’ Ring
13. Screw 13. Thrust Piece
14. Guide
15. Screw
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 20
Pneumatic connector - Remove

BAIS06CCM607AVA 1
2. Disconnect the pneumatic connector supply pipe.

Remove the retaining nut and remove the trailer
brake pneumatic connector.
BAIS06CCM666AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 21
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Troubleshooting

Instrument cluster light System pressure below 4.5/3.5 bar. Compressor drive belt broken
illuminates when system Check system for leaks
is running. Relief valve failed, stuck open
Compressor fault
Reservoir drain tap faulty
Faulty switch or switch wiring Disconnect wiring to switch. If light extin-
guishes replace switch. If light remains illu-
minated check wiring for short to earth.
Trailer brakes not Air in braking system Bleed brakes. Refer to SERVICE BRAKE
functioning (system Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C)
air pressure okay)
Faulty pilot valve Disconnect supply line to control valve from
pilot valve assembly. Operate the brakes,
if oil is expelled, pilot valve is okay. If no oil
expelled remove and inspect pilot valve.
Control valve faulty Repair/replace as required
Delay in trailer brake Dual line solenoid failed closed or perma- Disconnect wiring to solenoid. If brakes
operation nently energised. operate normally inspect wiring for short to
+12 v. If still a delay in operation after wire
disconnection replace solenoid assembly.
Faulty brake switch
System pressure too high Faulty Relief valve Remove valve clean/replace. refer to Re-
(exceeds 12 bar +/- 2) lief valve - Remove (A.20.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 22
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Air valve Dual line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Air valve Single line - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Pneumatic connector - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Pneumatic connector - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Electrical schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.30.E / 24
TRAVELLING - D
PARKING BRAKE Mechanical - 32.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE
Mechanical linkage
Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Brake
Overhaul Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 2
TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Mechanical
Mechanical linkage - Travel adjust

1. Adjustment of the parking brake control lever travel
should be performed each time the parking brake is
serviced or repaired and when the idle travel of the
lever is excessive.
Proceed as follows:
1. Block front wheels using suitable means.
2. Jack up the tractor rear end using a suitable
means until the wheels are slightly off the ground.
3. Raise the parking brake control lever to the third
notch on the quadrant.
4. Release the locknut (2) and screw in the adjust
screw (1) until the wheels lock.
5. Lower the parking brake control lever and ensure
that the wheels can rotate freely.
6. Apply the parking brake several times to check 1b0o2004106451 1
that the assembly does not get blocked or operate
abnormally.
7. Tighten the locknut (2) and lower the tractor.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 3
Brake - Overhaul Park Brake
WARNING
B026
DANGER
B012

2. Remove the drain plug and drain the transmission oil
into a suitable container. Install the drain plug once
the oil has drained.
BAIS06CCM140AVA 1

BTB0281A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 4
5. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the left rear wheel

to a hoist and remove the wheel.
BTB0282A 3
6. Remove the split pin and the cotter pin (1) from the
parking brake lever. Detach the parking brake cable
(2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 4
7. Remove the parking brake control assembly.
BAIS06CCM580AVA 5
8. Disassemble parking brake assembly and remove

friction pads.
BSE2385A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 5
9. Disassemble lever assembly to replace seal.

- Check lever and shaft are marked.
- Loosen lever clamp bolt.
- Remove lever, spring.
- Remove shaft.
- Remove washer and seal.
BSE2383A 7
10. On re-assembly
- Install shaft.
- Install new seal with washer.
- Install spring and shaft ensuring alignment of as-
sembly marks.
BSE2384A 8
11. Before installing the parking brake control assembly

unit to the rear axle housing, thoroughly clean and
degrease mating surfaces and apply a bead of liquid
gasket of approximately 2 mm of diameter following
pattern shown.
WARNING
HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
bvf0952Apng 9
12. Using special tool 380200002, align the brake discs

on the pinion shaft.
BAIS06CCM662AVA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 6
13. Install the special tool 380200002, between the

brake pads.
BAIS06CCM663AVA 11
14. Position the parking brake assembly complete with

the special tool 380200002, between the brake discs
on the pinion shaft. Remove the special tool while
installing the parking brake assembly.
BAIS06CCM664AVA 12
15. Tighten the retaining bolts to 49 Nm ( 36 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM580AVA 13
16. Attach the parking brake cable. (2). Install the cotter
pin and split pin (1)
BAIS06CCM004AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 7
17. Using a suitable sling (1) connect the left rear wheel
to a hoist and install the wheel.
(D.50.C)
BTB0282A 15
18. Remove the axle stands (1).

BTB0281A 16
19. Fill the transmission with oil
Next operation:
Adjust the parking brake, for further information refer to Mechanical linkage - Travel adjust (D.32.B)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 8
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Brake - Overhaul Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Mechanical linkage - Travel adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.B / 10
TRAVELLING - D
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - 32.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE Electronic
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 2
TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Electronic
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Remove

1. Make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.

2. Chock the front wheels using suitable wheel stops.
3. Position wooden wedges between the front axle and
front support. These prevent articulation of the axle.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 1
4. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable

BTB0281A 2
5. Remove the rear left wheel.
BAIL07APH363AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 3
6. Remove the electronic park lock (EPL) cover.
BAIL08CVT334AVA 4
7. Disconnect the EPL electrical connector (1) and de-

tach the EPL from the cab (2).
BAIL08CVT251AVA 5
8. Remove the split pin and the clevis pin (1) from the
parking brake lever. Detach the parking brake cable
(2).
BAIL08CVT253AVA 6
9. Remove the speed clip and the clevis pin (1) from the
EPL lever (if fitted) and detach the EPL cable (2).
BAIL08CVT318AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 4
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Install

WARNING
B020
1. Attach the EPL cable (2) and install the clevis pin and
speed clip (1).
BAIL08CVT318AVA 1
2. Attach the parking brake cable (2) and install the cle-
vis pin and split pin (1).
BAIL08CVT253AVA 2
3. Install the EPL (2) and connect the EPL electrical

connector (1).
BAIL08CVT251AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 5
4. Install the EPL cover.
BAIL08CVT334AVA 4
5. Install the rear left-hand wheel.

Tighten to specified torque, for further information re-
fer to Rear wheel - Torque (D.50.C).
BAIL07APH363AVA 5
6. Raise the rear of the vehicle and remove the axle

stands (1).
NOTE: If detached during removal, reattach the lift rods to
the lower links.
BTB0281A 6
7. Remove the wooden wedges from between the front

axle and front support.
BAIL08CVT112AVA 7
Next operation:
Adjust the EPL, for further information refer to PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Adjust (D.32.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 6
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Adjust

IMPORTANT: Manual adjustment of the EPL should only be carried out if the brake pads / brake discs have
been renewed.
NOTE: The manual park brake should be correctly adjusted prior to adjusting the EPL.
1. Disengage the EPL, using either of the methods de-
scribed below:
2. Electronically:
• Turn the ignition on.
• Move the shuttle lever to position 5 whilst de-
pressing both the shuttle lever neutral button
and both brake pedals for more than 3 sec-
onds.
• The EPL and park brake warning lamps will be
illuminated on the cluster.
• Turn the ignition off and the EPL will remain
disengaged.
BAIL08CVT421AVA 1
3. Mechanically:
• Using the special tool supplied in the cab, re-
move the EPL cover and manually disengage
the EPL.
4. Block the front wheels, raise the rear wheels just
clear of the ground.
5. Apply a force of 250 - 350 Nm (184 - 258 lb ft) five
times at the end of the EPL lever (1).
6. Adjust the EPL as follows:
• Release the locking nut (3).
• Apply a force of 250 - 350 Nm (184 - 258 lb ft)
and under load adjust the bolt (4) to achieve a
measurement 174 - 176 mm between point (2)
and the front bracket installed as shown (X).
• Tighten the locking nut (3) and recheck the
measurement (X).
BAIL08CVT410AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 7
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Calibrate

NOTE: This procedure calibrates the EPL (Electronic Park Lock) applied and released positions and the
accelerometer.
NOTE: The calibration procedure is controlled by the electronic management system and during the calibration
procedure the system is functional. Park the tractor on a flat surface away from any obstacles. The handbrake must
be released and the shuttle lever in the park position.
If required during the calibration procedure use the service brakes to prevent the tractor from moving.
left hand diagnostic socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

ment cluster to navigate the HH menu’s to H1 on the
XA controller.
BAIL09CVT784AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 8
3. To start the calibration procedure press the ’dimming’

key, Cal will be shown on the display.
BAIL09CVT777AVA 3
4. Depress the ’h’ key, the display will show ’Inc’ for the
accelerometer calibration or ’SC’ for the stroke cali-
bration, use the ’h’ and ’m’ buttons to switch between
the options.
BAIL09CVT786AVA 4
5. To calibrate the accelerometer:

Use the ’h’ and m” keys to select ’Inc’ on the display,
Press the ’m’ key to enter the accelerometer calibra-
tion routine.
The display will alternate between the calibrated
value and ’Inc’.
When the calibration is complete the display will
show ’SC’.
BAIL09CVT787AVA 5
6. To calibrate the applied and released positions use

the ’h’ and ’m’ keys to select ’SC’ on the display,
Press and hold the ’m’ key to calibrate the released
position.
During the calibration procedure the display will show
a horizontal line which will move downwards while
calibrating the released position and then the EPL
release symbol will be displayed.
When the released position has been calibrated the
display will show ’M’, release the ’m’ key.
BAIL09CVT788AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 9
7. Press and hold the ’m’ key to calibrate the applied

position. The display will show a horizontal line which
will move upwards and the ’EPL applied’ symbol will
be displayed.
BAIL09CVT789AVA 7
8. When the calibration is complete the display will

show ’APP’ followed by the applied position and
then ’REL’ followed by the released position.
BAIL09CVT790AVA 8

87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 10
Index
TRAVELLING - D

PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PARKING BRAKE Electronic - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.32.D / 12
TRAVELLING - D
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - 34.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
Trailer brake valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Trailer brake valve
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
Trailer brake valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
DIAGNOSTIC
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Trailer brake valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 2
TRAVELLING - BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic
Trailer brake valve - Torque
BAIL06CCM045GSA 1
Trailer brake valve - Special tools

Trailer Brake Fitting 293190
Pressure Gauge 250 bar ( 3600 lbf/in2)
Pressure Gauge 40 bar ( 600 lbf/in2)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 3
Trailer brake valve - Exploded view
BAIL06CCM046GSA 1
Trailer Brake Valve Components
1.Valve Manifold 2.Piston

3.’O’ Ring 4.Pilot Head
5.Pilot Head Bolts 6.Bleed Valve
7.Dust Cap 8.’O’ Ring
9.End Cap 10.Pin
11.Spool 12.Sleeve
13.’O’ Ring 14.’O’ Ring
15.’O’ Ring 16.Plug
17.Screw 18.’O’ Ring
19.Load Sensing Port ’O’ Ring 20.’O’ Ring
21.Plug 22.’O’ Ring
23.’O’ Ring 24.Plug
25.Plug 26.Seal
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 4
27.Spring
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 5
Trailer brake valve - Static description

Tractors may be fitted with a hydraulically operated trailer brake valve which operates the trailer brakes whenever the
brake system is activated by depressing the footbrake.
Oil flows from the hydraulic pump through the priority valve manifold and into the trailer brake valve and then returns
to the priority valve manifold. The position of the trailer brake valve in the circuit ensures that the trailer brake circuit
has priority flow over the remote valves and other hydraulic high pressure circuits. Trailer braking is proportional to
the effort on the tractor brake pedal. Feedback is provided by the trailer brake valve to give a sense of feel to the
operator which aids precise braking.
BAIL06CCM066ASA 1
1. Pilot Head
2. Pipe to coupler
3. Pressure Switch (Italian Trailer Brake only)
4. Trailer Brake Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 6
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description

Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Running Brakes Not Applied
To release the trailer braking mechanism a pressure of 11 - 12 bar ( 160 - 174 -lbf/in2) is required at the trailer brake
coupling whenever the handbrake is released while the engine is running and the footbrake is not being applied.
This pressure is controlled by the oil discharge valve (6) which is attached to the trailer brake return to reservoir port
(R).
Oil from the implement pump flows to the trailer brake valve (7) port ‘P’. When the brakes are not applied a small flow
of oil returns to reservoir through port (R) with the remaining flow passing from port (P) to the implement valves and
hydraulic lift through port N.
The 11 - 12 bar pressure created by the oil discharge valve flows from the trailer brake line (B), through the solenoid
valves (4 and 5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
This pressure is sufficient to overcome spring (13) of the Italian brake actuating mechanism. As the spring is com-
pressed, spring (14) retracts the actuating pin to disengage the braking mechanism on the trailer.
NOTE: At engine start-up the trailer brake indicator light (6) will remain illuminated until the 11 bar pressure
necessary to disengage the braking mechanism has been created. To reduce the time necessary to reach trailer
brake release pressure depress the brake pedal with the parking brake lever in the off position.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 7
BTB0232A 1
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running Brakes Not Applied
Pump Pressure Brake Pedal Pressure
Trailer Brake Release Pressure ( 11 Return to Reservoir

bar)
1 Parking Brake 2 Parking Brake Switch

3 Relay 4 Discharge Solenoid
5 Delivery Solenoid 6 11 bar Pressure Regulating Valve
7 Trailer Brake Valve 8 Low Pressure Switch
9 Hydraulic Pump 10 Brake Pedal and Master Cylinder
11 Implement Valves and Hydraulic Lift 12 Trailer Brake Coupler
13 Spring 14 Spring
15 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp Switch 16 Trailer Brake Engaged Warning Lamp
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 8
Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Running Brakes Applied

When the tractor brake pedal is depressed the control of oil flow through the trailer brake valve (7) is the same as
described for tractors with the standard trailer brake system, refer to Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description
(D.34.C) and the outlet pressure through port ‘B’ will be 12 - 150 bar( 174 - 2180 lbf/in 2) depending on the pressure
applied to the brake pedal.
The delivery solenoid (5) is open and the discharge solenoid (4) is closed. Oil exiting port ‘B’ flows through the ‘Open’
delivery solenoid valve (5) to the trailer brake coupler (12).
When a trailer is connected to the coupler the pressure passing through the coupling to the trailer braking mechanism
overcomes the spring force ( (13) and (14)) and moves the actuating pin forward to apply the brakes on the trailer.
BTB0233A 2
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running Brakes Applied
Pump Pressure Brake Pedal Pressure
Trailer Braking Pressure 11 bar) Return to Reservoir
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 9

13 Spring 14 Spring
Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Stopped or Running but with Low Hydraulic Pump Flow.
When the engine has stopped or the output from the hydraulic implement pump is very low the pressure switch (8)
closes. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3). The relay closes and current reaches and energizes
the solenoid valves (4) and (5). The delivery solenoid (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid (4) is open. In this
condition the oil in the trailer brake line discharges to reservoir through solenoid (4). Their is now insufficient pressure
to overcome the spring (13) and therefore the actuating pin moves forward to apply the brakes. Low pressure in the
trailer brake line causes the switch (15) to close and illuminate the warning lamp (16).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 10
BTB0230A 3
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Stopped or Running With Low Hydraulic Pump Flow
Pump Pressure (Less than 10 bar) Return to Reservoir
Brake Pedal Pressure

13 Spring 14 Spring
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 11
Italian Trailer Brake Valve - Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
When the parking brake is applied the switch (2) is closed. With the switch closed the current energizes the relay (3).
The relay closes and current reaches and energizes the solenoid valves (4) and (5).
The delivery solenoid valve (5) is now closed and discharge solenoid valve (4) is open. The 11 bar pressure oil at port
‘B’ is blocked by delivery solenoid valve (5) and the pressure in the trailer brake coupler line is discharged to reservoir
through discharge solenoid valve (4).
Because there is insufficient pressure to overcome spring (13) the actuating pin is pushed forward to apply the brakes.
The low pressure in the trailer brake coupler line causes the trailer brake warning lamp switch (15) to close and the
in cab warning lamp will illuminate.
NOTE: After applying the parking brake, wait approximately 10 seconds before stopping the engine. This will allow
complete discharge of the oil pressure in the trailer brake line to obtain full application of the trailer brakes.
BTB0231A 4
Italian Trailer Brake Valve Schematic- Engine Running and Parking Brake Applied
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 12
Pump Pressure Zero Brake Pedal Pressure
Release Pressure 11 bar) Return to Reservoir

13 Spring 14 Spring
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 13
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema
BSE2533A 1
Trailer Brake Circuit
1 Trailer Brake Valve 2 Braking Pressure

3 Load Sense Line 4 Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump
5 Remote Valves 6 Trailer Brakes
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 14
Trailer brake valve - Pressure test

1. Notice – After parking brake engagement, wait ap-
proximately. 10 seconds before stopping the engine
to permit complete oil discharge from trailer brake
cylinder and obtain optimal braking action.
2. TEST CONDITIONS.
Oil temperature 40 - 50 °C
Engine speed 1000 rpm.
Electrical system powered.
Parking brake disengaged.
3. TRAILER BRAKE DISENGAGEMENT PRESSURE
TEST (ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) into the trailer brake cou-
pler and connect it to a 0 - 40 bar pressure gauge
293242 .
With engine and oil as detailed above, pressure
should be 11 - 12 bar ( 160 - 174 lbf/in2).
Make sure the trailer brake engaged light indicator is
off.
Engage parking brake and the pressure should be
0 bar ( 0 lbf/in2), disconnect pressure gauge and
fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 1
4. TRAILER BRAKING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST

(ALL MODELS)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) in trailer brake cou-
293244 .
Couple both brake pedals together and with engine
and oil in the conditions described in 2, apply the foot
brake. The pressure gauge reading should increase
depending on pedal effort up to 120 - 140 bar ( 1740
- 2031 lbf/in2).
Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge
and fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 2
5. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LEAK TEST

(ALL MODELS)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) in trailer brake cou-
293244 .
Couple both brake pedals together and with engine
and oil in the conditions described in 2 apply the foot
brakes for a minimum of 10 seconds. The pressure
gauge reading should increase up to 120 - 140 bar (
1740 - 2031 lbf/in2) and remain constant.
Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge
BSE2606A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 15
6. PARKING BRAKE ENGAGEMENT TEST

(ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 (1) in trailer brake coupler
and connect it to a 0 - 40 bar pressure gauge 293242
.
With engine and oil in the conditions described in 2,
fully raise parking brake control lever .
Check if pressure is 0 bar and the trailer brake en-
gaged light indicator is on.
With parking brake engaged disconnect pressure
gauge and fitting no. 293190 (1).
BSE2606A 4
7. TRAILER BRAKE CIRCUIT SAFETY SWITCH

TEST
(ITALIAN TRAILER BRAKES ONLY)
Proceed as follows:
Insert fitting no. 293190 in trailer brake coupler and
connect it to a 0 - 40 bar pressure gauge 293242 .
With parking brake ‘Off’ and tractor brakes not ap-
plied, operate and hold the remote control valve lever
and allow the system pressure relief valve to operate.
Keep this position for a few seconds and quickly re-
lease the control lever.
Check if parking brake disengagement pressure re-
mains at the specified value: 11 - 12 bar ( 160 - 174
lbf/in2).
Engage parking brake, disconnect pressure gauge BSE2606A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 16
BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - Testing

NOTE: Trailer Brakes Not Working
N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Condition Result Action
Has all air been bled from trailer YES NO
brakes Action Bleed trailer brakes refer to SER-
Go to test 2 VICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed
(D.30.C)
Pressure test trailer brakes. YES
Fault confirmed? Action
Go to test 3
Is hydraulic lift working satisfacto- YES NO
rily? Test maximum system pressure Action Go to test 5
at remote valve coupler. Go to test 4
Pressure 2900 - 3000 lbf/in2 ( 200 -
207 bar)?
Operate and hold remote valve to YES NO
generate maximum system pressure Action Replace trailer brake valve
and at the same time operate tractor Go to test 6
brakes
Trailer brake valve functions cor-
rectly?
Adjust flow/pressure compensating NO
valve Go to test 7
Fault cleared?
Examine shuttle valve in load sens- YES
ing line between trailer brake and Action
pressure/flow compensating valve Clean/replace shuttle valve to trailer
Valve sticking? brake valve
Examine flow/pressure compensat- NO
ing valve for sticking Disassemble variable flow pump and
Fault cleared? check swash plate piston for sticking
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 17
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting

Pressure higher or lower Faulty trailer braking auxiliary valve pres- Replace trailer braking auxiliary valve.
than specified. sure regulating valve.
Faulty hydraulic pump. Replace pump.
Excess pressure peaks Oil leaks from hydraulic system. Locate leaks and repair.
are observed when
applying the brake pedals
for 10 seconds.
Solenoid valve leak. Replace solenoid valve.
Trailer brake auxiliary valve leaks. Replace trailer brake auxiliary valve.
Trailer brake Trailer brake disengagement pressure Test/Replace valve.
disengagement pressure valve incorrectly adjusted.
= 0 - 11 bar ( 0 - 160 lbf/in2)
Trailer brake Trailer brake disengagement pressure Test/Replace valve.
disengagement pressure valve incorrectly adjusted.
= 0 - 11 bar ( 0 - 160 lbf/in2)
Correct trailer brake Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Test/Replace switch.
disengagement pressure switch.
but light indicator item
(22), is on.
Trailer brake Faulty indicator lamp. Test/Replace lamp.
disengagement pressure
not correct but light
indicator is off.
Faulty trailer brake engaged indicator Test/Replace switch.
switch.
Trailer brake Faulty parking brake engaged switch. Test/Replace switch.
disengagement pressure
does not zero when
parking brake is applied.
Faulty parking brake indicator circuit relay. Test/Replace relay.
Discharge solenoid valve faulty or stuck Test/Repair or replace solenoid valve.
closed.
Trailer brake Trailer brake circuit safety switch ( Wiring Replace switch.
disengagement pressure harness - Component diagram 40
is permanently zeroed (A.30.A)) adjustment exceeding rated
when operating the levers value 2.5 - 3.5 bar ( 36 - 51 lbf/in2).
described in Trailer brake
valve - Pressure test
(D.34.C).
Switches ( Trailer brake valve - Pressure Move switches to correct positions or re-
test (D.34.C)) reversed in the specified po- verse power supply cables.
sitions or with exchanged power supply ca-
bles.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 18
Index
TRAVELLING - D

BRAKE CONNECTION Hydraulic - Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Trailer brake valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Trailer brake valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Trailer brake valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trailer brake valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Trailer brake valve - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trailer brake valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Trailer brake valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Trailer brake valve - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.34.C / 20
TRAVELLING - D
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - 40.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Cylinder
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Accumulator
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
SUSPENSION Hydraulic
Exploded view Suspension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Sectional view Suspension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cylinder
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SERVICE
Control valve
Calibrate Front axle suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Remove Load Levelling Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Disassemble Load Levelling Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Calibrate Front suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Sensing system
Position sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Position sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Position sensor - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 2
TRAVELLING - SUSPENSION Hydraulic
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - General specification

System Relief Valve 210 bar.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 3
Cylinder - Torque
BAIL06CCM047BSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 4
Accumulator - Torque
BAIL06CCM255ASA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 5
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description
BAIL06CCM043GSA 1
Front axle suspension system
1 Pressure oil to the accumulator 2 Accumulator

3 Levelling valve 4 Electronics box
5 Suspension On/Off switch 6 Valve block of the transmission control
7 Suspension link 8 Suspension cylinder
9 Pressure oil to the control valve
INTRODUCTION
The front axle suspension can be supplied in an optional version as a hydraulic suspension with electronic regulation
integrated in the front axle, which lifts or lowers the front axle to equalise shock loads and holds the body of the tractor
horizontal, if force is introduced to the front wheels.
The suspension system reduces the bending vibrations, holds the front wheels in contact with the ground and in-
creases the stability of the tractor when travelling on the road, when the nature of the road surface affects the vehicle's
stable position. This is especially important when the tractor transports heavy mounted implements on the three-point
linkage with light front axle load.
The suspension is automatically switched on when the engine is started, but when the tractor is stationary or travelling
speed is below 1 kmh automatically 'locked' after 1.5 seconds so that mounted implements or ballast weights can be
attached safely.
At travelling speeds between 1 - 12 kmh, the driver can switch the suspension off with the switch (1) on the bar of
the cab. This setting is intended for situations where an exact working depth regulation is required for front-mounted
implements or when bulldozing with a front loader.
At travelling speeds above 12 kmh, the system is automatically switched on.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 6
BAIL06CCM122ASA 2
The pressure oil of the pump flows through the levelling valve in the suspension system. This valve controls the
raising and the lowering of the cylinder by operating the Raise solenoid valve (1) and Lower solenoid valve (2). The
oil flow is guided from a supply line to the suspension control valve. (3)
BAILO6CCM036ASA 3
The suspension control valve is located directly above the suspension cylinder. The oil flows from the line of the
levelling valve (2) through the valve and back through the accumulator pressure oil line (1).
BAIL06CCM037ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 7
The accumulator (2) which acts like a spring is located on the left-hand side of the engine and is supplied with oil
through line (1) from the suspension control valve.
BAIL06CCM035ASA 5
The suspension control valve is operated with solenoid valves (1), which react to control signals from the electronic
control unit.
BAIL06CCM039ASA 6
The suspension cylinder is installed in the front axle bearing block.
BAIL06CCM038BSA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 8
The electronic control unit, which controls the hydraulic control valve, is located behind the driver's seat.
To support fault diagnostics and to optimise performance, the electronic control unit has an in-built self-diagnostics
function and electronic calibration.
All error codes and calibration values are displayed on the instrument cluster on the digital displays.
Further details about the calibration procedure can be found in Control valve - Calibrate (D.40.C).
BSE3118A 8
The front axle position is sensed via a potentiometer mounted on the axle.
BAIL06CCM174ASA 9
An accelerometer is installed in the front axle bearing block. This measures the ground speed. By means of this
value and the information from the position sensor potentiometer from the front axle, the control unit microprocessor
matches the extent of the suspension to give optimum driving comfort.
BAIL07CCM268ASA 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 9
BAIL07CCM267ASA 11
Front axle suspension system
1 Suspension control valve 2 Accelerometer

3 Front axle bearing block 4 Turning knuckle
5 Axle 6 Potentiometer
7 Front axle pendulum joint 8 Link (Panhard rod)
9 Hydraulic cylinder
The suspension system links the front axle (5) and the tractor's front axle suspension (3) via a motion link called a
"Panhard rod" (8) and a hydraulic cylinder (9).
As soon as shock loads, vibrations or changes in the weight on the front powerlift affect the front axle, the Panhard
rod turns in the turning knuckle (4), while at the same time the axle pivots around the pivot point (7). This movement
means that the front axle moves up or down in relation to the tractor's front axle suspension.
The vertical movement of the axle in relation to the speed of the front axle suspension is sensed by the potentiometer
(5) and accelerometer (2), which transmit the appropriate signals to the electronic control unit.
Depending on the extent of the shock load and the vertical lift recorded by the electronic control unit, the hydraulic
system reacts accordingly to absorb the shock loads and to correct the vertical position of the axle such that the tractor
continues to work horizontally.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 10
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Dynamic description

The hydraulic control system incorporates several modes of operation.
Front axle suspension mode
Anti bang function
Brake function
Accelerator pedal function
Gear change function
EDC function
Front axle suspension mode
Front axle suspension mode is the default mode when the tractor is started . In this mode the lamp on the suspension
switch and the warning lamp on the instrument cluster will not be illuminated. The damping of the suspension is
controlled by the software. The system calculates the optimal damping force for the suspension using the velocity of
the chassis and the relative velocity of the suspension. The chassis velocity is calculated by integrating the chassis
acceleration as measured by the vertical chassis accelerometer and the relative suspension velocity as calculated
from the front axle position sensor. (Refer to SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description (D.40.C).
The calculated damping force and the relative suspension velocity are then used to determine the current to be applied
to the two damping control valves.
If the suspension cylinder is in an extended position (rebound) the damping will be controlled by valve (5). Valve (3)
(Refer to Figure 1) does not influence the damping is maintained at the optimal passive current.
If the suspension is in compression the damping will be controlled by valve (3) and valve (5) does not influence the
damping but is maintained at the optimal passive current.
Anti Bang Function
When the tractor is off-road and the suspension position reaches its maximum or minimum calibrated positions then
the operator comfort is affected. In order to reduce this problem once the suspension reaches the extremes of its
operating range the system will command the damping control valves (3) and (5) to close. If the suspension is ap-
proaching the maximum position the system will command valve (5) to close. The current applied to the valve will
depend on the current position of the suspension in relation to the maximum position. The same situation will occur
when the suspension is within the limit of its minimum position . The current to valve (3) will be reduced as the sus-
pension reaches the minimum position
Brake Function
When the operator brakes, the tractor will pitch forward causing the suspension to be shortened. To reduce this effect
the brake function will command valves (3) and (5) to close. The status of the left and right brake pedal switches are
sent to the control module which will then reduce the current supplied to valve (3). Once either brake pedal is released
the current is returned to its passive value. At the same time the function will apply the same logic to valve (5).
Accelerator Pedal function
When the operator accelerates or decelerates the tractor will pitch. Under acceleration the suspension will be length-
ened and under deceleration the suspension will shorten. To reduce this effect the accelerator pedal will cause the
damping valves (3) and (5) to close
Gear change function
When the operator changes gear the tractor will pitch. During a gear change this function will cause the damping
valves (3) and (5) to close in order to improve operator comfort. The gear change function is triggered when a shift
in progress is detected.
Electronic Draft control function
When the electronic draft control system is controlling the position of the rear hitch the front suspension will extend as
the hitch is lifted with an implement fitted. The EDC function of the suspension system monitors the demand signal
to the rear hitch and will lock the suspension when the EDC raises the hitch. The status of the dynamic ride control
feature of the EDC is also monitored, and if the dynamic ride control is active then the EDC function will not affect the
operation of the suspension. The EDC function will not affect valve (3).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 11
NOTE: Ride control and the levelling system only operate when the suspension is switched on and the tractor
is being driven at speeds above 1 kph.
The location of those specific components referenced in the circuit diagrams which are externally visible on the control
valve are identified in SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description (D.40.C).
.
Suspension Control System Switched OFF
When the suspension system is ‘OFF’ (Speed under 1 Khm ), the raise valve (1) and lower valve (2) are de-energised
as are the lockout valves ( (3) and (5)). Oil is then trapped in the circuit by and the accumulator (8) acts like a spring.
If excessive pressure above 210 bar occurs in the system in this state the system relief valve (9) will open.
BAIL06CCM096FSA 1
Semi Active Front Axle With Remote Levelling
A Load Levelling Valve B Suspension Control Valve
1. Raise Valve 2. Lower Valve

3. Oil Flow control Valve 4. Inlet Port
5. Rebound control Valve 6. Rod End
7. Cylinder End 8. Accumulator
9. Relief Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 12
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Exploded view Suspension Arm
BAIL06CCM243FSA 1
Suspension Arm Assembly
1. Suspension Arm 2. Disc

3. Retaining Ring 4. Intermediate Shaft
5. Retaining Ring 6. Bearing
7. Retaining ring 8. Stake Nut
9. Bearing Housing 10. Mounting Block
11. Bearing 12. Disc
13. Retaining Ring 14. Bolt (Torque = 60 Nm (44.3 lbft) )
15. Plate 16. Bearing
Refer to : SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Sectional view (D.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 13
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Sectional view Suspension Arm
BAIL06CCM244FSA 1
Suspension Arm Intermediate Shaft and Bearing Assembly
1. Retaining Ring 2. Bearing housing

3. Bearing 4. Stake Nut
5. Spherical Bearing 6. Bearing
7. Retaining Ring 8. Disc
9. Intermediate Shaft 10. Mounting Block
11. Bolt 12. Plate
13. Suspension Arm 14. Retaining Ring
15. Retaining Ring
NOTE: The two halves of the spherical bearing (5) must be assembled with the split line horizontal.
Tighten stake nut (4) until it clamps bearing housing (2) and spherical bearing (5) to mounting block (10) and all end
float is removed.
Then torque nut to 325 Nm (239.7 lbft) .
Stake nut in four places
NOTE: There must be a minimum of two stakes at all times.
Refer to : SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Exploded view (D.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 14
Cylinder - Sectional view
BAIL06CCM251FSA 1
Suspension Cylinder Assembly
1. Ball Joint 2. Ball Joint

3. Retaining Ring 4. Rod Connection (Torque 280 - 320 Nm (206.5 - 236.0
lbft) )
5. Retaining Ring 6. Rod
7. Cylinder Head 8. Piston
9. Piston Retaining Nut (Torque 280 - 320 Nm (206.5 -
236.0 lbft) )
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 15
Control valve - Calibrate Front axle suspension

NOTE: Depending on the fault, the automatic calibration procedure may need to be repeated two or three times to
vent all the air from the hydraulic system.
nostics socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
Menu, until the option H1 and the suspension symbol
appear on the RC control unit.
NOTE: If a new control unit has been installed or a H8
procedure has been carried out, the control unit puts the
vehicle on "NO" - no suspension installed as standard.
Set the option in H3 menu mode to "Yes".
BAIL06CCM516FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 16
3. Start the engine and set the engine speed to 1200

rev/min.
4. On the lower central display "CAL" is displayed.
Switch the suspension On/Off switch three times
within four seconds to call up the suspension cali-
bration.
BAIL06CCM634AVA 3
5. On the lower central display "ACP" is displayed to

indicate that the automatic calibration has been acti-
vated.
The lamp in the suspension On/Off switch also
flashes.
NOTE: If the calibration has to be interrupted at any time,
press the suspension On/Off switch.
BAIL06CCM635AVA 4
6. The automatic calibration switches the levelling

pressure valve on for 10 seconds, at the same time
the axle height is indicated by a three-figure number
(0-999) on the instrument cluster.
7. The automatic calibration activates the Raise valve
and the levelling relief valve until the front axle
reaches the maximum height for 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height is
then stored.
NOTE: When the axle reaches its maximum position, the
pump is in high pressure standby.
8. The automatic calibration activates the levelling relief
valve, until the front axle reaches the minimum height
for 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height is
then stored.
BAIL06CCM142ASA 5
9. The automatic calibration activates the Raise valve

and the levelling relief valve until the front axle
reaches the required position.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 17
10. On the lower central display "END" is displayed,

when the automatic calibration is completed.
11. All components of the suspension system are now
calibrated.
12. Reduce the engine speed to the reduced idling speed
and switch the starter switch to OFF to store the cal-
ibration values.
of the U codes in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - Calibration
(A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 18
Control valve - Remove Load Levelling Valve

1. Disconnect the wiring harness from the solenoids (1)
and (2) . Remove cylinder supply pipe (3) .
BAIL06CCM250ASA 1
2. Undo the three allen headed screws (1) holding the

load levelling valve onto the priority valve. Separate
the two valves.
BAIL06CCM149ASA 2
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (D.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 19
Control valve - Disassemble Load Levelling Valve

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (D.40.C)
1. Undo retaining nut (1)and remove solenoid body
BAIL06CCM202ASA-3 1
2. Using an allen key loosen plug (1)
BAIL06CCM203ASA 2
3. Remove the retaining plug (1) and spring (2) .
BAIL06CCM204ASA 3
4. Remove valve (1)using long nosed pliers
BAIL06CCM205ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 20
Control valve - Calibrate Front suspended axle

wheels, front and rear. Disconnect all implements and set the shuttle lever to neutral. Check that the Ground
speed display is Zero before commencing.
NOTE: Dependent on the failure, the Automatic Calibration procedure may have to be repeated two or three
times to vent all the air out of the hydraulics
1. On a new module or following a H8, clear module set-
tings procedure, the front suspension is defaulted to
’Not enabled’. The suspension needs to be enabled
in the H3 menu mode otherwise the suspension will
not calibrate.
diagnostic socket (1) and start the engine.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1

suspension symbol on the RM controller.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 21
BAIL09CVT751AVA 2
4. Set the engine speed to 1200 rev/min.

5. The lower central display will display "CAL".
Press the suspension lockout switch for two seconds
to enter the suspension calibration mode.
BAIL09CVT797AVA 3
6. The lower central display will display "ACP" indicat-

ing that the Automatic Calibration Procedure has
been activated.
The indicator lamp in the suspension switch will also
flash.
NOTE: If the calibration procedure needs to be stopped at
any time, depress the suspension switch once.
BAIL06CCM635AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 22
7. The ACP will activate the load levelling valve for 10

seconds, at the same time the axle height position
will be displayed by a three figure number on the
instrument cluster (0-999).
8. The ACP will activate the raise valve and the unload
levelling valve until the front axle reaches the maxi-
mum height for a period of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this maximum height will
then be stored.
NOTE: When the axle reaches the maximum position the hydraulic pump will reach the high pressure standby
pressure.
9. The ACP will activate the unload levelling valve until
the front axle reaches the minimum height for a pe-
riod of 4 seconds.
The potentiometer value at this minimum height will
then be stored.
BAIL08CVT315 5
10. The ACP will activate the raise and unload levelling
valves until the front axle reaches the nominal posi-
tion.
11. The lower central display will display "END" when the
ACP has finished.
12. All components of the suspension system are now
calibrated.
13. Set engine to low idle and key OFF to store the cal-
ibration values.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 23
Cylinder - Remove
DANGER
Exercise extreme caution when performing tasks on the front suspension system. ALWAYS ensure that the
system is depressurised and that the axle is at rest on the support stops.
B011
1. Disconnect the battery (1) to prevent accidental trac-

tor start up. Refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
2. Depressurise the suspension system. by unscrew-
ing knurled knob on the lower solenoid (2) , allow the
tractor to lower completely onto the stops then rotate
the screw clockwise to return to normal operation.
BAIL06CCM250ASA 1
3. Remove left hand engine side panel. Undo retaining

bolts and remove guard . Remove engine side rails
(where fitted).
BAIS06CCM038AVA 2
4. Place a suitable oil collecting container under the

pipe connections and disconnect the pipes (1) and
(2) from the cylinder.
BAIL06CCM251ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 24
5. Disconnect wiring harness connectors from the

solenoids and pressure switch (1). Undo retaining
bolts (2) and remove control valve assembly.
BAIL06CCM256ASA 4
6. Undo and remove retaining plate bolts (2)- Remove

the retaining plate.
BAIL06CCM048ASA 5
7. If necessary use a suitable hoist and cable around

the front support and raise the tractor until access is
gained to the lower pin. Remove the retaining plate
and drift the pin out from the front of the tractor.
WARNING
M944
BSB0189A_709 6
8. Remove the bolt from the top pin and using a suitable
slide hammer with an M10 thread, remove the top
pin and lower the cylinder assembly away from the
tractor using a suitable support..
9. Ensure the O-rings are installed on the O-Ring Face
Seal connectors of the cylinder.
- Lubricate the rod end bearings with the specified
grease after installation.
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 25
Cylinder - Overhaul
1. Fully stroke the piston several times to remove as
much oil as possible and ensure that the cylinder is
cleaned externally before overhaul.
Remove the end cap using an appropriate tool. Push
the rod gland into the cylinder and remove the retain-
ing ring from the cylinder bore.
BTB0212A 1
2. Pull the rod assembly from the cylinder.
BTB0213A 2
3. Using the flats on the rod end, secure the rod in a

vice. Using a suitable bar, remove the rod end.
NOTE: The rod end has a thread locking compound
applied and will require considerable force to loosen.
BTB0208A 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 26
4. Remove the gland assembly from the rod.
BTB0207A 4
5. If necessary, the rod end bearing can be replaced.

Remove the two circlips and using a suitable press,
press the bearing from the rod end.
BTB0214A 5
6. Inspection
Inspect the cylinder bore, if scored or damaged in
any way replace the cylinder.
Inspect the rod for scoring and ensure that it is per-
fectly straight, replace if damaged.
It is recommended at this stage to obtain a seal kit
and replace the seals prior to reassembly.
7. Reassembly
Reassembly is the reversal of the disassembly pro-
cedure, noting the following points:
- Coat all seals with clean hydraulic oil prior to as-
sembly.
- Apply New Holland Thread Lock and Seal, Part
No.82995773, to the rod end and tighten to 200 Nm
( 147 lbf.ft).
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 27
Sensing system Position sensor - Remove

1. Unscrew and remove the potentiometer guard retain-
ing screws (2) and remove the guard (1).
BAIL06CCM144ASA 1
2. Disconnect the harness plug (1) from the poten-

tiometer and remove retaining clip from rod (2) .
BAIL06CCM145ASA 2
3. Remove the circlip (2) from the arm. Undo the poten-
tiometer retaining nut (1) and slide the potentiometer
off the bracket .
BAIL06CCM146ASA 3
Next operation:
Sensing system Position sensor - Install (D.40.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 28
Sensing system Position sensor - Install

Prior operation:
Sensing system Position sensor - Remove (D.40.C)
1. Slide the potentiometer onto the bracket. Tighten the

retaining nut (1)and locate the circlip (2) into groove
on the pin.
BAIL06CCM146ASA 1
2. Fix the linkage rod (2) to the eyelet using the retaining
clip . Refer to Sensing system Position sensor -
Adjust (D.40.C) for correct adjustment. Reconnect
the harness (1).
BAIL06CCM145ASA 2
3. Locate the potentiometer guard (1) and secure with

the retaining screws (2) .
BAIL06CCM144ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 29
Sensing system Position sensor - Adjust

Prior operation:
Sensing system Position sensor - Install (D.40.C)
1. To ensure the front axle suspension is operating cor-

rectly, the front axle position potentiometer linkage
must be set up correctly. Refer to Figure 1 for the
adjustment dimensions.
BAIL06CCM174ASA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 30
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Accumulator - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Control valve - Calibrate Front axle suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Control valve - Calibrate Front suspended axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Control valve - Disassemble Load Levelling Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Control valve - Remove Load Levelling Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cylinder - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cylinder - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Cylinder - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Sensing system Position sensor - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sensing system Position sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sensing system Position sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Exploded view Suspension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Sectional view Suspension Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SUSPENSION Hydraulic - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 31
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.40.C / 32
TRAVELLING - D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - 50.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.50.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
Front wheel
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear wheel
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.50.C / 2
TRAVELLING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Front wheel - Torque

Description Bolt/Nut Torque - Nm Bolt/Nut Torque - lb.ft
Front 2WD Fixed Wheel Assembly 314 232
Steel disc to Hub
Front 4WD Manual Adjust Wheel assembly 211 155
Steel Disc To Hub
Power Adjust Wheel Assembly 211 155
Cast Disc To Hub 245 180
Cast Disc To Rim
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.50.C / 3
TRAVELLING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Rear wheel - Torque

Rear Wheel Flange Type Axle
Description Bolt/Nut Torque - Nm (lb ft)
Rear disc to hub nuts 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Rear disc to rim nuts (M16 nuts) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Bar Axle - Wheels with Steel Centre Disc (welded and bolted to rim types)
Disc to hub fixings (10 x M22 Bolts) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Disc to rim nuts (M16) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Split wedge bolts (6 x M22) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Bar Axle - Wheels with Cast Centre Disc

Disc to rim nuts (M16 nuts) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
Split Wedge bolts (6 x M20) 300 Nm (221.3 lb ft)
Dual Rear Wheels

Disc to hub fixings (10 x M22 bolt) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Split wedge bolts (4 x M22 bolt) 500 Nm (368.8 lb ft)
Disc to rim bolts (M16 nuts) 250 Nm (184.4 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.50.C / 4
Index
TRAVELLING - D

Front wheel - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rear wheel - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
D.50.C / 5
PRINTED IN FRANCE
87628084B 12/06/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
BODY AND STRUCTURE
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
E
Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE - E
FRAME Primary frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.10.B

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.D

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
E
FRAME Primary frame - 10.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Front
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Front
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - FRAME Primary frame
Front - Torque
BSD1915B 1
Front - Special tools

Description Tool Number Prior Tool Number
Engine Lifting Brackets 82932534 -
and
82852825
Engine revolving stand 290090 or 293296 -
Engine overhaul brackets kit 293860 -
-Use with 290090
Tractor splitting kit 297471 MS.2700 C
Engine support brackets (for use 297617
with tractor splitting kit)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 3
Front - Remove
Prior operation:
Remove the radiator. For additional information, refer to Radiator - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Remove the front fenders (if equipped)
BAIS06CCM151AVA 1

bolts.
NOTE: SuperSteer™ axle shown.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 2

nuts.
BAIS06CCM034AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 4
BAIS06CCM035AVB 4
6. Disconnect the steering supply (1) and return pipes

(2).
Detach the steering pipe support bracket (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVB 5
7. Disconnect the differential lock supply hose (1) and

detach the hose retaining bracket (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVA 6
8. Remove the right-hand side accessory drive belt

guard.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 5
9. Remove the left-hand side accessory drive belt

guard.
BAIS06CCM031AVA 8
10. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 9

the of the axle.
BVE0410A 10
12. Position the tractor splitting kit (1) 297471 beneath

the tractor.
Use the support (2) in the splitting kit to support the
engine on the splitting stand.
BVE0314A 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 6
13. Using suitable slings or chains attach the front and

rear of the support assembly to a moveable overhead
hoist.
WARNING
Always ensure the support is adequately supported
and will remain stable when seperated from the engine.
Failure to provide adequate support may cause the as-
sembly to be unstable with possible personal injury if
the support tips forwards or backwards.
B017
BAIS06CCM154AVA 12
14. Remove the front support to engine upper retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM152AVA 13
15. Remove the front support to engine lower retaining

nuts.
BAIS06CCM040AVA 14
16. Separate the front support from the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVA 15
17. Support the assembly on axle stands at front and rear

of the support.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 7
18. Identify for use during installation the two shims po-
sitioned between the engine sump and front support.
BSD2230A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 8
Front - Install
Prior operation:
Front - Remove (E.10.B).
1. Ensure the shims removed during disassembly are

re-positioned in the same location as when disas-
sembled.
NOTE: If a new front end or engine sump have been
renewed during overhaul it is necessary to recalculate the
new shim thickness to be installed. For further information
refer to Front - Clearance (E.10.B).
BSD2230A 1

the of the axle.
BVE0410A 2
3. Using suitable slings or chains attach the front and

rear of the support assembly to a moveable overhead
hoist.
BAIS06CCM156AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 9
4. Align the front support to the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVB 4
5. Install the front support to engine lower retaining

nuts.
Tighten to 475 Nm (350.3 lb ft).
BAIS06CCM040AVA 5
6. Install the front support to engine upper retaining

bolts.
BAIS06CCM152AVA 6
7. Remove the slings or chains from the front support.
BAIS06CCM154AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 10
8. Remove the support (2) and the splitting kit (1).
BVE0314A_358 8
9. Remove the wooden wedges (1) from between the

front axle and front support.
BVE0410A_25 9
10. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM039AVA 10
11. Install the left-hand side accessory drive belt guard.
BAIS06CCM031AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 11
12. Install the right-hand side accessory drive belt guard.
BAIS06CCM038AVA 12
13. Attach the differential lock supply hose bracket (1)

and connect the hose (2).
BAIS06CCM037AVB 13
14. Attach the steering pipe support bracket (1).

Connect the steering return (2) and supply pipes (3).
BAIS06CCM036AVC 14

BAIS06CCM035AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 12

BAIS06CCM034AVA 16

bolts.
BAIS06CCM033AVA 17
19. Install the front fenders (if equipped).
BAIS06CCM151AVA 18
Next operation:
Install the radiator, for further information refer to Radiator - Install (B.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 13
Front - Clearance
1. Install a 4.5 mm yellow shim, part number 82026240,
onto each of the engine sump mounting studs.
BSD2230A 1
2. Align the front support to the engine.
BAIS06CCM155AVB 2
3. Install the front support to engine upper retaining

bolts.
Tighten to the specified torque value.
BAIS06CCM152AVA 3
4. Using feeler gauges measure the gap between each

shim and the front support.
BAIS06CCM157AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 14
5. Add the feeler gauge measurement to the 4.5 mm

shim thickness already installed and select the ap-
propriate shim(s) from the following list.
Colour Code Shim Thickness Part Number

Yellow 4.5 mm 82026240
Green 4.8 mm 82026241
Red 5.1 mm 82026242
Blue 5.4 mm 82026243
White 5.7 mm 82026244
Black 6.0 mm 82026245
Pink 6.3 mm 82026246
Light Blue 6.6 mm 82026247
Gold 6.9 mm 82026248
Lime 7.2 mm 82026249
Orange 7.5 mm 82026250
Blue/Grey 7.8 mm 82026251
6. Separate the front support from the engine, remove

the 4.5 mm shims and replace with new ones of the
appropriate thickness.
7. Reinstall the front support.
Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque
value.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 15
Index

Front - Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Front - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Front - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.10.B / 16
USER PLATFORM - 34.A
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
USER PLATFORM
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
USER PLATFORM
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM
USER PLATFORM - Torque
BRE1189C 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 3
BAIL07APH426GVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 4
USER PLATFORM - Install

Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM - Remove (E.34.A).
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B020
All Tractors
1. Install the cab using the cab lifting bracket (1)
295027.
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
not trapped.
BAIS06CCM138AVB 1

2. Position the cab to the tractor and lower the cab
slowly.
Install the cab front mounting bolt, washers and nut.
Tighten (1) to 380 Nm ( 280 lb ft).
free from obstruction.
BVE0233A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 5
3. Install the left-hand side cab rear mounting nut while

holding the bolt in the cab frame.
BVE0232A 3

4. Position the cab to the tractor and lower the cab
slowly.
Install the front cab mounting bolts.
free from obstruction.
BAIS06CCM010AVA 4
5. Install the left-hand side damper/spring assembly up-

per retaining bolt and nut. Tighten to the specified
torque value.
Install the panhard rod retaining bolt and nut.
BVE0230A 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 6
6. Install the right-hand side damper/spring assembly

upper retaining bolt and nut (2). Install the cab strap,
cab strap retaining pin (3) and the circlip (1).
BVE0229A 6
7. Remove the cab lifting bracket (1) 295027.
BAIS06CCM138AVB 7
8. Install the cab roof panel.

Install the 12 retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM351AVA 8
9. Install the two retaining screws either side of the roof

lights.
NOTE: Repeat this step for both sides front and rear.
BAIS06CCM392AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 7
10. Install the cab floor panel to the cab.

Install the cab floor rubber mat.
BVE0227A 10
11. Connect the master cylinder vent hose (1) and the
master cylinder supply hose (2).
BAIS06CCM008AVA 11
12. Connect the steering supply (2) and return (1) hoses.
NOTE: Tractor with FastSteer™ shown.
BAIS06CCM142AVA 12
13. Connect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 8
14. Connect the right-hand (1) and left-hand (2) power

brake lines.
BAIS06CCM007AVA 14
15. Install the Power Take Off (PTO) cable.

Install the cotter pin (3), retaining clip (2) and tighten
the retaining bolt (1).
BVE0213A 15
Tractors with Automatic Pick-up Hitch

16. Install the pick up hitch release cable.
Install the cotter pin (3), R-clip (2) and tighten the
retaining nut (1).
BTB0268A 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 9
All Tractors
17. Connect the cab to chassis earth strap.
BAIS06CCM006AVA 17
18. Install the rear axle housing vent pipe.
BAIS06CCM005AVA 18
19. Install the parking brake cable (2) and install the park-
ing brake cable cotter pin (1) and split pin.
Adjust the parking brake cable (2).
BAIS06CCM004AVA 19
20. Connect the cab heater hoses (1) and install the hose
retaining bracket (2).
Remove the hose clamps.
BAIS06CCM003AVA 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 10
21. Connect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)

and (2).
BVE0218A 21

22. Connect the air conditioning high pressure hose (1)
and low pressure hose (2).
BAIS06CCM001AVA 22
23. Evacuate and recharge the refrigerant gas using cer-

tified recovery systems. For additional information,
refer to ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL, Heating,
ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D -
F.35.A.35) and - Charging (E.40.D - F.60.A.30).
All Tractors
24. Connect the coolant hose.
BAIS06CCM083AVA 23
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 11
25. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a suitable

nylon cable.
BAIS06CCM147AVB 24
26. Install the engine hood retaining bolts (1). Connect

the strut (2).
BAIS06CCM148AVA 25
27. Connect the lighting harness electrical connector (1).
BAIS06CCM288AVA 26
28. Remove the wooden wedge (1) from between the

front axle and front support.
BVE0410A 27
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 12

clamp.
WARNING
M944
BAIS06CCM150AVD 28
30. Install the engine side panels.

BAIS06CCM145AVA 29
31. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right

hand wheel to a hoist and install the rear right-hand
wheel. For correct torque refer to Rear wheel -
Torque (D.50.C).
BTB0282A 30
stands (1).
NOTE: If detached during removal, reattach the lift rods to
the lower links.
BTB0281A 31
33. Install the battery. For additional information, refer to

Battery - Install (A.30.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 13
34. Fill the engine coolant system. For additional infor-

mation, refer to ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Fill-
ing (B.50.A).
35. Bleed the brake system. For additional information,
refer to SERVICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed SER-
VICE BRAKE Hydraulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
36. Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil.
37. Remove the wheel stops from the front wheels.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 14
Index

USER PLATFORM - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
USER PLATFORM - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.34.A / 16
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 1
Contents
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D
TECHNICAL DATA
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T7030 Standard Climate Control, T7040 Standard Climate Control, T7050 Standard Climate Control, T7060 Standard
Climate Control
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T7030 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7040 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7050 Auto Temperature Control
(ATC), T7060 Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
Compressor
Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Sensing system
Low pressure switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Overview (High pressure- low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Temperature sensor - Overview (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

SERVICE
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 2
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Remove (Heating and air conditioning device) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Install (Heating and air conditioning device) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Command
Switch - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Switch - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Heater valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Climate Control
Air filter
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Condenser
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Evaporator
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Expansion valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Heater
Water valve actuator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Receiver/drier
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Cooler
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Ventilation system
Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Climate Control
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 3
Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Electronic HVAC control

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Sensing system
Low pressure switch - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Replace (High pressure- low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Climate Control
DIAGNOSTIC
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 4
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Torque
Cylinder head screws of the air conditioning compressor 24.5-26.5 Nm ( 18-19.5 lbf.ft)
Retaining screw of the compressor clutch front plate 11.0-14.0 Nm ( 8-10 lbf.ft)
Retaining screws of the air conditioning compressor 20.5-25.5 Nm ( 15-19 lbf.ft)

- Special tools
Certified Refrigerant Recover, Recycling and Recharge Equipment suitable for the type of refrigerant gas used on
tractor are required when servicing air conditioning systems.
This special equipment is available through recognised suppliers of air conditioning equipment. Refer to the Tool
supplier for details on the latest equipment available for servicing the air conditioning system.
Vacuum/charge Portable system New Holland Tool No.294030

Recovery/recharge Portable system 294161
Evaporator and condenser cleaner 293831
Electronic Gas Leak Detector 294036
Manifold Gauge Set (Where required) 292744
COMPRESSOR TOOLS: Sanden SDH715 Kit 297422

- General specification
Refrigerant specifications New Holland specification 82000810 (R134a)
Refrigerant filling 0.9 kg (1.98 lb)
Refrigerant oil specifications New Holland specification 82008750 (ISO 46 viscosity) Sanden SP10
Refrigerant oil filling quantity (air 186 - 228 cm³
conditioning compressor and system)
Air conditioning compressor Sanden SD7H15
Manufacturer and type
At an ambient temperature of 22 - 49 °C ( 75 - 120 °F) the cooling power is approximately. 4.5 kW.
NOTE: The actual cooling power depends on the setting made by the driver.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 5

- Overview
T7030 Standard Climate Control, T7040 Standard Climate Control, T7050 Standard Climate Control, T7060 Standard Climate Control
SS08E033 1
1. Condenser 2. Compressor
3. Drier 4. High pressure- low pressure switch
5. Heating valve 6. Evaporator temperature sensor
7. Low pressure switch 8. Voltage divider
9. Blower motor 10. Blower speed switch
11. Heating regulator 12. Air conditioner "ON / OFF" switch
13. Air conditioner connecting lines
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 6

- Overview
T7030 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7040 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7050 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7060 Auto Temperature
Control (ATC)
SS08E035 1
1. Condenser 2. Compressor
3. Drier 4. High pressure- low pressure switch
5. Heating and air conditioning unit - see diagram 2 6. Blower box - see diagram 3
7. Blower speed switch 8. Temperature control potentiometer
9. Operating mode switch 10. Air conditioner connecting lines
11. Control unit (ATC)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 7
SS08E043 2
Heating and air conditioning unit

12. Evaporator 13. Heating cooler
14. Outlet temperature sensor 15. Evaporator temperature sensor
16. Low pressure switch 17. Heating valve (ATC)
SS08E044 3
Blower box
18. Blower motor 19. Voltage regulator
20. Outside temperature sensor 21. Cab temperature sensor
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 8

- Dynamic description
The following examples show typical low and high pressure gauge readings obtained when performance testing the
air conditioning system with an ambient temperature of 35 ° C ( 95 ° F).
The recommended corrective action is based on a similar fault as identified in the performance test diagnosis charts.
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 1
60-50-019 1
Performance Test Example 1
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Little or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant slightly low.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 194 - 215 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cold.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 9
1. Leak test the system.

2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
4. Evacuate the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C ( 95 ° F). For proper high side gauge reading
for other ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
60-50-020 2

Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected t Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant excessively low.
CONDITIONS*
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 10
Low side pressure very low.

Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2)
High side pressure too low.
Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air warm.
Low pressure switch cutting out
1. Leak test the system.

2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.

NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 95 ° F. For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
60-50-021 3
1 High Side Normal 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

Connector
Connector
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 11
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on" and “off".
High side pressure slightly high or slightly low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
1. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace the receiver/dryer.
DIAGNOSIS: Air or moisture in system. System not fully charged.

87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 12
60-50-022 4

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side High
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Compressor malfunction.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
1. Replace the compressor.
DIAGNOSIS: Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders .
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 13
60-50-023 5
1 High Side High 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side High
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.
CAUSE:
Condenser not functioning properly.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2 ).
High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Liquid line hot.
High pressure switch cutting out.
1. Check belt. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce condenser
airflow.
3. If engine is overheating replace engine thermostat and radiator pressure cap.
At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows:-

2. Remove the condenser and clean and flush it to ensure a free flow of refrigerant. Or, if the condenser appears to
be unduly dirty or plugged, replace it.
4. Evacuate the system, and recharge it with the correct quantity of refrigerant.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 14
DIAGNOSIS: Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper operation
of condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive).
60-50-024 6

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Normal
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Large amount of air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cool.

87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 15

DIAGNOSIS: Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the system to
operate improperly.
60-50-025 7
1 High Side High 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Hide
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 16
Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.
1. Check for sticking expansion valve as follows:-

Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
Replace the expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator coils.
Valve may be stuck open.
60-50-026 8

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Low
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 17
PROBLEM: Insufficient cooling.

CAUSE: Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low (zero or vacuum). Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
Evaporator inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.
Low pressure switch cutting out.
1. Place finger on expansion valve to evaporator tube. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge system
Replace expansion valve
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck in re-
stricted or closed position.
60-50-027 9

Connector
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 18
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Restriction in high side of system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser or receiver/dryer is too small.
Evaporator only slightly cool.

Liquid line and receiver/dryer are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.

2. Replace the liquid lines, receiver/dryer, or other obstructed components.
DIAGNOSIS: Restriction in the liquid line and/or receiver/dryer resulting in a “starved" evaporator (compressor moving
refrigerant from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 95 ° F. For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 19
60-50-028 10

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Gauge Compressor Cycles on at 34 lbf/in2 (
2.3 bar) Compressor Cycles off at 28 lbf/in2 ( 1.9 bar)
PROBLEM:
Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.
CAUSE:
Thermostatic switch defective.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure readings too high during both “on" and “off" compressor cycles and between cycles. Readings
should be:
0.8 - 1.0 bar ( 12 - 15 lbf/in2) - cycle "off"
2.5 - 2.7 bar ( 36 - 39 lbf/in2) - cycle "on"
1.7 - 1.9 bar ( 24 - 27 lbf/in2) - between cycles
High side pressure normal. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
1. Stop the engine and shut off A/C system.

2. Replace thermostatic switch with switch of same type.
3. Make sure the switch’s temperature sensor is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core) as
previous.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 20
DIAGNOSIS: Defective thermostatic switch.

87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 21

- Dynamic description
Control (ATC)
The ATC control unit is a control unit with a control cycle that obtains data from various sources and issues com-
mands to other devices. The control parameter of the system is the inner temperature of the cab. The driver selects
the desired cab temperature with the help of the temperature control potentiometer. The control unit controls the
compressor, the heating valve and the blower speed in order to reach or maintain the desired value.
The control unit receives information from the following switches and sensors:
• The modes of operation switch in the positions "ECON", "OFF" and "MAX DEF" supplies information about the
desired system operating mode: Economy mode, air conditioner switched off or dehumidify/defrost.
• The cab temperature sensor, which is located in the return line of the air circulation filter, sends the current cab
temperature.
• The temperature desired by the driver and that which is set by the temperature control potentiometer is the desired
value.
• The outlet temperature sensor in the heating air conditioning unit sends the current cooling or heating temperature.
• The low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the low pressure side in the
evaporator.
• The high pressure/low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the high pressure
side.
• The blower speed switch sends information relevant to the setting selected by the driver. The settings are "OFF"
and "A" (automatic) or speed levels Ι-ΙΙΙ. If the driver has left the "A" position, the blower speed determined by the
controller is overridden by the driver’s selection.
• The temperature control potentiometer sends the desired temperature (°F/°C) to the control unit.
In order to realize the heating/cooling functions the control unit controls the following output devices:
• The compressor clutch via the clutch relay: The control unit determines whether the compressor is switched on or
off in order to attain the desired cooling value in the cab.
• In the case of the heating valve the valve opening is varied in order to attain the desired temperature value in the
cab.
• The blower speed is set via the blower speed switch: The conditioned air is delivered from the heating and air
conditioning unit at a speed which is proportional to the difference between the existing cab temperature and the
desired value.
• The display on the instrument cluster shows information for any error codes that may have occurred.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 22
Control elements
SS08D105 1
Blower speed switch (1) Selecting the blower speed Position "0": Blower switched off
manually overrides the Position "A": Blower speed is automatically controlled
selection made by the by the controller.
control unit. Position "I": Slow blower speed
Position "II": Middle blower speed
Position "III": Fast blower speed
Operating mode switch (2) Determines the operating Position "ECON": Air conditioner is switched off
mode. Position "Middle": Air conditioner is switched on
Position "MAX DEF": Dehumidifier/defroster mode
Temperature control Determines the desired Position "LO": Maximum cooling power temperature
potentiometer (3) value of the cab temperature. range position 18-28. Desired cab temperature in °C/°F.
Position "HI": Maximum heating power
"AUTOMATIC" control mode

The automatic mode is selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" automatic and the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position. Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature.
In this mode the system attempts to maintain the desired temperature value selected by the driver (from 16 °C ( 61
°F) to 32 °C ( 90 °F) using the temperature control (ATC) and in order to do this varies the air temperature and the
blower speed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 23
"MANUAL" control mode

The manual mode can be selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to the position "I, II or III" and using the
temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature. The blower speed is varied to reach the set
value and then remains constant. In this case the system attempts to attain the desired temperature in the cab simply
by changing the air temperature and the blower speed selected by the driver remains unchanged. If you would like
to return to the automatic control mode switch the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" (automatic).
You can set the maximum cooling power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "LO" (turn all the way
to the left). The air conditioner works at maximum cooling power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
You can set the maximum heating power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "HI" (turn all the way
to the right). The heating system works at maximum power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
"ECONOMY" air conditioner mode.

The economy mode can be selected by moving the operating mode switch (2) to the position "ECON" (left position)
and moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A". Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the
desired temperature. If the outside temperature is low the air conditioner does not have to be running in order to
maintain a constant cab temperature. In this mode the unit attempts to keep the desired value constant by regulating
the heating valve and the blower speed. If the outside air temperature rises above the desired value selected, (cab
temperature) the air conditioner must be switched on in order to attain the desired value.
"MAX DEF" mode.

The purpose of the "MAX DEF" mode is to remove moisture that collects on the windows of the cab in the form of fog
or ice. Use the operating mode switch (2) to select the "MAX DEF" position and move the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A". In this mode the heating system and the air conditioner are running; the blower runs at maximum speed.
The blower speed can also be set manually. If this mode is used to defrost the windows, the temperature control
potentiometer (3) should be turned to the "HI" position. In this position an air outlet temperature is attained which is
as high as possible when the air conditioner is running in order to defrost the windows. If the windows are heavily
fogged with moisture it is not necessary to change the set temperature (desired value) using the temperature control
potentiometer (3). In order to exit the "MAX DEF" mode and enter another operating mode. Move the operating mode
switch (2) to the middle position (air conditioner "ON") or to the "ECON" position (air conditioner "OFF")
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 24
Summary of automatic operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the middle position, and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab sensor. Then the compressor is
switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore also adjust the
temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to ensure a pleasant
environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %*
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %*
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %*
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %*
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %*
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %*
Switching the compressor The compressor clutch is activated or deactivated by the control unit in order to attain
clutch on and off. or maintain the desired temperature value in the cab.
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II
• The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the fully automatic mode by moving the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A" (automatic).
Maximum cooling is • Blower speed 100 %

selected "LO" The clutch is only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evapora-
•
tor temperature sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature
increases to 3 °C ( 37 °F).
• If the temperature regulator is taken out of the maximum range for "LO", the system
returns to automatic regulation of the compressor and the blower.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %

selected "HI" The heating valve is completely open.
•
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for "HI",
the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower speed.
Exception * When the heating function is selected the blower retains the speed level 25 % until
the temperature recorded at the evaporator exceeds 12,8 °C ( 55 °F).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 25
Summary of "MAX DEF" dehumidifier/defroster operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the position "MAX DEF", and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab temperature sensor. Then the
compressor is switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore
also adjust the temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to
ensure a pleasant environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %
Switching the compressor ** The compressor is permanently on to eliminate moisture from the cab. The clutch is
clutch on and off. only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evaporator temperature
sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature increases to 3 °C
( 37 °F).
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II
• The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the standard air conditioning operation mode by shifting the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position.
Maximum cooling is Using the system in this manner makes little sense as the compressor runs
selected "LO" continuously. The temperature control potentiometer should be in the heating range to
attain good dehumidifying or defrosting performance in the cab.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "HI" The heating valve is completely open.
•
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for "HI",
the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower speed.
Exception ** On very cold days the compressor does switch on until the temperature at the
evaporator temperature sensor exceeds 0 °C ( 32 °F).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 26

- Static description
The function of the air conditioning system is to improve the operator’s comfort by cooling the air temperature inside
the cab and reducing the humidity level.
This temperature control is achieved by absorbing the heat within the cab into a refrigerant and then allowing the heat
absorbed by the refrigerant to be transferred to the outside air
In order to achieve this heat transfer the following principals of heat generation and transfer are applied within the air
conditioning system.
1. When two bodies of different temperature come together heat is transferred from one to another. On air condi-
tioning systems an evaporator is used to hold the low temperature refrigerant which absorbs the heat from the air
within the cab.
60-50-001 1
2. When a gas is pressurised the temperature of the gas will rise. In air conditioning systems the increase in pressure
is achieved using a compressor.
60-50-002 2
3. When a gas is cooled it will condense into a liquid. In the air conditioning system a condenser is used to cool the
gas and the resulting liquid is stored in a receiver dryer.
60-50-003 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 27
4. When a liquid is atomized through an orifice, the temperature of the resultant vapour will drop. The low temperature
of the atomized liquid will then absorb heat from its surroundings. On air conditioning systems the refrigerant is
atomized using an expansion valve.
60-50-004 4
It can now be seen that the principal components of an air conditioning system are:-
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Receiver Dryer
• Expansion Valve
Figure 5, uses the examples above to illustrate the air conditioning cycle.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 28
BTB0448 5
Air Conditioning Principal of Operation
1 Expansion Valve - Atomizes Liquid Refrigerant Before 2 Evaporator- Absorbs Heat From Air In Cab
Passing to Evaporator
3 Compressor - Compresses and Raises Temperature 4 Condenser, Evaporator and Dryer - Converts
Of Refrigerant Gas Refrigerant from Gas to a Liquid
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 29
1b0o2004061086 6
Air Conditioning Flow Diagram
Figure 6, shows in schematic form the flow of refrigerant through the five major components of an air conditioning
system. Refer to, Figure 6, for the location of these components on the tractor.
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low pressure vapor which is compressed and then pumped out
as a hot, high pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high pressure vapor passes through the condenser core it gives off heat to the cooler outside air, being
drawn past the fins by the engine cooling fan.
By giving off heat to the outside air, the vapor is condensed to a liquid which moves under high pressure to the receiver
dryer where it is stored until released to the evaporator by the temperature sensing expansion valve.
As liquid refrigerant passes through the metered orifice in the expansion valve the refrigerant changes from a high
pressure liquid to a low pressure atomized liquid with a lower temperature.
This low pressure, low temperature, atomized liquid enters the evaporator coils and absorbs heat from the cab warm
air blown across the coils and fins by the cab blower motor. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low pressure
atomized liquid to a warm low pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet, moving to the suction (low pressure)
side of the compressor to repeat the cycle.
As this heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the cab air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and
drain off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level
of the cab.
Refrigerant
To achieve the absorption and the release of heat which is, in essence, the function of an air conditioning system,
requires the use of a suitable “refrigerant" - a liquid that has a relatively low temperature boiling point, plus certain
desirable safety and stability features.
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is refrigerant R-134a.
NOTE: To help protect the environment legislation has been introduced in most territories banning the release into
the atmosphere of refrigerants, including R134a. All service procedures contained in this manual can be carried out
without the need to release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 30
In order to prevent the incorrect type of refrigerant being charged to the system the service valves fitted to the trac-
tor and necessary to connect up refrigerant recovery, evacuation and recycling/recharging equipment will be of two
different sizes as recognised and specified by the air conditioning industry.
WARNING
R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12 refrigerant. Do not attempt to replace R134a refrigerant with
R-12 refrigerant or test the system using gauges or equipment previously used with R12 as damage to the
system will result.
B031
R-134a refrigerant is stable at all operating temperatures and able to absorb great quantities of heat.
The boiling point of R-134a is - 22 ° C (- 15 ° F) at atmospheric pressure.
If the pressure is increased, R-134a will readily vaporize to absorb heat at temperatures between - 11.7 ° C ( 11 ° F)
at 1.9 bar ( 27.5 lbf/in2) and 0 °C ( 32 ° F) at 42 lbf/in2 ( 2.9 bar) in the evaporator.
At higher pressures, R-134a will condense and give off heat at temperatures between 48 ° C ( 118 ° F) at 12.4 bar (
180 lbf/in2) and 58 ° C ( 136 ° F) at 15.85 bar ( 230 lbf/in2 ) in the condenser.
TA6050007 7
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Compressor
1. Electro-magnetic Clutch
2. Clutch Bearing
3. Cam Rotor
4. Wobble Plate
5. Piston
6. Suction Chamber
7. Discharge Chamber
8. Cylinder Head
9. Static Gear
Compressor
The tractor air conditioning unit compressor is mounted on the right hand side of the engine and is belt driven by the
crankshaft pulley.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 31
The compressor separates the low and high pressure sides of the system and is basically a pump which has two
functions:
(1) To raise the refrigerant temperature by compression to a higher degree of temperature than the ambient (outside
air) temperature.
(2) To circulate the required volume of refrigerant through the system.
The refrigerant compressor is a seven cylinder wobble plate unit housed in a die cast aluminium housing.
Drive to the wobble plate is from the pulley, through the electro magnetic clutch to the main driveshaft. Attached to
the driveshaft is a cam rotor which oscillates the wobble plate. The wobble plate is prevented from rotating by a static
gear engaging with teeth formed in the face of the plate. The seven pistons are connected to the wobble plate by
rods located in ball sockets.
Refrigerant is drawn in on the downward stroke of a piston through the reed valves located either end of the cylin-
der assembly. Refrigerant enters the cylinder assembly through a gallery in the outer circumference of the cylinder
assembly.
The upwards stroke of the piston compresses the refrigerant and expels it through another reed valve into an inner
gallery in the cylinder assembly and out into the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is lubricated with a Polyalklene Glycol (PAG) oil. This oil is totally miscible with the refrigerant and is
carried around the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is activated by an electro-magnetic clutch which functions to engage or disengage the compressor
as required in the operation of the air conditioning system.
The clutch is primarily activated by the:-
• Temperature cycling control switch

• Combined high/low pressure cut-out switch
• Low pressure cut-out switch
Low Pressure Cut-out Switch

The low pressure switch (1) Figure 8 is in the evaporator outlet line and is located under a lid in the evaporator housing
under the rear floor.
The purpose of the switch is to shut off the compressor pump in the event of low pressure in the refrigerant system.
Low refrigerant pressure may occur due to a faulty expansion valve, icing up of the expansion valve orifice or refrig-
erant loss. Low refrigerant pressure may result in damage to the compressor pump.
The low pressure switch is factory set and cannot be adjusted.
BTB0437A_509 8
Combined High/Low Pressure Cut-out Switch

The combined high/low pressure switch, (1) is located in the condenser inlet line from the compressor. The switch
shuts off the compressor pump in the event of a restriction in the high pressure line or excessively low pressure due
to lack of refrigerant in the system.
Loss of refrigerant in the system will result in insufficient cooling and lubrication and continuous operation will cause
damage to the compressor pump.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 32
BAIS06CCM701AVA 9
System Pressure Relief Valve

A relief valve is located at the discharge port on the compressor, (1) Figure 10. This allows the system refrigerant
to be discharged into the engine bay (atmosphere) instead of in the cab, if the system pressure became such that a
hose might fail in the cab and cause injury to the operator. This secondary safety feature will only operate in extreme
conditions, for example, if the high pressure cut out switch were to fail, or in the event of an engine fire.
BAIS06CCM132AVD 10
Condenser And Receiver Dryer

The condenser, located at the front of the tractor, Figure 11, consists of a number of turns of continuous coil mounted
in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
The condenser receives the hot, high pressure refrigerant vapour from the compressor. The hot vapour passes
through the condenser coils and outside air is pulled through the condenser by the engine cooling fan.
BAIS06CCM030AVC 11
Heat moves from the hot refrigerant vapour into the cooler outside air flowing across the condenser coils and fins.
When the refrigerant vapour reaches the pressure and temperature that will induce a change of state, a large quantity
of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant changes to a high pressure warm liquid.
The warm liquid refrigerant continues onto the receiver/drier where it is filtered and desiccated, to remove any mois-
ture, before passing through an outlet line to the thermostatic expansion valve.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 33
The receiver/dryer stores the liquid refrigerant to be sure a steady flow to the thermostatic expansion valve is main-
tained under widely different operating conditions.
The drier section contains a desiccant (Molecular sieve) to absorb any moisture within the system and a filter prevents
the entry of foreign particles.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the dehydrator
will circulate with the refrigerant and droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve orifice. This
action will block the refrigerant flow and stop the cooling action. Moisture will also react with refrigerant R-134a
and the lubricant to form a corrosive acid.
The desiccant can only absorb a limited amount of moisture before reaching saturation point. Because of this, after
any system component replacement or repairs requiring entry into the system, the receiver/dryer should be replaced.
Expansion Valve
The expansion valve (1) Figure 12, is located next to the evaporator, in the pressure line leading from the receiver/
dryer and performs the following functions:
BTB0438A 12
1 METERING ACTION - A metered orifice changes the 2 MODULATING ACTION - A thermostatically controlled
liquid refrigerant from a high pressure low temperature valve within the expansion valve body controls the
liquid to a low pressure, lower temperature atomized volume of liquid refrigerant passing through the orifice
liquid. and makes sure the refrigerant is fully vaporized within
the evaporator. Liquid refrigerant would damage the
compressor reed valves or freeze the pistons.
3 CONTROLLING ACTION - The valve responds to
changes in the cooling requirements. When increased
cooling is required, the valve opens to increase the
refrigerant flow and when less cooling is required the
valve closes and decreases the refrigerant flow.
Expansion Valve - Operation

All of the needed temperature sensing and pressure sensing functions are consolidated into this basic unit and no
external tubes are required for these purposes.
The refrigerant from the condenser and receiver dryer enters the thermostatic expansion valve as a high pressure
warm liquid. Upon passing through the ball and spring controlled metering orifice, the pressure and temperature
of the refrigerant is reduced and the refrigerant leaves the thermostatic expansion valve as a low pressure, lower
temperature atomized liquid.
The atomized liquid now passes through the evaporator where it absorbs heat before returning via the expansion
valve to the compressor as a warm Low pressure vapour.
There are two refrigerant passages in the valve. One passage is in the refrigerant line from the condenser to the
evaporator and contains the ball and spring type orifice valve. The other passage is in the refrigerant line from the
evaporator to the compressor and contains the valve’s temperature sensing element.
Liquid refrigerant flow from the condenser and receiver dryer is controlled by a push-rod forcing the orifice valve ball
off its seat and the spring exerting pressure on the ball to keep it on its seat.
During stabilized (vehicle shutdown) conditions, the pressure on the bottom of the expansion valve diaphragm rises
above the pressure on the top of the diaphragm allowing the valve spring to close the orifice.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 34
When the system is started, the pressure on the bottom of the diaphragm drops rapidly, allowing the orifice to open
and meter atomized liquid refrigerant to the evaporator where it begins to vaporize.
Suction from the compressor draws the vaporized refrigerant out of the evaporator and back through a gallery in the
top of the valve which passes the temperature sensor.
60-50-014 13
The temperature sensor reacts to variations in refrigerant gas pressure returning from the evaporator. When heat from
the passenger compartment is absorbed by the refrigerant the pressure of the gas increases causing a differential
pressure above and below the temperature sensor diaphragm. The diaphragm reacts to this pressure differential
and a push rod forces the ball in the expansion valve orifice further off its seat. This reaction allows an increase in
the atomized refrigerant to flow through the valve, to the evaporator, so that more heat can be absorbed by the air
conditioning system.
Similarly when the temperature of the gas returning from the evaporator decreases the pressure of the gas decreases.
This causes the diaphragm to react accordingly and allow the ball in the orifice to move closer towards its seat thus
reducing the flow of refrigerant through the valve to the evaporator.
BTB0435A 14
Evaporator
The evaporator, (2) Figure 14, is located under the rear seat floor and consists of a number of turns of continuous
coils mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
Low temperature refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the hotter air in the operator’s compartment, thereby
cooling the air.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 35
BTB0449_512 15
Blower Fan
The blower fan, (1) Figure 14, draws warm air from outside the cab through the intake filters, Figure 15 and forces it
across the evaporator before entering the cab through louvered vents.
The blower motor is controlled by a four-speed switch (1), Figure 16. The switch uses a variable resistor to change
the fan speed.
The coldest air will be obtained at the slowest fan speed but the greatest cooling capacity is obtained at the highest
fan speed.
BTB0422A_513 16
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 36
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview
SS08E045 1 SS08E007 2
Nominal voltage 12 V
Intake voltage min. 7,5 V
Power consumption 3,6 - 4,2 A
Power 43 W
Resistance 2,9 - 3,6 Ω
Coupling gap 0.4 - 0.8 mm ( 0.016 - 0.031 in)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 37
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview

Control (ATC)
SS08E030 1 SS08E031 2
Position: On the left C-pillar
Characteristic curve linear

resistance 0 - 10 k Ω ± 10 %
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 38
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Overview
SS08E016 1 SS08E009 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
Contact Make contact

On (switch closed) 1.5 bar (21.8 psi)
Off (switch open) 0.4 bar (5.8 psi)
Current max. 5A
Temperature range -30 - (+120) °C (-22 - (+248) °F)
Tightening torque 5 - 7 Nm (44.25 - 61.96 lb in)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 39
Sensing system - Overview (High pressure- low pressure switch)
SS08E046 1 SS08E015 2
Position: On the right side of the engine
High pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Break contact
On (switch closed) 20 ±2 bar ( 290 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 28 ±2 bar ( 406 lbf/in2)
Current max. 5A
Low pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Make contact
On (switch closed) 2.6 ±0.1 bar ( 37 ±1.5 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 1.8 ±0.5 bar ( 26 ±7 lbf/in2)
Current max. 5A
Medium pressure switch

Contact (PIN 3-4) Make contact
On (switch closed) 18 ±1 bar ( 261 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 15 ±1 bar ( 217 lbf/in2)
Current max. 1A
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 40
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Cab temperature)

Control (ATC)
valid → .....
SS08E027 1 SS08E028 2
Position: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
valid ..... →
SS08E029 3
System type NTC
Temperature Resistance
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 16120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 9399 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 5658 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 4441 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 3511 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 2795 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 2240 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 1465 Ω
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 41
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside

temperature)
Control (ATC)
SS08E013 1 SS08E014 2
Position: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 42
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet

temperature)
Control (ATC)
SS08E025 1 SS08E026 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating and air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 43
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview

Control (ATC)
SS08E010 1 SS08E012 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
0 °C (32.0 °F) 66000 Ω
4.44 °C (40.0 °F) 52625 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 40011 Ω
15.56 °C (60.0 °F) 30713 Ω
21.11 °C (70.0 °F) 23791 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 20000 Ω
30.56 °C (87.0 °F) 15736 Ω
36.11 °C (97.0 °F) 12475 Ω
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 44

- Service instruction
WARNING
Before overhauling an air conditioning system read and observe the following Safety PrecautionsIf a repair
or replacement becomes necessary, ensure that only certified Air Conditioning technicians are employed,
using approved equipment to effect repairs. Do not attempt to disassemble the air conditioning system, It is
possible to be severely frostbitten or injured by escaping refrigerant.
B042
IMPORTANT: Do not allow refrigerant to escape into the atmosphere.

1. Refrigerant must be handled with care in order to
AVOID HAZARDS.
Undue direct contact with liquid refrigerant can pro-
duce freezing of skin and eyes.
Keep the refrigerant container and air conditioning
system away from flame or heat sources, the re-
sulting pressure increase can cause the container or
system to explode.
If in direct contact with open flames or heated metal
surfaces, the refrigerant will decompose and pro-
duce products that are toxic and acidic.
Make sure to comply with the following indications
and simple precautions to avoid any risk of injury:
Never discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere.
When servicing air conditioning units a certified re-
frigerant recovery unit operated by a certified techni-
cian must be used.
2. When discharging the refrigerant in the system make
sure you are operating in well-ventilated premises
with good air circulation and far away from open
flames.
3. When charging and discharging the system always
wear goggles and take suitable precautions to pro-
tect the face in general and the eyes in particular,
from accidental spillage of the refrigerant fluid.
4. The oil and refrigerant mixture inside the air condi-
tioning system is pressurized. Consequently, never
loosen fittings or tamper with lines unless the system
has been properly discharged.
5. Before loosening any connection, cover the fitting in
question with a cloth and wear gloves and goggles in
order to prevent refrigerant from reaching the skin or
eyes.
6. In the event of an accident, proceed as follows:-
If the refrigerant has reached the eyes, wash them
immediately with copious amounts of sterilised water
or mains pressure tap water and transfer to hospital
for immediate medical help.
If the refrigerant has touched the skin, wash with cold
water and transfer to hospital for immediate medical
help.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 45

- Service instruction
General information
All servicing of the air conditioning system must be undertaken by a qualified refrigeration specialist who possesses
the appropriate test devices, including a leak detector for R 134a refrigerant.
Impurities are prevented from entering the system as follows:
Ensure that all tools, measurement devices, hoses and spare parts are stored in a perfectly clean and dry place and
ensure that the refrigerant used is permitted for use in the system.
Clean all hoses and fittings prior to removal. Seal all openings with plugs or screw caps after removal.
When filling the system with refrigerant oil, only open the oil container just before use and then close it again straight
away. It is very important that you ensure the oil cannot absorb any humidity.
WARNING
Before dismantling an air conditioning system for repair the gas within the system must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery unit designed for the type of refrigerant gas used in the system.NEVER
release refrigerant gas into the atmosphere.ALWAYS wear safety goggles and gloves when servicing any part
of the air conditioning system.
B043
General troubleshooting
1. Prior to performing troubleshooting in the system al-
ways first conduct a general functional check.
Leave the engine to run for 10 minutes at 1000 -
1200 rev/min with the air conditioning system set to
maximum cooling and the blower set to the highest
speed setting.
2. Ensure that the temperature switch of the heating
system is switched OFF.
3. Check that the fan motor works at all speed levels.
4. Establish whether the compressor coupling engages
when the air conditioner switch is pressed. If the
coupling does not work it may be that the pressure
switches on the intake and pressure side are faulty
or the electro-magnetic coupling of the cooling com-
pressor is not working.
5. Check whether the motor cooler ventilator is drawing
in cold air through the condenser.
6. Check the belt tension of the cooling compressor
drive belt.
7. Check that the condenser is clean inside and out and
allows an unobstructed flow of air.
8. Ensure that the cab air filter is clean and not blocked.
9. Check whether the evaporator blades are stuck or
heavily soiled.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 46
SS08F102 1
Connection of pressure gauge battery to the vehicle
1. Suction side pressure gauge 2. Pressure side pressure gauge

3. Shut-off valve 4. Hose to pressure side connection valve
5. Centre hose (not in use) 6. Hose to suction side connection valve
7. Shut-off valve 8. Pressure side connection valve (high pressure
part)
9. Suction side connection valve (low pressure part)
Approximate display value of the high pressure gauge

Temperature of ambient air Display value of the high pressure gauge
59 °F 15 °C 9,5 bar 9.7 kgf/cm2 140 lbf/in2
68 °F 20 °C 13 bar 13.3 kgf/cm2 191 lbf/in2
10. Checking the function of the air conditioning system

The pressure gauge battery is the most important
tool when checking and performing maintenance on
the air conditioning system.
If the workshop has a modern automatic suction,
evacuation, recycling and filling device the pressure
gauges are already installed inside it.
The following instructions for checking the function of
the air conditioning system apply to the 1 pressure
gauge battery shown in the diagram. The system
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 47
check using a suction and filling device with pressure

gauges fitted basically follows the same process.
When using such devices, always note the operating
instructions provided by the manufacturer.
11. Notes for accident prevention
In the closed valves the refrigerant flows around the
valve stems to the pressure gauges. As a result,
after connecting the pressure battery the pressure is
shown by both pressure gauges.
NEVER screw open the manual shut-off valve on the
PRESSURE SIDE while the system is in operation.
ALWAYS screw open the manual shut-off valve on
the SUCTION SIDE when the refrigerant is being
topped up.
IMPORTANT: Always ensure that the manual shut-off
valves are screwed shut at all stages of testing.
(clockwise, to the stop)
12. Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
Always ensure that the manual shut-off valves of the
pressure gauge battery are screwed shut (clockwise,
to the stop).
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, stop the tractor engine during
connection of the manifold gauge set.
B044
13. Connect the hose of the high pressure gauge (usu-

ally red) to the pressure side shut-off valve, and the
hose of the low pressure gauge (usually blue) to the
suction side connection valve at the vehicle, see di-
agram 1. Check whether all hose connections are
screwed tight.
IMPORTANT: Prior to connecting the pressure gauge
battery determine the assignment of the connections
for the high pressure gauge (pressure side) and the
low pressure gauge (suction side). The pressure side
connection valve always sits in the line from the air
conditioner compressor to the condenser.
14. The connection valves for the high pressure and
low pressure sides on the vehicle are spring-loaded
valves and open automatically when the pressure
testing hose is connected.
The connection valves are closed with a protective
cap. Remove this cap prior to connecting the pres-
sure gauge and fit it again when the servicing of the
vehicle is complete.
NOTE: A suitable pressure pin must be inserted into the
pressure testing pipe to actuate this type of valve.
15. Testing procedure
After connecting the pressure gauge battery - and
before the functional test is able to be carried out
- shift the system into a stable operating state as
follows:
Check again whether the manual shut-off valves on
the suction and pressure sides of the pressure gauge
battery are completely screwed shut.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 48
16. Actuate the parking brake and check that all gear
levers are in neutral and all windows and doors of
the driver cab are shut.
17. Let the engine run at 1000 - 1200 rev/min.
18. Switch the temperature switch of the heating system
to OFF.
19. Switch the temperature stabilisation function of the
air conditioning system to maximum cooling and
switch the fan motor to the highest speed setting for
10 minutes minutes.
20. Check whether the display of the high pressure
gauges is in the specified range of approx. 4 - 36
lbf/in2 ( 0.28 - 2.48 bar) ( 0.28 - 2.53 kgf/cm2).
21. Read the high pressure gauge and compare the dis-
play value with the values in the pressure/tempera-
ture table provided above.
22. Compare the temperature of the air-conditioned air
flowing out of the air vents into the cab with the tem-
perature of the intake air at the cab air filters outside
the cab.
If the system is functioning properly the air-condi-
tioned air flowing into the cab should be 6 - 9 ° C
( 10 - 15 ° F) cooler than the outside air that is drawn
in.
23. If you determine as a result that the system is not
functioning properly, proceed with troubleshooting
using the troubleshooting tables and the examples
in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Troubleshooting (E.40.D)
and remedy as required.
WARNING
A significant amount of refrigerant vapour may have
condensed to a liquid at the service fitting at the high
side of the compressor. Use a cloth or other protec-
tive material when disconnecting the manifold hose
from this fitting to prevent personal injury to hands and
face.
B045
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 49

- Overhaul
NOTE: Before disconnecting components in the air conditioning system the refrigerant gas must be discharged
and recovered using a certified recovery system. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D). Do Not discharge the gas into the atmosphere
1. If an air conditioning component is to be replaced
during a system overhaul it is necessary to drain any
refrigerant oil that has collected in the component
being replaced into a clean calibrated container.
A volume of clean refrigerant oil equivalent to that
removed from the replaced component must then be
added to the new item before being installed onto the
tractor.
Upon completion of the repair evacuate, recharge,
leak test and performance test the system to ensure
correct operation.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 50

- Decontaminating
Air conditioning systems may occasionally become contaminated with solid particles. This contamination may be the
result of allowing dirt to enter the system while it was open, from aluminum corrosion or sludge, or from disintegrated
compressor reed plates. Contamination of this nature can result in plugged evaporators, condensers and expansion
valves.
1. Contaminated systems must be flushed with a spe-

cial flushing solvent to remove the unwanted mate-
rial. Prior to flushing, the system must be discharged
as described in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heat-
ing, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharg-
ing (E.40.D).
Each individual component must be flushed after dis-
connecting every hose fitting.
The compressor and expansion valve can not be
flushed, therefore, the compressor should be disas-
sembled and cleaned or replaced and the expansion
valve should be replaced. When flushing the system
always replace the receiver/drier.
Manifold Gauge Set (Fig. 1 ) 60-50-032 1

1. High Side Gauge
2. High Side Shut off Valve
3. High Side hose
4. Centre Service hose
5. Low Side hose
6. Low Side Shut off Valve
7. Low Side Gauge
2. Re-assemble and evacuate the system to remove air
and moisture as described in ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Evacuate (E.40.D).
NOTE: Never use any solvent for flushing an air
conditioning system other than a special flush solvent
made specifically for air conditioning systems. Always
follow the manufacturer’s recommendations and directions
for using the flushing equipment and solvent.
60-50-033 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 51

- Discharging
WARNING
Never discharge refrigerant gas into the atmosphere. Always where safety goggles and gloves when working
with refrigerant. Only use authorised refrigerant tanks.
B030
If the air conditioning system is to be overhauled or other in-

terventions are to be made which require the air condition-
ing system to be disassembled, the refrigerant must first be
extracted.
Before the air conditioning system is dismantled, the re-
frigerant must be fully extracted using a using a type-tested
extraction device in accordance with the manufacturer’s in-
structions and recycled.
The illustration 1 shows a combined extraction, evacuation,
recycling and filling device. This device extracts R 134a
refrigerant from the air conditioning system, recycles it and
refills it in one cycle. The device is designed for opera-
tions with the pressure gauge battery inserted in its control
panel.
60-50-030 1
With other extraction devices the pressure gauges are not

part of the device. If such devices are used a separate
pressure gauge battery must be connected.
IMPORTANT: Thoroughly read the manufacturer’s
instructions prior to using extraction devices.
An overview of the worksteps when emptying the system
using a suction/recycling device is provided below.
1. Allow the vehicle’s air conditioner to run for several
minutes.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 52
2. Connect the extraction device in accordance with

the manufacturer’s instructions. Ensure that the de-
vice’s red hose (high pressure side) is connected to
the high pressure side connection valve (1) and the
blue hose (low pressure side) is connected to the low
pressure side connection valve (2).
NOTE: If the device requires a separate pressure gauge
battery, connect the relevant hoses from the high and
low pressure side of the pressure gauge to the high
and low pressure side of the air conditioning system.
Then connect the hose of the extraction device to the
middle connection of the pressure gauge battery - see
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and SS08F061 2
air-conditioning - Decontaminating (E.40.D).
3. To extract the refrigerant screw open the valves for
the high and low pressure sides at the operating
field (or the valves concerned at the pressure gauge
battery), see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminat-
ing (E.40.D).
4. Screw open the valves marked "gas" and "liquid"
on the extraction device refrigerant tank, see EN-
VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Decontaminating (E.40.D).
5. Connect the device’s power cable.
6. Operate the extraction device in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
The compressor switches off automatically as soon
as the extraction procedure has finished.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 53

- Evacuate
IMPORTANT: A system in which the refrigerant has been recovered to facilitate repairs, must be evacuated before
new refrigerant is installed.
NOTE: Air and moisture are removed by evacuating the system using a vacuum pump.
The automatic recycling, recharge and evacuation stations or evacuating and charging stations available throughout
the air conditioning industry incorporate a vacuum pump within the assembly. If this type of equipment is not
available a separate vacuum pump and manifold gauge set must be used.
As the system is evacuated the boiling point of any moisture within the system is similarly lowered. As the vacuum
increases the boiling reduces to below that of the ambient temperate and the moisture is subsequently boiled away.
The relationship of system vacuum to the boiling temperature at which the water vapor is removed from the system
is as follows:
NOTE: For every 1000 feet ( 305 m) above sea level, the vacuum gauge reading must be corrected by adding 1 (
2.54 cm) of mercury to compensate for the change in atmospheric pressure.
IMPORTANT: Be sure the system is completely discharged as refrigerant will damage the vacuum pump.
60-50-030 1
System Vacuum Temperature

In Cm. of °F °C
Mercury Mercury
28.0 71.0 100 37
28.9 73.4 80 27
29.4 74.6 60 16
29.7 75.4 40 5
29.8 75.7 20 -7
29.9 75.9 0 -18
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 54
1. If the manifold gauge set is being used connect

the low and high sides of the manifold to the low
and high sides of the tractor air conditioning system
as described for discharging the system in ENVI-
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D).
Connect the manifold centre hose to the vacuum
pump suction port as per the manufacturers instruc-
tions.
Fully open both the low and high side gauge shutoff
valves.
2. If a combined recovery/evacuation unit is to be used
attach the unit to the air conditioning system in ac-
cordance with the manufacturers instructions. Be
sure to read all installation and operating instructions
carefully before starting the unit.
3. After starting the evacuation cycle, note the low side
gauge to be sure the system pulls down into a vac-
uum.
4. Time the evacuation for a minimum of 20 minutes
from the point when lowest vacuum is attained.
5. When the low side gauge attains the lowest steady
vacuum, stop the evacuation process.
NOTE: The vacuum pump achieves ultimate vacuum with
the vented exhaust valve closed.
6. Check the system by closing the gauge shut-off
valves, turning the vacuum pump off and noting the
low side gauge reading. A loss of more than 2 in ( 5
cm) of vacuum in 5 minutes indicates either a leak
or moisture in the system.
7. If the gauge needle remains stationary and the vac-
uum is maintained for 3 - 5 minutes, close both the
high and low side manifold hand valves, turn off and
disconnect the center hose from the pump. The sys-
tem is now ready for charging.
8. If a leak is detected, charge the system with ap-
proximately 14 oz ( 400 g) of refrigerant, see charg-
ing the system in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heat-
ing, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging
(E.40.D) and identify leak using a leak detector.
9. Once the leak is located discharge and recover the
refrigerant in the system, repair the leak, then repeat
the evacuation procedure.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 55

- Charging
IMPORTANT: Ensure that the system has no leaks and that the evacuation has taken place without correctly. When
dealing with refrigerant R 134a be sure to comply with all relevant safety regulations out of the equipment - see
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
1. Ensure that the filling device is connected to the ve-
hicle air conditioning system exactly in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. If a filling device is used in combination with a pres-
sure gauge battery, unscrew the manual shut-off
valves from the pressure and suction pressure
gauge.
3. Fill the system with refrigerant in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions 0.9 kg ( 1.98 lbs).
4. If the volumetric flow of refrigerant has fallen greatly,
close the shut-off valve of the high pressure end, start
the engine and run at idling speed. Switch on the air
conditioning system so that the air conditioner com-
pressor can suction the remaining refrigerant into the
system.
5. If the refrigerant in the filling cylinder is not all drawn
into the air conditioning system, drain the system
again and repeat the filling process.
6. Close the shut-off valves of the high and low pres-
sure ends on the device's control panel (or on the
pressure gauge battery) and check the function of the
air conditioning system - see ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Service instruction (E.40.D).
NOTE: Once the system has been filled, check the
following points in order to ensure that the refrigerator oil
is perfectly distributed in the system:
7. Check that the air conditioning system is switched
OFF.
8. Start the engine and leave to idle.
9. Switch on the air conditioning system and leave to
idle for at least one minute before increasing the en-
gine speed.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 56
SS08F103 1
Connecting the extraction, evacuation, recycling and filling device to the vehicle
1. High pressure side connection valve 2. Low pressure side connection valve
(red pipe) (blue pipe)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 57

- Leakage test
To perform a leak test if refrigerant leakage is suspected, use an electronic leak detector, Figure 1 following manufac-
turer’s instructions.
Electronic leak detectors use flashing lights or sound to alert the operator to a leak. If the leak detector’s sensitivity is
adjustable, be sure you calibrate the detector according to the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When using a leak detector, keep in mind that a very slight amount of leakage in the compressor pulley area is normal
and does not necessarily indicate a repair is required.
When a leak is located, follow these steps.
1. Discharge the system using a certified freon recovery

system.
Repair the leak.
Partially charge system with 400 grammes ( 14 ozs
) of refrigerant.
Check system for leaks.
Fully charge the system.
Always check the system for leaks as a final test af-
ter evacuating and before recharging. Refer to EN-
air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D)
60-50-029 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 58

- Remove (Heating and air conditioning device)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D)
1. Turn the starter switch to the “OFF” position.

Disconnect the electrical plug connection for the
driver’s seat and the armrest.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 1
2. Unscrew the retaining screws of the driver’s seat.

Remove the driver’s seat.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 2
3. Take the floor mats out of the cab to obtain access to

the front and rear floor plates.
BTB0434 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 59
4. Remove the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 4
5. Remove the front floor plate.
BTB0445 5
6. Remove the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 6
7. Remove the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 60
8. Remove the exhaust duct from the front side of the

heating and air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 8
9. Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 9
10. Remove the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 10
11. Remove the cover next to the fan box.
BTB0427 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 61
12. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 12
13. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor and

remove the fan box.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 13
14. Ensure that the vehicle is standing on even ground.

15. Place chocks under the front wheels.
16. Drive timber wedges between the front axle and front
axle bearing block. The wedges prevent the front
axle from swinging.
BAIL07APH285AVA 14
17. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable
support frames (1) under the end drive housing.
NOTE: Remove the supports if required.
BTB0281A 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 62
18. Remove the rear left wheel.
BAIL07APH363AVA 16
19. Attach peristaltic devices to the feed and return lines

of the heating cooler.
BAIL07APH421AVA 17
20. Remove the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and
the air conditioner lines (2).
ATTENTION: Risk of burns due to hot coolant.
SS08D111 18
21. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air con-
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 19
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 63
22. Standard air conditioner design:

Remove the electrical plug-in connector (1).
Unclip the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 20
Automatic air conditioner (ATC) design:

Disconnect the electrical plug-in connector (3) from the
heating/air conditioning device.
SS08D112 21
23. Remove the heating and air conditioning unit to-

gether with the rear air ducts.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 22
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Install (Heating and air conditioning
device) (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 64

- Install (Heating and air conditioning device)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Remove (Heating and air conditioning
device) (E.40.D)
1. Attach the rear air duct to the heating and air condi-
tioning unit.
2. Install the heating and air conditioning unit together
with the rear air duct.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 1
3. Connect the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and

the air conditioner lines (2).
SS08D111 2
4. Remove the peristaltic devices from the heating

hoses.
BAIL07APH421AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 65
5. Mount the rear left wheel and tighten the wheel nuts
to the specified torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C).
BAIL07APH363AVA 4
6. Raise the rear of the vehicle and remove the support

frames (1).
NOTE: If the supports have been removed, fit them again.
BTB0281A 5
7. Remove the timber wedges from between the front

axle and front axle bearing block.
BAIL07APH285AVA 6
8. Remove the wedges from the front wheels.

9. Attach the exhaust duct to the front side of the heat-
ing and air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 66
10. Attach the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 8
11. Attach the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVB 9
12. Install the front floor plate.
BTB0445 10

Connect the electrical plug-in connector (1).
Attach the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 67

Connect the electrical plug-in connector (3) of the heating/
air conditioning device.
SS08D112 12
14. Attach the cover plate to the top of the heating and
air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 13
15. Insert the blower box and screw in the blower box
retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 14
16. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 15
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 68
17. Attach the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 16
18. Connect the electrical connector to the fan motor.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 17
19. Attach the cover.
BTB0427 18
20. Install the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 19
21. Fit the front and rear cab floor mats.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 69
22. Install the driver’s seat.

Screw in the retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 20
23. Connect the electrical plug connection for the driver’s

seat and the armrest.
BAIS06CCM369AVA 21
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 70
Command Switch - Replace (Blower speed)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap
nut located behind it.
Disconnect the plug connection.
Replace the switch.
SS08D103 2

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap nut lo-
cated behind it.
Replace the switch.
SS08D104 3
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
Connect the connector.
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 71
Command Switch - Replace (Modes of operation)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D013 2

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D012 3
3. Insert the plug at the switch (1).

4. Install the facing.
SS08D010 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 72
Heater valve - Replace

Prior operation:
device) (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 4 and step 14 to step 19
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the heating valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 1
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Carefully move the evaporator temperature sensor

(2) to the right. Remove the Bowden cable (3) for
actuating the heating valve. Remove the hose clips
(4) and remove the heating valve.
SS08D018 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 73
Assembly
4. Install the heating valve. Fit the hose clips (4). Fit
the Bowden cable (3) used for actuation. Carefully
move the evaporator temperature sensor (2) to the
correct position.
SS08D018 4
5. Fit the cover plate to the heating and air conditioning

unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 74
Air filter - Cleaning

Prior to carrying out maintenance on the air filter switch off the fan and close the roof opening, all windows and one
door. Slam the other door closed. The counter-pressure thus created loosens the majority of the dirt that has been
stuck to the underside of the filter.
Remove the filter elements:
The cab filters have a built-in pre-filter element that catches

most of the dust and husks. This pre-filter is part of the filter.
It must be removed downwards prior to cleaning the main
filter and then pushed back in again.
BTB0449 1
The circulation filter has a strap. This should be used to

remove the filter.
NOTE: Never remove the filter by the paper layers as this
will damage the filter.
BTB0426_505 2
Blow the dust through the filter element from the top side
to the bottom side. Clean the elements by blowing with
compressed air not exceeding 2 bar (30 lbf/in2). Keep the
jet at a distance of at least 300 mm ( 12 in) to the filter
element in order not to damage the paper layers.
Clean all filter boxes with a damp lint-free cloth.
Insert the filter elements with the rubber seal upwards and
attach the cover again.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 75
Compressor - Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system, for further information refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventila-
tion and air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D)
1. Disconnect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM692AVA 1
2. Release the accessory drive belt tensioner and re-

move the drive belt from the compressor pulley.
BAIS06CCM131AVB 2
3. Disconnect the compressor supply and return pipes.

NOTE: Cap and plug all fittings to prevent any dirt entering
the system.
BAIS06CCM132AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 76
4. Remove the air conditioning compressor.
BAIS06CCM132AVC 4
5. Drain the refrigerant oil from the old compressor into

a clean calibrated container. Measure and record
the quantity of oil as (Y). This information is required
during installation.
NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the compressor drive shaft
several times to completely expel all the oil.
SM60-50-090 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 77
Compressor - Install
Prior operation:
Refill the compressor with new oil, for further information refer to Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
1. Install the compressor.

Tighten to 40 - 51 Nm ( 29 - 38 lbf.ft).
BAIS06CCM132AVC 1
2. Connect the compressor supply and return pipes.
BAIS06CCM132AVB 2
3. Install the accessory drive belt on the compressor

pulley.
BAIS06CCM131AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 78
4. Connect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIS06CCM692AVA 4
5. Evacuate and recharge the system, for further infor-

mation refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heat-
ing, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate
(E.40.D) ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ven-
tilation and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
6. After charging a system use the following start up
procedure to ensure the lubricating oil is properly dis-
persed around the system:
Ensure air conditioning is switched OFF.
Start the engine and bring speed down to idle.
Turn the air conditioning ON and allow system to op-
erate for at least five minutes before increasing en-
gine speed.
NOTE: It is recommended that a new receiver / drier
assembly is installed after any system component
replacement or any repair that requires entry into the
system.
Next operation:
Re-check the level of oil in the system, for further information refer to Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 79
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble

380000333 Air conditioning compressor toolkit
Prior operation:
Compressor - Remove (E.40.D)
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with protective

jaws.
NOTE: Do not position clamp at housing circumference.
2. Remove the three screws and take the cover off of
the coupling.
BAIL07APH427AVA 1
3. Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-

cure the coupling plate. Unscrew the locknut on the
compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH428AVC 2
4. Place the special tool (211-153/6) on the end of the

compressor shaft.
Fit special tool (2) (211-153/3, 211-153/4) inside spe-
cial tool (1) (211-153/1) and remove the coupling
plate.
NOTE: From .....→ the coupling plate is attached to the
compressor shaft by means of the spring washer.
BAIL07APH428AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 80
5. Remove and dispose of the dust protection ring for

the bearing.
BAIL07APH429AVA 4
6. Remove belt pulley bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 5
7. Remove the adjusting shims.
BAIL07APH431AVA 6
8. Place the special tool (1) (211-153/6) on the end of

the compressor shaft.
Place the belt pulley chuck tool (2) (211-153/5) inside
the groove.
Mount the pullers (3) (211-153/1, 211-153/2) and (4)
(211-153/3, 211-153/4).
Pull off the coupling’s belt pulley.
BAIL07APH432AVB 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 81
9. Check the belt pulley bearing for wear and replace if

needed.
BAIL07APH433AVA 8
10. Remove cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 9
11. Remove circlip and remove exciter winding.
BAIL07APH435AVA 10
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 82
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.D)
1. Fit the exciter winding.

Secure the exciter winding using the circlip.
NOTE: The nose of the exciter winding must be seated in
the hole of the compressor housing.
BAIL07APH435AVA 1
2. Fit cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 2
3. Use the special tool (1) (211-153/7) to drive the belt

pulley bearing and the belt pulley (2) onto the hub of
the compressor.
BAIL07APH440AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 83
4. Insert bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 4
5. Place shims on compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH431AVA 5
6. Insert a new dust protection ring.
BAIL07APH429AVA 6
7. Attach coupling plate.

Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-
cure the coupling plate. Screw the locknut onto the
drive shaft and tighten to 18 Nm (13 lb in).
NOTE: From .....→ take care of the spring washer.
BAIL07APH428AVC 7
8. Measure the gap between the coupling plate and the

belt pulley. The gap must be the same over the entire
area and measure 0.4 - 0.8 mm ( 0.0164 - 0.031 in).
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 84
9. If the gap size is not achieved, adjusting shims must

be added or removed until the prescribed gap size is
achieved.
NOTE: New shims are available in sizes 1.00, 0.50 - 0.13
mm, (0.040, 0.020 - 0.005 in).
BAIL07APH431AVA 8
10. Attach the cover to the coupling plate and fit the
screws.
BAIL07APH427AVA 9
Next operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 85
Compressor Shaft seal - Replace

Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 5
Removal
1. Remove and dispose of the felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 1
2. Remove sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 2
3. Mount the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing

rings (1) (211-154) remove and dispose of the seal-
ing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ the assembly/disassembly tool (1)
(211-154) cannot be used any longer. (sealing ring
changed) Remove the sealing ring using a suitable tool.
BAIL07APH439AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 86
Installation
4. Thoroughly clean seal groove in hub. A lint-free cloth
must be used.
5. Spray a new sealing ring with fresh refrigerator oil.
Use the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing rings
(1) (211-154) to fit the new sealing ring.
NOTE: Ab .....→ fit the new sealing ring using the
assembly/disassembly tool (211-155). (sealing ring
changed)
BAIL07APH439AVA 4
6. Fit sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 5
7. Insert a new felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 6
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.D) step 5 to step 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 87
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with protective

jaws.
NOTE: Do not position clamp at housing circumference.
2. Remove the cylinder head screws. Remove the
cylinder head.
BAIL07APH441AVA 1
3. Remove the plate valve from the cylinder block and

check for damage.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Remove the seals from the plate valve.
BAIL07APH443AVA 3
Next operation:
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 88
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble

Prior operation:
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble (E.40.D)
1. Clean the cylinder block using a lint-free cloth.
BAIL07APH444AVA 1
2. Spray new seals with fresh refrigerator oil and fit to

plate valve.
3. When fitting the plate valve ensure that the dowel
pins are seated correctly in the cylinder block.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Insert the cylinder head screws and tighten in the

sequence pictured. First tighten the screws to 20 Nm
( 14 lbf.ft) and then to the final torque of 32 Nm ( 24
lbf.ft).
.
BAIL07APH441AVB 3
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 89
Compressor - Filling
The oil level of the air conditioning compressor must be checked after removing a component of the air conditioner or
if a leaky spot is suspected.
Use the following process to check that the correct level of oil has been filled.
1. Start the engine and leave to idle. Switch on the air

conditioner and let air conditioning compressor run
for 10 minutes.
Siphon the refrigerant out of the equipment - see EN-
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D).
2. Remove the oil filler plug. Turn the cap nut of the
fitting to allow the oil dip stick (1) that is provided in
the parts set 380000333 to be completely inserted.
Pull out the dip stick and count the notches that have
been touched by oil. The oil level is sufficient if 5 - 7
notches are wet.
Top up oil at the filling closure or. siphon off oil until
the specified level has been reached.
Ensure that the filling opening and the filling closure
sealing ring are totally clean and undamaged. Then
screw in the screw plug again and tighten to 15 - 25
Nm ( 11 - 18 lbf.ft).
1b0o2004061087 1
3. Oil is contained in the components of the air condi-

tioner.
After replacing system components, oil must be
added to the system to compensate for the amount
of oil that was removed with the components.
Some typical oil levels for the individual parts are pro-
vided in the table below. It is however recommended
as a rule to measure the oil level as described above
to have an exact level for installing new components.
BAIL07APH419AVA 2
Item Typical oil level

Evaporator 2.0 fl.oz. 60 cm³
Condenser 1.0 fl.oz. 30 cm³
Filter drier 0.5 fl.oz. 15 cm³
Hoses 0.3 fl.oz. 10 cm³
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 90
Condenser - Replace
Prior operation:
Removal
1. Unscrew the screws for the feed and return lines and
remove the lines.
NOTE: Use plugs or screws to close all openings to avoid
impurities in the unit.
SS08F001 1
2. Unscrew the nut of the condenser hinge pin and pull

out the hinge pin. Unscrew the tension locks and lift
out the condenser.
SS08F002 2
3. Check the condenser cooling fins for damage and

blockages.
Check the condenser for signs of leakage. The con-
denser must be replaced if damaged or leaking.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 91
Assembly
4. If the condenser needs to be replaced, drain the re-
frigerator oil into a clean measuring container. Mea-
sure the quantity of oil and fill the new condenser with
the same amount of fresh refrigerator oil - see Com-
pressor - Filling (E.40.D).
5. Move the condenser to its installation position. Insert
the hinge bolt and secure with the nut. Close the
tension locks.
SS08F002 3
6. Position the feed and return lines and screw in the

screws.
SS08F001 4
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 92
Evaporator - Replace
Prior operation:
device) (E.40.D)
Removal
1. Remove the retaining screws of the rear air duct; re-
move the air duct. Remove the four retaining clips on
the housing and remove the upper part of the hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (1). Re-
move the evaporator (2).
SS08D026 2

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (3). Remove
the evaporator (2).
SS08D027 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 93
Assembly
Insert the evaporator (2). Asemble the evaporator
temperature sensor (1).
SS08D026 4

Insert the evaporator (2). Asemble the evaporator temper-
ature sensor (3).
SS08D027 5
4. Fit the upper part of the housing.

Attach the four retaining clips to the housing. Attach
the rear air duct and screw in the retaining screws.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
device) (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 94
Expansion valve - Replace

Prior operation:
device) (E.40.D)
Removal
1. Remove the four retaining clips on the housing and
take out the evaporator to obtain access to the ex-
pansion valve.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1
2. Unscrew the retaining socket screw of the inlet/out-

let support on the expansion valve and remove the
support.
BTB0452 2
3. Remove the expansion valve and remove the ‘O’-

rings (1).
BTB0453 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 95
Assembly
4. Fit new ‘O’-rings (1), grease with refrigerator oil and
install the expansion valve.
BTB0453 4
5. Screw in the socket screw and use it to secure the

inlet/outlet support on the expansion valve.
BTB0452 5
6. Install the evaporator inside its housing and attach

the four retaining clips.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
device) (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 96
Heater Water valve actuator - Replace

Control (ATC)
Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the heating valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 1
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Disassemble the socket from the electrical heating

valve (2). Remove the hose clips (3) and remove the
heating valve.
NOTE: The servo motor can be disassembled alone or
together with the heating valve as required.
SS08D020 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 97
Assembly
4. Fit the heating valve using the retaining screws (3).
Disassemble the socket from the electrical heating
valve (2).
SS08D020 4

unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 98
Receiver/drier - Replace
The fluid reservoir with drying element should always be changed if there are signs of moisture in the unit.
It must also be changed after the refrigerant has been siphoned out of the unit and the hose fittings have been dis-
connected.
Prior operation:
Removal
1. Open the connections at the drier. Remove the
bracket screws and take out the drier.
NOTE: Use protective caps to close the open connections
to avoid impurities in the unit.
BAIS06CCM569AVA 1
Assembly
2. When the drier is changed, drain the refrigerator oil
into a clean measuring container. Measure the quan-
tity of oil and fill the new drier with the same amount
of fresh refrigerator oil - see Compressor - Filling
(E.40.D).
3. Remove the protective caps from the connections.
Attach the drier to the bracket and do not tighten the
clamping screw. Connect the feed and return lines
to the drier and tighten.
Tighten the clamping screw.
BAIS06CCM569AVA 2
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 99
Cooler - Replace
Prior operation:
device) (E.40.D)
Removal
1. Remove the retaining screws of the rear air duct; re-
move the air duct.
Remove the four retaining clips on the housing and
remove the upper part of the housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Disassemble the heating valve (1). Remove the
heating cooler (2).
SS08D017 2

Disassemble the air outlet temperature sensor (3) and the
electrical heating valve (4). Remove the heating cooler (5).
SS08D016 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 100
Assembly
Install the heating cooler (2). Fit the heating valve
(1).
SS08D017 4

Install the heating cooler (5). Fit the air outlet temperature
sensor (3) and the electrical heating valve (4).
SS08D016 5
4. Fit the upper part of the housing again. Attach the

four retaining clips to the housing. Attach the rear air
duct and screw in the retaining screws.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
device) (E.40.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 101
Ventilation system Motor - Replace

Removal
Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Remove the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 3
4. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 102
5. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor.

Remove the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 5
6. To obtain access to the fan motor, remove the 6 re-

taining clips which are used to join the two halves of
the fan housing.
BTB0451 6
7. Unscrew the retaining screw of the fan and pull the

fan out of the housing.
BTB0455 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 103
Assembly
8. Place the fan in the back half of the housing and
secure using the retaining screw.
BTB0455 8
9. Assembly the two halves of the fan motor housing

and secure it using the 6 retaining clips.
BTB0451 9
10. Attach the electrical connector of the fan motor and

install the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 10
11. Screw in the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 104
12. Attach the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 12
13. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 13
14. Attach the air circulation grating and secure using the
two retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 105
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage divider.
SS08D014 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 106
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage divider.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D014 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element again.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 107
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator)

Control (ATC)
Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage regulator.
SS08D015 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 108
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage regulator.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D015 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 109
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace

Control (ATC)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1
2. Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap

nut located behind it.
Replace the potentiometer.
SS08D102 2
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 110
Electronic HVAC control - Replace

Control (ATC)
Removal
Disassemble the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 1
2. Remove the seat cushion from the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 2
3. Remove the passenger seat.

Remove the retaining plate.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 111
4. Disassemble the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 4
5. Remove the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 5
6. Remove the connector tab (1) and pull out the con-
nector (2).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 6
7. Remove the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 112
Assembly
8. Install the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 8
9. Connect the electrical connector (2) and attach the

tab (1).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 9
10. Attach the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 10
11. Fit the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 113
12. Fit the retaining plate.

Install the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 12
13. Place the seat cushion on the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 13
14. Fit the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 114
Electronic HVAC control - Electrical test

Control (ATC)
SS08F003 1 SS08F004 2
BEHIND THE CAB SIDE COVERING ON THE LEFT
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
1 CAN Low Provides CAN communication to the vehicle 2,3 V
2 CAN High 2,6 V
3 Water Valve Signal Provides control signal to Full Cold (LO) 11,2 V Blower switch in
water valve position "0, A, I, II, III"
Middle ( 74 °F) 4,6 V Blower switch in
Full Hot (HI) 2,1 V position "A, I, II, III"
4 Actuator Power Provides feed back from actuator power supply V bat
Water Valve
5 Blower Signal Output to the Blower Control Speed switch "0" 11 V constant
Module Speed switch "A" 6 - 1,1 V variable
Speed switch "I" 5,8 V constant
Speed switch "II" 3,7 V
Speed switch "III" 1,1 V
6 Power supply from Provides feed back from V bat V bat
relay actuator current power
15 Clutch Relay Output to drive AC Clutch "ON" V bat
relay "OFF" 0V
17 Battery (+) Input Power from vehicle V bat V bat
18 Ground Input Ground from vehicle Ground
21 Cabin Temperature Input from Cabin 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,87 V 9399 Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 3,09 V 4441 Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,81 V 3511 Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 2,25 V 2240 Ω ± 2,5 %
22 Outlet Temperature Input from Outlet 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
23 Evaporator Input from Evaporator 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,43 V 66 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,51 V 30,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,20 V 23,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,72 V 15,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 115
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
24 Outside Input from Outside 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
25 Manual/Defrost Input from Max Defrost Selected V bat
Switch Otherwise 0,4 V
26 Econ Input from Econ Switch Selected V bat
Otherwise 0,4 V
27 Blower Auto Auto Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch Otherwise 5V
28 Blower Low "I" Low Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "I" Otherwise 5V
29 Temperature Set Input from Temperature Set Low 15 °C (59.00 °F) 0,25 V 10 k Ω ± 10 %
potentiometer point Pot Med 25 °C ( 74 °F) 2,27 V
High 32 °C (89.60 °F) 3,17 V
30 Blower Medium "II" Medium Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "II" Otherwise 5V
31 Blower High "III" High Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "III" Otherwise 5V
33 High Pressure (+) (+) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
34 High Pressure (-) (-) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
35 Low Pressure (+) (+) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
36 Low Pressure (-) (-) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 116
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Replace

Prior operation:
device) (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 4
NOTE: The system does not have to be emptied in order to replace the low pressure switch.
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connector and replace the

low pressure switch (1).
Plug the electrical connector into the low pressure
switch.
SS08E003 2
3. Re-fit the cover plate to the heating and air condition-

ing unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 3
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 117
Sensing system - Replace (High pressure- low pressure switch)

NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the pressure switch.
Disconnect the connector.
Unscrew the switch from the self-closing valve.
BAIS06CCM701AVA 1
2. Screw in the pressure switch.

Connect the connector to the pressure switch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 118
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature)

Control (ATC)
Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Open the catch and take out the sensor. Disconnect

the plug connection.
SS08D019 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 119
Assembly
4. Connect the connector. Push the sensor inside and
close the catch.
SS08D019 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 120
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside

temperature)
Control (ATC)
Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Disconnect the plug connection.

Remove the sensor.
SS08D024 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 121
Assembly
4. Fit the sensor.
SS08D024 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 122
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature)

Control (ATC)
Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the air outlet temperature
sensor.
1. Disconnect the connector and replace the air outlet
temperature sensor.
SS08D025 1
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 123
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Control (ATC)
Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the evaporator temperature
sensor.
1. Unscrew the retaining screws. Remove the cover
plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) on
the heating and air conditioning unit. Take the evap-
orator temperature sensor out of the evaporator.
SS08D030 1
2. Pull out the plug connection and disconnect it.

Replace the evaporator temperature sensor (1).
SS08D101 2
3. Connect the connector.

Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator.
Fit the cover plate for the evaporator temperature
sensor on the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D109 3
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 124
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the evaporator temperature
sensor.
Removal
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Unscrew the retaining screws. Remove the cover

plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) on
the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D029 2
3. Take the evaporator temperature sensor out of the

evaporator. Disconnect the connector.
SS08D028 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 125
Assembly
4. Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator. Connect the connector.
ATTENTION: Carefully push the sensor pipe into the
evaporator and ensure that it is not bent.
SS08D028 4
5. Fit the cover plate for the evaporator temperature

sensor (1) on the heating and air conditioning unit
and tighten the screws.
SS08D029 5

unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 6
Next operation:
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 126

- Troubleshooting
Evaporator air not cold Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair
Gauge reading :- Evacuate system
Low Pressure - Low Charge system, re-test system
High Pressure - Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading :- erant to flow through the evaporator Set for Maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - High Low pressure gauge should drop slowly
High Pressure - High If expansion valve is defective:
(Refer to example Discharge System
ENVIRONMENT Replace Expansion Valve
CONTROL Heating, Evacuate System
ventilation and Charge System
air-conditioning - Re-test
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Discharge the system
Gauge reading :- gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor
Low Pressure - High der) Evacuate the system
High Pressure - Low Charge the system
(Refer to example Re-test
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair
Gauge reading :- Evacuate system
Low Pressure - Low Charge system, re-test system
High Pressure - Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm Improper operation of condenser Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Gauge reading :- flow and cooling.
Low Pressure - High Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
High Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
(Refer to example Check for overcharge as follows:
ENVIRONMENT Stop the engine.
CONTROL Heating, Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
ventilation and rect recovery equipment.
air-conditioning - Recharge the system with the correct quan-
Dynamic description tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
(E.40.D)). cant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 127

Evaporator air cool but Expansion valve not permitting sufficient (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
not sufficiently cold. flow. Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Gauge reading :- should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
High Pressure - Low Discharge system.
(Refer to example Replace expansion valve.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate system.
CONTROL Heating, Charge system.
ventilation and Re-test.
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Insufficient cooling Restriction in liquid line Discharge the system
Gauge reading :- Replace the receiver/drier
Low Pressure - Low Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
High Pressure - High sor outlet to expansion valve.
(Refer to example Replace if needed.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate the system
CONTROL Heating, Charge the system
ventilation and Re-test
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Insufficient cooling Low System low on charge Air or moisture Perform leak test
pressure reading does not present in system Discharge system
fluctuate with changes Repair leaks
in temperature control Replace receiver/drier
switch (pressure should Check oil level
drop until compressor Evacuate system
cycles) Evaporator air not Charge the system
cold. Re-test
Gauge reading :-
Low Pressure - Normal
High Pressure - Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Low pressure switch Stuck valve (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
cutting out Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Gauge reading :- should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
High Pressure - Low Discharge system.
(Refer to example Replace expansion valve.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate system.
CONTROL Heating, Charge system.
ventilation and Re-test.
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 128

Expansion valve (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
to evaporator tube Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
shows considerable should drop slowly.
condensation or frost. (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
Gauge reading :- Discharge system.
Low Pressure - Low Replace expansion valve.
High Pressure - Low Evacuate system.
(Refer to example Charge system.
ENVIRONMENT Re-test.
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Too cold to touch (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading :- Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Low Pressure - Low should drop slowly.
High Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
(Refer to example Discharge system.
ENVIRONMENT Replace expansion valve.
CONTROL Heating, Evacuate system.
ventilation and Charge system.
air-conditioning - Re-test.
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Liquid line hot (condenser Overcharged with refrigerant Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
outlet to expansion valve flow and cooling.
tube) Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Gauge reading :- Repair or replace as needed.
Low Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
High Pressure - High Stop the engine.
(Refer to example Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
ENVIRONMENT rect recovery equipment.
CONTROL Heating, Recharge the system with the correct quan-
ventilation and tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
air-conditioning - cant.
Dynamic description Recheck performance of air conditioning
(E.40.D)) system.
High pressure switch Air in system Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
cutting out flow and cooling.
Gauge reading :- Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Low Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
High Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
(Refer to example Stop the engine.
ENVIRONMENT Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
CONTROL Heating, rect recovery equipment.
ventilation and Recharge the system with the correct quan-
air-conditioning - tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
Dynamic description cant.
(E.40.D)) Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
Compressor cycles “on" Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C
and “off" too frequently static) switch Replace temperature control switch
Gauge reading :- Re-test system and check compressor cy-
Low Pressure - High cling
High Pressure - Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 129

Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 130
Index
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Air filter - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Command Switch - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Command Switch - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Compressor - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Compressor Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Condenser - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cooler - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T7030 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7040 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7050 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T7060
Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Electronic HVAC control - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Electronic HVAC control - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Install (Heating and air conditioning device)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 131
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Remove (Heating and air conditioning de-
vice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Evaporator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Expansion valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Heater valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Heater Water valve actuator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Receiver/drier - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Sensing system - Overview (High pressure- low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Sensing system - Replace (High pressure- low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Ventilation system Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 132
87628084B 12/06/2009
E.40.D / 133
PRINTED IN FRANCE
87628084B 12/06/2009
SERVICE MANUAL
WORKING ARM
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
H
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
HITCH Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.B

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HITCH Rear hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.C

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HITCH Electronic draft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.D

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
HITCH Electronic draft control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.10.D

T7030 , T7040 , T7050 , T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
H
WORKING ARM - H
HITCH Front hitch - 10.B
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
TECHNICAL DATA
HITCH Front hitch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Front hitch
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SERVICE
HITCH Front hitch
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 2
WORKING ARM - HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch - Torque
BAIL08CVT481BVA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 3
HITCH Front hitch - Static description

BAIL07CCM309FSA 1
The front powerlift linkage is integrated in the front axle bearing block casting. Two large double-action cylinders
provide maximum lifting power in the entire lifting range.
The front powerlift is actuated via a control unit oil circuit (an electrohydraulic control unit is shown in the picture) or
via a mid-mounted control unit.
BRE1710B_488 2
A control knob on the right-hand side console is used to set the maximum lift height to which the linkage can be lifted
in tractors with mechanically actuated remote valves. In tractors with electrohydraulic control units, a position sensor
is used.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 4
BAIL07CCM293ASA 3
NOTE: The lift height limit may possibly be affected by the oil flow in the hydraulic system. If the lift height
limit was set with a low engine and hydraulic pump speed, it may be that it shifts itself to a higher setting when
the engine speed rises.
Two additional front oil connections with 1/2 in connection sockets are available on the front of the power lift. These
provide a double-action hydraulic actuation for front-mounted equipment.
BAIL07CCM294ASA 4
Two selector levers (1) are mounted on the front of the powerlift. They make it possible to change the front powerlift
between single-action actuation, double-action actuation or a fixed working height.
BAIL07CCM295ASA 5
Lever positions:
Upper lever horizontal, lower lever vertical:
The front powerlift works in single-action mode: It is raised by the hydraulics, but lowered by the mounted equipment's
dead weight.
Both levers horizontal (see picture 5):
The powerlift works in double-action mode: It is raised and lowered by the hydraulics.
Both levers vertical:
When both levers are in this position, both hydraulic cylinders are hydraulically locked and the lower links cannot
move.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 5
BAIL07CCM296ASA 6
External controls are also available for the three-point front powerlift as an optional extra. These are located on the
left-hand side of the front powerlift.
BAIL07CCM297ASA 7
WARNING
Extreme care must be exercised when adjusting and checking hitch and control linkage when the engine is
running and when linkage is under hydraulic or mechanical load. Study the linkage and hitch travel-keep the
hands, arms, legs and feet out of the travel arc of the hitch and linkage.
M148B
Depending on the how the tractor is equipped, there are three options to connect the front powerlift to the hydraulics.
Mechanically actuated rear control units:
The hoses connected to the mechanically actuated rear control units are laid through the bracket of the mid-mounted
valve block on the right-hand cab step. From there two steel pipes lead down on the right-hand side to the front axle
bearing block. The pipes run under the radiator to the threaded connections of the front powerlift.
Electrohydraulic control units:
In this version, the oil connection from control unit 1 is removed and the hoses are connected directly to the oil con-
nections of the control units. The hoses are laid to the bracket of the mid-mounted valve block, from there two steel
pipes run to the front powerlift as in the first option. In this variant, the control unit controls on the left links next to the
linkage can be used to raise and lower the lifting arms. See fig. 7.
Mid-mounted control units:
A control unit is connected to the front powerlift via a set of additional front oil connections on the right next to the
linkage. The powerlift is actuated with the crossgate lever (Figure 8 ) on the right-hand armrest and with the control
unit controls on the left next to the linkage. In this variant, the mid-mounted valve block is equipped with a 3rd and
4th valve plate, which can be used to drive other external consumers.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 6
BAIL06CCM052ASA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 7
HITCH Front hitch - Exploded view

Front Lift Linkage For Supersteer Axles
1.Mounting Support 2.Plate

3.Towing Hook 4.Lift Frame
5.Pin 6.Accumulator Assembly
7.Hose 600 mm 8.Multivalve Levers
9.Seal 10.Bracket
11.Hose 12.Pipe
13.Pipe 14.Elbow
15.Banjo Bolt 16.Pipe
17.Hose 18.Bolt
19.Pin 20.Bushing
21.Pin 22.Lift Cylinder
23.Washer 24.Bolt
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 8
BAIL07CCM312HSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 9
BAIL07CCM316GSA 2
Supersteer Front Linkage
1.Mounting Block Assembly 2.Socket Screws - Torque 1000 Nm (737.56 lb ft)

3.Crankpin 4.Levers
5.Lift Arm Left Hand 6.Locking Clip
7.Lift Arm Right Hand 8.Bushing
9.Pivot Pin 10Nut - Torque 400 Nm (295.02 lb ft)
11.Bolt - Torque 1068 Nm (787.72 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 11
1.Mounting Support 2.Side Cover Right Hand

3.Lift Frame 4.Mounting Bracket
5.Hose 6.Accumulator Pipe
7.Bushing 8.Pipe
9.Accumulator Bracket 10.Accumulator
11Clamp 12.Locking Socket Screw - Torque 87 Nm (64.17 lb ft)
13.Pivot Pin 14.Side Cover Left Hand
15.Hose 16.Multi Valve Lever Assembly
17.Lift Cylinder 18.Sensor Cover
19.Pin 20.Tow Hook
21.Socket Screws - Torque 210 Nm (154.89 lb ft) 22.Hose
23.Sensor
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 12
BAIL07CCM314HSA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 13
BAIL07CCM315GSA 4
Standard Axle Front Linkage
1.Intermediate Shaft (Where fitted) 2.Plate With Hood Catch

3.Lift Arm Left Hand 4.PTO Cover
5.Lift Arm Right Hand 6.Locking Pin
7.Pivot Pin 8.Levers
9Cooler Support Left Hand 10.Top Link Pin
11.Cooler Support Right Hand 12.Intermediate Shaft
13.Cooler Assembly 14.Bolts - Torque 85 Nm (62.69 lb ft)
15.Bolts - Torque 147 Nm (108.42 lb ft) 16.Nut - Torque 400 Nm (295.02 lb ft)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 14
BAIL07CCM310GSA 5
Standard Axle Front Lift Assembly Mounting
1.Front Lift Assembly 2.Spacer Casting (Where Fitted)

3.Threaded Rod 4.Threaded Rod
5.Nut 6.Pipe
7.Connector 8.Pipe
9.Connector
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 15
HITCH Front hitch - Static description

NOTE: The three point front hitch is an option which may be fitted during manufacture, or as a dealer installed
accessory. Whichever option is fitted the principles of operation described here apply to both.
BAIL08CVT482FVA 1
The front hitch consists of an adjustable top link (1) a pair of folding lower links (2) and two large double action cylinders
(3). The top link and lower links have open claw ends that permit rapid coupling and uncoupling of implements. The
claws are equipped with self locking latches to ensure the positive retention of the 3 point hitch to the implement. The
two large double-action cylinders provide maximum lifting power throughout the entire lifting range. The front hitch
may be operated by using the electronic rear remote or mid mount valves (if fitted).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 16
BRL6125B 2
A height limiter allows the operator to set a maximum lift height of the hitch. Control of the height limiter is by a rotary
control (1) on the armrest console. Turn fully clockwise for maximum height or anti-clockwise to reduce the height.
BRI4173B 3
Having set the required maximum hitch height on the rotary control, the height of the hitch can be shown in the display
(1) as a percentage (%) ranging from 0 (fully lowered) to 100 (fully raised).
NOTE: The lift height limit can be affected by the oil flow in the hydraulic system. If the lift height limit was set with a
low engine and hydraulic pump speed, it may reach a higher setting when the engine speed rises.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 17
BRL6126B 4
The rear remote valves may be used to operate the front hitch using the control lever (1) or the joystick (if fitted). As
a factory fitted option the hitch will always be valve number 1 if either rear remote or mid mount valves are used.
With the hitch connected to valve number 1:
Move the lever backwards (R) to raise the hitch.
Move the lever forward to (N) to stop movement, the hitch will remain at this height.
Move the lever to (L) to lower the hitch.
With the lever in (F), the float position is selected allowing the attached implement to follow the ground contours.
Valve number 1 is programmed to operate with the hitch height limiter.
BRL6116B 5
Where a front hitch is supplied as a factory option, the vehicle will be fitted with a joystick and mid mount valves. The
joystick (1) can be used to control the front hitch using the rear remote or mid mount valves.
Valve number 1 will be used to operate the hitch with the front height limiter as previously described.
NOTE: Operation of the joystick is disabled if the operator leaves the seat and at key off.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 18
BRL6106C 6
Vehicles equipped with both rear remote and mid mount valves, the joystick can be used to operate either valve
assembly. A selector switch (1) on the armrest console allows the operator to switch joystick control between mid
mount and rear remote valves. Repeated pressing of the switch will cycle between the mid mount and rear remote
valves. A light in the switch indicates the current valve selection.
NOTE: Before switching joystick operation between rear remote and mid mount valves or vice versa, make sure all
remote valve levers are in the neutral position.
BRL6106B 7
To operate the front hitch using the rear remote valves and joystick, depress the switch, the rear remote valve indicator
lamp (1) will start to flash.
After five seconds the rear indicator lamp will stop flashing and remain on, confirming control of the rear remote valves
has been reactivated. Operation of the front hitch is now controlled by the joystick through the rear remote valves.
Repeating the process will change control to the mid mount valves.
NOTE: Switching the joystick from mid mount to rear remote valve operation will automatically disable the rear
remote levers.
IMPORTANT: At key off, joystick operation is deactivated. When the joystick is deactivated the warning lights in the
front and rear selector switch will flash. The joystick will be reactivated when the operator is in the seat with the
engine running for more than three seconds
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 19
BRL6119C 8
Both the rear remote and mid mount valves offer the following functions when operated by the joystick:
Remote Valve 1: Move the joystick backwards or forward to select Raise (R), Neutral (N), Lower (L) and Float (F)
on the front hitch.
Remote Valve 2: Move the joystick Left or Right to provide oil flow through the front couplers (if fitted).
BRL6116C 9
Where valves 3 and 4 are fitted the joystick functions are as follows. This applies to both mid mount and rear mount
valves.
Remote Valve 3: Depress and hold the button (1) and move the joystick backwards or forwards to operate Raise,
Neutral, Lower and Float.
Remote Valve 4: Depress and hold the button (1) and move the joystick left or right to operate Raise, Neutral and
Lower.
NOTE: Button (1) is the only button to have any functionality when the joystick is used to operate the front hitch.
NOTE: The joystick should not be used for hydraulic motor operation.
BRL6119C 10
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 20
Move the joystick backwards to position (R) to raise the hitch, when the maximum height set by the height limiter is
reached the hitch will stop.
Move the joystick forward to position (L) to fully lower the hitch at a controlled rate.
Move the joystick fully forward to position (F) float, will allow the hitch to lower under its own weight. Float can also
be used to allow the lift cylinder to extend or retract freely allowing an implement to follow the contours of the ground.
The joystick can also be moved laterally (R) and (L) to provide oil for equipment connected to the optional connectors.
By moving the joystick diagonally two cylinders may be operated simultaneously.
NOTE: Always use the float position to lower a single acting cylinder. The lower position is for double acting
cylinders only.
NOTE: With the joystick operating the rear remote valves, the float position for valves 2 and 4 (lateral movement
of the joystick) is not available.
BAIL07CCM294ASA 11
Two auxiliary connectors with 1/2 in female couplings may be fitted to the front hitch frame. These will provide a
double acting hydraulic service for equipment mounted on the front 3 point hitch. When operated by the joystick
lateral movement of the joystick (left or right) will provide pressurized oil at the couplings.
NOTE: When the front couplers are not in use the protective plugs should always be inserted into the coupler to
prevent dust or debris entering the hydraulic system.
NOTE: Before disconnecting hoses from the front couplers, any residual pressure in the hydraulic lines must
be released.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 21
BAIL07CCM295ASA 12
Two selector levers (1) are mounted on the front of the hitch assembly, making it possible to change the front hitch
between single-action mode, double-action mode or a fixed working height.
BAIL07CCM296ASA 13
Lever positions:
Upper lever horizontal, lower lever vertical, the hitch operates in single-action mode, raised by the hydraulics, but
lowered by the mounted equipment's dead weight.
With both levers horizontal, the hitch operates in double-action mode, raised and lowered by the hydraulics.
With both levers vertical, both hydraulic cylinders are hydraulically locked and the lower links cannot move.
BAIL07CCM297ASA 14
External controls are available as an optional extra, mounted on the left-hand side of the hitch.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 22
SS08K192 15
Vehicles fitted with a front hitch have an auxiliary control unit fitted in addition to, and mounted alongside the central
control unit behind the driver’s seat. This auxiliary controller processes information from the front hitch height poten-
tiometer, via connector X395 to regulate height limit settings and provide (%) height references to the cluster.
WARNING
Extreme care must be exercised when adjusting and checking hitch and control linkage when the engine is
running and when linkage is under hydraulic or mechanical load. Study the linkage and hitch travel-keep the
hands, arms, legs and feet out of the travel arc of the hitch and linkage.
M148B
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 23
HITCH Front hitch - Calibrate

1. Switch the hydraulic master in position "ON".
2. Switch the select switch into Mid-mount remote con-
trol valve.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
4. Turn the height set control to the OFF position.

front hitch symbol on the RC controller.
BAIL06CCM516FVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 24
6. Turn the height set control to the ON position and

then back to the OFF position.
The current potentiometer position will show on the
lower central display.
7. Lower the front hitch to it’s lowest position.
When the end stop is reached, turn the height set
control to the ON position and then back to the OFF
position.
BAIL06CCM742AVA 3
8. The bottom value position is recorded and displayed

in the lower central display for 2 seconds.
9. Raise the front hitch to it’s highest position.
position.
BAIL06CCM742AVA 4
10. The top value position is recorded and displayed in

the lower central display for 2 seconds.
11. The display will then show "End" to indicate that the
calibration process has been completed success-
fully.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 25
HITCH Front hitch - Remove
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Fully lower the front hitch.

2. Disconnect the battery ground cable, for further in-
formation refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
3. Remove the lower lift link pin retaining nuts.
BAIL08CVT453AVA 1
4. Remove the lower lift link retaining pins and remove

lower lift links.
BAIL08CVT454AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 26
5. Remove the retaining pin and remove the top link.
BAIL08CVT451AVA 3
6. Release the condensor retaining clips (1) and re-

move the condensor hinge bolt (2).
Detach the condensor and carefully position it on top
of the engine.
BAIL08CVT469AVA 4
7. Remove the oil cooler rear retaining bolts.
BAIL08CVT462AVA 5
8. Detach the cooling assembly brackets from the oil

cooler.
BAIL08CVT463AVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 27
9. Detach the oil cooler.
BAIL08CVT461AVA 7
10. Carefully secure the oil cooler to one side.
BAIL08CVT464BVA 8
11. Disconnect the front hitch electrical connectors.
BAIL08CVT452AVA 9
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 28
12. Disconnect the hydraulic oil supply and return pipe.
BAIL08CVT460AVA 10
13. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the front

hitch.
BAIL08CVT466AVA 11
14. Remove the front hitch lower retaining nuts.
BAIL08CVT465AVA 12
15. Remove the front hitch upper retaining bolts.
BAIL08CVT467AVA 13
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 29
16. Remove the front hitch.
BAIL08CVT468AVA 14
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 30
HITCH Front hitch - Install
DANGER
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Using a suitable hoist, install the front hitch.
BAIL08CVT468AVA 1
2. Install the front hitch upper retaining bolts.

Tighten to 650 Nm (480 lb ft)
BAIL08CVT467AVA 2
3. Install the front hitch lower retaining nuts.

Tighten to 650 Nm (480 lb ft)
BAIL08CVT465AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 31
4. Connect the hydraulic oil supply and return pipes.
BAIL08CVT460AVA 4
5. Connect the front hitch electrical connector.
BAIL08CVT452AVA 5
6. Attach the oil cooler.
BAIL08CVT461AVA 6
7. Attach the cooling assembly brackets to the oil

cooler.
BAIL08CVT463AVA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 32
8. Install the oil cooler rear retaining bolts.
BAIL08CVT462AVA 8
9. Install the condensor into position.

Install the condensor hinge bolt and retaining nut (1)
and secure the condensor retaining clips (2).
BAIL08CVT469AVB 9
10. Install the front top link and install the retaining pin .
BAIL08CVT451AVA 10
11. Install the lower lift links, and retaining pins.
BAIL08CVT454AVA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 33
12. Install the lower lift link pin retaining nuts.
BAIL08CVT453AVA 12
Next operation:
Connect the battery ground cable, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 34
HITCH Front hitch - Calibrate

wheels, front and rear. Check that the Ground speed display is Zero before commencing. Calibration cannot
proceed unless the tractor is stationary.
BAIL06CCM213AVA 1
2. Turn the height set control to the OFF position.

the front hitch symbol on the RM controller.
BAIL09CVT751AVA 2
4. Turn the height set control to the ON position and

then back to the OFF position.
The current potentiometer position will show on the
lower central display.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 35
5. Lower the front hitch to it’s lowest position.

position.
BAIL09CCM070AVA 3
6. The bottom value position is recorded and displayed

in the lower central display for 2 seconds.
7. Raise the front hitch to it’s highest position.
position.
BAIL09CCM070AVA 4
8. The top value position is recorded and displayed in

the lower central display for 2 seconds.
9. The display will then show "End" to indicate that the
calibration process has been completed success-
fully.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 5

87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 36
Cylinder - Remove
WARNING
B026
1. Fully lower the front hydraulic lift arms.

2. Disconnect the battery ground cable, for further in-
formation refer to Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
3. Remove the lift arm pin retaining nuts.
BAIL08CVT453AVA 1
4. Remove the lower lift arm retaining pins and remove

lower lift arms.
BAIL08CVT454AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 37
5. Remove the lift ram shield.
BAIL08CVT456BVA 3
6. Disconnect the lift ram upper hydraulic hoses.
BAIL08CVT457AVA 4
7. Disconnect the lift ram lower hydraulic hoses.
BAIL08CVT455AVA 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 38
8. Remove the lift ram lower retaining pin.
BAIL08CVT459AVA 6
9. Support the lift ram and remove the lift ram upper
retaining pin.
BAIL08CVT458AVA 7
10. Remove the lift ram.
BAIL08CVT468AVB 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 39
Cylinder - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Install the lift ram into position.
BAIL08CVT468AVB 1
2. Install the lift ram upper retaining pin.
BAIL08CVT458AVA 2
3. Install the lift ram lower retaining pin.
BAIL08CVT459AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 40
4. Connect the lift ram lower hydraulic hoses.
BAIL08CVT455AVA 4
5. Connect the lift ram upper hydraulic hoses.
BAIL08CVT457AVA 5
6. Install the lift ram shield.
BAIL08CVT456BVA 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 41
7. Install the lower lift arm retaining pins
BAIL08CVT454AVA 7
8. Install the lift arm pin retaining nuts.
BAIL08CVT453AVA 8
Next operation:
Connect the battery ground cable, for further information refer to Battery - Connect (A.30.A)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 42
Index
WORKING ARM - H

Cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
HITCH Front hitch - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
HITCH Front hitch - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
HITCH Front hitch - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HITCH Front hitch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
HITCH Front hitch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
HITCH Front hitch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
HITCH Front hitch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
HITCH Front hitch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 43
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.B / 44
WORKING ARM - H
HITCH Rear hitch - 10.C
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
TECHNICAL DATA
Cylinder
Top link
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Top link
SERVICE
HITCH Rear hitch
Install Hydraulic Pushback Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cylinder
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Top link
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sensing system
Draft pin sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Draft pin sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 2
WORKING ARM - HITCH Rear hitch
Cylinder - General specification

100 mm Cylinder Specifications
Type Single-acting
Quantity 2
Pin diameter mm 34.7
Stroke mm 200
BSD2206A 1
Lift Cylinder Sectional View
1 Bushing 2 Guide Rings

3 Rod Assembly 4 Ring
5 Retaining Ring 6 Seeger Ring
7 Rod Connection 8 Bushing
9 Rod Wiper 10 Back Up Washer
11 Rod Seal 12 Head
13 Cylinder Body 14 Piston Seal
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 3
Top link - General specification

TOP LINK SPECIFICATIONS
Type Double-acting
Quantity 1
Pin diameter mm 28
Stroke mm 228
End Cap Locking Torque Nm 400
RIGHT HAND LIFT LINK SPECIFICATIONS
Type Double-acting
Quantity 1
Pin diameter mm 28
Stroke mm 120
Extension Range mm Min 870 - Max 990
End Cap Locking Torque Nm 105
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 4
Top link - Static description

All models can be fitted with a hydraulically adjustable top link (1) and right hand lift link (2).
BAIL07CCM298ASA 1
The cylinders are connected to a solenoid valve block by hydraulic hoses and tubes. The solenoid valve block is
situated to rear of the centre housing and is fed high pressure oil via a hose connected by a tee piece which also
feeds the suspension valve
1. Connector to Hydraulically Adjustable Top Link

2. Connector to Hydraulically Adjustable Top Link
3. Connector to Hydraulically adjustable Lift Link
4. Connector to Hydraulically adjustable Lift Link
BSD2332A 2
A load sensing line is connected to the manifold
BAIL06CCM257ASA 3
Control of these cylinders is handled by two switches located on the ’C’ pillar on the right hand side of the cab.
Switch (1) controls the extend and retract of the top link. Switch (2) controls the extend and retract of the right hand
lift link.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 5
BAIL06CCM126ASA 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 6
HITCH Rear hitch - Install Hydraulic Pushback Hitch

1. Position the tractor on a clean hard level surface.
Chock the left hand front and rear wheels. Jack up
the right hand rear axle casing and place a suitable
axle stand under the axle casing so that the right
hand rear wheel is just clear of the ground. Support
the wheel with a removal tool, remove the wheel nuts
and withdraw the wheel.
2. Install right hand lift arm pin (1) and secure with bolt
(2). Repeat for left hand side. Tighten pin retaining
bolts (2)to 50 - 65 Nm (36.88 - 47.94 lbft).
BAIL06CCM226ASA 1
3. Using a trolley jack and suitable lifting equipment po-

sition the pick up hitch assembly (1) under the rear
axle and align the hitch and axle mounting bolt holes
BAIL06CCM227ASA 2
4. Install the four rear bolts and washers (1). Tighten

the bolts to 310 - 400 Nm (228.64 - 295.02 lbft).
BAIL06CCM228ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 7
5. From underneath the tractor install the four bolts (1).

Tighten the bolts to 340 - 460 Nm (250.77 - 339.28
lbft).
BAIL06CCM229ASA 4
6. Route the pick up hitch hoses (1) over the top of the
right hand axle housing and connect into a remote
valve.
BAIL06CCM230ASA 5
7. Ensure the green hose (1) is fitted to the top port and
the red hose (2) to the lower port.
BAIL06CCM231ASA 6
8. Connect upper end of the pick up hitch lift rods (1) to

the idler arms using clevis pin (2) and split pin (3).
BAIL06CCM232ASA 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 8
9. Slide the carrier assembly (1) into the hitch assembly

(2) .
BAIL06CCM233ASA 8
10. Secure rear hitch release cable to the carrier assem-

bly by attaching the latch with clevis pin (1)and ’R’
clip (2). Adjust cable with locknuts (3) as required.
BAIL06CCM234ASA 9
11. Locate the hook assembly (2) into the carrier and lock
in position with pin (1).
BAIL06CCM235ASA 10
12. Start the engine and fully extend the hitch cylinder.
Check that the piston rod eye is vertical. Push the
carrier assembly forwards until the locking pin (1) can
be inserted through the cylinder rod eye (2) .
BAIL06CCM236ASA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 9
13. Alternatively the drawbar (1) and tow pin (2)assembly

can be installed into the carrier.
BAIL06CCM237ASA 12
14. Attach the lower end of the pick up hitch lift rods (4)to
the hitch assembly with clevis pins (1), washer (3),
and split pins (2).
BAIL06CCM238ASA 13
15. Check operation of pick up hitch and hook

1. Fully raise three point hitch and check that the
latch can be released with the lever in the cab.
2. Lower the lift arms until the hook is just above
the ground and check operation of the ’push-
back’ using the remote valve.
3. Fully raise the lift arms and check the latch
engages to lock the pick up hitch in the raised
position.
4. Lower the lift arms 15 cm (5.91 in) and check
that the pick up lift rods are not under load.
adjust lift rods (1) Figure 13 to equal length if
required.
16. Using suitable equipment replace the right hand rear
wheel. Tighten wheel nuts to the specified torque.
Refer to Rear wheel - Torque (D.50.C)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 10
Cylinder - Pressure test

1. The following tests checks the operation of the EDC
valve / lift cover control valve and lift rams.
2. Fully lower the lift arms.
3. Disconnect the flexible hose from the lift cylinder el-
bow.
BAIS06CCM310AVA 1
4. Disconnect the lift cylinder pipe from the Tee-piece

on the EDC valve.
BAIS06CCM311AVA 2
5. Disconnect the bracket and remove the lift cylinder

pipe/hose assembly.
BAIS06CCM312AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 11
6. Install Tee-piece 380000517.
BAIS06CCM313AVA 4
7. Install special tool 380200003, (or fabricate a 1 metre

length of suitable hose with 1 inch female connectors
at either end) between the lift arm elbow and the tee-
piece on the EDC valve.
BAIS06CCM314AVA 5
8. Install quick release fitting 297240 to the tee-piece

and install 0 - 250 bar gauge 293244 with quick re-
lease coupler, 291924 and hose 292246 .
BAIS06CCM314AVB 6
9. With the key ON, disconnect the lift arm potentiome-

ter. Error code 1027 will be displayed or stored in the
memory.
Key OFF and reconnect the potentiometer.
Start the engine, Error code 1024 (EDC requires cal-
ibration) will be displayed or stored in the memory.
BAIS06CCM312AVC 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 12
10. Move the position control fully down and then fully
up. Maximum pump pressure will be applied for ap-
proximately 2 seconds as the pressure relief valve
operates.
The gauge should reach 210±5 bar ( 3046±73 lbf/
in2).
If the pressure is low this may indicate either a faulty
EDC valve / lift cover control valve or a fault in one
of the lift rams.
BAIS06CCM386AVA 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 13
Cylinder - Remove
Prior operation:
WARNING
B026
1. Fully lower lift arms and support with blocks.

Disconnect the oil supply lines taking care to drain
BAIS06CCM310AVB 1
2. Undo bolts which secure pins (1) and (2) .
BSD2222A 2
3. Remove pins (1) and remove lift cylinder.
WARNING
B012
BSD2256A_203 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 14
Cylinder - Install
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Support the lift cylinder and locate the pin into the lift
arm
WARNING
B012
BSD2256A_203 1
2. Secure the pins with the bolts and tighten to specified

torque.
BSD2222A 2
3. Connect oil supply pipes
BAIS06CCM310AVB 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 15
Top link - Remove
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the top link ram as follows:

Open and raise engine hood.
Detach negative cable (1) from battery and insulate.
Disconnect the oil lines taking care to drain the oil
into a suitable container, remove split pin. Remove
the cotter pin and carefully lift out the cylinder.
BAIL06CCM151ASA 1
2. Remove the Right Hand Adjustable cylinder in a sim-

ilar fashion.
Overhaul
Unscrew the cylinder end cap using the appropriate
tool.
Withdraw piston and rod from tube assembly.
Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored,
Check and replace seals if required Top link - Static
description (H.10.C)
40-25-25 SHG 2
3. Re-assemble cylinder and torque end cap to 105

Nm (77.44 lbft) (Right Hand Lift Link) and 400 Nm
(295.02 lbft) (Top Link).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 16
Top link - Configure

1. Enter the mode by navigating the H menus using
the "H" ,"M" and Dimming switcheson the instrument
cluster. Navigate to the RC module, menu H3 and
select the REAR EHRs, pressing the dimming key to
accept the menu selection.
BRE1434B 1
2. The lower LCD section of the display will show “ch _

_” .:
3. Use the “h” or the “m” button on the instrument cluster
to select the channel 5
4. The “h” and “m” buttons are used to toggle between
“Yes” and “No”, indicating whether top/side link con-
trol is enabled (“Yes”) or disabled (“No”)
5. When the desired option is displayed, press and hold
down either the “h” or “m” button for 1 second until the
instrument cluster bleeps indicating that the selection
has been stored.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 17
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Remove

1. Lower hydraulic lift arms.
Disconnect load sensing pin connectors. The con-
nectors are located on top of the hydraulic lift cover
and can be accessed from the rear of the tractor.
TIA35093 1
2. Remove wiring protection guard at pin.
TIA35185 2
3. Remove spacers (2) and clamp (1)and withdraw pin.
TIA35095 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 18
Installation
4. Install pin using removal procedure in reverse and
torque clamp bolts to 48 Nm (34 lb in)
TIA35096 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 19
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Install

1. Install pin
TIA35096 1
2. Install spacers (2) and clamp (1).
TIA35095 2
3. Install wiring protection guard at pin.

Torque clamp bolts to the specified torque.
TIA35185 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 20
4. Reconnect load sensing pin connectors.
TIA35093 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 21
Index
WORKING ARM - H

Cylinder - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Cylinder - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
HITCH Rear hitch - Install Hydraulic Pushback Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Sensing system Draft pin sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Top link - Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Top link - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Top link - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Top link - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.C / 22
WORKING ARM - H
HITCH Electronic draft control - 10.D
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Electronic draft control
Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve
Electronic control
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SERVICE
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sensing system
RH draft pin sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 2
WORKING ARM - HITCH Electronic draft control
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description

NOTE: Observe the following precautions when arc welding on tractors installed with electronic draft control
• Where possible, disconnect the part or implement to be arc welded from the tractor.
• Disconnect both battery cables from the battery. Isolate the cable ends to avoid contact with each other and
the tractor.
• Position the welder earth (ground) clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding is to be carried out in close proximity of the tractor microprocessors then they should be removed
from the tractor.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional me-
chanical systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be main-
tained at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
(Refer to HITCH Electronic draft control - Functional diagram (H.10.D))
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor.
BAIL06CCM057ASA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 3
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to either the Raise solenoid (1) or the
Lower solenoid (2). The valve then directs pump pressure oil to and from the hydraulic lift cylinders via connection
(3) in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BAIL06CCM049ASA 2
Hydraulic Pump
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Load Sensing Variable Displacement piston pump (1)
which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
Figure 3, Variable Displacement Piston Pump.
BAIL06CCM104ASA 3
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi-pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
1b0o2004061064 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 4
The processor (1) is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
BSE3118A_464 5
Load Sensing Pins
The load sensing pins (1) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 5
Each load sensing pin consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing core (2).
Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5 volt
supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 6
HITCH Electronic draft control - Functional diagram

BAIL06CCM252FSA 1
1. Radar sensor performance monitor 2. Control panel

3. Instrument panel 4. EPC control valve
5. Hydraulic powerlift 6. Force measuring pin
7. Position sensor potentiometer for the lift arms 8. Controls for Position/Traction position
9. Electronics box
See HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description (H.10.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 7
Control valve - Dynamic description

When the hydraulic lift is in ’Neutral’ the control valve solenoids are not energised.
Oil flow from the parallel gallery ’A’ flows past the flow compensator spool into gallery ‘B’ where it is blocked by the
lands of the raising spool.
Oil under pressure in the hydraulic lift circuit is prevented from entering gallery ’E’ by the load check valve (4).
The trapped pressurised oil in the lift circuit is applied to the right hand end of the metering valve through the small
drilling ’X’. The applied pressure holds the metering valve in the closed position preventing oil flow from gallery ’E’ to
the return to reservoir gallery (F).
When the valve is in neutral, gallery ’C’ and load sensing galleries ’D’ are open to reservoir, through the centre of the
raising spool and gallery ’F’.
Gallery ’G’ is a common return to reservoir gallery running through the centre of the valve stack.
BAIL06CCM098FSA 1
Electronic Draft Control - Neutral
Trapped Oil
1 Raising Solenoid 2 Raising Spool

3 Flow Compensator Spool 4 Load Check Valve
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve ( 230 Bar) 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
Raising
When the hydraulic lift is raised using the operator controls or the electronic draft control system makes adjustments
to reduce implement depth the pulse width modulated raise solenoid is energised by the microprocessor.
Controlled energising of the solenoid by the microprocessor enables the solenoid to move the spool to the right in
proportion to the rate of lift required by the system.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 8
When system pressure is sufficient to lift the check valve (4) off it’s seat, oil from gallery ’C’ flows into gallery ’E’ and
operates the lift cylinder
Pressure oil in the lift circuit is applied through the small drilling ’X’ to the right hand end of the metering valve ’H’ and
holds the valve in a closed position preventing oil in gallery ’E’ returning to reservoir through gallery (F).
The operating pressure of the hydraulic lift cylinder is sensed in gallery ’C’ and load sensing gallery ’D’ which controls
hydraulic pump output. Refer to Closed Centre Remote Valves for further details on operation of the load sensing
circuit.
The pressure in gallery ’C’ is applied to the right hand spring loaded end of the flow control spool while at the same
time system pressure in gallery ’B’ is applied to the left hand end of the flow control spool
.
The differential pressures applied to each end of the flow control spool causes the spool to move to a state of equilib-
rium and automatically adjusts the flow from the parallel gallery ’A’ across the metering lands ’Y’ and through galleries
’C’ and ’E’ to the lift cylinder.
The flow control spool is essential to ensure that flow from the parallel gallery ’A’ to the hydraulic lift is accurately con-
trolled irrespective of the operating pressure of any remote control valve circuits which are operating simultaneously
with the hydraulic lift.
When the lift arms reach the required height the microprocessor switches off the signal to the solenoid and the raise
spool is moved to the left by the spring to re-establish the neutral condition.
If the lift arms are subjected to shock loading and pressure in the hydraulic lift circuit exceeds 230 bar the pressure
is vented to reservoir through the lift cylinder safety valve.
Figure 2 illustrates flow through the flow control spool when the hydraulic lift is the highest pressure operating circuit
in the system.
Figure 3 illustrates operation of the flow control spool when the hydraulic lift is operating at a lower pressure but simul-
taneously with a remote control valve which is operating at a higher pressure. In this situation the system pressure in
parallel gallery ’A’ is higher than the operating pressure of the hydraulic lift.
BAIL06CCM099FSA 2
Electronic Draft Control - Raising (High Pressure Lift)
Pump Pressure Oil Return To Reservoir

87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 9
5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve ( 230 Bar) 6 Lowering Metering Valve

7 Lowering Solenoid
BAIL06CCM100FSA 3
Electronic Draft Control - Raising
Low Pressure Lift while Remote Valves Operating at High Pressure
Hydraulic Lift Pressure

(lower than pump pressure)

5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve ( 230 Bar) 6 Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
Lowering
Lowering of the hydraulic lift arms is achieved by venting the oil trapped in the hydraulic lift cylinder back to reservoir
through the lowering metering valve in a controlled manner.
Lowering Metering Valve
1. Sleeve
2. Metering Spool
3. Pilot Spool
4. Plug
5. Circlip
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 10
BSB0424A_467 4
The lowering cycle should be considered as a 2 stage operation.

Stage 1: The pulse width modulating solenoid is energised and the plunger (1) moves the pilot spool (6) to the right.
The oil trapped on the right hand end of the lowering valve ‘H’ is now control vented over the lands of the pilot spool
(2) to reservoir through gallery ‘F’.
The pressure of oil trapped oil in the lift cylinder Gallery ‘E’ is applied to the chamfer face (4) of the metering spool
(3), causing the spool to move to the right.
BSB0489A 5
Oil from the lift cylinder flows across the valve metering lands (5) and returns to reservoir allowing the lift arms to lower
under the weight of the implement.
The rate of lowering is electronically controlled by the processor and pulse width modulated lowering solenoid which
adjusts the clearance over the metering lands (5).
BSB0490B 6
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 11
BAIL06CCM101FSA 7
Electronic Draft Control - Lowering (1)
Trapped Oil

5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 12
BRI06CCM102FSA 8
Electronic Draft Control - lowering (2)

5 Lift Cylinder Safety Valve 6 Lowering Metering Valve
7 Lowering Solenoid
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 13
Control valve - Static description

BAIL06CCM107GSA 1
EDC Control Valve Components - (Exploded View)
1. Washers 2. Spring
3. Lift Cylinder Safety Valve 4. Lower Solenoid
5. Raise Solenoid 6. Load Sense Valve
7. O-Ring 8. Support Ring
9. Valve Housing 10. Load Check Valve
The components within the Electronic draft control are as shown and function as follows:-
Flow Control Spool
The flow control spool regulates flow from the parallel gallery, running through the centre of the remote valve and
electronic draft control valve sections to the hydraulic lift. The valve compares the pressure in the parallel gallery with
the operating pressure of the hydraulic lift and regulates flow to the hydraulic lift circuit according to lift circuit demand.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 14
Raise Spool
The raise spool directs flow to the lift circuit and is directly controlled by the pulse width modulating raise solenoid.
Raise Solenoid
The raise solenoid is a pulse width modulated solenoid controlled by the electronic draft control processor. Activation
of the solenoid is controlled by the electronic draft control processor and is proportional to the speed of lift required.
Load Check Valve
The load check valve prevents oil trapped in the lift cylinder escaping to reservoir. The valve will only open when the
pressure flowing across the raise spool is greater than the pressure of the trapped oil in the lift cylinder.
Lift Cylinder Relief Valve
The lift cylinder relief valve protects the lift cylinder from excessive shock loads and operates at 230 bar.
Lower Solenoid
The lower solenoid is identical in design to the pulse width modulated raise solenoid. The solenoid is activated by the
processor and controls operation of the lowering metering valve in order to maintain the desired rate of implement
drop.
Lowering Metering Valve
The lowering metering valve controls the rate of flow from the lift cylinder to reservoir when lowering the hydraulic lift.
The valve is operated by the pulse width modulated lowering solenoid.
BAIL06CCM103FSA 2
Electronic Draft Control Valve Components - Section View
1 Load Check Valve 2 Lift Cylinder Relief Valve (230 Bar)

3 Lowering Metering Valve 4 Lowering Solenoid
5 Raise Solenoid 6 Raise Spool
7 Flow Compensating Valve
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 15
Electronic control - Exploded view

BAIL06CCM213GSA 1
1. External Raise/Lower switch on the fender 2. Control for draft control response sensitivity and
lowering speed
3. Instrument panel 4. Controls for Position/Traction position
5. EPC electronic box
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 16
BAILCCM225GSA 2
Layout of the components for electronic-hydraulic powerlift control
1. EPC control valve 2. Position sensor potentiometer for the lift arms
3. Radar sensor performance monitor 4. Variable displacement pump
5. Force measuring pin
A detailed description of the individual components can be found in Electronic control - Dynamic description
(H.10.D).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 17
Electronic control - Dynamic description

Control panel (Figure 1)

The control lever (Fig. 1) of the Position control (2) is used to raise or lower the lift arms of the hydraulic powerlift.
The is also used to set the implement's working depth.
The control for Traction control (3) has a scale graded from 0 to 10 and is used to preset the draft acting on the
implement, after this has been lowered using the Position control lever.
Traction control is activated in the scale range 0 to 9. Zero is the minimum setting for Traction control and 9 the
maximum setting.
In position 10 the hydraulic powerlift is set on Position control and the draft acting on the implement has no effect on
the working depth. In this state, the implement's working depth and the position of the lift arms are only controlled
with the Position control lever.
The rapid control switch (4) is a three-setting switch , with which the implement can be raised or lowered without
operating the powerlift control lever.
Briefly pressing the lower part of the switch lowers the implement to the preset working depth. When released, the
switch automatically goes back to the central position.
A long press of the lower part of the switch completely lowers the implement and overrides the working depth set with
the control lever for Position control. The lift arms return to the preset depth after the button is released.
BAIL06CCM152ASA 1
EPC control panel (Figure 2)

The lowering speed regulator (2) is used to set the speed, with which the lift arms lower the mounted equipment in
the lowering process.
The height limit rotary control (3) restricts the maximum height to which the lift arms can be raised and is used to
prevent large implements from striking the rear of the cab or cab platform. This height limit control applies for operation
with the powerlift control lever or the remote operation powerlift switches.
By turning the lowering speed regulator all the way anticlockwise to the Transport lock (padlock symbol) when trans-
porting mounted equipment, you stop the equipment falling unnoticed and hitting the roadway.
BSE2884A 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 18
On journeys transporting equipment, wagging vibrations of the mounted equipment may affect the tractor's manoeu-
vrability. If you turn the lowering speed regulator all the way anticlockwise and raise the implement using the rapid
control switch, then the active vibration damper, which engages when the tractor's ground speeds are over 8 km/h (
5 MPH), is activated,
The active vibration damper is an automatic function to limit the wagging vibrations of the mounted implement.
If the front wheels hit a bump and the tractor front lifts up, the hydraulics react with an immediate counter movement,
which minimises the wagging vibrations of the mounted equipment and results in quieter vehicle handling.
With the slip control (4), which is only available together with the optional radar sensor, the driver can preselect a
wheel slip threshold. As soon as the wheel slip exceeds the set threshold value, the working depth of the implement
is automatically reduced until the wheel slip is again in the desired range.
The telltale "Wheel slip limitation On" (3) , (Fig. 3) lights up when the slip control is switched on and the implement is
raised to reset the preselected slip rate.
The telltale (4), (Fig. 3) fulfils two functions:
BAIL06CCM186ASA 3
By flashing, it indicates that there is a fault in the electronic-hydraulic powerlift control. Information about this system
fault is also displayed on the instrument cluster with the powerlift error symbol (2). . (See Figure 4)
By being permanently lit, it indicates that the hydraulic powerlift is deactivated and cannot be operated with the cab
controls. This status is also indicated on the instrument cluster by the symbol "Powerlift deactivated" (1) (Fig. 4) The
warning "Powerlift deactivated" is displayed in the following cases:
• The Position control lever was operated when the engine was switched off.
• An external operation switch for raising or lowering the lift arms was operated.
To bring the Position control lever back into phase with the lower links, you press the rapid control switch to the central
position and slowly move the control lever forwards or backwards with the engine running, until the warning light goes
out.
BRE1505B 4
As the ground conditions in the field may vary, the response sensitivity (working range of the traction control) with
which the system reacts to the changes of the draft, must be set.
The rotary control for response sensitivity (1), (Fig. 2) with a scale graded from 0 to 10 is used for this.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 19
Position 10 on the control is the most sensitive to minor variations in soil density and will cause the hydraulic system
to respond with repeated movements of the linkage in order to maintain the draft within the working range set.
Turning the control towards 1 (all the way clockwise) gradually reduces the response sensitivity. This allows the
draft on the force measuring pins to vary within a larger working range before the system responds and corrects the
implement's working depth.
The telltales for the Control hydraulics (2) and (3) light up every time that the system engages and corrects the draft.
BAIL06CCM186ASA 5
When operating in Position control, the digital display on the instrument cluster indicates the position of the lift arms
as a numeric value between '0' and '99' (1). The number '0' means that the lift arms are fully lowered and the number
'99' that they are fully raised.
BAIL06CCM189ASA 6
Powerlift external control switches
Using the external control switches (1), (Fig. 7) the driver can raise and lower the three-point linkage, when he is
standing next to the tractor, which makes hitching and unhitching the mounted equipment easier.
BAIL06CCM182ASA 7
NOTE: Before the driver gets down from the tractor to operate the external control switches, he must:
• Move the transmission controls into Neutral.
• Disengage the PTO.
• Apply the handbrake.
With the engine running, move the hand throttle to the reduced idling speed (all the way back).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 20
When operating the external switches (1), the driver must stand to the side of the tractor (outside the rear tyres). To
avoid damage to implement or tractor, the powerlift controls in the cab and the rear operation switches must not be
operated at the same time.
NOTE: Before using the external powerlift switches, ensure that no person or object is in the area of the mounted
implement or three-point hitch.
Never operate the external operation switches while standing:
• Directly behind the tractor or the tyres.
• Between the lower links.
• On or near the implement.
• When operating the external switch, never extend the arms or legs, the body or tools and objects between
the three-point linkage and/or implement.
• Ensure that a second person is not operating the switches on the other fender.
• Move around the tractor or the mounted implement to operate the switches on the other fender.
• Do not cross between the mounted implement and tractor.
1b0o2004109230 8
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 21
HITCH Electronic draft control - Calibrate

1. Switch hydraulics master to "ON" position.
2. Unhitch all mounted implements from the rear PTO.
3. Lower the linkage using the Position control lever and
attach the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be heavy enough that they
overcome all frictional forces in the hydraulic powerlift and
make it possible for the lift arms to lower without jerking.
It is recommended that you use the 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450
- 3400 lbs) heavy standard test weights.
4. Starter switch OFF.
5. Turn all rotary controls in the EDC control panel fully
clockwise.
BSE3148A 1
6. There are two methods to call up the calibration

mode:
• Quick call-up
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 22
Quick call-up
7. Press and hold the EDC rapid lower switch while
starting the engine.
BAIL06CCM622AVA 2

central display.
BAIL06CCM623AVA 3
9. Go to step 12.

nostics socket (1).
BAIL06CCM213AVA 4
Menu, until the option H1 and the EDC symbol ap-
pear on the RD control unit
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 23
BAIL06CCM443FVA 5
12. Set the engine speed until the engine runs true with-
out any signs of hunting or surging.
13. Move the control up to the 70 % to 90 % range to
start the calibration sequence.
NOTE: The display in the lower central display changes
from "CAL" to "0" to indicate the start of the calibration.
During the calibration, the lift linkage is raised and lowered
slightly 3 times within 2 - 3 minutes.
Each time it is raised, this is accompanied by a count from
'0' to '2' on the display.
BAIL06CCM386AVB 6
14. As soon as "End" is displayed on the lower central

display, the calibration is completed.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 7
15. Lower the linkage using the Position control lever.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 24

tion values.
(A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 25

Prior operation:
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Remove (A.10.C) for EDC
valve removal
1. Disconnect the wiring harness connectors (2) from

the solenoids. Disconnect the lift cylinder supply pipe
(3) and remove valve (1) from tie rods.
BAIL06CCM215ASA 1
Next operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (H.10.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 26

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (H.10.D)
1. Remove ’O’ ring (1) load sense check valve (2) and
support ring.
BAIL06CCM105ASA 1
2. Remove load hold valve

1. Valve
2. Washer
3. Guide
4. Circlip
5. Plug
6. Washer
7. Spring
8. Rubber Seal
BAIL06CCM108ASA 2
3. Unscrew knob (1) and remove ‘O’ ring (2) and coil (3)
from each solenoid (4).
BAIL06CCM109ASA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 27
4. Remove retainer (1), solenoid core (2) and ‘O’ ring

(3).
Repeat procedure for opposite solenoid.
BAIL06CCM110ASA 4
5. Remove Lift Cylinder Safety Valve.

1. Seat
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper Washer
5. Shims
6. End Cap
BAIL06CCM111ASA 5
6. Manufacture box spanner (1) from 18 mm internal

diameter steel tube and remove lift cylinder safety
valve seat (2).
BAIL06CCM112ASA 6
7. Remove flow compensating spool (1).
WARNING
B041
BSB0417A 7
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 28
8. Remove solenoid assembly (4), ’O’ ring (3), raise

spool (2) and spring (1).
BSB0418A 8
9. To remove the lowering metering valve it is neces-

sary to disassemble the valve in stages as follows:-
Remove retaining screws.
BAIL06CCM113ASA 9
10. Use piece of 14 mm hexagonal bar with an 11 mm

hole drilled through centre to screw the nozzle (1) fur-
ther into valve housing. This will reduce the pressure
of the metering valve spring on circlip (2).
Remove circlip (2), seat (3) and spring (4).
Remove Nozzle.
BAIL06CCM114ASA 10
11. Remove locking ring (1) use a 17 mm piece of hexag-

onal bar (1) with 11 mm hole drilled down centre.
BAIL06CCM115ASA 11
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 29
12. Pull metering element (1) from housing.
BAIL06CCM116ASA 12
13. Disassemble metering element components.

1. Seat
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper Washer
5. Shims
6. End Cap
BSB0424A 13
BAIL06CCM117FSA 14
1 Locking Screw 2 Sleeve

3 Plug 4 Locking Screw
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 30
5 Orifice 6 Shim
7 Metering Valve 8 Locking Ring
9 Nozzle 10 Seat
11 Circlip
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 31

BSB0426A 1
1 Locking Screw 2 Sleeve

3 Plug 4 Locking Screw
5 Orifice 6 Shim
7 Metering Valve 8 Locking Ring
9 Nozzle 10 Seat
11 Circlip
1. Re-assembly follows disassembly Control valve -
Disassemble (H.10.D)procedure in reverse.
2. When installing nozzle (9) and locking ring (5) ensure
serrated edge of orifice and nozzle align with locking
screws (1) and (4).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 32
Sensing system RH draft pin sensor - Remove

Removal
1. Lower hydraulic lift arms.
Disconnect load sensing pin connectors. The con-
nectors are located on top of the hydraulic lift cover
and can be accessed from the rear of the tractor.
TIA35093 1
2. Remove wiring protection guard at pin.
TIA35185 2
3. Remove spacers (2) and clamp (1)and withdraw pin.
TIA35095 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 33
Installation
4. Install pin using removal procedure in reverse and
torque clamp bolts to the specified torque.
TIA35096 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 34
Index
WORKING ARM - H

Control valve - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control valve - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electronic control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Electronic control - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
HITCH Electronic draft control - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
HITCH Electronic draft control - Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sensing system RH draft pin sensor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 35
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 36
WORKING ARM - H
T7030
T7040
T7050
T7060
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Calibrate EDC valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Calibrate EDC Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 2
Control valve - Torque

BAIL08CVT016FSA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 3
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description

One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional me-
chanical systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be main-
tained at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve (Figure 1)
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve (1)
mounted with the remote control valves at the rear of the tractor.
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to direct pump pressure oil to and from
the hydraulic lift cylinders in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BAIL08CVT084ASA 1
Hydraulic Pump (Figure 2)
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Load Sensing Variable Displacement piston pump (1)
which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
BAIL08CVT085ASA 2
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor (Figure 3)
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 4
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi-pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
BAIL09CCM091AVA 3
The processor is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat (Figure 3)
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
Load Sensing Pins
The load sensing pins (1) (Figure 4) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 4
Each load sensing pin (Figure 5) consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing
core (2). Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5
volt supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 5
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 5
Controls
BAIL09CCM089AVA 6
DRAFT SENSITIVITY CONTROL (1) (Figure 6)
Located on the armrest console, this control knob is used to make the system more or less sensitive to changes in
draft loading. Turning fully clockwise indicates maximum draft sensitivity.
DROP RATE CONTROL (2) (Figure 6)
Located on the armrest, the drop rate control knob controls the speed at which the implement drops during a lowering
cycle. Turning fully clockwise maximises hitch drop rate, turning fully anticlockwise will lock the hitch to set the drop
rate to zero.
HEIGHT LIMIT CONTROL (3) (Figure 6)
Located on the armrest console, the height limit control knob limits the height to which the linkage may be raised.
Maximum height is achieved through turning the knob fully clockwise.
SLIP LIMIT CONTROL (4) (Figure 6)
Located on the armrest console, this control knob enables the operator to set a wheel slip threshold, above which the
implement will raise until wheel slip returns to the set level. This feature is only available with the optional radar unit.
Turning fully clockwise allows maximum slip.
BRL6112C 7
POSITION CONTROL (1) (Figure 7)
Is used to set the implement height when operating in position control and the maximum depth when operating in draft
control. Selecting position 99 sets maximum height.
DRAFT CONTROL (2) (Figure 7))
Located on the armrest instrument panel, the draft control knob determines the allowable draft load on the draft sens-
ing pins and hence the implement working depth when operating in draft control. Selecting position 10 will allow
maximum draft load and hence maximum depth.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 6
INCHING SWITCHES (3) (Figure 7)
When the EDC is operating (raising or lowering) and whilst the operation is in progress, a lamp on the instrument
panel will be on to indicate the EDC is moving.
FENDER RAISE/WORK SWITCH (Figure 8)
BAIL08CVT044ASA 8
A pair of push buttons (one to raise (1), one to lower (2)) are located on each rear fender allowing external control of
the rear linkage. Hitch movement is restricted by height limit, but not by position or draft setting.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 7
Control valve - Sectional view

BAIL08CVT011FSA 1
1.Housing 2.Check valve assembly

3.Plug 4.Spring
5.Pressure compensating Spool 6.Plug
7.Plug 8.Relief valve assembly 221 bar (3204.5 psi)
9.Check valve plug 10.Orifice
11.Solenoid 12.Logic check valve assembly
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 8
Control valve - Hydraulic schema

BAIL08CVT140FSA 1
1. Lift cylinders 2. Relief valve 221 bar (3204.5 psi)

3. Check valve 4. Raise valve
5. Pressure compensating valve 6. Lower valve
7. Return to tank
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 9
Control valve - Exploded view

BAIL08CVT083ASA 1
Electronic draft control valve components
1.Solenoid body 2.Solenoid valve

3.Plug 4.Load sense check valve
5.Plug 6.Check valve
7.Spring 8.Pressure compensating spool
9.Plug 10.Manifold
11.Plug 12.Relief valve assembly 221 bar (3204.5 psi)
13.Lift cylinder connection 14.Solenoid Valve
15.Solenoid Body 16.Plug
17.Spring 18.Logic check valve spool
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 10

Prior operation:
1. Remove power beyond slice (where fitted) and

remote valves 1 and 2. (Refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic
remote valve - Remove (A.10.C) ).
2. Remove the electronic draft control valve (1) from the
tie rods.
BAIL08CVT084ASA 1
WARNING
M944
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 11

1. Install the electronic draft control valve (1) on to the

tie rods and ensure that all O-rings are correctly
seated. Install remote valves 1 and 2. (Refer to
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Elec-
tro-hydraulic remote valve - Install (A.10.C).
Install power beyond (where fitted).
BAIL08CVT084ASA 1
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 12

1. Check components for wear or damage before re-
assembly. Replace O-rings.
2. Lubricate all parts with clean hydraulic fluid and in-
stall into valve manifold (refer to Control valve - Ex-
ploded view (H.10.D) and Control valve - Torque
(H.10.D)
Next operation:
Control valve - Install (H.10.D)
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 13

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove (H.10.D)
1. Place the valve on a clean work surface.

2. Remove components from valve manifold. (refer to
Control valve - Exploded view (H.10.D))
WARNING
B041
3. Check the solenoid valves for wear or damage and

replace if necessary.
4. Check the pressure compensating spool for wear or
damage. Replace complete valve assembly if spool
is damaged.
5. Replace O-rings.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 14
Control valve - Calibrate EDC valve

This procedure is required when either new EDC valves or EDC control module are fitted or if the previous
calibration has been erased using the ’H8’ procedure.
1. Disconnect all implements from the rear hitch.
2. Lower the linkage using the position control lever and
connect the two test weights.
NOTE: The test weights must be sufficient to overcome
any friction in the hydraulic lift assembly and enable the
lift arms to lower without binding.
The standard test weights of 1111 - 1542 kg ( 2450 - 3400
lbs) are recommended.
3. Key OFF.
4. Set all EDC panel potentiometers fully clockwise.
BAIL09CCM071AVA 1
5. There are two methods to enter the calibration mode:

1. Quick entry - Depress and hold the EDC fast lower
switch on the hand controller whilst starting the en-
gine.
2. HH menu entry - Using the diagnostic connector
380000843 and H1 calibrations in the HH menu
Quick Entry
6. Depress and hold the EDC fast lower switch on the
hand controller whilst starting the engine.
BAIL09CCM072AVA 2
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 15
7. The system being calibrated will shown on the cluster

and "CAL" will be shown on the lower central display.
BAIL09CCM063AVA 3
8. Continue from step 11.
HH Menu Entry
BAIL06CCM213AVA 4
the EDC symbol on the RT controller.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 16
BAIL09CCM001FVB 5
11. Set the engine speed to 1100 - 1300 RPM, with no

noticeable hunting or surging.
12. Raise the control lever to between 70 % and 90 % to
start the calibration sequence.
NOTE: The lower central display will change from "CAL"
to "0" to indicate the start of calibration. During calibration
the linkage is automatically raised and lowered a small
amount 3 times, within 2-3 minutes.
Each raise and lower is accompanied by a count on the
display from ’0’ to ’2’.
BAIL09CCM079AVA 6
13. When the lower central display shows "End" the cal-
ibration is complete.
BAIL06CCM613AVA 7
14. Lower the linkage using the position control lever.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 17

Refer to the "U" code listing in ELECTRONIC SYSTEM -
Fault code index (A.50.A).
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 18
Control valve - Calibrate EDC Position Sensor

This procedure is required, prior to calibration of the EDC valve. If fault code 1024 is displayed the position
sensor calibration has not been carried out.
NOTE: This calibration is not carried out using the "H menu" system.
1. Remove any load from the hitch and ensure that the
’Automatic Pick Up Hitch’ (APUH) lift rods, if fitted are
disconnected.
BAIL08CVT015AVA 1
2. Erase the previously stored calibration value by

pressing and holding the fast raise switch on the
hand controller and turning the ignition switch to the
’ON’ position. Release the fast raise switch and turn
off the ignition.
BAIL09CCM066AVA 2
3. Ensure the correct lift ram size has been set, refer to
the H3 ’options and configurations’ menu, Control
module - Configure (A.50.A), if no ram size is con-
figured fault code 1070 will be displayed.
4. Ensure the height limit control is in the fully clockwise
position. Fault code 1068 will be displayed if the
control is not fully clockwise.
BAIL09CCM067AVA 3
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 19
5. Start the engine, the ’EDC’ status lamp on the arm-

rest control panel (1) should flash to indicate there is
a fault present. Fully raise and then lower the hitch
using the position control lever (2) on the armrest.
BAIL09CCM068AVB 4
6. Turn the ignition off to store the calibration value. Re-

fit the ’APUH’ rods if applicable.
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 20
Index
WORKING ARM - H

Control valve - Calibrate EDC Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Control valve - Calibrate EDC valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Control valve - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Control valve - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control valve - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
87628084B 12/06/2009
H.10.D / 21
PRINTED IN FRANCE
87628084B 12/06/2009
87628084B 12/06/2009
PRINTED IN FRANCE
87628084B 12/06/2009

New Holland t7030 t7040 t7050 t7060 Tractor PDF Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

New Holland t7030 t7040 t7050 t7060 Tractor PDF Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

T7030 / T7040 / T7050 / T7060

Part number 87628084BNA

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

POWER PRODUCTION ................................................................. B

POWER TRAIN .............................................................................C

ADDITIONAL REDUCERS Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.30.D

FRONT PTO Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.42.C

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

STEERING Hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.C

STEERING AutoPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.E

SERVICE BRAKE Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.30.E

SUSPENSION Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.40.C

WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C

BODY AND STRUCTURE .............................................................. E

USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

WORKING ARM ............................................................................H

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

NOTES FOR EQUIPMENT

PAY ATTENTION TO THIS SYMBOL

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

WHEELS AND TYRES

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

HEALTH AND SAFETY

Find manuals at https://best-manuals.com

FUELS - see Fire, Legal Aspects, Chemicals - General, Solvents.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

HEALTH AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ACIDS AND ALKALIS

ADHESIVES AND SEALERS

Solvent based Adhesives/Sealers

Water based Adhesives/Sealers

Resin based Adhesives/Sealers

Anaerobic, Cyanoacrylate and other Acrylic Adhesives

Isocyanate (Polyurethane) Adhesives/ Sealers

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDS (Polyalkylene Glycols)

CHEMICAL MATERIALS - GENERAL

Clutch Linings and Pads

CORROSION PROTECTION MATERIALS

Gasolene (Petrol) Engine

Gas-Oil (Diesel Fuel)

Gas Shielded Welding

GENERAL WORKSHOP TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

LUBRICANTS AND GREASES

Noise Insulation Materials

ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT

The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.C

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.20.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A